10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Mar 2026
    1. S'associer aux enfants pour penser l'avenir : L'approche des Conf'kids

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les réflexions issues d'un échange sur la nécessité d'inclure les jeunes générations dans les discussions sur les enjeux de transition (écologie, économie, société).

      Le projet Conf'kids, initié par Déborah (ancienne directrice commerciale dans les médias), propose des conférences-discussions d'une heure destinées aux enfants, principalement entre 8 et 12 ans.

      L'objectif est de transformer l'éco-anxiété en puissance d'agir en abordant la complexité du monde sans la simplifier, tout en adaptant le vocabulaire et les références.

      Le constat central est que les enfants sont naturellement "calibrés pour la complexité" et capables de saisir les interconnexions entre les piliers du développement durable.

      En les outillant pour vérifier l'information et en valorisant leurs actions locales, le projet vise à créer une masse critique capable d'influencer positivement l'avenir.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Genèse et Mission du Projet Conf'kids

      L'origine du concept

      Le projet est né d'un constat paradoxal : les discussions sur les transitions écologiques et sociétales sont majoritairement menées par des décideurs de plus de 60 ans, alors que ces enjeux concernent en priorité les générations qui vivront le plus longtemps dans le futur.

      Objectifs fondamentaux

      Sortir de la passivité : Face à une situation complexe, l'individu a le choix entre "courber le dos" ou agir. Conf'kids choisit la dynamique de l'action.

      Construire avec confiance : Présenter les transitions de manière positive et constructive plutôt qu'anxiogène.

      Inclusion générationnelle : Donner la parole aux enfants non pas comme des "futurs citoyens", mais comme des contributeurs actuels capables de partager leurs usages et modes de pensée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Méthodologie et Approche Pédagogique

      Le dispositif Conf'kids repose sur un format structuré d'une heure, adaptable en présentiel ou en ligne.

      L'adaptation sans simplification

      Contrairement aux approches traditionnelles, Conf'kids ne simplifie pas la complexité des sujets. L'approche repose sur :

      Le vocabulaire et le ton : Un travail de médiation pour rendre le discours accessible.

      L'imagerie et les métaphores : Utiliser des référentiels propres à l'enfance (ex: expliquer la surconsommation via le désir d'une nouvelle console de jeux plutôt que via des concepts abstraits de macroéconomie).

      La préparation des experts : Faire intervenir des spécialistes qui n'ont pas l'habitude de s'adresser aux enfants, en les aidant à transposer leur expertise.

      Interactivité et horizontalité

      Le processus privilégie la pensée de l'enfant :

      • Les questions sont autorisées à tout moment pour ne pas couper le cheminement de pensée.

      • L'intervenant et l'animateur apprennent autant des enfants que l'inverse (valorisation des propositions concrètes des jeunes).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Thématiques et Préoccupations des Jeunes

      L'analyse des retours d'expérience montre que les enfants identifient spontanément les quatre piliers du développement durable.

      | Pilier | Thématiques récurrentes identifiées par les enfants | | --- | --- | | Social | Inégalités, précarité, situation des migrants, inclusion des personnes porteuses de handicap. | | Environnement | Chute de la biodiversité (insectes, océans), pollution plastique, énergies fossiles vs renouvelables. | | Économie | Responsabilité éco-responsable des entreprises (souvent représentées par le pictogramme de l'usine). | | Partenariat | Actions collectives, rôle de la famille, tri des déchets, compostage. |

      Observations clés sur la perception enfantine

      Sensibilité sociale initiale : Les enfants urbains sont d'abord heurtés par les inégalités visibles (SDF, accès aux transports).

      Compréhension systémique : Ils saisissent très bien les chaînes de dépendance (ex: lien entre pollinisation, alimentation et médicaments).

      Pragmatisme et bon sens : Confrontés à des sujets complexes comme la Constitution, les enfants prônent souvent l'application directe des règles existantes ("faites juste ce qu'il y a écrit") plutôt que l'ajout de nouvelles couches de complexité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Les Défis de l'Information et de l'Anxiété

      Le paradoxe de l'hyper-connexion

      Les enfants d'aujourd'hui sont nés dans un monde d'hyperliens (réseaux sociaux).

      S'ils sont habitués à la connexion entre les informations, ils présentent des vulnérabilités spécifiques :

      Sur-information : Accès aux mêmes médias anxiogènes que les adultes.

      Déficit de vérification : Difficulté à identifier les angles éditoriaux et à vérifier les sources.

      Algorithmes : Ils sont exposés à des contenus qui entretiennent un climat de méfiance ou de peur.

      Stratégies de désamorçage

      Pour contrer l'anxiété (notamment liée à des sujets graves comme la guerre en Ukraine), Conf'kids propose :

      1. Le journalisme de solutions : Montrer qu'il existe des adultes et des collectifs qui travaillent activement sur les problèmes.

      2. La focalisation sur le cercle d'action : Inviter l'enfant à agir là où il a "la main" (dans sa classe, sa famille) pour éviter le sentiment d'impuissance.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. L'Enfant comme Acteur du Changement

      Le document souligne que le changement social suit souvent un modèle de "masse critique" :

      Le rôle du déviant positif : Une personne qui commence à agir différemment peut entraîner une minorité active, qui finit par devenir une majorité.

      L'effet domino : Une action simple à 8 ans (demander aux parents de trier ou de composter) peut modifier la dynamique familiale et, par extension, sociale.

      Co-design des solutions : On ne peut pas concevoir de solutions pour l'avenir sans intégrer les outils et les plateformes que la jeune génération estime valables.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Intégration dans le Cadre Scolaire

      Le projet s'adresse également aux enseignants, souvent démunis face au manque de temps et de moyens.

      Opportunités pédagogiques

      Transdisciplinarité : Utiliser les thèmes de transition comme supports pour les matières fondamentales (ex: mathématiques sur les données énergétiques, conjugaison avec des verbes liés à l'écologie).

      Éducation Morale et Civique (EMC) : Travailler sur la démocratie et les projets collectifs (ex: projet "Enfants 2022" permettant un vote fictif pour les présidentielles).

      Pédagogie de projet : Développer une pensée en arborescence où un sujet de conférence devient le point de départ de multiples apprentissages.

      Ressources et partenariats

      Conf'kids collabore avec des partenaires variés (Édtech comme Ode, médias comme Mon Quotidien) pour toucher une grande diversité d'enfants, des milieux favorisés aux jeunes sous main de justice (PJJ), garantissant ainsi une pluralité de regards indispensable à la réflexion sur l'avenir.

    1. # ZSet用过吗

      要实现一个能实时获取近一天内浏览量最高数据的“天维度”排行榜,核心在于解决数据的“时效性”与“持久性”之间的矛盾

      你提到的“数据一旦写入便永久存储”确实是使用Redis ZSET时需要考虑的问题。针对“近一天”这个滑动的时间窗口,业界主要有两种经典的设计模式,你可以根据业务对实时性和精确度的要求来选择。

      方案一:按时间片分割 + 动态聚合(滑动窗口)

      这个方案的核心思想是将数据按照固定的时间片(如小时)切分存储,查询时再动态合并近24小时的数据。它能够精确地反映“从当前时间往前推24小时”这个动态变化的窗口,非常适合需要高实时性和高精度的场景。

      • 存储结构:为每个小时创建一个独立的ZSET Key,例如 views:article:20250401:14。Key中包含日期和小时,这样既清晰又便于管理。
      • 写入逻辑:当有浏览量产生时,通过 ZINCRBY 命令,将对应小时Key中对应文章的分数(score)加1。同时,可以为这个Key设置一个过期时间(例如48小时或72小时),让Redis自动清理旧数据,避免内存无限增长。
      • 读取逻辑(获取实时近24小时榜)
        1. 确定时间范围:计算当前时间前24小时包含了哪些小时段(例如,最多24个Key)。
        2. 合并数据:使用 ZUNIONSTORE 命令,将这些小时Key的分数进行聚合(SUM),结果存储到一个临时的ZSET中。
        3. 获取排行榜:从临时ZSET中通过 ZREVRANGE 获取浏览量最高的前N个文章ID。
        4. 清理临时Key:查询完成后,及时删除这个临时ZSET。

      这种方式的优点是数据精确,但由于需要动态聚合多个Key,如果并发量极高,频繁执行 ZUNIONSTORE 可能会对Redis造成一定压力。作为一种优化,可以考虑将排行榜结果缓存几秒到几十秒。

      方案二:单Key + Key过期(日维度轮替)

      这个方案更加简单直接,以“天”为粒度进行切割。它的逻辑很符合直觉:“今天的排行榜”就用一个单独的Key来存储

      • 存储结构:使用一个Key,例如 ranking:article:20250401,代表某一天的排行榜。
      • 写入逻辑:当产生浏览量时,调用 ZINCRBY ranking:article:20250401 {articleId} 1,累加当天的分数。
      • 读取逻辑:要获取“近一天”的排行榜,其实就是直接获取“今天”这个Key的Top N。因为“昨天”的数据已经不属于“近一天”的范畴了。
      • 数据生命周期管理
        • 设置TTL:在为当天的Key写入第一条数据时,为其设置一个过期时间,例如72小时。这样,昨天的数据在明天过后就会被自动清理。
        • 定时任务:你也可以通过一个定时任务(如每天凌晨),将昨天的排行榜数据持久化到MySQL等数据库中作为历史归档,然后删除或重命名Redis中的旧Key,为当天的新Key做准备。

      这种方案最大的优点是实现简单,查询性能极高(无需聚合)。但它无法做到真正的“实时滑动窗口”,因为每天的榜单在午夜0点会准时重置。如果你所说的“近一天”严格指“过去24小时”(例如,周一上午10点看的是周日上午10点到现在的数据),那么这个方案就不够精确了。

      方案对比与总结

      为了让你更清晰地选择,我将两种方案的核心区别整理如下:

      | 维度 | 方案一:按时间片分割 + 动态聚合 | 方案二:单Key + Key过期(日维度轮替) | | :--- | :--- | :--- | | 时间窗口精度 | 。是真正的、精确到秒的“过去24小时”滑动窗口。 | 。是固定的“自然日”窗口,每天0点重置。 | | 查询性能 | 中等。需要动态聚合多个Key,可能产生额外开销。 | 极高。直接读取单个Key即可。 | | 实现复杂度 | 较高。需要维护多个Key,并编写聚合逻辑。 | 非常简单。逻辑清晰易懂。 | | 内存效率 | 。可以对每个小时Key设置短TTL,及时释放内存。 | 一般。单个Key数据量大,但过期后才会释放。 | | 适用场景 | 对实时性要求极高的场景,如实时热点新闻榜、实时商品热销榜。 | 业务意义与自然日对齐的场景,如每日热销商品榜、每日用户积分榜。 |

      总结建议

      • 如果你的业务要求绝对实时,且“近一天”的定义是严格的“过去24小时”(如微博热搜),那么方案一是更合适的选择。
      • 如果你的业务场景中,“天榜”就是指自然日的排行(如每日销售额榜单),并且希望实现最简单,那么方案二就能很好地满足需求。

      在实际的大型系统中,这两种模式也常常结合使用。例如,可以按小时粒度存储原始数据(方案一),同时通过定时任务提前聚合好“今日榜单”(方案二的结果)以加速查询,从而兼顾精度与性能。

      希望以上的分析和方案能帮助你设计出合适的排行榜系统。如果你对某个方案的代码实现细节,或者如何对聚合查询做进一步优化感兴趣,我们可以继续深入探讨。

    1. Synthèse des Priorités et Défis de la Haute-Commissaire à l'Enfance

      • La Haute-Commissaire à l'Enfance présente sa feuille de route en soulignant la mission fondamentale de son Haut-Commissariat : coordonner les politiques publiques pour placer l'enfant au cœur des réflexions, en sortant des "silos" administratifs habituels.

      La Haute-Commissaire insiste sur l'importance de l'interministérialité et de la pluridisciplinarité professionnelle comme leviers pour répondre aux défis complexes liés à l'enfance.

      1. Mission et Définition de l'Enfance

      • Rôle du Haut-Commissariat : Créé en février, le Haut-Commissariat à l'enfance vise à remédier aux "faiblesses dans nos politiques de protection et de prévention" en renforçant l'interministérialité.

      L'objectif est de "penser autrement ces politiques publiques et donc de coordonner en étant d'une certaine manière le garant que l'enfant était au cœur et du coup il était au centre de ses réflexions".

      Il réunit tous les acteurs (associatifs, administrations, éducatifs).

      • Définition de l'enfant : La définition retenue est celle de l'article 1er de la Convention relative aux droits des enfants de 1989, couvrant "de la naissance à finalement la majorité", incluant la petite enfance (0-3 ans) et l'adolescence.

      2. Priorités Thématiques et Actions Engagées

      La Haute-Commissaire aborde plusieurs chantiers prioritaires, souvent interdépendants :

      Service Public de la Petite Enfance (0-3 ans) :

      • Problématiques : Manque de places et besoin d'améliorer la qualité et la compétence.

      Forte demande de reconnaissance des professionnels.

      • Actions : Travail sur l'attractivité des métiers (VAE inversée, accompagnement des formations), aides aux communes pour la montée en charge des compétences, collaboration avec les fédérations pour la prochaine COG (Convention d'Objectifs et de Gestion), expérimentation de "solutions hybrides" comme les crèches familiales ou scolaires.

      • Écrans en petite enfance : Publication d'un "référentiel qualité" interdisant les écrans dans les lieux d'accueil des 0-3 ans, posant des règles claires et accompagnant les PMI.

      Soutien à la Parentalité :

      • Considéré comme "un des outils (...) les plus puissants en terme de prévention et d'accompagnement".

      • Plan National de Soutien à la Parentalité : En cours de finalisation, il vise à "reposer (...) des repères, des soutiens, des espaces de dialogue avec les parents" face aux nouveaux défis, notamment numériques.

      Refonte du site "Je protège mon enfant".

      Adoption et Accès aux Origines :

      • Adoption : Améliorer les pratiques professionnelles pour accélérer les procédures et la mise en œuvre du "fichier national des familles adoptantes".

      Diffuser les outils législatifs existants (Loi Limon sur l'adoption simple).

      • Accueil durable bénévole/Tiers digne de confiance : Étude des différentes hypothèses, en soulignant l'importance de l'accompagnement spécialisé pour les familles adoptantes si elles envisagent un accueil durable, et la nécessité de "remuscler toutes les possibilités" d'accueil.

      Recherche des "familles de cœur" pour apporter stabilité et favoriser la désinstitutionnalisation.

      • Accès et Droit aux Origines : Réflexion sur la place des tests ADN (actuellement non autorisés en France sauf décision de justice), en raison des demandes des associations d'enfants.

      Reposer la question compte tenu des nouvelles réalités et de l'évolution législative en Europe.

      Lutte contre les Violences Faites aux Enfants :

      • Urgence : Constat d'une augmentation des alertes sur des violences, notamment chez les nourrissons.

      • Actions : Diffusion prochaine d'un questionnaire national pour "objectiver cette évolution et spécifier ces violences" (sexuelles, intrafamiliales, institutionnelles, physiques, psychologiques).

      Poursuite des travaux de prévention, détection des "signaux faibles", et capacité à "mieux accueillir la parole des enfants".

      • Prise en charge : Déploiement des "Unités d'accueil spécialisées pour les enfants" (UEJ) dans toutes les juridictions, coordination du soin médical, psychologique, social et judiciaire.

      Renforcement du 119 (campagne d'information, amélioration des canaux dont le chat, traitement des rappels et priorisation).

      • Loi Votrein : Projet de loi en préparation par la Ministre Votrein proposant des mesures concrètes : autorisation du cumul d'activité pour l'accueil familial, droit au répit, réinterrogation des modalités d'indemnisation (y compris pour l'accueil durable bénévole), reconnaissance du tiers digne de confiance.

      Enjeux Numériques et Écrans :

      • Constat : Présence accrue des écrans (70% des 8-10 ans sur réseaux sociaux), explosion du cyberharcèlement, conséquences documentées (addictions, santé mentale, obésité, troubles de l'apprentissage).

      • Réponses :Éducation numérique : Essentielle, avec des travaux pour une cohérence des messages portés par l'Éducation Nationale et l'éducation populaire.

      • École : Saisine de l'Inspection de l'Éducation Nationale pour un rapport sur les ENT (Environnements Numériques de Travail), visant un "droit à la déconnexion pour les parents et pour les enfants" (pas d'information réactualisée entre 20h et 7h, fermeture le weekend).

      Généralisation de la "pause numérique" (pas de portable au collège).

      • Réseaux Sociaux : Mise en œuvre de la loi Marcangelie interdisant les réseaux sociaux aux moins de 15 ans.

      Négociations européennes (Digital Service Act), avec une "coalition nouvelle" pour aller dans ce sens.

      • Contrôle d'identité et d'âge : Stabilisation de l'outil technique grâce à l'ARCOM et des structures comme Docapost, permettant un contrôle fiable de l'âge.

      Cela a conduit au départ de certaines plateformes pornographiques ne souhaitant pas utiliser ces outils. Projet de "mini wallet européen".

      • Place de l'Enfant dans l'Espace Public : Engagement du Haut-Commissariat pour le respect des droits des enfants et leur place dans le débat public.

      Suivi des travaux de la Convention Citoyenne sur les temps de l'enfant avec la participation d'enfants.

      3. Défis et Critiques Adressées à la Haute-Commissaire

      Plusieurs députés expriment des préoccupations majeures, remettant en question l'action et les moyens du Haut-Commissariat :

      • Crise de l'Enfance en France : Caroline Parmentier dénonce un "état catastrophique" de l'enfance, l'absence de ministre dédié et la multiplication des drames (crèches, pauvreté infantile, dysfonctionnements de l'ASE).

      Elle questionne l'investissement total de la Haute-Commissaire, engagée dans la campagne des municipales.

      • Manque de Volontarisme et de Moyens : Arnaud Bonet juge les propositions de la Haute-Commissaire "dans le bon sens" mais reste "sceptique" faute de "mobilisation de l'ensemble de notre société" et de "moyens réels".

      Il évoque une "cécité volontaire collective" aux violences faites aux enfants.

      • Problématiques Spécifiques :Cyberharcèlement lié aux prénoms : Mme Dubré alerte sur les publications péjoratives en ligne et demande des mesures.

      • Mineurs Non Accompagnés (MNA) : Mme Dubré souligne le manque de données fiables, l'absence de présomption de minorité et la complexité de leur prise en charge.

      La Haute-Commissaire réitère la position de la France d'accueillir les enfants "quelle que soit leur situation".

      • Santé Mentale des Jeunes Placés : Mme Dubré fait état d'un suivi psychologique insuffisant (40% n'en ont jamais bénéficié) et propose une meilleure formation des professionnels, un accès réel aux soins et des liens stables.

      La Haute-Commissaire évoque le déploiement de "Santé Protégée Péas" et le rôle des coordinateurs.

      • Défaillances de la Protection de l'Enfance (ASE) :Mme Hamdane dénonce une "politique de l'enfance symbolique, médiatique mais déconnectée de l'urgence", rappelant que 400 000 enfants sont en danger, que la France ne respecte pas ses engagements internationaux ni ses propres lois (loi Taquet inappliquée).

      Elle cite le rapport accablant de la commission d'enquête sur les "manques de pilotage national, rupture de parcours, recours abusif au placement à l'hôtel".

      • Mme Maximie exprime sa "colère" face à la mort d'une enfant placée (Aiden, 7 ans) et le silence public de la Haute-Commissaire et de la Ministre Votrein.

      Elle dénonce une inaction malgré des constats répétés.

      La Haute-Commissaire répond qu'elle travaille avec les acteurs concernés (ADF, départements, associations) mais ne communique pas systématiquement publiquement.

      Elle insiste sur la responsabilité de chacun.

      • Scolarisation des Enfants Vulnérables : Mme Piron alerte sur les "délais d'inscription et d'affectation scolaire anormalement longs" pour les enfants hébergés en urgence ou vivant dans des habitats précaires, ainsi que sur la situation "dramatique" à Mayotte (5000 enfants privés d'école).

      Elle demande des leviers pour garantir la scolarisation effective et la volonté d'intervenir à Mayotte.

      La Haute-Commissaire prend note des alertes et évoque un travail avec le Ministre des Outre-Mers pour renforcer les équipes et la priorité donnée à ces territoires.

      • Moyens du Haut-Commissariat : Mme Met interroge sur les "moyens humains et financiers" du Haut-Commissariat.

      La Haute-Commissaire précise disposer de six conseillers directs, d'un soutien de l'Éducation Nationale, et d'un renforcement à venir par des représentants des Outre-Mers et de la Justice, pour favoriser l'interministérialité.

      4. Réponse de la Haute-Commissaire aux Critiques

      La Haute-Commissaire se défend des accusations de manque d'investissement ou d'action, affirmant être pleinement engagée dans sa mission de coordination.

      Elle insiste sur :

      • La coordination des acteurs : Sa mission est de "réunir tout ce monde-là et de rappeler à chacun ses responsabilités et ses missions".

      • L'évaluation et le suivi : Provoquer les contrôles nécessaires, évaluer les politiques, suivre la mise en œuvre des engagements (y compris la loi Taquet).

      • La mobilisation collective : Nécessité d'une "prise de conscience générale" et que "chacun prend pleinement sa place et sa part".

      • Le soutien ministériel : Souligne le soutien de la Ministre Votrein et l'organisation d'un "comité interministériel sur l'enfance" pour évaluer les politiques publiques avec des indicateurs de suivi.

      • La complémentarité des actions : Défend la complémentarité entre la lutte contre le "no kids" ou la régulation des écrans et la protection de l'enfance la plus vulnérable. Elle précise que son action ne se limite pas à la communication publique.

      • Les freins à l'accompagnement des jeunes majeurs : Identification de problèmes d'accès à l'identité, au logement, manque de préparation à la sortie, inégalité de traitement entre départements.

      Elle évoque les travaux en cours pour améliorer cet accompagnement (soutien aux associations, parrainage).

      En conclusion, la Haute-Commissaire à l'Enfance se positionne comme une figure de coordination interministérielle, cherchant à décloisonner les politiques publiques pour une approche centrée sur l'enfant.

      Elle met en avant des chantiers concrets sur la petite enfance, la parentalité, l'adoption, la lutte contre les violences et le numérique.

      Néanmoins, elle fait face à des critiques virulentes de députés qui soulignent l'urgence d'une crise de l'enfance, le manque de moyens concrets et des défaillances institutionnelles persistantes, notamment dans la protection de l'enfance, remettant en cause l'effectivité de son action.

    1. Le Jeu comme Laboratoire de la Pensée : Synthèse de l'Intervention de Pauline Stavaux

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les interventions de Pauline Stavaux, philosophe au Pôle Philo (Belgique), concernant l'articulation entre la pratique du jeu et la démarche philosophique.

      Il explore les fondements théoriques, les enjeux pédagogiques et les applications pratiques de la ludo-pédagogie dans le développement de l'esprit critique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'intégration du jeu dans la pratique philosophique ne relève pas du simple divertissement, mais constitue une véritable stratégie de médiation pour rendre l'abstraction accessible.

      L'analyse souligne que le jeu offre un « espace-temps » sécurisant où l'erreur est dédramatisée, permettant aux participants — particulièrement les adolescents et les publics éloignés de la discipline — de s'emparer de concepts complexes par l'expérience vécue.

      Le point central de cette approche réside dans la tension entre le ressort ludique et l'objectif pédagogique. Pour que la philosophie opère, le jeu ne doit pas être un simple « enrobage » (le mythe du chocolat sur le brocoli), mais un moteur de réflexion.

      La phase de débriefing est identifiée comme l'étape la plus critique : c'est là que l'expérience vécue se transforme en savoir structuré et en habileté de pensée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadre Institutionnel et Objectifs

      L'approche présentée s'inscrit dans les travaux du Pôle Philo, un service de l'ASBL Laïcité Brabant Wallon (Wavre, Belgique).

      Mission : Rendre la philosophie accessible au plus grand nombre.

      Publics : Enfants (via la revue Philoé s’autobule, 8-13 ans), adolescents et adultes (notamment en milieux carcéraux).

      Finalité : Développement de l'esprit critique et des habiletés de pensée (problématisation, conceptualisation, argumentation).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Ontologie du Jeu : Définitions et Conceptions Philosophiques

      Le jeu est un objet conceptuel complexe, souvent difficile à définir. L'analyse historique et philosophique révèle une évolution de son statut : de l'activité triviale à une dimension paradigmatique de l'humanité.

      Évolution du statut du jeu

      Le renversement de perspective au XVIIIe siècle (notamment avec Schiller) postule que « l’homme n’est pleinement homme que quand il joue ». Ce changement est porté par trois facteurs :

      1. Social : Le jeu devient un fait social à réguler (jeux d'argent, addiction).

      2. Épistémologique : Le jeu est reconnu comme un lieu de déploiement de l'intelligence (mathématiques, stratégie).

      3. Anthropologique : L'enfant est perçu comme un individu à part entière dont le jeu est le vecteur naturel d'apprentissage (Rousseau, Fröbel).

      Typologie des définitions théoriques

      | Auteur | Concepts Clés | Définition du Jeu | | --- | --- | --- | | Huizinga | Homo Ludens | Activité volontaire, limitée dans l'espace et le temps, avec des règles librement consenties mais impérieuses. | | Caillois | Critères du jeu | Activité libre, séparée, incertaine, improductive, réglée et fictive (faire semblant). | | Wittgenstein | Jeux de langage | Impossibilité d'une définition unique ; existence d'« airs de famille » et d'usages contextuels. | | Bernard Suits | Attitude lusoire | Effort volontaire pour surmonter des obstacles inutiles (contraintes superficielles) pour le plaisir. | | Gilles Brougère | Continuum ludique | Le jeu est défini par la simulation, la décision, l'indétermination et la minimisation des conséquences. | | Silva | Quatre niveaux | Matériel ludique, structure (règles), contexte (état psychique) et attitude ludique. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. La Ludo-pédagogie : Enjeux et Tensions

      L'usage du jeu à des fins pédagogiques crée une tension intrinsèque entre la liberté nécessaire au jeu et l'obligation liée au cadre éducatif.

      Mythes et Précautions

      Le chocolat sur le brocoli : Le risque de ludo-pédagogie de « ruse » où le jeu ne sert qu'à masquer une tâche rébarbative sans cohérence entre le fond et la forme.

      La ludification superficielle : L'ajout de points ou de médailles ne suffit pas à créer une « attitude ludique ». L'intention de l'adulte ne garantit pas l'adhésion de l'apprenant.

      Le rôle de l'animateur : Proche du « maître de jeu », il doit guider sans orienter, soutenir l'effort de pensée sans confisquer la liberté des joueurs.

      Les apports du jeu à la philosophie

      Mise à égalité : Tous les participants vivent la même expérience en temps réel, indépendamment de leur capital culturel.

      Laboratoire de la pensée : Permet de tester des idées, de changer d'avis et d'utiliser l'erreur comme un matériau de construction.

      Dédramatisation : Le jeu brise l'image élitiste et « jargonneuse » de la philosophie.

      Ancrage corporel : Réintroduit la corporéité et le mouvement dans une discipline souvent perçue comme purement cérébrale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Outils et Dispositifs Pratiques

      Le document répertorie plusieurs typologies d'outils utilisés par le Pôle Philo pour susciter la réflexion.

      Jeux dédiés (créations originales)

      L’enquête philo : Un groupe d'« experts » (conséquences, exemples, images) doit faire deviner un concept à des « enquêteurs » via des indices basés sur les habiletés de pensée.

      Memory Philo : Travail sur la mémoire et le passé (recherche de doublons déclenchant des dilemmes).

      Les épis de blé : Jeu de l'oie où les participants incarnent des souris aux capacités inégales pour faire vivre les concepts d'inégalité et d'équité.

      Le Chamboule-tout : Transformer des affirmations inscrites sur des boîtes en questions pour pouvoir les abattre.

      Détournement de jeux du commerce

      Certains jeux non étiquetés « philosophie » possèdent des mécaniques ou des thèmes hautement problématisants :

      | Jeu | Thème Philosophique | Ressort Ludique | | --- | --- | --- | | Dixit | Interprétation / Concept | Utilisation d'images oniriques pour incarner des idées abstraites. | | Mito | Morale / Transgression | La triche est obligatoire et régulée par les règles du jeu. | | Hanabi | Confiance / Altérité | Les joueurs ne voient pas leur propre jeu et dépendent totalement du regard des autres. | | Happy City | Bonheur / Utilitarisme | Construction d'une ville en maximisant des indicateurs de plaisir. | | Imagine | Conceptualisation | Superposition de pictogrammes transparents pour créer des concepts visuels. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Synthèse des Recommandations Pratiques

      Pour réussir une séance de philosophie par le jeu, l'animateur doit respecter plusieurs principes méthodologiques :

      1. Priorité au débriefing : On apprend moins en jouant qu'en analysant ce qui a été vécu. Le temps de discussion doit être proportionné à la phase de jeu.

      2. Sélection rigoureuse : Choisir des jeux aux règles simples et aux parties courtes pour privilégier le temps de réflexion.

      3. Gestion de l'imprévu (Le Kairos) : Saisir les incidents de jeu (conflits, tricheries, frustrations) comme des opportunités de questionnement philosophique immédiat.

      4. Liberté d'adhésion : Respecter le droit de ne pas jouer. L'observation peut être une forme d'implication ludique et un support de réflexion pour le groupe.

      5. Cohérence fond/forme : La mécanique de jeu (ex: hasard, coopération, compétition) doit faire écho au concept traité (ex: destin, solidarité, justice).

    1. Document de Synthèse : Les Ateliers ADER (Ateliers Démocratiques pour une Expression Réflexive)

      Ce document présente une analyse détaillée du dispositif ADER, conçu par Dominique Mulner.

      Il synthétise les fondements théoriques, les objectifs pédagogiques, le protocole de mise en œuvre et les modalités d'accompagnement de ce dispositif visant à développer l'esprit critique et à améliorer le climat scolaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Résumé Exécutif

      Les Ateliers Démocratiques pour une Expression Réflexive (ADER) constituent un dispositif pédagogique structuré, fruit de vingt années d'évolution et d'expérimentation, notamment auprès d'élèves "empêchés de penser".

      Conçu par Dominique Mulner, ce dispositif s'adresse à un public large, de la moyenne section de maternelle à la classe de terminale, incluant les réseaux d'éducation prioritaire (REP+) et l'enseignement spécialisé (SEGPA, ULIS).

      L'essence d'ADER réside dans la création d'un espace-temps sécurisant où la parole de chaque élève est reconnue comme celle d'un "interlocuteur valable".

      En s'appuyant sur un protocole ritualisé et une répartition de responsabilités concrètes, le dispositif vise quatre objectifs majeurs : le développement de l'esprit critique, l'amélioration du climat scolaire, le renforcement des compétences psychosociales et l'éducation à la citoyenneté.

      Contrairement à d'autres approches, ADER privilégie une approche systémique impliquant l'ensemble de l'institution scolaire et refuse l'évaluation sommative au profit d'une observation fine des progrès de l'élève.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Genèse et Fondements Théoriques

      Le dispositif ADER est indissociable du parcours de sa conceptrice, Dominique Mulner, ancienne enseignante spécialisée en milieu hospitalier et membre d'équipes mobiles de sécurité.

      Un héritage pluridisciplinaire

      Le dispositif synthétise les apports de plusieurs courants de la pédagogie et de la psychologie :

      Jacques Lévin : Pour le concept d'enfant "interlocuteur valable" et l'importance de la mise en pensée interne.

      Michel Tozi : Pour les outils d'argumentation, de problématisation et de conceptualisation.

      Célestin Freinet : Pour la pédagogie centrée sur l'élève et la coopération.

      Carl Rogers : Pour les principes de congruence, d'empathie et de bienveillance.

      Lev Vygotski : Pour le rôle de l'interaction sociale dans les apprentissages.

      Jonathan Cohen & Éric Debarbieux : Pour les recherches sur le climat scolaire systémique.

      La lutte contre "l'empêchement"

      ADER a été initialement conçu pour des élèves présentant des troubles du comportement, souvent "empêchés d'être, de parler et de penser".

      L'objectif est de restaurer l'estime de soi par la reconnaissance inconditionnelle de la pensée de l'individu au sein d'un groupe.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les Quatre Piliers du Dispositif

      Le dispositif ADER s'articule autour de quatre axes interdépendants qui structurent l'intervention :

      | Pilier | Objectifs Clés | | --- | --- | | Esprit Critique | Distinguer croire et savoir ; raisonner de manière autonome ; lutter contre le dogmatisme et la pensée unique. | | Climat Scolaire | Créer un environnement serein et sécure ; prévenir le harcèlement ; favoriser la cohésion de groupe. | | Compétences Psychosociales | Développer l'empathie, la gestion des émotions et la prise de responsabilité. | | Citoyenneté | Pratiquer la démocratie en acte ; respecter les règles communes ; reconnaître l'autre dans sa différence. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Le Protocole Opérationnel de l'Atelier

      La force d'ADER repose sur un cadre solide, strict et ritualisé, qui garantit la sécurité psychologique des participants.

      L'aménagement de l'espace et du temps

      Le Cercle : Les tables sont supprimées. Les chaises sont disposées en cercle ou en ovale pour instaurer une horizontalité totale entre élèves et adultes.

      L'Ordre d'Arrivée : Les élèves entrent un par un et s'asseyent selon leur ordre d'arrivée pour casser les alliances préétablies et prévenir les phénomènes de bouc émissaire.

      La Temporalité : Les séances durent généralement une heure (plus courtes en maternelle).

      Elles ne doivent pas être des interventions ponctuelles ("one shot") mais s'inscrire dans une régularité (cycle de 12 séances).

      Les phases de la séance

      1. Accueil ritualisé : Accueil hors de la salle, dépôt des affaires, entrée calme.

      2. Ouverture : Lecture d'un texte rituel rappelant les règles (pas de moquerie, pas de jugement, ni bonne ni mauvaise réponse).

      3. Distribution des "cavaliers" : Chaque participant (élèves et adultes) possède un carton avec son prénom, posé au sol.

      4. Attribution des responsabilités : Choix volontaire des élèves pour les fonctions de la séance.

      5. Discussion réflexive : Débat autour d'une question universelle (ex: "Peut-on vivre dans un monde sans violence ?").

      6. Tour de cercle final : Chaque élève résume sa pensée ou dit "je réfléchis".

      7. Lecture des notes et clôture : Lecture des idées retenues par les scripteurs et rituel de sortie.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. La Responsabilisation des Élèves

      ADER remplace la notion de "rôles" (souvent perçus comme du jeu) par celle de responsabilités. Ces fonctions sont essentielles à l'autorégulation du groupe :

      Responsables de la parole : Distribuent la parole en priorité à ceux qui ne se sont pas encore exprimés.

      Responsables de la prise de notes : Constituent la mémoire collective de l'atelier en notant les idées (et non les noms).

      Responsables du règlement et du temps : Veillent au respect des règles de communication et gèrent la durée via un chronomètre ou une horloge.

      Note sur l'inclusion : Le dispositif permet à des élèves en difficulté (dyslexiques, élèves d'ITEP) de s'investir.

      L'exemple d'un élève dyspraxique reprenant l'écriture manuscrite pour assumer sa responsabilité de scripteur illustre l'impact de cette valorisation.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. La Posture de l'Adulte et la Formation

      Le passage de la posture d'enseignant "sachant" à celle d'animateur "accompagnant" est au cœur de la réussite du dispositif.

      Une posture spécifique

      L'adulte ne juge pas, ne valide pas les réponses ("c'est bien", "c'est juste") et n'interrompt pas. Il soutient l'effort de réflexion, relance par la maïeutique socratique et garantit le cadre.

      Un accompagnement au long cours

      La formation des adultes ne se limite pas à une présentation théorique :

      6h de théorie initiale.

      6h de pratique accompagnée en classe par un formateur.

      Analyses de pratiques approfondies tout au long de l'année.

      Approche systémique : Implication du chef d'établissement et de l'équipe pédagogique globale pour inscrire l'atelier dans le projet d'établissement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Analyse et Évaluation du Dispositif

      ADER refuse la notation chiffrée mais intègre des outils d'évaluation qualitative et d'observation :

      Grilles d'observation : Suivi du nombre de prises de parole et de l'évolution de la qualité argumentative.

      Analyse de pratique : Temps dédié après chaque séance pour que les animateurs évaluent le climat de classe et l'élaboration de la pensée.

      Impacts observés : Diminution des violences et du harcèlement, meilleure gestion des conflits en récréation, et réengagement des élèves allophones ou en grande difficulté scolaire.

      Conclusion sur l'Expression Réflexive

      Comme le souligne Dominique Mulner, l'expression réflexive signifie que la parole de l'un engage la réflexion de l'autre, créant ainsi une "communauté de recherche".

      Ce processus permet de passer de la croyance personnelle au savoir partagé, transformant le groupe-classe en une véritable entité pensante et démocratique.

  2. Feb 2026
    1. Adolescents en Détresse Psychiatrique : Analyse de la Prise en Charge en Milieu Hospitalier

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document propose une analyse détaillée du quotidien et des protocoles de soins au sein d'une unité de pédopsychiatrie, basée sur l'observation de jeunes patients au CHU de Besançon.

      L'unité accueille des adolescents âgés de 12 à 18 ans souffrant de pathologies diverses, allant de la dépression sévère et l'anorexie à des troubles psychotiques complexes.

      La stratégie thérapeutique repose sur un équilibre fragile entre le traitement médicamenteux (souvent lourd), la régulation stricte des interactions avec le monde extérieur et la rééducation sociale par des activités encadrées et une scolarisation interne.

      L'objectif central est de stabiliser des esprits en plein développement tout en évitant des diagnostics définitifs prématurés. Le succès de la prise en charge dépend largement de l'implication familiale, bien que de nombreux patients soient issus de contextes sociaux ou médicaux précaires.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadre Institutionnel et Profils Cliniques

      L'unité de pédopsychiatrie du CHU de Besançon est située dans des bâtiments historiques du XVIIe siècle.

      Malgré un environnement marqué par des contraintes physiques (barreaux aux fenêtres), elle constitue un lieu de refuge pour des jeunes dont les solutions de prise en charge antérieures ont échoué.

      Caractéristiques de la population accueillie

      Tranche d'âge : 12 à 18 ans.

      Durée moyenne de séjour : Plus de 4 mois.

      Pathologies observées :

      ◦ Troubles du comportement et accès de violence grave (Maxence).   

      ◦ Dépression sévère et phobie scolaire (Anna).  

      ◦ Troubles alimentaires, notamment l'anorexie mentale (Laura).  

      ◦ Troubles de l'humeur, paranoïa et instabilité émotionnelle (Valentin).  

      ◦ Symptômes de psychose et bipolarité (Sarah).

      La problématique du diagnostic à l'adolescence

      Le corps médical adopte une posture de prudence concernant le diagnostic définitif.

      Le Dr Noël Dark précise que l'esprit de l'adolescent évolue rapidement, justifiant le refus de "mettre les enfants dans des cases".

      L'observation clinique continue prime sur l'étiquetage pathologique prématuré.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. L'Arsenal Thérapeutique : Médication et Régulation

      Le traitement au sein de l'unité combine des approches chimiques et comportementales pour réguler les symptômes les plus invalidants.

      Pharmacologie et effets secondaires

      La plupart des patients reçoivent des traitements médicamenteux, parfois sous une forme injectable (neuroleptiques).

      | Type de Médicament | Usage mentionné | Observations | | --- | --- | --- | | Antipsychotiques | Traitement de la schizophrénie ou psychose. | Utilisés pour Maxence et Sarah. Efficaces sur les crises mais induisent de lourds effets secondaires (tremblements, fatigue, élocution difficile). | | Anxiolytiques | Gestion des crises d'angoisse aiguës. | Utilisés pour Laura lors de crises de paralysie apparente. | | Antidépresseurs / Régulateurs d'humeur | Stabilisation émotionnelle. | Font l'objet d'autorisations spéciales pour les mineurs. |

      Le cadre réglementaire comme outil de soin

      L'isolement du monde extérieur est considéré comme une composante thérapeutique essentielle. Le règlement intérieur impose :

      Régulation des communications : L'accès au téléphone et à Internet est strictement limité pour réduire l'anxiété liée à l'extérieur.

      Contrôle des objets personnels : Les tablettes et téléphones peuvent être saisis en cas de non-respect des règles ou de suspicion d'utilisation inappropriée.

      Permissions de sortie : Elles sont soumises à l'autorisation médicale et servent de test de stabilité pour les patients.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Activités Thérapeutiques et Réinsertion Scolaire

      Pour détourner les adolescents de leur pathologie, l'unité propose un programme structuré visant à restaurer la confiance en soi et le lien social.

      Activités Physiques (ex. Escalade) : Ces séances permettent aux jeunes de se réapproprier leur corps et de développer une assurance corporelle.

      Pour des patients comme Valentin, cela représente une "aide thérapeutique" cruciale.

      Scolarité Interne : Des professeurs de l'Éducation nationale interviennent pour des sessions de 4 à 5 heures par semaine, en petits groupes (maximum 4 élèves).

      Ce dispositif vise à rompre l'isolement créé par la phobie scolaire et à préparer un retour progressif en milieu ordinaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Gestion de la Crise et Protocoles d'Urgence

      Face à des comportements d'autolyse ou de violence extrême, le personnel soignant doit parfois recourir à des mesures de contrainte.

      La Contention : Utilisée en ultime recours pour protéger le patient contre lui-même (tentative de suicide ou fugue).

      Il s'agit d'un acte médical prescrit qui consiste à attacher le patient à son lit.

      L'augmentation des doses : En phase de crise aiguë (ex. Sarah), les neuroleptiques sont administrés pour provoquer un apaisement chimique rapide.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. La Sphère Familiale : Entre Soutien et Déterminisme

      L'environnement familial joue un rôle ambivalent dans la pathologie et la guérison des adolescents.

      Facteurs de stress : Les séparations parentales ou les antécédents médicaux familiaux sont fréquents.

      Valentin, par exemple, a une mère elle-même hospitalisée en psychiatrie adulte, ce qui limite les visites et complexifie son équilibre émotionnel.

      Implication nécessaire : Les médecins organisent des rendez-vous toutes les trois semaines pour impliquer les parents.

      Pour Jessica, mère d'Anna, l'hospitalisation est perçue comme "un mal pour un bien", une reconnaissance de l'incapacité parentale à gérer seule une détresse profonde.

      Ambivalence relationnelle : Les rapports entre l'adolescent hospitalisé et sa famille sont souvent marqués par la froideur ou l'agressivité, symptômes directs de la pathologie ou de la crise d'adolescence exacerbée par le milieu hospitalier.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Perspectives de Sortie

      Le retour à une vie "normale" est un processus lent et non linéaire. Le cas d'Anna illustre cette transition : après trois mois d'hospitalisation, une première heure de cours en collège ordinaire représente une victoire majeure, bien que fragile.

      Le succès est conditionné par la capacité du jeune à supporter à nouveau le regard de ses pairs et les exigences du monde extérieur sans basculer dans l'angoisse ou la violence.

    1. L'Intelligence Humaine : Analyse Scientifique, Mythes et Réalités

      Ce document de synthèse s'appuie sur les travaux et les interventions de Franck Ramus, directeur de recherche au CNRS, pour clarifier la notion d'intelligence, sa mesure et les données empiriques accumulées depuis plus d'un siècle.

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'intelligence, bien que perçue de manière intuitive dans le langage courant, possède une définition scientifique rigoureuse centrée sur le facteur g (intelligence générale).

      Contrairement aux idées reçues, les tests de quotient intellectuel (QI) ne sont pas des mesures arbitraires mais des outils statistiquement robustes, stables dans le temps et dotés d'une forte valeur prédictive pour la réussite scolaire, la santé et la longévité.

      La recherche actuelle démontre que l'intelligence résulte d'une interaction complexe entre des facteurs génétiques (environ 50 %) et environnementaux (éducation, milieu socio-économique, facteurs prénataux).

      Enfin, les données infirment le mythe selon lequel les personnes à haut potentiel intellectuel (HPI) seraient plus vulnérables aux troubles psychologiques ou à l'échec scolaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Définitions et Mesures de l'Intelligence

      1.1. Vers une définition scientifique

      L'intelligence est souvent définie intuitivement comme la capacité de raisonnement, d'adaptation ou de culture. Scientifiquement, elle est opérationnalisée de deux manières principales :

      Capacité mentale générale : Selon Linda Gottfredson (1997), elle implique de raisonner, planifier, résoudre des problèmes, penser de manière abstraite, comprendre des idées complexes et apprendre rapidement de l'expérience.

      Le Facteur g (Intelligence Générale) : Découvert par Charles Spearman en 1904, il repose sur le constat statistique que les performances d'un individu dans différentes matières scolaires ou tests cognitifs sont corrélées positivement.

      Le facteur g représente la "part commune" de la variabilité entre les individus dans tous les domaines cognitifs.

      1.2. La mesure par les batteries de tests

      L'intelligence ne se mesure pas par un test unique, mais par une batterie (comme l'échelle de Wechsler : WPPSI, WISC, WAIS) qui explore diverses fonctions :

      Intelligence fluide : Raisonnement logique et abstrait.

      Intelligence cristallisée : Compétences verbales et vocabulaire.

      Capacités visio-spatiales.

      Mémoire de travail et vitesse de traitement.

      1.3. La structure du Quotient Intellectuel (QI)

      Le QI n'est pas un chiffre absolu mais un score relatif à une population de même âge et de même pays.

      Moyenne : Fixée par convention à 100.

      Écart-type : Fixé à 15.

      Distribution : 68 % de la population se situe entre 85 et 115. Un score de 130 (deux écarts-types au-dessus de la moyenne) définit le seuil du "haut potentiel".

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Fiabilité et Validité des Tests

      2.1. Stabilité temporelle

      Le QI est l'une des caractéristiques humaines les plus stables.

      Les études montrent une corrélation de 0,6 dès l'âge de 6 ans avec le score à l'âge adulte.

      Une étude écossaise a même démontré une corrélation forte entre les tests passés à 11 ans et ceux passés à 80 ans, sur un intervalle de 69 ans.

      2.2. Validité prédictive (Vie réelle)

      Le score de QI est un prédicteur robuste de plusieurs indicateurs de vie :

      | Domaine | Observations et Corrélations | | --- | --- | | Réussite scolaire | Corrélation forte (environ 0,5). Prédit mieux la réussite que la motivation seule. | | Revenus | Corrélation positive, bien que plus faible, médiée principalement par le niveau d'études. | | Santé et Longévité | Relation linéaire : un QI plus élevé est associé à une mortalité plus faible (moins d'accidents, meilleure gestion des risques de santé). | | Succès professionnel | Le QI est plus prédictif que le quotient émotionnel (QE), contrairement aux affirmations non étayées de certains auteurs. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Analyse des Critiques et Mythes

      3.1. Les Intelligences Multiples (Howard Gardner)

      Cette théorie suggère l'existence de huit intelligences indépendantes (musicale, motrice, etc.). Cependant :

      • Il s'agit souvent d'une redéfinition sémantique de "capacités cognitives" déjà connues.

      • Les tests mesurant ces capacités montrent qu'elles sont en réalité corrélées entre elles, confirmant l'existence du facteur g.

      • Le succès de cette théorie est jugé "démagogique" car il flatte l'idée que "chacun est intelligent à sa manière", sans base empirique solide.

      3.2. Le "Malheur" des Hauts Potentiels (HPI)

      Les médias diffusent souvent l'idée que 70 % des surdoués seraient en échec scolaire ou souffriraient de troubles psychiatriques.

      Les données scientifiques contredisent formellement ces affirmations :

      Biais d'échantillonnage : Les psychologues en cabinet ne voient que les HPI qui consultent pour des problèmes.

      La majorité des HPI ne consultent jamais et réussissent mieux que la moyenne.

      Santé mentale : Les études de cohortes (ex: UK Biobank sur 16 000 HPI) montrent que les personnes à haut QI ont moins de risques de souffrir d'anxiété, de dépression, de schizophrénie ou d'isolement social.

      Réussite : Les élèves HPI obtiennent en moyenne de bien meilleures notes et réussissent mieux leurs examens (ex: brevet des collèges) que les élèves au QI moyen.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Origines de l'Intelligence : Gènes et Environnement

      L'opposition entre l'inné et l'acquis est jugée binaire et dépassée.

      La recherche montre que les deux facteurs sont indissociables.

      4.1. Facteurs Génétiques

      Héritabilité : Estimée à environ 50 %. Cela signifie que 50 % des différences d'intelligence entre les individus d'une population sont dues à des différences génétiques.

      Preuves : Études de jumeaux (les monozygotes sont plus similaires que les dizygotes) et études d'adoption.

      Génomique : Des milliers de variations génétiques à effets minuscules contribuent à l'intelligence. Il n'existe pas de "gène de l'intelligence" unique.

      4.2. Facteurs Environnementaux

      Environnement biologique : L'exposition prénatale aux drogues, certains médicaments, les infections (toxoplasmose, etc.) ou le manque d'oxygène à la naissance peuvent impacter le QI.

      Scolarisation : Chaque année d'étude supplémentaire augmente le QI d'environ 1 à 5 points.

      Adoption : Un changement radical d'environnement (passage d'un milieu très défavorisé à un milieu favorisé) peut faire gagner jusqu'à 15 à 25 points de QI.

      4.3. L'intrication des facteurs

      Le statut socio-économique (SSE) des parents influe sur le QI de l'enfant, mais le SSE est lui-même partiellement corrélé aux gènes des parents (transmis à l'enfant). Ainsi, environ la moitié de la corrélation entre le milieu social et le QI de l'enfant est d'origine génétique, l'autre moitié étant purement environnementale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Conclusions

      L'intelligence générale est une réalité biologique et statistique mesurable.

      Bien que les tests ne capturent pas l'intégralité de l'esprit humain (omission de la créativité pure, de l'humour ou des talents artistiques), ils constituent l'outil le plus fiable et le plus prédictif dont dispose la psychologie pour comprendre les différences individuelles.

      L'intelligence est une ressource protectrice : statistiquement, un QI élevé est un avantage pour la santé, la réussite et le bien-être social.

    1. L'Inclusion Scolaire des Enfants en Situation de Handicap : Enjeux, Obstacles et Modèles d'Espoir

      Synthèse Executive

      Ce document examine la situation critique de la scolarisation des enfants en situation de handicap en France, telle qu'exposée dans le documentaire "L'école de tous les possibles".

      Le constat initial est alarmant : plus d'un quart des enfants en situation de handicap ne reçoivent aucun enseignement, et plus de la moitié bénéficient d'une scolarité réduite au minimum (moins de 6 heures par semaine).

      Face à un système perçu comme défaillant ou purement "occupationnel", des initiatives privées comme le Centre des possibles, fondé par l'enseignante Laura Cobigo, démontrent qu'une pédagogie adaptée et une exigence académique peuvent révéler le potentiel d'enfants souffrant de lourds retards moteurs et cognitifs.

      La réussite de l'inclusion repose sur une "alchimie" complexe mêlant outils de communication alternative, présence d'Accompagnants des Élèves en Situation de Handicap (AESH) formés et volonté politique.

      Cependant, l'épuisement des parents et des professionnels, couplé à une rigidité administrative, fait de l'inclusion scolaire un objectif encore largement inabouti.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Un État des Lieux Alarmant de la Scolarisation

      Le système éducatif actuel semble opposer des obstacles systématiques aux familles.

      Les chiffres et témoignages soulignent une rupture entre le droit fondamental à l'éducation et la réalité du terrain.

      Statistiques Clés de l'Exclusion

      | Catégorie d'enfants | Niveau de scolarisation | | --- | --- | | Enfants en situation de handicap | Plus de 25 % ne reçoivent aucun enseignement. | | Enfants scolarisés | Plus de 50 % ont moins de 6 heures de classe par semaine. | | Enfants en milieu ordinaire | Souvent limités au minimum légal, avec une sensation de "transparence" dans la classe. |

      Les Défaillances du Système Institutionnel

      L'approche "occupationnelle" : Dans certains Instituts Médico-Éducatifs (IME), la culture du "prendre soin" (hygiène, alimentation) prime sur les apprentissages cognitifs.

      Certains enfants ne reçoivent que 30 minutes à 3 heures d'enseignement par semaine, souvent arrêtées définitivement à l'âge de 16 ans.

      Le manque de formation : Les enseignants et les AESH en milieu ordinaire se sentent souvent démunis, n'ayant pas les outils pour adapter leurs ateliers aux handicaps lourds.

      La ségrégation déguisée : Plusieurs parents dénoncent une inclusion de façade qui s'apparente en réalité à une mise à l'écart, faute de moyens et de volonté pédagogique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le Centre des Possibles : Une Alternative Pédagogique

      Situé à Guidel (Morbihan), le Centre des possibles propose un modèle de rupture.

      Fondé par Laura Cobigo, elle-même mère d'un enfant polyhandicapé, cette structure prouve que le handicap lourd n'exclut pas l'accès au savoir.

      Les Piliers de la Méthode

      La croyance dans le potentiel : Contrairement aux diagnostics médicaux parfois pessimistes, l'école mise sur les capacités d'apprentissage de chaque enfant.

      L'accompagnement "un pour un" : Chaque enfant est guidé individuellement par une éducatrice ou une volontaire, évitant tout "temps mort" et respectant son rythme biologique.

      La Communication Alternative Augmentée (CAA) : L'usage intensif de pictogrammes, de logiciels de synthèse vocale et de classeurs POD (Pragmatic Organisation Dynamic Display) permet aux enfants non-verbaux d'exprimer leurs besoins et d'entrer dans les apprentissages scolaires.

      Pluridisciplinarité : Le travail est couplé à une approche thérapeutique (ergothérapie, psychomotricité) pour libérer les capacités motrices nécessaires aux outils scolaires (tenir un crayon, utiliser un contacteur).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Obstacles Structurels et Parcours des Familles

      Le document met en lumière le "parcours du combattant" des parents, marqué par l'errance diagnostique et la lutte constante contre l'administration.

      Les Barrières à l'Inclusion Réussie

      1. Le statut des AESH : Leur rôle est pivot, mais leur précarité (salaire dérisoire, manque de formation et de reconnaissance) fragilise tout l'édifice de l'inclusion.

      2. La rigidité administrative : Les délais de l'Éducation Nationale (cycles de 5 à 10 ans) sont jugés incompatibles avec l'urgence du développement de l'enfant.

      3. Le refus de partenariat : Le cas de Maywen illustre l'échec de l'inclusion quand l'école ordinaire refuse l'aide de structures spécialisées pour former ses équipes.

      4. Le manque de places en soin : Les listes d'attente interminables pour les services comme les SESSAD contraignent les parents à assumer eux-mêmes la rééducation en libéral, au prix de leur vie professionnelle.

      L'Impact sur les Aidants

      L'épuisement mental et physique est omniprésent. Laura Cobigo elle-même a dû faire face à un épuisement professionnel ("burnout"), illustrant la fragilité d'un système qui repose sur la bonne volonté individuelle plutôt que sur une structure pérenne.

      Les parents sont souvent catalogués comme "ne voulant pas accepter le handicap" lorsqu'ils demandent plus de stimulations ou de soins.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Vers une Inclusion Réelle : Conditions de Réussite

      Malgré les difficultés, des succès individuels comme ceux de Gabin ou William montrent la voie à suivre.

      L'inclusion réussie est définie comme une "alchimie" nécessitant :

      • Une pédagogie adaptée : Des supports individualisés et des outils technologiques de pointe.

      • Une expertise partagée : Des enseignants spécialisés venant en appui aux enseignants de classe ordinaire.

      • Un engagement humain : Des AESH investis et formés spécifiquement au polyhandicap.

      • La socialisation par les pairs : L'interaction avec des enfants valides est un moteur puissant pour l'acquisition de compétences (ex: la marche, les codes sociaux).

      Conclusion

      Le Centre des possibles démontre que la scolarisation des enfants les plus lourdement handicapés est non seulement possible, mais essentielle pour leur citoyenneté.

      Toutefois, cette réussite reste précaire car elle dépend encore trop largement de rencontres fortuites et de l'abnégation des familles.

      Pour que l'inclusion ne soit plus un "mirage", une transformation profonde de la culture médico-sociale et une dotation massive de moyens humains et techniques dans l'Éducation Nationale s'avèrent indispensables.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Joint Public review:

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Controls for the genetic background are incomplete, leaving open the possibility that the observed oviposition timing defects may be due to targeted knockdown of the period (per) gene but from the GAL4, Gal80, and UAS transgenes themselves. To resolve this issue the authors should determine the egg-laying rhythms of the relevant controls (GAL4/+, UAS-RNAi/+, etc); this only needs to be done for those genotypes that produced an arrhythmic egg-laying rhythm.

      (2) Reliance on a single genetic tool to generate targeted disruption of clock function leaves the study vulnerable to associated false positive and false negative effects: a) The per RNAi transgene used may only cause partial knockdown of gene function, as suggested by the persistent rhythmicity observed when per RNAi was targeted to all clock neurons. This could indicate that the results in Fig 2C-H underestimate the phenotypes of targeted disruption of clock function. b) Use of a single per RNAi transgene makes it difficult to rule out that off-target effects contributed significantly to the observed phenotypes. We suggest that the authors repeat the critical experiments using a separate UAS-RNAi line (for period or for a different clock gene), or, better yet, use the dominant negative UAS-cycle transgene produced by the Hardin lab (https://doi.org/10.1038/22566).

      We have followed the referee advice,repeating the experiments with the dominant negative UAS-cyc<sup>DN</sup>. They nicely confirm our conclusions: the abolition of the cellular clock in LNd neurons rule out the rhythmicity of oviposition. The results are presented in Fig. 3 of the new manuscript, panels H to N. We thank the reviewer for this suggestion that has definitely improved our paper, since it allows us to confirm our result using both a different driver and a different UAS sequence. In addition, we included the required GAL4 controls, which can be found in Panels E, L of the figure as well as average egglaying profiles for all genotypes involved (Panels B, D, F, I, K and M). Regarding the MB122Bsplit-Gal4>UAS-per<sup>RNAi</sup> experiment, we moved it to a supplementary figure (Figure 3S1). The paragraph where the new Figure 3 is discussed has been modified accordingly.

      (3) The egg-laying profiles obtained show clear damping/decaying trends which necessitates careful trend removal from the data to make any sense of the rhythm. Further, the detrending approach used by the authors is not tested for artifacts introduced by the 24h moving average used.

      The method used for the assessment of rhythmicity is now more fully explained and tested in the supplementary material. In particular, the issue of trend removal is treated in the second section of the SM, and the absence of "artifacts" (interpreted as the possibility of deciding that a signal is rhythmic when it is not, or vice versa) shown in figs. S3 to S5.

      (4) According to the authors the oviposition device cannot sample at a resolution finer than 4 hours, which will compel any experimenter to record egg laying for longer durations to have a suitably long time series which could be useful for circadian analyses.

      The choice of sampling every 4 hours is not due to a limitation imposed by the device used. In fact the device can be programmed to move at whatever times are desired. As mentioned in the Material and Methods section, "more frequent sampling gives rise to less consistent rhythmic patterns", because the number of eggs sampled at each time slot become too small. In particular, we have tested sampling at intervals of 2 hours, and we have observed that this doubles the work performed by the experimenter but does not lead to an improvement in the assessment of rhythmicity.

      (5) Despite reducing the interference caused by manually measuring egg-laying, the rhythm does not improve the signal quality such that enough individual rhythmic flies could be included in the analysis methods used. The authors devise a workaround by combining both strongly and weakly rhythmic (LSpower > 0.2 but less than LSpower at p < 0.05) data series into an averaged time series, which is then tested for the presence of a 16-32h "circadian" rhythm. This approach loses valuable information about the phase and period present in the individual mated females, and instead assumes that all flies have a similar period and phase in their "signal" component while the distribution of the "noise" component varies amongst them. This assumption has not yet been tested rigorously and the evidence suggests a lot more variability in the inter-fly period for the egg-laying rhythm.

      As stressed in the paper, and in the new Supplementary Material, the individual egg records are very noisy, which in general precludes the extraction of any information about the underlying period and phase. The workaround we (and others, e.g. Howlader et al. 2006) have used is analyzing average egg records for each genotype. Even though this implies assuming the same period and phase for all individuals, we have observed, using experiments with synthetic data, that small variations in individual periods (of the same amount as those present in real experiments where the period of some flies can be assessed individually) still allow us to use our method to decide if the genotype is rhythmic or not. This issue is discussed at length in the new Supplementary Material. There we also discuss an experiment with real flies, showing the individual records, and the corresponding periodograms, for each fly, for a rhythmic (Fig. S14) and an arrhythmic genotype (Fig. S17).

      (6) This variability could also depend on the genotype being tested, as the authors themselves observe between their Canton-S and YW wild-type controls for which their egg-laying profiles show clearly different dynamics. Interestingly, the averaged records for these genotypes are not distinguishable but are reflected in the different proportions of rhythmic flies observed. Unfortunately, the authors also do not provide further data on these averaged profiles, as they did for the wild-type controls in Figure 1, when they discuss their clock circuit manipulations using perRNAi. These profiles could have been included in Supplementary figures, where they would have helped the reader decide for themselves what might have been the reason for the loss of power in the LS periodogram for some of these experimental lines.

      We have added the individual periodograms of the arrhythmic lines to the Supplementary material (Figs. 3S2, 3S5 and panel G of Fig. 3S1), where they can be compared with their respective controls (Figs 3S3, 3S4, 3S6, 3S7 and panel F of Fig. 3S1).

      (7) By selecting 'the best egg layers' for inclusion in the oviposition analyses an inadvertent bias may be introduced and the results of the assays may not be representative of the whole population.

      We agree that the results may be biased for 'the best egg layers'. We remark however, that the flies that have been left out lay very few eggs, some of them even laying no eggs on a whole day. For these flies it is difficult to understand how one can even speak of egg laying rhythmicity (let alone how one can experimentally assess it). Thus, we think it might be misleading to speak of results as "representative of the whole population". Furthermore, it is even possible that the very concept of egg laying rhythmicity makes little sense if flies do not lay enough eggs.

      (8) An approach that measures rhythmicity for groups of individual records rather than separate individual records is vulnerable to outliers in the data, such as the inclusion of a single anomalous individual record. Additionally, the number of individual records that are included in a group may become a somewhat arbitrary determinant for the observed level of rhythmicity. Therefore, the experimental data used to map the clock neurons responsible for oviposition rhythms would be more convincing if presented alongside individual fly statistics, in the same format as used for Figure 1.

      In general, we have checked that there are no "outliers", in the sense of flies that lay many more eggs than the others in the experiment. But maybe the reviewer is referring to the possibility that a few rhythmic flies make the average rhythmic. This issue is addressed in the supplementary material, at the end of section "Example of rhythmicity assessment for a synthetic experiment". In short, we found that eliminating some of the most rhythmic flies from a rhythmic population makes the average a bit less rhythmic, but still significantly so. Conversely, if these flies are transferred to an arrhythmic population, the average is still non rhythmic.

      Regarding "the number of individual records that are included in a group may become a somewhat arbitrary determinant for the observed level of rhythmicity", we stress that we have not performed a selection of flies for the averages. All of the flies tested are included in the average, independently of their individual rhythmicity, provided only that they lay enough eggs.

      (9) The features in the experimental periodogram data in Figures 3B and D are consistent with weakened complex rhythmicity rather than arrhythmicity. The inclusion of more individual records in the groups might have provided the added statistical power to demonstrate this. Graphs similar to those in 1G and 1I, might have better illustrated qualitative and quantitative aspects of the oviposition rhythms upon per knockdown via MB122B and Mai179; Pdf-Gal80.

      We are aware that in the studies of the rhythmicity of locomotor activity the presence of two significant peaks is usually interpreted as a “complex rhythm”, i.e. as evidence of the existence of two different mechanisms producing two different rhythms in the same individual. In our case, since the periodograms we show assess the rhythmicity of the average time series of several individuals, the two non-significant peaks could also correspond to the periods of two different subpopulations of individuals. However, a close examination of the individual periodograms, now provided as Supplementary Figures 3S2 to 3S9, does not show any convincing evidence of any of these two possibilities.

      Another possibility could be that such peaks are simply an artifact of the method in the analysis of time series that consist of very few cycles and also few points per cycle. In the supplemenatry material we show that this can indeed happen. Consider, for example, periodograms 2 and 4 in Fig. S12 of the SM. Even though both of them display two non significant peaks, these periodograms correspond to two synthetic time series that are completely arrhythmic.

      We have added to the manuscript a paragraph discussing the issue of possible bimodality (next to last paragraph in subsection "The molecular clock in Cry+ LNd neurons is necessary for rhythmic egg-laying").

      Wider context:

      The study of the neural basis of oviposition rhythms in Drosophila melanogaster can serve as a model for the analogous mechanisms in other animals. In particular, research in this area can have wider implications for the management of insects with societal impact such as pests, disease vectors, and pollinators. One key aspect of D. melanogaster oviposition that is not addressed here is its strong social modulation (see Bailly et al.. Curr Biol 33:2865-2877.e4. doi:10.1016/j.cub.2023.05.074). It is plausible that most natural oviposition events do not involve isolated individuals, but rather groups of flies. As oviposition is encouraged by aggregation pheromones (e.g., Dumenil et al., J Chem Ecol 2016 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10886-016-0681-3) its propensity changes upon the pre-conditioning of the oviposition substrates, which is a complication in assays of oviposition rhythms that periodically move the flies to fresh substrate.

      We agree that social modulation can be important for oviposition, as has been shown in the paper cited by the reviewer. But we think that, in order to understand the contribution of social modulation to oviposition, it is important to know, as a reference for comparisons, what the flies do when they are isolated. Our aim in this work has been to provide such a reference.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) The weaknesses identified in the Public review could be addressed as follows: etc.

      We have followed the suggestions of the editor and addressed each of the weaknesses mentioned (see details above).

      (2) Could the authors comment on their choice of using individual flies for their assay rather than (small) groups of flies? Is it possible that their assay would produce less noisy results with the latter?

      First we want to emphasize that our aim here was to assess the presence of individual rhythmicity, free from any external influences, whether arising from environmental external cues (such as light or temperature changes) or by social interactions (with other females or males). However, we were also curious about the behavior when males were put in the same chamber with each female. We performed a few tests and the results were very similar to what we obtained with single females.

      (3) Minor points:

      (a) Line 57-58 - "around 24 h and a peak near night onset (Manjunatha et al., 2008). Egglaying rhythmicity is temperature-compensated and remains invariant despite the nutritional state": Rephrase to something simpler like temperature and nutrition compensated.

      Corrected.

      (b) Line 56-57 - "The circadian nature of this behavior was revealed by its persistence under DD with a period around 24 h and a peak near night onset (Manjunatha et al., 2008)." A better reference here would be to Sheeba et al, 2001 for preliminary investigations into the egg-laying rhythms of individual flies and McCabe and Birley, 1998 for groups of flies under LD12:12 and DD.

      Suggestion accepted.

      (c) Line 65-67 - "We determined..... molecular clock in the entire clock network reduced the LNv did not." This suggests that it was unknown until now that LNv does not have a role, whereas Howlader et al 2006 already suggested that. The reader becomes aware of this at a later part of the manuscript. Please revise.

      This has been revised, and the citation to Howlader et al 2006 added to the new sentence.

      (d) Line 67 - "impairing the molecular clock in the entire clock network reduced the circadian rhythm of.."; saying "Reduced the power of the circadian rhythm" might be better phrasing."

      Suggestion accepted.

      (e) Line 72 - using the Janelia hemibrain dataset.

      Corrected

      (f) Line 72 typo "ussing", should be 'using'.

      Corrected.

      (g) Line 94: why is the periodic signal the same for all on the first day of DD?

      It is well known that in LD conditions activity is driven by the environmental light-dark cycle, which entrains the endogenous circadian clock of all flies. Even after the transition to DD, the effects of this entrainment persist for a few days, allowing the individual rhythmic patterns set by the light-dark cycle to remain synchronized for at least a few cycles. We are assuming that the same happens with oviposition. A sentence has been added explaining this (beginning of third paragraph of subsection "Egg-laying is rhythmic when registered with a semiautomated egg collection device").

      (h) Figure 1A-D, Were all flies included or only rhythmic flies? Please make this clear. How do you distinguish rhythmic and arrhythmic flies in Figure 1E? Their representative individual plots of egg number graphs are required. Why was the number of flies under DD decreased from 20 to 18?

      Throughout the paper, the analysis of average rhythmicity has been performed including all flies, since we postulate that even flies that individually can be classified as non rhythmic have a rhythm that is corrupted by noise, and that this noise can be partially subtracted by performing an average. The explanation of the characterization of rhythmic and arrhythmic individuals is in the Methods section, under the Data Analysis subsection. This is now fully developed in the Supplementary material, where the individual plots for some of the genotypes are included.

      Regarding the question of the number of flies having "decreased from 20 to 18?", there is a misunderstanding here. The results depicted in Figure 1, and in particular in panel E, correspond to two different experiments: one performed only in LD (7 days, n=20), and a second one performed for 5 days in DD, with one previous day in LD (n=18).

      (i) Figure E and K, Are n=20, 18, and n=30, 22 the total numbers of flies including both rhythmic and nonrhythmic? If so, it would be better to put them in the column, not in the rhythmic column.

      The figure has been corrected.

      (j) Line 107-108, please provide a citation for this statement.

      We have added two references: Shindey et al. 2016, and Deppisch et al. 2022.

      (k) Figure 1, 2, etc., please write a peak value inside the periodogram graph. This makes comparison easier.

      The peak values have been added in all Figures.

      (l) Line 184-185, Figure 2F, tau appears shorter in Clk4.1>perRNAi flies than in control, which suggests that DNp1 may play a role?

      As explained in the Supplementary Material, the particularities of oviposition records (discrete values, noise, few samples per period, etc.) preclude an accurate determination of the period if the record is considered as rhythmic. In particular, Fig. S4 shows that differences of 1 hour between the real and the estimated periods are not unusual.

      (m) Figure 4. Why are 2 controls shown? Please explain. Are they the same strains?

      The two controls shown are the UAS control and the GAL4 control. This information has now been added to the figure.

      (n) Line 314 'that' should be 'than'?

      Corrected.

      (o) Line 73-74 - Phrasing is not clear in: "LNds and oviposition neurons, consisting with, the essential role of LNds neurons in the control of this behavior.""

      Corrected.

      (p) Line 81-84 - "the experiments particularly demanding and labor-intensive. In this approach, eggs are typically collected every 4 hours (sometimes also every 2 hours), which usually implies transferring the fly to a new vial or extracting the food with the eggs and replacing it with fresh food in the same vial (McCabe and Birley, 1998; Menon et al., 2014)." McCabe and Birley had an automated egg collection device designed for groups of flies, which sampled eggs laid every hour for 6 days. Please remove this reference in this context

      Reference removed.

      (q) Line 91-92 - "The assessment of oviposition rhythmicity is challenging because the decision of laying an egg relies on many different internal and external factors making this behavior very noisy." This sentence makes it appear that 'assessment' is the limitation. Even locomotor activity is governed by many internal and external factors, yet we can obtain very robust rhythms. The sentence that follows is also not easy to digest. Can the authors frame the idea better?

      We have rewritten the corresponding paragraph in order to make it more clear (second paragraph of the Results section). Additionally, the Supplementary Material contains now a more detailed explanation and analysis of the method used.

      (r) Line 104-107 - rhythmic (with a period close to 24 h, Figure 1F) although the average egg record is strongly rhythmic with a period around 24 h (Figure 1B). Under DD condition, individual rhythmicity percentages are the same as in LD (Figure 1E) and their average record is also very rhythmic with a period of 24 h (Figure 1D). 'Strongly rhythmic' and 'very rhythmic' are less indicative of what is happening with the oviposition rhythm and can be phrased as robust instead, with a focus on their power measured.

      We have accepted the suggestion.

      (s) Line 108-110 - "Thus, egg-laying displays a much larger variability than locomotor activity, compounding the difficulty of observing the influence of the circadian clock on this behavior." The section discussed here does not illustrate the variability in egg-laying as much as the lack of robustness of the rhythm. The variation in rhythmicity going from CS flies (~70% rhythmic) to yw flies (~50% rhythmic) showcases the variability in this rhythm and how it is difficult to observe when compared to locomotor rhythms, which are usually consistently >90% rhythmic across multiple genotypes. These lines can be placed after the discussion about yw and perS flies. Moreover, previous studies using individual flies have reported that egg-laying rhythm is more variable than others Figure 1, Sheeba et al 2001.

      We have accepted the suggestion, replacing "Thus, egg-laying displays a much larger variability than locomotor activity..." by "This shows that, at the individual level, egg-laying is much less robust than locomotor activity ..."

      (t) Figure 1. Genotype notation within the figure panels is not consistent with the accepted / conventional notation or with the main text or legend notations throughout the manuscript.

      We are sorry for this mistake. We have corrected the genotype names in Figures and text in order to make notation consistent across the paper.

      (u) Supplementary Figure 1 Legend. Error in upper right corner? Not left corner? The photo does not clearly show the apparatus. The authors may wish to consider clearer images and more details about the apparatus including details of the 3D printing of the device and perhaps even include a short video where the motor moves the flies to a new chamber (This is only a suggestion to advertise the apparatus, not related to the review of the manuscript). They could also provide information about what fraction of females survived till the end of each trial when 21 flies were examined with 4-hour sampling across 4-5 cycles.

      In general, more than 80% of the females are alive at the end of a one week oviposition experiment. We have added this information in the Methods section at the end of the corresponding subsection ("Automated egg collection device"). Regarding the eggcollection device, we have replaced the photographs in what is now Supplementary Figure 1S1, and a short supplementary movie showing its operation.

      (v) The results depicted in Figure 2B are that of averaged time series. Hence the reader does not know 'the fact' that knocked-down animals are not completely rhythmic. Is the "not completely arrhythmic" in reference to flies with a power > 0.2 (weakly rhythmic) in their egg-laying rhythm or to the presence of ~40% of male flies (Supplementary Table 1) with a locomotor rhythm after perRNAi silencing of most of their clock neurons? This is confusing because no intermediate category of flies is discussed in Figure 2. Please edit for clarity.

      We were referring to the rhythmicity of the genotype, not of the individuals. We have rewritten the corresponding paragraph in order to make it clearer (last paragraph of the first subsection of the Results section).

      (w) Line 173 - ablation or electrically silencing all PDF+ neurons (Howlader et al., 2006). There were no experiments carried out using electrical silencing of PDF+ neurons in the referenced paper.

      We are sorry for this mistake. This has been corrected (we have deleted the mention to electrical silencing).

      (x) Line 173 - Shortening of period by nearly 3 hours cannot be considered minor.

      We agree, and we have deleted the word "minor".

      (y) Line 332-333 - "We also disrupted the molecular clock (or electrically silenced) in PDFexpressing neurons as well as in the DN1p group with no apparent effect on egg-laying rhythms". There was period shortening observed for pdf GAL4 > perRNAi manipulation so there was an effect on the egg-laying rhythm. Additionally, perRNAi based silencing does not electrically silence PDF neurons as the kir 2.1 was expressed only using Clk4.1 GAL4 in the Dn1ps. This line should be rewritten.

      We have rewritten the paragraph mentioned (third paragraph of the Discussion) in order to make it more accurate.

      (4) Page 22 - Data Analysis

      Since the number of eggs laid by a mated female tend to show a downward trend, we proceeded as follows, in order to detrend the data (see the Supplementary Material for further details). First, a moving average of the data is performed, with a 6 point window, and a new time series T is obtained. In principle, T is a good approximation to the trend of the data. Then, a new, detrended, time series D is generated by pointwise dividing the two series (i.e. D(i)=E(i)/T(i), where i indexes the points of each series)." Can the authors provide a reference for this method of detrending? Smoothing can frequently introduce artifacts in the data and give incorrect period estimates. Additionally, the trend visible in the data, especially in Figure 1, suggests a linear decay that can be easily subtracted. Also, there is no discussion of detrending in the Supplementary material attached.

      We are sorry for the confusion with the Supplementary materials. The method used for subtracting both noise and trend from the data is now fully explained in the new Supplementary Material. All the issues raised by the reviewer in this comment have been addressed there.

      (5) Figure by figure

      Page - Type (Figure or text) - Comment

      (a) Page 6 Figure 1C There is remarkable phase coherence seen in the average egg laying time series for CS flies 5 days into DD and as the authors note in Lines 94-95 in the text "Under light-dark (LD) conditions, or in the first days of DD, it can be that the periodic signal is the same for all flies". Since this observation is crucial to constructing the figures seen later in the paper, a note should be made about why this rhythm could persist across flies, so deep into DD.

      As mentioned above, we have added a couple of lines explaining why we think that the assumption of a synchronized periodic signal is reasonable, at least during the first cycles (second paragraph of the first subsection of section Results).

      (b) Figure 1 G The effect of period/phase decoherence seems to be showing up here in the average profile for yw flies as they seem to completely dampen out after 2 days in DD and yet have a 24-hour rhythm in the averaged periodogram. The authors should make a note here if the LS periodogram is over-representing the periodicity of the first few days in DD or if comparing the first 3 vs. the last 3 days in DD gives different results.

      The dampening observed in average oviposition records is a product of the dampening of the oviposition records, which is well known phenomenon, probably caused by the depletion of sperm in the female spermatheque. One of the aims of the method used in the paper was to avoid the bias introduced by this dampening, by means of a detrending procedure. This is explained in the Materials an Methods, and now full details are given in the new Supplementary Materials.

      (c) Figure 1E, K Is this data pooled across 2-3 experiments, as discussed in lines 500-01 under 'Statistical Analysis'? Also, what test is being performed to check for differences between proportions here, seeing as there are no error bars to denote error around a mean value and no other viable tests mentioned in Statistical Analysis?

      We are sorry for this omission. For the comparison of proportions we used the 'N-1' Chisquared test. We have added a sentence detailing this at the end of the Statistical analysis section.

      (d) Figure 1 F, L Can the total number of weakly and strongly rhythmic values be indicated in the scatter plot?

      Corrected.

      (e) Figure 1F, L (legend) Is the Chi-squared test being performed on the proportion values of Figure 1(E, K) or for Figure 1(F, L)?"

      The chi-squared test mentioned was used for Fig1 F-L. As explained above, for the comparison of proportions we used 'N-1' Chi-squared test. This has now been added to the legend of the figure

      (f) Page 8 Figure 2B Seeing as individual flies with a LS periodogram power < 0.2 are considered weakly rhythmic in Figure 1 F, L can Clk856 > perRNAi flies on average also be considered weakly rhythmic, as the peak in the periodogram is above 0.3?

      We prefer to use the weakly rhythmic class only for individual flies. Nevertheless, we agree that this periodogram shows that the genotype analyzed is not completely arrhythmic, and that this might be due to some remaining individual rhythmicity. As mentioned above, we have rewritten the last paragraph of the first subsection of section Results in order to discuss this.

      (g) Figure 2D Can the authors comment on why there is a shorter period rhythm when PDF neurons have a dysfunctional clock, whereas previous evidence (Howlader et al., 2004) suggested that these neurons play no role in egg-laying rhythm? They should also refer to McCabe and Birley, 1998 to see if their results (where they observed a shorter period of ~19h with groups of per0 flies), might be of interest in their interpretations.

      We have added a line commenting this in the corresponding subsection ("LNv and DN1 neurons are not necessary for egg-laying rhythmicity") of the Results, as well as a discussion of this in the third paragraph of the Discussion. In a nutshell, even though Howlader et al did not find a shortening when PDF neurons are ablated, they did find it in pdf01 flies.

      (h) Figure 2 F, H As the authors mention in their Discussion on Page 16, lines 340-45, the manipulation of DN1p neurons might abolish the circadian rhythm in oogenesis as reported by Zhang et al, which is why they looked at this circuit driven by Clk4.1 neurons and comment that "The persistence of the rhythm of oviposition implies that it is not based on the availability of eggs but is instead an intrinsic property of the motor program". However, no change in fecundity is reported for either kir2.1 or perRNAi-based manipulations of these neurons, to help the reader understand if egg availability (at the level of egg formation) is playing any role in the downstream (and seemingly independent) act of egg laying. The authors should report if they see any change in total fecundity for either set of flies w.r.t their respective controls. Also, is the reduction in power seen with electrical silencing vs perRNAi expression of any relevance? Does the percentage of rhythmic flies change between these two manipulations?

      In the line mentioned by the reviewer what we meant is that our results show that the rhythm of oviposition does not seem to be based in the rhythmic production of oocytes, which is not necessarily connected with the total number of eggs produced. We have modified the corresponding line in the paper, in order to avoid this misunderstanding. Regarding the "reduction in power" mentioned, it must be stressed that, in general, the height of the peak is correlated with the fraction of rhythmic individuals. The problem is that this fraction is a much more noisy output, and that is the reason why we have chosen to work with periodograms of averages.

      (i) Figure 2 E and G, a loss of rhythmicity could also be due to a decrease in fecundity in the experimental lines. Since the number of eggs laid for each genotype is already known, can the authors show statistically relevant comparisons between the experimental lines and their respective controls? In this vein, can the averaged time series profiles also be provided for all the genotypes tested (as seen previously in Figure 1 A, C, G, I), perhaps in the supplementary?

      We did not focus on fecundity in the present work. However, our observations do not seem to show any definite relationship with rhythmicity. We plan to address the issue of fecundity more systematically in a future work. The averaged time series profiles have now been added to the figure.

      (j) Scatter plots showing the average period and SEM as seen in Figure 1 (F, L) would help in understanding if these manipulations have any effect on variation in the period of the egg-laying rhythm across flies. Particularly for pdf GAL4 > perRNAi flies which have a net shorter period, (but this might vary across the 34 flies tested).

      We have added a Supplementary Figure (2S1) that shows that the shortening of oviposition period can be also observed at the individual level. We have also added a line commenting this in the corresponding subsection ("LNv and DN1 neurons are not necessary for egg-laying rhythmicity") of the Results, as well as a discussion of this in the third paragraph of the Discussion.

      (k) Page 11 Figure 3B Does the presence of two peaks in the LS periodogram at a power > 0.2 indicate the presence of weakly rhythmic flies with both a short(20h) and a long(~27h) period component or either one? The short-period peak is nearly at p < 0.05 level of significance. So then, do most of the flies in MB122B GAL4 > perRNAi line show a weakly rhythmic shorter period?

      (l) Figure 3D A similar peak is observed again at 20h (LS power > 0.2 and nearly at p < 0.05 significance level again) and a different longer one at (~30h) though this one is almost near 0.2 on the power scale. Given the consistency of this feature in both LNd manipulations, the authors should comment on whether this is driven by variation in periods detected or the presence of complex rhythms (splitting or change in period) in the oviposition time series for these lines.

      (m) Figure 3 General scatter plots showing average period {plus minus} SEM could help explain the bimodality seen in the periodograms. Additionally indicating just how many flies are weakly rhythmic vs. strongly rhythmic can also help to illustrate how important the CRY+ LnDs are to the oviposition rhythm's stability.

      For these three comments (k, l and m), we note that the issue of bimodality has been addressed above, in our response to Weakness 9.

      (o) Figure 4B Same as comments under Figure 1, what is the statistical test done to compare the proportions for these three genotypes?

      As mentioned above, for the comparison of proportions we used the 'N-1' Chi-squared test. We have added a sentence detailing this at the end of the Statistical analysis section.

      (p) Figure 4C Are all flies significantly rhythmic? The authors should also provide an averaged LS periodogram measure for each genotype, to help illustrate the difference in power between activity-rest and egg-laying rhythms.

      Yes, the points represent periods of (significantly) rhythmic flies. This has been added to the caption, to avoid misunderstandings. The differences that arise when assessing rhythmicity in activity records vs. egg-laying records is addressed at length in the Supplementary Material (see e.g. Fig S1).

      (q) Page 15 Figure 5 - general As the authors discuss the possible contribution of DN1ps to evening activity and control over oogenesis rhythm, investigating the connections of the few that are characterized in the connectome (or lack thereof) with the Oviposition neurons, can help illustrate the distinct role they play in the female Drosophila's reproductive rhythm.

      This information was in the text and the Supplementary Tables. Lines 273-275 of the old manuscript read: "The full results are displayed in Supplementary Tables 2 and Table 3, but in short, we found that whereas there are no connections between LNv or DN1 neurons and oviposition neurons..."

      (r) Minor: The dark shading of the circles depicting some of the clusters makes it difficult to read. Consider changing the colors or moving the names outside the circles.

      Figure corrected.

      (s) Line 38: The estimated number of clock neurons has been revised recently (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2023.09.11.557222v2.article-info).

      Thank you for the reference. We have corrected the number of clock neurons in the Introduction of the new manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors introduce a generalised HGF featuring (1) volatility coupling (rate of change), value coupling (phasic or autoregressive drift) [and 'noise coupling', which is a volatility parent of an outcome state] (2) parameters: volatility coupling κ, tonic volatility ω, value coupling α, tonic drift ρ, {plus minus}auto-regressive drift λ (3) inputs at irregular intervals (but still discrete time steps, unlike continuous time belief evolution in predictive coding) (4) states with multiple parents or parents with multiple child states (5) value parents by default have a volatility parent, and volatility parents have a value parent (or none) (6) linear or non-linear (including ReLU) functions (7) also beliefs can be any exponential family distribution (incl binary, categorical), hence can also model POMDPs

      They describe the 3 steps involved in updating (for both value and volatility): (1) prediction (2) update posterior (entails passing both pwPE and prediction precision from lower to upper node - the latter is not found in other predictive coding schemes) (3) prediction error NB this makes the network modular, so nodes can be added/removed without recomputing all the update equations.

      They give some examples of models working using simulated data: (1) sharing of parent nodes can generalise an update from one context to another (2) sharing of child nodes enables multisensory cue combination (e.g. auditory-visual, or interoceptive-exteroceptive).

      The authors further discuss a potential shortcoming of the HGF - its discretisation of timesteps - which is less naturalistic but nevertheless makes it very amenable to fitting trial-wise experimental data. They propose to extend the HGF to modelling within-step dynamics in future, which could make testable continuous time neuronal predictions.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I think the paper is excellent - it contributes an important extension to a popular modelling tool which substantially increases the number of potential applications. It is well written, and I have almost no criticisms to make.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors state that this generalised HGF will "make it easy to build large networks with considerable hierarchical depth", comparable to neural network architectures. The examples they give are extremely simple; however, it would be good to see a more complex one.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Foucault, Weber, and Hunt examines human learning behavior across change-point and continuously changing environments. The authors suggest that humans normatively adjust their learning dynamics to the current environmental dynamics. Moreover, they argue that humans not only track the means of the outcome-generating process, but also the variance, which extends recent work in this domain. The present results suggest that human learners are well able to distinguish the two moments and adjust their behavior accordingly.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper is clearly written, and the figures demonstrate the results well. The authors clearly explain the two key results and their implications for the field.

      (2) The paper uses a common modeling framework for the two environments. This makes it less likely that differences in learning behavior between the two environments are driven by general model properties rather than the specific learning mechanisms.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Interpretation in terms of normative learning

      (1.1) Perseveration and paddle movement

      The model presented in the main manuscript is equipped with a response-probability mechanism that controls whether the paddle is updated. Especially on smaller prediction errors, the paddle is often not updated (perseveration). I wonder whether this mechanism truly reflects normative updating behavior or rather a heuristic strategy. Not moving the paddle is non-normative. A fully Bayesian model would hardly ever show a learning rate of exactly zero (one could argue only when the error is itself zero or after a massive amount of trials). This is partly apparent in Supplementary Figure 1, where the lowest learning rates are around alpha = 0.2 (change-point environment) and 0.5 (random walk).

      Supplementary Figure 1 shows the learning rate for the normative model without the response-probability mechanism. Primarily in the random-walk environment, but to some extent also in the change-point condition, the shape of the learning rate changes quite dramatically compared to Figure 4. In the random-walk environment, the learning rate appears relatively stable, with a value slightly larger than 0.5. In the change-point case, the learning rate is somewhat higher in the range of smaller prediction errors. Doesn't this speak against the interpretation that the model in the main manuscript is really behaving in a purely normative fashion? The tendency to perseverate might reflect a simplified strategy, which is sometimes described as "satisficing". That is, in line with the authors' description of the mechanism, perseveration occurs when it seems "good enough" (Simon, 1956), which has been demonstrated in a belief updating context before (Bruckner et al., 2025; Gershman, 2020; Nassar et al., 2021).

      Supplementary Figure 3 suggests that humans show quite a lot of this type of behavior. It indicates that in the change-point condition, in only 20% of the trials in the minimal prediction error range, participants update their prediction (i.e., in 80% of these trials, they perseverate on the previous prediction). This update probability increases as a function of the prediction error. In the random-walk condition, update probabilities are higher, starting at around 40% and also increasing as a function of the error.

      Indeed, Supplementary Figure 4 suggests that the shape of the learning rate for true update trials is much shallower for humans and the "perseverative" model compared to the model in Supplementary Figure 1. This suggests that the curve in Figure 4 (main manuscript), hinting at a continuous increase in the learning rate, could be the result of a mixture of perseveration (alpha = 0) and higher learning rates compared to the normative model without the response-probability mechanism.

      (1.2) Control models

      One might reply that the response-probability mechanism just adds noise, while the actual learning mechanism is still normative. However, a standard Rescorla-Wagner model with the same response-probability mechanism might also show increasing apparent learning rates as a function of prediction error (when perseveration trials and regular update trials are averaged as a function of the prediction error).

      Therefore, I suggest adding a control analysis with a Rescorla-Wagner model. One version with the same response mechanism yielding perseveration, and one standard Rescorla-Wagner model without this mechanism. This should help identify how well the present analyses can distinguish true learning-rate dynamics from averaging artifacts due to perseveration.

      (1.3) Discussion of the possibility of non-normative learning mechanisms

      Given the considerations above, I suggest a more balanced discussion of potential non-normative influences on learning, in particular, perseveration. Several previous papers have similarly shown that perseveration prominently characterizes human learning and decision-making (Bruckner et al., 2025; Gershman, 2020; Nassar et al., 2021), and in my opinion, it would be relevant to discuss how normative and non-normative mechanisms might jointly shape learning.

      (2) Model description

      The Bayesian model is quite central to the paper. However, the mathematical details are sparse, and I did not fully understand the differences between the model variants and how they were implemented. In particular, what approximations were used to make the model tractable? And how does the variance inference work? Is the learning rate directly computed, similar to the Nassar model, or is it derived from updates and prediction errors?

      (3) Apparent learning rates in humans

      The main learning-rate analyses compute the fraction of updates and prediction errors. For quality assurance, it would be useful to see a few supplementary histograms of the apparent learning rates. It would be great to have one plot across all participants and a few example plots for single participants. These analyses will reveal the distribution of learning rates and the proportion at the boundaries, which can sometimes be a source of bias.

      References:

      Bruckner, R., Nassar, M. R., Li, S.-C., & Eppinger, B. (2025). Differences in learning across the lifespan emerge via resource-rational computations. Psychological Review, 132(3), 556-580. https://doi.org/10.1037/rev0000526.

      Gershman, S. J. (2020). Origin of perseveration in the trade-off between reward and complexity. Cognition, 204, 104394. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cognition.2020.104394.

      Nassar, M. R., Waltz, J. A., Albrecht, M. A., Gold, J. M., & Frank, M. J. (2021). All or nothing belief updating in patients with schizophrenia reduces precision and flexibility of beliefs. Brain, 144(3), 1013-1029. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa453.

      Simon, H. A. (1956). Rational choice and the structure of the environment. Psychological Review, 63(2), 129-138. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0042769.

    2. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their constructive feedback and careful evaluation of our manuscript. We are encouraged that the study was viewed as well designed and clearly presented, that its computational modeling approach was recognized as a strength, and that the key findings were appreciated. We agree that some claims would benefit from additional support and clarification. Below, we outline the main revisions we will undertake to strengthen the manuscript and address the points raised in the reviews. These revisions are intended to strengthen the evidential support for our conclusions and clarify aspects of the results and modeling.

      (1) Statistical support.

      Some claims were judged to lack sufficient statistical support [Reviewer 1]. In the revised manuscript, we will carefully review all inferential claims and ensure that they are supported by appropriate statistical analyses. Where necessary, we will implement additional statistical tests and expand statistical reporting to ensure that differences between conditions, models, or behavioral measures are formally evaluated and that key aspects of the data are appropriately described.

      (2) Modeling clarification.

      Some aspects of the modeling were considered insufficiently clear, particularly regarding how the models were implemented [Reviewers 1 and 2]. We will expand the Methods section to provide a clearer and more complete description of the Bayesian models and their implementation. In particular, we will clarify that full probability distributions were computed (without reduced approximations such as those used in simplified Bayesian variants), and that the only approximation concerns numerical discretization of continuous state spaces at fine resolution. We will clarify that variance is part of the joint multidimensional state space and is inferred jointly with the mean. We will also explicitly state that apparent learning rates are derived from predicted paddle responses in the same way as for participants, and are not directly computed within the Bayesian inference process.

      (3) Model fitting.

      The absence of direct model fitting to individual participants was identified as a limitation [Reviewers 1 and 3]. In response, we will implement individual-level model fitting (to the extent feasible in practice) and conduct formal model comparison based on the fitted models. We will further validate the fitted models by examining whether they reproduce the main behavioral signatures observed in the data.

      (4) Normative interpretation and control analyses.

      The interpretation of the models as normative was questioned in light of the response-probability mechanism [Reviewer 2]. In the revision, we will clarify the distinction between the normative inference component of the model and the response-level mechanism. We will revise the framing of the results accordingly and ensure that normative claims are restricted to the inference component. We will also expand the discussion to integrate relevant literature on perseveration and satisficing, and clarify how normative and non-normative mechanisms may jointly shape behavior. In addition, following the reviewer’s suggestion, we will include control analyses using standard Rescorla–Wagner models, with and without the response-probability mechanism, to evaluate whether the observed signatures can be accounted for by simpler learning rules.

      (5) Additional points.

      We will also address the additional points raised in the reviews. Specifically, we will include supplementary histograms of apparent learning rates [Reviewer 2]. We will provide additional clarification and analyses regarding the effects of stochasticity on learning [Reviewer 1]. Finally, we will explore hybrid or mixture models and strategies and expand the discussion of this possibility [Reviewer 3].

      We believe that these revisions will substantially strengthen the support for our claims and address the concerns raised in the current assessment. We are grateful for the reviewers’ engagement with our work and for their comments, which will allow us to significantly improve the clarity and strength of the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript addresses a clear and widely relevant question: how ongoing fluctuations in alertness during wakefulness relate to large-scale patterns of coordinated brain activity. The authors combine high-field magnetic resonance imaging with simultaneous pupil measurements, and they compute an edgewise measure of arousal-related coupling for every pair of regions. Their main contribution is to show that arousal-related coupling is low-dimensional and organized into seven reproducible "connectivity communities", each with characteristic network pair compositions. A secondary contribution is the observation that these communities exhibit systematic but community-specific hemispheric asymmetries, including a striking left/right dissociation within the ventral attention network, where the left side participates broadly across communities while the right side forms a more cohesive, segregated arousal-responsive module. A final contribution is cross-context generalization: the same organizational structure and lateralization signatures are largely preserved during naturalistic movie watching.

      Strengths:

      (1) The paper moves beyond state contrasts and quantifies arousal-related modulation continuously within wakefulness, directly addressing a gap highlighted in the Introduction.

      (2) The hemispheric asymmetry result is not framed as a crude global dominance effect; the authors explicitly test and argue that the key signal lies in structured spatial heterogeneity rather than mean shifts.

      (3) The cross paradigm replication in movie watching is a strong design choice and supports the claim that the organizational motifs are not limited to unconstrained rest.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Arousal effects on BOLD signals and on pupil size can have different delays, so it would be valuable to test lagged relationships (for example, shifting the pupil series forward and backward) to show that the main community structure and lateralization results are not sensitive to an arbitrary temporal alignment.

      (2) Pupil diameter covaries with blinks, eye closure, and other factors that can covary with head motion and physiological noise. The Methods include substantial quality control and denoising, including motion regression and scrubbing, plus exclusions for eye closure.

      (3) The dataset is described in terms of runs retained (for example, 485 resting runs), and runs are treated as observations in clustering after z-scoring across runs. If multiple runs come from the same individuals, the manuscript would benefit from explicitly showing that results replicate at the participant level (for example, community structure stability within participant across runs, and participant-level summary statistics used for inference), rather than relying primarily on pooled run-level patterns.

      (4) Time-resolved connectivity is estimated using a 30-second sliding window and 5 second step. It is reasonable to wonder whether the same conclusions hold with alternative estimators that do not rely on fixed windows. The Discussion acknowledges this limitation, but adding a small robustness analysis would make the paper more definitive.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents Neuroplex, a technically rigorous and carefully validated pipeline that links miniscope calcium imaging in freely behaving animals with high-dimensional fluorophore-based cell-type identification using in vivo multiplexed spectral confocal imaging through the same implanted GRIN lens. The work overcomes a major practical limitation of head-mounted microscopy by enabling the identification of up to nine projection-defined neuronal populations within the same animal, without post-fixation histology. The approach is well motivated and supported by extensive calibration and simulation. While the biological results are primarily illustrative, the methodological contribution is clear and likely to be broadly useful.

      Major comments

      (1) The approach relies on the assumption that fluorophore identity assigned during anesthetized confocal imaging accurately reflects the identity of neurons recorded during prior behavioural sessions. While the use of the same GRIN lens and in vivo co-registration mitigates many concerns, the manuscript would benefit from a more explicit discussion, or empirical demonstration, if available, of the stability of fluorophore assignments across time. Even limited repeat spectral imaging in a subset of animals would strengthen confidence in longitudinal applicability.

      (2) Fluorophore identity is determined using thresholding of linear unmixing coefficients relative to an empirically defined baseline, followed by a second adaptive pass for over-represented fluorophores. While this heuristic is extensively validated via simulations, it remains ad hoc from a statistical perspective. The authors should more explicitly justify this choice and discuss its limitations relative to probabilistic or likelihood-based classifiers, particularly with respect to uncertainty estimation at the single-ROI level.

      (3) Identifiability of fluorophores is demonstrated empirically, but the manuscript does not explicitly quantify spectral separability (e.g., similarity metrics between basis spectra or conditioning of the unmixing matrix). A brief analysis of spectral independence or sensitivity of beta estimates to noise would provide mathematical reassurance, especially given the reliance on linear regression in a high-dimensional feature space.

      (4) The spectral unmixing treats CNMF-derived ROIs as fixed supports. I wonder whether ROI boundaries, neuropil contamination, and partial overlap can introduce structured uncertainty that could bias spectral estimates. If so, the authors should acknowledge this dependency more explicitly and discuss how ROI quality or overlap might influence false negatives or false positives, particularly in densely labelled regions.

      (5) The manuscript reports meaningful rates of secondary fluorophore detection, but also nontrivial false-positive rates for secondary labels under realistic conditions. The authors appropriately caution against over-interpretation, but the Discussion should more clearly delineate when dual-label assignments are likely to be biologically interpretable versus methodologically ambiguous, and how experimental design (e.g., fluorophore pairing) should be optimized accordingly.

      (6) I suspect that Neuroplex will be most effective in certain regimes (moderate convergence, bright and spectrally distinct fluorophores) and less reliable in others. A more explicit discussion of best practices, anticipated failure modes, and experimental scenarios where the method may be inappropriate would increase the practical value of the paper for adopters.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates how people's perceptual reports are influenced by events and trials in the past, and how this long-range dependence relates to broader learning across locations in a visual learning task. The authors present clear and internally consistent analyses showing that extended temporal integration is associated with greater generalization of learning. The study is thought-provoking and may contribute meaningfully to understanding how short-term influences and long-term improvement interact, although several interpretational points would benefit from clarification.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript identifies unusually long-range perceptual biases extending up to ten trials back, which is a striking and potentially important finding.

      (2) The association between strong long-range dependence and greater learning generalization is clearly documented and supported by consistent analyses.

      (3) The dataset is large and rich, and the authors apply repeated and well-controlled analyses that give confidence in the stability of the effects.

      (4) The writing is generally clear, and the manuscript raises interesting conceptual links between temporal integration and generalization of learning.

      Weaknesses / Points Requiring Clarification:

      (1) The manuscript repeatedly equates generalization with increased efficiency, but this relationship is not universally true. In some populations or tasks, excessive generalization can reduce task-specific efficiency. The authors should discuss this context-dependence to clarify when generalization is beneficial versus detrimental.

      (2) Serial dependence is also present, though smaller, in the central fixation task. It remains unclear whether this bias could contribute to the serial dependence observed in the main task. The authors should clarify whether the two biases are independent or whether the central-task bias might partially influence orientation judgments in the main task.

      (3) Several figure captions and labels contain minor inconsistencies in formatting and terminology. Careful proofreading would improve clarity.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors attempt to use a combination of behavioural and EEG analyses in order to investigate whether expectation of task difficulty influences spatial focus narrowing in the context of a spatially cued task, alongside an expected attention-related amplitude effect. This distinguishes the experiment from previous tasks, which looked at this potential spatial narrowing in the context of more non-cued diffuse attention tasks. The authors present two major findings:

      (1) Behaviourally, they analysed the effects of cue validity and difficulty expectation on response accuracy, and found that participants displayed an effect of difficulty expectation in validly cued trials, showing relatively enhanced behaviour to Hard Expectation trials, but no effect of expectation in invalidly cued trials.

      (2) Inverted encoding modelling on broadband EEG showed greater pre-target attentional processing in the Hard Expectation blocks. They go on to show that this enhancement comes in the form of greater amplitude of the Channel Tuning Functions (CTFs) approximately 300 to 400ms post-cue, in the absence of any spatial tuning specificity enhancement (as would be evident in a difference in CTF fit width).

      Together, these results provide valuable findings for those investigating the separable effects of expectation and attention on target detection in visual search.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a very solidly performed experiment and analysis, with different streams of evidence convincingly pointing in the same direction, i.e. a gain effect of Expectation in the absence of a spatial tuning effect.

      (2) EEG is competently analysed and interpreted, and the paper is well written and simple in its motivation.

      (3) The authors report appropriately on the results in the Discussion, without overreaching.

      Weaknesses:

      I mainly have a few minor issues for the authors to clarify, which I will leave to Recommendations. However, a few analyses need further work:

      (1) The GLMM method used has very large degrees of freedom (pages 6 and 7) of 34542. I assume this is the number of trials minus the number of parameters? This would imply that random slopes were not modelled in the analyses. However, looking at the Methods, it is reported that they were modelled. The authors should clarify exactly what was done here and why, including the LMM model.

      (2) Figure 4 shows an "example CTF fit". Why only one? You could put transparent lines in the background for each individual fit, followed by the grand average, or show each fit in the supplementary section?

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work presents a GUI with SEM images of 8 Utah arrays (8 of which were explanted, and 4 of which were used for creating cortical lesions).

      Strengths:

      Visual comparison of electrode tips with SEM images, showing that electrolytic lesioning did not appear to cause extra damage to electrodes.

      Weaknesses:

      Given that the analysis was conducted on explanted arrays, and no functional or behavioural in vivo data or histological data are provided, any damage to the arrays may have occurred after explantation. This makes the results limited and inconclusive (firstly, that there was no significant relationship between degree of electrode damage and use of electrolytic lesioning, and secondly, that electrodes closer to the edge of the arrays showed more damage than those in the center).

      We agree insofar as we could not fully control the circumstances of each array during explantation. However, array explantation is potentially damaging, but not universally damaging, as demonstrated by some largely intact arrays in this paper. If electrolytic lesions were damaging to the array, they would be observed. All arrays examined in this paper were carefully stored as described in the paper. All analyses of this type require an explant surgery [?????]. Our conclusions remain as strong as any of the results of these analyses.

      Overall, these results do not add new insight to the field, although they do add more data and reference images.

      We respectfully disagree, as there is no extant SEM analysis on electrode arrays used for lesioning.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors used scanning electron microscopy (SEM) to image and analyze eleven Utah multielectrode arrays (including eight chronically implanted in four macaques). Four of the eight arrays had previously been used to deliver electrolytic lesions. Each intact electrode was scored in five damage categories. They found that damage disproportionately occurred to the outer edges of arrays. Importantly, the authors conclude that their electrolytic Lesioning protocol does not significantly increase material degradation compared to normal chronic use without lesion. Additionally, the authors have released a substantial public dataset of single-electrode SEM images of explanted Utah arrays. The paper is well-written and addresses an important stability issue for long-term chronically implanted array recordings and electrolytic lesioning, which is relevant to both basic science and translational research. By comparing lesioning and non-lesioning electrodes on the same array and within the same animal, the study effectively controls for confounds related to the animal and surgical procedures. The shared dataset, accessible via interactive plots, enhances transparency and serves as a valuable reference for future investigations. Below, we outline some major and minor concerns that could help improve the work.

      Major concerns:

      (1) Electrode impedance is a critical measurement to evaluate the performance of recording electrodes. It would be helpful if the authors could provide pre-explant and post-explant impedance values for each electrode alongside the five SEM damage scores. This would allow the readers to assess how well the morphological scores align with functional degradation.

      We agree, electrode impedance is very important in determining electrode performance. However, due to the multi-year, multi-subject nature of this work, we unfortunately do not have this data.

      (2) The lesion parameters differ across experiments and electrodes. It would be helpful if the authors could evaluate whether damage scores (and/or impedance changes) correlate with total charge, current amplitude, duration, or frequency.

      Thank you for this recommendation. We have included additional analyses in Supplementary Materials.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) ‘Both in vitro and in vivo testing of electrode arrays revealed environmental damage to these materials, such as cracking, textural defects, and degradation in response to the brain’s temperature and salinity [32]. The immune response of the brain also damages the electrodes due to effects like glial scarring (gliosis) and inflammation [33, 34]. This damage may be exacerbated by the surgical techniques used during implantation, which include pushing the electrode array into cortex and tethering the implant to the skull [33, 35, 36].’

      In the above text, several relevant references have been left out, e.g.:

      Barrese et al., 2013

      Patel et al., 2023

      Woeppel et al, 2021

      Chen et al., 2023

      Bjanes et al., 2025

      Thank you for this recommendation. This section has been updated.

      (2) ‘Aggressive electrical stimulation is known to dissolve platinum-based electrodes [37, 38]. Other studies have shown iridium oxide to be more resistant to stimulation-related damage, but not completely insusceptible [39, 40].’ Reference number 25 is relevant here.

      Thank you for this recommendation. This section has been updated.

      (3) ‘F’s and C’s PMd arrays were used for electrolytic lesioning experiments Monkey U was implanted with three 96-channel arrays; two in M1 and one in PMd.’ There seems to be a punctuation mark missing.

      Thank you for this recommendation. This section has been updated.

      (4) Methods: How much charge was injected via the electrodes that were used for lesioning? What current amplitudes, voltages, durations, and number of pulses were used? If more than 1 pulse was applied, what were the frequencies? Was the pulse cathode-only/ anode/only? What were the electrode impedance values at the time of stimulation? How many electrodes were used for lesioning at any given moment? How long after lesioning did the arrays remain in the tissue?

      Thank you for your questions. An additional supplemental table (Supplemental Table 6) detailing specific NHP lesions parameters has been added. A summary of the lesion procedure (DC, bipolar, two electrodes at a time) has also been included in Methods. All arrays remained in the subject until explant, which ranged between hours (same-day lesion and explant) to several years. Further details on the lesioning procedure are available in citation [?]. Explant dates are available in Supplemental Table 1. Unfortunately, we do not have the impedance values at time of lesioning as this is not a measure we record frequently after implant, though we agree the data would be useful to have.

      (5) Caption for Figure 1: ‘All array images are displayed with the wire bundle to the right side.’ I recommend adding this text from Figure 2 to the caption of Figure 1: ’electrode tips facing viewer’.

      Thank you for this recommendation. This section has been updated.

      (6) ‘Electrodes used for electrolytic lesioning are denoted with blue dots.’ Was stimulation carried out across all these electrodes simultaneously?

      No, stimulation was not carried out across all electrode simultaneously. Pairs of electrodes were stimulated at the same time to create lesions. Lesions were performed on different days. We have updated our methods section to reflect this. See the Methods section and citation [?] for more details.

      (7) For the control array, in Figure 1: ‘Click each column to view a close-up of the 5th row (from top to bottom) of electrodes:’ . It would be clearer to state: ’Click each column to view a close-up of a single electrode in the 5th row (from top to bottom):’.

      Thank you for this recommendation. This section has been updated.

      (8) Figure 2 caption: ‘Blank electrodes and electrodes with shank fractures are ignored and displayed in black, as they are not scored.’. What is a ‘blank’ electrode?

      A ‘blank’ electrode is an electrode on the array that physically exists but is not wire bonded at time of manufacture to produce recordings. The corner electrodes of the Utah array are all blank electrodes. We have updated this wording to ‘unwired’ for clarity.

      (9) I recommend incorporating Supplementary Figure 1 into Figure 2, so that the reader can immediately see where the rings are, without referring to the Supplementary Materials.

      Thank you for this recommendation. We have chosen to keep these figures separate for stylistic reasons.

      (10) Supplementary Figures: The figures should have the word ’Supplementary’ in the title, i.e., ‘Supplementary Figure X,’ not just ‘Figure X.’

      Thank you for this recommendation. These captions have been updated.

      (11) Throughout the results, the text is overly focused on the type of statistical test used and the p-values, e.g.: ‘When comparing lesioning and non-lesioning electrodes within the same array, each of the two nonparametric statistical tests (Mann-Whitney U-test, Levene Test) returned insignificant p-values for each category of damage as well as for total damage scores for all four arrays used in lesioning experiments.’.

      To make the findings more digestible for the reader, the text should be rephrased in terms of whether the metrics being compared were significantly different or not. E.g.: ‘For each category of damage, as well as for the total damage score, no significant difference was found between electrodes that were or were not used for lesioning (either the mean or the variance of the scores).’.

      Thank you for this recommendation. We have rephrased the text to reflect this note.

      (12) ‘In Monkey H, the Mann-Whitney U test resulted in an insignificant p-value for coating cracks and parylene C delamination scores, while the Levene test resulted in an insignificant p-value for abnormal debris, coating cracks, and parylene C cracking scores. In Monkey F, the Mann-Whitney U test resulted in an insignificant p-value for parylene C delamination scores, while the Levene test resulted in an insignificant p-value for coating cracks, parylene C delamination, and parylene C cracking scores. In Monkey U, the Mann-Whitney U test resulted in significant p-values for all scores, while the Levene test resulted in an insignificant p-value for abnormal debris, tip breakage, and coating cracks scores. Finally, in Monkey C, the Mann-Whitney U test resulted in an insignificant p-value for parylene C delamination and parylene C cracking scores, while the Levene test resulted in an insignificant p-value for abnormal debris, parylene C delamination, and parylene C cracking scores.’

      To point out another example, this chunk of text is highly repetitive and is unnecessary, as the reader can simply refer to Supplementary Table 4. It should be completely rephrased and summarized, to deliver the key message, i.e. briefly describe what kinds of damage occurred for which arrays. Also, what is the point of the two statistical tests? What are the authors trying to conclude?

      Thank you for this recommendation. We have rephrased and pared down the text to reflect this note.

      (13) Discussion: ‘Similarly, other work did not show significant differences in SEM-visible degradation between both platinum and iridium oxide coated electrodes used for stimulation [24, 25].’ What differences are being referred to here? Differences in degradation between stimulated Pt versus stimulated IrOx electrodes? Or between stimulated Pt and unstimulated PT electrodes? Stimulated IrOx and unstimulated IrOx? Or something else?

      Thank you for your questions. We are comparing platinum against iridium oxide in this sentence. The wording of our original text has been updated to clarify our intention.

      (14) Supplementary Tables: P-values lower than .05, .01, and .001 should simply be replaced with ¡.05, ¡.01, and ¡.001. The alpha value after a Bonferroni correction should be stated somewhere in each table or table caption.

      Thank you for this recommendation. We have edited the tables to reflect this note.

      (15) Title: ‘Material Damage to Multielectrode Arrays after Electrolytic Lesioning is in the Noise’ I don’t understand what the title means. What is in the noise? And what is ‘the noise’?

      “In the noise” is a colloquialism referring to how background information (“noise”) may obscure or distract from other features. This title conveys how material damage to multielectrode arrays due to electrolytic lesioning is largely obscured by the general damage observed on multielectrode arrays after implant and explant.

      (16) This reference has been left out altogether: Chen et al., 2014. The effect of chronic intracortical microstimulation on the electrode-tissue interface.

      Thank you, this reference is now included.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The number of lesion electrodes is low, especially since there are only 2-10 lesion electrodes on three of the four arrays, yielding limited statistical power.

      We agree that the low number of lesioned electrodes limits statistical power. However, due to ethical considerations, it is unlikely for arrays to contain much more than this number of lesion electrodes.

      (2) The dataset includes both platinum and iridium oxide-coated electrodes. A direct comparison of their damage profiles would be informative.

      Thank you for this recommendation. We have included this additional analysis in Supplementary Materials.

      (3) It is unclear what “is in the Noise” in the title means without reading the manuscript. It is helpful to improve the clarity of the title.

      Thank you for this recommendation.

      (4) Please spell out “PMd” and “M1” at first mention to facilitate reading.

      Thank you for this note. The text has been updated to reflect this recommendation.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate single-neuron activity in rhesus macaques during model-based (MB) and model-free (MF) reinforcement learning (RL). Using a well-established two-step choice task, they analyze neural correlates of MB and MF learning across four brain regions: the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC), dorsolateral PFC (DLPFC), caudate, and putamen. The study provides strong evidence that these regions encode distinct RL-related signals, with ACC playing a dominant role in MB learning and caudate updating value representations after rare transitions. The authors apply rigorous statistical analyses to characterize neural encoding at both population and single-neuron levels.

      Strengths:

      (1) The research fills a gap in the literature, which has been limited in directly dissociating MB vs. MF learning at the single unit level and across brain areas known to be involved in reinforcement learning. This study advances our understanding of how different brain regions are involved in RL computations.

      (2) The study used a two-step choice task Miranda et al., (2020), which was previously established for distinguishing MB and MF reinforcement learning strategies.

      (3) The use of multiple brain regions (ACC, DLPFC, caudate, and putamen) in the study enabled comparisons across cortical and subcortical structures.

      (4) The study used multiple GLMs, population-level encoding analyses, and decoding approaches. With each analysis, they conducted the appropriate controls for multiple comparisons and described their methods clearly.

      (5) They implemented control regressors to account for neural drift and temporal autocorrelation.

      (6) The authors showed evidence for three main findings:

      (a) ACC as the strongest encoder of MB variables from the four areas, which emphasizes its role in tracking transition structures and reward-based learning. The ACC also showed sustained representation of feedback that went into the next trial.

      (b) ACC was the only area to represent both MB and MF value representations.

      (c) The caudate selectively updates value representations when rare transitions occur, supporting its role in MB updating.

      (7) The findings support the idea that MB and MF reinforcement learning operate in parallel rather than strictly competing.

      (8) The paper also discusses how MB computations could be an extension of sophisticated MF strategies.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is limited evidence for a causal relationship between neural activity and behavior. The authors cite previous lesion studies, but causality between neural encoding in ACC, caudate, and putamen and behavioral reliance on MB or MF learning is not established.

      (2) There is a heavy emphasis on ACC versus other areas, but is unclear how much of this signal drives behavior relative to the caudate.

      (3) The authors mention the monkeys were overtrained before recording, which might have led to a bias in MB versus MF strategy.

      (4) The authors have responded to the weaknesses appropriately in the manuscript.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using single-unit recording in 4 regions of non-human primate brains, the authors tested whether these regions encode computational variables related to model-based and model-free reinforcement learning strategies. While some of the variables seem to be encoded by all regions, there is clear evidence for stronger encoding of model-based information in the anterior cingulate cortex and caudate.

      Strengths:

      The analyses are thorough, the writing is clear, and the work is well-motivated by prior theory and empirical studies.

      Weaknesses:

      My comments here are quite minor.

      The correlation between transition and reward coefficients is interesting, but I'm a little worried that this might be an artifact. I suspect that reward probability is higher after common transitions, due to the fact that animals are choosing actions they think will lead to higher reward. This suggests that the coefficients might be inevitably correlated by virtue of the task design and the fact that all regions are sensitive to reward. Can the authors rule out this possibility (e.g., by simulation)?

      We fully agree with the reviewer that the task design has in-built correlations between transition and reward, and thus the correlation between neural selectivity for feedback and transition (Figure 3E) may be due to the different reward expectation after common or rare transitions. We did try to make this point in the manuscript:

      This suggests that the brain treats being diverted away from your current objective equivalent to losing reward, which is sensible as the subject would normally expect lower rewards on rare trials if their reward-seeking behaviour was efficient.

      We’ve now updated the wording of this statement to try and better make this point and avoid confusion that any non-reward-related encoding is involved:

      “As the reward expectation will be higher on common compared to rare trials, this demonstrates that the brain encodes being diverted to an area with a lower reward expectation equivalent to actually receiving a low reward (and vice versa).”

      We have also adjusted the significance test of this correlation to use a circular permutation test that accounts for correlations between the regressors. This test still found there to be significant correlation in all areas.

      We have described this new permutation test in Methods:

      “For comparing correlations between weights for different features (i.e., between transition and reward coding, Figure 3E), the null distribution of correlations observed in circularly shifted data was compared to the correlation seen in the actual data. This accounts for any correlations between features that existed in the task by preserving the structure of the design matrices.”

      And updated the text in Results accordingly:

      “All regions, but particularly ACC, encoded a common transition (at the time of transition) similar to a high reward (at the time of feedback), as there was a positive correlation between the coefficients for reward and transition (the transition parameter was signed such that common and rare transitions were equivalent to high and low rewards, respectively) (ACC r=0.4963, DLPFC r=0.3273, caudate r=0.4712, putamen, r=0.5052; all p<0.002 except DLPFC where p=0.006, circular permutation test; Figure 3E, S5).”

      The explore/exploit section seems somewhat randomly tacked on. Is this really relevant? If yes, then I think it needs to be integrated more coherently.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that the motivation for the explore/exploit analysis was not sufficiently clear in the original version.

      Our aim was not to introduce this as a separate or tangential effect, but rather to highlight how the task’s reward structure (with outcome levels stable for 5–9 trials) naturally created alternating periods favoring exploitation of a known high-value option versus exploration when outcomes changed. This feature of the task is tightly linked to MB-RL computations, as it requires integration of state-transition knowledge and updating across trials.

      Importantly, we show previously in the manuscript that ACC encoded state-transition structure (i.e., common versus rare transition) and MB-value estimates (at choice epoch). However, here we aimed to highlight that the same region also modulated choice encoding as a function of whether the subject was in an exploratory or exploitative regime – by knowing another feature of the task that relies on state-transition and outcome. We have revised this section to better integrate it into the main logic of the paper:

      “In our task, the outcome level (high, medium, low) of each second-stage stimulus remained the same for 5-9 trials before potentially changing. This design naturally created periods where subjects could ‘exploit’ the same Choice 1 to maximize reward for several trials; and other periods where they had to ‘explore’ different second-stage stimuli to optimize reward (as contingencies shifted). In classical MB-RL, the transition between reward states can be learned by keeping counts of observed transitions from a current state-action pair to a subsequent state, yielding a maximum-likelihood estimate of the environment’s dynamics [42]. In fact, knowledge about the reward contingency schedule could support decision-making in both exploitation – by enabling efficient choice when rewards are stable; and exploration – by guiding alternative behaviour most likely to yield improved outcomes (this is different from MF learning, where exploration is more random since the agent lacks explicit state-transition knowledge).

      We thus repeated our decoding analysis of choice 1 stimulus identity, but this time limited trials to those where they had not received a high reward for the previous two trials (‘explore’ trials), and those where the previous two rewards had been the highest level (‘exploit’ trials). All regions encoded choice 1 for some duration of the choice epoch for both explore (p<0.002 in all cases, permutation test; Figure 7A) and exploit (p<0.002 in all cases; Figure 7B) conditions, but decoding accuracy was strongest in ACC. Choice 1 was less strongly decoded – particularly in ACC – in the former condition compared to the latter (p<0.002 for at least 140 ms in all cases, permutation test on differences observed; Figure 7C); and, also during exploitation, the ACC encoded choice 1 before the choice was even presented to the subject (Figure S8). This pre-choice ACC encoding in exploit trials may reflect the need to allocate cognitive (or attentive) resources to features – i.e., choice 1 stimulus identity – that are most certain predictors of important outcomes. As a control, we also decoded the direction of the Choice 1 (where choice was indicated via joystick movement), which was randomised each trial and therefore orthogonal to the stimulus that was chosen. Again, all four regions encoded its direction in both explore (p<0.002 in all cases; Figure 7D) and exploit (p<0.002 in all cases; Figure 7E). However, there were minimal differences in the strength of the representation between explore and exploit conditions (ACC, p=0.088, cluster-based permutation test; DLPFC p=0.016; caudate p=0.32; putamen p=1; Figure 7F). Therefore, exploit behaviour specifically upregulated relevant task parameters that were worth remembering across trials.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate single-neuron activity in rhesus macaques during model-based (MB) and model-free (MF) reinforcement learning (RL). Using a well-established two-step choice task, they analyze neural correlates of MB and MF learning across four brain regions: the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC), dorsolateral PFC (DLPFC), caudate, and putamen. The study provides strong evidence that these regions encode distinct RL-related signals, with ACC playing a dominant role in MB learning and caudate updating value representations after rare transitions. The authors apply rigorous statistical analyses to characterize neural encoding at both population and single-neuron levels.

      Strengths:

      (1) The research fills a gap in the literature, which has been limited in directly dissociating MB vs. MF learning at the single unit level and across brain areas known to be involved in reinforcement learning. This study advances our understanding of how different brain regions are involved in RL computations.

      (2) The study used a two-step choice task Miranda et al., (2020), which was previously established for distinguishing MB and MF reinforcement learning strategies.

      (3) The use of multiple brain regions (ACC, DLPFC, caudate, and putamen) in the study enabled comparisons across cortical and subcortical structures.

      (4) The study used multiple GLMs, population-level encoding analyses, and decoding approaches. With each analysis, they conducted the appropriate controls for multiple comparisons and described their methods clearly.

      (5) They implemented control regressors to account for neural drift and temporal autocorrelation.

      (6) The authors showed evidence for three main findings:

      (a) ACC as the strongest encoder of MB variables from the four areas, which emphasizes its role in tracking transition structures and reward-based learning. The ACC also showed sustained representation of feedback that went into the next trial. b) ACC was the only area to represent both MB and MF value representations.

      (c) The caudate selectively updates value representations when rare transitions occur, supporting its role in MB updating.

      (7) The findings support the idea that MB and MF reinforcement learning operate in parallel rather than strictly competing.

      (8) The paper also discusses how MB computations could be an extension of sophisticated MF strategies.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is limited evidence for a causal relationship between neural activity and behavior. The authors cite previous lesion studies, but causality between neural encoding in ACC, caudate, and putamen and behavioral reliance on MB or MF learning is not established.

      We agree with the reviewer that the present study does not establish causal relationships, and we do not claim otherwise in the manuscript. Our work was designed as a comprehensive characterization of neural activity across ACC, DLPFC, caudate, and putamen during reward-seeking decision-making. By systematically comparing MB- and MF- RL signals across these regions, we provide new insights into the division of labor and cooperative interactions within cortico-striatal networks.

      While causal manipulations (e.g., lesions, inactivations, stimulation) are indeed required to directly establish necessity or sufficiency, correlational studies such as ours play a crucial role in identifying where and how computationally relevant signals are represented. Importantly, our findings align with and extend prior causal work, for example showing that ACC and striatal lesions disrupt MB control. Thus, our study contributes a detailed functional mapping of MB and MF RL encoding across multiple nodes of this circuit, which serves as an important foundation for future causal investigations (e.g., using transcranial ultrasound stimulation).

      (2) There is a heavy emphasis on ACC versus other areas, but it is unclear how much of this signal drives behavior relative to the caudate.

      We appreciate the reviewer's observation regarding this matter. Our intention was not to place a heavy emphasis on ACC, rather this came naturally from the data. The ACC demonstrated considerably more robust and enduring neural activity compared to other brain regions – for instance, reward-related signals in the ACC continued well beyond individual trials (Fig. 2A-B), and encoding of state transitions remained active from the initial transition through to the feedback phase (Fig. 3A-B). By comparison, distinctions among other regions were less pronounced, which naturally resulted in the ACC receiving greater attention in our analytical findings.

      We acknowledge that the caudate plays an essential and complementary role in driving behavior, and we believe that this is emphasized in the two key subsections of our “Results”. First, caudate neurons encoded model-based choice values (Fig. 4A, 4C) and uniquely remapped these values following rare transitions (Fig. 5), reflecting flexible adjustment of action values. Second, decoding analyses showed that both ACC and caudate populations predicted first-stage choices (Fig. 6C), linking their activity directly to behavioral decisions. In the Discussion section, we also highlight that “the distinctive caudate signal of updating (flipping) the value estimates of the currently experienced option on rare trials” goes beyond a “general temporal-difference RPE” and rather supports “the role of caudate in MB valuation”.

      (3) The role of the putamen is somewhat underexplored here.

      Our analyses were conducted in an identical manner across all four recorded regions (ACC, DLPFC, caudate, and putamen), and we consistently reported the results for putamen alongside the others. For example, in the Results section we describe how “both caudate and putamen encoded the reward from the previous trial negatively during the feedback period of the current trial” (Fig. 2F-G), and that “all regions had a significant population of neurons that encoded MB-, but not MF-, derived value” including putamen (Fig. 4F). Similarly, we show that putamen, like caudate, encoded a dopamine-like RPE signal at feedback (“both caudate and putamen neurons clearly responded at feedback with the parametric features of a dopamine-like RPE”; Discussion). These findings align with previous work linking the putamen to MF learning and are discussed explicitly in the context of MF-MB dissociations. We therefore believe that the putamen was not underexplored, but rather that its contribution was more circumscribed relative to ACC and caudate because the signals observed were quantitatively weaker and less distinctive for MB computations.

      (4) The authors mention the monkeys were overtrained before recording, which might have led to a bias in the MB versus MF strategy.

      We agree that extensive training can influence the balance between MB and MF in choice behaviour and neuronal responses.

      In a previous comprehensive behavioral analysis of the same dataset (Miranda et al., 2020, PLoS Computational Biology - ref. 36, Figure S6B) we showed that both MB and MF strategies contributed to behavior, with MB dominance stable across weeks of testing – supporting that overtraining did not eliminate MF influences (but rather stabilized a mixed strategy with robust MB contributions).

      In the same manuscript, we have also: i) cautioned the readers when comparing our results to data from the original human studies; ii) acknowledged that our extensive training cannot address earlier phases of learning in which sensitivity to the task structure is first acquired; and iii) also provided task-related reasons for such MB dominance – as training made the transition structure well learned (making MB computationally less costly and faster to implement) and the non-stationary outcomes favored the flexibility of MB strategies.

      In the present manuscript, we also have acknowledged that overtraining may have shifted neural signals toward stronger MB representations, or alternatively enabled more sophisticated task representations:

      “On the other hand, MF-based estimates were neither as striking nor as specific to striatal regions as expected and observed in previous studies [18]. The monkeys were extensively trained on the task before recordings commenced, which may have caused a shift towards both MB behaviour and MB value representation within the striatum. Alternatively, this training may have allowed more sophisticated representations to occur, such as using latent states to expand the task space [54].”

      Importantly, we strongly believe that this possibility does not detract from our main finding that both MB and MF signals were present across regions, with ACC showing the strongest multiplexing of the two.

      (5) The GLM3 model combines MB and MF value estimates but does not clearly mention how hyperparameters were optimized to prevent overfitting. While the hybrid model explains behavior well, it does not clarify whether MB/MF weighting changes dynamically over time.

      We appreciate this comment and would like to note that, for completeness, we have on several occasions directed the reader to our prior behavioural analysis of the same dataset (Miranda et al., 2020, PLoS Computational Biology, ref 36). In that work, we provide a full and detailed description of both the task and the computational modeling approach (see particularly the “Model fitting procedures” section). Furthermore, our model-fitting was grounded in the MF/MB RL framework used in the original human two-step study (Daw et al., 2011); and the fitting procedures also followed previous studies (Huys et al., 2011).

      Hyperparameters – including the MB/MF weighting parameter (ω) - were estimated using maximum likelihood under two complementary approaches and with priors providing regularization across sessions. First, we performed a fixed-effects analysis, in which parameters were estimated independently for each session by maximizing the likelihood separately; secondly, we conducted a mixed-effects analysis, treating parameters as random effects across sessions within each subject. The effect of the prior procedure reduces the risk of overfitting by constraining parameters based on their empirical distributions, rather than allowing unconstrained session-by-session estimates. Finally, all model fitting procedures were verified on surrogate generated data.

      With regard to dynamic weighting, our approach – consistent with most two-step studies – assumed ω to be constant across trials within each session. This was a deliberate choice, both for comparability with prior work and because our subjects were extensively trained, making session-level stability of strategy weights a reasonable assumption. Indeed, our analyses showed no systematic drift in ω across sessions, suggesting that MB/MF balance was stable over sessions. While approaches that allow dynamic ω estimation are possible, we believe such extensions would likely have minimal impact in the current dataset.

      (6) It was unclear from the task description whether the images used changed periodically or how the transition effect (e.g., in Figure 3) could be disambiguated from a visual response to the pair of cues.

      All images were kept constant across sessions. Common/Rare transitions themselves were not explicitly cued, but rather each second-stage state was associated with a specific background colour, followed ~1s later by the presentation of two specific second-stage choice cues (Figure 1B). Hence the subject could infer whether they were transitioned down a Rare or Common path by the background colour, which can be disambiguated in time from the visual responses to the second-stage cues. We’ve updated the Results text to make this clearer:

      “Tracking the state-transition structure of the task is imperative for solving the task as a MB-learner. All four regions encoded whether the current trial’s first-stage choice transitioned to the common or rare second-stage state (which could be inferred by a change in background colour immediately after choice indicating which second stage state they had just entered, Figure 1A).”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 7 appears to be missing.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Figure 7 was inadvertently omitted in the previous version and has now been included in the revised manuscript.

      (2) No stats reported in the section on explore/exploit.

      We apologise for this oversight. This section now also reports the relevant statistics:

      “We thus repeated our decoding analysis of choice 1 stimulus identity, but this time limited trials to those where they had not received a high reward for the previous two trials (‘explore’ trials), and those where the previous two rewards had been the highest level (‘exploit’ trials). All regions encoded choice 1 for some duration of the choice epoch for both explore (p<0.002 in all cases, permutation test; Figure 7A) and exploit (p<0.002 in all cases; Figure 7B) conditions, but decoding accuracy was strongest in ACC. Choice 1 was less strongly decoded – particularly in ACC – in the former condition compared to the latter (p<0.002 for at least 140 ms in all cases, permutation test on differences observed; Figure 7C); and, also during exploitation, the ACC encoded choice 1 before the choice was even presented to the subject (Figure S8). This pre-choice ACC encoding in exploit trials may reflect the need to allocate cognitive (or attentive) resources to features – i.e., choice 1 stimulus identity – that are most certain predictors of important outcomes. As a control, we also decoded the direction of the Choice 1 (where choice was indicated via joystick movement), which was randomised each trial and therefore orthogonal to the stimulus that was chosen. Again, all four regions encoded its direction in both explore (p<0.002 in all cases; Figure 7D) and exploit (p<0.002 in all cases; Figure 7E). However, there were minimal differences in the strength of the representation between explore and exploit conditions (ACC, p=0.088, cluster-based permutation test; DLPFC p=0.016; caudate p=0.32; putamen p=1; Figure 7F).”

      (3) Make sure that error bars are explained in all figure captions where appropriate.

      We apologise that this information was absent. Error bars always represent the standard error of the mean. This has now been added to all relevant figure legends.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, I think this is a great manuscript and was presented clearly and succinctly. I have some minor suggestions:

      (1) Typo: Abstract "ACC, DLPFC, caudate and striatum" I think should be "caudate and putamen".

      We have amended this incorrect reference in the introduction:

      “One such task that does enable the dissociation of MB and MF computations is Daw et al. (2011)’s ‘two-step’ task [18]. It contains a probabilistic transition between task states to uncouple MF learners (who would assign credit to which state was rewarded regardless of the transition) from MB learners (who would appropriately assign credit based on the reward and transition that occurred). Rodents [19], monkeys [36], and humans [18] all use MB-like behaviour to solve the task. Evidence in rodents suggests dorsal anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) tracks rewards, states, and the probabilistic transition structure, and that ACC is essential in implementing a MB-strategy [37]. Here, we compare primate single neuron activity of 4 different subregions implicated in reward-based learning and choice (ACC, dorsolateral PFC (DLPFC), caudate, and putamen) during performance of the classic two-step task, and demonstrate signatures of MB-RL primarily in ACC, and MF-RL signatures most notably in putamen.”

      (2) Could the authors provide a rationale for why they did the single-level encoding the way they did, instead of running an ANOVA?

      We thank the reviewer for this point. We are not entirely certain which specific ANOVA approach is being suggested, but our rationale for using a GLM-based encoding analysis is that such approach allows us to model continuous, trial-by-trial variables (e.g., value signals, prediction errors, transitions) while simultaneously controlling for multiple correlated predictors. This approach is widely used in systems neuroscience (particularly in decision-making research) offering analytical flexibility and comparability with prior approaches.

      (3) How were the 20 iterations for decoding decided? That seems low.

      We do not agree that 20 repetitions of 5-fold cross validation is low. The error bars in panels 6C-E demonstrate what low variance occurred across these 20 repetitions. It is the average of these low variance repetitions against which we performed statistics by performing a permutation test where these 20 repetitions were repeated a further 500 times.

      (4) It was unclear to me how the authors reached the conclusion "Thus, caudate activity appeared to represent the value of the state the subject was currently in." when the state value wasn't computed directly. I don't see how encoding the chosen and unchosen option is the same as the state the animal is in, which should also incorporate where the animal is in a block of trials or session, and the knowledge regarding the chosen and unchosen option.

      We agree with this point and have tempered this statement:

      “Thus, caudate’s encoding of an option’s value also reflected the availability of the option.”

      (5) Figures 1C, D, and E were not legible to me even at 200% zoom.

      We apologise for this oversight. We’ve now updated panels 1C-E to a more readable size:

      (6) There is a Figure 2H in the figure legend, but the panel appears to be missing from Figure 2.

      This text has been removed.

      (7) Figure 2: It would've been nice to see F and G for all areas.

      We have now added this data as additional panels in Figure 2.

      (8) Figure 3: How is the transition disambiguated from a visual response to the set of images?

      This was indicated by the background changing colour to that of the learned second stage state before the actual choices were presented. We’ve updated the Results text to make this clearer:

      “Tracking the state-transition structure of the task is imperative for solving the task as a MB-learner. All four regions encoded whether the current trial’s first-stage choice transitioned to the common or rare second-stage state (which was indicated by a change in background colour before the second stage choices were presented, Figure 1A).”

      (9) Figure 4F: Is this collapsed across time points? So neurons that were significant at any time? I'm confused how Figure 4A relates to 4F, as 4A shows much lower percentages of significant neurons.

      Figure 4F counts the total number of neurons that had a significant period of encoding at any timepoint over the epoch (as assessed with a length-based permutation test). Whereas, 4A shows the amount of significant encoding neurons at any one time point. Investigating this further, we found that the encoding was dynamic with different neurons encoding different parts of the epoch. We have now added a new supplementary figure to highlight this and refer to it in Results:

      “Examination of the strongest signal observed, ACC’s encoding of MB Q-values, showed a dynamic pattern with different neurons encoding the signal at different parts of the epoch (Figure S6). When aggregating the number of significant coders throughout the epoch, and examining the specificity of MB versus MF coding, we found that all regions had a significant population of neurons that encoded MB-, but not MF-, derived value (30, 18.72, 23 and 24% of neurons in ACC, DLPFC, caudate and putamen respectively; all p<0.0014 binomial test against 10% (as the strongest response to either of the two options was used); Figure 4F).“

      (10) Data/ code could be made publicly available instead of upon request.

      All data and code to reproduce figures are now available at https://github.com/jamesbutler01/TwoStepExperiment. The manuscript has been updated to reflect this:

      Data and materials availability:

      All data and code to reproduce figures are available at https://github.com/jamesbutler01/TwoStepExperiment.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors' goal was to advance the understanding of metabolic flux in the bradyzoite cyst form of the parasite T. gondii, since this is a major form of transmission of this ubiquitous parasite, but very little is understood about cyst metabolism and growth. Nonetheless, this is an important advance in understanding and targeting bradyzoite growth.

      Strengths:

      The study used a newly developed technique for growing T. gondii cystic parasites in a human muscle-cell myotube format, which enables culturing and analysis of cysts. This enabled the screening of a set of anti-parasitic compounds to identify those that inhibit growth in both vegetative (tachyzoite) forms and bradyzoites (cysts). Three of these compounds were used for comparative Metabolomic profiling to demonstrate differences in metabolism between the two cellular forms.

      One of the compounds yielded a pattern consistent with targeting the mitochondrial bc1 complex and suggests a role for this complex in metabolism in the bradyzoite form, an important advance in understanding this life stage.

      Weaknesses:

      Studies such as these provide important insights into the overall metabolic differences between different life stages, and they also underscore the challenge of interpreting individual patterns caused by metabolic inhibitors due to the systemic level of some of the targets, so that some observed effects are indirect consequences of the inhibitor action. While the authors make a compelling argument for focusing on the role of the bc1 complex, there are some inconsistencies in the patterns that underscore the complexity of metabolic systems.

      We agree with reviewer #1 that metabolic fingerprints are complex to interpret and we did try to approach this problem by including mock treatment and non-metabolic inhibitors as controls. We address specific concerns below.

      Reviewer #2 ( Public review):

      Summary:

      A particular challenge in treating infections caused by the parasite Toxoplasma gondii is to target (and ultimately clear) the tissue cysts that persist for the lifetime of an infected individual. The study by Maus and colleagues leverages the development of a powerful in vitro culture system for the cyst-forming bradyzoite stage of Toxoplasma parasites to screen a compound library for candidate inhibitors of parasite proliferation and survival. They identify numerous inhibitors capable of inhibiting both the disease-causing tachyzoite and the cyst-forming bradyzoite stages of the parasite. To characterize the potential targets of some of these inhibitors, they undertake metabolomic analyses. The metabolic signatures from these analyses lead them to identify one compound (MMV1028806) that interferes with aspects of parasite mitochondrial metabolism. The authors claim that MV1028806 targets the bc1 complex of the mitochondrial electron transport chain of the parasite, although the evidence for this is indirect and speculative. Nevertheless, the study presents an exciting approach for identifying and characterizing much-needed inhibitors for targeting tissue cysts in these parasites.

      Strengths:

      The study presents convincing proof-of-principle evidence that the myotube-based in vitro culture system for T. gondii bradyzoites can be used to screen compound libraries, enabling the identification of compounds that target the proliferation and/or survival of this stage of the parasite. The study also utilizes metabolomic approaches to characterize metabolic 'signatures' that provide clues to the potential targets of candidate inhibitors, although falls short of identifying the actual targets.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors claim to have identified a compound in their screen (MMV1028806) that targets the bc1 complex of the mitochondrial electron transport chain (ETC). The evidence they present for this claim is indirect (metabolomic signatures and changes in mitochondrial membrane potential) and could be explained by the compound targeting other components of the ETC or affecting mitochondrial biology or metabolism in other ways. In order to make the conclusion that MMV1028806 targets the bc1 complex, the authors should test specifically whether MMV1028806 inhibits bc1-complex activity (i.e. in a direct enzymatic assay for bc1 complex activity). Testing the activity of MMV1028806 against other mitochondrial dehydrogenases (e.g. dihydroorotate dehydrogenase) that feed electrons into the ETC might also provide valuable insights. The experiments the authors perform also do not directly measure whether MMV1028806 impairs ETC activity, and the authors could also test whether this compound inhibits mitochondrial O2 consumption (as would be expected for a bc1 inhibitor).

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important aspect. To further investigate the effect of MMV1028806 on the mETC, we adapted a commercial oxygen consumption assay and demonstrated that MMV1028806, like Atovaquone and Buparvaquone, inhibits the ETC, leading to reduced oxygen consumption similar to Antimycin A, which inhibits the bc1-complex. These results are now included in the revised manuscript (Methods, lines 210–233; Results, lines 460–468).

      (2) The authors claim that compounds targeting bradyzoites have greater lipophilicity than other compounds in the library (and imply that these compounds also have greater gastrointestinal absorbability and permeability across the blood-brain barrier). While it is an attractive idea that lipophilicity influences drug targeting against bradyzoites, the effect seems pretty small and is complicated by the fact that the comparison is being made to compounds that are not active against parasites. If the authors are correct in their assertion that lipophilicity is a major determinant of bradyzoicidal compounds compared to compounds that target tachyzoites alone, you would expect that compounds that target tachyzoites alone would have lower lipophilicity than those that target bradyzoites. It would therefore make more sense to (statistically) compare the bradyzoicidal and dual-acting compounds to those that are only active in tachyzoites (visually the differences seem small in Figure S2B). This hypothesis would be better tested through a structure-activity relationship study of select compounds (which is beyond the scope of the study). Overall, the evidence the authors present that high lipophilicity is a determinant of bradyzoite targeting is not very convincing, and the authors should present their conclusions in a more cautious manner.

      Thank you for raising this excellent point. We performed a statistical test of tachyzoidal and both bradyzoidal and dually active compounds and find indeed no significant difference (P = 0.06). We altered the results text line 367-368 and the figure S2B caption to explicitly mention this.

      (3) Page 11 and Figure 7. The authors claim that their data indicate that ATP is produced by the mitochondria of bradyzoites "independently of exogenous glucose and HDQ-target enzymes." The authors cite their previous study (Christiansen et al, 2022) as evidence that HDQ can enter bradyzoites, since HDQ causes a decrease in mitochondrial membrane potential. Membrane potential is linked to the synthesis of ATP via oxidative phosphorylation. If HDQ is really causing a depletion of membrane potential, is it surprising that the authors observe no decrease in ATP levels in these parasites? Testing the importance of HDQ-target enzymes using genetic approaches (e.g. gene knockout approaches) would provide better insights than the ATP measurements presented in the manuscript, although would require considerable extra work that may be beyond the scope of the study. Given that the authors' assay can't distinguish between ATP synthesized in the mitochondrion vs glycolysis, they may wish to interpret their data with greater caution.

      We thank the reviewer for addressing this important point. The enzymatic assay used in our study cannot distinguish whether ATP is produced via glycolysis or mitochondrial respiration. However, we minimized glycolytic ATP production in bradyzoites by starving them for one week without glucose. After this period, amylopectin stores are depleted, forcing the parasites to utilize glutamine via the GABA shunt to fuel the TCA cycle and generate ATP predominantly through respiration. While minor ATP production via gluconeogenic fluxes cannot be excluded, the main ATP supply under these conditions is expected to originate from the mitochondrial electron transport chain. Indeed, ATP levels are lower in HDQ-treated bradyzoites, which we attribute to the compound’s impact on electron-supplying enzymes upstream of the bc1 complex, although this inhibition is not sufficient to fully abolish ATP production as observed with Atovaquone treatment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe an exciting 400-drug screening using a MMV pathogen box to select compounds that effectively affect the medically important Toxoplasma parasite bradyzoite stage. This work utilises a bradyzoites culture technique that was published recently by the same group. They focused on compounds that affected directly the mitochondria electron transport chain (mETC) bc1-complex and compared them with other bc1 inhibitors described in the literature such as atovaquone and HDQs. They further provide metabolomics analysis of inhibited parasites which serves to provide support for the target and to characterise the outcome of the different inhibitors.

      Strengths:

      This work is important as, until now, there are no effective drugs that clear cysts during T. gondii infection. So, the discovery of new inhibitors that are effective against this parasite stage in culture and thus have the potential to battle chronic infection is needed. The further metabolic characterization provides indirect target validation and highlights different metabolic outcomes for different inhibitors. The latter forms the basis for new studies in the field to understand the mode of inhibition and mechanism of bc1-complex function in detail.

      The authors focused on the function of one compound, MMV1028806, that is demonstrated to have a similar metabolic outcome to burvaquone. Furthermore, the authors evaluated the importance of ATP production in tachyzoite and bradyzoites stages and under atovaquone/HDQs drugs.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the authors did experiments to identify the metabolomic profile of the compounds and suggested bc-1 complex as the main target of MMV1028806, they did not provide experimental validation for that.

      In our updated manuscript we performed additional experiments such as oxygen consumption assay to further qualify the bc1 complex as the target. We also toned down some of our statements to make sure that no false claims are made.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Introduction: It would be helpful to briefly describe what the pathogen Box is, what compounds are in it, and the rationale for using a drug screen to better understand mitochondrial function in cysts.

      Thank you for this suggestion, we added an introduction of the MMV pathogen box and outlined our rationale for our experimental approach in lines 90 to 99.

      Please explain why dual-active drugs were useful for understanding differences, rather than just seeking drugs that might target bradyzoites alone.

      We focused on dually active compounds for two reasons. First, these are the most promising and potent targets to develop drugs against. Both stages might occur simultaneously and these dually active drugs may eliminate the need for treatment with a drug combination. Second, we speculated that monitoring the responses to inhibition of the same process in both parasite stages would reveal its functional consequences. Dually active compounds enable this direct comparison. Bradyzoite-specific compounds may be interesting from a developmental perspective but may require a reverse genetic follow-up to compare differences between stages. The lack of a well-established inducible expression system in bradyzoites that allows short term and synchronized knock-down makes metabolomic approaches difficult. We added these two points in brief to the results section (line 378 – 381).

      Figure 4: this is a very important figure in understanding the significance of the work, but it is not well described in the legend. Even if these graphics have been used in other manuscripts, it would be helpful to provide better annotation in the figure legend.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We expanded the figure legend to explain the isotopologues data in more detail. Line 793 to 802.

      B,D: Explain what the three columns for each drug category represent.

      Addressed

      C,E: Explain what isotopologues are, what the M+ notation means, and what the pie charts represent. Other main figures have suitable legends.

      Addressed

      Discussion: there are several places where the reasoning is a bit hard to follow, and rearrangement to provide a clear logical flow would be helpful. In particular, the reasoning for why HDQ impairs active but non-essential processes could be laid out more clearly.

      We added additional clarifications to the discussion section and re-wrote the HDQ paragraph. We hope that our reasoning is now easier to follow.

      Abbreviations: A list of abbreviations for the entire manuscript would be helpful.

      This is a good idea and we now provide an abbreviations list.

      Minor typos:

      P12, 2d paragraph: sentence beginning with: Consistent with this hypothesis... "cysts" is used twice

      Corrected

      P15, top of the second paragraph: "nano" and "molar" should be one word

      Corrected

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments (not already covered in the weaknesses section of the public review)

      (1) Figure 2 and the related description of these experiments in the methods section (page 3). The approach for calculating IC50 values for the compounds against tachyzoites is unclear. How did the authors determine the time point for calculating IC50 vacuoles? Was this when the DMSO control wells reached maximum fluorescence? This could be described in a clearer manner. A concern with calculating IC50 values on different days is that parasites will have undergone more lytic cycles after 7 days compared to 4 days, which means that the IC50 values for fast- vs slow-acting compounds might be quite different between these days. As a more minor comment on these experiments, the methods section does not describe whether the test compound was removed after 7 days, as the experimental scheme in Figure S1A seems to imply. Please clarify in the methods section.

      This is a very good point and we clarified this in the methods section, line 157–160. In brief, we choose the latest time point when exponential growth could be observed in the fastest growing cultures, generally this was in mock treated cultures and at day 4 post infection. We also clarified that we changed media and removed treatment after 7 days.

      Minor Comments

      (2) Page 2. "we employed a recently developed human myotube-based culture system to generate mature T. gondii drug-tolerant bradyzoites". What makes these bradyzoites 'drug-tolerant' or to which drugs are they tolerant? This isn't clear from the description.

      We added these details in the introduction (line 94 to 96) and state that these cysts develop resistance against anti-folates, bumped kinase inhibitors and HDQ, a Co-enzyme Q analog.

      (3) Figure 1E. The number of compounds in this pie chart adds up to 384, whereas the methods describe that 371 compounds were tested. What explains this discrepancy in numbers?

      We understand the confusion. We now updated the pie chart to reflect only compounds that were included in the primary screen (371) as reflected in Supplementary Table S1. We separately analysed 29 compounds that were previously tested against tachyzoites by Spalenka et al., and found an additional 13 compound, that were originally included in the pie chart. In a secondary test the activity of 10 of these 13 compounds could be confirmed. All in all we found the 16 compounds shown in Fig. 2 E-G.

      (4) Page 3. The resazurin assays for measuring host cell viability could be explained in a clearer manner. What host cells were used? Were the host cells confluent when the drug was added (and the assay conducted) or was the drug added when the host cells were first seeded? How long were the host cells cultured in the candidate inhibitors before the assays were performed? What concentration (or concentration range) were the compounds tested? The host inhibition data are not easily accessible to the reader - the authors might consider including these data as part of Table S2D.

      The necessary information was added to the methods section (line 145 to 153). We tested for host toxicity in both HFF and KD3 myotubes during the primary screen at 10 µM in triplicates. The colorimetric assay was performed after tachyzoite growth assays in HFFs 7 days post infection and after completion of the 4 week re-growth phase of bradyzoites in myotubes. The resulting data is already part of Supplementary File 1. In addition, we performed concentration dependent resazurin assays after secondary concentration dependent growth inhibition assays and also included data in Supplementary File 1. For the bradyzoite growth assay we performed visual inspection after drug exposure for one week and before tachyzoite re-growth to detect missing or damaged monolayer. Also, this data is included in the Supplementary File 1. We also included the cytotoxicity data as suggested into Table S2D.

      (5) Page 7. "Except for four compounds (MMV021013, MMV022478, MMV658988, MMV659004), minimal lethal concentrations were higher in bradyzoites". The variation in these data seems quite large to be making this claim. Consider a statistical analysis of these data to compare potencies in tachyzoites vs bradyzoites.

      With this sentence we aimed to describe the results and not to make a statement. We toned down the sentence to “… minimal lethal concentrations appear generally higher in bradyzoites… “ line 344 to 347. We also added a line 1 µM in the charts to facilitate easier comparison of compound efficacies.

      (6) It would be helpful to readers to include the structures of hit compounds in the figures (perhaps as part of Figure 3).

      This is a good idea and would improve the manuscript. To not overburden figure 3 we added structures to Fig S3.

      (7) Page 8. "Infected monolayers were treated for three hours with a 3-fold of respective IC50 concentrations". 3-fold higher than IC50 concentrations? This isn't clear.

      Thank you for noticing this: We clarified the sentence and also corrected the concentration, corresponding to five times their IC50s as stated in the methods section: “Infected monolayers were treated for three hours with compound concentrations five times their respective IC<sub>50</sub> values or the solvent DMSO.” Line 374 - 376

      (8) Page 9. "buparvaquone, which we found to be dually active against T. gondii tachyzoites and bradyzoites, targets the bc1-complex in Theileria annulata (McHardy et al. 1985) and Neospora caninum (Müller et al. 2015) and was recently found active against T. gondii tachyzoites (Hayward et al. 2023)." The latter paper showed that buparvaquone targets the bc1 complex in T. gondii tachyzoites as well.

      Yes, it was found to inhibit O2 consumption rate in tachyzoites. We changed the sentence accordingly. Line 407 to 411.

      (9) Page 9. "Anaplerotic substrates were also affected by all three treatments, most notably a strong accumulation of aspartic acid." It is interesting that the M+3 isotopologue of aspartate (presumably synthesised from pyruvate) is the predominant form (rather than the M+2 and M+4 isotopologues that would derive from the TCA cycle, and as the diagram in Figure 4A seems to suggest). Given that aspartate is a precursor of pyrimidine biosynthesis that is upstream of the DHODH reaction, it is conceivable that its accumulation is related to the depletion of pyrimidine biosynthesis (so would tie into the point about the accumulation of DHO and CarbAsp noted earlier in the paragraph).

      Yes, we assume the same. We altered the text and summarized the changes in Asp as a result of DHOD inhibition, as we also already do in the next paragraph using <sup>15</sup>N-glutamine labelling. Line: 416 - 418

      (10) Figure 6 and Page 10. Regarding the metabolomic experiments that show increased levels of acyl-carnitines. The authors note that "Since [beta-oxidation] is thought to be absent in T. gondii, we attribute these changes to inhibition of host mitochondria". This is conceivable, although the T. gondii genome does encode homologs of the proteins necessary for beta-oxidation (e.g. see PMID 35298557). If the carnitine is coming from host mitochondria, is host contamination a concern for interpreting the metabolomic data? Or do the authors think that parasites are scavenging carnitine from host cells? It is curious that the carnitine accumulation is observed in parasites treated with buparvaquone (and MMV1028806) but not atovaquone, even though buparvaquone and atovaquone (and possibly MMV1028806) target the same enzyme. Do the authors have any thoughts on why that might be the case?

      Yes, thank you for raising this point. We changed the discussion elaborating on this and included the debated presence of beta-oxidation: line 640: “We also detect elevated levels of acyl-carnitines in BPQ and MMV1028806 treated bradyzoites. These molecules act as shuttles for the mitochondrial import of fatty acids for β-oxidation. However, this pathway has not been shown to be active and is deemed absent in T. gondii (35298557, 18775675). The presence of acyl-carnitines in bradyzoites might reflect import from the host. It is conceivable that their elevation in response to buparvaquone and MMV1028806 indicates compromised functionality of the host bc1-complex and subsequently accumulating β-oxidation substrates. Indeed, BPQ has a very broad activity across Apicomplexa (Hudson et al. 1985) and kinetoplastids (Croft et al. 1992).“ Regarding the existence of beta-oxidation: some potential enzymes might be conserved, but those could in part take part in branched chain amino acid degradation pathways. On a separate note: we looked extensively on beta-oxidation using stable isotope labelling and became convinced that any activity occurred in the host cell only but not in the parasite (unpublished).

      (11) Page 11. "the mitochondrial [electron] transport chain in bradyzoites".

      Corrected.

      (12) Figure S6B. Were these optimization experiments performed in tachyzoites or bradyzoites? If the former, and given that bradyzoites have apparently smaller amounts of ATP per parasite (Figure 7C), are these values in the linear range for 10^5 bradyzoites?

      Yes, we do think that the assay remains linear for these lower concentrations. Tachyzoites give a linear response starting from 10^3 parasites per sample. In the actual experiment we used 10^5 parasites, both tachyzoites and bradyzoites. Under the tested conditions bradyzoites maintain 10% of the ATP pools of tachyzoites, which should be well within the linear range of the assay. Also in Atovaquone-treated bradyzoites ATP concentration could be lower to 10% and still remain in the linear range of the assay. For practical reasons, we simply acknowledge this limitation and consider it acceptable within the scope of this study.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments

      (1) The authors should provide a negative control for the experiment on Figure 5. I would suggest doing the same experiment with an inhibitor that has no effect on mitochondrial potential.

      We addressed this criticism by repeating the assay on tachyzoites and additionally including inhibitors that do not have the mitochondrial electron transport chain as their primary target (Pyrimethamine, Clindamycin, 6-Diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucin). The results are summarized in the supplementary Fig S5, line 445 – 449) and show that there is no effect of these inhibitors on the mitochondrial membrane potential. This supports the specificity of the assay and suggests that MMV1028806 and BPQ indeed target a mitochondrial process in this stage. Also, in this repetition ATQ, BPQ and MMV1028806 did significantly deplete the Mitotracker signal.

      (2) Figure 5 - Did the authors perform this experiment in 3 biological replicates? This requires clarification of the figure legend.

      No, we did not perform the experiment in 3 biological replicates. After establishing the assay thoroughly, we performed it once on tachyzoites and bradyzoites. The sampling was done on every vacuole we encountered during microscopy going through the slide from left to right. That is the reason the sample size varies from treatment to treatment. The sample size is mentioned in the caption of figure 5. However, we repeated the experiment with additional controls (see Fig. S5), which showed that the Mitotracker signals were significantly depleted in a very similar manner in ATQ, BPQ and MMV1028806 treated parasites.

      (3) The authors identify that MMV1028806 has bc1-complex as the main target. I suggest that they should perform a complex III activity assay to affirm this. Also, it would be good to test if other mETC complexes are affected by this compound to prove its specificity. There is only one paper showing complex III activity in tachyzoites (PMID:37471441) and no papers in bradyzoites. So if the authors cannot do this assay, I suggest that they should change the text indicating that bc-1 complex could be the main target of the compound but more experimental validation is needed.

      We hope to have satisfied the reviewer’s request by performing an oxygen consumption assay on tachyzoites. Together with metabolic profiling and labelling data, this shows that both upstream and downstream processes are impacted by MMV1028806 and strongly suggest the bc1-complex as a target (Fig 5E).

      (4) Figure S5 - Are the differences shown in the EM experiment statistically supported?

      We analyzed 28 images and measured the areas in 12 to 26 images. We substituted the table of means in Fig S6B by a graph showing individual values. These areas are indeed statistically different between DMSO and ATQ / MMV treated parasites. We changed the wording in the results section accordingly “Analysis by thin section electron microscopy revealed a largely unaffected sub-mitochondrial ultrastructure but the areas of mitochondrial profiles were changed in comparison to control after exposure with ATQ and MMV1028806 but not with BPQ (Fig. S6)“. The description of Fig S6B was changed to “(B) Measured areas of mitochondrial profiles from 21, 12, 15 and 26 images showing DMSO, ATQ, BPQ and MMV1028806 treated parasites (* denotes p < 0.05 in Mann-Whitney tests)”.

      Minor comments:

      (1) What was the criteria to choose the example compounds in Figure 1B and 1D? The authors should clarify this in the text.

      These graphs are shown for illustrative purposes and were chosen based on their display of different drug efficacies. We considered this helpful for interpreting the screening data.

      (2) Figure 2G - add statistical analysis.

      We added Mann-Whitney tests and updated the figure legend and results text accordingly in line 344 – 347.

      (3) The authors should provide more insights in the discussion about why this new compound is the next step in drug discovery compared to atovaquone or burvaquone - for example, do you expect better availability in the brain, etc.

      We used MMV1028806 and the other hits ATQ and BPQ to make the point that the bc1-complex is a good target in bradyzoites that allows curative treatment. We do not suggest that the compound itself is a good starting point. We point to other actively developed candidates such as ELQ series in the discussion, line 719.

      (4) Scale bars in Figure 5 should be aligned and have equal thickness.

      We re-formatted the scale bars and aligned them when not obscuring parasites.

      (5) The authors should be consistent with font sizes and styles in all the figures.

      We adjusted the font styles to match each other.

    1. Mères Solos : Réalités, Précarité et Défis d'une France Invisible

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les témoignages et les analyses issus d'un groupe de mères isolées, mettant en lumière la situation critique des familles monoparentales en France.

      Représentant une famille sur quatre et touchant un enfant sur trois, la monoparentalité est majoritairement portée par les femmes (85 % des cas).

      Le constat est sans appel : ces mères font face à une "double peine" caractérisée par un traumatisme émotionnel lié à l'abandon, une précarité économique structurelle et un épuisement physique et psychique profond.

      Le système social et juridique actuel, encore calqué sur le modèle de la famille traditionnelle, échoue à offrir un soutien adéquat, laissant ces femmes gérer seules la charge totale de l'éducation, du financement et de la survie domestique, souvent au détriment de leur propre santé.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Le Traumatisme de la Rupture et l'Abandon

      Les récits mettent en évidence une récurrence brutale : la séparation intervient souvent au moment où la parentalité devient concrète (grossesse ou premiers mois de l'enfant).

      L'abandon durant la vulnérabilité : Plusieurs témoignages décrivent des pères qui se désengagent dès l'annonce de la grossesse ou juste après l'accouchement.

      Une mère relate ainsi le départ du père seulement deux semaines après lui avoir avoué ses doutes, alors qu'elle gérait une convalescence post-césarienne et deux enfants en bas âge.

      La lâcheté et le choc : Le départ est souvent soudain, laissant la mère dans un état de choc psychologique.

      Une intervenante raconte avoir été quittée par SMS après avoir annoncé sa grossesse, le père disparaissant du jour au lendemain.

      L'état de "pilote automatique" : Pour survivre et s'occuper du nouveau-né, ces mères entrent dans un mode de fonctionnement mécanique.

      Ce "cloisonnement" du cerveau permet d'assumer les tâches quotidiennes mais entraîne souvent une perte de souvenirs sur les premiers mois de l'enfant, le traumatisme n'étant traité que bien plus tard.

      2. Épuisement Physique et Charge Mentale Totale

      La solitude dans l'éducation et la gestion du quotidien mène à un épuisement que l'entourage, même bienveillant, peine à concevoir.

      L'impact sur la santé

      Burn-out maternel : Le cumul d'un travail à temps plein, des horaires de crèche et de la gestion domestique sans relais conduit fréquemment à l'effondrement.

      Une mère rapporte avoir perdu énormément de poids avant que son médecin ne l'arrête.

      Santé physique dégradée : La fatigue chronique et le stress post-grossesse déclenchent des pathologies physiques sérieuses.

      Certaines mères évoquent des "maladies de vieux" dues à l'épuisement systémique.

      Détresse psychologique : L'isolement est tel que des pensées suicidaires peuvent apparaître, non par désir de mort, mais par saturation face à l'ampleur de la tâche ("se jeter du cinquième étage").

      La gestion du quotidien au travail

      Invisibilité de la fatigue : Les mères solos s'efforcent de "camoufler" leur état (maquillage, sourire) pour paraître productives et éviter d'être perçues comme un poids pour leur équipe.

      Injonction à la performance : Le monde du travail exige le même investissement d'une mère isolée que d'un collègue en couple, ignorant les nuits hachées depuis plusieurs années.

      3. Précarité Économique et Paradoxes Sociaux

      Le passage à la monoparentalité s'accompagne presque systématiquement d'un déclassement financier et d'une lutte pour les besoins de base.

      | Dispositif / Situation | Réalité constatée dans les sources | | --- | --- | | RSA Majoré | Plafonné à environ 1 040 €, mais réduit par les autres aides de la CAF. Le reste à vivre peut descendre sous les 600 €, soit moins qu'un célibataire sans enfant. | | Reconversion forcée | Nécessité de quitter des métiers prenants (ex: commerciale) pour des postes plus "souples" mais souvent moins rémunérés (ex: gestionnaire de paie). | | Accès au logement | Difficulté majeure malgré le statut de famille prioritaire, souvent théorique. | | Pauvreté infantile | Les enfants ressentent la précarité (peur de manquer de nourriture ou de jouets), ce qui crée une anxiété précoce. |

      4. Stigmatisation et Modèle Social Inadapté

      La société française reste structurée autour du modèle "papa, maman, les enfants", ce qui marginalise les mères solos.

      Le sentiment de honte : Beaucoup de mères vivent leur situation comme un "échec complet" et craignent d'être étiquetées comme "cas social".

      Cette honte les pousse parfois à mentir sur leur situation au parc ou à l'école pour maintenir une apparence de normalité.

      Le regard social différencié : Il existe un biais de perception entre les genres.

      Un père célibataire suscite souvent de l'empathie ("le pauvre, sa femme est partie"), tandis qu'une mère isolée est plus facilement stigmatisée.

      L'isolement dominical : Les moments de loisirs (parcs, balades) renvoient violemment à la solitude face aux familles "nucléaires", provoquant un sentiment d'exclusion sociale.

      5. Défaillances Juridiques et Absence des Pères

      Le cadre légal actuel est jugé inique et inefficace par les mères concernées.

      Droit vs Devoir : Le système protège les droits des pères (autorité parentale, droit de visite) mais n'impose quasiment aucun devoir, hormis une pension alimentaire souvent difficile à recouvrer.

      Un père peut décider de ne pas venir chercher son enfant "parce qu'il est fatigué" sans conséquence légale, bloquant ainsi toute organisation pour la mère.

      L'autorité parentale partagée comme obstacle : Bien que le père soit absent, il conserve un pouvoir de décision sur les choix importants (école, santé), ce qui entrave la gestion quotidienne de la mère qui assume pourtant 100 % de la charge.

      Lenteur judiciaire : Les délais pour obtenir un jugement (souvent plus d'un an) laissent les familles dans un "flou artistique" où le parent le moins investi peut agir à sa guise.

      Conclusion : L'importance du Soutien Collectif

      Face à l'absence de réponses politiques et administratives satisfaisantes, les groupes de parole et les associations apparaissent comme les seuls refuges.

      Ces espaces permettent de :

      Rompre l'isolement : Échanger avec des personnes vivant la même réalité sans avoir besoin d'expliquer l'inexplicable.

      Valider le vécu : Comprendre que la fatigue et le sentiment d'échec ne sont pas des failles personnelles mais des conséquences systémiques.

      Retrouver de l'estime de soi : Par le biais d'activités comme la sophrologie ou la danse, pour se réapproprier un corps et une identité au-delà du seul statut de mère nourricière.

    1. SIMPLEX MACHINE RESTORATION CHECKLISTQuick guide for inspection, cleaning, and maintenance 1. MODEL IDENTIFICATIONCheck what applies:• ☐ Baby Simplex• ☐ Simplex Toy Typewriter• ☐ Practical Simplex (100 / 160 / 240 / 400)• ☐ Simplex Model A• ☐ Simplex Model B• ☐ Simplex Model C• ☐ Simplex Model D• ☐ Simplex Model E• ☐ Simplex Model 300• ☐ Simplex Model 2 ½• ☐ Simplex Model 3 (Large Size)• ☐ Simplex No. 2• ☐ Simplex No. 3• ☐ Improved Simplex Typewriter• ☐ Practical Typewriter No. 2• ☐ Practical Typewriter No. 3• ☐ Simplex Typewriter – 36 characters• ☐ Simplex Typewriter – 72 characters• ☐ Simplex Typewriter – Uppercase (Note Size)• ☐ Simplex Typewriter – Upper + Lowercase (Note Size)• ☐ Simplex Portable Typewriter• ☐ Simplex No. 8other model________________________________________ 2. INITIAL DIAGNOSISGeneral condition:• ☐ Complete• ☐ Missing parts• ☐ Visible damage• ☐ Rust• ☐ Dry wood• ☐ Dial blocked• ☐ Carriage stuck________________________________________ 3. DIAL / CHARACTER WHEEL• ☐ Turns freely• ☐ Turns with resistance• ☐ Blocked• ☐ Letters readable• ☐ Letters worn• ☐ Visible dirt• ☐ Shaft lubricated________________________________________ 4. CARRIAGE AND ROLLER• ☐ Carriage advances• ☐ Carriage does not advance• ☐ Soft roller• ☐ Hardened roller• ☐ Clean guides• ☐ Dirty guides• ☐ Functional spring• ☐ Loose spring________________________________________ 5. CLEANINGSurfaces:• ☐ Dust removed• ☐ Gentle damp cleaning• ☐ Fully driedDial:• ☐ Cleaned with cotton swab• ☐ Avoided touching letters• ☐ Shaft lubricatedCarriage:• ☐ Roller cleaned• ☐ Guides lubricatedMetal base:• ☐ Surface rust treated• ☐ Deep rust stabilizedWood base:• ☐ Hydrated• ☐ Waxed________________________________________ 6. LUBRICATION• ☐ Dial shaft• ☐ Carriage guides• ☐ Advance mechanism• ☐ No excess oil________________________________________ 7. INKING SYSTEM• ☐ Soft pads• ☐ Hardened pads• ☐ Replacement needed• ☐ Re-inking done• ☐ Proper ink (oil-based)________________________________________ 8. REPAIRS PERFORMED• ☐ Dial unblocked• ☐ Carriage adjusted• ☐ Spring tightened• ☐ Gears cleaned• ☐ Screws replaced• ☐ Base stabilized________________________________________ 9. FINAL TESTS• ☐ Dial rotates 360° without sticking• ☐ Carriage advances several lines• ☐ Clear printing• ☐ No metallic noises• ☐ No excess lubricant• ☐ Paper feeds correctly________________________________________ 10. STORAGE• ☐ Stored in breathable box or cover• ☐ Moisture-absorbing packet included• ☐ Away from direct light• ☐ In a dry, stable environment________________________________________ FINAL RESULT• ☐ Full restoration• ☐ Partial restoration• ☐ Pending parts• ☐ Preventive conservation only• ☐ Full restoration• ☐ Partial restoration• ☐ Pending parts• ☐ Preventive conservation only

      https://www.facebook.com/Breogan51/posts/pfbid02KK2N5eB2iBtsJuCfkbS9buv57HYdax8fxemtHjDgLLd3vb9Pc49QocwVAw2emEaql

    1. According to the World Health Organization, adherence is affected by many factors such as: (1) the health care system, including the provider–patient relationship, (2) the patient’s disease type and severity, (3) the type of treatment regimen and its complexity, (4) patient characteristics, and (5) socioeconomic factors.

      .

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors integrated bulk proteomics, single-nucleus RNA sequencing, and cellular communication pipelines to map molecular changes in the mouse lumbar spinal cord following endurance training versus acute exhaustive exercise. This kind of data is currently missing in the literature for the healthy spinal cord; therefore, this work represents a useful resource for the community for the investigation of cellular mechanisms of exercise-induced neuroplasticity. The authors found that endurance training elicited robust plastic transcriptional changes in the glia, in genes involved in synaptic modulation, axon development, and intercellular signaling, with cell-specific differences. Acute exhaustive exercise triggered a more nuanced biphasic temporal response in metabolic and synaptic genes, which was different in trained versus sedentary mice. Although cholinergic neurons did not show robust gene expression changes, they were found to be central hubs for communication with glia, suggesting that their cues may act as upstream regulators of glial plasticity.

      Strengths:

      Nuclei fixation minimized unwanted RNA degradation and tissue processing-driven expression changes. However, in the text, it needs to be acknowledged that the fixation step was performed only after nuclei isolation, and not at the stage of spinal cord tissue collection. The time course study design allowed for the distinction of different temporal gene expression trajectories.

      Weaknesses:

      No clear indication of the number of biological replicates is given. No validation of the key findings with alternative methods is presented.

      Some aspects of data analysis need to be clarified:

      (1) Methods

      a) Voluntary exercise: the authors should indicate whether the mice were singly housed, and, if not, clarify that the indicated mean km/day is an average of the mice in the cage.

      b) The Authors should indicate more precisely which lumbar level of the spinal cord was used and the number of biological replicates.

      c) The Authors should indicate the number of highly variable features and PCs (dims) used for Seurat and provide a QC metric table.

      (2) Results and Figures

      a) Bulk proteomic analysis: The authors used Pval-and not FDR- to assess differentially abundant proteins. Can the author indicate how many proteins passed a more stringent FDR cutoff? For GO analysis: the authors should indicate what background/reference was used.

      b) Figure 1B and Figure S1B-C: the differences in total mass and relative lean mass are very subtle, even if statistically significant. This needs to be acknowledged in the relevant sentences.

      c) Figure 2 and Figure S2E panels G and H are inverted.

      d) Heatmaps in Figures 1F and 2 Figure 2E-F: some of the proteins and genes listed in the text are not present in the heatmaps (TIM22 and FABP4; Smap25 and Slc4a4). Please check the correspondence of the text with the heatmap, and indicate with an arrow the listed proteins and genes.

      e) Page 9 "trained mice displayed a modest increase of oligodendrocytes 24h": from the plot, it looks to me like a decrease rather than an increase.

      f) Figure 4 depicts expression changes in selected metabolism and synaptic activity-related genes: it would be useful to add a table as a supplementary file with expression data of all the synaptic and metabolic genes in addition to the ones that were selected.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Mansingh et al., investigate the impact of voluntary wheel training and acute physical exercise on the transcriptomic and proteomic profile of spinal cord tissues from young adult mice. They first describe the proteomic and transcriptomic differences between sedentary mice and mice provided with running wheels for voluntary exercise. They show that voluntary physical exercise induces changes at a transcriptional level as well as at a proteomic level, with most of these effects restricted to glial cells. They further analyze the putative cell interactions that are induced in the context of physical training and describe the specificity of transcriptional changes in the different cell populations. Using the same multi-omics pipeline, the authors assess dynamic changes in sedentary and trained mice 6 and 24 hours following a bout of physical exercise until exhaustion. Importantly, they demonstrate that the impact of this single bout to exhaustion is modified in mice that have access to running wheels compared with sedentary mice, with a reduced amplitude of the reaction and a faster resolution of changes caused by exercise until exhaustion.

      Altogether, this study provides a useful description of the transcriptional changes at play following voluntary physical training and, importantly, uncovers the role of this training in shaping future transcriptomic reactions to a stressful bout of exercise until exhaustion. However, the conclusions of the manuscripts would be strengthened by the clarification of the methods, a better use of the proteomic data regarding the transcriptomic datasets, and a cross-validation of the main claims currently based solely on transcriptomic datasets.

      (1) In this study, the housing strategy used is key as it will impact both the proteome and transcriptome of cells in the central nervous system. It can be difficult to measure the running activity of individual mice if they are not housed individually. Yet, individual housing has a major impact on the nervous system and notably on glial cells. Therefore, a better description of the housing strategy for the sedentary and trained group during the 6 weeks of training is required.

      (2) In the first part of the paper that uses the results from the first set of multi-omics data, the protocol used is not clear. From Figure 1A, it seems that the mice went through a max performance test before and after the 6-week period in which the two groups had different life experiences (voluntary running versus sedentary). Since in the methods the maximal test protocol is effectively an exercise until exhaustion, it is difficult to understand why the authors defined this first experiment as the one allowing them to test "molecular remodeling in the spinal cord at rest". Also, it is not clear how long after the max performance test the tissues were collected. If indeed the mice went through the max endurance test before tissue collection, it is not a condition at rest, and this first protocol in some way looks like a duplication of a subpart of the second experiment. If mice did not go through this max performance test, it needs to be clarified both in the text and in the figure.

      (3) One of the strengths of this study is its multi-omics approach assessing changes at both transcriptomic and proteomic levels. Yet, the use by authors of the proteomic datasets is minimal, and there are no comments on how the proteomic and transcriptomic datasets support each other. Changes at the transcriptional level do not necessarily translate into changes at the protein level. Therefore, it would improve the quality of the study if authors could use the bulk proteomic data in relation to the transcriptomic dataset. The fact that the proteomic datasets do not provide the identity of the cells from which the changes originate should not prevent authors from putting them in perspective with transcriptomic results.

      (4) None of the results from the single-nucleus RNA sequencing are cross-validated with, for instance, in situ hybridizations. It would improve the strength of the claim if some findings, in particular regarding the dynamics of the changes 6 vs 24h after exhaustion bout, were cross-validated.

      (5) Although the authors note as a limitation that cholinergic neurons were underrepresented in their dataset, since one of the main claims of the manuscript relates to them, it calls for some additional comments on the identity of the cholinergic neurons present in their dataset. There are different populations of spinal cholinergic neurons with very different functions. It would greatly improve the strength of this result if the authors could identify which cholinergic neurons show these changes (or at least which proportion of the different cholinergic population is present in their datasets). For instance, which proportion of cholinergic neurons are expressing classical markers of motor neurons versus markers of cholinergic interneurons (for instance, from the V0c population).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      This study examines how working memory (WM) influences perceptual decisions, with the aim of distinguishing fast attentional capture-like effects from slower, sustained perceptual biases. The authors use a dual-task design in which a perceptual estimation task is embedded within a WM delay, combined with a time-resolved analysis of mouse tracking reports and hierarchical Bayesian modeling. This approach reveals two temporally distinct signatures of WM-perception interactions within single trials, arguing against a unitary account of WM-driven perceptual bias and instead supporting multiple processes that operate over different timescales.

      Strengths

      A major strength of the study is its innovative use of a time-resolved mouse trajectory analysis to move beyond endpoint measures and reveal the dynamic evolution of decision biases. By decomposing trajectories into components that are and are not explained by the final response, the authors provide compelling evidence for an early transient deviation and a slower, endpoint-consistent drift. The combination of rigorous experimental design, hierarchical Bayesian modeling, and converging analyses yields compelling support for the central claims and offers a valuable framework for studying top-down influences on perception.

      Weaknesses/points requiring clarification:

      (1) The primary weakness concerns the clarity of the theoretical framing linking the identified trajectory components specifically to attentional capture and representational (or perceptual) shift. While the manuscript reviews prior work on attentional and perceptual biases, the conceptual transition to the proposed distinction between capture and representational shift would benefit from a stronger connection to the existing literature. Clarifying this relationship would strengthen the interpretation of the results.

      (2) The use of the term "continuous" to describe the trajectory analyses may be confusing for readers, as it could be interpreted as referring to a continuous task rather than a time-resolved analysis of movements performed to make a discrete response.

      (3) Figures 2 and 7 present posterior distributions of hierarchical Bayesian parameter estimates for endpoint responses in Experiments 1 and 2. However, they do not show how these model estimates relate to the raw behavioral data. Including model fits alongside the observed data would help readers assess the quality of the fits and better evaluate how well the modeling captures the underlying behavioral responses. Similarly, it would be helpful to see individual means in Figure 3a, panel 2, as is done in Figure 4.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work studies the self-association behavior of 109 human Death Fold Domains (DFD) in eukaryotic cells and its connection to their function in innate immune signalosomes.

      Using an amphifluoric FRET (DAmFRET) method previously developed by the authors, self-association is monitored as a function of protein concentration by Förster Resonance Energy Transfer in the cell.

      Several DFDs are found to be in a supersaturable state and are considered energy reservoirs necessary for signal amplification.

      The revised manuscript addresses most of the original concerns, resulting in a significant improvement.

      The following observations are made:

      (1) A group of DFDs shows a bimodal FRET distribution of no FRET and high FRET values at low and high protein concentration, which indicates a nucleation barrier. This conclusion is corroborated by the modification from a discontinuous to a continuous FRET transition by expressing a structural template or seed. The authors find that DFDs displaying discontinuous FRET behavior are supersaturated, and those that retain their discontinuous behavior in the context of the full-length protein correspond to protein adaptors of innate immune signalosomes.

      (2) The authors indicate that the adaptors of inflammatory signalosomes act as energy reservoirs for signal amplification. This is not demonstrated, but it is assumed that the energy stored in the supersaturated state is released upon polymerization.

      (3) This work also includes evidence showing that nonsupersaturable and supersaturable constructs of caspase-9 form puncta that dissolve or persist, respectively, upon apoptosome stimulation. The supersaturable construct also induces massive cell death, in contrast to the nonsupersaturable form. Although not demonstrated, these results could be related to the level of signal amplification.

      (4) The cell's lifespan depends on the supersaturation levels of certain DFDs.

      (5) Polymerization nucleated by interaction between DFDs from different pathways (different signalosomes) is rare.

      (6) The study demonstrates the presence of nucleation barriers, inferred from supersaturable conditions, in the adaptor orthologs of zebrafish (Danio rerio) and the model sponge Amphimedon queenslandica, which indicates that this characteristic is conserved.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Both reviewers indicated broad approval of the revised work, for which we are grateful.

      Reviewer #1 requested no further changes.

      Reviewer #2’s Public review states:

      The authors indicate that the adaptors of inflammatory signalosomes act as energy reservoirs for signal amplification. This is not demonstrated, but it is assumed that the energy stored in the supersaturated state is released upon polymerization.

      The “assumed” link between supersaturation and energy release is in fact a thermodynamic necessity. Supersaturation is, by definition, a high free energy state. Our data shows that triggering nucleation via optogenetics results in an immediate avalanche of polymerization and cell death. This is not an assumption; it is a direct observation of work performed by the system when the kinetic barrier is removed.

      Reviewer #2 recommended:

      Ideally, signal amplification could be tested by determining the levels of the final product, e.g., cytokines, activated caspases...

      We did measure CASP3/7 activation, demonstrating a correlation with supersaturation of upstream adaptors. We do agree however that measuring the levels of other signaling products, including for each of the supersaturated pathways, would strengthen our claims. This will be the subject of future work.

      The authors indicate a significant anticorrelation between the saturating concentrations and the transcript abundances (Figure 2B), reporting an R = -0.285.

      This is correct… no change appears to be requested or warranted.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a high-quality and extensive study that reveals differences in the self-assembly properties of the full set of 109 human death fold domains (DFDs). Distributed amphifluoric FRET (DAmFRET) is a powerful tool that reveals the self-assembly behaviour of the DFDs, in non-seeded and seeded contexts, and allows comparison of the nature and extent of self-assembly. The nature of the barriers to nucleation is revealed in the transition from low to high AmFRET. Alongside analysis of the saturation concentration and protein concentration in the absence of seed, the subset of proteins that exhibited discontinuous transitions to higher-order assemblies was observed to have higher concentrations than DFDs that exhibited continuous transitions. The experiments probing the ~20% of DFDs that exhibit discontinuous transition to polymeric form suggest that they populate a metastable, supersaturated form in the absence of cognate signal. This is suggestive of a high intrinsic barrier to nucleation.

      Strengths:

      The differences in self-assembly behaviour are significant and likely identify mechanistic differences across this large family of signalling adapter domains. The work is of high quality, and the evidence for a range of behaviours is strong. This is an important and useful starting point since the different assembly mechanisms point towards specific cellular roles. However, understanding the molecular basis for these differences will require further analysis.

      An impressive optogenetic approach was engineered and applied to initiate self-assembly of CASP1 and CASP9 DFDs, as a model for apoptosome initiation in these two DFDs with differing continuous or discontinuous assembly properties. This comparison revealed clear differences in the stability and reversibility of the assemblies, supporting the hypothesis that supersaturation-mediated DFD assembly underlies signal amplification in at least some of the DFDs.

      The study reveals interesting correlations between supersaturation of DFD adapters in short- and long-lived cells, suggestive of a relationship between the mechanism of assembly and cellular context. Additionally, the comprehensive nature of the study provides strong evidence that the interactions are almost all homomeric or limited to members of the same DFD subfamily or interaction network. Similar approaches with bacterial proteins from innate immunity operons suggest that their polymerisation may be driven by similar mechanisms.

      Weaknesses:

      Only a limited investigation of assembly morphology was conducted by microscopy. There was a tendency for discontinuous structures to form fibrillar structures and continuous to populate diffuse or punctate structures, but there was overlap across all categories, which is not fully explored.

      We agree that an in-depth exploration of aggregate morphology would be interesting, but we feel it has limited relevance to the central findings of the manuscript. Our analysis established a relationship between discontinuous transitions and ordering based on the assumption that ordered assembly by DFDs involves polymerization, for which there is much precedent in the literature. Nevertheless, polymers of similar structure can form with different kinetics and hence, polymerization does not by itself imply an ability to supersaturate. We see this empirically in the “fibrillar” column in Fig. 1B. We have now elaborated this important point more fully in the relevant results section and in the discussion. Only five of the 108 DFDs in Fig. 1B warrant additional explanation. CASP4<sup>CARD</sup> and IFIH1<sup>tCARD</sup> lacked AmFRET but formed puncta; this could result from interactions with endogenous structures or condensates. DAPK1<sup>DD</sup> and UNC5A<sup>DD</sup> were classified as continuous (low) and fibrillar, but their AmFRET values are in fact higher than monomer control revealing that the fibrils simply comprise a small fraction of the protein. The puncta of UNC5A<sup>DD</sup> additionally do not resemble the fibrillar puncta of other DFDs; we suspect it may be a false-positive resulting from localization to mitochondrial or other intracellular membranes. Finally, CASP2<sup>CARD</sup> was inadvertently classified as punctate; this turns out to have been a technical artifact that has now been corrected (the fibrils wrapped around the cell perimeter to form ring-like puncta with anomalously low aspect ratios). We have now updated the methods section describing manual validation of our automated classification procedure, including which samples required reclassification. We have also now included all microscopy data in the public repository accompanying this manuscript.

      The methodology used to probe oligomeric assembly and stability (SDD-AGE) does not justify the conclusions drawn regarding stability and native structure within the assemblies.

      The reviewer is correct that SDD-AGE does not provide evidence against non-amyloid misfolding. It merely provides evidence that the DFDs are not forming amyloid (which are characteristically sarkosyl resistant). We have revised the sentence and further clarified that the distinction with amyloid specifically is important because amyloid is the only known form of ordered assembly (other than DFD polymers) with a nucleation barrier large enough to support deep supersaturation. Together with the series of interfacial mutants tested (and shown to impede assembly in all cases), the lack of sarkosyl-resistance provides evidence that the discontinuous DFDs are assembling through canonical DFD subunit interfaces.

      The work identifies important differences between DFDs and clearly different patterns of association. However, most of the detailed analysis is of the DFDs that exhibit a discontinuous transition, and important questions remain about the majority of other DFDs and why some assemblies should be reversible and others not, and about the nature of signalling arising from a continuous transition to polymeric form.

      We focused on discontinuous DFDs because this property allows for executive control over their respective pathways. They make signaling switch-like, which we argue is essential for innate immune responses. By contrast, and as illustrated in Figure 6D, supersaturation is required for a DFD to drive its own polymerization -- hence activation for a continuous DFD must be stoichiometrically coupled either with D/PAMP binding or positive feedback from downstream or orthogonal processes. We consider the principles underlying such regulation of signaling to be better established and understood than supersaturation, and hence built our narrative for this manuscript around the latter. Our original text addresses the fact that only a small fraction of DFDs are discontinuous. Specifically, this is expected in light of the fact that a) only one supersaturated DFD is needed to make a signaling pathway switch-like, and b) every supersaturated DFD renders the cell susceptible to spontaneous death. Evolution should therefore limit supersaturation to only the highly connected DFDs (i.e. adaptors), which is what is seen. In this view, the many nonsupersaturable DFDs have evolved to accessorize the central supersaturable DFDs with various sensor and effector modules. Our revised text attempts to further clarify this perspective.

      Some key examples of well-studied DFDs, such as MyD88 and RIPK,1 deserve more discussion, since they display somewhat surprising results. More detailed exploration of these candidates, where much is known about their structures and the nature of the assemblies from other work, could substantiate the conclusions here and transform some of the conclusions from speculative to convincing.

      We were likewise initially surprised about the inability of MyD88 and RIPK1 to supersaturate. We have now elaborated in the Discussion how our findings can be rationalized by the apparent supersaturability of other adaptors in MyD88 and RIPK1 signaling pathways. We additionally discuss prior evidence that MyD88 may indeed be supersaturable, and how our experimental system could have led to a false positive in the unique case of MyD88.

      The study concludes with general statements about the relationship between stochastic nucleation and mortality, which provide food for thought and discussion but which, as they concede, are highly speculative. The analogies that are drawn with batteries and privatisation will likely not be clearly understood by all readers. The authors do not discuss limitations of the study or elaborate on further experiments that could interrogate the model.

      We have now added to the discussion a section on the limitations of our study. We appreciate that our use of “privatisation” was confusing and have omitted it. However, we consider the battery analogy to accurately convey the newfound function of DFDs and anticipate that this analogy will ultimately prove valuable for biologists. To facilitate comprehension, we have now broadened our description of phase change batteries in the introduction.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Rodriguez Gama et al. proposes several interesting conclusions based on different oligomerization properties of Death-Fold Domains (DFDs) in cells, their natural abundance, and supersaturation properties. These ideas are:

      (1) DFDs broadly store the cell's energy by remaining in a supersaturated state;

      (2) Cells are constantly in a vulnerable state that could lead to cell death;

      (3) The cell's lifespan depends on the supersaturation levels of certain DFDs.

      Overall, the evidence supporting these claims is not completely solid. Some concerns were noted.

      Strengths:

      Systematic analysis of DFD self-assembly and its relationship with protein abundance, supersaturation, cell longevity, and evolution.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) On page 2, it is stated, "Nucleation barriers increase with the entropic cost of assembly. Assemblies with large barriers, therefore, tend to be more ordered than those without. Ordered assembly often manifests as long filaments in cells," as a way to explain the observed results that DFDs assemblies that transitioned discontinuously form fibrils, whereas those that transitioned continuously (low-to-high) formed spherical or amorphous puncta. It is unlikely to be able to differentiate between amorphous and structured puncta by conventional confocal microscopy. Some DFDs self-assemble into structured puncta formed by intertwined fibrils. Such fibril nets are more structured and thus should be associated with a higher entropic cost. Therefore, the results in Figure 1B do not seem to agree with the reasoning described.

      The formation of microscopically visible elongated structures necessitates ordering on the length scale of 100s of nanometers. Otherwise surface tension would favor rounded aggregates. Conventional confocal microscopy is in fact well-suited and widely used to distinguish ordered from disordered assemblies in cells based on this principle.1,2 We are unaware of any examples of isolated DFDs forming regular polymers that manifest as round puncta or nets. The reviewer may be referring to full-length ASC, which forms a roughly spherical mesh of filaments because it has two DFDs joined by a flexible linker. This is not applicable to our analysis with single DFDs. Single DFDs polymerize in effectively one dimension; hence a spherical punctum formed by a single DFD can only happen through noncanonical interactions or clustering of small filaments, both of which reduce order relative to long filaments.

      (2) Errors for the data shown in Figure 1B would have been very useful to determine whether the population differences between diffuse, punctate, and fibrillar for the continuous (low-to-high) transition are meaningful.

      We have now performed two statistical analyses to address this. First, using Fisher’s exact test, we observe a highly significant association between the DAmFRET and morphology classifications (p-value: 0.0001). Second, to specifically address whether the continuous (low to high) category has a preferred morphology, we applied an Exact Multinomial Test using the total frequencies of each morphology. This test revealed that all categories are significantly enriched for particular morphologies, as now indicated in the figure and legend.

      (3) A main concern in the data shown in Figure 1B and F is that the number of counts for discontinuous compared to continuous is small. Thus, the significance of the results is difficult to evaluate in the context of the broad function of DFDs as batteries, as stated at the beginning of the manuscript.

      Fig. 1B simply reports the numerical intersections between fluorescence distribution classifications and DAmFRET classifications. In Fig. 1F, our use of the chi-square test is justified by a sufficiently large sample size. Nevertheless, we obtain similar results with Fisher's exact test that accounts for smaller sample size (Odds Ratio: 75.0, P-value: < 0.0001). See also our response to the related critique by Reviewer 1 regarding the small number of discontinuous DFDs.

      (4) The proteins or domains that are self-seeded (Figure 1F) should be listed such that the reader has a better understanding of whether domains or full-length proteins are considered, whether other domains have an effect on self-seeding (which is not discussed), and whether there is repetition.

      We define and consistently use “DFDs” to refer to domains, and “FL” or “DFD-containing protein” to refer to FL proteins. The Figure 1 title and corresponding section title both indicate the data refer to “DFDs”. The text callout for Figure 1F also directs readers to Table S1 where we believe the self-seeding results and details of constructs are clearly presented. There is no repetition. We have modified the legend to clarify that “Each DFD was co-expressed with an orthogonally fluorescent μNS-fused version of the same DFD.” We did not systematically evaluate seeding of FL proteins. We did however previously test self-seeding on seven representative FL proteins, and have now included those data in a new supplemental figure (S5). In short, only FL proteins with discontinuous distributions are self-seedable. These are limited to adaptors that had discontinuous seedable DFDs, revealing no adverse effect of FL protein context on seedability of adaptors (unlike receptors and effectors).

      (5) The authors indicate an anticorrelation between transcript abundance and Csat based on the data shown in Figure 2B; however, the data are scattered. It is not clear why an anticorrelation is inferred.

      An anticorrelation is indicated by the clearly placed negative R value at the top of the graph and the figure legend describing the statistical analysis.

      (6) It would be useful to indicate the expected range of degree centrality. The differences observed are very small. This is specifically the case for the BC values. The lack of context and the small differences cast doubts on their significance. It would be beneficial to describe these data in the context of the centrality values of other proteins.

      The possible range of centrality scores is 0 - 1, where 1 represents a protein interacting with every other protein in the network (degree centrality) or is on the shortest path between every other pair of proteins in the network (betweenness centrality). The expected range is difficult to address, as centrality values strongly depend on the size and function of the network. We considered that the SAM domain network could provide the most relevant comparison to the DFD network, as SAM domains resemble DFDs in size and structure, function heavily in signaling, are comparably numerous (76 in humans), and many of them form homopolymers (but importantly of a geometry that does not support nucleation barriers). We found that SAM domains have much lower betweenness centrality in their physical interaction network as compared to discontinuous DFDs (p = 0. 0003) while their degree centrality is not significantly different (Figure S3F). Nevertheless, we stress that what matters for our conclusion is that the continuous and discontinuous values are significantly different among DFDs. Since there is a large overlap in the distributions of centrality scores between the two classes of DFDs, we performed a more robust permutation test with the Mann Whitney U statistic and n = 10000. These tests reiterated that continuous and discontinuous DFDs have significantly different centrality scores (Degree centrality p = 0.008; Betweenness centrality p = 0.028) (Figure S3E).

      (7) Page 3 section title: "Nucleation barriers are a characteristic feature of inflammatory signalosome adaptors." This title seems to contradict the results shown in Figure 2D, where full-length CARD9 and CARD11 are classified as sensors, but it has been reported that they are adaptor proteins with key roles in the inflammatory response. Please see the following references as examples: The adaptor protein CARD9 is essential for the activation of myeloid cells through ITAM-associated and Toll-like receptors. Nat Immunol 8, 619-629 (2007), and Mechanisms of Regulated and Dysregulated CARD11 Signaling in Adaptive Immunity and Disease. Front Immunol. 2018 Sep 19;9:2105. However, both CARD9 and CARD11 show discontinuous to continuous behavior for the individual DFDs versus full-length proteins, respectively, in contrast to the results obtained for ASC, FADD, etc.

      We rigorously counter the inconsistent usage of the term “adaptor” in the signalosome literature by quantifying the centrality of each protein in the physical interaction network of DFD proteins. Such analysis shows that BCL10, which is also described as an adaptor, is the more central member of the CARD9 and CARD11 (CBM signalosome) pathways, and is therefore more “adaptor-like”. We have now elaborated this view in the text.

      FADD plays a key role in apoptosis but shows the same behavior as BCL10 and ASC. However, the manuscript indicates that this behavior is characteristic of inflammatory signalosomes. What is the explanation for adaptor proteins behaving in different ways? This casts doubts about the possibility of deriving general conclusions on the significance of these observations, or the subtitles in the results section seem to be oversimplifications.

      We agree that our initial presentation of these results and brief description of each protein’s function was insufficient to fully justify our conclusions. We have now elaborated that while FADD was historically considered an adaptor of extrinsic apoptosis, it is now appreciated as a pleiotropic molecule with both anti- and pro-inflammatory signaling functions. FADD’s pro-inflammatory roles include inflammasome activation and activating NF-kB through the FADDosome. We have now revised our section headings to avoid oversimplification.

      (8) IFI16-PYD displays discontinuous behavior according to Figure S1H; however, it is not included in Figure 2D, but AIM 2 is.

      We only tested a subset of FL proteins spanning different functions within diverse signalosomes. IFI16 was not included. Hence it could not be meaningfully included in Fig. 2D.

      (9) To demonstrate that "Nucleation barriers facilitate signal amplification in human cells," constructs using APAF1 CARD, NLRC4 CARD, caspase-9 CARD, and a chimera of the latter are used to create what the authors refer to as apoptsomes. Even though puncta are observed, referring to these assemblies as apoptosomes seems somewhat misleading. In addition, it is not clear why the activity of caspase-9 was not measured directly, instead of that of capsae-3 and 7, which could be activated by other means.

      We agree that describing our chimeric assemblies as “apoptosomes” could be misleading, and have now refrained from doing so. We measured caspase-3/7 instead of caspase-9 for purely technical reasons -- we were unable to find any reliable caspase-9 activity assays that were also compatible with our optogenetic and imaging wavelengths. In any case, our data with the widely used caspase3/7 reporter dyes confirm comparably effective signal propagation from the CASP9 versions to their relevant endogenous substrate for apoptotic signaling (pro-caspase-3/7). The subsequent differences in cell death efficiency between the two versions of CASP9 (Fig. 3E) cannot be attributed to indirect effects of blue light stimulation, because both versions received the same treatment. Note our stated justification for using these DFDs in the HEK293T background is that these cells lack NLCR4 and CASP1 proteins and therefore the activity we measure is due to the direct optogenetic activation.

      The polymerization of caspase-1 CARD with NLRC4 CARD, leading to irreversible puncta, could just mean that the polymers are more stable. In fact, not all DFDs form equally stable or identical complexes, which does not necessarily imply that a nucleation barrier facilitates signal amplification. Could this conclusion be an overstatement?

      Figure 3C shows that the polymers don’t simply persist following the transient stimulus -- they continue to grow. That is, the soluble protein continues to join the polymers for a net increase even though there is no longer a stimulus directing them to do so. This means the drive to polymerize is independent of the stimulus, i.e. the protein is supersaturated. In the absence of supersaturation, a difference in stability would simply change the rates at which the polymers shrink. That we see continued growth instead of shrinkage therefore cannot be explained just by a difference in stability. Nevertheless, the reviewer’s critique caused us to realize that increased persistence of the CASP1CARD polymers could contribute to signal amplification independently of supersaturation if they act catalytically (i.e. where each polymerized CASP9 subunit sequentially activates multiple CASP3/7 molecules), and we had not adequately considered this. Unfortunately, the relevant experimentalist has now moved on from the lab leaving us unable to conduct the necessary experiments to resolve these two effects in a timely fashion. Consequently, we have now tempered our interpretation of these data. 

      (10) To demonstrate that "Innate immune adaptors are endogenously supersaturated," it is stated on page 5 that ASC clusters continue to grow for the full duration of the time course and that AIM2-PYD stops growing after 5 min. The data shown in Figure 4F indicate that AIM2-PYD grows after 5 mins, although slowly, and ASC starts to slow down at ~ 13 min. Because ASC has two DFDs, assemblies can grow faster and become bigger. How is this related to supersaturation?

      That AIM2-PYD assemblies appear to grow somewhat (although not significantly statistically) would be consistent with AIM2-PYD’s sequestration into the growing ASC clusters. All that matters for our conclusion regarding ASC is that ASC assemblies grow following cessation of the stimulus, which we now describe quantitatively. Supersaturation is defined as the ratio of total concentration to saturating concentration, which is an equilibrium property. For a given protein concentration, the presence of two DFDs, each contributing their own interactions to overall stability of the assembly, will increase supersaturation relative to the individual DFDs. Importantly, growth will not occur if the protein concentration lies below its C<sub>sat</sub>, no matter how many DFDs it has.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It isn't clear what is implied by the final sentence of the Abstract. Some of the conclusions have a speculative tone and would be better described in less certain terms. The final sentence of the abstract should be omitted.

      We have revised the abstract to add appropriate nuance but consider the final sentence to be both justified by our data and important to convey our findings to a broad audience.

      How does the size and nature of the seed influence the outcome of these DFD interactions? Although some non-seeded experiments are described, the majority of the results are derived from seeded experiments. Further details about the seeds should be included. How is the size of the nucleus controlled, and will seeds of smaller or larger size generate the same pattern of results?

      This is a very important question! The seeds comprised genetic fusions of each DFD to a condensate-forming domain, as described. While this system is insufficient to explore the size-dependence of nucleation, we are developing tools to do exactly that, for example our recently published multivalent nanobody against mEos3,[3] wherein we piloted its use to compare the size-dependence of ASC versus amyloid nucleation. Much further work will be needed to fully utilize this approach for the question of interest, and that is the subject of ongoing but open-ended work in the lab.

      What is the implication of the observation that only ~20% of the DFDs exhibited a discontinuous transition from no to high AmFRET signal? Further discussion of the DFDs that exhibit a continuous transition would enrich the manuscript.

      We consider the relationship to mortality important for understanding this observation. In the discussion we now explain that each supersaturated protein in a death-inducing pathway imposes a risk of unintentional death. We speculate that evolution therefore minimizes the number of supersaturated DFDs by restricting them to central nodes in the network. That way, a small number of supersaturable DFDs can be continuously “repurposed” with new receptor proteins for each D/PAMP. Additionally, as stated in our response to the related critique, we felt it was important to focus this manuscript on the novel concept of functional supersaturation necessarily at the expense of signaling regulation through better understood mechanisms.

      Were the initial experiments with DFDs unseeded (Figure S1, F-G)? Clarify this in the text. The morphologies of all the subcellular assemblies appear similar. It is not possible to distinguish between long filaments and spherical or amorphous puncta (Figure S1F-G). Higher magnification images that allow evaluation and comparison of morphology should be provided.

      The initial experiments were unseeded, as now clarified in the legend. We believe there was a misinterpretation resulting from both panels (S1F and G) showing fibrillar examples. To clarify, we have now added panel S1H showing representative DFDs classified as “punctate”, which we hope the reviewer agrees are clearly distinct from fibrillar.

      The ASC and CARD14 assemblies in Figure S1G show very distinct fibrillar structures emerging from the mNS-DFD seeds. Please provide further explanation of the nature of these. Do these resemble ASC and CARD assemblies generated as a result of native stimuli rather than mNS-DFD seeds?

      The μNS-DFD puncta contain numerous seeding competent sites, which presumably causes multiple fibrils to initiate and emanate from them. This and potential bundling of these fibrils produces the star-like shape. We have no reason to believe the internal structure of these fibers differs from native signalosome assemblies. For example, point mutations at native subunit interfaces that were previously shown to disrupt fibrilization and signaling likewise disrupt assembly in our DAmFRET experiments (Figure S2A). To our knowledge there exist no examples of high-resolution DFD fibril structures that were induced by native stimuli. However, recent work using super-resolution imaging confirmed that nigericin-triggered endogenous ASC specks comprise a network of filaments that superficially resembles our star-like assemblies.[4]

      Figure S2B is presented as evidence that assembly is mediated by native-like interfaces rather than amyloid-like misfolding. These SDD-Age gels cannot be used to infer a native-like structure for the protein within the assemblies, only that the assemblies are (mostly) solubilised by incubation with sarkosyl. Many misfolding but non-amyloid-structure assemblies could be consistent with these results. Additionally, several of the samples appear to show insoluble aggregates within the wells, which could also be consistent with amyloid-type structures. What is the nature of these aggregates? Why is the NLRP3PYD sample so much more intense than the others? Why was FL-ZBP1 included when it does not contain a DFD? Why were no sarkosyl-resistant assemblies observed with RIPK3-RHIM when this is known to be highly amyloidogenic?

      ZBP1 and RIPK3<sup>RHIM</sup> were one of multiple proteins inadvertently included on the complete gel shown in the original figure that is not relevant to the manuscript; we have now spliced out these unnecessary lanes (indicated with dashed lines) to avoid confusion. We have found that the specific fragment of RIPK3<sup>RHIM</sup> used in this experiment -- residues 446-464 -- does not allow for robust amyloid formation. We believe this is a steric artifact due to its small size (19 residues) relative to the fused mEos3, because a longer fragment (446-518) forms amyloid robustly. However the latter construct was not available at the time this experiment was done. Nevertheless, another known amyloid protein, RIPK1<sup>RHIM</sup>, does show the expected smears on this gel and suffices for the positive control for amyloid. We do not understand why the NLRP3<sup>PYD</sup> sample is more intense than the others. However, this anomaly does not impact our conclusion that DFDs do not form sarkosyl-resistant smears that would be indicative of amyloid.

      Expand on the concept of autoinhibited oligomerisation. Is this due to structural features? What might be the advantage of autoinhibited oligomerisation for these DFDs?

      We have elaborated on this section in the results.

      End of page 3, which "former set of adaptors" are referred to here? This is ambiguous.

      We have replaced “former” with “innate immune”.

      Page 5, the authors state that a kinetic barrier governs the activity of inflammatory signalosomes. While under the circumstances generated in this particular system, there is a kinetic barrier to the formation of large fibrillar complexes, can the same be said to be true in cells that respond to signals? They experience a specific triggering event. This should be redrafted to distinguish between the specific trigger in cells (downstream of a binding-driven event) and the kinetic barrier to self-association observed in this model system.

      Yes, our findings establish that a kinetic barrier governs signalosome activation. By engineering a triggering event that is more specific than natural triggering events (see Figure 3), we exclude the possibility that the cell first responds to the signal to create conditions that stabilize inflammasome formation. This means that regardless of what may happen with a natural trigger, the driving force for assembly clearly pre-exists and is therefore held in check by a kinetic barrier.

      On page 6, the statement "...lifespan may be limited by the thermodynamic drive for inflammatory signal amplification" is not clear. While this is strictly true following the initial triggering event, isn't lifespan limited by the stochastic activation? These very general statements stray beyond what can be substantiated on the basis of the data presented here.

      We believe the source of confusion here was our misuse of the term “lifespan”. We have now replaced it with “life expectancy”, which we believe is substantiated by our statements as written.

      Overall, the work presents a compelling, comprehensive analysis of the seeded self-assembly of DFDs. It identifies distinct properties for assembly of these domains that may underlie their particular physiological roles. However, some of the statements are quite general and not substantiated.

      Page 6. Is "end cell fate" the intended phrase?

      We have revised the phrase.

      The data regarding conservation of DFD-like modules and activity is interesting and probably deserves inclusion. However, without substantial evidence of expression levels (i.e., results) and a more complete understanding of these other systems, the statement "These results suggest that the function of DFDs as energy reservoirs preceded the evolution of animals" appears as an over-reach.

      We demonstrated that sequence-encoded nucleation barriers of DFDs are shared across animal signalosomes (human, zebrafish, sponge). This is not trivial as such nucleation barriers are uncommon even among targeted screens of prion-like proteins.5 Therefore, they appear to have existed in the basal animal. We have now omitted the data concerning bacterial DFDs as these systems are indeed much less understood, and the concerned pathways lack the tripartite architecture of animal signalosomes. We therefore revised the sentence in question by replacing “evolution” with “radiation”.

      Only a small number of DFDs exhibit this behaviour, so why is the conclusion drawn that energy storage for on-demand signalling may be the principal ancestral function of DFDs?

      The totality of the data supports this conclusion. Briefly (but elaborated in the text), 1) intrinsic nucleation barriers are unusual even among self-associating proteins, the vast majority of which (e.g. condensates) would suffice for the only other major function ascribed to DFDs -- bringing effectors close enough for proximity-dependent activation (which has been repeatedly demonstrated in DFD-replacement experiments), 2) nucleation barriers are nevertheless conserved in innate immune signaling pathway, 3) that they are limited to approximately one DFD in each pathway is consistent with evolutionary selection to minimize accidental death.

      Are there any other adapters like MyD88 that are inconsistent with this hypothesis? Are any others known to be controlled by oligomer formation? How strong is the evidence for hexameric oligomers? If there is a threshold size for oligomers, how does this differ from a stable seed/nucleus that triggers assembly, as in the discontinuous transition?

      These are all good questions related to critiques that we have now addressed.

      The use of the term "privatisation" is likely not consistently understood across the community and should be explained. Is it simply meant to imply independent operation? How is it actually different from other forms of deployment of DFDs that exhibit continuous assembly? Are they not also independent? What is implied by the opposite of privatisation here? The term may introduce ambiguity in this context.

      We have now omitted this term.

      Is there strong evidence that well-validated physiologically relevant LLPS systems exhibit supersaturation at concentrations that are very different from those of the DFDs examined in this study?

      No, and this is a major point. As discussed in the text (with references), LLPS is incompatible with cell-wide supersaturation to a comparable magnitude as crystalline transitions, which precludes them from driving signal amplification. This helps to explain why the active state of DFD assemblies is ordered, when it has been repeatedly demonstrated that signal propagation itself does not require ordering.

      The paragraph discussing TIR domains and functional amyloids would be enhanced with a comparison of amyloid systems where seeded nucleation results in assembly of a polymer with significant conformational change in the constituent monomers.

      We do not yet understand how DFDs (and TIR domains) in some cases exhibit amyloid-like nucleation barriers without overt conformational differences between monomers and polymers. Work is underway in the lab to test specific hypotheses, but such discussion would be too speculative for the present paper.

      The statement "High specificity also insulates pathways from each other" should be elaborated to discuss the issue of highly similar monomers that apparently assemble into filamentous forms with minimal structural rearrangement. How is the specificity generated?

      We have elaborated the paragraph.

      The final paragraph is speculative and utilises language that detracts from the quality and rigour of the study. While important principles have been revealed, more discussion of the limitations of the work would allow readers to evaluate the significance of the study and could be used to effectively stimulate further efforts to study the multiple different mechanisms that underpin critical signalling pathways in innate immunity and control cell fate.

      We have now revised the final paragraph and included an extensive discussion of the limitations of the work.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) For clarity, it would be useful to include the names of the proteins in the bottom table of STable1, and such information at the top and bottom tables can be connected.

      We are unable to determine what is meant by this suggestion. Table S1 does not have a “top” and “bottom table”. Every entry in Table S1 and S2 contains the protein name, its most frequently used alias in the literature (when not the official name), and the corresponding Uniprot protein ID.

      (2) The language used in the abstract makes analogies between scientific and mundane terms, which compromises clarity. For example, what is meant by the terms shown below?

      (a) "......specifically templated by other DFDs....."

      We have revised this phrase.

      (b) "...function like batteries, storing and converting energy for life-or-death decisions."

      Batteries convert chemical energy into electrical energy or thermal energy. What is the electrical energy produced by DFDs? Is there any evidence that DFDs change the temperature of the cells or transfer heat?

      We have now included a familiar example of a thermal battery that operates analogously to the manner we show for DFDs. As now elaborated extensively, such batteries operate via a physical rather than chemical process -- a change in the state of matter (solute to crystalline) of a supersaturated “phase change material” (this is an established term). This is exactly what we show is happening for DFDs. While it would be illustrative to measure the heat released upon DFD polymerization in cells, the much faster rate of heat transfer relative to molecular diffusion makes that impossible with present methods. Nevertheless, such measurements are unnecessary because disorder-to-order phase transitions are fundamentally exothermic.

      (c) "....privatizing..."

      We now avoid this term.

      Using appropriate scientific terms to explain the scientific results presented in this manuscript will increase clarity. Analogously, it is difficult to understand what the title of the manuscript means, "Protein phase change batteries..."

      We appreciate this critique and have removed “batteries” from the title to make the work more accessible to biologists. However, we reject the implication that such terminology is inappropriate. We presume the reviewer meant “unfamiliar” instead of “inappropriate”. The well-reasoned application of terms from other fields is standard practice and arguably essential to convey new concepts in biology. The modern biology lexicon is built on this. For example, Robert Hooke co-opted “cell” from the architecture of monasteries. More recently cell biologists appropriated “condensates” from soft matter physics. In both cases, the term while initially foreign to biologists usefully introduced a concept that lacked recognized precedent in biology. Similarly, “phase change battery” provides an accurate analogy for the central finding of our work, and we have now elaborated this analogy in the text.

      Bibliography

      (1) Garcia-Seisdedos, H., Empereur-Mot, C., Elad, N. & Levy, E. D. Proteins evolve on the edge of supramolecular self-assembly. Nature 548, 244–247 (2017).

      (2) Alberti, S., Halfmann, R., King, O., Kapila, A. & Lindquist, S. A systematic survey identifies prions and illuminates sequence features of prionogenic proteins. Cell 137, 146–158 (2009).

      (3) Kimbrough, H. et al. A tool to dissect heterotypic determinants of homotypic protein phase behavior. Protein Sci. 34, e70194 (2025).

      (4) Glück, I. M. et al. Nanoscale organization of the endogenous ASC speck. iScience 26, 108382 (2023).

      (5) Posey, A. E. et al. Mechanistic inferences from analysis of measurements of protein phase transitions in live cells. J. Mol. Biol. 433, 166848 (2021).

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)

      Ali et al investigate the composition of putative kinetochore subcomplexes in the unicellular eukaryote Tetrahymena thermophila. Up to the point of this study, only a CENP-A ortholog and two subunits of the microtubule-binding Ndc80 complex had been clearly identified. This left open the question, whether Tetrahmena kinetochores follow the conventional organization found in common model systems such as yeast or human cells, or contain many unconventional proteins. The authors combine proximity biotinylation coupled to mass spectrometry with deep homology searches and structure predictions.

      Extensive bioinformatic analysis of the T. thermophila genome allows the authors to annotate 16 genes as kinetochore genes (KiTT). Using sequence comparisons with known kinetochore proteins, they were able to relate their novel KiTT proteins to the conserved kinetochore components Cenp A, Cenp C, the KMN network, as well as auxiliary proteins. In particular, the authors were able to complete the organization of the Ndc80 complex and identify subunits of the Mtw1/Mis12 complex and a Knl1 ortholog. This characterizes a KMN network as the centerpiece of the Tetrahymena kinetochore architecture.

      The CCAN seems to be represented solely by CENP-C, with key binding interfaces to KMN and CENP-A being preserved. An interesting aspect is that neither a Dam1-, nor a Ska homolog seems to support the Ndc80 complex. Instead, the authors identify a Kinesin-6 homolog that may potentially compensate for the absence of these factors.

      The study is well-designed, the results are thoughtfully discussed and the expertly conducted experiments highlight the power of combining experimental identification (BioID) with bioinformatic analyses.

      We appreciate the favorable assessment of our manuscript and would like to extend our thanks for the reviewers’ constructive criticisms and insightful comments. Where possible we aim to incorporate them (see below).

      Major comments The functional validation of the newly identified subunits using RNAi feels somewhat limited in this study. I understand there a technical limitations in this system, but whenever possible, I would at least expect the authors to explore differential effects on different parts of the kinetochore using the reagents they have at hand. In the particular, the authors show the effects of depleting KiTT12 (the kinesin-6 homolog) on Ndc80 kinetochore localization. It would be important to check effects also on CENP-A (using the anti-CNA1 antibody), or on other subunits. Given the available reagents, this should be readily possible.

      We agree that examining the effect of KiTT12 depletion on inner kinetochore components will strengthen the functional interpretation. While we do not expect, based on KiTT12’s relative location, a direct impact of KiTT12 RNAi on CNA1 (CENP-A) or CENP-C, we will perform immunofluorescence analyses using anti-CNA1 and anti-CENP-C antibodies in KiTT12 RNAi cells (and KiTT2 (NUF2) RNAi as control). These experiments will allow us to determine whether KiTT12 depletion specifically affects outer kinetochore integrity (as suggested by Ndc80 mislocalization) or more broadly perturbs kinetochore architecture (CNA1/CENP-C). We will include quantitative analyses of signal intensity and kinetochore organization to clarify potential hierarchical dependencies.

      The organization of the Knl1 ortholog and the question of whether a mitotic checkpoint is present, deserves some additional discussion. Interestingly, the positional organization of a PP1 binding motif at the N-terminus of a long disordered domain seems conserved. On the other hand, MELT motifs appear to be absent. The authors should discuss the implications of this some more. Is there an Mps1 homolog? What about the error correction machinery including Aurora B and the CPC? The putative MadBub homolog does not seem to localize to kinetochores, but maybe this is not detectable, unless the respective conditions (unattached kinetochores) are generated. Is it known, how the system reacts to spindle depolymerization?

      Tetrahymena does not appear to have a spindle checkpoint, given prior reports that chromosome segregation is not halted by microtubule depolymerization [Kaczanowski et al. 1985]. In line with this, the SAC protein orthologs that are present lack the motifs to mount a sufficient response and halt the cell cycle. We thus agree that the architecture of the Tetrahymena KNL1 ortholog and possible other SAC-related proteins raises important evolutionary questions. We will expand the discussion to address:

      • The absence of canonical MELT motifs in the Tetrahymena KNL1 ortholog.
      • The absence of a detectable Mps1 ortholog in our homology searches.
      • The divergence of the Tetrahymena MadBub protein and its lack of conserved KEN–ABBA–KEN motifs typically required for APC/C inhibition.
      • The absence of Mad2 and Mad2-binding motif in Cdc20. Relevant REFS:

      • Kaczanowski et al. 1985, Experimental Cell Research

      • Loidl et al. 2009, Molecular Biology of the Cell

      • Kops et al. 2020, Current Biology

      Minor comments - Introduction: When introducing the Tetrahymena kinetochore, please add some sentences on microtubule/spindle organization in the MIC. What is known about the kinetochore-microtubule attachment site in Tetrahymena?

      We will expand the introduction to include a concise description of spindle organization in the micronucleus (MIC), including known features of centromere clustering, spindle assembly, and microtubule attachment sites during MIC mitosis.

      Relevant REFs:

      • Davidson et al. 1975, Biosystems

      • Lafountain Jr et al. 1979, Chromosoma

      • Lafountain Jr et al. 1980, Cell Motility

      • Line 128: putative homology to Spc24 (E=13), comment on why this was considered, what cutoffs were applied etc..

      We will clarify the homology detection criteria, including E-value thresholds, domain architecture considerations, reciprocal searches, and structure-based validation. We will explain why this candidate was retained despite weak sequence similarity and how structural prediction strengthened confidence. In (very) short, we used the ‘top hit’ principle. E=13 for spc24 was simply the first hit and upon AlphaFold-predicted structures, the protein was clearly similar to spc24.

      • Line 135: briefly mention and discuss conservation of the RWD folds in the Spc24-25 orthologs.

      We will expand this section to explicitly describe conservation of the RWD fold and how structural modeling supports ortholog assignment despite sequence divergence. The E-values mentioned in line 128 for instance are for the RWD domain-only, not the full-length protein, we will further indicate this in the text.

      • Line 194: Maybe replace "show" with "suggest", given there is no experimental data behind the CENP-C identification

      We agree and will revise wording to “suggest” to avoid overstatement. However, we do want to point out that CENP-C/KiTT8 was identified experimentally as well through the BioID pipeline, and also an antibody was raised against KiTT8 that places this protein at the inner kinetochore.

      • Figure 7B: please add the information for the RNAi target directly to the Figure

      We will add the requested information directly to the figure.

      • Figures in the combined pdf: please add the respective Figure number or Supplementary Figure number directly on the Figure.

      We will add the figure numbers to the supplementary figure files.

      Significance (Required)

      While functional studies are often conducted in very few model organisms, exploring the evolutionary variations of kinetochore architecture can help to understand the design principles of kinetochores. I also helps to assign functions to specific subcomplexes and can reveal how adaptations of a core machinery occurs. Tetrahymena is historically an important experimental system that has had a great impact on the understanding of multiple aspects of nuclear biology. Deciphering the organization of the chromosome segregation machinery in this organism is therefore of great interest to researchers interested in mitosis and genome stability.


      Reviewer #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)

      Summary Ali, Raas et al. provide a comprehensive molecular characterization of the kinetochore in the ciliate Tetrahymena thermophila. By integrating proximity proteomics (TurboID) with structure-based "deep" homology detection, they identify 16 kinetochore proteins (KiTT1-16), including nine highly diverged "cryptic" orthologs of conserved LECA components and four lineage-specific proteins. Their results demonstrate that while the Tetrahymena kinetochore lacks a conventional CCAN complex, it maintains a recognizable outer kinetochore structure supplemented by novel proteins essential for faithful chromosome segregation.

      Major comments 1. Representation of known kinetochore diversity - Since this manuscript wants to highlight that it is important to characterize kinetochore components in different eukaryotic clades, it would be good to highlight the known diversity from the literature in Figure 1, e.g. indicating species/clades for which components have been experimentally validated vs. only computationally inferred. - It would be good to specifically highlight this on the figure for the clade closest to Tetrahymena in which KT components have been experimentally validated (Apicomplexa?). - L58-64: the sentences 'we have a limited understanding about kinetochore composition and function from other branches of the eukaryotic tree of life' and 'these surveys also uncovered a surprisingly extensive diversity of kinetochore composition across eukaryotes' seem to contradict each other. Instead of/in addition to the literature described in the introduction, as suggested above, having known diversity indicated on a figure would therefore be helpful. This could be done quite roughly, just mentioning the number of verified KT components and the number of species for which this was done.

      We will add a more elaborate version of Figure 1a (or include an extended version to the supplement), summarizing the requested information in the above three points. Indeed, our mention of diversity in lineages is an inferred one, not a directly tested one. We will amend the text to clarify this.

      • L46-L56: when explaining the structure of the KT, it would be good to already refer to a figure, like the diagram of a human KT in 1B. As it is now, the introduction first explains the general structure, and then goes into diversity. This is fine, but it would be easier to understand if the figure panels followed this order.

      We will include additional references to figure 1b at the appropriate places in the introduction.

      The data can sometimes be represented in a more straightforward manner: - L120-...: After reading through the whole text, I understand why the authors choose to talk about Spc24 and Spc25 first (since Spc25 is also used in the TurboID experiment). However, the presented pipeline for these two proteins is much less convincing than for the other proteins. Spc24/25: 'Some homology > slight structure similarity > right localization in immunostaining' vs. the pipeline for the other proteins: 'TurboID > confirmation using homology + immunostaining' (what is depicted in Fig. 2C). The latter is very convincing, but by starting off with the less convincing pipeline, the reader starts off on the wrong track. Since Spc24 is not used in the end for the first TurboID results, is Spc25 necessary at this point or can this come later?

      We used this ‘story line’ because it was the way it happened. It felt wrong to us to pretend we hadn’t already found Spc24 and Spc25 by bioinformatic means before doing the TurboID, which might also have caused concerns with some readers as to our ability to detect orthologs for these and other proteins. Of note: a re-analysis of the Spc24-BioID experiment revealed that it was previously wrongfully considered unusable, hence we now include it in our NDC80-C based TurboID discovery pipeline in Figure 2. We will where possible revise the narrative structure to more clearly explain the logic of the discovery pipeline, while maintaining transparency about the historical order in which candidates were identified. We will streamline the Spc24/25 section and more prominently introduce the TurboID-driven identification pipeline (Figure 2C) to guide the reader.

      • It is very good and thorough that the authors noticed that some of the KT proteins were simply missed because they were not part of the original predicted proteome. However, why weren't the TurboID analyses simply redone with the new proteome? The authors could still note that it was important to use the most recent version, but it would be much more straightforward for readers to immediately have the most up to date analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We agree that remapping to the most recent proteome annotation will improve clarity. We will remap the TurboID datasets to the updated Tetrahymena proteome, which includes Nnf1 and Csm1, and report whether additional components are identified. Of note: in a preliminary analysis with the newest version of the proteome we do not find any new proteins in the NDC80-C-TurboID experiments. We will also clarify in the manuscript what “not in original proteome” refers to and revise Figure 2C accordingly.

      Figure 4 and accompanying paragraph: this is an interesting analysis, but impossible to interpret without comparing with the branch length of other Tetrahymena proteins or Tetrahymena as a species (if I interpreted the analysis correctly). L251: 'this underscores the high rates of evolution of kinetochore proteins'. This could be true, but this isn't proven here because there is no comparison with the evolutionary rate of other proteins in Tetrahymena.

      The reviewer is correct in arguing that without comparisons to other proteins, the statement that kinetochores proteins in Tetrahymena evolved at high rates is incorrect, or at least not supported by the present data. What we meant was to say that they evolved at high/increased rates compared to kinetochore proteins of other species. This in our view explains why we have missed them in past searches, regardless of whether this is specific to the kinetochore in Tetrahymena or to Tetrahymena proteins in general. We will amend the text to reflect this more clearly. We will explicitly acknowledge analytical limitations and remove claims regarding lineage-specific acceleration.

      Figure 5: For further validation and to better show the layered structure of the Tetrahymena kinetochore it would be nice to have a couple of images here with increased resolution by using expansion microscopy.

      We agree that improved spatial resolution would strengthen the layered organization model. We will attempt to perform expansion microscopy (ExM) on selected tagged kinetochore components and incorporate representative images into the revised manuscript (main or supplementary figures).

      Minor comments - Abstract: if you are going to call out individual components, maybe also point out the few that were already known (KiTT1-2 and 14). Otherwise the reader might be confused about the missing numbers.

      We will revise this in the abstract.

      • L37: is 'cryptic ortholog' an official term? Doesn't this just depend on the starting point of the homology search and the number of experimentally verified hits you have in certain parts of the tree? Just wondering.

      This is a valid question. Indeed, ‘cryptic’ refers to the starting point of our study (based on our previous analyses) and the process towards identifying them as being canonical. We chose this term because we feel it signifies to the reader that identifying these orthologs required approaches beyond conventional orthology searches.

      • For future submissions, it would be useful to have the figure numbers indicated on the figures, because now it was sometimes difficult to keep track.

      As mentioned above, we will add the figure numbers to the revision.

      • L51: mentioning the SAC might make it a bit too complicated for people not 100% familiar with all the complexes. Either leave it out until later, or have a short sentence explaining what the SAC is.

      We will leave out the spindle assembly checkpoint (SAC) in the beginning and will bring it up at a later point, also explaining its explicit function.

      • Figure 1A: the identity of the black 'nuclei' is not explained for the Ciliophora and Apicomplexa in the figure or figure legend.

      We apologise for the confusing black organelles in apicomplexans, these are actually the micronemes and apical complex, characteristic features of these parasites. We will change the color to that of the clade so that it is clear that only ciliates have two types of nuclei (nuclear dimorphism).

      • In Figure 1B, instead of saying 'absent', wouldn't it be more correct to say something like 'not found/detected/identified'?

      We agree and will replace ‘absent’ by ‘not detected’.

      • Figure 1C. During interphase, sometimes homologous chromosomes seem to cluster at the centromeres (5 foci - example on the left), but sometimes they don't (10 foci - example on the right). Is this something you observe a lot? Is it strain-dependent?

      We thank the reviewer for making a very good point. In principle we take the cells showing 5 foci to be interphase cells. We interpret the cells with 10 foci to be cells just prior to mitosis. So these would be G2 cells where the homologous chromosomes have been replicated and the sister pairs are still seen together here. However, if this would be the case one would expect to see 20 centromeres/kinetochores in metaphase and this is not always observed. To prevent confusion on this point, we will replace the right panel in 1C for one that contains 5 foci and will make it more clear that these foci indeed represent homologous chromosomes. In addition, we will make panels to clearly show the behaviour of chromosomes over the different stages of mitosis.

      • Figure 1C (and later in Fig. 5): centromeres don't seem to align during metaphase. Is this true, or are these examples showing late metaphase/early anaphase?

      Indeed, a true metaphase similar to classic textbook images does not seem to be present. In 3D reconstructions we do see that kinetochores sit close to the nuclear envelope forming a sphere on the outside of the spindle, but almost never exactly in the same plane. Whether this means we simply have not caught true metaphase state, or there is none (like for instance in apicomplexans, which also do not appear to have a spindle checkpoint), is unclear at this point. We will further review our images and will use consistent stages for these images, and will revise terminology on metaphase state if warranted.

      • Why was STU2 included in the kinetochore? Wouldn't it be better classified as a MAP as in Fig. 3A? I saw this is actually discussed in the discussion, but maybe this explanation should come earlier.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and will add a short sentence about the MAP function of STU2, and kinetochore localization in other lineages in the introduction.

      • Figure 2A: 'strong similarity'. For a TM score of 0.4 and 0.54, I am not sure I would say 'strong similarity'. Visually, they also look different. TM is also not explained in the legend.

      What we meant to say with ‘strong similarity’ is that a domain is predicted with a matching set of secondary structure elements to the RWD domains in yeast Spc24/Spc25. As for the TM score, a score of ≥ 0.5 has been shown to be a robust metric for fold similarity significance , which is the case for the comparison of the putative T. thermophila Spc25 ortholog and the yeast ortholog. However, we acknowledge that the T. thermophila Spc24 ortholog shows additional beta sheets compared to its yeast counterpart and has a TM score below 0.5, and so we will tone down this statement and remove ‘strong similarity’. We nonetheless maintain that this protein is a Spc24 ortholog with derived properties in its RWD domain.

      Relevant reference on TM score interpretation:

      Xu & Yang 2010 Bioinformatics (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC2913670/)

      • Fig. 2D: why not PC2? Please explain this somewhere.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We shall add an elaborate explanation of the PC selection in the method section. In short, PC2 (together with PC1 or PC3) did not reveal any separate cluster/cloud of points surrounding the NDC80-C components (KiTT1-4). Since PC3 did reveal such a cluster, we opted to select PC3.

      • Fig. 3C-D: 'striking similarity', again, it is hard to evaluate whether this is true from the figures and TM values alone (all are >0.5). Either change the phrasing, or explain how much similarity one would expect between homologs.

      Please see our response to the previous question regarding the significance of a TM score of ≥ 0.5.

      • How certain are you that these are all diverged homologs? For example, for KNL1, could another RWD domain-containing protein have evolved to become a kinetochore protein?

      In most cases we consider multiple lines of evidence: AF2/3, HHsearch and overall protein topology, in the case of RWD KT proteins, a coiled-coil followed by a single or double RWD. In the case of SPC24, SPC25 and CSM1 we have clear best hits for both structure and sequence searches. For KNL1 (double RWD), we have a newer version of our eukaryote-wide ortholog alignment now usable for HHsearches, which reveals KiTT7 (KNL1) to be the best hit also. As such, the RWD domain proteins that we uncover are not merely some RWD, but are specifically those of the kinetochore that are found in other lineages. In addition, there are only very few double RWD proteins present amongst eukaryotes, which makes the proposed scenario of homolog replacement for KNL1 unlikely.

      • Fig. 5: why wasn't CNA1 used as a marker of the inner kinetochore or tested?

      The CNA1 antibody gave quite some background (see figure 1C), we therefore favored the use of the CENPC/KiTT8 antibody.

      • Fig. 8: There is a time axis below, but I'm not sure what is indicated on this axis. Are the events above mapped on this axis?

      We agree this axis may be confusing. The idea was to show a number of ancestral nodes relevant for the evolutionary events noted in this figure. We will add clear references in the figure to each of these ancestors.

      • L347-349: 'convergent evolution'. Is the loss of the CCAN convergent evolution, or was it already lost in the SAR common ancestor?

      This was indeed convergent evolution. Amongst Stramenopila most CCAN subunits can be detected (see for instance van Hooff et al. 2017). In addition, the alveolate ancestor already had the CCAN as we can clearly detect orthologs in Colponemida. We will add this piece of information to the presence/absence plot in either Figure 1 or in the supplemental (see comment above to Reviewer 1).

      Significance (Required)

      General Assessment: The study is robust, thorough, and well-written. The analyses are technically sound, and the authors avoid overstating their conclusions. Key strengths include the successful identification of diverged components using a "deep homology" pipeline and the functional validation of novel subunits. To improve the study, the data representation could be made more straightforward, and the manuscript structure could be condensed to better highlight the most convincing results. Finally, the claims on the speed of evolution of the kinetochore components need to be better supported.

      Advance: The study provides the first molecular map of a ciliate kinetochore. By uncovering "cryptic" orthologs that escaped previous detection, the work demonstrates that many "missing" complexes in diverse eukaryotes are likely present but highly diverged.

      Audience: This work will interest evolutionary cell biologists studying mitosis and kinetochores (especially those interested in eukaryotic diversity), as well as the ciliate research community. It also serves as a methodological roadmap for researchers using structural homology to identify divergent proteins in other non-model organisms.

      Expertise: My field of expertise includes evolutionary cell biology, kinetochores, centromeres, microbiology, microscopy and phylogenetics.


      Reviewer #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)

      Kinetochores are protein complexes essential for chromosome segregation in all eukaryotes. Unexpectedly, despite their crucial function, many kinetochore components evolve rapidly, which can hinder their identification based solely on sequence comparisons. In this study, the authors combine experimental and computational analyses to provide insights into the composition of the kinetochore protein complex in the ciliate Tetrahymena thermophila. This study makes an important contribution because kinetochore components in Tetrahymena have not previously been investigated experimentally, and the composition of the Tetrahymena complex was largely unknown.

      Starting with previously identified orthologs of the outer kinetochore proteins Ndc80 and Nuf2, the authors computationally identified the two additional members of the Ndc80 complex, Spc24 and Spc25. All four components were subjected to BioID analyses, leading to the identification of 23 additional candidates, some of which are factors known to be associated with centromeric chromatin in other eukaryotes (condensin, etc.). Focusing on a subset of unknown components, the authors provide experimental support for their kinetochore participation using microscopy and confirm distant homology with several known kinetochore components in other eukaryotes. Four components referred to as KiTT10-13, however, lack detectable orthology to known kinetochore components.

      Relative localization analyses using super-resolution microscopy revealed that KiTT10, 11, and 13 are more proximal to the inner kinetochore component CENP-C, while KiTT12 localizes closer to outer kinetochore components. Remote homology and phylogenetic analyses identify divergent WD40 or SANT domains in KiTT10 and 11, as well as a kinesin motor domain for the outer-kinetochore proximal KiTT12. Finally, RNAi-mediated depletion of KiTT12 demonstrated its requirement for accurate chromosome segregation and Ndc80 localization.

      Overall, I think this manuscript is interesting and makes an important contribution to the field of kinetochore biology. The results of this study, particularly regarding the novel kinetochore components identified, will likely also spark follow-up studies. My major comment concerns the discussion and presentation of the data:

      Major Comments At times, the explanation of homology search appears very technical and would not be accessible to non-experts..

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. Given that the homology detection approach is an important part of the message of our manuscript, we do think that it is warranted to keep some technicalities in the results section. However, we do agree that quite some detail could be quite easily transferred to a specific supplementary section about our homology detection approach. We will rewrite the results section to better suit non-experts.

      Moreover, the authors could include more details about their analysis of TurboID data to improve clarity.

      I was initially confused what does "not in original proteome" mean in the figure before understanding that two different proteome versions were used. I think it would be less confusing for the reader if the authors simply map their bioID data to the most recent version of the Tetrahymena proteome, which includes both Nnf1 and Csm1. Is it possible that this might also reveal the presence of other components in addition to the two that were specifically targeted?

      We agree that mapping to the most recent proteome annotation will eliminate confusion. We will remap all TurboID datasets to the updated proteome and report whether additional candidates are detected. We will revise the figure legends to clearly explain enrichment categories and annotation differences between proteome versions (or in a supplementary section). So far we have not detected any new proteins in a re-analysis of the MS data for components of the NDC80-C.

      The data presentation in Figure 2 is confusing and requires clarification of the analyses performed. The Figure legend for panel 2C is incomplete. For example, there is no mapping for the character "*" in the legend. The legend can be revised for better clarity. Also, more than 23 proteins are shown in the 2D inset; were those not enriched in the other BioID experiments? It would be helpful to include a legend for these hits as well.

      We will revise Figure 2 and its legend to:

      • Clearly define all symbols (including “*”).
      • Provide a complete legend for enriched hits.
      • Clarify PCA interpretation.
      • Explicitly state how many proteins are included and how they were categorized. I would be cautious about using the word comprehensive, as the identification depends on many aspects, including the completeness of the annotated proteome used to map the MassSpec spectra against. Even if their bioID experiments always converge on the same set of proteins, factors can still be missing due to annotation issues. In addition, certain components might be refractory for detection by MassSpec due to their amino acid composition. Other digestion methods, other than trypsin, could, however, identify those.

      We agree that this term overstates completeness. We will revise wording to reflect that our identification is extensive but dependent on proteome annotation and mass spectrometry detectability.

      Figure 4: I guess the result is somewhat expected given the previous inability to identify these components computationally. I guess the distribution of the non-tetrahymena components might be skewed towards lower sequence divergence, since they do not include orthologs that require experimental approaches for identification. If the authors agree, this could be added as a discussion.

      We agree with the reviewer that Figure 4 merely showcases why we could not detect these kinetochore orthologs in the first place. In our present analysis we did not include orthologs of species with previously shown ‘difficult-to-detect’ orthologs. We will add discussion acknowledging that detectable homologs in other species may be biased toward less divergent sequences and that experimental identification may reveal additional highly diverged components elsewhere.

      The telophase-specific localization of TTHERM_00932010 is interesting. Although the paper focuses on the structural composition of kinetochores, it would be useful if the authors included more details about this protein.

      We will expand the description of TTHERM_00932010 to provide additional contextual information regarding domain architecture, expression timing, and potential functional implications. Off note, for this protein we cannot detect any orthologs outside Tetrahymena spp.

      What is the function of kinesin-6, known roles with respect to chromosome segregation in other species?

      We already discuss the role of kinesin-6 in chromosome segregation in other species in the discussion section at L355-356 (bioRxiv v1). We will expand this section and add two more sentences on diverse functions of this family in eukaryotes.

      Perhaps MadBub localization is more apparent in the presence of unattached kinetochores? In that scenario, it would be useful if the authors knock down KiTT12 and test whether they can localize MadBub.

      We agree this is an interesting possibility. However, systematic spindle perturbation experiments fall outside the primary scope of this structural study. We will clarify this limitation and discuss it as a direction for future work.

      Minor comments It would be useful if the authors added either the expression of all genes or known constitutive genes as a background profile to Figure 2E, in order for the reader to be able to evaluate the G2/M specific increase in expression of bioID hits.

      The data has been taken from [Bertagna et al. 2025, Bioinformatics], and the expression profiles of all the other proteins are provided for inspection by the reviewer/reader (see Table S3). The data representation asked for by the reviewer can thus be found in Bertagna et al. 2025. To provide further overview, we will add a supplementary figure including expression profile for protein with peaks in each of the cell cycle phases, including an overview of those peaking in G2/M.

      What is TTHERM_0046753? One of the identified unknown hits? It is also not part of Figure 2E unless this is a typo and the correct identifier should be 00467535?

      The reviewer is correct that this is a typo on our end, for which we apologise. The correct identifier should be 00467535.

      Why are 29 expressions shown in 2E but only 27 mentioned in the text (23 bioID hits as well as the four Ndc80 complex components)? Or did the authors instead identify 25 specific bioID hits that were further classified into the different categories? A rewrite on this section would likely help the reader to better understand the analyses of the PCA data.

      We agree this section can do with some optimization. We will clarify the number of proteins included in PCA and expression analyses and revise the relevant section for clarity.

      Significance (Required)

      This study highlights the importance of non-model organisms, such as ciliates, in understanding the evolution of the chromosome segregation machinery. Studies on such organisms would shed light on the evolutionary aspects of kinetochore biology.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Kinetochores are protein complexes essential for chromosome segregation in all eukaryotes. Unexpectedly, despite their crucial function, many kinetochore components evolve rapidly, which can hinder their identification based solely on sequence comparisons. In this study, the authors combine experimental and computational analyses to provide insights into the composition of the kinetochore protein complex in the ciliate Tetrahymena thermophila. This study makes an important contribution because kinetochore components in Tetrahymena have not previously been investigated experimentally, and the composition of the Tetrahymena complex was largely unknown. Starting with previously identified orthologs of the outer kinetochore proteins Ndc80 and Nuf2, the authors computationally identified the two additional members of the Ndc80 complex, Spc24 and Spc25. All four components were subjected to BioID analyses, leading to the identification of 23 additional candidates, some of which are factors known to be associated with centromeric chromatin in other eukaryotes (condensin, etc.). Focusing on a subset of unknown components, the authors provide experimental support for their kinetochore participation using microscopy and confirm distant homology with several known kinetochore components in other eukaryotes. Four components referred to as KiTT10-13, however, lack detectable orthology to known kinetochore components. Relative localization analyses using super-resolution microscopy revealed that KiTT10, 11, and 13 are more proximal to the inner kinetochore component CENP-C, while KiTT12 localizes closer to outer kinetochore components. Remote homology and phylogenetic analyses identify divergent WD40 or SANT domains in KiTT10 and 11, as well as a kinesin motor domain for the outer-kinetochore proximal KiTT12. Finally, RNAi-mediated depletion of KiTT12 demonstrated its requirement for accurate chromosome segregation and Ndc80 localization. Overall, I think this manuscript is interesting and makes an important contribution to the field of kinetochore biology. The results of this study, particularly regarding the novel kinetochore components identified, will likely also spark follow-up studies. My major comment concerns the discussion and presentation of the data:

      Major Comments

      At times, the explanation of homology search appears very technical and would not be accessible to non-experts. Moreover, the authors could include more details about their analysis of TurboID data to improve clarity. I was initially confused what does "not in original proteome" mean in the figure before understanding that two different proteome versions were used. I think it would be less confusing for the reader if the authors simply map their bioID data to the most recent version of the Tetrahymena proteome, which includes both Nnf1 and Csm1. Is it possible that this might also reveal the presence of other components in addition to the two that were specifically targeted?<br /> The data presentation in Figure 2 is confusing and requires clarification of the analyses performed. The Figure legend for panel 2C is incomplete. For example, there is no mapping for the character "*" in the legend. The legend can be revised for better clarity. Also, more than 23 proteins are shown in the 2D inset; were those not enriched in the other BioID experiments? It would be helpful to include a legend for these hits as well. I would be cautious about using the word comprehensive, as the identification depends on many aspects, including the completeness of the annotated proteome used to map the MassSpec spectra against. Even if their bioID experiments always converge on the same set of proteins, factors can still be missing due to annotation issues. In addition, certain components might be refractory for detection by MassSpec due to their amino acid composition. Other digestion methods, other than trypsin, could, however, identify those.<br /> Figure 4: I guess the result is somewhat expected given the previous inability to identify these components computationally. I guess the distribution of the non-tetrahymena components might be skewed towards lower sequence divergence, since they do not include orthologs that require experimental approaches for identification. If the authors agree, this could be added as a discussion.<br /> The telophase-specific localization of TTHERM_00932010 is interesting. Although the paper focuses on the structural composition of kinetochores, it would be useful if the authors included more details about this protein. What is the function of kinesin-6, known roles with respect to chromosome segregation in other species? Perhaps MadBub localization is more apparent in the presence of unattached kinetochores? In that scenario, it would be useful if the authors knock down KiTT12 and test whether they can localize MadBub.

      Minor comments

      It would be useful if the authors added either the expression of all genes or known constitutive genes as a background profile to Figure 2E, in order for the reader to be able to evaluate the G2/M specific increase in expression of bioID hits What is TTHERM_0046753? One of the identified unknown hits? It is also not part of Figure 2E unless this is a typo and the correct identifier should be 00467535? Why are 29 expressions shown in 2E but only 27 mentioned in the text (23 bioID hits as well as the four Ndc80 complex components)? Or did the authors instead identify 25 specific bioID hits that were further classified into the different categories? A rewrite on this section would likely help the reader to better understand the analyses of the PCA data.

      Significance

      This study highlights the importance of non-model organisms, such as ciliates, in understanding the evolution of the chromosome segregation machinery. Studies on such organisms would shed light on the evolutionary aspects of kinetochore biology.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      Ali, Raas et al. provide a comprehensive molecular characterization of the kinetochore in the ciliate Tetrahymena thermophila. By integrating proximity proteomics (TurboID) with structure-based "deep" homology detection, they identify 16 kinetochore proteins (KiTT1-16), including nine highly diverged "cryptic" orthologs of conserved LECA components and four lineage-specific proteins. Their results demonstrate that while the Tetrahymena kinetochore lacks a conventional CCAN complex, it maintains a recognizable outer kinetochore structure supplemented by novel proteins essential for faithful chromosome segregation.

      Major comments

      1. Representation of known kinetochore diversity
        • Since this manuscript wants to highlight that it is important to characterize kinetochore components in different eukaryotic clades, it would be good to highlight the known diversity from the literature in Figure 1, e.g. indicating species/clades for which components have been experimentally validated vs. only computationally inferred.
        • It would be good to specifically highlight this on the figure for the clade closest to Tetrahymena in which KT components have been experimentally validated (Apicomplexa?).
        • L58-64: the sentences 'we have a limited understanding about kinetochore composition and function from other branches of the eukaryotic tree of life' and 'these surveys also uncovered a surprisingly extensive diversity of kinetochore composition across eukaryotes' seem to contradict each other. Instead of/in addition to the literature described in the introduction, as suggested above, having known diversity indicated on a figure would therefore be helpful. This could be done quite roughly, just mentioning the number of verified KT components and the number of species for which this was done.
        • L46-L56: when explaining the structure of the KT, it would be good to already refer to a figure, like the diagram of a human KT in 1B. As it is now, the introduction first explains the general structure, and then goes into diversity. This is fine, but it would be easier to understand if the figure panels followed this order.
      2. The data can sometimes be represented in a more straightforward manner:
        • L120-...: After reading through the whole text, I understand why the authors choose to talk about Spc24 and Spc25 first (since Spc25 is also used in the TurboID experiment). However, the presented pipeline for these two proteins is much less convincing than for the other proteins. Spc24/25: 'Some homology > slight structure similarity > right localization in immunostaining' vs. the pipeline for the other proteins: 'TurboID > confirmation using homology + immunostaining' (what is depicted in Fig. 2C). The latter is very convincing, but by starting off with the less convincing pipeline, the reader starts off on the wrong track. Since Spc24 is not used in the end for the first TurboID results, is Spc25 necessary at this point or can this come later?
        • It is very good and thorough that the authors noticed that some of the KT proteins were simply missed because they were not part of the original predicted proteome. However, why weren't the TurboID analyses simply redone with the new proteome? The authors could still note that it was important to use the most recent version, but it would be much more straightforward for readers to immediately have the most up to date analysis.
      3. Figure 4 and accompanying paragraph: this is an interesting analysis, but impossible to interpret without comparing with the branch length of other Tetrahymena proteins or Tetrahymena as a species (if I interpreted the analysis correctly). L251: 'this underscores the high rates of evolution of kinetochore proteins'. This could be true, but this isn't proven here because there is no comparison with the evolutionary rate of other proteins in Tetrahymena.
      4. Figure 5: For further validation and to better show the layered structure of the Tetrahymena kinetochore it would be nice to have a couple of images here with increased resolution by using expansion microscopy.

      Minor comments

      • Abstract: if you are going to call out individual components, maybe also point out the few that were already known (KiTT1-2 and 14). Otherwise the reader might be confused about the missing numbers.
      • L37: is 'cryptic ortholog' an official term? Doesn't this just depend on the starting point of the homology search and the number of experimentally verified hits you have in certain parts of the tree? Just wondering.
      • For future submissions, it would be useful to have the figure numbers indicated on the figures, because now it was sometimes difficult to keep track.
      • L51: mentioning the SAC might make it a bit too complicated for people not 100% familiar with all the complexes. Either leave it out until later, or have a short sentence explaining what the SAC is.
      • Figure 1A: the identity of the black 'nuclei' is not explained for the Ciliophora and Apicomplexa in the figure or figure legend.
      • In Figure 1B, instead of saying 'absent', wouldn't it be more correct to say something like 'not found/detected/identified'? Figure 1C. During interphase, sometimes homologous chromosomes seem to cluster at the centromeres (5 foci - example on the left), but sometimes they don't (10 foci - example on the right). Is this something you observe a lot? Is it strain-dependent?
      • Figure 1C (and later in Fig. 5): centromeres don't seem to align during metaphase. Is this true, or are these examples showing late metaphase/early anaphase?
      • Why was STU2 included in the kinetochore? Wouldn't it be better classified as a MAP as in Fig. 3A? I saw this is actually discussed in the discussion, but maybe this explanation should come earlier.
      • Figure 2A: 'strong similarity'. For a TM score of 0.4 and 0.54, I am not sure I would say 'strong similarity'. Visually, they also look different. TM is also not explained in the legend.
      • Fig. 2D: why not PC2? Please explain this somewhere.
      • Fig. 3C-D: 'striking similarity', again, it is hard to evaluate whether this is true from the figures and TM values alone (all are >0.5). Either change the phrasing, or explain how much similarity one would expect between homologs.
      • How certain are you that these are all diverged homologs? For example, for KNL1, could another RWD domain-containing protein have evolved to become a kinetochore protein?
      • Fig. 5: why wasn't CNA1 used as a marker of the inner kinetochore or tested?
      • Fig. 8: There is a time axis below, but I'm not sure what is indicated on this axis. Are the events above mapped on this axis?
      • L347-349: 'convergent evolution'. Is the loss of the CCAN convergent evolution, or was it already lost in the SAR common ancestor?

      Significance

      General Assessment: The study is robust, thorough, and well-written. The analyses are technically sound, and the authors avoid overstating their conclusions. Key strengths include the successful identification of diverged components using a "deep homology" pipeline and the functional validation of novel subunits. To improve the study, the data representation could be made more straightforward, and the manuscript structure could be condensed to better highlight the most convincing results. Finally, the claims on the speed of evolution of the kinetochore components need to be better supported.

      Advance: The study provides the first molecular map of a ciliate kinetochore. By uncovering "cryptic" orthologs that escaped previous detection, the work demonstrates that many "missing" complexes in diverse eukaryotes are likely present but highly diverged.

      Audience: This work will interest evolutionary cell biologists studying mitosis and kinetochores (especially those interested in eukaryotic diversity), as well as the ciliate research community. It also serves as a methodological roadmap for researchers using structural homology to identify divergent proteins in other non-model organisms.

      Expertise: My field of expertise includes evolutionary cell biology, kinetochores, centromeres, microbiology, microscopy and phylogenetics.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here the authors attempted to test whether the function of Mettl5 in sleep regulation was conserved in drosophila, and if so, by which molecular mechanisms. To do so they performed sleep analysis, as well as RNA-seq and ribo-seq in order to identify the downstream targets. They found that the loss of one copy of Mettl5 affects sleep and that its catalytic activity is important for this function. Transcriptional and proteomic analyses show that multiple pathways were altered, including the clock signaling pathway and the proteasome. Based on these changes the authors propose that Mettl5 modulate sleep through regulation of the clock genes, both at the level of their production and degradation.

      Strengths:

      The phenotypical consequence of the loss of one copy of Mettl5 on sleep function is clear and well-documented.

      Weaknesses:

      The imaging and molecular parts are less convincing.

      - The colocalization of Mettl5 with glial and neuronal cells is not very clear

      We truly appreciate your suggestion. We repeated the staining experiments. To ensure better results, we tried another antibody of ELAV (mouse) and optimized the experimental conditions. This result has been included in the Figure S1 of the revised version.

      - The section on gene ontology analysis is long and confusing

      The session is revised for clarity. To get a better flow of logic, we deleted the paragraph which describing the details of Figure S6.

      - Among all the pathways affected the focus on proteosome sounds like cherry picking. And there is no experiment demonstrating its impact in the Mettl5 phenotype

      Thank you for the comments. The changes of period oppositely at transcriptional versus translational levels puzzled us a while until we found the ubiquitin pathway components changes. The regulation of Period protein degradation by ubiquitin-proteasome pathway has been well documented (Grima et al., 2002; Ko et al., 2002; Chiu et al., 2008). In addition, previous reports indicated that N6 methyladenosine (m6A) regulates ubiquitin proteasome pathway in skeletal muscle physiology (Sun et al., 2023). This information has been included in the revised manuscript in the last paragraph under the title: Mettl5 regulates the clock gene regulatory loop.

      Indeed, we haven’t found a proper way to manipulate proteasome levels in genetic tests. Proteasome is a large protein complex which is composed of many subunits. Enhancing the its activity by overexpressing its components was not applicable. Moreover, proteasome has important function during many biological processed. Disrupting its function by simply MG132 treatment which we tried results in lots of side effects.

      In this study, we also noticed the codon usage alteration caused by mettl5 mutant. Please refer to the answers to the following question for details. Previous reports also found the regulation of mettl5 on translation in other systems (Rong et al, 2020; Peng et al., 2022). Based on these analyses, it is possible that both the regulation on translation and protein degradation contributed the period protein upregulation found in mettl5 mutant. This idea has been included in the Discussion session of the revised manuscript.

      References

      Sun J, Zhou H, Chen Z, et al. Altered m6A RNA methylation governs denervation-induced muscle atrophy by regulating ubiquitin proteasome pathway. J Transl Med. 2023;21(1):845. Published 2023 Nov 23. doi:10.1186/s12967-023-04694-3

      Grima, B. et al. The F-box protein slimb controls the levels of clock proteins period and timeless. Nature 420, 178–182 (2002).

      Ko, H. W., Jiang, J. & Edery, I. Role for Slimb in the degradation of Drosophila period protein phosphorylated by doubletime. Nature 420, 673–678 (2002).

      Chiu, J. C., Vanselow, J. T., Kramer, A. & Edery, I. The phosphooccupancy of an atypical SLIMB-binding site on PERIOD that is phosphorylated by DOUBLETIME controls the pace of the clock. Genes Dev. 22, 1758–1772 (2008).

      - The ribo seq shows some changes at the level of translation efficiency but there is no connection with the Mettl5 phenotypes. In other words, how the increased usage of some codons impact clock signalling. Are the genes enriched for these codons?

      Thank you for raising this point. In our analysis, we observed an increased usage of the codons for Asp in the Mettl5 mutant. Prior work has reported a possible connection between codon usage and per protein activity. In the report, a per version with optimized codon cannot rescue circadian rhythmicity caused by per mutant, in contrast to WT version (Fu J et al. 2016). Further study indicated that dPER protein levels were also elevated in the mutant flies, suggesting a role for codon optimization in enhancing dPER expression (Figure 2B in Fu J et al. 2016). Consistent with this, we analyzed the region of codon optimization in Fu J et al. 2016. The result indicated that that GAC has a relatively high usage rate in these regions (indicated in the following two Author response image charts by the red arrow), suggesting that the Mettl5 mutation may influence per protein accumulation through altered GAC usage. Further experiments are needed to confirm this possibility. We included these details in the second last paragraph of the Discussion session.

      Author response image 1.

      15-21

      SDSAYSN

      Author response image 2.

      43-316

      SSGSSGYGGKPSTQASSSDMIIKRNKEKSRKKKKPKCIALATATTVSLEGTEESPLPANGGCEKVLQELQDTQQLGEPLVVTETQLSEQLLETEQNEDQNKSEQLAQFPLPTPIVTTLSPGIGPGHDCVGGASGGAVAGGCSVVGAGTDKTSELIPGKLESAGTKPSQERPKEESFCCVISMHDGIVLYTTPSISDVLGFPRDMWLGRSFIDFVHHKDRATFASQITTGIPIAESRGCMPKDARSTFCVMLRRYRGLNSGGFGVIGRAVNYEPF

      Fu J, Murphy KA, Zhou M, Li YH, Lam VH, Tabuloc CA, Chiu JC, Liu Y. Codon usage affects the structure and function of the Drosophila circadian clock protein PERIOD. Genes Dev. 2016 Aug 1;30(15):1761-75.

      - A few papers already demonstrated the role of Mettl5 in translation, even at the structural level (Rong et al, Cell reports 2020) and this was not commented by the authors. In Peng et al, 2022 the authors show that the m6A bridges the 18S rRNA with RPL24. Is this conserved in Drosophila?

      Thanks for the reminder. We discussed and cited these papers in the revised version.

      Rong B, Zhang Q, Wan J, et al. Ribosome 18S m<sup>6</sup>A Methyltransferase METTL5 Promotes Translation Initiation and Breast Cancer Cell Growth. Cell Rep. 2020;33(12):108544. doi:10.1016/j.celrep.2020.108544

      Peng H, Chen B, Wei W, et al. N<sup>6</sup>-methyladenosine (m<sup>6</sup>A) in 18S rRNA promotes fatty acid metabolism and oncogenic transformation. Nat Metab. 2022;4(8):1041-1054. doi:10.1038/s42255-022-00622-9

      - The text will require strong editing and the authors should check and review extensively for improvements to the use of English.

      Thanks. The text of the paper are thoroughly revised.

      Conclusion

      Despite the effort to identify the underlying molecular defects following the loss of Mettl5 the authors felt short in doing so. Some of the results are over-interpreted and more experiments will be needed to understand how Mettl5 controls the translation of its targets. References to previous works was poorly commented.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We have incorporated the references mentioned above. However, our efforts have thus far fallen short of elucidating a precise picture of METTL5's functional mechanism. To address this, the limitations of the current study have been discussed more thoroughly in the revised main text.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors define the m6A methyltransferase Mettl5 as a novel sleep-regulatory gene that contributes to specific aspects of Drosophila sleep behaviors (i.e., sleep drive and arousal at early night; sleep homeostasis) and propose the possible implication of Mettl5-dependent clocks in this process. The model was primarily based on the assessment of sleep changes upon genetic/transgenic manipulations of Mettl5 expression (including CRISPR-deletion allele); differentially expressed genes between wild-type vs. Mettl5 mutant; and interaction effects of Mettl5 and clock genes on sleep. These findings exemplify how a subclass of m6A modifications (i.e., Mettl5-dependent m6A) and possible epi-transcriptomic control of gene expression could impact animal behaviors.

      Strengths:

      Comprehensive DEG analyses between control and Mettl5 mutant flies reveal the landscape of Mettl5-dependent gene regulation at both transcriptome and translatome levels. The molecular/genetic features underlying Mettl5-dependent gene expression may provide important clues to molecular substrates for circadian clocks, sleep, and other physiology relevant to Mettl5 function in Drosophila.

      Weaknesses:

      While these findings indicate the potential implication of Mettl5-dependent gene regulation in circadian clocks and sleep, several key data require substantial improvement and rigor of experimental design and data interpretation for fair conclusions. Weaknesses of this study and possible complications in the original observations include but are not limited to:

      (1) Genetic backgrounds in Mettl5 mutants: the heterozygosity of Mettl5 deletion causes sleep suppression at early night and long-period rhythms in circadian behaviors. The transgenic rescue using Gal4/UAS may support the specificity of the Mettl5 effects on sleep. However, it does not necessarily exclude the possibility that the Mettl5 deletion stocks somehow acquired long-period mutation allelic to other clock genes. Additional genetic/transgenic models of Mettl5 (e.g., homozygous or trans-heterozygous mutants of independent Mettl5 alleles; Mettl5 RNAi etc.) can address the background issue and determine 1) whether sleep suppression tightly correlates with long-period rhythms in Mettl5 mutants; and 2) whether Mettl5 effects are actually mapped to circadian pacemaker neurons (e.g., PDF- or tim-positive neurons) to affect circadian behaviors, clock gene expression, and synaptic plasticity in a cell-autonomous manner and thereby regulate sleep. Unfortunately, most experiments in the current study rely on a single genetic model (i.e., Mettl5 heterozygous mutant).

      We believe that the multiple rescue experiments presented in Figure 1H-L and Figure 2H-L have effectively addressed the background concern. To further confirm this, we have subsequently repeated sleep and circadian rhythm assays using RNAi lines, aiming to further eliminate any remaining concerns in this regard. It appears to replicate the reduced sleep phenotype seen at night. This result has been included in the Figure S1. It is true that we have not specifically addressed whether the effects of Mettl5 are mapped to circadian pacemaker neurons in this study. We acknowledge this as a limitation and appreciate the importance of this question. Further investigations focusing on circadian pacemaker neurons, such as PDF- or tim-positive neurons, would be necessary to clarify the precise role of Mettl5 in regulating circadian behaviors and related molecular mechanisms.

      (2) Gene expression and synaptic plasticity: gene expression profiles and the synaptic plasticity should be assessed by multiple time-point analyses since 1) they display high-amplitude oscillations over the 24-h window and 2) any phase-delaying mutation (e.g., Mettl5 deletion) could significantly affect their circadian changes. The current study performed a single time-point assessment of circadian clock/synaptic gene expression, misleading the conclusion for Mettl5 effects. Considering long-period rhythms in Mettl5 mutant clocks, transcriptome/translatome profiles in Mettl5 cannot distinguish between direct vs. indirect targets of Mettl5 (i.e., gene regulation by the loss of Mettl5-dependent m6A vs. by the delayed circadian phase in Mettl5 mutants).

      In the revised version, we provided data collected at multiple time points. Specifically, we reexamined the per expression at both transcriptional and translational levels at different timepoints. The corresponding results were incorporated in Figure 4 D-F. We also dissected fly brains from UAS-DenMark, UAS-syt.eGFP/+; pdf-GAL4/+ and UAS-DenMark, UAS-syt.eGFP/+; pdf-GAL4/Mettl5<sup>1bp</sup> at these four time points to quantify the synaptic structures of PDF neurons. The result has been included in revised Figure 6.

      (3) The text description for gene expression profiling and Mettl5-dependent gene regulation was very detailed, yet there is a huge gap between gene expression profiling and sleep/behavioral analyses. The model in Figure 5 should be better addressed and validated.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We added data to better confirm the expression changes of PER protein at different time points. Indeed, what you mention is the weak point of this paper. We did analysis thoroughly during the revision process.

      The opposing changes in Period at the transcriptional versus translational levels puzzled us for some time until we identified alterations in the ubiquitin pathway components. The regulation of Period protein degradation by the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway is well-documented (Grima et al., 2002; Ko et al., 2002; Chiu et al., 2008). Additionally, previous studies have shown that N6-methyladenosine (m6A) modulates the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in skeletal muscle physiology (Sun et al., 2023). We have incorporated this information into the revised manuscript in the last paragraph under the section titled: Clock gene regulatory loop regulating circadian rhythm was affected by Mettl5<sup>1bp</sup>

      Indeed, we have not yet identified an effective method to manipulate proteasome levels in genetic tests. The proteasome is a large protein complex composed of numerous subunits, making it impractical to enhance its activity simply by overexpressing individual components. Furthermore, the proteasome plays a critical role in many biological processes. Disrupting its function—such as through MG132 treatment, which we attempted—leads to significant off-target effects.

      Sun J, Zhou H, Chen Z, et al. Altered m6A RNA methylation governs denervation-induced muscle atrophy by regulating ubiquitin proteasome pathway. J Transl Med. 2023;21(1):845. Published 2023 Nov 23. doi:10.1186/s12967-023-04694-3

      Grima, B. et al. The F-box protein slimb controls the levels of clock proteins period and timeless. Nature 420, 178–182 (2002).

      Ko, H. W., Jiang, J. & Edery, I. Role for Slimb in the degradation of Drosophila period protein phosphorylated by doubletime. Nature 420, 673–678 (2002).

      Chiu, J. C., Vanselow, J. T., Kramer, A. & Edery, I. The phosphooccupancy of an atypical SLIMB-binding site on PERIOD that is phosphorylated by DOUBLETIME controls the pace of the clock. Genes Dev. 22, 1758–1772 (2008).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Xiaoyu Wu and colleagues examined the potential role in sleep of a Drosophila ribosomal RNA methyltransferase, mettl5. Based on sleep defects reported in CRISPR generated mutants, the authors performed both RNA-seq and Ribo-seq analyses of head tissue from mutants and compared to control animals collected at the same time point. While these data were subjected to a thorough analysis, it was difficult to understand the relative direction of differential expression between the two genotypes. In any case, a major conclusion was that the mutant showed altered expression of circadian clock genes, and that the altered expression of the period gene in particular accounted for the sleep defect reported in the mettl5 mutant. As noted above, a strength of this work is its relevance to a human developmental disorder as well as the transcriptomic and ribosomal profiling of the mutant. However, there are numerous weaknesses in the manuscript, most of which stem from misinterpretation of the findings, some methodological approaches, and also a lack of method detail provided. The authors seemed to have missed a major phenotype associated with the mettl5 mutant, which is that it caused a significant increase in period length, which was apparent even in a light: dark cycle. Thus the effect of the mutant on clock gene expression more likely contributed to this phenotype than any associated with changes in sleep behavior.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some of the questions that the authors should address are the following ones:

      How does Mettl5 control the translation of the clock genes ? Why the level of some genes are specifically increased or decreased? What is the relation with the effect on uORF and dORF, overlapping and non overlapping ones? The observation of these defects is interesting but how they occurs and how they impact clock signaling is missing.

      Thank you for your suggestion. This is the weak point of this paper. We did analysis thoroughly during the revision process.

      The opposing changes in Period at the transcriptional versus translational levels puzzled us for some time until we identified alterations in the ubiquitin pathway components. The regulation of Period protein degradation by the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway is well-documented (Grima et al., 2002; Ko et al., 2002; Chiu et al., 2008). Additionally, previous studies have shown that N6-methyladenosine (m6A) modulates the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway in skeletal muscle physiology (Sun et al., 2023). We have incorporated this information into the revised manuscript in the last paragraph under the section titled: Clock gene regulatory loop regulating circadian rhythm was affected by Mettl5<sup>1bp</sup>.

      Indeed, we have not yet identified an effective method to manipulate proteasome levels in genetic tests. The proteasome is a large protein complex composed of numerous subunits, making it impractical to enhance its activity simply by overexpressing individual components. Furthermore, the proteasome plays a critical role in many biological processes. Disrupting its function—such as through MG132 treatment, which we attempted—leads to significant off-target effects.

      In this study, we also observed codon usage alterations caused by the mettl5 mutant. For details, please refer to our responses to 4th question of the weakness session above. Previous studies have reported mettl5's role in translational regulation in other systems (Rong et al., 2020; Peng et al., 2022). Based on these findings, we propose that both translational regulation and protein degradation may contribute to the upregulation of Period protein in the mettl5 mutant. This hypothesis has been included in the Discussion section of the revised manuscript.

      “The mechanism by which METTL5 regulates translation warrants further investigation. Previous studies have demonstrated that METTL5 influences translation (Rong et al., 2020; Peng et al., 2022), but whether the mechanisms identified here are conserved across other systems remains an intriguing question. In our analysis, we observed increased usage of aspartate (Asp) codons in Mettl5 mutants. Notably, prior work has linked codon usage to PER protein function—specifically, a codon-optimized version of PER failed to rescue circadian rhythmicity in per mutant flies, unlike the wild-type version (Fu et al., 2016). Further analysis revealed that PER protein levels were elevated in these mutants, suggesting that codon optimization enhances PER expression (Figure 2B in Fu et al., 2016). Strikingly, when we examined the codon-optimized region from Fu et al. (2016), we found that GAC (Asp) was highly enriched, raising the possibility that Mettl5 mutation affects PER protein accumulation by altering GAC codon usage. Additional experiments will be needed to validate this hypothesis. Furthermore, we detected changes in upstream open reading frames (uORFs) in Mettl5 mutants, but their relationship to translational regulation requires further exploration.”

      References

      Sun J, Zhou H, Chen Z, et al. Altered m6A RNA methylation governs denervation-induced muscle atrophy by regulating ubiquitin proteasome pathway. J Transl Med. 2023;21(1):845. Published 2023 Nov 23. doi:10.1186/s12967-023-04694-3

      Grima, B. et al. The F-box protein slimb controls the levels of clock proteins period and timeless. Nature 420, 178–182 (2002).

      Ko, H. W., Jiang, J. & Edery, I. Role for Slimb in the degradation of Drosophila period protein phosphorylated by doubletime. Nature 420, 673–678 (2002).

      Chiu, J. C., Vanselow, J. T., Kramer, A. & Edery, I. The phosphooccupancy of an atypical SLIMB-binding site on PERIOD that is phosphorylated by DOUBLETIME controls the pace of the clock. Genes Dev. 22, 1758–1772 (2008).

      Rong B, Zhang Q, Wan J, et al. Ribosome 18S m<sup>6</sup>A Methyltransferase METTL5 Promotes Translation Initiation and Breast Cancer Cell Growth. Cell Rep. 2020;33(12):108544. doi:10.1016/j.celrep.2020.108544

      Peng H, Chen B, Wei W, et al. N<sup>6</sup>-methyladenosine (m<sup>6</sup>A) in 18S rRNA promotes fatty acid metabolism and oncogenic transformation. Nat Metab. 2022;4(8):1041-1054. doi:10.1038/s42255-022-00622-9

      Fu J, Murphy KA, Zhou M, Li YH, Lam VH, Tabuloc CA, Chiu JC, Liu Y. Codon usage affects the structure and function of the Drosophila circadian clock protein PERIOD. Genes Dev. 2016 Aug 1;30(15):1761-75.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please find my comments to improve the quality of your manuscript.

      Major comments

      (1) The quality of text writing in English needs to be at publishable levels. It is not a trivial problem, but it literally impairs the readability of your work. So please have professionals edit your manuscript text appropriately.

      We have carefully revised the language throughout the manuscript during the revision process.

      (2) Fig 1O: please include the total sleep profile and other analyses for rebound sleep phenotypes in control vs. Mettl5 to better validate that both genotypes were comparably sleep-deprived, but the latter shows less sleep rebound.

      Thank you for your suggestion, The other reviewer also suggested to reanalyze the sleep rebound data. We did the analysis according to the following reference. We included data sleep profiles of both genotypes in original Fig 1O. Total sleep profile and other analyses for rebound sleep phenotypes are included in the revised panel. As shown in this revised panel (now Figure 1K, L), both genotypes were comparably sleep-deprived.

      Cirelli C, Bushey D, Hill S, Huber R, Kreber R, Ganetzky B, Tononi G. 2005. Reduced sleep in Drosophila Shaker mutants. Nature 434:1087-92.

      (3) Line 90: the authors did not actually address this critical question. Additional Gal4 mapping (e.g., Mettl5 rescue or Mettl5 RNAi) will determine which cells/neural circuits are important for Mettl5-dependent sleep.

      This sentence has been revised into “The observed expression pattern of Mettl5 further supports its sleep regulatory function.”

      (4) Fig 1H-L; Fig 2H-L: the authors should check if overexpression of wild-type or mutant Mettl5 in control backgrounds could affect nighttime sleep to better define the transgenic effects among overexpression, rescue, and dominant-negative.

      Thank you for the comment. We added the overexpression phenotypes in the revised version.

      (5) Lines 225-226. Fig S11: The neural projections from PDF-expressing neurons should be better imaged and quantified. Current images can visualize PDF projections onto the optic lobe but not others (e.g., dorsal, POT), so the conclusion is not validated.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We acknowledge the limitation in the current images of PDF-expressing neuronal projections. We included new, higher-resolution images to better visualize and quantify the neural projections, including the dorsal and POT regions, to ensure the conclusion is well-supported.

      (6) Lines 230-232: per RNA/PER protein expression oscillates daily, so the authors should perform time-point experiments to conclude Mettl5 effects on clock gene expression, including per.

      Thank you for the insightful comment. We performed experiments in the Mettl5 mutant background at four time points to analyze PER protein expression using both RT-PCR and Western blot (anti-PER). The updated results have been included in Figure 4D-F.

      (7) Lines 235-238: the authors should note that Mettl5 effects on sleep in Clk or per mutant backgrounds are actually opposite to those in w1118/control one. Mettl5 deletion promotes daytime or nighttime sleep in Clk or per mutants, respectively. Any explanation? 

      We are trying to use epistasis analysis to determine which gene is upstream here. Epistasis (or epistatic effect) in genetics refers to the interaction between different genes where the expression of one gene (the epistatic gene) masks or modifies the expression of another gene (the hypostatic gene). The epistatic gene (masking gene) usually functions downstream in the pathway because its effect overrides the output of the hypostatic gene. The double mutant showed the similar phenotype as downstream genes. Thus, Clk or per functions downstream of Mettl5.

      (8) Fig 6: The dorsal PDF projections actually show time-dependent plasticity. Results from the single time-point are not conclusive.

      Thank you for the insightful comment. we further dissected fly brains from UAS-DenMark, UAS-syt.eGFP/+; pdf-GAL4/+ and UAS-DenMark, UAS-syt.eGFP/+; pdf-GAL4/Mettl5<sup>1bp</sup> at these four time points to analyze the morphology of PDF neurons. The results have been included in figure 6.

      Minor comments

      (1) Please avoid simple bar graphs in the data presentation-include individual data points or use a different graph showing the distribution of raw data (e.g., violin plot, box plot, etc.).

      Thank you for the suggestion. In the revised version of the manuscript, we have included individual data points, violin plots, and box plots to present the data, effectively showing both the distribution and differences in the raw data.

      (2) Line 19: "Clock" indicates the gene name or general terminology such as "circadian clock". Please clarify it and revise the font accordingly.

      This has been revised into“clock”

      (3) The overall flow in the Abstract/Summary is somewhat challenging for a general audience to follow.

      We have revised the text, especially the overall flow in the Abstract/Summary.

      (4) Fonts for the names of genes and gene products (i.e., mRNA, protein) should be appropriately corrected throughout the manuscript.

      We have checked the text and made changes where necessary.

      (5) Methods: the authors should provide detailed information on the methods. For instance, there is little description of how they generate Mettl5 deletions (e.g., sgRNA/target sequence). Also, they should clarify whether they test heterozygous vs. homozygous mutants of Mettl5 deletions in each experiment since the genotype description in the figure appears mixed-up (e.g., Fig 1B vs. Fig 1I-L).

      Thank you for pointing this out. In the updated version, we provided detailed information about the strains used, including the sgRNA/target sequences for generating Mettl5 deletions. Regarding the genotypes, Figure 1B represents homozygous mutants, while Figures 1I-L represent heterozygous mutants. This distinction has been clarified in the figure legends, and the genotype notation for Figures 1I-L will be revised for consistency and clarity.

      (6) Fig 1: the figure panels should be re-arranged based on the order of their text description (i.e., Fig 1H-L should go after Fig 1M-O).

      Thank you for the suggestion. In the revised version, we rearranged the figure panels so that Figures 1H-L appear after Figures 1M-O, following the order of their description in the text.

      (7) Sleep education in Trmt112 RNAi looks different from that in Mettl5 mutant het. Any explanation?

      The functional divergence between Trmt112 and Mettl5 may also contribute to the observed sleep phenotype. While Trmt112 and Mettl5 share some downstream targets, they each regulate many unique genes, some of which could influence sleep. Sleep is a highly sensitive trait that can be modulated by numerous genetic factors. Previous studies have also suggested that sleep behaves more like a quantitative trait, reflecting the combined effects of multiple genes (Mackay and Huang, 2018).

      Mackay TFC, Huang W. Charting the genotype-phenotype map: lessons from the Drosophila melanogaster Genetic Reference Panel. Wiley Interdiscip Rev Dev Biol. 2018;7(1):10.1002/wdev.289. doi:10.1002/wdev.289

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A detailed critique is provided below. Generally, the authors can greatly improve this manuscript if they focus more rigorously on the circadian phenotype associated with the Mettl5 mutant, which could be the basis for the apparent sleep phenotype.

      (1) Please provide more information as to how each of the mettl5 mutants were generated. This information should include, specifically, the gRNA sequences, plasmids generated for the 5' and 3' arms, and anything related to the CRISPR approach for generating the mutants. Was any sequencing done to verify the CRISPR alleles, or was this limited to the analysis of mettl5 expression and behavior? Please indicate where the qPCR primers (used in Fig 1B) are located relative to the mutant loci. The figure legend is also incomplete in that there is no reference to the boxed area in Fig 1A.

      In the updated version, we have provided detailed information about the how each of the mettl5 mutants were generated. The sequence was verified by sequencing following PCR. The following references to the boxed area were added in the revised version.

      Reference

      Iyer LM, Zhang D, Aravind L. Adenine methylation in eukaryotes: Apprehending the complex evolutionary history and functional potential of an epigenetic modification. Bioessays. 2016 Jan;38(1):27-40. doi: 10.1002/bies.201500104.

      (2) As noted, I am not in agreement with the interpretation of findings for the sleep defect reported in the mettl5[1b]/+ mutants. There is a clear increase in morning sleep in the mutants that may not have reached significance by lumping the data in 12h increments (Fig1C-E). Were the overall 24h sleep values between the mutants and controls the same? The sleep profile appears to be shifted, such that nighttime sleep onset in the mutants occurs much later than wild type, and daytime waking is also much later, all pointing to a long period phenotype, which is very strongly supported by the data in Table 1, as well as the RNA- and ribo-seq data. The implications for this leading to sleep disturbances in humans is very exciting. An additional suggestion to the authors here is to report the nighttime sleep latency values (time to onset of the first sleep bout after lights off).

      We appreciate your insightful observation. As shown in Table 1, the Mettl51bp/+ mutant exhibits a robust long-period phenotype, with circadian rhythms significantly extended to 28.3 ± 0.4 hours compared to the wild-type's 23.9 ± 0.05 hours. This prolonged period perfectly aligns with the observed behavioral phenotypes, including delayed nighttime sleep onset, later daytime waking, and the overall shift in sleep profile. This is indeed quite similar to previous report on Period3 variant (Zhang et al., 2016). We agree that the prolonged circadian period contributes to the observed sleep phenotype. However, since total sleep time was significantly reduced in the mutant, we cannot attribute the phenotype solely to period lengthening. Furthermore, our 24-hour PER expression analysis in mettl5 mutants revealed elevated PER protein levels at ZT1 and ZT18, while ZT6 and ZT12 showed no significant changes, with no apparent phase shift. These findings collectively suggest that the phenotype primarily results from PER protein stabilization and accumulation.

      Importantly, genetic rescue experiments restoring wild-type Mettl5 function (UAS-Mettl5/Mettl5-Gal4; Figure 1 and Table 1) completely normalized the circadian period to 24 ± 0.02 hours, providing compelling evidence that these phenotypes specifically result from loss of Mettl5 function. Together with the sleep architecture data, these findings establish Mettl5 as a crucial regulator of circadian rhythms, with important implications for understanding human sleep disorders. To further substantiate these observations, we have now included quantitative nighttime sleep latency measurements in the revised manuscript to better document the delayed sleep onset in mutants (Figure S1G).

      We have discussed this in the third paragraph of the Discussion session and included the reference in the revised manuscript.

      Zhang L, Hirano A, Hsu PK, et al. A PERIOD3 variant causes a circadian phenotype and is associated with a seasonal mood trait. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2016;113(11):E1536-E1544. doi:10.1073/pnas.1600039113.

      (3) The description for how circadian behavior was measured and analyzed (Table 1) is missing from the methods section.

      We have included a detailed description of the methods used to measure and analyze circadian behavior, as presented in Table 1, in the revised methods “Sleep behavior assays” section.

      (4) Please explain what the "awake %" values reported in Figs 1G, 1L, Fig 2G, and 2L, Fig 4G and 4M are. Is this simply the number of flies that are awake at a given time point? This does not provide useful information beyond what is already reported for the sleep profiling in other parts of these figures. If it is an arousal threshold assay, as shown in supplementary Fig 1H, please indicate this. The description for "sleep arousal" in the methods (lines 368-371) is also concerning. If most of the mutant flies are already awake at ZT 14, then I would expect that this assay would not work at this time of day. A more suitable time point would be ZT 19, or later, when the mutants are falling asleep. Moreover, calculating the number of flies awakened as long as 5 minutes after a stimulus pulse cannot be distinguished from a spontaneous awakening, and so is not really a metric of arousal threshold. The number of sleeping flies awakened by the stimulus should be calculated within, at most, one minute afterward.

      Thank you for your suggestion. Regarding the 'awake %' metric, it indicates that at specific time points (e.g., ZT14), the percentage of awake fruit fly population at that moment. In the revised version, we further clarify the definition and significance of 'awake %'. Additionally, we have reevaluated the time points for the arousal threshold assay, selecting a more appropriate time (e.g., ZT19) to better reflect the sleep state of the mutants. Based on your suggestion, we calculate the number of flies awakened within one minute after the stimulus to ensure a more accurate measurement of arousal threshold. This has been included in the revised Figure 1M.

      (5) Fig1M-O is problematic. First, is it possible that expression of Mettl5 mRNA fluctuates with time-of-day and is not affected by sleep loss? There are no undisturbed controls collected at equivalent time points. The method used for quantifying sleep rebound in Fig 1O (lines 365-367) does not make sense, as negative values would be expected. Moreover, since the Mettl5 mutants show high sleep amounts in the morning and very low sleep amounts from ZT 12-18, this analysis would be severely confounded. Also, the sleep deprivation applied would not produce equivalent amounts of sleep loss as compared to wild type controls, so this also needs to be corrected. The authors should consider consulting Cirelli et al (2005, DOI: 10.1038/nature03486 ) as an approach for quantifying sleep homeostasis in a short-sleeping mutant. Please also show the sleep profiling in the mutants for these experiments.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions. Regarding the possibility that Mettl5 mRNA expression fluctuates with circadian rhythms rather than being affected by sleep deprivation, we acknowledge that collecting undisturbed control samples at equivalent time points would provide critical insights. In the revised version, we included undisturbed controls to distinguish between circadian-driven fluctuations and the effects of sleep deprivation on Mettl5 expression.

      For the quantification of sleep rebound in Figure 1O, we agree that the current method may not fully capture the dynamics of sleep recovery, especially in Mettl5 mutants, where sleep patterns differ significantly from wild-type. We have referred to the method proposed by Cirelli et al. paper for quantifying sleep homeostasis in short-sleeping mutants, ensuring a more accurate evaluation of sleep rebound. The results have been included in Figure 1K-L of the revised version.

      (6) Fig 3B and C (minor) - while the volcano plots are clear, it is not clear whether "down" or "up" means for the mutant relative to wild type or the other way around? Please clarify. In Fig 3P, the legend indicates a depiction of the "top 5 pathway associated genes", but it seems there are 10 pathways depicted. Which of these are the "top 5"?

      In the volcano plots (Fig. 3B and 3C), “up” and “down” refer to genes that the mutant relative to the wild-type strain. In Fig. 3P, the legend was mislabeled as “top 5” pathway-associated genes. In fact, we displayed the top 10 pathway-associated genes. We apologize for the confusion and will correct both the figure legend and the corresponding text in our revised manuscript.

      (7) Fig 4 D-E, and F,G do not have sufficient information to draw the conclusion that Per mRNA/protein expression is increased in the Mettl5 mutant. Since both mRNA protein of this gene oscillates significantly throughout the day, it is still possible that the single time point shown in this figure might indicate a disruption in cycling rather than overall expression level. Please first indicate what time of day the tissue was collected, second, consider adding more time points to both assays. For the first part of this figure, A and B, per and Clock gene expression are expected to be in different phases, and so this aspect is not unexpected. However, it is notable that it is reversed in the mutant vs wild type. Again, an alternate interpretation of this finding that the authors have not considered is a change in period duration of gene cycling.

      Thank you for your suggestion. For the PER WB experiments, we have included multiple time points in the revised version to more comprehensively evaluate PER expression in the Mettl5 mutant and better understand its circadian rhythm changes. We appreciate your observation regarding the potential changes in the period duration of gene cycling. This has been discussed in the 3<sup>rd</sup> paragraph of the Discussion session of the revised version.

      (8) The data shown in Figs 4H-M does not support the conclusion that "Clock and Per genes were downstream of Mettl5" (line 236-237). The daytime sleep phenotype, in particular, appears additive between both circadian genes and mutant because the morning sleep of the double mutant is much higher than either mutant by itself. Statistical comparisons between the double mutant and each clock mutant are also noticeably missing. These data are difficult to interpret. One potential explanation is that Mettl5 alters gene expression of non-circadian genes, and that the phenotypes become additive when both clock and Mettl5 genes are missing. A full molecular analysis of clock gene cycling in the Mettl5 mutant may help improve understanding of the relationship between the circadian clock Mettl5 gene expression. It may also be worthwhile checking whether Mettl5 gene expression itself shows a daily oscillation.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In the revised version, we have included four additional time points to analyze the oscillatory expression of Per and Clock in the Mettl5 mutant, providing a more comprehensive understanding of their circadian rhythm changes. In Figs 4H-M, we are trying to use epistasis analysis to determine which gene is upstream here. Epistasis (or epistatic effect) in genetics refers to the interaction between different genes where the expression of one gene (the epistatic gene) masks or modifies the expression of another gene (the hypostatic gene). The epistatic gene (masking gene) usually functions downstream in the pathway because its effect overrides the output of the hypostatic gene. The double mutant showed the similar phenotype as downstream genes. Thus, Clk or per functions downstream of Mettl5. Statistical comparisons between the double mutant and each clock mutant are added.

      (9) In Fig 6, what time of day were the flies collected? PDF terminal morphology is known to change throughout the day; this is another piece of data that could indicate a defect in circadian function rather than a chronic change in synaptic morphology.

      The flies were collected around ZT14. We included additional dissection time points in future experiments. Differences between the control and Mettl5 mutants are observed consistently across multiple time points, suggesting that Mettl5 has an impact on synaptic plasticity.

      Minor:

      There are letter indicators, presumably for statistical comparisons, depicted in Figs 1 and 2 (panels I-L), but no explanation as to what these mean in the figure legends.

      We have added notes in the revised version.

      What is the purpose of the boxed regions shown in Fig S1A-F? There is no explanation of these in the figure legend nor in the text.

      The boxed regions highlight the significant co-localization of two proteins. We have included this explanation in the figure legend in the revised version.

      The statement (lines 310-311) that per and clock genes "exhibit more pronounced sleep rebound after sleep deprivation" is inaccurate. The article cited for this (Shaw et al 2002) showed that it was female mutants of the cycle gene which showed prolonged sleep rebound; other clock mutants were normal.

      Thank you for pointing out this. We revised the statement accordingly.

      Overall, the manuscript may benefit from editing or writing assistance to improve the language. There were many incomplete sentences, grammatical errors, etc.

      We have carefully refined the language throughout the manuscript during the revision process.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      The study by Hemberg et al investigated whether the critical adaptor protein MAVS is required for IFN induction and viral resistance in primary human respiratory epithelial cells infected with influenza A virus (IAV). Specifically, air-liquid interface pulmonary bronchial epithelial cells (ALI-PBECs) are engineered with CRISPR/Cas9 to knockout MAVS (or AAVS1 as a control), followed by IAV infection and subsequent monitoring of the 1) IFN/ISG response and 2) viral replication. The study is thoroughly conducted, the methodology and the results are clearly described, and the study is written in a clear and transparent manner. No overstatements are made and limitations of the study are clearly indicated. I therefore only have a few minor comments:

      We would like to thank Reviewer 1 for their assessment of our manuscript. We are pleased with the overall positive comments, especially that the study was considered thoroughly conducted. However, this reviewer also raised some concerns that we will address in the point-to-point review below.

      • In the Discussion the following sentence should be nuanced: "However, most studies report no observable effect of MAVS KO on antiviral protection18,20". Please indicate that this refers to the context of IAV infection. I would also clarify that in this sentence you are referring to antiviral protection rather than IFN/ISG induction. (For example: While MAVS is important for IFN/ISG induction upon IAV infection, some studies in MAVS-deficient mice showed that this did not necessarily translate to increased antiviral protection). I would also advice to stay away from 'most studies report no observable effect' when you only reference two publications.

      This is a very valid point. We have addressed the comment by adjusting the sentence accordingly:

      “The importance of MAVS in IAV infections has only been investigated in few studies using MAVS-deficient mice. While these studies show that MAVS is essential for the induction of IFNs and ISGs upon IAV infection, supporting the findings of the current study, these findings did not translate to increased antiviral protection in the mice18,20.” in the revised version of our manuscript (page 4, line 34-37).

      • Fig. 2A and 2B (and 2C and 2D): please indicate the time points in the graphs to better reflect (visually) the difference between the panels.

      We agree with this comment by the reviewer. Figure 2A-D have been adjusted to include the infectious time points.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      While the results of the study are not surprising (reduced IFN/ISG responses and increased IAV replication in MAVS KO cells), the scientific advance in this study is largely of a methodological nature: the role of MAVS in IAV infection has not been previously studied in this advanced culture model system. The study is of relevance to researchers that are in the immediate research field (virologists, RNA sensing). The study provides a useful example of CRISRP/Cas9 engineering in a complex model system to investigate the role of a particular gene in antiviral innate responses, which could easily be extrapolated to other genes.

      We are thankful, that Reviewer 1 appreciates the significance and potential of the complex model used in this study.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Review of manuscript RC-2025-03340:

      The authors of the manuscript "MAVS is Important for Antiviral Defense Against Influenza A Virus in a Human Respiratory Epithelium Model" present their recent work evaluating innate immune responses in a human cell line. Specifically, they infect primary human respiratory epithelial cells with influenza A virus and use CRISPR-Cas9 to knockout MAVS and demonstrate the importance of this adaptor molecule on type I and type III IFN induction. Their work shows that MAVS is important for restricting viral replication and they conclude that it is a non-redundant protector of human respiratory epithelial cells. Below are comments that the authors should consider during revision of this manuscript.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for their careful review of our manuscript. Reviewer 2 provided several valuable suggestions for improvements, which we will address below.

      1. The authors use the IAV A/PR/8/34, which is a good, laboratory strain for initial characterization. However, since this model strives to evaluate human cell interactions the authors are encouraged to use a relevant primary human influenza virus isolate in their model. This is important as the host:pathogen interactions may differ significantly when using a human isolate.

      This is an important point. We agree that stain-specific differences might affect host-pathogen interactions. Although IAV A/PR/8/34 is well-characterized and easily reproducible in mechanistic studies, it is a laboratory adapted strain. Therefore, we have now added a statement in Discussion acknowledging this limitation:

      “An important consideration of this study is the use of the laboratory-adapted influenza A/PR/8/34 (H1N1) strain. While this strain was selected due to its widespread use and ability to provide a robust and reproducible infection model, it has undergone extensive laboratory adaption. Consequently, the host-pathogen interactions observed in this study might differ from those elicited by primary clinical isolates. Validation of these results using contemporary human influenza stains will be important to determine their broader applicability.” (page 5, line 22-27).

      1. It was unclear why the authors used SeV for a control.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. Sendai virus (SeV) was used as a positive control due to its well-established ability to effectively activate RIG-I-dependent antiviral signaling. SeV is widely used as a potent inducer of RIG-I-mediated innate immune responses and provide a strong and reproducible stimulus independent of influenza-specific evasion mechanisms. To clarify this rationale, we have expanded the motivation for using SeV in the manuscript as indicated below:

      “To validate disruption of MAVS-dependent signaling, MAVS KO HAE-ALI cultures were infected with Sendai virus (SeV). SeV is a well characterized activator of the RIG-I pathway and is widely used as a positive control in studies of antiviral innate immunity. Infection with SeV induces a strong and reproducible activation of downstream signaling, thereby allowing validation of pathway integrity.” (page 2, line 44-46 and page 3, line 1-2).

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      Strengths of this study are the model developed and the evaluation of the MAVS component within primary human epithelial cells. Limitations include the use of a lab strain of influenza that is mouse-adapted (minimizes potential interaction with human host intracellular machinery), lack of a uniform knockout, and the inclusion of SeV without indicating the benefit of using this virus as a control. The advance in this publication is modest as it uses a non-uniform knockout model to demonstrate that an already-appreciated mechanism is involved in host:pathogen interactions. Also, without the use of a human virus isolate it is unclear if this is applicable beyond the lab setting.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 2 for their time and helpful comments. We have addressed their concerns to the best of our ability. We are pleased that the reviewer recognized the strength of our model in assessing the role of MAVS in primary respiratory epithelium.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      The manuscript "MAVS is Important for Antiviral Defense Against Influenza A Virus in a Human Respiratory Epithelium Model" by Hemberg et al. demonstrates that reduction of MAVS expression in human respiratory epithelium leads to diminished induction of the type I IFN gene IFNB1, the type III IFN gene IFNL1, and multiple interferon-stimulated genes in response to IAV infection. They further show increased viral replication at 48 hours post-infection in MAVS-reduced epithelial cultures, as evidenced by elevated viral gene (NP, M2, NS1) transcripts and viral protein (NS1) levels.

      We would like to thank Reviewer 3 for their assessment of our manuscript. That reviewer raised some major and minor concerns that we will address in the point-to-point review below.

      Major comments: The authors convincingly show reduced MAVS expression in their CRISPR-Cas9 KO epithelial cultures compared to AAVS1 KO controls. However, residual MAVS expression remains detectable by western blot (Fig. 1C). No data is provided regarding cell-type specificity of the gene knockdown, although immunostaining and transcript analyses confirm the presence of both ciliated and secretory cells in MAVS KO and control cultures (Fig. 1H-I). Given that IAV exhibits strain-dependent cellular tropism and replication kinetics (e.g., Roach et al., PNAS 2024; https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2320303121), demonstrating unbiased gene editing across cell populations would strengthen the conclusions. While technically challenging (requiring scRNA-seq or RNA-scope), acknowledging this limitation in the discussion would be sufficient.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding residual MAVS expression and the lack of cell-type–specific gene editing. We agree that while western blot analysis demonstrates substantial reduction of MAVS, low levels of MAVS expression remain detectable. As noted by the reviewer, we did not directly assess editing efficiency across individual epithelial cell subtypes. Although we confirm the presence of ciliated and secretory populations in both KO and control cultures, unbiased quantification of gene disruption at single-cell resolution was beyond the scope of the present study. We agree that such analyses would further strengthen conclusions regarding cell-type–specific effects and have now acknowledged this as a limitation in the Discussion section.

      “While MAVS protein levels were markedly reduced in the MAVS KO cultures, low residual expression remained detectable by western blot. HAE-ALI cultures are heterogeneous, and electroporation may not affect all cells, making complete MAVS elimination challenging. Nonetheless, MAVS protein levels were consistently reduced in KO cultures from both donors compared to controls, allowing investigation of the role of MAVS in this respiratory epithelium model. An important limitation of this study is that, although both ciliated and secretory epithelial populations were confirmed in KO and control cultures, gene editing efficiency was not assessed at single-cell resolution. Given that influenza A virus can exhibit strain-dependent cellular tropism, editing efficiency may vary across epithelial subtypes. Future studies employing single-cell transcriptomic approaches will be valuable in determining the extent of MAVS disruption within distinct epithelial populations.” (page 5, line 6-15).

      The claim that MAVS is critical for restricting viral replication is somewhat less compelling. While increased viral gene transcripts and reduced NS1 protein by western blot support this, the immunofluorescence images in Fig. 3E-F are difficult to interpret at the current magnification and resolution. Co-staining for secretory and ciliated cells would help assess tropism and epithelial integrity qualitatively. Additionally, although the data indicate increased viral replication, the most rigorous confirmatory assay would be a plaque-forming assay. Inclusion of discussion acknowledging this limitation would address concerns regarding replication kinetics without PFU measurement.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment regarding the assessment of viral replication. We agree that plaque-forming assays provide the most direct quantification of infectious viral particles. In the present study, increased viral gene transcripts together with altered NS1 protein levels were used as indicators of enhanced viral burden in MAVS KO cultures. While this support increased viral replication, we acknowledge that infectious viral titers were not directly measured. We have now added a statement to the Discussion recognizing this limitation.

      Regarding the immunofluorescence images, we agree that higher magnification and co-staining for epithelial subtypes would provide additional insight into cellular tropism and epithelial integrity. This has been noted as a limitation and an area for future investigation.

      “Although increased viral transcripts and altered viral protein levels in MAVS KO cultures support enhanced viral burden, infectious viral titers were not directly quantified by plaque-forming assay, which remains the gold standard for measuring replication kinetics. Therefore, while our data indicate increased viral gene expression in the absence of MAVS, the extent to which this corresponds to increased production of infectious virions warrants further investigation. In addition, higher-resolution imaging with co-staining of epithelial subtypes would provide greater insight into potential strain-dependent tropism and epithelial integrity following infection.” (page 4, line 44-46 and page 5, line 1-4).

      Minor comments:

      Increase legibility of the scale bar in Fig. 3E.

      The size of the scale bars in all images of Fig. 3E has been increased to increase readability.

      Typographical corrections:

      "some HAE-ALI cell that wasn't affected by the KO" → "some HAE-ALI cells weren't affected by the KO"

      "ProLong Glas Antifade" → "ProLong Glass Antifade"

      All minor comments were adjusted in our manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      The core strength and novelty of this study lies in the use of CRISPR-Cas9-mediated knockdown of a gene of interest in a human epithelial system. The authors demonstrate effective gene editing across multiple donors to interrogate a specific pathway. Although the results are limited to the innate responses of the respiratory epithelium-unlike prior studies using murine models, which capture a broader range of cell types and immune responses-the paper provides valuable mechanistic insight into the role of MAVS in the respiratory epithelium, the first line of defense against viral pathogens.

      We sincerely appreciate the thoughtful evaluation of our work by Reviewer 3 and their recognition of its strengths. We are particularly pleased that the reviewer highlighted the novelty of the CRISPR-Cas9–mediated gene editing approach in primary human epithelium and acknowledged the value of validating the model across multiple donors. We also appreciate their recognition that, despite the focused scope on epithelial innate responses, the study provides meaningful mechanistic insight into the role of MAVS at the respiratory barrier.

      In addition to revising the manuscript in response to reviewer’s comments, we have also made minor grammatical changes, which are listed below:

      1. On the → and their (page 1, line 12)
      2. Molecule → protein (page 1, line 13)
      3. Test → assess (page 1, line 13)
      4. Has → is various experiments have (page 2, line 16)
      5. However, there are discrepancies regarding the extent to which MAVS contributes to antiviral defense → However, discrepancies regarding the extent to which MAVS contributes to antiviral defense are still present. (page 2, line 18)
      6. Moved this sentence from line 23 to line 21 on page 2: “Only a few studies have examined the importance of MAVS in the antiviral defense against IAV, and these studies report no consistent phenotype 9,16,18,20.”.
      7. RNA virus infections → IAV infection (page 2, line 23)
      8. Deleted “then” (page 2, line 40).
      9. Infection with SeV induced C-X-C Motif Chemokine Ligand 10 (CXCL-10) and Interferon Stimulated Gene 15 (ISG-15), measured by ELISA and qPCR, however this induction was decreased in the MAVS KO cultures compared to the control (Fig. 1D, E) → Infection with SeV increased production of C-X-C Motif Chemokine Ligand 10 (CXCL-10) and Interferon Stimulated Gene 15 (ISG-15), measured by ELISA and qPCR. However, this induction was decreased in the MAVS KO cultures compared to the control (Fig. 1D, E), (page 3, line 2-5).
      10. Deleted “generated” (page 3, line 12).
      11. However → but (page 3, line 16)
      12. Was → were (page 3, line 31)
      13. Deleted “by qPCR” (page 3, line 32).
      14. To examine this, viral RNA corresponding to the segments NP, M2, and NS1 of IAV from infected AAVS1 or MAVS KO HAE-ALI was quantified by qPCR. → To examine this, viral RNA corresponding to the Nucleoprotein (NP), Matrix protein 2 (M2), and Non-structural protein 1 (NS1) of IAV from infected AAVS1 or MAVS KO HAE-ALI was quantified by qPCR. (page 4, line 3-5)
      15. Added “the” (page 4, line 25)
      16. The current study only includes two same sex donors → A limitation of the current study is the inclusion of only two same-sex donors (page 5, line 16-17)
      17. The HAE-ALI model only includes respiratory epithelial cells, and therefore it does not... → Another limitation is, that the HAE-ALI model only includes respiratory epithelial cells. Therefore, it does not … (page 5, line 18-19)
      18. Role → importance (page 5, line 20)
      19. Importance → role (page 5, line 21)
      20. Deleted “the” (page 5, line 21)
      21. An important strength of this study is, that it was conducted on primary human respiratory epithelium cells, making the results transferable to humans. → Despite these limitations, an important strength of this study is, that it was conducted on primary human respiratory epithelium cells, making the results applicable to humans. (page 5, line 27-28).
      22. Added “Although further research, is needed, this study demonstrates that MAVS KO significantly impairs IFN and ISG induction in a human respiratory epithelial model infected with IAV. Given the physiological relevance of this system, these results support an important role for MAVS in antiviral responses in the human respiratory epithelium.” (page 5, line 34-37).
      23. Figure texts: IAV (diluted 1:20 in DMEM) → IAV (MOI 0.5).
    1. It is needless to accumulate cases on this subject. Those already referred to, and the cases of Capron v. Van Noorden, (in 2 Cr., 126,) and Montalet v. Murray, (4 Cr., 46,) are sufficient to show the rule of which we have spoken. The case of Capron v. Van Noorden strikingly illustrates the difference between a common-law court and a court of the United States.

      I agree with this point. The statement emphasizes that federal courts operate differently from common-law courts, and prior cases like Capron v. Van Noorden and Montalet v. Murray clearly illustrate this distinction. In U.S. courts, jurisdiction is strictly required and cannot be assumed, unlike in common law courts where it might be presumed. These cases demonstrate the importance of ensuring that a suit properly falls within the court’s authority before judgment is granted.

    1. La Discussion à Visée Philosophique (DVP) : Un Levier d'Éducation à la Fraternité et à la Citoyenneté

      Résumé Analytique

      Ce document de synthèse analyse l'intervention de Christian Budex, professeur de philosophie et chercheur, sur le rôle de la Discussion à Visée Philosophique (DVP) dans le cadre de l'éducation nationale française.

      L'idée centrale est que la DVP ne se limite pas à un exercice intellectuel, mais constitue un dispositif d'éducation « en acte » à la fraternité et aux valeurs républicaines.

      Points clés à retenir :

      Non-neutralité du dispositif : Contrairement aux idées reçues, la DVP n'est pas neutre axiologiquement. Sa forme même (cercle, règles de parole, respect d'autrui) impose des normes démocratiques.

      La triple dimension des valeurs : L'éducation aux valeurs doit être intellectuelle (compréhension), psycho-affective (ressenti) et surtout conative (vécue par l'action), domaine où la DVP excelle.

      Fraternité humaniste vs communautaire : La DVP permet de faire cohabiter les appartenances multiples tout en renforçant le sentiment d'appartenance à la famille humaine.

      Prévention de la violence : En transformant les "conflits socio-affectifs" en "conflits socio-cognitifs", la DVP agit comme un outil de non-violence fondamentale.

      Synergie avec les CPS : La DVP mobilise de manière exhaustive les Compétences Psychosociales (cognitives, émotionnelles et sociales) définies par l'OMS.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Le Cadre Institutionnel et les Tensions Idéologiques

      La DVP a fait son entrée officielle dans les programmes d'Enseignement Moral et Civique (EMC) en 2015. Son intégration soulève néanmoins des débats cruciaux :

      Le risque d'instrumentalisation

      Certains chercheurs et philosophes (Ruwen Ogien, Jean-Fabien Spitz) mettent en garde contre une "moralisation étatique" ou un "intégrisme politique" où la philosophie serait utilisée pour pacifier socialement sans favoriser la réflexion critique.

      La tension de la « prop-imposition »

      Michel Tozi définit le programme d'EMC comme une "prop-imposition" : un mélange de proposition d'autonomie et d'imposition de valeurs républicaines. La DVP doit naviguer entre :

      • La volonté de transmettre des valeurs (Liberté, Égalité, Fraternité, Laïcité).

      • L'impératif de développer le jugement critique et l'autonomie de l'élève.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. La Triple Dimension de l'Éducation aux Valeurs

      Pour que l'adhésion aux valeurs de la République soit réelle et non subie, elle doit passer par trois étapes que la DVP permet de structurer :

      | Dimension | Objectif | Mise en œuvre dans la DVP | | --- | --- | --- | | Intellectuelle | Interroger le sens des concepts. | Définir et discuter théoriquement la liberté, l'égalité, etc. | | Psycho-affective | Éprouver la puissance des idées. | Utiliser des supports culturels (films, littérature) pour ressentir l'empathie. | | Conative | Vivre les valeurs en acte. | Respecter les règles du dispositif, écouter l'autre, coopérer dans la recherche. |

      Citation clé : "On ne décrète pas la fraternité. On peut au mieux favoriser les conditions de son émergence en la rendant désirable."

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Typologie de la Fraternité dans la DVP

      Christian Budex distingue deux formes de fraternité que la DVP aide à articuler :

      A. La Fraternité Humaniste

      Elle renvoie au sentiment d'appartenance à la communauté des humains. Elle s'exprime par :

      • Le respect de la dignité d'autrui.

      • La reconnaissance de la vulnérabilité (admettre que l'on ne sait pas tout).

      • Le tact et l'hospitalité dans l'échange.

      B. La Fraternité Communautaire

      Elle concerne l'appartenance à des groupes restreints (religieux, sportifs, culturels). La DVP aide à gérer la cohabitation de ces fraternités en posant la question laïque : Comment faire pour que nos appartenances multiples soient compatibles entre elles ?

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. La DVP comme Outil de Prévention de la Violence

      L'approche préconisée est celle du "Larvatus Prodeo" (avancer masqué) : au lieu d'aborder frontalement des sujets épidermiques (harcèlement, laïcité), l'animateur propose une question philosophique universelle qui traite le problème à la racine.

      Exemple pour le harcèlement : Travailler sur la logique d'inclusion et d'exclusion dans une fraternité communautaire plutôt que de faire une leçon de morale sur le harcèlement.

      Exemple pour les violences sexistes : Déconstruire philosophiquement les stéréotypes de genre et les logiques de domination.

      Transformation des conflits : Le passage du conflit socio-affectif (agression) au conflit socio-cognitif (désaccord argumenté) est l'essence même de la démarche non-violente.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Analyse Comparative : DVP et Compétences Psychosociales (CPS)

      L'analyse démontre que la DVP est le dispositif idéal pour développer les neuf compétences clés de l'OMS :

      Compétences Cognitives

      Conscience de soi : Réflexion sur ses propres valeurs et limites.

      Pensée critique : Cœur de la pratique philosophique.

      Maîtrise de soi : Apprendre à différer sa parole et à gérer ses impulsions dans le cercle.

      Compétences Émotionnelles

      Régulation : Dissocier ses émotions de ses pensées pour accepter la critique de ses idées sans se sentir attaqué personnellement.

      Empathie : Obligation de comprendre la pensée de l'autre pour pouvoir être en désaccord avec lui.

      Compétences Sociales

      Communication constructive : Utilisation du tact et de l'argumentation claire.

      Coopération : La "communauté de recherche" impose d'avancer ensemble vers une solution qu'on ne peut trouver seul.

      Assertivité : Apprendre à dire ce que l'on pense sous l'autorité de la raison, tout en respectant le cadre.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion et Perspectives

      La Discussion à Visée Philosophique ne doit pas être perçue comme un simple divertissement scolaire ou une "récréation".

      C'est un laboratoire de démocratie où l'on apprend que "le message, c'est l'enveloppe" : la forme du débat est en elle-même un enseignement de la non-violence.

      Pour Christian Budex, l'optimisme éducatif repose sur cette capacité à forger des humains capables de substituer la discussion rationnelle à la force physique.

    1. L’Éducation Fondée sur les Preuves : Dépasser l'Intuition pour une Pédagogie Efficace

      Synthèse de direction

      Ce document présente une analyse rigoureuse de l'approche de l'éducation fondée sur les preuves, telle qu'exposée par Franck Ramus.

      Le constat central est que le "bon sens" et l'expérience personnelle, bien que largement utilisés pour guider les pratiques éducatives, sont des indicateurs peu fiables de l'efficacité réelle.

      En raison de biais cognitifs inhérents à l'être humain — notamment le biais de confirmation — les enseignants et les experts peuvent se méprendre sur l'impact de leurs méthodes pendant des décennies, voire des siècles.

      L'alternative proposée est le recours systématique aux données factuelles issues d'études expérimentales.

      Avec plus de 100 000 études disponibles aujourd'hui, la recherche offre une "mine d'or" de résultats permettant de distinguer les pratiques productives des "fausses bonnes idées".

      Ce briefing détaille pourquoi des méthodes traditionnelles comme le redoublement ou les classes de niveau sont contre-productives, et propose des solutions validées par la science pour gérer l'hétérogénéité des élèves et les comportements perturbateurs.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Les limites de l'intuition et le risque de l'illusion

      L'enseignement souffre d'un paradoxe : tout le monde possède un avis sur le sujet basé sur son propre vécu d'élève, de parent ou de professionnel.

      Cependant, cette expérience directe est un terrain fertile pour les erreurs de jugement.

      Le piège des biais cognitifs

      Le document souligne que les professionnels observant leurs propres pratiques courent un risque majeur de se leurrer.

      L'analogie de la saignée : En médecine, la pratique de la saignée a perduré pendant 2 000 ans. Malgré l'absence de résultats positifs, les médecins restaient convaincus de son efficacité.

      Le biais de confirmation : Nous accordons une importance disproportionnée aux résultats qui confortent nos croyances préexistantes, tout en ignorant ou en oubliant rapidement les données qui les contredisent.

      L'insuffisance de l'observation simple

      L'observation par un enseignant ou même un inspecteur indépendant ne constitue pas une évaluation fiable.

      Un observateur, quel qu'il soit, possède ses propres idéologies qui biaisent son interprétation de la réussite des élèves.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. La méthodologie expérimentale comme solution

      Pour évaluer objectivement une pratique pédagogique, il est impératif de dépasser le simple ressenti pour adopter des protocoles rigoureux.

      Le problème de la maturation naturelle : Un élève progresse toujours sur une période donnée (quelques mois) du fait de son développement cérébral et de ses apprentissages divers.

      Voir un élève progresser ne prouve donc pas l'efficacité d'une méthode spécifique.

      Le groupe contrôle : La seule question pertinente est de savoir si l'élève a progressé davantage avec la méthode A qu'avec une méthode B ou sans intervention spécifique. Cela nécessite :

      ◦ Des tests avant et après l'intervention.  

      ◦ La comparaison statistique entre un groupe cible et un groupe contrôle.

      L'ampleur de la recherche mondiale : Le chercheur John Hattie a recensé en 2008 plus de 50 000 études impliquant 100 millions d'élèves.

      Aujourd'hui, ce volume a doublé, atteignant environ 100 000 études.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Analyse de l'efficacité des pratiques : Mythes vs Réalité

      Le recours aux données expérimentales permet de confronter les idées de "bon sens" à la réalité des résultats.

      | Pratique de "bon sens" | Réalité scientifique (Preuves) | Impact observé | | --- | --- | --- | | Le redoublement | Inefficace pour l'élève qui redouble. | Perte de l'équivalent de 4 mois d'apprentissage par an. Effet de démotivation. | | Classes de niveau | Augmente les inégalités sans améliorer la moyenne globale. | Progrès moindres pour les classes "faibles" (-1 mois par an). | | Styles d'apprentissage (visuel, auditif, tactile) | Aucune base scientifique. Enseigner selon la modalité préférée n'améliore pas l'apprentissage. | Inefficace si utilisé de manière isolée. | | Punition systématique | Déclenche des émotions négatives et une aversion pour l'école. | Escalade de la violence, désensibilisation et exclusion. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Recommandations pour une pédagogie optimisée

      La recherche ne se contente pas de critiquer les méthodes existantes ; elle propose des alternatives efficaces pour les défis majeurs de l'enseignement.

      1. Gestion de l'hétérogénéité : Les groupes de besoins

      Plutôt que des classes de niveau rigides, il est recommandé de constituer des groupes de besoins similaires au sein de la classe.

      Flexibilité : Les groupes ne sont pas permanents ; ils évoluent selon la matière et la progression de l'élève au cours de l'année.

      Efficacité : Cette méthode permet une différenciation pédagogique qui fait progresser les élèves mieux que dans des classes hétérogènes classiques.

      2. Transmission des connaissances : La multi-modalité

      Puisque l'idée des "styles d'apprentissage" est un mythe, l'approche optimale consiste à présenter l'information sous de multiples modalités simultanées :

      • Verbale/Auditive.

      • Visuelle (écrits et illustrations).

      • Tactile/Action (manipulation d'objets lorsque possible).

      Résultat : L'apprentissage est renforcé pour tous les élèves, quelle que soit leur préférence présumée.

      3. Gestion des comportements : L'approche comportementale positive

      Pour traiter les comportements perturbateurs, les méthodes fondées sur les preuves privilégient le renforcement positif.

      Analyse fonctionnelle : Identifier les facteurs qui déclenchent et maintiennent le comportement perturbateur.

      Renforcement du comportement opposé : Identifier le comportement positif souhaité et le récompenser systématiquement.

      Objectif : Faire disparaître le comportement négatif en augmentant la fréquence du comportement positif, plutôt que de s'appuyer uniquement sur la répression.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion : Un changement de paradigme nécessaire

      Le passage d'une éducation fondée sur l'idéologie à une éducation fondée sur les preuves est présenté comme une nécessité pour faire progresser tous les élèves.

      Bien que certaines de ces méthodes soient complexes et nécessitent une formation spécifique pour les enseignants, elles offrent un chemin fiable vers l'amélioration de la qualité de l'enseignement.

      La science de l'éducation ne prétend pas avoir réponse à tout, mais elle fournit la méthodologie nécessaire pour tester, expérimenter et valider les pratiques de demain.

    1. Différencier sans s'épuiser : Analyse des Enjeux et Pratiques de la Différenciation Pédagogique

      Synthèse

      La différenciation pédagogique n'est pas une innovation récente, mais une nécessité ancrée dans une quête de justice et d'équité scolaire.

      Contrairement à l'idée reçue d'un enseignement "à la carte" qui épuiserait les praticiens, elle consiste à placer chaque élève dans des situations d'apprentissage fécondes en s'appuyant sur des leviers organisationnels et collectifs.

      Le succès de cette démarche repose sur l'articulation entre la planification experte, la coopération entre pairs (élèves et professionnels) et une vision du temps long, tout en préservant le lien humain irremplaçable que les outils technologiques, comme l'intelligence artificielle, ne sauraient supplanter.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Clarification Conceptuelle : Entre Mythes et Réalités

      La différenciation pédagogique souffre souvent de représentations erronées qui freinent sa mise en œuvre.

      Il est crucial de distinguer les différentes approches pour éviter l'épuisement professionnel.

      Définition et Origines

      Le concept s'inscrit dans une temporalité longue de plus de 30 ans de recherche (fondée par des figures comme Philippe Perrenoud, Philippe Meirieu ou Sabine Kahn).

      Sa définition la plus simple est de "mettre les élèves, autant que possible, dans des situations fécondes d'apprentissage".

      Les deux pôles de la différenciation

      L'individualisation : Le risque est de voir l'enseignant comme un "garçon de café" servant un plat différent à chaque client.

      Une individualisation totale est jugée non gérable et peu efficiente car elle occulte la dimension collective nécessaire.

      L'universalisation (Conception Universelle des Apprentissages) : Cette approche postule que ce qui est mis en place pour l'élève le plus en difficulté peut profiter à tous.

      L'analogie de la "rampe d'accès" illustre ce point : une rampe construite pour les personnes à mobilité réduite sert finalement à l'ensemble du public.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les Leviers de la Pratique Quotidienne

      La différenciation ne se limite pas à la diversification des supports ; elle touche à l'ensemble de l'organisation du travail scolaire.

      Ce que l'on peut différencier

      Le tableau suivant synthétise les leviers identifiés par les experts pour varier les approches sans multiplier inutilement les préparations :

      | Levier de différenciation | Exemples d'application | | --- | --- | | Contenus | Varier les notions présentées, les exemples ou les supports d'apprentissage. | | Processus | Diversifier les modalités de mise au travail, les regroupements d'élèves ou les manières de présenter une consigne. | | Productions | Proposer différentes tâches ou formats pour certifier un apprentissage. | | Temporalité | Agir avant (préparer le vocabulaire avec les élèves allophones), pendant (étayer un groupe en difficulté) ou après l'activité (exercices de consolidation). | | Climat de classe | Travailler sur la posture, la réassurance et la croyance en la capacité de réussite de tous. |

      Le "Génie Pédagogique"

      L'expertise enseignante réside dans une observation constante et une capacité à jongler entre différentes situations (tutorat, recherche, consolidation).

      Cette organisation complexe, bien que paraissant fluide de l'extérieur, nécessite un outillage important pour repérer la "bascule" — ce moment où l'élève parvient à entrer dans l'apprentissage après des semaines de travail de fond.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. La Dimension Collective : Une Clé pour la Soutenabilité

      Pour ne pas s'épuiser, la différenciation doit sortir de l'isolement de la classe et devenir une responsabilité partagée.

      La coopération entre professionnels

      Aucun enseignant ne peut répondre seul à l'hétérogénéité d'une classe de 25 élèves ou plus. La différenciation efficace s'appuie sur :

      La co-intervention et le co-enseignement : Travailler par cycle ou sous-cycle.

      L'intermétier : Collaborer avec des coordinateurs pédagogiques, des directeurs et d'autres spécialistes pour des besoins ciblés.

      La reconnaissance : Le collectif professionnel permet de "déposer" les difficultés et de valider les compétences des praticiens.

      La coopération entre élèves

      Le collectif de la classe est une ressource majeure. Des dispositifs comme le tutorat ou l'entraide transforment la posture de l'enseignant, qui passe de dispensateur de savoir à observateur et régulateur.

      Cependant, la coopération ne s'improvise pas : elle nécessite un apprentissage explicite et du temps pour devenir efficiente.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Éthique, Temps et Nouvelles Technologies

      La différenciation est un métier "prudentiel" qui oblige à des arbitrages permanents.

      Le rôle de l'Intelligence Artificielle (IA)

      L'IA est perçue comme un outil de gain de temps sur des tâches spécifiques de diversification, mais ses capacités restent limitées :

      Atouts : Production de variétés d'exercices, feedback individualisé, création de grilles d'évaluation critériées.

      Limites : Incapacité à gérer le climat de classe, les interactions humaines ou le lien affectif nécessaire au raccrochage scolaire.

      Les enjeux éthiques et la lucidité

      Les enseignants font face à un dilemme entre leur engagement (l'idéal que tous apprennent) et la lucidité (les contraintes réelles).

      Éviter l'usine à gaz : Il est conseillé de se fixer des objectifs modestes et de phaser les dispositifs sur plusieurs années.

      Le maintien de l'objectif : Si les chemins sont différenciés, l'objectif final doit rester le même pour tous afin d'éviter la marginalisation ou la création de "groupes de niveau" délétères.

      L'importance du lien : Pour les élèves les plus fragiles, la discussion, le regard de l'enseignant et l'intérêt porté à leur pensée sont les outils de différenciation les plus puissants.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Citations Clés et Inspirations

      "Différencier, c’est mettre les élèves autant que possible dans des situations fécondes d’apprentissage." — Philippe Perrenoud (cité par Andrea Capitaine)

      "L'enseignant fait un calcul bénéfice/coût : est-ce que je vais prendre du temps pour leur apprendre à coopérer ou pour renforcer une notion mathématique ? Mais la question n'est pas duale." — Andrea Capitaine

      "On varie parfois pour varier, sans avoir identifié un besoin. S’appuyer sur ce qui fonctionne, c’est gagner du temps et de l’énergie." — Céline Dousset

      L'analogie du collier de perles : Les modalités d'étayage sont les perles, mais le fil conducteur reste l'éthique du travail et l'ambition que chaque élève trouve à l'école des occasions d'apprendre qu'il ne trouverait nulle part ailleurs.

    1. Coping strategies for climate change anxiety: a perspective on building resilience through psychological capital Thomas Kwame Osei Atta Nimo Thomas Kwame Osei Atta Nimo 1Department of Education and Psychology, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana Find articles by Thomas Kwame Osei Atta Nimo 1,✉, Hansen Akoto-Baako Hansen Akoto-Baako 2Departmet of Education, Jasikan College of Education, Jasikan, Ghana Find articles by Hansen Akoto-Baako 2, Ebenezer Oduro Antiri Ebenezer Oduro Antiri 3Department of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana 4Cardiometabolic Epidemiology Research Laboratory, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana Find articles by Ebenezer Oduro Antiri 3,4, Edward Wilson Ansah Edward Wilson Ansah 3Department of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana Find articles by Edward Wilson Ansah 3 Author information Article notes Copyright and License information 1Department of Education and Psychology, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana 2Departmet of Education, Jasikan College of Education, Jasikan, Ghana 3Department of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana 4Cardiometabolic Epidemiology Research Laboratory, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana ✉Thomas Kwame Osei Atta Nimo, Department of Education and Psychology, University of Cape Coast, Cape Coast, Ghana; thomas.nimo@stu.ucc.edu.gh No, there are no competing interests. Received 2024 Oct 22; Accepted 2025 Jun 15; Collection date 2025. Copyright © Author(s) (or their employer(s)) 2025. Re-use permitted under CC BY-NC. Published by BMJ Group. This is an open access article distributed in accordance with the Creative Commons Attribution Non Commercial (CC BY-NC 4.0) license, which permits others to distribute, remix, adapt, build upon this work non-commercially, and license their derivative works on different terms, provided the original work is properly cited, appropriate credit is given, any changes made indicated, and the use is non-commercial. See: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/. PMC Copyright notice PMCID: PMC12207113  PMID: 40571424 Abstract As the global impacts of climate change become more apparent, there is a corresponding increase in the psychological effects of the phenomenon, including climate change anxiety, stress and helplessness or hopelessness. Positive psychology provides a promising approach for tackling these mental health challenges by consolidating mental strength and building resilience. In this article, we consider how positive psychological coping mechanisms can lessen the negative impacts of climate change on mental health, especially in vulnerable populations. Based on evidence-based concepts such as psychological capital, positive psychology interventions seek to empower individuals, bolstering their capacity for optimism, self-efficacy and problem solving. By transforming anxiety into proactive behaviour, interventions such as mindfulness, cognitive reframing and encouraging environmental engagement could assist individuals in navigating the emotional toll of climate change. Although these strategies are not a solution to the climate crisis itself, they are adaptative strategies that equip individuals and communities with the means to cope with climate-related challenges more effectively and take positive actions. This perspective note also addresses the significance of incorporating these techniques into public health educational initiatives and policy-making, highlighting the necessity of accessible interventions that can be tailored to various cultural and socioeconomic contexts. Accordingly, we specifically discuss how positive psychology can be leveraged to foster resilience and hope, providing insight into how these concepts can support mental health and well-being in an era of climate change crisis. Keywords: Anxiety disorders, Depression & mood disorders, Suicide & self-harmIntroduction The global climate crisis has far-reaching effects, extending beyond environmental and physical damages.1 Whereas much of the attention has been placed on the ecological and economic repercussions of climate change, there has been relatively less focus on health, including the psychological effects of the crisis.1 Chronic fear and worry about environmental deterioration and its consequences for the future is known as climate change anxiety, which emerged as a significant mental health and public health issue.2 Climate change anxiety typically manifests as feelings of being overwhelmed, helplessness, grief and worry over the state of the world, often leading to severe mental health issues such as insomnia, headaches and panic attacks.3 Climate anxiety or climate change anxiety is especially prevalent among vulnerable populations such as persons with pre-existing mental conditions, marginalised groups, migrants and displaced persons, women, elderly people and young people.4 Their aim is to find sustainable and positive coping mechanisms to deal with the mounting psychological and emotional load associated with climate change.5 6 Climate change often invokes similar anxieties or emotional reactions such as ecological grief (grief experienced in response to actual or anticipated ecological loss) and solastalgia (distress brought on by environmental change in one’s home environment) highlights the complexity of the effects of climate change on mental health.3 Positive psychology, therefore, provides a useful framework for developing coping mechanisms in response to climate change, emphasising fostering mental well-being and enhancing human strengths for health.5 In this perspective, we attempt to look at how positive psychology coping mechanisms, particularly Psychological Capital (PsyCap), could foster resilience-building that can assist individuals in managing anxiety associated with climate change. Furthermore, positive psychology could foster a solution-oriented mindset and collective efficacy, encouraging individuals and communities to take meaningful actions that contribute to societal and communal responses to the climate crisis.7 Positive psychology is a promising approach to bolster both individual and collective capacity to cope with climate-related stressors, with a particular focus on cultivating optimism, self-efficacy, resilience and hope using evidence-based interventions to promote public health.8 Beyond these, we hope to draw the attention of climate change researchers and generate interest in this area of climate change research.Climate change adaptive strategies The WHO’s operational framework for building climate resilient health systems9 provides a valuable perspective for evaluating the mental health effects of climate change and possible coping mechanisms. The framework emphasises the need for robust adaptive strategies in the face of climate change. Of particular interest is the eighth key component of the framework, which is concerned with climate-informed health initiatives.9 The mental health facet of this component highlights three objectives, including creating community-based monitoring systems for people with mental illness during extreme weather events, attending to the mental health needs of populations exposed to trauma and climate change disasters, and creating emergency preparedness plans specifically designed to meet the needs of mental health patients.9 However, it is crucial to understand that climate change anxiety is not inherently pathological but is a natural, even rational reaction to actual existential threats from the climate crisis. Recognising this could prevent the overmedicalisation of emotional reactions to the crisis, rather channelling these concerns into proactive and adaptive behaviours both at individual and community levels.4 Positive psychology offers valuable strategies for potentially achieving all three objectives, in order to improve climate-related mental health outcomes.5 Moreover, because the climate crisis is a public health crisis that needs evidence-informed adaptation strategies, understanding and leveraging positive psychology provides a window of hope.Positive psychology and climate change Positive psychology highlights the development of positive emotions, strengths and resilience, rather than the sole focus on the problems and challenges that exist within an individual’s environment.7 In the practice of positive psychology, psychological interventions have been used to transform a mindset of hopelessness into a mindset of optimism in adverse situations.10 This concept can be applied in the context of climate change or climate crisis, as the approach has the potential to change the narrative surrounding climate change-induced helplessness to empowerment.10 It has been demonstrated that PsyCap, a key positive psychology construct that encompasses self-efficacy, optimism, resilience and hope, improves an individual’s capacity to cope with adversity.7 Through the encouragement of a sense of control and purpose, PsyCap interventions like goal-setting activities and resilience training may help reduce anxiety related to climate change.6 Additionally, by encouraging active participation, PsyCap not only improves individual mental health but also contributes to collective efficacy and community-led climate initiatives.8 The aim is to reduce climate change anxiety and its consequences on individuals, the community and public health. Climate action and self-efficacy One of the best strategies to mitigate climate change anxiety is through the development of self-efficacy, which has been characterised as an individual’s conviction or belief to bring about the needed change.11 Environmentally friendly behaviour is most likely to be adopted by people who believe they can contribute solutions to the climate crisis, which can consequently reduce feelings of helplessness.2 Interventions that focus on fostering self-efficacy, such as environmental education programmes that empower people to act, could be decisive in transforming the typical reaction to climate change from anxiety to constructive engagement.2 As recommended by the WHO framework, self-efficacy-building activities could be incorporated into community-based monitoring systems by involving residents, particularly those with a history of mental health vulnerabilities, in decision-making and climate adaptation planning.9 These initiatives do not only foster a sense of agency, but promote community belongingness and mutual support, which are crucial for building and maintaining psychological resilience. However, it is important to recognise that placing too much emphasis on individual responsibility for coping and climate action may inadvertently take the focus off structural and systemic causes of the crisis. This risk is especially significant for those living in resource-limited environments, where encouraging a sense of control without considering contextual limitations may worsen psychological discomfort and reinforce feelings of helplessness. Therefore, state actors like government through ministries and agencies, and non-governmental organisations and other institutions need to provide the needed climate change adaptation mechanisms to build both individual and community resilience.Optimism and cognitive reframing Another element of PsyCap is optimism, the ability of an individual to remain hopeful and upbeat in a negative situation, or in the face of adversity.8 Optimism in the context of climate change does not imply downplaying the gravity of the situation or the crisis, but rather refers to cognitive reframing, which is shifting the viewpoint from one of doom to hope.12 The implementation of cognitive–behavioural therapy techniques, such as transforming thoughts and perceptions about climate change from those of a catastrophe to a manageable challenge, could help people to develop a more resilient and hopeful mindset so they can concentrate on finding solutions rather than being overwhelmed with fear.13 14 The belief is that in such helplessness, there is the likelihood that both individuals and communities would remain inactive and worsen their condition. In line with the WHO framework’s second objective, optimism training could be incorporated into programmes for psychological first aid and trauma response, in order to assist individuals and communities exposed to climate-related trauma.9 Such interventions help maintain motivation and reduce cognitive paralysis, enabling persons to engage in adaptive behaviour rather than be paralysed by dread. Nevertheless, fostering optimism needs to be done carefully, as the absence of a parallel systemic support may foster a false sense of control that has the potential to worsen their distress.Resilience and adaptability Resilience has often been described as the capacity to overcome hardship or bounce back from adversity and is considered essential for bolstering mental health in the face of the climate crisis.7 Programmes for resilience training, which are frequently employed in disaster preparedness and response, could be adapted to assist individuals and communities in coping with climate-related stress.15 This closely relates to the WHO’s recommendation that emergency preparedness programmes need to incorporate mental health considerations and be climate-informed. Individuals can maintain and even improve their psychological well-being even in the face of environmental uncertainty by cultivating adaptive skills that bolster resilience.16 It has been recommended that bolstering resilience and adaptability is done through improving social connections, community engagement and collective problem-solving, which boost an individual and society’s capacity to respond actively to climate issues.15 This collective involvement strengthens a sense of shared identity, purpose and belonging, which are important protective factors against anxiety and depression.Hope as a coping mechanism Hope is a key positive psychology and PsyCap construct that is essential for personal and collective mental well-being.14 Hope, in the context of climate change, refers to the belief that meaningful action can slow down the deteriorating effects of climate change.14 Hope can also mean that individuals and communities believe they have appropriate adaptive mechanisms to bounce back from climate change disasters. Studies have shown that individuals who have higher levels of hope are more likely to engage in pro-environmental behaviours.17 Hope-promoting interventions, like community-driven sustainability initiatives, support the three WHO objectives by improving coping, strengthening community-based mental health networks and fostering a common belief in collective recovery and action.9 This can provide individuals with a sense of direction and lessen feelings of despair and dejection.14 Fostering hope in the face of the climate change crisis requires reinforcing the idea and belief that despite the gravity of the climate situation, positive outcomes may be achieved through appropriate individual and collective efforts.14 17 In contrast to resignation, which may provide momentary respite, hope is linked to psychological development, meaning-making and sustained motivation, which are critical for long-term mental health and community resilience against the crisis.17 However, it is critical to recognise that deeper engagement with climate change could intensify the feeling of anxiety. In such situations, interventions should be sensitive to psychological readiness, striking a balance between hopeful engagement, emotional support and realistic goal-setting in catastrophic climate change events.Mindfulness-based positive psychology interventions to mitigate climate change anxiety The literature has shown mindfulness to be one of the most effective interventions for collectively improving self-efficacy, optimism, resilience and hope.18 19 Positive psychology interventions based on mindfulness have gained popularity as useful approaches for coping with emotional distress and anxiety.19 By improving these four constructs, mindfulness improves PsyCap by providing a targeted approach to cope with climate change anxiety.19 With regard to climate change, mindfulness practices like breathing exercises and meditation can help people regulate their emotions and reduce the debilitating feeling of powerlessness that frequently accompanies climate anxiety.20 Mindfulness practices encourage a present-focused awareness and assist individuals in processing their feelings in a non-judgemental manner,18 serving as a useful coping strategy for climate change anxiety.Implications for public health Addressing the effects of climate change on mental health may require incorporating coping mechanisms from positive psychology into public health initiatives.9 Public health campaigns should inculcate and promote PsyCap-based interventions, providing individuals and communities with the psychological resources needed to cope with climate anxiety. School curricula should include climate change educational initiatives that emphasise self-efficacy, hope, optimism and resilience to help young people deal with their climate-related anxieties. From a policy perspective, promoting mental health alongside taking positive climate action could result in an all-encompassing response to the climate crisis. Essentially, policies that promote and guarantee community-based resilience programmes, mental health assistance for climate change anxiety, and funding for climate change-related positive psychology interventions will ensure a healthier and more involved society.16 Moreover, public health research that studies climate change anxiety with cross-sectional and longitudinal designs is important to informed practice and policy.Conclusions Positive psychology offers a valid means of mitigating the psychological and emotional toll of climate change by bolstering self-efficacy, optimism, resilience and hope of individuals and communities at risk. By emphasising strengths rather than weaknesses, positive psychology coping techniques could transform climate change fear into constructive, proactive and solution-focused behaviours. As the effects of climate change on mental health continue to worsen, incorporating positive psychology techniques into public health, education and policy is vital for building a resilient and empowered society.

      climate change

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We appreciate the time and effort the reviewers have invested in providing constructive feedback on our manuscript. Below, we’ve detailed additional work, corrections, and improvements that we will complete during the revision process.


      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary

      Folding is a major morphogenetic process that shapes tissues and organs in three dimensions. The mechanisms underlying tissue folding have been extensively explored and are often driven by actomyosin-based apical constriction. Here, the authors describe changes in cell geometry and mechanics during mouse neural tube formation. They build on quantitative fixed imaging and live junction ablation to extract cell geometry and junctional tension. These analyses are performed at different developmental stages and in both male and female embryos to propose a mechanical mechanism for neural tube elevation in the brain.

      Major comments

      The authors report quantitative data on cell geometry and junctional tension inferred from laser ablation. Overall, there are numerous statements that require stronger support from the experimental data. To substantiate several of their claims, the authors need to provide a larger number of data points-or at least comparable numbers across experimental conditions-for the tension measurements. Additional statistical analyses are required throughout to support the conclusions.

      Figure 1

      1. Does the projection algorithm account for tissue curvature when computing cell geometrical parameters such as area and anisotropy? At present, our projection algorithm does not correct for tissue curvature. Curvature in the tissue can make larger cells appear smaller in projections, skew the angle of cell orientations, and change aspect ratios. The largest curvature in the midbrain neural tube samples that we analyze is found in the transition region from the midline and lateral regions (~10-30% of tissue width) of 5 ss and 8ss embryos. The regions at the midline and more laterally are relatively flat. Therefore, distortion from curvature will not dramatically alter our key conclusions. We will apply a curvature correction using existing tools (Herbert S., et al (2021) BMC Biology) to sample images and determine if there are substantial differences in curvature-sensitive cells shape metrics. These will be included in a supplement to Figure 1. If there is a significant difference, we will expand the correction to all images that we analyze and update our analysis.

      The authors should provide information on the accuracy and reliability of the cell segmentation.

      We can provide a supplement to Figure 1 to demonstrate the accuracy of the segmentation. We have used F-Actin to segment cells in our images, which is enriched along the cell junctions but can also form medial cables that cross the cell surface. Junctional actomyosin is notably brighter than medial cables, and segmentation with our trained CellPose model is consistently able to distinguish the junctions. We also checked segmentation and performed manual corrections to ensure accuracy. To demonstrate this for our readers, we will prepare samples stained with both F-actin and ZO-1, a tight junction component that is localized to cell junctions. We will then segment the image twice in CellPose, once using the F-actin signal and once using the ZO-1 signal. The resulting cell outlines will then be digitally superimposed to show how much the signals overlap, and we will plot out the cell frequency as a function of area to determine if F-actin segmentations can segment with the same fidelity as ZO-1. Recent work by a co-author has shown excellent corroboration of neuroepithelial apical cell areas segmented using F-Actin and ZO-1 (Ampartzidis I., et al. eLife 2026). We are confident that our data will show a similar result.

      The authors indicate that the rate of apical constriction differs between male and female embryos. However, apical sizes differ only at specific positions along the ML axis (Fig. 2H, I).

      In Figure 2H, we show that at 5 ss males have larger apical areas than females at the midline, adjacent lateral cells, and at the surface ectoderm-neural epithelium border. By 8ss (Figure 2I), cells at the midline are smaller in males than females, while cells in more lateral regions are now equivalent between sexes. This change in apical area over time suggests that males have faster rates of constriction than females at the midline and adjacent lateral region where male cells become smaller or equivalent in size to female cells, respectively. We will perform statistical analysis (see comment #4) to determine if there are regions with significant differences in rate and amend our language to clarify that these differences are region specific as appropriate.

      The authors should provide statistical analyses for the rates shown in Fig. 2J. Are these rates significantly different between males and females, and between medial and lateral regions?

      Currently we calculate our rates using the difference in population averages of apical area at each stage shown in Figure 2H and 2I for each sex, and dividing by the number of somite stages, 3. As a result, there is only one rate value at each midline-lateral bin for each sex which is not amenable to statistical analysis. To correct this, we will calculate rates by subtracting the average apical area of each embryo at 8 ss from the population average of embryos at 5 ss. This will create 5 rates for both females and males at each 10% midline-lateral bin. We plan to perform a two-way ANOVA to determine if there are statistical differences in rates between males and females at each bin position and between medial and lateral regions. We will also add a section describing these calculations to the “Statistical Analysis” portion of the methods.

      Please clearly state the main novelty of this study relative to the work published by Brooks et al.

      Our study builds on the work of Brooks ER, et al. (2020) eLife. Brooks demonstrates that cells in a region of the lateral neural folds undergo apical constriction (Figure 1) and that cells at the midline do not (Figure 2). We expand and improve upon this work in the following ways:

      1. A) As required by our funding sources at the NIH (NOT-OD-15-102) we have collected, analyzed, and reported on sex as a biological variable of interest. In doing so, we have shown that there are clear sex differences in apical area in the neural tube that were not previously shown. We also show that there is apical constriction within the neural tube midline in a sex dependent manner. Brooks et al do not address sex in their work.
      2. B) We have provided more complete and spatially precise information on midline-lateral patterns of apical area and apical constriction. To show changes in apical area of lateral cells, Brooks selects a 100 x 100 µm region of interest in the midbrain (Figure 1E-F, Figure 2A) but does not specify the midline-lateral or rostral-caudal location of this region of interest or standardize it between embryos of different ages and dimensions. In our study, we’ve standardized our measurements to a 100 µm wide band across the midbrain adjacent to the midbrain/hindbrain boundary (Figure 2A-C). We also standardize positions as a percent distance from midline to account for differences in width between embryos and ages. This allows us to consistently compare similar populations of cells along the midline-lateral axis and determine changes in apical area over time.
      3. C) We connect patterns of apical area and constriction to F-actin and Myosin-IIB density. Though Brooks et al report some analysis of F-actin in lateral cells (Figure 6), they do not analyze the midline cells or explore the relationship between cell shape and actomyosin.
      4. D) Finally, we tested the mechanical properties of the tissue through laser ablation in living mouse embryos. From these ablations we’ve found that tension at the midline is less than in more lateral regions. Work in the neural tubes of frog (Haigo S., et al. (2003) Current Biology, Baldwin AT., et al. (2022) eLife, Matsuda M., et al. (2023) Nature Communications) and chicken (Kinoshita N., (2008) * Cell, Nishimura T., et al. (2012) Cell) embryos has conclusively shown that enriched midline actomyosin promotes apical contractility and drives hinge formation. It was therefore largely believed that a similar contractile hinge was employed in mammals (Copp AJ. and Green NDE. (2010) J. Pathol, Nikolopoulo E., et al. (2017) Development). Collectively, our work is the first to demonstrate that such a contractile hinge is not present in the mammalian brain neural tube. Figure 3*

      The authors need to provide statistical support for the claim that large midline cells exhibit reduced F-actin and Myosin IIB levels.

      We will conduct a two-way ANOVA to determine if there are statistical differences in F-actin and Myosin IIB density at the midline and more lateral regions in both males and females. We will update our language in the text and plots as appropriate from these results.

      F-actin and Myosin IIB intensities should be plotted as a function of cell area to support the proposed anticorrelation between apical area and actomyosin levels.

      We will make plots of cell areas vs. F-actin or Myosin IIB density for cells in each embryo. We will then fit a line to determine the R value for each embryo to determine if there is a negative correlation between cell area and actomyosin intensity. We will also adjust our language in the text as appropriate based on the results of these tests.

      Statistical analyses are missing to substantiate the increase in F-actin levels between stages ss5 and ss8.

      We will perform an F-test to determine homogeneity of variance between F-actin at 5 ss and 8 ss followed by the appropriate t-test to determine if there is a statistical increase in F-actin over time. We will also amend our language in the text to reflect the results of this test.

      Figure S3 should be supported by plots showing Myosin II and F-actin intensity as a function of position along the ML axis, together with appropriate statistics.

      In Figure 3A-D, we show representative images of F-Actin and Myosin IIB density in female embryos. These are plotted as the purple lines in Figure 3 E-H. Figure 3 Supplement 1 shows representative images of F-actin and Myosin IIB density in male embryos. These are plotted as the green lines in Figure 3 E-H. We will add a line in the caption of Figure 3 Supplement 1 indicating that these samples are represented and plotted in Figure 3. We also noted a typo in the respective captions, incorrectly indicating male or females were shown in the figure. We will correct these typos as well. Additionally, we will perform the statistical tests indicated under comment #6.

      Figure 4

      The authors state that lateral tension in male embryos is not different from midline tension, yet the number of data points is much lower than in females. To support this claim, the number of ablations should be comparable across sexes.

      As part of this study we performed 270 ablations in the neural tubes of 83 mouse embryos: an exceptional scale of ablations that is the first of its kind in early embryos. We conducted our initial recoil velocity analysis blinded to information on sex. Male embryos were statistically underrepresented in our data set because male embryos develop faster than their female littermates (Seller MJ. and Perkins-Cole KJ. (1987) J. Reprod. Fert.). As such, the neural folds of male embryos were too elevated to ablate. At present we do not have the resources or justification to perform laser ablations on additional animals to obtain the number of male embryos needed to supplement the already exceptionally large data set. We will instead perform a power analysis to determine if: 1) we have a sample size large enough to detect a biologically-meaningful difference with suitable power, 2) the sample size required to detect the observed difference is so large that the difference would not be biologically meaningful, or 3) we do not have a sample size large enough to detect a difference confidently. With the results of this analysis, we will amend our language in the text to reflect the most accurate claims that can be made.

      Is lateral tension different between males and females?

      In Figure 4G we show that females have statistically different tension between the lateral and midline regions, while males do not. However, we do not test if the lateral or midline tension is different between females and males. We will perform an F-test and t-test to determine if there are statistical differences between males and females in this region.

      Similarly, the data in Fig. S4 used to claim no change in tension over time are not supported by sufficient data points.

      As discussed in comment #10, the scale of ablations is already substantial, and the initial recoil velocities were analyzed blinded to information on embryo age. We will calculate a best fit line for these plots to demonstrate if there is a trend in recoil velocity over time. We will then adjust our language in the text as appropriate with this added information.

      Would the medial and lateral tensions reported in Fig. 4G remain unchanged if the authors perform statistical analyses on 10-15 ablations per condition?

      We do not have a justification for removal or exclusion of any of the laser ablations analyzed in this study. We will instead perform a power analysis, as indicated in comment # 10, and adjust the language in the text as appropriate given the results of that analysis.

      Figure 5

      The number of data points in Fig. 5J and L is insufficient to support claims of no difference. The only detectable difference arises in the comparison with much higher sample size (Fig. 5L, ML vs RC).

      In Figure 5J we disaggregate ablations performed at the midline by directionality (midline-lateral or rostral-caudal). We were unable to detect a statistically significant difference based on the direction of initial recoil velocity in either sex, though N’s for all categories are comparable. As discussed in comments #10 and #12, the scale of ablations conducted in this study is uniquely substantial. We will perform a power analysis for our anisotropy measurements in the lateral region of the tissue to determine if we have a sample size large enough to have detect a biologically-relevant difference with high confidence or if the sample size required to detect the observed difference is so large that the difference would not be biologically meaningful. Given the results of this analysis, we will amend our language in the text to reflect the most accurate claims that can be made.

      The authors conclude that males have higher ML tension than RC tension, but given the limited data this conclusion should be amended to "no detectable difference."

      In Figure 5L, we disaggregate ablations performed in the lateral regions, by directionality (midline-lateral or rostral-caudal). We find a statistical difference in the directionality of initial recoil velocity in females. In males, though we can observe a difference in the initial recoil velocity means, we are unable to detect a statistical difference, likely due to the smaller male sample size. As discussed in comments #10 and #12, the scale of ablations conducted in this study is uniquely substantial and was conducted blinded to embryo sex. Given that males develop faster than their female littermates (Seller MJ. and Perkins-Cole KJ. (1987) J. Reprod. Fert.) we were unable to obtain more males in our data set. We will perform a power analysis for our anisotropy measurements in the lateral region of the tissue to determine if: 1) we have a sample size large enough to detect a biologically-meaningful difference with suitable power, 2) the sample size required to detect the observed difference is so large that the difference would not be biologically meaningful, or 3) we do not have a sample size large enough to detect a difference confidently. With the results of this analysis, we will amend our language in the text to reflect the most accurate claims that can be made.

      Code availability

      The authors should provide access to the code used to generate the projections.

      We are committed to ensuring open access to all code used as part of this study, including components of the projection workflow, data analysis, and figure creation. We are in the process of assembling a GitHub repository containing these files as well as documentation to allow for use by other members of the research community and public. We will publicly publish this documentary upon completion of the repository or at time of publication, whichever comes first.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      The authors propose a mechanical model for neural tube elevation based on analyses of cell geometry and tension at two developmental stages. The reported differences in cell geometry or actomyosin levels do not appear to explain the differences in geometry or tension suggested between male and female embryos. This raises questions about the relationship between these measurements and their relevance for understanding the mechanisms of neural tube elevation.

      If the major concerns outlined above are rigorously addressed, the manuscript will offer a valuable descriptive characterization of neural tube cell geometry and mechanical stress during morphogenesis. Such datasets could form a foundation for future studies investigating the mechanisms driving neural tube elevation.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      The manuscript investigates the role of apical constriction and actomyosin organization in shaping the mouse brain neural epithelium during neural tube elevation, with particular emphasis on sex-specific differences. The authors develop an imaging and analysis pipeline to reconstruct the apical surface of the neural plate in three dimensions and perform quantitative measurements of apical cell area, actin, and myosin IIB distributions. Targeted laser ablation experiments are used to infer regional tissue tension.

      The main findings can be summarized as follows. First, the authors identify a mediolateral gradient in apical cell area, with larger cells at the midline and smaller cells on the lateral neural folds, which inversely correlates with actomyosin density. Laser ablation experiments suggest that apical tension is lower and isotropic at the midline, whereas it is higher and anisotropic on the lateral folds, particularly in females. Second, sex-dependent differences in apical cell area, constriction rates, and actomyosin levels are reported at early somite stages, preceding previously described sex biases in neural tube defects.

      The experimental work is technically solid, and the imaging and quantification pipeline represents a useful advance for analyzing large, curved epithelial surfaces. However, the study feels incomplete in its current form. Despite addressing neural tube elevation, the manuscript does not provide a comprehensive analysis of the folding process itself. Key aspects such as three-dimensional tissue morphology, curvature evolution, or global shape changes of the neural folds are not quantified. In addition, other potentially relevant cellular behaviors, such as proliferation, cell rearrangements, or contributions from neighboring tissues, are not examined, nor are they compared systematically between sexes.

      Conceptually, the study focuses narrowly on correlations between apical cell area, actomyosin density, and inferred tension. While these measurements are carefully performed, the relationship between differential actomyosin contractility and three-dimensional tissue folding remains largely descriptive. No mechanical model or simulation framework is provided to link changes in actomyosin organization and cell shape to the emergence of neural folds and hinge formation. As a result, it is difficult to assess whether the measured differences in tension (on the order of ~40%) are sufficient to account for the proposed mechanical behavior of the tissue.

      The central hypothesis advanced by the authors is that a relatively "soft" midline, flanked by stiffer, tension-bearing lateral folds, facilitates hinge formation during brain neurulation. However, this hypothesis is not directly tested by perturbation. For example, experimentally increasing contractility or stiffness at the midline (e.g., via optogenetic activation of apical constriction machinery) would provide a more direct test of causality. As it stands, the data demonstrate correlation rather than necessity or sufficiency.

      Relatedly, alternative interpretations are not fully addressed. Large apical cell areas and low actomyosin levels at the midline could arise as a consequence of tissue geometry, contact with underlying structures such as the notochord, or extrinsic mechanical constraints, rather than being the primary cause of hinge formation. Similarly, anisotropic stresses generated at the tissue or embryo scale could align cells and actomyosin cables, producing the observed patterns without requiring locally specified apical tension differences as the initiating mechanism. The manuscript does not clearly distinguish whether apical tension asymmetries are a driver of folding or an emergent outcome of folding dynamics.

      Finally, while the identification of sex differences is intriguing, it remains unclear what mechanistic insight is gained beyond establishing that such differences exist. The functional consequences of these differences for neural tube closure, robustness, or failure are not explored, nor is it clear how they integrate into the proposed lateral tension model.

      In summary, this study provides high-quality measurements of apical cell geometry, actomyosin organization, and inferred tension in the mouse neural epithelium. However, the lack of direct perturbations, mechanical modeling, and quantitative analysis of three-dimensional tissue deformation limits the strength of the mechanistic conclusions. Addressing these gaps would substantially strengthen the manuscript and clarify the causal role of apical tension patterns in neural fold formation.

      __ __The reviewer makes an excellent point, that direct perturbation of the system would enable us to test our hypothesis and inform whether the reduced contractility at the midline is essential for neural tube elevation. However, at present the technology needed to conduct an optogenetic experiment like that described by the reviewer does not exist. As with the laser ablations, an optogenetic experiment requires access to live and healthy embryos. Currently, mouse embryos can be cultured for several days in roller culture, where they are continuously rotated, or for several hours in static culture (Aguilera-Castrejon A. and Hanna JH. (2021) J. Vis. Exp.). Both techniques require that the yolk and amniotic sacs remain intact around the embryo. To access the apical surface of the brain neural tube for imaging, both sacs must be breached, after which the embryo has about 30 minutes before it begins to exhibit altered cellular morphology and tissue integrity and ultimate embryo death.

      The neural tube elevates over several hours and closes fully after more than a day (Jacobson AG. and Tam PPL. (1982) The Anatomical Record). Even if we did acquire mice expressing photoactivatable constructs, the support membranes of the embryos would need to be breached to activate protein interactions. The embryos would die before any meaningful progress in neural tube elevation could be evaluated. Conducting an experiment like this would greatly advance our understanding of the system, and we hope that the needed technologies are developed to enable future work of this nature. The Galea lab previously purchased a photo-activatable Cre line, but was unable to induce deletion of a protein of interest using this allele before closure of the neural tube was completed (and the blue light needed to activate the cre was photo-toxic).

      At present, there is some experimental evidence to suggest that lack of apical constriction at the midline if important for proper neural tube closure. Brooks ER, et al. (2020) eLife shows that a truncated Ift122 mutant, leads to abnormal constriction of the midline cells but does not disrupt lateral cell apical constriction, leading to a failure in brain neural tube closure in these embryos. Ift122 regulates trafficking and signaling proteins in cilia, which in turn regulates Sonic hedgehog signaling which Brooks ER, et al. also demonstrates regulates apical constriction. While this disruption is clearly multifaceted and nuanced, it provides some genetic support for the lack of apical constriction at the midline being important for neural tube closure.



      Major Comments

      Figure quality. Figure 1 contains very low-resolution images, which makes it difficult to evaluate the segmentation quality and tissue morphology. Higher-resolution versions should be provided.

      In Figure 1, we outline the conceptual strategy and approach used to create and analyze shell projections of the curved neural tube. As much of our analysis builds from segmentation of cells in the projections, being able to assess segmentation quality from high resolution images is critical to evaluating the quality of the data shown. As discussed in comment #2, we will create a supplement to Figure 1 to demonstrate the accuracy of the segmentation. This will include high resolution images of both the label used to segment and the resulting segmentation, with corresponding overlays.

      Cell segmentation strategy and validation. The authors segment cell areas using Myosin II and F-actin signals. This approach may introduce inaccuracies, as actomyosin cables can traverse the apical surface of individual cells and do not always coincide with cell boundaries. Segmentation based on junctional markers such as ZO-1 may be more appropriate. At minimum, the authors should provide a quantitative validation of segmentation accuracy, for example by overlaying segmentation results on raw images together with a nuclear marker (e.g., DAPI or H2B-GFP), to demonstrate that the number of segmented cells corresponds to the number of nuclei.

      We will provide a supplement to Figure 1 to demonstrate the accuracy of the segmentation. We have used F-Actin to segment cells in our images. F-actin is enriched along junctions but cells can also have medial pools and F-actin cables, which might lead to errors. Though we understand the reviewer’s logic in asking to align segmentations with marked nuclei, the morphology of the neural epithelium makes this approach infeasible. The neural epithelium is pseudostratified, and nuclear position varies along the apical-basal axis depending on the cell cycle phase of each cell. As a result, an apical shell projection of nuclei would not capture all nuclei and a maximum intensity projection in Z of all nuclei would be uninterpretable as there would be substantial XY overlap between nuclei. Instead, we will create a supplement to Figure 1 to demonstrate the accuracy of the segmentation as discussed in comment #2. We will segment samples stained for both F-Actin and junctional markers like ZO-1. We will then create overlays of the resulting cell outlines and a cell area frequency plot for both segmentations to evaluate if F-actin based segmentation deviates from tight junction-based segmentation.

      Lack of cross-sectional views of neural tube morphology. The manuscript would benefit from the inclusion of cross-sectional images of the neural tissue at different developmental stages. This would serve two purposes: (i) to demonstrate that the authors have a comprehensive understanding of the full three-dimensional folding process during neural tube closure, including medial and lateral hinge formation, and (ii) to allow readers to visualize the tissue geometry corresponding to the analyzed projection datasets (e.g., at 5 ss and 8 ss).

      A key component of our model states that the changes in cell-level morphology and features correspond to changes in tissue level morphology (Figure 6). Specifically, that lateral apical constriction coincides with the flattening and elevation of the dorsal bulges on the lateral neural folds. We agree that it is beneficial to include additional visuals of tissue morphology. We plan to add an additional figure at the start of manuscript that details both the dorsal and relevant cross-sectional views of the somite stages analyzed. These visuals will take the form of graphical illustrations along with 3D confocal microscopy images and optical reconstructions of samples.

      Sex-specific differences in overall neural plate morphology. The authors report that at 5 ss, males consistently have larger apical cell areas than females. It is unclear whether this difference reflects a global difference in neural plate morphology. Showing representative images of female and male neural plates would help readers directly assess whether there are overt morphological differences beyond those revealed by quantitative analysis.

      If one sex has larger cells than the other, it would be reasonable to expect that the neural folds may be wider as well. In Figure 2B-C, we show representative images of male embryos at 5 and 8 ss. As part of the additions we indicated in comment #19, we will also include dorsal and cross-sectional views of both male and female embryos at the stages analyzed. If there is a difference in tissue morphology between sexes, we will also quantify these differences in tissue size, curvature, etc.

      Cell number analysis. The authors state, based on prior literature, that cell numbers do not change between 5 and 8 ss. Given that the tissue is already segmented in the current study, this claim should be directly verified using the authors' own data. This analysis should be straightforward and would strengthen the conclusions.

      We agree and will determine the number of cells analyzed for each embryo to test if there are changes in cell numbers at different stages and between sexes, along with appropriate statistical tests.

      Relation between tissue curvature and cellular properties. It would be highly informative to extract the three-dimensional morphology of the neural plate, in particular its curvature, and examine how curvature correlates with two-dimensional cell anisotropy, apical area, and F-actin/Myosin intensity. For example, at 8 ss the authors report a U-shaped dependence of cell area along the mediolateral axis. How does this pattern relate to local tissue curvature?

      We agree with this assessment and will create optical reslices in the midbrain adjacent to but excluding the midbrain hindbrain boundary. We will then divide the apical surface into 10% bins and fit a circle to the apical surface of the neural epithelium in each to calculate the local radius of curvature, which is the reciprocal of curvature for the surface. We can then correlate these values with two-dimensional cell shape and actomyosin density metrics.

      Visualization of sex differences in medial actin levels (Figure 3). In Figure 3, the reported female-male difference in medial actin levels would benefit from visualization of the raw data. A zoomed-in inset of the midline region, shown separately for females and males, would help substantiate this claim.

      In Figure 3, we demonstrate patterns of the whole-cell apical F-actin (Fig. 3A, B) and Myosin IIB (Fig. 3C, D) density. We find that there is no difference in F-Actin density between males and females (Fig. 3E, F), but a significant difference in midline Myosin IIB density at 5 ss that is mostly absent by 8 ss (Fig. 3G, H). We currently provide representative images for female and male myosin IIB expression across the midline-lateral axis in Figure 3C, D, and Figure 3-Supplement 1C and D. We can provide a close-up image of Myosin IIB in the midline region for both sexes as part of Figure 3, with additional annotations on existing representative image to indicate their origin.

      Typographical error. Line 143: please correct "cell are" to "cell area".

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this error and will correct this typo and perform additional editing to correct any other typos present in the manuscript.

      Quantitative correlation analysis between cell area and actomyosin. The authors qualitatively discuss the relationship between cell area dynamics and actomyosin levels. It would strengthen the analysis to directly compute and report correlations between these variables, and to explicitly test whether actin and myosin levels are anti-correlated with apical cell area.

      As discussed in comment #6, we will plot cell area vs. F-actin or Myosin IIB density for each embryo and fit a line to calculate their correlation coefficient. From there, we will determine if there is a negative correlation between cell area and actomyosin intensity.

      Interpretation of anti-correlation and contractile hinge mechanism. In lines 143-157, the authors state that the observed anti-correlation between actomyosin and cell area argues against a contractile hinge mechanism. However, this anti-correlation could also suggest that apical cell area is determined by local mechanical or geometric constraints rather than by local actomyosin contractility. The authors should clarify and discuss this alternative interpretation.

      Within the neural epithelium of mice and other vertebrates, F-actin and myosin-IIB are enriched on the apical surface relative to other regions of the cell (Sadler TW, et al. (1982) Science, Matsuda M., et al. (2023), Nat. Communication, Röper, K. (2013) BioArchitecture). This poises the actomyosin network to be able to selectively constrict the apical surface relative to the basal side of the cells. Apical constriction is observed to actively facilitate the formation of hinges in folding tissues (Chanet S, et al. (2017), Nature Communications, Nishimura T., et al. (2012) Cell, Chistrodoulou N., et al. (2015) Cell Reports) in what we term the contractile hinge model of tissue folding. Tissues that employ this model of folding are expected to have small apical areas and apical enrichment of contractile actomyosin at the hinge point during folding. We observe large apical areas, low apical actomyosin density, and low apical tension at the midline hinge of the mouse midbrain neural tube, which are all inconsistent with a contractile hinge mechanism being employed in this tissue folding process. We agree with the reviewer that “cell shape does not always match [acto]myosin contractility levels, because cell shape depends on extrinsic, as well as intrinsic forces” (Line 147-149). We also agree that anticorrelation of actomyosin density and apical cell area does not per se argue against the contractile hinge model and will amend our language to be clearer. We will also further elaborate on potential extrinsic factors that may lead to the observed cell behaviors at the midline in the discussion.

      Statistical robustness of laser ablation results (Figure 4). The differences in recoil velocity between regions appear small, with substantial overlap between the distributions. In addition, the sample sizes for lateral versus midline ablations appear unequal (with visibly more data points in the lateral condition). These factors raise concerns about the robustness and statistical significance of the reported differences, which should be addressed more carefully.

      In Figure 4E, we show initial recoil velocities binned only by region: lateral vs. midline and report a 3.03 μm/s vs. 2.40 μm/s, or 26% difference between the two regions. We then show in Figure 4G that by considering another relevant variable, sex, we find initial recoil to be 3.15 μm/s vs. 2.30 μm/s, or 37% difference in females and 2.68 μm/s vs. 2.57 μm/s, or 4% difference in males. We go on to show In Figure 5L that within the lateral region that recoils also vary by direction, with a 38% difference. Ultimately the final conclusions that we draw regarding tissue tension that we present in our model are derived from the most finely disaggregated data in Figure 5. Our goal in presenting a stepwise disaggregation of the data was to demonstrate which variables had the greatest impact on the variance within our data set. We agree with the reviewer that a more precise statistical analysis of this data set is warranted that accounts for the complexity and multitude of variables that can influence our conclusions. In addition to the power analysis described in comment #10, we plan to conduct a mixed-effect model analysis of our data that considers factors including sex, age, cut direction, cut region, cut number, and embryos to determine which factors explain the most variance in the population. We will add this analysis as a supplement to Figure 4 alongside a description of the tests performed in the Statistical Analysis section of the methods. We will also adjust our language in the text to clearly state the limitations of the data as presented and qualify conclusions as appropriate.

      Speculative statement regarding anisotropic tension in males. Line 278: "We believe that both sexes demonstrate anisotropic tension, given that males have cell aspect ratios and orientations in the lateral neural folds similar to females." This statement is speculative. Either anisotropic tension in males should be directly measured and reported, or this statement should be removed.

      As discussed in comment # 15, in Figure 5L, though we can observe a difference in the initial recoil velocity means, we are unable to detect a statistical difference. Ablations were conducted blinded to embryo sex, but fewer male embryos were suitable for ablation because males develop faster than their female littermates (Seller MJ. and Perkins-Cole KJ. (1987) J. Reprod. Fert.). We were therefore unable to obtain more males in our data set. At present we do not have the resources to perform additional laser ablations to supplement the existing data set. We will instead perform a power analysis for our anisotropy measurements in the lateral region of the tissue to determine if: 1) we have a sample size large enough to detect a biologically-meaningful difference with suitable power, 2) the sample size required to detect the observed difference is so large that the difference would not be biologically meaningful, or 3) we do not have a sample size large enough to detect a difference confidently. With the results of this analysis, we will amend our language in the text to reflect the most accurate claims that can be made.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      This study provides high-quality measurements of apical cell geometry, actomyosin organization, and inferred tension in the mouse neural epithelium. However, the lack of direct perturbations, mechanical modeling, and quantitative analysis of three-dimensional tissue deformation limits the strength of the mechanistic conclusions. Addressing these gaps would substantially strengthen the manuscript and clarify the causal role of apical tension patterns in neural fold formation. At the end of the day, the authors suggest an hypothesis that is not well support by their data, which is of high quality.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary

      This manuscript by De La O et al addresses a long-standing question of how actomyosin contributes mechanically to cranial neural tube elevation in the mouse, a system in which classical midline contractile hinge models appear insufficient. The authors develop an image-processing and analysis pipeline that enables reconstruction and quantitative analysis of the apical actomyosin network across the large, curved dorsal surface of the mouse brain neuroepithelium. Using this approach, combined with laser ablation-based tension measurements in live embryos, they report a medio-lateral gradient of apical cell area and an inverse gradient of actomyosin density. Contrary to contractile hinge models described in frog, chick and invertebrate systems, they find that the midline exhibits low, isotropic tension, while the lateral neural folds show higher anisotropic apical tension, consistent with their proposal of a "lateral tension" mechanism for neural tube elevation.

      The work provides an important reframing of actomyosin function in mammalian cranial neurulation, supported by extensive quantitative imaging and mechanical measurements. The finding that lateral, rather than midline, actomyosin networks dominate tissue tension is compelling and helps reconcile previous observations that midline hinge formation in mouse can proceed despite actomyosin perturbation. The study is technically sophisticated and addresses a biologically important process with clear relevance to neural tube defect etiology. However, several aspects of the statistical treatment, interpretation of laser ablation data, and mechanistic framing require clarification or tempering to fully support the authors' conclusions.

      Major comments

      Statistical unit and pseudo-replication in cell-based analyses (Figures 2-3)

      In Figures 2 and 3, it is unclear whether statistical comparisons were performed at the level of individual cells or embryos. Because cells are nested within embryos, treating cells as independent observations raises concerns about pseudo-replication and inflated statistical significance, particularly for sex-dependent effects. While the color-coded maps are visually compelling, they may overstate confidence in differences between conditions if embryo-to-embryo variability is not explicitly accounted for.

      Clarification is needed as to whether statistical testing was performed on embryo-level summary values (e.g., one value per embryo per positional bin), or whether hierarchical or mixed-effects models were used with embryo treated as a random effect. Providing embryo-level summary plots would also help readers assess inter-embryo variability. Addressing this point is important for confidence in both the reported medio-lateral gradients and the sex differences.

      We agree with the reviewer that it is inappropriate to calculate statistics based on measurements of individual cells. As indicated under the ‘Statistical Analysis and Figure Assembly’ section of our methods “For fixed images, cell shape and protein intensity analysis (Figure 2H-J, Figure 3E-H, Figure 5E-H), N = 5 embryos for all conditions and n, or the number of cells in each 10% bin, is ≥ 150 cells for each embryo” (Line 556 – 558). The average and SD between embryos are shown in these plots and is calculated at the embryo level, not the cell level. We chose to consolidate this information in the methods section as the same data set is used across the three figures. We will add a line to the figure captions that N values for all experiments can be found in this section of the methods. We will also provide supplementary plots showing the bin averages for each individual embryo, color coded by embryo to show the distribution of the data set.

      Interpretation of actomyosin density as a proxy for contractility (Figure 3)

      The descriptive correlation between apical cell area and actomyosin density is clear and consistent. However, actomyosin abundance alone does not necessarily equate to force generation, particularly in the absence of measurements of myosin activation state (e.g., pMLC), actomyosin dynamics, or direct perturbations linking actomyosin levels to mechanical output. Although the authors appropriately note that cell shape does not always reflect intrinsic contractility, actomyosin density is nevertheless used to argue against a contractile hinge mechanism.

      While the subsequent laser ablation experiments address tissue tension more directly, the mechanistic conclusions drawn from actomyosin density measurements alone would benefit from more careful qualification. Tempering language that equates actomyosin enrichment with contractile output, or explicitly acknowledging these limitations, would strengthen the interpretation.

      It is largely believed that apical pools of actomyosin are active and that apical localization of actomyosin is dependent on activation. Shroom3, an actin-binding protein, is localized to the apical adherens junctions in the neural tube (Haigo SL., et al. (2003) Curr. Biol., Hildebrand JD. and Soriano P. (1999) Cell), where it can recruit Rho kinases (ROCKs) that in turn phosphorylate and activate Myosin IIB (Nishimura T. and Takeichi M. (2008) Dev.). Mutations in Shroom3 lead to neural tube close defects and its overexpression in the neural tube can induce apical constriction and increased apical accumulation of Myosin II tube (Haigo SL., et al. (2003) Curr. Biol., Hildebrand JD. (2005) J. Cell Sci.). In the mouse neural tube, Myosin IIB intensity is greater in cells that can apically constrict than in those that cannot constrict (Galea GL., et al. (2021) Nat Commun). Additionally, inhibition of ROCK reduces apical tension, presumably by reduction of activated Myosin II (Butler MB., et al. (2019) J. Cell Sci.). We agree with the reviewer’s assessment that to definitively state that the apical pools of Myosin IIB and F-actin are promoting apical contractility, a demonstration of the phosphorylation state of the Myosin II regulatory light chain (pMLC) or observations/perturbations in live embryos is necessary. We will adjust our language to reflect this limitation. We will also provide information on the relationship between apically localized actomyosin and contractility.

      Statistical and biological independence of laser ablation measurements (Figures 4-5)

      The Methods indicate that 155 laser ablations were analyzed across 71 embryos, implying that multiple ablations were performed per embryo. It would be helpful to clarify how this hierarchical data structure was handled statistically. Specifically, were recoil velocities averaged per embryo, paired with embryos for ML vs. RC comparisons, or analyzed using hierarchical/mixed-effects models?

      Our laser ablation data set captures variables including embryo sex, age, cut location, cut direction, and cut number. Therefore, we did not feel it appropriate to average recoils within the same embryo as these cuts were intentionally in different regions (lateral vs midline) or in different orientations (i.e. a rostral-caudal cut and midline-lateral cut on opposite lateral folds), which our analysis has shown would lead to averaging out potential differences. Ablations were far apart from each other, and we had checked that ablation order did not predict changes in recoil. However, we agree with the reviewer that a more precise statistical analysis of this data set is warranted that accounts for the complexity of variables potentially influencing initial recoil velocities. As discussed in comment #27, we plan to conduct a mixed-effect model analysis of our data that considers the above and add this analysis as a supplement to figure 4. We will include a description of this in the methods and our language in the text to clearly state the limitations of the data as presented and qualify conclusions as appropriate.

      In addition, embryos were subjected up to 5 ablations within a short time window. Because laser ablation disrupts tissue integrity and can induce rapid cytoskeletal remodeling, it is unclear whether later ablations represent independent measurements of the native tension state. Clarification is needed regarding whether the authors tested for effects of ablation order (e.g., first vs. later cuts), ensured sufficient spatial separation between ablation sites, or verified that repeated ablations did not systematically alter recoil measurements. Demonstrating that initial recoil velocity is independent of cut number would substantially strengthen confidence in the mechanical conclusions.

      We agree with the reviewer that laser ablations cause disruptions to tissue, and these disruptions can impact the results of additional ablations performed near the site of prior ablations. The average embryo in our data set has three ablations: one on either neural fold and one at the midline, with hundreds of µm distances from each other. In embryos that had more than 3 ablations made far away from each other (additional ablations were performed in the hindbrain rhombomeres, rhombomere boundaries, at the neuroepithelium and surface ectoderm boundary, or at the zipper point, but n numbers of these are insufficient for analysis). We will supplement the methods text describing the laser ablations to clarify this for readers. Additionally, after an ablation, displacement is not detectable further than 3-5 cell lengths away from the cut even after several seconds post ablation. We will provide visual examples of these cuts after ablation to demonstrate this phenomenon. As discussed in comment #27 and #32, we will also perform mixed-effect modeling to determine if cut number impacts observed initial recoil velocities. We will also provide plots demonstrating relevant examples of these comparisons (e.g. sequential lateral cuts made in the same direction).

      Interpretation of sex-dependent tension differences (Figures 4-5)

      Figure 4 shows a clear lateral-greater-than-midline tension difference in females, whereas this pattern is not detected in males under initial analysis. Later, Figure 5 reveals directional anisotropy in the lateral neural folds of both sexes. As currently framed, this creates some ambiguity regarding whether the proposed lateral tension mechanism is sex-specific, sex-biased in magnitude, or sex-general but masked by directional averaging in males.

      Clarifying this distinction, both in figure presentation and in the text, would strengthen the mechanistic interpretation and prevent confusion. In particular, it would be helpful to more clearly explain how directional anisotropy reconciles the apparent absence of regional tension differences in males in Figure 4.

      We appreciate the reviewer taking the time to indicate this point of confusion. We ultimately conclude that the lateral tension model of neural tube elevation is agnostic of sex. Though there are nuanced differences in some of the details regarding Myosin IIB density, midline apical constriction and tension anisotropy, we do not believe these differences would fundamentally change the mechanical model used between sexes. With specific regards to masking of the lateral neural fold tension in males, we briefly address this in the discussion: “The averaging of [Rostra-Caudal] and [Midline-Lateral] [Initial Recoil Velocities] likely masked tension differences between the midline hinge and lateral neural folds, creating the false impression that males did not have high tension on the lateral neural folds” (Line 280-282). We will adjust the text in the results and discussion section to clearly indicate that are lateral tension model applies to both sexes, though some differences in specific details exist, and that averaging may have led to the result in Figure 4G.

      Causal overreach in mechanistic interpretation of anisotropic tension

      While the laser ablation data convincingly demonstrates spatial and directional differences in recoil consistent with patterned mechanical anisotropy, the manuscript frequently treats anisotropic apical tension as a mechanistic explanation for neural tube elevation. The presented experiments do not directly test whether anisotropic apical tension is necessary or sufficient for tissue bending, nor whether isotropic tension at the midline plays a causal role. Initial recoil velocity reflects not only pre-existing tension but also tissue geometry and viscoelastic properties, which may differ between midline and lateral regions.

      As such, statements suggesting that anisotropic lateral tension "explains" neural fold elevation should be tempered or reframed. The data strongly support spatial patterning of mechanical properties but do not yet establish causal primacy. Recasting the model as a mechanically consistent framework rather than a definitive mechanism would better align conclusions with the data.

      Our lateral tension model proposes that a regionalized difference in tension, with high tension in the lateral neural folds and low tension at the midline, is needed to enable neural tube elevation and ultimate closure. We agree with the reviewer, our work demonstrates that the results of our laser ablation experiments, along with measurements of cell shapes and protein density, are consistent with the lateral tension model that we propose. Our model is also supported by past work that shows that perturbations that disrupt actomyosin contractility leads to defects in brain neural tube elevation and closure but not midline hinge formation. For example, chemical perturbation of actin polymerization with Cytochalasin D (Ybot-Gonzalez P. and Copp AJ. (1999) Dev. Dyn), and genetic perturbations of Shroom 3, which apically localizes actomyosin (Hildebrand JD. And Soriano P. (1999) Cell) or Fhod3, which promotes actin polymerization (Sulistomo HW, et al. (2019) J. Biol. Chem.) all have brain neural tube closure defects but form a midline hinge. However, since we do not directly perturb tension, we have only demonstrated consistency rather than causality or sufficiency. We will adjust and temper our language accordingly in the relevant sections of the results and discussion.

      Minor comments

      Manuscript length and clarity

      The manuscript is longer and more complex than necessary for its central message. Several sections of the Results, particularly methodological validation and somite-stage stratification, could be streamlined.

      We agree with the reviewer and will continue editing the manuscript, prioritizing clarity, brevity, and precision of language so that readers are able to quickly understand the key points of the manuscript.

      Sex differences section

      The section on sex differences is interesting but somewhat tangential. Clarifying whether these findings are intended as mechanistic insight or observational motivation for future work could improve focus.

        We intended this section to offer up perspectives that inform and motivate future work to continue to track, analyze, and report on sex difference during development. We will edit this section of the discussion to improve clarity and brevity so that the reader can easily acquire this takeaway. Sex differences in the penetrance of exencephaly is an active area of research and our manuscript provides the first cell-level measurements which will guide the field in disaggregating future analyses by embryo sex.
      
    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      This manuscript by De La O et al addresses a long-standing question of how actomyosin contributes mechanically to cranial neural tube elevation in the mouse, a system in which classical midline contractile hinge models appear insufficient. The authors develop an image-processing and analysis pipeline that enables reconstruction and quantitative analysis of the apical actomyosin network across the large, curved dorsal surface of the mouse brain neuroepithelium. Using this approach, combined with laser ablation-based tension measurements in live embryos, they report a medio-lateral gradient of apical cell area and an inverse gradient of actomyosin density. Contrary to contractile hinge models described in frog, chick and invertebrate systems, they find that the midline exhibits low, isotropic tension, while the lateral neural folds show higher anisotropic apical tension, consistent with their proposal of a "lateral tension" mechanism for neural tube elevation.

      The work provides an important reframing of actomyosin function in mammalian cranial neurulation, supported by extensive quantitative imaging and mechanical measurements. The finding that lateral, rather than midline, actomyosin networks dominate tissue tension is compelling and helps reconcile previous observations that midline hinge formation in mouse can proceed despite actomyosin perturbation. The study is technically sophisticated and addresses a biologically important process with clear relevance to neural tube defect etiology. However, several aspects of the statistical treatment, interpretation of laser ablation data, and mechanistic framing require clarification or tempering to fully support the authors' conclusions.

      Major comments

      1. Statistical unit and pseudo-replication in cell-based analyses (Figures 2-3) In Figures 2 and 3, it is unclear whether statistical comparisons were performed at the level of individual cells or embryos. Because cells are nested within embryos, treating cells as independent observations raises concerns about pseudo-replication and inflated statistical significance, particularly for sex-dependent effects. While the color-coded maps are visually compelling, they may overstate confidence in differences between conditions if embryo-to-embryo variability is not explicitly accounted for.

      Clarification is needed as to whether statistical testing was performed on embryo-level summary values (e.g., one value per embryo per positional bin), or whether hierarchical or mixed-effects models were used with embryo treated as a random effect. Providing embryo-level summary plots would also help readers assess inter-embryo variability. Addressing this point is important for confidence in both the reported medio-lateral gradients and the sex differences. 2. Interpretation of actomyosin density as a proxy for contractility (Figure 3) The descriptive correlation between apical cell area and actomyosin density is clear and consistent. However, actomyosin abundance alone does not necessarily equate to force generation, particularly in the absence of measurements of myosin activation state (e.g., pMLC), actomyosin dynamics, or direct perturbations linking actomyosin levels to mechanical output. Although the authors appropriately note that cell shape does not always reflect intrinsic contractility, actomyosin density is nevertheless used to argue against a contractile hinge mechanism.

      While the subsequent laser ablation experiments address tissue tension more directly, the mechanistic conclusions drawn from actomyosin density measurements alone would benefit from more careful qualification. Tempering language that equates actomyosin enrichment with contractile output, or explicitly acknowledging these limitations, would strengthen the interpretation. 3. Statistical and biological independence of laser ablation measurements (Figures 4-5) The Methods indicate that 155 laser ablations were analyzed across 71 embryos, implying that multiple ablations were performed per embryo. It would be helpful to clarify how this hierarchical data structure was handled statistically. Specifically, were recoil velocities averaged per embryo, paired with embryos for ML vs. RC comparisons, or analyzed using hierarchical/mixed-effects models?

      In addition, embryos were subjected up to 5 ablations within a short time window. Because laser ablation disrupts tissue integrity and can induce rapid cytoskeletal remodeling, it is unclear whether later ablations represent independent measurements of the native tension state. Clarification is needed regarding whether the authors tested for effects of ablation order (e.g., first vs. later cuts), ensured sufficient spatial separation between ablation sites, or verified that repeated ablations did not systematically alter recoil measurements. Demonstrating that initial recoil velocity is independent of cut number would substantially strengthen confidence in the mechanical conclusions. 4. Interpretation of sex-dependent tension differences (Figures 4-5) Figure 4 shows a clear lateral-greater-than-midline tension difference in females, whereas this pattern is not detected in males under initial analysis. Later, Figure 5 reveals directional anisotropy in the lateral neural folds of both sexes. As currently framed, this creates some ambiguity regarding whether the proposed lateral tension mechanism is sex-specific, sex-biased in magnitude, or sex-general but masked by directional averaging in males.

      Clarifying this distinction, both in figure presentation and in the text, would strengthen the mechanistic interpretation and prevent confusion. In particular, it would be helpful to more clearly explain how directional anisotropy reconciles the apparent absence of regional tension differences in males in Figure 4. 5. Causal overreach in mechanistic interpretation of anisotropic tension While the laser ablation data convincingly demonstrates spatial and directional differences in recoil consistent with patterned mechanical anisotropy, the manuscript frequently treats anisotropic apical tension as a mechanistic explanation for neural tube elevation. The presented experiments do not directly test whether anisotropic apical tension is necessary or sufficient for tissue bending, nor whether isotropic tension at the midline plays a causal role. Initial recoil velocity reflects not only pre-existing tension but also tissue geometry and viscoelastic properties, which may differ between midline and lateral regions.

      As such, statements suggesting that anisotropic lateral tension "explains" neural fold elevation should be tempered or reframed. The data strongly support spatial patterning of mechanical properties but do not yet establish causal primacy. Recasting the model as a mechanically consistent framework rather than a definitive mechanism would better align conclusions with the data.

      Minor comments

      1. Manuscript length and clarity The manuscript is longer and more complex than necessary for its central message. Several sections of the Results, particularly methodological validation and somite-stage stratification, could be streamlined.
      2. Sex differences section The section on sex differences is interesting but somewhat tangential. Clarifying whether these findings are intended as mechanistic insight or observational motivation for future work could improve focus.

      Significance

      General assessment.

      This study provides a technically sophisticated and carefully executed analysis of the mechanical organization of the mouse cranial neural epithelium during neural tube elevation. Its principal strengths lie in the development of a large-scale apical imaging and reconstruction pipeline, the quantitative mapping of medio-lateral gradients in cell shape and actomyosin organization, and the use of laser ablation to directly probe regional and directional tissue tension in live embryos. Together, these approaches allow the authors to address a long-standing discrepancy between classical contractile hinge models and prior observations in mouse neurulation. The main limitations of the study relate not to data quality, but to interpretation: several conclusions rely on correlational relationships between actomyosin enrichment, cell shape anisotropy, and tissue tension, and the mechanistic language at times exceeds what is directly tested. Clarification of statistical structure and tempering of causal claims would substantially strengthen the work.

      Advance.

      Relative to prior studies of neural tube closure in frog, chick, and invertebrate systems, this work advances the field by providing direct, spatially resolved measurements of tissue tension in the mouse cranial neural tube. The identification of low, largely isotropic tension at the midline and higher, anisotropic tension in the lateral neural folds represents a conceptual advance that reframes how actomyosin contributes to mammalian neurulation. While the study does not establish causality between anisotropic apical tension and tissue bending, it offers a mechanically consistent alternative to contractile hinge models and provides a valuable framework for interpreting species-specific differences in neural tube morphogenesis. The advance is therefore primarily conceptual and technical, rather than mechanistic in the strict causal sense.

      Audience.

      This work will be of strong interest to a specialized but broad audience spanning developmental biology, epithelial mechanics, morphogenesis, and neural tube defect research. The imaging and analytical approaches are likely to be useful beyond neurulation, particularly for investigators studying force patterning in large, curved epithelial tissues. With appropriate framing, the study should also be of interest to researchers investigating the biomechanical basis of congenital defects, even if its immediate implications are primarily basic rather than translational.

      Field of expertise.

      My expertise lies in epithelial morphogenesis, tissue mechanics, actomyosin-based force generation, and quantitative imaging in developmental systems. I do not have specific expertise in clinical aspects of neural tube defect diagnosis or treatment.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript investigates the role of apical constriction and actomyosin organization in shaping the mouse brain neural epithelium during neural tube elevation, with particular emphasis on sex-specific differences. The authors develop an imaging and analysis pipeline to reconstruct the apical surface of the neural plate in three dimensions and perform quantitative measurements of apical cell area, actin, and myosin IIB distributions. Targeted laser ablation experiments are used to infer regional tissue tension.

      The main findings can be summarized as follows. First, the authors identify a mediolateral gradient in apical cell area, with larger cells at the midline and smaller cells on the lateral neural folds, which inversely correlates with actomyosin density. Laser ablation experiments suggest that apical tension is lower and isotropic at the midline, whereas it is higher and anisotropic on the lateral folds, particularly in females. Second, sex-dependent differences in apical cell area, constriction rates, and actomyosin levels are reported at early somite stages, preceding previously described sex biases in neural tube defects.

      The experimental work is technically solid, and the imaging and quantification pipeline represents a useful advance for analyzing large, curved epithelial surfaces. However, the study feels incomplete in its current form. Despite addressing neural tube elevation, the manuscript does not provide a comprehensive analysis of the folding process itself. Key aspects such as three-dimensional tissue morphology, curvature evolution, or global shape changes of the neural folds are not quantified. In addition, other potentially relevant cellular behaviors, such as proliferation, cell rearrangements, or contributions from neighboring tissues, are not examined, nor are they compared systematically between sexes.

      Conceptually, the study focuses narrowly on correlations between apical cell area, actomyosin density, and inferred tension. While these measurements are carefully performed, the relationship between differential actomyosin contractility and three-dimensional tissue folding remains largely descriptive. No mechanical model or simulation framework is provided to link changes in actomyosin organization and cell shape to the emergence of neural folds and hinge formation. As a result, it is difficult to assess whether the measured differences in tension (on the order of ~40%) are sufficient to account for the proposed mechanical behavior of the tissue.

      The central hypothesis advanced by the authors is that a relatively "soft" midline, flanked by stiffer, tension-bearing lateral folds, facilitates hinge formation during brain neurulation. However, this hypothesis is not directly tested by perturbation. For example, experimentally increasing contractility or stiffness at the midline (e.g., via optogenetic activation of apical constriction machinery) would provide a more direct test of causality. As it stands, the data demonstrate correlation rather than necessity or sufficiency.

      Relatedly, alternative interpretations are not fully addressed. Large apical cell areas and low actomyosin levels at the midline could arise as a consequence of tissue geometry, contact with underlying structures such as the notochord, or extrinsic mechanical constraints, rather than being the primary cause of hinge formation. Similarly, anisotropic stresses generated at the tissue or embryo scale could align cells and actomyosin cables, producing the observed patterns without requiring locally specified apical tension differences as the initiating mechanism. The manuscript does not clearly distinguish whether apical tension asymmetries are a driver of folding or an emergent outcome of folding dynamics.

      Finally, while the identification of sex differences is intriguing, it remains unclear what mechanistic insight is gained beyond establishing that such differences exist. The functional consequences of these differences for neural tube closure, robustness, or failure are not explored, nor is it clear how they integrate into the proposed lateral tension model.

      In summary, this study provides high-quality measurements of apical cell geometry, actomyosin organization, and inferred tension in the mouse neural epithelium. However, the lack of direct perturbations, mechanical modeling, and quantitative analysis of three-dimensional tissue deformation limits the strength of the mechanistic conclusions. Addressing these gaps would substantially strengthen the manuscript and clarify the causal role of apical tension patterns in neural fold formation.

      Major Comments

      1. Figure quality. Figure 1 contains very low-resolution images, which makes it difficult to evaluate the segmentation quality and tissue morphology. Higher-resolution versions should be provided.
      2. Cell segmentation strategy and validation. The authors segment cell areas using Myosin II and F-actin signals. This approach may introduce inaccuracies, as actomyosin cables can traverse the apical surface of individual cells and do not always coincide with cell boundaries. Segmentation based on junctional markers such as ZO-1 may be more appropriate. At minimum, the authors should provide a quantitative validation of segmentation accuracy, for example by overlaying segmentation results on raw images together with a nuclear marker (e.g., DAPI or H2B-GFP), to demonstrate that the number of segmented cells corresponds to the number of nuclei.
      3. Lack of cross-sectional views of neural tube morphology. The manuscript would benefit from the inclusion of cross-sectional images of the neural tissue at different developmental stages. This would serve two purposes: (i) to demonstrate that the authors have a comprehensive understanding of the full three-dimensional folding process during neural tube closure, including medial and lateral hinge formation, and (ii) to allow readers to visualize the tissue geometry corresponding to the analyzed projection datasets (e.g., at 5 ss and 8 ss).
      4. Sex-specific differences in overall neural plate morphology. The authors report that at 5 ss, males consistently have larger apical cell areas than females. It is unclear whether this difference reflects a global difference in neural plate morphology. Showing representative images of female and male neural plates would help readers directly assess whether there are overt morphological differences beyond those revealed by quantitative analysis.
      5. Cell number analysis. The authors state, based on prior literature, that cell numbers do not change between 5 and 8 ss. Given that the tissue is already segmented in the current study, this claim should be directly verified using the authors' own data. This analysis should be straightforward and would strengthen the conclusions.
      6. Relation between tissue curvature and cellular properties. It would be highly informative to extract the three-dimensional morphology of the neural plate, in particular its curvature, and examine how curvature correlates with two-dimensional cell anisotropy, apical area, and F-actin/Myosin intensity. For example, at 8 ss the authors report a U-shaped dependence of cell area along the mediolateral axis. How does this pattern relate to local tissue curvature?
      7. Visualization of sex differences in medial actin levels (Figure 3). In Figure 3, the reported female-male difference in medial actin levels would benefit from visualization of the raw data. A zoomed-in inset of the midline region, shown separately for females and males, would help substantiate this claim.
      8. Typographical error. Line 143: please correct "cell are" to "cell area".
      9. Quantitative correlation analysis between cell area and actomyosin. The authors qualitatively discuss the relationship between cell area dynamics and actomyosin levels. It would strengthen the analysis to directly compute and report correlations between these variables, and to explicitly test whether actin and myosin levels are anti-correlated with apical cell area.
      10. Interpretation of anti-correlation and contractile hinge mechanism. In lines 143-157, the authors state that the observed anti-correlation between actomyosin and cell area argues against a contractile hinge mechanism. However, this anti-correlation could also suggest that apical cell area is determined by local mechanical or geometric constraints rather than by local actomyosin contractility. The authors should clarify and discuss this alternative interpretation.
      11. Statistical robustness of laser ablation results (Figure 4). The differences in recoil velocity between regions appear small, with substantial overlap between the distributions. In addition, the sample sizes for lateral versus midline ablations appear unequal (with visibly more data points in the lateral condition). These factors raise concerns about the robustness and statistical significance of the reported differences, which should be addressed more carefully.
      12. Speculative statement regarding anisotropic tension in males. Line 278: "We believe that both sexes demonstrate anisotropic tension, given that males have cell aspect ratios and orientations in the lateral neural folds similar to females." This statement is speculative. Either anisotropic tension in males should be directly measured and reported, or this statement should be removed.

      Significance

      This study provides high-quality measurements of apical cell geometry, actomyosin organization, and inferred tension in the mouse neural epithelium. However, the lack of direct perturbations, mechanical modeling, and quantitative analysis of three-dimensional tissue deformation limits the strength of the mechanistic conclusions. Addressing these gaps would substantially strengthen the manuscript and clarify the causal role of apical tension patterns in neural fold formation. At the end of the day, the authors suggest an hypothesis that is not well support by their data, which is of high quality.

    4. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      Folding is a major morphogenetic process that shapes tissues and organs in three dimensions. The mechanisms underlying tissue folding have been extensively explored and are often driven by actomyosin-based apical constriction. Here, the authors describe changes in cell geometry and mechanics during mouse neural tube formation. They build on quantitative fixed imaging and live junction ablation to extract cell geometry and junctional tension. These analyses are performed at different developmental stages and in both male and female embryos to propose a mechanical mechanism for neural tube elevation in the brain.

      Major comments

      The authors report quantitative data on cell geometry and junctional tension inferred from laser ablation. Overall, there are numerous statements that require stronger support from the experimental data. To substantiate several of their claims, the authors need to provide a larger number of data points-or at least comparable numbers across experimental conditions-for the tension measurements. Additional statistical analyses are required throughout to support the conclusions.

      Figure 1

      • Does the projection algorithm account for tissue curvature when computing cell geometrical parameters such as area and anisotropy?
      • The authors should provide information on the accuracy and reliability of the cell segmentation.

      Figure 2

      • The authors indicate that the rate of apical constriction differs between male and female embryos. However, apical sizes differ only at specific positions along the ML axis (Fig. 2H, I). The authors should provide statistical analyses for the rates shown in Fig. 2J. Are these rates significantly different between males and females, and between medial and lateral regions?
      • Please clearly state the main novelty of this study relative to the work published by Brooks et al.

      Figure 3

      • The authors need to provide statistical support for the claim that large midline cells exhibit reduced F-actin and Myosin IIB levels.
      • F-actin and Myosin IIB intensities should be plotted as a function of cell area to support the proposed anticorrelation between apical area and actomyosin levels.
      • Statistical analyses are missing to substantiate the increase in F-actin levels between stages ss5 and ss8.
      • Figure S3 should be supported by plots showing Myosin II and F-actin intensity as a function of position along the ML axis, together with appropriate statistics.

      Figure 4

      • The authors state that lateral tension in male embryos is not different from midline tension, yet the number of data points is much lower than in females. To support this claim, the number of ablations should be comparable across sexes. Is lateral tension different between males and females?
      • Similarly, the data in Fig. S4 used to claim no change in tension over time are not supported by sufficient data points. Would the medial and lateral tensions reported in Fig. 4G remain unchanged if the authors perform statistical analyses on 10-15 ablations per condition?

      Figure 5

      • The number of data points in Fig. 5J and L is insufficient to support claims of no difference. The only detectable difference arises in the comparison with much higher sample size (Fig. 5L, ML vs RC). The authors conclude that males have higher ML tension than RC tension, but given the limited data this conclusion should be amended to "no detectable difference."

      Code availability

      The authors should provide access to the code used to generate the projections.

      Significance

      The authors propose a mechanical model for neural tube elevation based on analyses of cell geometry and tension at two developmental stages. The reported differences in cell geometry or actomyosin levels do not appear to explain the differences in geometry or tension suggested between male and female embryos. This raises questions about the relationship between these measurements and their relevance for understanding the mechanisms of neural tube elevation.

      If the major concerns outlined above are rigorously addressed, the manuscript will offer a valuable descriptive characterization of neural tube cell geometry and mechanical stress during morphogenesis. Such datasets could form a foundation for future studies investigating the mechanisms driving neural tube elevation.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report intracranial EEG findings from 12 epilepsy patients performing an associative recognition memory task under the influence of scopolamine. They show that scopolamine administered before encoding disrupts hippocampal theta phenomena and reduces memory performance, and that scopolamine administered after encoding but before retrieval impairs hippocampal theta phenomena (theta power, theta phase reset) and neural reinstatement but does not impair memory performance. This is an important study with exciting, novel results and translational implications. The manuscript is well-written, the analyses are thorough and comprehensive, and the results seem robust.

      Strengths:

      (1) Very rare experimental design (intracranial neural recordings in humans coupled with pharmacological intervention).

      (2) Extensive analysis of different theta phenomena.

      (3) Well-established task with different conditions for familiarity versus recollection.

      (4) Clear presentation of findings and excellent figures.

      (5) Translational implications for diseases with cholinergic dysfunction (e.g., AD).

      (6) Findings challenge existing memory models, and the discussion presents interesting novel ideas.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) One of the most important results is the lack of memory impairment when scopolamine is administered after encoding but before retrieval (scopolamine block 2). The effect goes in the same direction as for scopolamine during encoding (p = 0.15). Could it be that this null effect is simply due to reduced statistical power (12 subjects with only one block per subject, while there are two blocks per subject for the condition with scopolamine during encoding), which may become significant with more patients? Is there actually an interaction effect indicating that memory impairment is significantly stronger when scopolamine is applied before encoding (Figure 1d)? Similar questions apply to familiarity versus recollection (lines 78-80). This is a very critical point that could alter major conclusions from this study, so more discussion/analysis of these aspects is needed. If there are no interaction effects, then the statements in lines 84-86 (and elsewhere) should be toned down.

      The reviewer highlights important concerns regarding the statistical power of the behavioral effects. We address these concerns in the revised manuscript in two ways: (1) we provide a supplemental analysis using a matched number of blocks between the placebo and scopolamine conditions to avoid statistical bias related to differing trial counts, and (2) we include a supplemental figure illustrating paired comparisons between blocks.

      (2) Further, could it simply be that scopolamine hadn't reached its major impact during retrieval after administration in block 2? Figure 2e speaks in favor of this possibility. I believe this is a critical limitation of the experimental design that should be discussed.

      The reviewer raises an important methodological concern regarding the time required for scopolamine's effect to manifest and the subsequent impact on the study outcomes. Previous studies report that the average time to maximum serum concentration after intravenous (IV) scopolamine administration is approximately 5 minutes (Renner et al., 2005), with the corresponding clinical onset estimated at 10 minutes. In our study, the retrieval period in Block 2 commenced at 15 ± 0.2 post-injection across all subjects. Given this timing, there is sufficient reason to conclude that scopolamine had reached its major impact during the Block 2 retrieval phase. Furthermore, the observation of significant disruptions to theta oscillations during this same retrieval phase provides strong evidence that the drug was in full effect at that time.

      (3) It is not totally clear to me why slow theta was excluded from the reinstatement analysis. For example, despite an overall reduction in theta power, relative patterns may have been retained between encoding and recall. What are the results when using 1-128 Hz as input frequencies?

      Slow theta (2–4 Hz) was excluded from the reinstatement analysis to avoid potential confounding effects. Given the observed disruption to slow theta power following scopolamine administration, any subsequent changes in slow theta reinstatement would be causally ambiguous, potentially arising directly from the power effects. Therefore, we would be unable to determine whether changes in slow theta reinstatement were genuinely independent of changes in power.

      (4) In what way are the results affected by epileptic artifacts occurring during the task (in particular, IEDs)?

      To exclude abnormal events and interictal activity, a kurtosis threshold of 4 was applied to each trial, effectively filtering out segments exhibiting significant epileptic artifacts.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, performed in human patients, the authors aimed at dissecting out the role of cholinergic modulation in different types of memory (recollection-based vs familiarity and novelty-based) and during different memory phases (encoding and retrieval). Moreover, their goal was to obtain the electrophysiological signature of cholinergic modulation on network activity of the hippocampus and the entorhinal cortex.

      Strengths:

      The authors combined cognitive tasks and intracranial EEG recordings in neurosurgical epilepsy patients. The study confirms previous evidence regarding the deleterious effects of scopolamine, a muscarinic acetylcholine receptor antagonist, on memory performance when administered prior to the encoding phase of the task. During both encoding and retrieval phases, scopolamine disrupts the power of theta oscillations in terms of amplitude and phase synchronization. These results raise the question of the role of theta oscillations during retrieval and the meaning of scopolamine's effect on retrieval-associated theta rhythm without cognitive changes. The authors clearly discussed this issue in the discussion session. A major point is the finding that the scopolamine-mediated effect is selective for recollection-based memory and not for familiarity- and novelty-based memory.

      The methodology used is powerful, and the data underwent a detailed and rigorous analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      A limited cohort of patients; the age of the patients is not specified in the table.

      To comply with human subject privacy protection policies, age was not reported; however, we did not find any significant effects of age on the behavioral or neural measures.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Regarding dosage, did you take the patients' body weight into account? Do the effects hold when controlling for it?

      We controlled for participant weight, yet the observed effects were more strongly correlated with the absolute scopolamine dosage, irrespective of weight. This outcome indicates that scopolamine likely rapidly crosses the blood-brain barrier, producing swift effects that are not initially influenced by metabolic variability.

      (2) Line 96: Corrected for what kind of multiple comparisons?

      We apologize for this confusion. The statistical analysis presented in this line does not require multiple-comparison correction, and we will therefore remove the annotation.

      (3) Line 165: These are very interesting results. How do they relate to Rizzuto et al., NeuroImage, 2006?

      Our findings show that successful retrieval is tied to an encoding-retrieval phase match, which is a refinement and application of the Rizzuto et al. (2006) work. Rizzuto et al. showed that memory events are phase-locked; we show that maintaining a specific, matched phase relationship between encoding and retrieval events is critical for memory success, and that this process is dependent on the cholinergic system.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 1b: It would be useful for clarity to have the cartoon of the treatment paradigm for the encoding phase (blocks 3 and 4).

      The treatment paradigm only involved a single intravenous (IV) injection of scopolamine (or saline, for the placebo condition). The injections were administered by the participant's attending nurse, with a board-certified anesthesiologist present at the time of injection and available throughout the experiment. These details are fully documented in the Methods section.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      An interesting manuscript from the Carrington lab is presented investigating the behavior of single vs double GPI-anchored nutrient receptors in bloodstream form (BSF) T. brucei. These include the transferrin receptor (TfR), the HpHb receptor (HpHbR), and the factor H receptor (FHR). The central question is why these critical proteins are not targeted by host acquired immunity. It has generally been thought that they are sequestered in the flagellar pocket (FP), where they are subject to rapid endocytosis - any Ab:receptor complexes would be rapidly removed from the cell surface. This manuscript challenges that assumption by showing that these receptors can be found all over the outer cell body and flagella surfaces - if one looks in an appropriate manner (rapid direct fixation in culture media).

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      (1) The presence of a second ESAG6 gene in the BES7 expression site was noted in the previous review. This is now noted and discussed appropriately in the current version.

      (2) Surface binding studies: The ability of cells to bind tagged-Tf while in complete media was challenged and it was suggested that classic competition studies be performed to validate saturable ligand binding. This has been done now and the results confirm that this is so. A reasonable discussion of the results is presented.

      (3) Variable TfR expression in different BESs: The claim that specific ES environment is the dominant factor controlling TfR expression levels was challenged in that the presented results could be due to technical issues. RNA seq has now been performed confirming that the differences in TfR abundance is indeed directly related to mRNA levels

      (4) Surface immuno-localization of receptors: In regard to the novel immunofluorescence (direct fixation) methodology used to demonstrate TfR on the cell surface the authors were asked of they had attempted more traditional methods that involve centrifugation/washing. These data are now provided (Fig S5) and do indicate that centrifugation does reduce signal, likely due to shedding and/or internalization during the procedure. Nevertheless, significant signal is present after centrifugation leaving the issue of why others have never detected significant surface TfR.

      These responses address all the major concerns with the original submission and a greatly improved manuscript is now submitted.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      An interesting manuscript from the Carrington lab is presented investigating the behavior of single vs double GPI-anchored nutrient receptors in bloodstream form (BSF) T. brucei. These include the transferrin receptor (TfR), the HpHb receptor (HpHbR), and the factor H receptor (FHR). The central question is why these critical proteins are not targeted by host-acquired immunity. It has generally been thought that they are sequestered in the flagellar pocket (FP), where they are subject to rapid endocytosis - any Ab:receptor complexes would be rapidly removed from the cell surface. This manuscript challenges that assumption by showing that these receptors can be found all over the outer cell body and flagella surfaces, if one looks in an appropriate manner (rapid direct fixation in culture media).

      The main part of the manuscript focuses on TfR, typically a GPI1 heterodimer of very similar E6 (GPI anchored) and E7 (truncated, no GPI) subunits. These are expressed coordinately from 15 telomeric expression sites (BES), of which only one can be transcribed at a time. The authors identify a native E6:E7 pair in BES7 in which E7 is not truncated and therefore forms a GPI2 heterodimer. By in situ genetic manipulation, they generate two different sets of GPI1:GPI2 TfR combinations expressed from two different BESs (BES1 and BES7). Comparative analyses of these receptors form the bulk of the data.

      The main findings are:

      (1) Both GPI1 and GPI2 TfR can be found on the cell body/flagellar surface.

      (2) Both are functional for Tf binding and uptake.

      (3) GPI2 TfR is expressed at ~1.5x relative to GPI1 TfR

      (4) Ultimate TfR expression level (protein) is dependent on the BES from which it is expressed.

      Most of these results are quite reasonably explained in light of the hydrodynamic flow model of the Engstler lab and the GPI valence model of the Bangs lab. Additional experiments, again by rapid fixation, with HpHbR and FHR, show that these GPI1 receptors can also be seen on the cell surface, in contrast to published localizations.

      It is quite interesting that the authors have identified a native GPI2 TfR. However, essentially all of the data with GPI2 TfR are confirmatory for the prior, more detailed studies of Tiengwe et al. (2017). That said, the suggestion that GPI2 was the ancestral state makes good evolutionary sense, and begs the question of why trypanosomes prefer GPI1 TfR in 14 of 15 ESs (i.e., what is the selection pressure?)

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      (1) BES7 TfR subunit genes (BES7_Tb427v10): There are actually three (in order 5'3'): E7gpi, E6.1 and E6.2. E6.1 and E6.2 have a single nucleotide difference. This raises the issue of coordinate expression. If overall levels of E6 (2 genes) are not down-regulated to match E7 (1 gene), this will result in a 2x excess of E6 subunits. The most likely fate of these is the formation of non-functional GPI2 homodimers on the cell surface, as shown in Tiengwe et al. (2017), which will contribute to the elevated TfR expression seen in BES7.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for pointing out that there are two ESAG6 genes in BES7, we had relied on the publicly available annotation and should have known better.

      For transferrin expression levels, see the discussion in response to reviewer 1 point 3 below

      (2) Surface binding studies: This is the most puzzling aspect of the entire manuscript. That surface GPI2 TfR should be functional for Tf binding and uptake is not surprising, as this has already been shown by Tiengwe et al. (2017), but the methodology for this assay raises important questions. First, labeled Tf is added at 500 nM to live cells in complete media containing 2.5 uM unlabeled Tf - a 5x excess. It is difficult to see how significant binding of labeled TfR could occur in as little as 15 seconds under these conditions.

      The k<sub>on</sub> for transferrin is very rapid (BES1 TfR / bovine transferrin at pH7.4 = 4.5 x 10<sup>5</sup> M<sup>-1</sup>s<sup>-1</sup> (Trevor et al., 2019) and binding would occur to unoccupied receptors within 15 sec. The k<sub>off</sub> is also fast (BES1 TfR / bovine transferrin at pH7.4 = 3.6 x 10<sup>-2</sup> s<sup>-1</sup> (Trevor et al., 2019) and there would be exchange of transferrin within the time taken for endocytosis. These values are in vitro with purified proteins, the in vivo values may be affected by the VSG coat.

      The failure to bind canine transferrin (Supp. Figure 4B) acts as a control for specificity of the interaction.

      We have now performed a competition experiment as an additional control; cells in culture were supplemented with: A, 0.5 µM labelled transferrin; B, 0.5 µM labelled and 2.5 µM unlabelled transferrin; C, 0.5 µM labelled and 5 µM unlabelled transferrin, fixed after 60 s and visualised by fluorescence microscopy (Figure S4C). There was effective competition and greatly reduced binding of transferrin was seen in the presence of a 10-fold excess of unlabelled. We would like to thank the reviewer for suggesting this experiment.

      Second, Tiengwe et al. (2017) found that trypanosomes taken directly from culture could not bind labeled Tf in direct surface labelling experiments. To achieve binding, it was necessary to first culture cells in serum-free media for a sufficient time to allow new unligated TfR to be synthesized and transported to the surface. This result suggests that essentially all surface TfR is normally ligated and unavailable to the added probe.

      As part of the preliminary experiments for this paper we found that centrifugation followed by resuspension in either complete or serum free (but 1% BSA) medium resulted in a reduction is total cellular TfR and determined by western blotting. We have now included this experiment (Figure S4D). The inference from this experiment is that centrifugation and subsequently incubation will have an effect on receptor detection and endocytosis rates for a discreet time period.

      The amount of binding of labelled transferrin to cells in culture will depend on the specific activity of the labelled transferrin. This reasoning was behind the use of 0.5 µM labelled transferrin when roughly 1 in 6 molecules in the culture medium are labelled and there was only a small effect on the overall concentration of transferrin.

      Third, the authors have themselves argued previously, based on binding affinities, that all surface-exposed TfR is likely ligated in a natural setting (DOI:10.1002/bies.202400053). Could the observed binding actually be non-specific due to the high levels of fixative used?

      The absence of binding/uptake of canine transferrin argues against a non-specific interaction. In our previous publication, we did not pay enough attention to the on and off rates which allow for a degree of exchange and, here, TfR newly appearing on the cell surface has a 1 in 6 chance of binding a labelled transferrin.

      (3) Variable TfR expression in different BESs: It appears that native TfR is expressed at higher levels from BES7 compared to BES1, and even more so when compared to BES3. This raises the possibility that the anti-TfR used in these experiments has differential reactivity with the three sets of TfRs. The authors discount this possibility due to the overall high sequence similarities of E6s and E7s from the various ESs. However, their own analyses show that the BES1, BES3, and BES7 TfRs are relatively distal to each other in the phylogenetic trees, and this Reviewer strongly suspects that the apparent difference in expression is due to differential reactivity with the anti-TfR used in this work. In the grand scheme, this is a minor issue that does not impact the other major conclusions concerning TfR localization and function, nor the behavior of HpHbR and FHR. However, the authors make very strong conclusions about the role of BESs in TfR expression levels, even claiming that it is the 'dominant determinant' (line 189).

      This point is valid but exceptionally difficult to address at the protein level. As an orthogonal approach, we performed RNAseq analysis of the ‘wild type’ BES1, BES3, and BES7 cell lines to determine whether differences in receptor mRNA levels were consistent with the proposed difference in protein levels (Table S1). The analysis showed total ESAG6/7 mRNA levels to vary in a similar manner to the protein estimates with BES3 < BES1 < BES7 providing support for the differences in protein levels.

      The strongest evidence for the expression site determining the TfR level is the comparison of the cell lines in which the VSG were exchanged. This had no effect on TfR levels and so there is no evidence that the identity of the VSG alters TfR expression.

      (4) Surface immuno-localization of receptors: These experiments are compelling and useful to the field. To explain the difference with essentially all prior studies, the authors suggest that typical fixation procedures allow for clearance of receptor:ligand complexes by hydrodynamic flow due to extended manipulation prior to fixation (washing steps). Despite the fact that these protocols typically involve ice-cold physiological buffers that minimize membrane mobility, this is a reasonable possibility. Have the authors challenged their hypothesis by testing more typical protocols themselves? Other contributing factors that could play a role are the use of deconvolution, which tends to minimize weak signals, and also the fact that investigators tend to discount weak surface signals as background relative to stronger internal signals.

      We have added preliminary experiments that compared fixation protocols in two parts. First the effect on TfR levels of washing and resuspending cells discussed above (Figure S4D), and second how different fixation protocols alter apparent TfR immunolocalisation (Supp Figure S5A-B). The comparison shows that both the absence of glutaraldeyde and the use of washing alters the outcome.

      (5) Shedding: A central aspect of the GPI valence model (Schwartz et al., 2005, Tiengwe et al., 2017) is that GPI1 reporters that reach the cell body surface are shed into the media because a single dimyristoylglycerol-containing GPI anchor does not stably associate with biological membranes. As the authors point out, this is a major factor contributing to higher steady-state levels of cell-associated GPI2 TfR relative to GPI1 TfR. Those studies also found that the size/complexity of the attached protein correlated inversely with shedding, suggesting exit from the flagellar pocket as a restricting factor in cell body surface localization. The amount of newly synthesized TfR shed into the media was ~5%, indicating that very little actually exits the FP to the outer surface. In this regard, is it possible to know the overall ratio of cell surface:FP:endosomal localized receptors? Could these data not be 'harvested' from the 3D structural illumination imaging?

      A ratio could be determined but we did not do this as it would only be valid if the antibody has equal access to the internal TfR in a diluted VSG environment and the external VSG embedded in a densely packed and cross-linked VSG layer As such, we would have no confidence in the accuracy of any estimate.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The work has significant implications for understanding immune evasion and nutrient uptake mechanisms in trypanosomes.

      While the experimental rigor is commendable, revisions are needed to clarify methodological limitations and to broaden the discussion of functional consequences.

      The authors argue that prior studies missed surface-localized TfR due to harsh washing/fixation (e.g., methanol). While this is plausible, additional evidence would strengthen the claim.

      Preliminary experiments that compared fixation protocols are now included to show that method affects outcome.

      It remains unclear how centrifugation steps of various lengths (as in previous publications) can equally and quantitatively redistribute TfR into the flagellar pocket. If this were the case, it should be straightforward for the authors to test this experimentally.

      Not aware of previous studies that demonstrate equal and quantitative redistribution to the flagellar pocket. In previous reports, there is variation in cell surface/flagellar pocket localisation depending on expression levels, for example (Mussmann et al., 2003) (Mussmann et al., 2004), it’s worth noting that the increase in TfR expression in these papers is similar to the difference in the cell lines used here. In addition, most report the presence of TfR in endosomal compartments. In the experiments here, there are cells where the majority of signal from labelled transferrin is present in the flagellar pocket and the argument is that this is a stage of a continuous process in which the receptor picks up a transferrin on the cell surface and is swept towards the pocket.

      If TfR is distributed over the cell surface, live-cell imaging with fluorescent transferrin should be performed as a control. Modern detection limits now reach the singlemolecule level, and transient immobilization of live trypanosomes has been established, which would exclude hydrodynamic surface clearance as a confounding factor.

      This is non-trivial and is a longer-term aim. The immobilisation involves significant manipulation of the cells prior to restraining.

      In most images, TfR is not evenly distributed on the surface but rather appears punctate. Could this reflect localization to membrane domains? Immuno-EM with high-pressure frozen parasites could resolve this question and is relatively straightforward.

      There is a non-uniform appearance in the super-resolution images for both TfR and FHR. We cannot distinguish whether this represents random variation in receptor density over the cell surface or results from a biological phenomenon. Whatever the cause, the experiments showed unambiguous cell surface localisation.

      The authors might consider discussing whether differences in parasite life cycle stages (procyclic versus bloodstream forms) or culture conditions (e.g., cell density) affect localization. The developmentally regulated retention of GPI-anchored procyclin in the flagellar pocket might be worth mentioning.

      The aim of this paper was to determine the localisation of receptors in proliferating bloodstream form trypanosomes in culture. TfR and HpHbR are not expressed in insect stages in culture. FHR is expressed in insect stages and is present all over the cell surface (Macleod et al., 2020). A procyclin-based reporter was distributed over the whole cell surface in one report (Schwartz et al. 2005). In other reports, the retention of procyclin in the flagellar pocket of proliferating bloodstream forms is probably dependent on structure/sequence as other single GPI-anchored proteins, such as FHR (Macleod et al., 2020) and GPI-anchored sfGFP (Martos-Esteban et al., 2022) can access the surface.

      References:

      MacGregor, P., Gonzalez-Munoz, A. L., Jobe, F., Taylor, M. C., Rust, S., Sandercock, A. M., Macleod, O. J. S., Van Bocxlaer, K., Francisco, A. F., D’Hooge, F., Tiberghien, A., Barry, C. S., Howard, P., Higgins, M. K., Vaughan, T. J., Minter, R., & Carrington, M. (2019). A single dose of antibody-drug conjugate cures a stage 1 model of African trypanosomiasis. PLoS Neglected Tropical Diseases, 13(5), e0007373. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pntd.0007373

      Macleod, O. J. S., Bart, J.-M., MacGregor, P., Peacock, L., Savill, N. J., Hester, S., Ravel, S., Sunter, J. D., Trevor, C., Rust, S., Vaughan, T. J., Minter, R., Mohammed, S., Gibson, W., Taylor, M. C., Higgins, M. K., & Carrington, M. (2020). A receptor for the complement regulator factor H increases transmission of trypanosomes to tsetse flies. Nature Communications, 11(1), 1326. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-020-15125-y

      Martos-Esteban, A., Macleod, O. J. S., Maudlin, I., Kalogeropoulos, K., Jürgensen, J. A., Carrington, M., & Laustsen, A. H. (2022). Black-necked spitting cobra (Naja nigricollis) phospholipases A2 may cause Trypanosoma brucei death by blocking endocytosis through the flagellar pocket. Scientific Reports, 12(1), 6394. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-02210091-5

      Mussmann, R., Engstler, M., Gerrits, H., Kieft, R., Toaldo, C. B., Onderwater, J., Koerten, H., van Luenen, H. G. A. M., & Borst, P. (2004). Factors affecting the level and localization of the transferrin receptor in Trypanosoma brucei. The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 279(39), 40690–40698. https://doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M404697200

      Mussmann, R., Janssen, H., Calafat, J., Engstler, M., Ansorge, I., Clayton, C., & Borst, P. (2003). The expression level determines the surface distribution of the transferrin receptor in Trypanosoma brucei. Molecular Microbiology, 47(1), 23–35. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.13652958.2003.03245.x

      Schwartz, K. J., Peck, R. F., Tazeh, N. N., & Bangs, J. D. (2005). GPI valence and the fate of secretory membrane proteins in African trypanosomes. Journal of Cell Science, 118(Pt 23), 5499–5511. https://doi.org/10.1242/jcs.02667

      Trevor, C. E., Gonzalez-Munoz, A. L., Macleod, O. J. S., Woodcock, P. G., Rust, S., Vaughan, T. J., Garman, E. F., Minter, R., Carrington, M., & Higgins, M. K. (2019). Structure of the trypanosome transferrin receptor reveals mechanisms of ligand recognition and immune evasion. Nature Microbiology, 4(12), 2074–2081. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41564-019-0589-0

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Recommendations:

      (1) 2 E6 gene in BES7s: This does not affect the overall conclusions, but the text should be modified to reflect the existence of the second gene, and to discuss the ramifications.

      This has been corrected

      (2) Surface binding studies: To clarify this issue, two experimental approaches are strongly recommended. First: additional excess unlabelled Tf should be added. If binding is truly receptor-mediated, it must by definition be saturable at some experimentally achievable level. Second: TfR expression should be abrogated by RNAi silencing to show that binding is TfR-dependent. Without some validation of specific binding by one or both of these approaches, these counter-intuitive results must be questioned.

      The excess unlabelled transferrin experiment is now included (we would like to thank the reviewer for this suggestion). The absence of binding of canine transferrin provides strong evidence for the specificity.

      (3) Variable TfR expression in different BESs: To make such claims, quantitative RTPCR should be performed with conserved primers to assess the actual relative expression at the transcriptional level. Absent this, the claims should be eliminated, or at the very least greatly tempered.

      This has been done using an RNAseq analysis.

      (4) Surface immuno-localization of receptors: An example of discounting weak signals as background can be seen in Figure 8 of Duncan et al. (2024). It has also been shown that at least one other GPI1 reporter (procyclin) is readily detected on the outer cell surface under ectopic expression in BSF trypanosomes (Schwartz et al., 2005) using typical fixation procedures. This could be cited, and the authors could discuss the fact that procyclin is not a receptor and may not be susceptible to hydrodynamic drag.

      Yes

      Minor issues:

      (1) Fully appreciating the data presented requires an understanding of the hydrodynamic flow and GPI valence models of the Engstler and Bangs labs, respectively. For the uninitiated,d it might perhaps be useful to include brief summaries of each in the Introduction.

      Added to the introduction

      (2) Lines 110-112: ISG65 and ISG75 both have strong localizations in endosomal compartments. This should be noted with citation of any of the work from the Field lab.

      Added

      (3) Lines 121-132: This passage presents the role of GPI anchors (1 vs 2) in a rather digital manner (in or out). Schwartz et al (2005) present a much more nuanced view of what is likely taking place. This is one reason summaries of hydrodynamic flow and GPI valence would be helpful.

      Modified

      (4) Lines 182-184: The increased size of GPI-anchored E7 is in part due to the presence of the GPI itself, as the authors state, but there are also 24 additional amino acid residues in this protein that contribute.

      Modified

      (5) Lines 212-214: Do p>0.95 and p>0.99 indicate statistical significance? This must be a typo.

      Thank you, corrected

      (6) Lines 218-219: The better references documenting GPI number in regard to turnover/shedding are Schwartz et al. 2005 and Tiengwe et al. 2017.

      Changed

      (7) Line 241 and Figures 3, 4, and 6: The transverse sections add little to the presentation. That there is signal variation in all dimensions is readily apparent from the images themselves, and similar profiles would be obtained regardless of the transect. Was there some process/rationale in the selection of the individual transects intended to make a broader point? If so, a description of the process should be provided.

      The point was to show that the signal had a pattern consistent with plasma membrane (two distal peaks) as opposed to cytoplasm (single central peak). As such, we think it is important.

      (8) Lines 582-596: Methodology for quantitation of cellular fluorescent signals should be provided.

      Has been expanded

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) As a less critical but still useful control, antibody accessibility assays on live versus fixed parasites could test whether VSG coats limit detection.

      This could only be quantified by using a range of monoclonal antibodies which are not available.

      (2) The rapid transferrin uptake (15-60 seconds) could reflect fast endocytic recycling rather than stable surface residency. A pulse-chase experiment tracking receptor movement would clarify this (though I acknowledge that this is technically challenging).

      We agree that endocytic recycling is probably the main source of unoccupied TfR on the cell surface. It is hard to see how the pulse chase experiment could be performed without centrifugation which will affect the outcome – see above.

      (3) Statistical and quantitative reporting

      Added as Table S2- S4

      (4) Report confidence intervals (e.g., for fluorescence intensity comparisons in Figure 3B) to contextualize claims of "no significant difference."

      We do not claim ‘no significant difference’ and the SD overlap due to a high level of variation in the population

      (5) Specify the number of biological replicates and cells analyzed per condition in the figure legends.

      Added

      (6) The study notes that surface-exposed receptors avoid antibody detection, but does not explore how.

      We don’t claim that receptors avoid detection and have published evidence to the contrary. The cell has evolved mechanisms to reduce/minimise the effect of antibody binding.

      (7) Comparing antibody binding to TfR in VSG221 versus VSG224 coats.

      This is already present in Figure 3D

      (8) Testing whether receptor shedding or conformational masking contributes to immune evasion.

      A lifetime’s work

      (9) Evolutionary trade-offs: Discuss why T. brucei maintains ~15 TfR variants if the GPI-anchor number has minimal impact on function (Figure 3).

      The possible reason for the evolution of ~15 TfR variants was discussed in a previous publication.

      (10) How do their findings align with recent studies on ISG75 surface exposure?

      If this refers to the finding that ISG75 is an Ig Fc receptor, this has been included

      (11) Add scale bars to 3D reconstructions (Figure 5).

      Added

      (12) Include a schematic summarizing key findings in the main text.

      Chosen not to do

      (13) Explicitly state where raw microscopy images, flow cytometry data, and analysis scripts are deposited.

      Microscope Images have deposited in Bioimage Archive repository at EMBL/EBI No flow cytometry used

      (14) Correct inconsistent GPI-anchor terminology (e.g., "glycosylphosphoinositol" to "glycosylphosphatidylinositol").

      Our typo, corrected

      (15) Clarify ambiguous phrases (e.g., "subtle mechanisms" in the Discussion).

      Corrected

    1. État des Lieux et Perspectives des Cantines Scolaires en France (2026)

      Résumé Exécutif

      À l'approche des élections municipales de 2026, la restauration scolaire s'impose comme un sujet politique majeur. Le constat actuel est alarmant : seuls 26 % des enfants finissent leur assiette et 50 % des parents se disent insatisfaits.

      Face à ces chiffres, des initiatives citoyennes et professionnelles émergent pour transformer la cantine en un lieu d'éducation au goût, de santé publique et de soutien aux filières locales.

      Le "Manifeste pour le bien manger à l’école" porte cette ambition auprès des candidats, tandis que des modèles de gestion municipale et des chefs engagés prouvent qu'une alternative qualitative et économiquement viable est possible, passant notamment par le "fait maison", l'approvisionnement bio et local, et une pédagogie active auprès des élèves.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Les Chiffres Clés et le Contexte Politique

      La restauration scolaire en France représente un enjeu d'envergure nationale, tant par sa portée sociale que par son poids électoral.

      | Indicateur | Données | | --- | --- | | Population concernée | 7,4 millions d'élèves dans 35 000 établissements. | | Satisfaction des parents | 50 % d'insatisfaits. | | Gaspillage alimentaire | Seuls 26 % des enfants terminent leur repas. | | Opinion publique | 85 % des Français jugent la cantine comme une priorité municipale. | | Coût moyen d'un repas | Environ 9 € (dont 2,27 € de denrées alimentaires). |

      Un enjeu électoral pour 2026

      La proximité des élections municipales place la gestion des cantines au centre des débats.

      Les parents d'élèves (83 % d'entre eux) considèrent ce sujet comme prioritaire.

      L'initiative "Cantines Rêvolution", portée par Marie-Pierre Membrives, vise à inciter les candidats à s'engager sur des feuilles de route concrètes via un manifeste en 10 points.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Les Acteurs du Changement et l'Engagement Citoyen

      Le document met en lumière des personnalités qui travaillent à la refonte du modèle actuel :

      Marie-Pierre Membrives : Ingénieure en agroalimentaire et auteure de Mission cantines scolaires.

      Ancienne directrice de l'innovation chez McDonald's, elle utilise son expertise opérationnelle pour traquer les produits ultra-transformés et promouvoir des alternatives végétariennes quotidiennes.

      Pierre-Yves Rommelaere : Chef de cuisine au collège Joseph Anglade (Aude).

      Il prépare 500 repas quotidiens "100 % maison" avec une équipe de quatre personnes, prouvant que la cuisine traditionnelle a sa place en collectivité.

      Anthony Berthou : Nutritionniste spécialisé dans les enjeux mondiaux de l'alimentation.

      Il apporte une caution scientifique sur l'importance de la diversité alimentaire et la déconstruction des préjugés nutritionnels.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Modèles de Gestion et Qualité de l'Assiette

      Le débat oppose souvent la gestion industrielle à la gestion de proximité, mais des solutions hybrides existent.

      1. La gestion sur place (Régie ou Autogestion)

      C'est le modèle prôné pour sa flexibilité et sa qualité.

      Exemple d'Alizay (Eure) : Ce village de 1 600 habitants a remunicipalisé sa cantine. Résultats : menus 100 % bio, cuisine faite maison, recrutement d'un maraîcher municipal et tarifs sociaux allant de 0 € à 3,90 €.

      Avantages : Lien direct entre le cuisinier et l'enfant, ajustement précis des assaisonnements, réduction massive du gaspillage et suppression des emballages plastiques de cuisson.

      2. Les Cuisines Centrales et Liaisons

      Liaison chaude : Les plats sont cuisinés le matin et livrés chauds.

      Liaison froide : Les plats sont cuisinés à l'avance, refroidis, puis réchauffés sur place.

      Ce modèle est critiqué pour la perte de texture (ex: le manque de croustillant) et l'usage fréquent de barquettes plastiques.

      Solutions hybrides : Utiliser la cuisine centrale pour les plats de base mais finir les cuissons (grillades, fritures, gratins) sur place pour garantir la qualité sensorielle.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. L'Éducation au Goût : Un Enjeu de Santé Publique

      L'alimentation est présentée comme la "première médecine". Une proposition de loi récente (portée par Olivia Grégoire) vise à généraliser l'éducation à l'alimentation dans les programmes scolaires.

      La lutte contre la néophobie alimentaire

      De nombreux enfants souffrent de la peur de la nouveauté. Les sources suggèrent :

      La visibilité du chef : L'enfant doit identifier qui cuisine pour avoir confiance.

      L'exposition répétée : Présenter l'aliment plusieurs fois sans forcer la consommation.

      La pédagogie active : Expliquer l'origine des produits (40 % des enfants ignorent l'origine des nuggets ou du jambon).

      Le cas du "Cordon Bleu" et des produits ultra-transformés

      Le cordon bleu est le plat préféré des élèves mais symbolise souvent l'ultra-transformation (additifs, nitrites, arômes). Marie-Pierre Membrives appelle à des "États Généraux du Cordon Bleu" pour garantir soit une version "maison" de qualité, soit sa suppression au profit de produits bruts.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Innovations Pratiques et Recommandations

      Pour améliorer l'expérience des enfants et réduire le gaspillage, des solutions simples et efficaces sont identifiées :

      1. Le Coupe-Fruits : Un outil "révolutionnaire" en cantine. Présenter les fruits (pommes, oranges) découpés augmente drastiquement leur consommation par les jeunes enfants qui ont des difficultés à croquer ou peler des fruits entiers.

      2. La Diversification Protéique : L'association céréales + légumineuses (ex: crème de haricots blancs) offre des protéines complètes et permet des menus végétariens savoureux et économiques.

      3. L'Ambiance de Repas : Réduire le bruit dans les réfectoires et agrandir les espaces pour permettre aux enfants de prendre le temps de déguster.

      4. L'Approvisionnement Local : Créer des liens directs avec les agriculteurs (maraîchers, meuniers, éleveurs) pour transformer la cantine en levier de soutien à l'économie locale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      VI. Citations Notables

      "La première médecine, c'est l'alimentation."Marie-Pierre Membrives (citant Hippocrate)

      "Les enfants ne mangent pas des cases de tableaux Excel EGalim."Marie-Pierre Membrives

      "C'est un choix politique qui pourrait être sur la table lors des municipales."Commentaire sur la remunicipalisation des cantines.

      "Devant une pomme... on devrait oser écouter cet air, accueillir le doute, entrer alors dans une sorte de virginité de la pensée."François Simon

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We sincerely appreciate your constructive feedback. Based on the comments from the three reviewers, we were able to substantially improve the manuscript. Below, we provide our point-by-point responses.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examined the functional organization of the mouse posterior parietal cortex (PPC) using meso-scale two-photon calcium imaging during visually-guided and history-guided tasks. The researchers found distinct functional modules within the medial PPC: area A, which integrates somatosensory and choice information, and area AM, which integrates visual and choice information. Area A also showed a robust representation of choice history and posture. The study further revealed distinct patterns of inter-area correlations for A and AM, suggesting different roles in cortical communication. These findings shed light on the functional architecture of the mouse PPC and its involvement in various sensorimotor and cognitive functions.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I find this manuscript excellent. It is very clearly written and built up logically. The subject is important, and the data supports the conclusions without overstating implications. Where the manuscript shines the most is the exceptionally thorough analysis of the data. The authors set a high bar for identifying the boundaries of the PPC subareas, where they combine both somatosensory and visual intrinsic imaging. There are many things to compliment the authors on, but one thing that should be applauded in particular is the analysis of the body movements of the mice in the tube. Anyone working with head-fixed mice knows that mice don't sit still but that almost invariable remains unanalyzed. Here the authors show that this indeed explained some of the variance in the data.

      Weaknesses:

      I see no major weaknesses and I only have minor comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The posterior parietal cortex (PPC) has been identified as an integrator of multiple sensory streams and guides decision-making. Hira et al observe that dissection of the functional specialization of PPC subregions requires simultaneous measurement of neuronal activity throughout these areas. To this end, they use wide-field calcium imaging to capture the activity of thousands of neurons across the PPC and surrounding areas. They begin by delineating the boundaries between the primary sensory and higher visual areas using intrinsic imaging and validate their mapping using calcium imaging. They then conduct imaging during a visually guided task to identify neurons that respond selectively to visual stimuli or choices. They find that vision and choice neurons intermingle primarily in the anterior medial (AM) area, and that AM uniquely encodes information regarding both the visual stimulus and the previous choice, positioning AM as the main site of integration of behavioral and visual information for this task.

      Strengths:

      There is an enormous amount of data and results reveal very interesting relationships between stimulus and choice coding across areas and how network dynamics relate to task coding.

      Weaknesses:

      The enormity of the data and the complexity of the analysis make the manuscript hard to follow. Sometimes it reads like a laundry list of results as opposed to a cohesive story.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary: This work from Hira et al leverages mesoscopic 2-photon imaging to study large neural populations in different higher visual areas, in particular areas A and AM of the parietal cortex. The focus of the study is to obtain a better understanding of the representation of different task-related parameters, such as choice formation and short-term history, as well as visual responses in large neural populations across different cortical regions to obtain a better understanding of the functional specialization of neural populations in each region as well as the interaction of neural populations across regions. The authors image a large number of neurons in animals that either perform visual discrimination or a history-dependent task to test how task demands affect neural responses and population dynamics. Furthermore, by including a behavioral perturbation of animal posture they aim to dissociate the neural representation of history signals from body posture. Lastly, they relate their functional findings to anatomical data from the Allen connectivity atlas and show a strong relation between functional correlations on anatomical connectivity patterns.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the study is very well done and tackles a problem that should be of high interest to the field by aiming to obtain a better understanding of the function and spatial structure of different regions in the parietal cortex. The experimental approach and analyses are sound and of high quality and the main conclusions are well supported by the results. Aside from the detailed analyses, a particular strength is the additional experimental perturbation of posture to isolate history-related activity which supports the conclusion that both posture and history signals are represented in different neurons within the same region. Weaknesses: The main point that I found hard to understand was the fairly strong language on functional clusters of neurons while also stating that neurons encoded combinations of different types of information and leveraging the encoding model to dissociate these contributions. Do the authors find mixed selectivity or rather functional segregation of neural tuning in their data? More details on this and some other points are below.

      We thank the three reviewers for their accurate and expert evaluations.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It wasn't clear to me why the authors focused on areas A and AM, but not RL. After all, at the beginning of the results, the authors ask: "PPC has been reported to have functions including visually guided decision-making and working memory. Do these functions differ among RL, A, and AM?".

      Thank you for the comment. The manuscript first characterizes AM as a region involved in visually guided decision-making and A as a region related to history and/or working memory. Subsequently, when discussing correlation structure, we stated the following:

      “In particular, based on the critical functional differences between A and AM that we found, A and AM may belong to distinct cortical networks that consist of different sets of densely interacting cortical areas.”

      Thus, the logical flow of our analysis is to first reveal the functional contrast between A and AM through comparative functional analyses across RL, A, and AM, and then to focus on this contrast. We speculate that RL may exhibit more distinctive functional properties in tasks that rely on whisker-based processing or related modalities. We have therefore revised the text as described below to avoid the impression that the manuscript places disproportionate emphasis on RL.

      Line 137: “PPC has been reported to have functions including visually guided decisionmaking and working memory. Do these functions differ among A, AM, and RL?”

      (2) Figures 2 E, F, and Figure 3A, could the authors indicate the trial structure better on these plots?

      Thank you for the comment. We have added explanations of the bar meanings to the figure legends.

      Figure 2:

      “(E) Representative vision neurons (ROI 1-4 in I). The red bars indicate sampling periods during video presentation, and the brown bars indicate sampling periods without video stimulation. Vertical black lines mark the onset of the sampling period. F. Representative choice neuron (ROI 5-8 in I) and a non-selective neuron (ROI 9). Light blue lines indicate the response periods in trials with left choices, and purple lines indicate the response periods in trials with right choices. Vertical black lines mark the onset of the response period.”

      Figure 3:

      “(A) The representative history neurons. Numbers correspond to that of panel B and C. Light blue lines indicate rewards delivered from the left lick port, and purple lines indicate rewards delivered from the right lick port. Vertical white lines mark the onset of the sampling period.”

      (3) There are several typos that need correcting. Also, small and big capital letters to demark the panel names in the legends have been mixed.

      Thank you for the comment. We have corrected the panel labels as described below.

      Figure 2 legend:

      “Representative choice neuron (ROI 5-8 in I) and a non-selective neuron (ROI 9)”

      Figure 3 legend:

      “..than the next choice. I. The decoding accuracy of the next choice …”

      Figure 3 legend:

      “Error bars, mean ± s.e.m. in I, 95% confidence interval in G. M, and O.”

      Supplementary Figure 6:

      “…neurons with rt ≥ 0.3 (blue) were shown. B. Trial-to-trial activity fluctuation … (rt ≥ 0.3, panel B) was color coded…”

      We thoroughly checked the manuscript for typographical errors and corrected the issues.

      (4) Many in the field still use the Paxinos nomenclature for PPC subfields, could the authors write something short about how these two nomenclatures correspond?

      We have described the relationship between our area definitions and those of Paxinos in the main text as follows.

      Line 702: “In addition to our definition, previous studies have also defined posterior parietal cortex (PPC) to include the higher visual areas A, AM, and RL (Glickfeld and Olsen, 2017; Wang et al., 2011). These areas partially overlap with the parietal association regions defined in the Paxinos atlas, including MPtA, LPtA, PtPD, and PtPR. For a detailed discussion of the correspondence and variability among these regional definitions, see Lyamzin and Benucci (2019).”

      (5) Analyzing choice history may be affected by the long fluorescence Ca transients and will depend on excellent event deconvolution. Could the authors show some more zoomed-in examples of how well their deconvolution works?

      We provide enlarged, trial-by-trial activity traces of the four example neurons shown in Figure 3A in Supplementary Figure 3G. In all neurons, multiple small calcium transients occur repeatedly throughout the delay period, which lasts longer than 10 s. If the sustained activity during the delay were simply due to a long decay time constant, one would expect a large calcium transient in the preceding trial that slowly decays over the delay period. However, such a pattern is not observed in the actual data. Also, since the decay time constant of GCaMP6s is on the order of ~1 s, signals persisting for ~10 s cannot be explained by slow decay alone.

      (6) The authors write: "the history neurons exhibited properties of working memory." However, note that this is not a working memory task since the mice don't need to keep evidence in memory, the direction to lick can be made at the very beginning of a trial.

      Behaviorally, demonstrating that an animal maintains working memory requires showing that its behavior changes based on retained information when new information is introduced, as in delayed match-to-sample tasks. In the present task, however, the correct action for the next trial is determined at the moment the action in the previous trial is completed, such that animals can simply switch to motor preparation at that point. Thus, from a strictly behavioral perspective, working memory is not required.

      On the other hand, during the inter-trial interval (ITI), information from the previous trial dominates over information from the upcoming trial (Fig. 3H), which is more consistent with retention of past information than with motor preparation. Moreover, trials in which neural activity maintained information about the previous trial’s action were associated with a higher probability of correct performance in the subsequent trial. In other words, retaining past information contributes to guiding correct behavior in the next trial.

      Based on these neural analyses, we interpret that mice retain information about their previous trial’s action history in working memory and use it to determine behavior in the subsequent trial. Accordingly, we consider ITI activity in PPC to reflect working memory rather than motor preparation. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that your concern is valid, and we have therefore revised the text as follows:

      Line 234: “These results suggest that the history neurons exhibited properties of working memory.”

      (7) In the section about the Choice History Task, the authors write: "Since the visual stimuli were randomly presented during the sampling period, the mice had to ignore the visual stimuli." Why continue to present the visual stimuli?

      Thank you for the suggestion. By designing the vision task and the history task to have identical structures, we can apply the same encoding and decoding models to both tasks, which facilitates direct comparison between them. This design makes it easier to examine how neuronal activity patterns change depending on task demands.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I don't understand the logic of Figure S7 and the neuropil analysis in general. Neuropil activity is purported to represent input, so it seems unsurprising that nearby neurons would exhibit similar dynamics.

      Thank you for your comment. Your argument is correct, and it is not at all surprising that neuropil signals correlate with the activity of surrounding neurons. Here, we quantitatively examined the relationship between neuropil activity and the average activity of nearby neurons. In addition, in a separate analysis, we clarified the relationship between connectome information and neuropil activity. Taken together, these analyses reveal the relationship between connectome information and the local average of neuronal activity. We describe this point as follows:

      “Indeed, the trial-to-trial variation of a neuropil activity could be approximated by the average of 1,000–10,000 neurons within several hundred micrometers from the center (Figure S7).”

      Although we analyzed this phenomenon in the cases of areas A and AM, this finding should not be considered specific to A and AM but instead has broader, general significance. Accordingly, we added a new Results subsection and revised the manuscript as follows.

      Line 448: “Constraints and limits of anatomical connectivity on neuronal population activity Although we have so far focused on the differences between A and AM, our data provide broader insights into the relationship between anatomical connectivity and neuronal population activity. First, based on Figure S7 and the considerations above, anatomical input correlations strongly constrain the correlations between local averages of activity across thousands of neurons. We then asked whether this anatomical constraint extends beyond mean activity, and how anatomical input correlations relate to relationships between neuronal population activities (population vectors).

      The correlation between CC<sub>t</sub> and r<sub>anatomy</sub> was moderate (r = 0.60, Figure 6L). This moderate correlation did not change when the coupling neurons were eliminated (r = 0.61). Interestingly, the largest canonical component was the most unpredictable from the anatomical data (Figure 6M). Thus, while inter-area correlations based on the mean activity of neuronal populations are largely determined by anatomical input correlations, correlations between population vectors contain additional structure that cannot be captured by anatomical input correlations alone.

      One possible source of this additional structure is globally shared activity, which may reflect behavior, brain state, or levels of neuromodulators. To evaluate the contribution of global activity on the canonical correlation between areas, we first compared the canonical coefficient vectors (CCV). We found that the first CCV had a similar orientation, regardless of the paired areas (Figure6N). This indicates that the largest components of correlated activity in the CCA analysis are globally shared fluctuations. We also directly evaluated the correlated activity components across all 8 areas with generalized canonical correlation analysis. The first CCV also had a similar orientation to the first generalized canonical coefficient vector (GCCV) (Figure 6O). These results indicate that the largest canonical component reflects a global correlation across all cortical areas imaged. Such global correlations may be driven by factors beyond cortico-cortical or thalamo-cortical inputs, such as the animal’s behavioral state as we recently characterized (H. Imamura et al., 2025; F. Imamura et al., 2025). We also confirmed the robustness of these results by repeating analyses using only the 40% highly active neurons after denoising with non-negative deconvolution (36828 out of 91397 neurons; Figure S9).”

      (2) Furthermore, the neuropil signal likely contains signals from out-of-focus neurons that are presumably functioning similarly to the in-focus cells. Wouldn't the interesting question be to what extent the local neuropil signal in, for example, area A resembled that of neuronal activity in S1t?

      Thank you very much for your comment. We agree with your point. Based on the evaluation in Figure S7, the neuropil signal likely contains the average activity of several thousand local neurons, including out-of-focus contributions. The neuropil signal in area A may also partially reflect neuronal activity from the neighboring S1t area. In particular, neurons that show little correlation with the local population average (i.e., the neuropil signal) within the same area are sometimes referred to as “soloists” (M. Okun et al., 2015). If such soloist neurons were found to exhibit strong correlations with the neuropil signal of an adjacent area, this would be a highly interesting result. However, such an analysis would go beyond the scope of the present manuscript and would require a new line of discussion; therefore, we plan to address this issue in future work.

      (3) I generally found the final Results section (Relationship between mesoscale functional correlation and anatomical connections) to be hard to follow. The motivation for this analysis should be better explained.

      We fully incorporated your suggestion and rewrote the final section of the Results accordingly. Please refer to our responses to the two comments above.

      (4) The question of brain state/neuromodulation as a driver of the globally shared activity may be addressable by considering its correlation with pupillometry data.

      We fully agree with your suggestion. In our experiments, visual stimuli change continuously, and thus pupil diameter changes are most likely driven primarily by changes in visual input. Although state-dependent fluctuations of brain activity may also be present, they are likely masked by the larger effects induced by visual stimulation. Therefore, analyzing pupil-linked signals as a factor of globally shared activity would be more appropriately addressed in experiments without visual stimulation. We plan to investigate this issue in future studies. Here, we have added the following description regarding pupil dynamics and their associated relationships.

      Line 292: “We found that the neurons related to the tail and forepaws were similarly distributed around the parietal cortex including S1 and A, while the pupil-size related neurons were mapped around visual areas (Figure 4C). Changes in pupil diameter may influence neuronal activity through multiple mechanisms, including behavioral state or noradrenergic level [REF], nonlinear interactions with visual stimulation, and changes in the amount of light reaching the retina.”

      Minor issues

      (1) The authors deploy sophisticated mathematical techniques with essentially no explanation outside the Methods section. A brief introduction of jPCA and CCA in the main text would help the reader understand the value of these analyses.

      Thank you for the comment. We added the following explanation.

      Line 238: “In this task, left and right selection are alternated, so the activity of the history neuron is a sequence that repeats in two consecutive trials. We used jPCA<sup>49</sup> to visualize and quantify this activity pattern (Figure 3K). jPCA identifies low-dimensional projections of population activity that maximize rotational dynamics across time.”

      Line 374: “Next, to investigate r<sub>t</sub> of the population activity (r<sub>t_population</sub>), we first reduced the dimension of population activity in each area into 10 by using PCA (principal component analysis) (Figure S6B,C). Then, “fluctuation activity” was recalculated for each dimension and trial type, analogous to the single-neuron analysis described above, but here representing noise in population-level activation patterns. We applied CCA (canonical correlation analysis) to each pair of areas and obtained an average of 10 canonical correlations (CC<sub>t</sub>) as r<sub>t_population</sub>. CCA identifies pairs of linear combinations of population activity from two areas that maximize their correlation across trials, thereby capturing shared population-level fluctuations. The CC<sub>t</sub> structure between areas was similar across task types (Figure 5H) indicating that this structure reflects the underlying functional connectivity independent of the task. The CC<sub>t</sub> between A and S1t was the largest among all the pairs (Figure 5H), whereas when the CC<sub>t</sub> was averaged across all connections for each area, A and AM had the largest and second largest C<sub>t</sub>, respectively (Figure 5I). The dominance in CC<sub>t</sub> in A and AM disappeared when the neurons with r<sub>t_single</sub> >0.3 were removed. Notably, the CC<sub>t</sub> of AM and the other areas was uniform regardless of the paired areas across all 10 canonical components (Figure 5J). Thus, area AM is an integration hub of interareal communication, whereas A simply coupled with S1t, and such correlation structure at the population level critically depends on this subset of neurons.”

      (2) The manuscript contains numerous typos ("hoice"), spelling errors ("parameters", "costom"), abbreviations that are not defined (ex: RL/rostrolateral), and minor grammatical issues that should be addressed by a round of copy editing.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have thoroughly corrected these typographical and grammatical errors, and have described the revisions in detail in our response to Reviewer 1, comment (3). In addition, we have clarified the abbreviations in the manuscript as follows.

      Line 94: “rostrolateral area (RL)”

      Figure 1 legend: “Abbreviations: RL, rostrolateral HVA; PM, posteromedial HVA; RSC, retrosplenial cortex.“

      (3) Figure 3K unlabeled axes.

      Thank you for the comment. We have added the axis labels.

      (4) Figure 3K caption, first "(right)" should be "(left)".

      Thank you very much for your careful attention to detail. We have made the requested correction.

      (5) Figure 6 is hard to read. Panel A is too small, and the interpretation of G is difficult.

      - For panel A, we added an enlarged view with images from a larger number of trials in Figure S7A.

      - G represents the connectivity matrix. The sources correspond to the injection sites, and the targets correspond to voxels in the cerebral cortex. Because the latter may not be immediately clear, we explicitly indicated in the figure that the targets are cortical voxels.

      (6) Figure S4C has a double compass.

      Thank you for the comment. We have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      While I have some questions and additional suggestions to further improve the clarity of the manuscript, I already found it to be highly interesting and well done in its current form.

      Major points:

      (1) The t-SNE comes up rather abruptly and is not well-explained in the main text or the figure caption. It would be good to provide some more information on the rationale of this analysis and how to interpret it. In particular, I don't see clear clusters in Figure 2H although the description of the authors seems to indicate that they observe clear functional classes such as choice, stimulus, and history neurons. Similarly, in Figure 3B, I don't see a clear separation between history and choice neurons in the t-SNE map. The example cells in Figure 3A appear to be delayed or long-tailed choice neurons rather than a dedicated group of 'history neurons'. It would be helpful for the interpretation of the t-SNE plots to show different PSTHs for different regions of the t-SNE map to better illustrate what different regions within the t-SNE projection represent and what distinguishes these cells.

      Thank you for the comment. The absence of clearly defined clusters in the t-SNE map suggests that neuronal activity forms a continuum rather than discrete classes. Importantly, the purpose of the t-SNE map here is not to identify sharp clusters, but to demonstrate that the functional categorization provided by our encoding model broadly and comprehensively spans the major structures present in the unsupervised t-SNE map. We have revised the relevant text in the manuscript accordingly as follows.

      Line 158: “To examine whether the neuron groups labeled by this model broadly capture the diversity of neuronal activity, we performed unsupervised clustering of neuronal activity using t-SNE. The functional labels revealed by this encoding model were consistent with the t-SNE clusters, indicating the validity of the encoding model (Figure 2H; Figure S4B; materials and methods).”

      The issue regarding History neurons was also raised in Reviewer #1’s comment (5). We provide an enlarged view of Figure 3A in Figure S3A. Each History neuron exhibits multiple calcium transients repeatedly and asynchronously following the previous reward acquisition. Therefore, rather than being “choice neurons with a long tail,” these neurons are better interpreted as neurons whose activity is sustained during this delay period.

      (2) Although the authors mention that neurons represent a mixture of features, they then use the encoding model to isolate clusters, such as vision or choice neurons. In general, the language throughout the manuscript suggests that there are various clusters of functionally segregated neurons (vision, choice, history, or coupling neurons). However, it is not clear to me to what extent this is supported by the data. Couldn't a choice neuron also be a vision neuron if both variables make significant contributions to the model? Similarly, are 'history' and 'choice' separate labels from the encoding model, or could a cell be given multiple labels? If a cell could be given multiple labels how did the authors create the colored plots on the right-hand side of Figures 2H and 3B? The example history cells in Figure 3J also appear to be highly selective for the contralateral choice, so again this seems to argue against a clear separation of choice and history neurons.

      Each label is assigned based on whether the corresponding coefficient is significant in the encoding model, and therefore neurons that are both vision- and choice-selective do exist. The presence of mixed selectivity neurons in PPC is well established (e.g., MJ Goard et al., 2016 elife). In this manuscript, however, we focus not on functional overlap at the single neuron level, but on the spatial distribution of functional classes, and thus do not explicitly address mixed selectivity. Although the colors in Figure 2H and Figure 3B overlap, the underlying data for each are presented separately in Figure S4B and S4D, respectively. As shown there, each color generally occupies distinct regions in the t-SNE map.

      (3) The decoding analysis in Figure 3F also suggests that a potential reason why there are more choice history signals in areas S1 and A is that neural activity is simply larger rather than due to the activity of a dedicated group of history neurons. Are the authors interpreting this differently? Could the duration of stored choice information also be affected by the dynamics of the calcium indicator?

      Thank you for the comment. Simply having larger neural activity in S1t or A would not result in calcium transients with a ~1-s time constant persisting throughout a delay period lasting up to 10 seconds. As also noted in comment (1), History neurons exhibit sustained and repeated calcium transients, and therefore their activity cannot be explained merely by elevated neural activity levels. One could argue that all cortical areas carry history-related information but that the signal-to-noise ratio is higher in S1t or A, which might make such signals more detectable there. If this were the case, however, differences across areas in all forms of selectivity should similarly depend on signal-to-noise ratio. This is not what we observe in our data.

      (4) I'm confused as to why the decoding accuracy is so high for areas A and S1t at time -3 relative to the choice in Figure 3F. Shouldn't this be the same as predicting the next choice in Figure 3H? Why is the decoding accuracy lower in this case?

      Thank you for the comment. The analysis shown in Figure 3F includes only trials in which the choice was correct. This is the reason why the decoding performance in Figure 3H is lower. We have added this clarification to the main text.

      Figure 3F: “Decoding accuracy of choice, outcome, and visual stimuli by the activity of 20 neurons from each area using only correct trials, before and after the choice onset, reward delivery, and the end of the visual stimuli, respectively. Line colors corresponded to the areas shown in panel G.”

      (5) In general, the text is not very detailed about the statistics. While test scores and p-values are mentioned, it would be good to also state what is actually compared and what the n is (e.g. how many neurons, neuron pairs, areas, sessions, or animals) for each case. How do the authors account for the nested experiment design where many neurons are coming from a low number of animals?

      Thank you for the comment. In our decoding analyses, we generally treat the number of animals as the independent variable. In contrast, for the encoding model analyses, we treat the number of neurons as the independent variable. As you correctly pointed out, because we recorded activity from a large number of neurons, statistical tests that treat individual neurons as independent samples can readily yield significant p-values even with a small number of animals. We have therefore confirmed that our conclusions are not driven by a large effect from a single animal. When making qualitative claims, we rely not only on statistical significance (p-values) but also require clear differences in effect size. We have added the following clarification to the Statistics section accordingly.

      Line 1049: ”For the decoding analyses, the number of animals was treated as the independent variable, whereas for the encoding model analyses, the number of neurons was treated as the independent variable. To ensure that the results were not driven by a single animal, we repeated the statistical tests while systematically excluding data from one animal at a time and confirmed that statistical significance was preserved in all cases. Furthermore, qualitative interpretations were made only when differences in effect size were clearly observed.”

      (6) How was the grouping in Figure 2O done? Specifically, how were the thresholds for the dashed lines selected to separate PM and V1 from AM and RL as association areas? It seems to me like this grouping was done rather arbitrarily as the difference in choice decoding accuracy is not particularly large between these areas.

      This line does not have a specific quantitative basis, but we consider it useful as an illustrative aid. We have added this clarification to the figure legend.

      Figure 2O: “Decoding accuracies of time in video presentation and choice direction indicate that AM would be the best position for associating these two signals. The background color and dashed lines are provided as visual aids for illustrative purposes.”

      (7) The fact that neurons with high rt_single tend to share the same function might also indicate the approach is insufficient to remove all effects of tuning to trial types from the neural data. Since the authors subtract the average of each trial type, the average trial-type related information is removed but type-specific variations that are not equally presented in the average might remain. For choice neurons for example, attentive vs in-attentive choices could be represented differently and thus remain in the data since the average would be a mixture of both. The same goes for other factors that would drive a particular modulation in the choice - or stimulus - related part of the trial which could still tie these neurons together. One way to circumvent this concern could be to first compute the mean activity for all time points in each trial and then compute the trial-to-trial variability across all trials of the same type. Alternatively, I would be curious how the results play out when using data when the animal is not actively performing the task to compute rt_single.

      Thank you for the comment. The concern raised by the reviewer applies to all noise-correlation analyses and highlights an important limitation of this approach, namely that factors other than the observed variables are treated as noise. By subtracting the trial-averaged activity, information related to sensory input and the direction of the first lick at choice can be removed. However, other factors cannot be eliminated if they are not observed. For example, if right hindlimb movements tend to occur only in trials with visual stimulation combined with left choice, such effects cannot be removed because they are not measured. The same issue remains even when restricting the analysis to a single trial type. Based on these considerations, we have added the following text to the manuscript.

      Line 932: “Correlation of trial-to-trial variance of activity between a pair of single neurons was defined as r<sub>t_single</sub>. To calculate r<sub>t_single</sub>, we averaged the activity of individual neurons over the sampling period, and the average across each trial type was subtracted from this value. The trial types consisted of four sets of pairs of stimuli and responses, that is, the video stimulation and left choice, the video stimulation and right choice, the black screen and left choice, and the black screen and right choice. By this operation, we extracted the fluctuating components of single-neuron activity that are independent of the trial types. Although the finding that neurons with high r<sub>t_single</sub> tend to share the functional properties we propose is not a trivial consequence of the analysis. At the same time, it remains possible that high r<sub>t_single</sub> reflects the degree to which neurons share unobserved features, and that such features are correlated with our functional classification. Thus, while this analysis suggests that correlated fluctuations across cortical areas may contribute to the determination of functional types, establishing an exclusive conclusion will require more fine-grained behavioral measurements, tighter control of internal states, and causal identification through targeted interventions.”

      Minor points:

      (1) Why did the authors use the activity of 50 neurons for the decoder analysis in Figure 2K? Didn't they have many more neurons available? How were these selected?

      We found that the conclusions were identical when using datasets consisting of either 50 neurons or 20 neurons across all analyses. Because the total number of recorded PM neurons did not reach 100 in at least one mouse, we standardized the analyses to 50 neurons in order to match the number of neurons across all cortical areas and animals.

      (2) The authors mention that some PPC neurons showed complex dynamics rather than encoding a specific feature such as visual or choice information but do not mention actual numbers on this point. It would be good to quantify to what extent neurons in different regions represent such mixed selectivity and whether there are clear differences in selectivity. This would also be interesting to discuss in context to earlier work on mixed selectivity in the parietal cortex, such as Raposo et al 2015.

      Thank you for the comment. Your point is entirely valid. However, as explained in our response to your major comment, our analyses focus not on how individual neurons are classified, but rather on the spatial distribution of these functional categories.

      (3) I have a hard time understanding what the length of the bars in the right panel of Figure 2k indicates. Does this plot show more than the decoder accuracy before and after the choice? Is the bar length related to the standard deviation? The same question for the visualization in panel 2n. It looks nice but I'm confused about what it shows exactly.

      These bars represent confidence intervals. Although this is stated at the end of the Figure 2 legend, we agree that it may not be sufficiently clear, and we have therefore added this information to the Statistics section.

      Line 1046: “In Figure 2K and N, and Figure 3G, L, M, and O, the bars indicate the 95% confidence intervals. All other bars denote s.e.m., unless otherwise noted.”

      (4) Is Figure 3D showing the same association index as in Figure 2j, thus showing the same result as in the vision task or is this meant to show something new? It was not clear to me from the wording, so it would be good to clarify.

      You are correct that the magenta trace in Fig. 3D is the same as in Fig. 2J. This panel was included to explicitly illustrate that, in areas A and AM, the separation between History and Association approximately overlaps. We have added the following clarification to the figure legend accordingly.

      Figure 3D: “The percentage of history neurons and the association index (as defined in Fig. 2J) were overlaid for comparison.”

      (5) When computing the Pseudo R2 for regressor contribution, how was the null model computed? From shuffling all regressors in the model? I think this is fine but it's not fully clear what the intended effect of this procedure is. For the description of Figure 4C it would be good to add a sentence explaining how to interpret the pseudo R^2.

      The null model predicts a fixed value that is independent of the explanatory variables, i.e., it predicts only the intercept. This provides a useful correction term when performing cross-validation, particularly in cases where baseline values differ across folds. In Figure 4C, the analysis shows the contribution of adding body part positions and pupil diameter to the model for predicting neural activity. We have added the following text to the Methods section.

      Line 881: “To estimate the contribution of parameters for the left forelimb, the right forelimb, the tail, and the pupil, we repeated the same analysis with a reduced model where each set of predictors was eliminated from the full model (Figure 4B). Then, the pseudo-R<sup>2</sup> was obtained for each set of predictors by (MSE<sub>reduced</sub>MSE<sub>full</sub>) /MSE<sub>null</sub>, where MSE is the mean squared error, MSE<sub>reduced</sub> is MSE for the reduced model, MSE<sub>full</sub> is the MSE of the full model, and MSE<sub>null</sub> is the null model. The null model predicts a fixed value that is independent of the explanatory variables; specifically, it simply outputs the mean of the training data. For example, we constructed a regression model without the parameters regarding the left forelimb (green shade of Figure 4B), obtained MSE<sub>reduced</sub> for the left forelimb, and the pseudo-R<sup>2</sup> was calculated as above by comparing the MSE of the full model and the null model. This value reflects the extent to which the position of the left forelimb contributes to the prediction of neuronal activity.”

      (6) It seems surprising that the pupil-size-related neurons were mapped around visual areas although the pupil should carry clear luminance information. Is this because the luminancerelated information in the pupil can also be explained by the stimulus variable in the model?

      Pupil size changed markedly before and after visual stimulus presentation (Figure S5C), dilating during the black stimulus and constricting during the video stimulus. This likely reflects changes relative to the luminance of the gray screen presented in the absence of visual stimuli. In our encoding model, visual stimuli are included as independent regressors for each corresponding time window. Therefore, pupil fluctuations that are temporally locked to visual stimulation are explained by these visual regressors. Neuronal activity that is better explained by pupil size changes not accounted for by the visual regressors is classified as pupil-related. At least three mechanisms may underlie the influence of pupil size on neuronal activity. First, fluctuations in pupil diameter have been linked to behavioral state or noradrenergic level [REF], which can act as variables independent of visual stimulation. Second, pupil fluctuations may be amplified in a stimulus-dependent manner, reflecting nonlinear interactions between visual input and brain state. Third, changes in pupil diameter alter the amount of light reaching the retina, which can modulate activity in visual cortical areas. The latter two mechanisms are therefore expected to predominantly affect visual areas and may explain why pupil-related neurons are more frequently observed there. The first mechanism is likely related to global brain state, and its association with behavior may account for the presence of pupil-related neurons in S1. However, these interpretations require confirmation through more refined causal manipulations. Accordingly, we limited the addition to the manuscript to the following statement.

      Line 292: “We found that the neurons related to the tail and forepaws were similarly distributed around the parietal cortex including S1 and A, while the pupil-size related neurons were mapped around visual areas (Figure 4C). Changes in pupil diameter may influence neuronal activity through multiple mechanisms, including behavioral state or noradrenergic level [REF], nonlinear interactions with visual stimulation, and changes in the amount of light reaching the retina.”

      (7) What is meant by 'external control parameters such as a video frame' when explaining the encoding model?

      Thank you for the comment. We added the following explanation.

      Line 151: “In the encoding model, the activity of each neuron was fitted by a weighted sum of external control parameters, such as video frames, and behavioral parameters, such as choice and reward direction. Because the visual stimulus changes continuously over time, sliding time windows were placed during the visual stimulus period.”

      (8) What does the trace in Figure 2G show? Is this a single-cell example? What are the axes here?

      We added an explanation to the figure legend.

      Figure 2G: “Schematic of our encoding model. The bottom right panel shows an example of single-neuron activity with an overlay of the fitting obtained by the encoding model.”

      (9) There seems to be a word missing in the sentence that describes the results for Figure 3O in the main text.

      Thank you for the comment. We added the following description related to Fig. 3O.

      Line 247: “resulting in the decoding accuracy of time after a specific choice being lower than in A (Figure 3O).”

      (10) The abbreviation RP is used when describing Figure S5A. It should be mentioned that this refers to the response period.

      Thank you for the comment. We added the following description related to Figure S5A.

      Line 283: “We found that the angle of the tail was significantly different from the baseline values several seconds after the response period (RP) (Figure S5A)”

      (11) I can't see the color difference between the traces in Figure 2E. There are probably red and green but this is hard to see for readers with red-green color blindness. Does the black indicate the time of visual stimulation? Is the line in Figure 2F the time when the spouts move in?

      Thank you for the comment. In Fig. 2E, we improved visibility by changing the line opacity. In addition, the vertical line in Fig. 2E indicates the onset of the visual stimulus, and the vertical line in Fig. 2F indicates the onset of the response period. We have added the following explanations to the figure legend.

      Figure 2: E. “Representative vision neurons (ROI 1-4 in I). The red bars indicate sampling periods during video presentation, and the brown bars indicate sampling periods without video stimulation. Vertical black lines mark the onset of the sampling period. F. Representative choice neuron (ROI 5-8 in I) and a non-selective neuron (ROI 9). Light blue lines indicate the response periods in trials with left choices, and purple lines indicate the response periods in trials with right choices. Vertical black lines mark the onset of the response period.”

      (12) It might be useful to provide a short explanation in the results or methods of why the harmonic mean was used for the computation of the association index. I think it makes sense but since it is not commonly used this could be helpful for the reader to understand the approach.

      Thank you for the comment. We added the following explanation to the main text.

      Line 869: “The association index was determined by the harmonic mean of the rates of vision neurons and choice neurons. The harmonic mean approaches the arithmetic mean when the two values are similar, but becomes closer to the smaller value when the two values differ substantially. Therefore, the association index takes a large value when both vision neurons and choice neurons are abundant.”

      (13) I don't fully understand how coupling diversity is computed. If there are six preference vectors, what is meant by taking the average of angles between all pairs of the two vectors?

      Which two are meant here?

      Thank you for the comment. We revised the explanation as follows.

      Line 950: “To quantify the diversity of coupling patterns across clusters, we computed the angle between every pair of preference vectors. We then averaged these pairwise angles and defined this quantity as the “coupling diversity.”

      (14) The results text states that the high correlation between r_anatomy and r_neuropil (Figure 6I) is evidence for the functional correlations being driven by cortico-cortical connectivity. However, Figure 6J shows that correlations for either cortico-cortical or thalamo-cortical connectivity are below 0.94 and generally higher for thalamo-cortical connectivity. This doesn't negate the general point of the authors but it would be good to clarify this section so it is easier to understand if r_anatomy includes both cortico-cortical and thalamo-cortical data and how the results in Figure I and J go together with the description in the results section.

      You are correct. We have revised the text to clarify that the analysis reflects the combined effects of both cortico-cortical and thalamo-cortical inputs.

      Line 436: “This correspondence suggests that the mesoscale interarea correlation is determined by the cortico-cortical and thalamo-cortical common input at mesoscale. Figure S8: A. Using Allen connectivity atlas, the axonal density of cortico-cortical and thalamo-cortical projection was analyzed.”

      (15) I'm not very familiar with canonical correlation analysis and found this part hard to follow. Some additional explainer sentences would be helpful here. For example, what does it mean to take the average of the top 10 canonical correlations as rt_population? What exactly are the canonical correlation vectors? It was also not clear to me what exactly the results in Figure 5J signify.

      Thank you for the comment. We have clarified the description in the main text related to CCA and the associated analyses as follows.

      Line 374: “Next, to investigate r<sub>t</sub> of the population activity (r<sub>t_population</sub>), we first reduced the dimension of population activity in each area into 10 by using PCA (principal component analysis) (Figure S6B,C). Then, “fluctuation activity” was recalculated for each dimension and trial type, analogous to the single-neuron analysis described above, but here representing noise in population-level activation patterns. We applied CCA (canonical correlation analysis) to each pair of areas and obtained an average of 10 canonical correlations (CC<sub>t</sub>) as r<sub>t_population</sub>. CCA identifies pairs of linear combinations of population activity from two areas that maximize their correlation across trials, thereby capturing shared population-level fluctuations. The CC<sub>t</sub> structure between areas was similar across task types (Figure 5H) indicating that this structure reflects the underlying functional connectivity independent of the task. The CC<sub>t</sub> between A and S1t was the largest among all the pairs (Figure 5H), whereas when the CC<sub>t</sub> was averaged across all connections for each area, A and AM had the largest and second largest CC<sub>t</sub>, respectively (Figure 5I). The dominance in CC<sub>t</sub> in A and AM disappeared when the neurons with r<sub>t,single</sub> >0.3 were removed. Notably, the CC<sub>t</sub> of AM and the other areas was uniform regardless of the paired areas across all 10 canonical components (Figure 5J). Thus, area AM is an integration hub of interareal communication, whereas A simply coupled with S1t, and such a correlation structure at the population level critically depends on this subset of neurons.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In the manuscript, Ruhling et al propose a rapid uptake pathway that is dependent on lysosomal exocytosis, lysosomal Ca2+ and acid sphingomyelinase, and further suggest that the intracellular trafficking and fate of the pathogen is dictated by the mode of entry. Overall, this is manuscript argues for an important mechanism of a 'rapid' cellular entry pathway of S.aureus that is dependent on lysosomal exocytosis and acid sphingomyelinase and links the intracellular fate of bacterium including phagosomal dynamics, cytosolic replication and host cell death to different modes of uptake.

      Key strength is the nature of the idea proposed, while continued reliance on inhibitor treatment combined with lack of phenotype for genetic knock out is a major weakness.

      We agree with the reviewer that a S. aureus invasion phenotype in ASM K.O. cells would unequivocally demonstrate the importance of ASM for the process. In the revised manuscript, we report an invasion phenotype in ASM K.O. cells. The absence of an invasion phenotype in ASM K.O. cells in our original experiments was likely caused by SM accumulation in ASM-depleted cells originating from FBS (see Figure 2I, in the revised manuscript).

      We thus cultured cells for up to three days in 2% FBS and then reduced the concentration to 1% FBS one day prior to experimentation. Under these conditions reduced S. aureus invasion in ASM K.O.s was observed when compared to wildtype cells.

      This was not detected when we cultured the cells in medium containing the common concentration of 10% FBS. Our new data supports the results we acquired with three different ASM inhibitors.

      The invasion defect in ASM K.O.s cultured in low FBS was more pronounced at 10 min p.i. when compared to the 30 minute time point (Figure 2K), further corroborating that the ASM-dependent invasion pathway is relevant early in infection. This is consistent with the invasion dynamics we observed upon interference with lysosomal Ca<sup>2+</sup> signaling [TPC1 K.O. (Figure 1C), BAPTA-AM (Figure 3D)], lysosomal exocytosis [Syt7 K.O. (Figure 2F), Ionomycin (Figure 3D)] and ASM activity by inhibitor treatment (Figure 3D).

      Originally, we had hypothesized that changes in the sphingolipidome induced by absence of ASM may have caused the lack of an S. aureus invasion phenotype. We thus compared the sphingolipidome of ASM K.O.s cultured in 1% and 10% FBS. Indeed, SM accumulation was less severe when we cultured the cells in 1% FBS (Figure 2M and Supp. Figure 3). Hence, we think that strong SM accumulations in ASM K.O. cells cultured in 10% FBS may facilitate ASM-independent invasion mechanisms and thus, the absence of ASM-dependent invasion could not be detected by analyzing the number of invaded bacteria. This is supported by experiments, where we treated ASM K.O.s with the ASM inhibitor ARC39, which only slightly affected S. aureus invasion, whereas we detected a strong reduction of internalized bacteria by ARC39 treatment of WT cells (Figure 2 J). We think that this experiment and the reduced invasion in ASM K.O.s rule out an ASM/SM-independent effect of the inhibitors.

      - While the authors argue a role for undetectable nano-scale Cer platforms on the cell surface caused by ASM activity, results do not rule out a SM independent role in the cellular uptake phenotype of ASM inhibitors.

      We agree with reviewer that we do not show formation of ceramide-enriched platforms, and we thus changed the manuscript accordingly (see below).

      - The authors have attempted to address many of the points raised in the previous revision. While the new data presented provide partial evidence, the reliance on chemical inhibitors and lack of clear results directly documenting release of lysosomal Ca2+, or single bacterial tracking, or clear distinction between ASM dependent and independent processes dampen the enthusiasm.

      We shared the reviewer’s desire to discriminate between ASM-dependent and ASM-independent processes, but we are limited by cell biology and the simultaneous occurrence of processes - here the uptake of bacteria by multiple pathways.

      However, we were able to address ASM-dependency of our rapid uptake mechanism by observing a genetic phenotype in SMPD1 knockout-cells.

      We here do not make any assumptions on the centrality of the pathway and its importance in vivo. As scientists we were interested in the fact that such an ASM dependent pathway existed. In different as of yet still unidentified cell lines such a pathway may pose the main entry point for bacteria. Or maybe it represent an ASM-dependent mode of receptor uptake which we have identified with the bacteria piggy-backing into the cells.

      - I acknowledge the author's argument of different ASM inhibitors showing similar phenotypes across different assays as pointing to a role for ASM, but the lack of phenotype in ASM KO cells is concerning. The author's argument that altered lipid composition in ASM KO cells could be overcoming the ASM-mediated infection effects by other ASM-independent mechanisms is speculative, as they acknowledge, and moderates the importance of ASM-dependent pathway. The SM accumulation in ASM KO cells does not distinguish between localized alterations within the cells. If this pathway can be compensated, how central is it likely to be?

      We are convinced that our new genetic evidence of an S. aureus invasion phenotype in ASM K.O.s will eliminate the reviewer’s concerns about the role of ASM during the bacterial invasion.

      The new lipidomics data of ASM K.O.s cultured in 1% and 10% FBS (Figure 2, M, Supp. Figure 3) and inhibitor-treated WT cells (Figure 2L, Supp. Figure 3) show a correlation between SM accumulation and the invasion phenotype.

      We agree with the reviewer, however, that the reason why changes in sphingolipidome increase ASM-independent S. aureus internalization by host cells remains elusive. One possible explanation is a dysfunction of the lipid raft-associated protein caveolin-1 upon strong SM accumulation, which was previously shown to appear in ASM-deficient cells (1, 2). A lack of caveolin-1 results in strongly increased host cell entry of S. aureus (3, 4). Characterization of the mechanism behind these observations requires further experimentation and is beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      Host cells possess mechanisms to prevent infections, while pathogens developed strategies to circumvent these defense processes. In the present scenario, a physiological membrane composition of the host cell represents such a pathogen defense mechanism (as shown e.g. for caveolin-1 that restricts invasion of S. aureus in healthy cells). If a defense mechanism is disabled (as we speculate it is the case upon strong SM accumulation in ASM K.O.s cultured in 10%FBS), infection is facilitated. In healthy WT cells, these mechanisms (e.g. caveolin-1) are functional and, hence, we would not expect a “compensation” of ASM-dependent invasion. We here analyze invasion events that cannot be prevented by host defense mechanisms as they occur in untreated WT cells and are absent upon interfering with the ASM-dependent invasion pathway (by inhibitors and genetic K.O.). Thus, we think the ASM-dependent pathway, which mediates 50-70% of bacteria internalized by healthy WT cells 10 min p.i., is central for the infection.

      - The authors allude to lower phagosomal escape rate in ASM KO cells compared to inhibitor treatment, which appears to contradict the notion of uptake and intracellular trafficking phenotype being tightly linked. As they point out, these results might be hard to interpret.

      We measured phagosomal escape of S. aureus JE2 in ASM K.O. cells cultured in 1% FBS. Again, we infected cells for 10 or 30 min and determined the escape rates 3h p.i. However, the results are similar to escape rates determined with 10% FBS (Author response image 1).

      Escape rates of S. aureus were significantly decreased in absence of ASM regardless of the FBS concentration in the medium. We therefore think that prolonged absence of ASM has other side effects. For instance, certain endocytic pathways could be up- or down-regulated to adapt for the absence of ASM or could be affected by other changes in the lipidome (that can be minimized but not completely prevented by culturing cells in 1% FBS). This could, for instance, affect maturation of S. aureus-containing phagosomes and hence phagosomal escape.

      Author response image 1.

      As it is unclear how prolonged absence of ASM can affect cellular processes, we think other experiments investigating the role of ASM-dependent invasion for phagosomal escape are more reliable. Most importantly, bacteria that enter host cell early during infection (and thus, predominantly via the “rapid” ASM-dependent pathway) possess lower phagosomal escape rates than bacteria that entered host cells later during infection (Figure 5, D and E). This is confirmed by higher escapes rates upon blocking ASM-dependent invasion with Vacuolin-1 (Figure 4E) and three different ASM inhibitors (Figure 4C and D). We further demonstrate that sphingomyelin on the plasma membrane during invasion influences phagosomal escape, while sphingomyelin levels in the phagosomal membrane did not change phagosomal escape (Figure5 a and b). This is summarized in Figure 5F.

      - Could an inducible KD system recapitulate (some of) the phenotype of inhibitor treatment ? If S. aureus does not escape phagosome in macrophages, could it provide a system to potentially decouple the uptake and intracellular trafficking effects by ASM (or its inhibitor treatment)?

      Inducible knock-downs in our laboratory are based on the vector pLVTHM in cells co-expressing the repressor TetR fused to a KRAB domain. It needs to be stated that for optimal knock-downs the induction has to be performed by doxycycline supplementation in the medium for 7 days thus leading to several days of growth of the cells, which will allow the cells to adapt their lipid metabolism thus reflecting a situation that we encounter for the K.O.s.

      ASM-dependent uptake of S. aureus in macrophages has been demonstrated before (5). However, the course of infection in macrophages differs from non-professional phagocytes (6). E.g. in macrophages, S. aureus replicates within phagosomes, whereas in non-professional phagocytes replicates in the host cytosol. Absence of ASM therefore may influence the intracellular infection of macrophages with S. aureus in a distinct manner.

      - The role of ASM on cell surface remains unclear. The hypothesis proposed by the authors that the localized generation of Cer on the surface by released ASM leads to generation of Cer-enriched platforms could be plausible, but is not backed by data, technical challenges to visualize these platforms notwithstanding. These results do not rule out possible SM independent effects of ASM on the cell surface, if indeed the role of ASM is confirmed by controlled genetic depletion studies.

      We agree with the reviewer that we do not show generation of ceramide-enriched platforms. We thus changed Figure 6F in the revised manuscript to make clear that it remains elusive whether ceramide-enriched platforms are formed. We also added a sentence to the discussion (line 615) to emphasize that the existence of these microdomains is still debated in lipid research.

      We think that the following observations support SM-dependent effects of ASM during S. aureus invasion:

      (i) reduced invasion upon removing SM from the plasma membrane (Figure 2N, Supp. Figure 2M)

      (ii) increased invasion in TPC1 and Syt7 K.O. (Figure 2, P) in presence of exogenously added SMase.

      However, we agree with the reviewer that we do not directly demonstrate ASM-mediated SM cleavage during S. aureus invasion. Hence, we added a sentence to the discussion that mentions a possible SM-independent role of ASM for invasion (line 556) that reads:

      “Since it remains elusive to which extent ASM processes SM on the plasma membrane during S. aureus invasion, one may speculate that ASM could also have functions other than SM metabolization during host cell entry of the pathogen. However, we did not detect a direct interaction between S. aureus and ASM in an S. aureus-host interactome screen (7).”

      - The reviewer acknowledges technical challenges in directly visualizing lysosomal Ca2+ using the methods outlined. Genetically encoded lysosomal Ca2+ sensor such as Gcamp3-ML1 might provide better ways to directly visualize this during inhibitor treatment, or S. aureus infection.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We included the following section in our discussion (line 593):

      “Since fluorescent calcium reporters allow to monitor this process microscopically (8, 9) ,future experiments may visualize this process in more detail and contribute to our understanding of the underlying signaling. mechanisms.”

      References

      (1) J. Rappaport, C. Garnacho, S. Muro, Clathrin-mediated endocytosis is impaired in type A-B Niemann-Pick disease model cells and can be restored by ICAM-1-mediated enzyme replacement. Mol Pharm 11, 2887-2895 (2014).

      (2) J. Rappaport, R. L. Manthe, C. Garnacho, S. Muro, Altered Clathrin-Independent Endocytosis in Type A Niemann-Pick Disease Cells and Rescue by ICAM-1-Targeted Enzyme Delivery. Mol Pharm 12, 1366-1376 (2015).

      (3) C. Hoffmann et al., Caveolin limits membrane microdomain mobility and integrin-mediated uptake of fibronectin-binding pathogens. J Cell Sci 123, 4280-4291 (2010).

      (4) L.-P. Tricou et al., Staphylococcus aureus can use an alternative pathway to be internalized by osteoblasts in absence of β1 integrins. Scientific Reports 14, 28643 (2024).

      (5) C. Li et al., Regulation of Staphylococcus aureus Infection of Macrophages by CD44, Reactive Oxygen Species, and Acid Sphingomyelinase. Antioxid Redox Signal 28, 916-934 (2018).

      (6) A. Moldovan, M. J. Fraunholz, In or out: Phagosomal escape of Staphylococcus aureus. Cell Microbiol 21, e12997 (2019).

      (7) M. Rühling, F. Schmelz, A. Kempf, K. Paprotka, J. Fraunholz Martin, Identification of the Staphylococcus aureus endothelial cell surface interactome by proximity labeling. mBio 0, e03654-03624 (2025).

      (8) D. Shen et al., Lipid storage disorders block lysosomal trafficking by inhibiting a TRP channel and lysosomal calcium release. Nat Commun 3, 731 (2012).

      (9) L. C. Davis, A. J. Morgan, A. Galione, NAADP-regulated two-pore channels drive phagocytosis through endo-lysosomal Ca(2+) nanodomains, calcineurin and dynamin. EMBO J 39, e104058 (2020).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      General assessment of the work:

      In this manuscript, Mohr and Kelly show that the C1 component of the human VEP is correlated with binary choices in a contrast discrimination task, even when the stimulus is kept constant and confounding variables are considered in the analysis. They interpret this as evidence for the role V1 plays during perceptual decision formation. Choice-related signals in single sensory cells are enlightening because they speak to the spatial (and temporal) scale of the brain computations underlying perceptual decision-making. However, similar signals in aggregate measures of neural activity offer a less direct window and thus less insight into these computations. For example, although I am not a VEP specialist, it seems doubtful that the measurements are exclusively picking up (an unbiased selection of) V1 spikes. Moreover, although this is not widely known, there is in fact a long history to this line of work. In 1972, Campbell and Kulikowski ("The Visual Evoked Potential as a function of contrast of a grating pattern" - Journal of Physiology) already showed a similar effect in a contrast detection task (this finding inspired the original Choice Probability analyses in the monkey physiology studies conducted in the early 1990's). Finally, it is not clear to me that there is an interesting alternative hypothesis that is somehow ruled out by these results. Should we really consider that simple visual signals such as spatial contrast are *not* mediated by V1? This seems to fly in the face of well-established anatomy and function of visual circuits. Or should we be open to the idea that VEP measurements are almost completely divorced from task-relevant neural signals? Why would this be an interesting technique then? In sum, while this work reports results in line with several single-cell and VEP studies and perhaps is technically superior in its domain, I find it hard to see how these findings would meaningfully impact our thinking about the neural and computational basis of spatial contrast discrimination.

      We agree that single cell measurements allow for a spatially more detailed analysis, but they are not feasible in humans. Assuming we value insights into the relationship between neural activity and decision making in the human as well as non-human brain, we are restricted to non-invasive measurements such as EEG, which inevitably showcase the neural underpinnings of decision making at a coarser level of analysis. This was the challenge we met with our paradigm design. For example, we chose contrast as the task-relevant stimulus feature in this study because monotonic contrast response functions exist for sensory neurons throughout the visual system, and the aggregated measures that we could attain with EEG would reflect that contrast-sensitivity and hence provide a window onto the encoding of the main decision-relevant quantity. We were specifically interested in initial afferent, contrast-dependent V1 activity reflected in the C1 component (80-90 ms). As we point out in the Introduction, the C1 is unusual among EEG signals in the extent to which it is dominated by a single visual area, V1 (Jeffreys & Axford, 1972; Clark et al., 1994; Di Russo et al., 2002; Ales et al., 2010; Mohr et al., 2024), and even if other downstream areas also make a minor contribution in the C1 time period, it still represents a very low-level sensory response early in the sensory analysis pipeline, appropriate for addressing our primary question of whether such a low-level signal is used in the formation of perceptual decisions. The alternative hypothesis, that early responses are passed over in decision readout, relates to a fundamental debate about whether early sensory responses are separated from cognition. The possibility that late, but not early, representations are correlated with choices does not imply that the later sensory representations are divorced from the earlier ones, only that there is a noise component that is not shared between the two, such as that produced by the ensuing computations that generate the later representations. Instead, a lack of choice probability in early representations would imply that decision readout is selective in where it sources sensory evidence from, with some possible reasons being to maintain high quality standards for sensory evidence or to impose a layer of separation between cognition and sensation.

      As the reviewer points out, the animal literature is highly mixed on the topic of choice probability in V1. Even for orientation discrimination tasks where V1 is ostensibly highly suited given the existence of orientation columns in V1, and even when measurements are taken from V1 neurons with good neurometric performance and/or aggregated across a V1 population (Jasper et al 2019), some studies have reported little to no V1 choice probability. If our alternative hypothesis of no EEG-indexed V1 choice probability flies in the face of well-established anatomy and function of visual circuits, then so also do these empirical findings in the animal neurophysiology literature. 

      Although there are important aspects of choice probability that are accessible in single cell studies but not in EEG (e.g. noise correlations, details of circuit physiology), our EEG measurements tap into the same phenomenon, just at a different level of analysis, i.e. the neural population level. At this level, we have been able to address whether the full body of sensory responses at a particular stage of visual analysis is systematically related to perceptual decision outcomes. Very similar questions are in fact sometimes addressed in the animal neurophysiology literature; for example, Kang and Maunsell (2020) aggregated single-cell choice probability measurements within visual areas to investigate whether choice probability strength at the level of an entire visual area was sensitive to task demands. The global vantage point of EEG comes with the additional benefit of picking up signatures of other potentially mediating processes such as attention and being able to control for them in our analysis. Our human study thus provides a valuable complementary viewpoint alongside animal neurophysiology work in this area.

      Summary of substantive concerns:

      (1) The study of choice probability in V1 cells is more extensive than portrayed in the paper's introduction. In recent years, choice-related activity in V1 has also been studied by Nienborg & Cumming (2014), Goris et al (2017), Jasper et al (2019), Lange et al (2023), and Boundy-Singer et al (2025). These studies paint a complex picture (a mixture of positive, absent, and negative results), but should be mentioned in the paper's introduction.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these papers bearing on choice-related activity in V1, only two of which we had cited. The three additional studies do indeed lend further support to our description of the complex picture around V1-CP effects in the literature and we have now included them.

      (2) The very first study to conduct an analysis of stimulus-conditioned neural activity during a perceptual decision-making task was, in fact, a VEP study: Campbell and Kulikowski (1972). This study never gained the fame it perhaps deserves. But it would be appropriate to weave it into the introduction and motivation of this paper.

      We are aware of this paper, and indeed we ourselves have shown steady-state VEP (SSVEP) correlations with timing and selection of decision reports (O'Connell et al 2012; Grogan et al 2023), but SSVEPs do not provide an index of initial afferent V1 activity in the way that the C1 of the transient VEP does. SSVEPs are evoked by a rapid sequence of stimulus onsets, so that activity cannot be attributed to a particular stimulus onset nor its bottom-up latency resolved, and, being a response to an ongoing stimulus, it combines top-down and bottom-up influences from striate and extra striate areas (Di Russo et al 2007). Indeed, in Campbell and Kulikowski (1972) the SSVEP was almost entirely eliminated when the stimulus was undetected. This is in keeping with robust modulations of the SSVEP by spatial attention (Muller and Hillyard 2000). Cognitive influences of this magnitude are never observed in the C1, and in fact are often not observed at all even when later VEP components show robust modulations (Luck et al 2000), which motivated a recent meta-analysis to address the issue (Qin et al 2022). This highlights the important distinction between the earliest transient VEP activity reflecting mainly the initial afferent response in V1, and steady-state sensory activity reflecting a mix of bottom-up and top-down influences across visual cortex. Because of the importance of this distinction, we have added a reference to the above SSVEP papers to the 3rd paragraph of the introduction along with a statement about the distinction.

      (3) What are interesting alternative hypotheses to be considered here? I don't understand the (somewhat implicit) suggestion here that contrast representations late in the system can somehow be divorced from early representations. If they were, they would not be correlated with stimulus contrast.

      This same conundrum applies to single-cell studies of choice probability. Do studies showing choice probability in V4 but not V1 for example demonstrate that V4 is divorced from V1? In such studies, measurements are typically taken from large representative samples of neurons from both areas with good neurometric performance in both cases and the task often (though not always) involves a target stimulus feature that is encoded in V1 such as orientation. Why then should V4 but not V1 show choice probability when we know the vast majority of input to the visual cortex passes through V1? It must be that feature representation and choice formation are different things with one not inferring the other. This is true for an EEG study as much as it is for a single-cell study.

      The alternative hypothesis in our study is that the early sensory responses indexed by the C1 are not directly used in the formation of the perceptual decision at hand. As outlined in our comments above, this does not imply that those early responses are divorced from later responses. Of course, both are correlated with stimulus contrast and so would correlate with each other across changing contrast but this does not necessitate that their noise is correlated when contrast is held constant because new instantiations of noise can be generated by the computations performed at each stage of visual processing. Thus, the interesting alternative hypothesis is that information contained in the sensory representation generated during initial afferent V1 activity is not used directly to form decisions, and instead, decisions are read out from the outputs of computations performed further downstream. Such an outcome, if it had arisen in our data, would have been consistent with a separation between cognition and early visual processing. Instead, our results suggest a certain level of cognitive interfacing at the lowest and earliest cortical levels of visual processing. We have now added text to the Introduction to highlight the distinction between sensory representation and decision readout in order to make the alternative hypothesis clearer.

      (4) I find the arguments about the timing of the VEP signals somewhat complex and not very compelling, to be honest. It might help if you added a simulation of a process model that illustrated the temporal flow of the neural computations involved in the task. When are sensory signals manifested in V1 activity informing the decision-making process, in your view? And how is your measure of neural activity related to this latent variable? Can you show in a simulation that the combination of this process and linking hypothesis gives rise to inverted U-shaped relationships, as is the case for your data?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion of a simulation, which we carried out using the Matlab code. We have also included new Figure 1-Figure Supplement 1 in the revised manuscript.

      In our view, sensory signals in V1 are informing the decision-making process in this task from at least as early as the initial afferent response. The main point about C1 latency in relation to the response-time contingency of the choice probability effect is that the more time that elapses without a decision made (and therefore the more additional sensory processing that contributes to the decision), the more diluted is the contribution of the C1 to the decision by contributions from later representations, and thus choice probability reduces. Likewise, when response times are too quick for C1 evidence to contribute, choice probability is also absent, hence the inverted-U-shaped curve. Moreover, if the C1-choice correlation is mediated by a top-down factor such as attention rather than readout, the inverted-U-shaped curve is not expected because in such a case the relative timing of the C1 and choice commitment would not be relevant.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mohr and Kelly report a high-density EEG study in healthy human volunteers in which they test whether correlations between neural activity in the primary visual cortex and choice behavior can be measured non-invasively. Participants performed a contrast discrimination task on large arrays of Gabor gratings presented in the upper left and lower right quadrants of the visual field. The results indicate that single-trial amplitudes of C1, the earliest cortical component of the visual evoked potential in humans, predict forced-choice behavior over and beyond other behavioral and electrophysiological choice-related signals. These results constitute an important advance for our understanding of the nature and flexibility of early visual processing.

      Strengths:

      (1) The findings suggest a previously unsuspected role for aggregate early visual cortex activity in shaping behavioral choices.

      (2) The authors extend well-established methods for assessing covariation between neural signals and behavioral output to non-invasive EEG recordings.

      (3) The effects of initial afferent information in the primary visual cortex on choice behavior are carefully assessed by accounting for a wide range of potential behavioral and electrophysiological confounds.

      (4) Caveats and limitations are transparently addressed and discussed.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for these positive remarks.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is not clear whether integration of contrast information across relatively large arrays is a good test case for decision-related information in C1. The authors raise this issue in the Discussion, and I agree that it is all the more striking that they do find C1 choice probability. Nevertheless, I think the choice of task and stimuli should be explained in more detail.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point about the large stimulus arrays. As we said in our Discussion, it would seem that aggregation across a large stimulus region would be better suited to a downstream visual area with larger receptive fields, yet our setting of a strict deadline would put the emphasis back on earlier sensory representations. We now elaborate on this matter in the discussion, to say that although the small receptive fields and short, slow horizontal connections in V1 mean that the aggregation necessary for performing the task is unlikely to happen within V1 during the C1 timeframe, the aggregation would be readily achieved simply by convergence of the outputs of all relevant V1 neurons for a given stimulus array on the same decision process. In this sense, the design of our paradigm was such that the globally-measured C1 component on the scalp reflected the same aggregated evidence input as the summed V1 readout that we suppose would be entering the decision process.  

      We have also added further rationale in the Methods section on the practical benefits of the stimulus design, as the reviewer anticipates in their subsequent point, of yielding robust C1 signals. This concern was paramount in the design of this study because we expected the C1 difference metric that was of interest to be very small. We also needed a robust C1 to be measured in both the upper and lower visual field in as many individuals as possible and, in our experience, this is true less often when using smaller stimuli, even with a pre-mapping procedure.

      It also helped to homogenize C1 topography across individuals and ensure that topographies from the upper and lower visual field had sufficient overlap that there were electrodes with strong loading from both topographies where the C1 difference as a function of which array was brighter would be maximal.

      We have updated the methods section to provide these rationales while we describe the stimulus design.

      (2) In a similar vein, while C1 has canonical topographical properties at the grand-average level, these may differ substantially depending on individual anatomy (which the authors did not assess). This means that task-relevant information will be represented to different degrees in individuals' single-trial data. My guess is that this confound was mitigated precisely by choosing relatively extended stimulus arrays. But given the authors' impressive track record on C1 mapping and modeling, I was surprised that the underlying rationale is only roughly outlined. For example, given the topographies shown and the electrode selection procedure employed, I assume that the differences between upper and lower targets are mainly driven by stimulus arms on the main diagonal. Did the authors run pilot experiments with more restricted stimulus arrays? I do not mean to imply that such additional information needs to be detailed in the main article, but it would be worth mentioning.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful consideration of this issue about individual variability in C1 retinotopy. Indeed, as the reviewer anticipated we expected the large stimulus coverage to mitigate this issue and we think that our response to the point above and the changes we made to the manuscript in response address this point also. Although we did not show this in the manuscript, we did in fact find that C1 topography was much more similar across individuals than it has been in previous C1 experiments we have carried out with smaller stimuli.

      However, we acknowledge the reviewer’s point that the signal measured at a specific electrode likely has a variable loading strength from the various gratings in the stimulus array and that the gratings of maximal loading may indeed vary from subject to subject. Such inter-subject variability cannot confound the choice probability effects because the latter are measured within-subject. Nevertheless, it could be a source of noise. We believe the impact of this is unlikely to be substantial for the following reasons:

      i) We designed the spatial spread of contrasts in such a way as to encourage participants to aggregate across the full array. In essence, to match the property of the C1 as an aggregate measure of V1 activity, we designed a task that involved aggregating across stimulus elements. Therefore, the decision weighting applied to any particular grating should be representative of the weighting applied to all gratings and, as such, the specific gratings that contribute most to the C1 signal for a particular participant should be relatively inconsequential.

      ii) By avoiding the horizontal and vertical meridians we avoided the regions of space where the shifts in C1 topography are largest.

      (3) Also, the stimulus arrangement disregards known differences in conduction velocity between the upper and lower visual fields. While no such differences are evident from the maximal-electrode averages shown in Figure 1B, it is difficult to assess this issue without single-stimulus VEPs and/or a dedicated latency analysis. The authors touch upon this issue when discussing potential pre-C1 signals emanating from the magnocellular pathway.

      Indeed, there are important differences in V1 properties between the upper and lower visual fields, visual acuity being another example in addition to conduction velocity as the reviewer points out. However, these differences appeared to be quite minimal in this case (Figure 1B does in fact include a single-stimulus VEP – the “1-stim” entry in the legend). Perhaps this is also due to the large stimulus array which may include a range of conduction velocities within it and thereby blur overall differences between the upper and lower visual field. The variability of contrast within each array was also quite high (+/-20% from the midpoint), which would have further increased within-array conduction velocity variability and blurred differences between arrays.

      Our staircasing procedure may have also helped in this regard to some extent as it included a bias parameter between the arrays to account for any behavioural response biases. Although the small contrast changes it usually incurred are likely much too small to change conduction velocities, it corrected for any effect on behaviour they may have.

      (4) I suspect that most of these issues are at least partly related to a lack of clarity regarding levels of description: the authors often refer to 'information' contained in C1 or, apparently interchangeably, to 'visual representations' before, during, or following C1. However, if I understand correctly, the signal predicting (or predicted by) behavioral choice is much cruder than what an RSA-primed readership may expect, and also cruder than the other choice-predictive signals entered as control variables: namely, a univariate difference score on single-trial data integrated over a 10 ms window determined on the basis of grand-averaged data. I think it is worth clarifying and emphasizing the nature of this signal as the difference of aggregate contrast responses that *can* only be read out at higher levels of the visual system due to the limited extent of horizontal connectivity in V1. I do not think that this diminishes the importance of the findings - if anything, it makes them more remarkable.

      This is true that a univariate measure may stick out in a field increasingly favouring multivariate analyses with the spread of machine learning, and so we have added a short qualifier in the methods section where we describe the C1 measurement to explicitly state that it is a scalar variable. What we have done in using this univariate measure is leverage the rich prior knowledge about V1 anatomy and neurophysiology, rather than trust in data-driven classifiers; interestingly, we found that such a classifier trained on all electrodes discriminates choices less well than our informed univariate measure during the C1 time-frame. 

      We also thank the reviewer for raising an interesting point about the nature of aggregation and readout in the context of our stimulus. We agree that it is not feasible that V1 activity would be aggregated locally in V1 across such large regions of space prior to being readout within the C1 time period. As we say above, the aggregation may instead be carried out through convergent transmission of the parallel, spatially-local V1 information to the decision process.

      (5) Arguably even more remarkable is the finding that C1 amplitudes themselves appear to be influenced by choice history. The authors address this issue in the Discussion; however, I'm afraid I could not follow their argument regarding preparatory (and differential?) weighting of read-outs across the visual hierarchy. I believe this point is worth developing further, as it bears on the issue of whether C1 modulations are present and ecologically relevant when looking (before and) beyond stimulus-locked averages.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive appraisal of this additional finding, which we also found remarkable. We agree that our description of our interpretation was too brief and lacked clarity. We have reworded it and expressed it in terms of the speed accuracy trade-off, with the new explanation given below. However, it is important to remember that this account is speculative and serves only to explain the response-time contingency of the bias. That the bias was present and constitutes a modulation of the C1 does not rest on this argument:

      […] “to explain the RT contingency for the C1 bias, we speculate that the speed-accuracy trade-off could fluctuate from trial to trial and that the corresponding decision bound fluctuations (Heitz and Schall 2012) could be implemented by pre-determining decision weights across visual areas. For example, to achieve faster decisions, the sensory evidence requirement could be reduced by placing greater emphasis on initial afferent V1 evidence. In such a case, the RT contingency of the above choice history bias could be explained if the C1 bias is exerted in proportion with the planned emphasis of C1 evidence for the upcoming decision.”

      Recommendations to the Authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) As someone whose first language is not English, I am somewhat hesitant to bring this up, but I found the use of 'readout' as both noun and verb somewhat confusing. I thought read-out was defined as 'that which is read out'.

      We agree that this dual use of the word readout may cause confusion. To avoid this, we have edited the manuscript to replace verbal forms of the word “readout” with “read out”.

      (2) I found it difficult to follow the reasoning for why intermediate RTs should be the ones most affected by C1-related information. Perhaps this could be described in more detail for the uninitiated reader.

      We appreciate that our reasoning for why intermediate RTs should be the ones most affected by C1-related information was difficult to follow. We have now added a simulation to showcase this rationale more clearly - see response to reviewer 1, and new figure supplement to figure 1. 

      (3) It would be interesting to compare the effect sizes observed here to those seen in single-cell studies and to discuss this comparison with regard to differences in the nature of EEG signals and single-cell firing rates.

      While we agree that such a comparison would be interesting if feasible, it would have to be for the same task settings, which have not been used in a single-cell study, and  the very different nature and extent of noise between the two recording modalities would make such a comparison difficult to interpret, e.g. background noise in EEG from ongoing processes unrelated to the task. 

      (4) Figure 1: It may be worth mentioning in the legend that only parts of the peripheral stimulus grid are shown for better visibility, as the Methods speak of 9 x 9 grids. Also, in panel B, it should be mentioned that waveshapes are calculated using individually selected maximal-difference electrodes.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting these. We have updated the caption for this figure to reflect these two observations.

      (5) Figure 4: The different shades of green may be difficult to distinguish when printed.

      Although this may be true, we chose shades of green that differ in luminance so they should still be distinguishable. Different colours may in fact be less distinguishable if they had the same luminance and the print was black-and-white. We chose different shades of the same colour to reflect the fact that we were plotting the same signals at different difficulty levels. In our opinion, this takes precedence since eLife is an online journal so the majority of readers will likely read it digitally.

      (6) Methods/Task: While the ITI of 780 ms is substantial, I was wondering why the authors decided against jittering this interval? It would be helpful to briefly discuss whether contrast adaptation for slow periodic stimulation may have affected the findings.

      We opted against jittering the ITI to avoid an additional source of inter-trial variability. While this may allow for adaptation effects of this source, this would be approximately constant across trials and therefore less of a concern for our design. We have added text to the methods section to state this rationale.

      (7) Methods/Stimuli: The authors convincingly argue that focusing on single arms of the stimuli is an unlikely strategy, but did they ask for participants' strategies during debriefing?

      We are glad that the reviewer found our argument about whether or not participants may have focused on a single arm of the stimuli convincing. We did not ask participants about their strategies but even with such a debriefing, there would still remain a possibility that a participant may have used that strategy but were unaware that they were doing so. In any case, if participants were doing this it would have dampened the strength of our choice probability result. 

      (8) Methods/Procedure, Difficulty Titration: Why did the authors opt for manually adapting the difficulty level in a separate session rather than constantly and automatically titrating difficulty?

      We did this because calculating choice probability requires a comparison of trials with different choice outcomes but the same stimulus so continuously staircasing difficulty level during the experiment would have created a confound. Although this could have been corrected for in our regression, this would have entailed greater noise that we could avoid by staircasing in advance.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      - This is a complicated research topic that touches on a few sub-fields of biology, and thus to make the paper more approachable I would recommend a careful edit of the text for clarity and precision of language.<br /> - Authors point out that this is a decades-old field; it would make sense to use terminology established within the field rather than inventing their own. Allelic imbalance has been referred to as AI, MAE (monoallelic expression), RMAE (random monoallelic expression) etc. The paper whose mouse data the authors make use of uses Asynchronous Stochastic Replication Timing (ASRT) instead of VERT to refer to the same phenomenon. Creating unnecessary jargon makes the paper more difficult to read and adds needless complexity to an already complex field.<br /> - Methods do not provide sufficient detail to fully evaluate or reproduce these experiments.<br /> - It is helpful to show representative loci as the authors do in Fig 1F and G and Fig 2, but these panels are very densely rendered and thus difficult to process visually - even the cartoon version (1D) is thick with overlapping lines. The point that allelic imbalance is enriched in VERTs would be enhanced if the authors could present the allelic ratio for all genes found in all VERTs, demonstrating how replication timing on either chromosome affects the allelic ratio.<br /> - The authors make the important point that VERTs are unlikely to be shared among different cell types and tissues (Fig 1i) but then find an enrichment for neuronal and immune genes in VERT regions identified in ACPs. It follows that these same genes are unlikely to be in such regions in the tissues where they are relevant. Some of the GO terms presented are too broad to suggest any biological significance to the result, even if there is statistical significance (for example, the top term for LCL clones 'Cytoplasm' is associated with 12,000 genes, and the second term for mouse clones 'Membrane' is associated with 10,000). It would be helpful to focus on GO terms lower in the GO hierarchy.<br /> - Figure 3 highlights the association of related gene clusters with VERTs but the VERTs are assigned based on variable replication timing in just 1 or 2 clones. This is an interesting observation, but to make the point that "VERT regions frequently coincide with gene clusters in the human genome" there needs to be a systematic assessment of replication timing at all gene clusters across all clones, and a statistical test for significance.<br /> - It is an interesting hypothesis that VERTs are conserved between species at synentic loci. If such regions are really conserved, one would expect that replication timing at these sites would be consistently asynchronous. However, the data presented shows that in human clones these VERTs can be specific to an individual donor (as in 5A) or an individual clone (as in 5H).<br /> - Again, the finding that VERTs coincide with neurodevelopmental disease genes in immune and cartilage cells is at odds with the previous statements and data about the tissue specificity of VERTs. In order to support the claim that neurodevelopmental disease associated genes reside in asynchronously replicating regions, and are thus more prone to allelic imbalance, the authors would need to demonstrate this phenomenon in neuronal cells.

      Significance:

      The authors pair analysis of replication timing and allele-specific expression in clonal populations of primary human cells. They combine these data with previously published data on clones from transformed human cell lines. They identify a number of genomic regions that display asynchronous replication timing in at least one clone and correlate these regions with allele-specific expression of genes within them. They also observe that several interesting gene sets, including genes that are associated with human diseases, map to asynchronously replicating regions. This is a good experimental approach that builds on already published data demonstrating the connection between allelic imbalance and replication timing. However, the authors consistently lean on thin evidence (i.e. a single clone) within a modestly sized dataset (4 clones from 2 donors each) to propose a new model for haploinsufficiency in human disease. The consistent focus on limited elements in the data and perhaps an overreach in the interpretation makes it difficult to appreciate what is in fact a very good experiment.

    2. Author response:

      General Statements

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive comments, which will substantially improve our manuscript. In response, we will revise the text and figures throughout to address the points raised. Specifically, we will:

      i. Refine our definition of Inactivation/Stability Centers (I/SCs): We will limit this designation to loci where both Allelic Expression Imbalance (AEI) and Variable Epigenetic Replication Timing (VERT) are detected, either in the present study or in previously published work.

      ii. Expand methodological clarity: We will provide detailed descriptions of how VERT regions were identified, annotated, and quantified, including thresholds for allelic imbalance, replication timing variability, and sampling depth. We also justify the ≥80% AEI cutoff, which is based on recent studies showing that modest allelic biases can have biological and clinical significance.

      iii. Enhanced benchmarking and validation: In addition to the analysis of X inactivation in female ACP cells, we will include comparisons between imprinted and non-imprinted regions to benchmark the magnitude of allelic replication timing imbalance, demonstrating that the magnitude of imbalance observed at imprinted loci is comparable to that at the non-imprinted VERT regions.

      iv. Address tissue specificity and sampling limitations: We will discuss the limited number of clones, tissues, and individuals analyzed, emphasizing that while our data identify robust AEI and VERT patterns, additional tissues and individuals will be required to capture the full diversity of I/SC regulation.

      v. Clarify biological relevance: We will expand our discussion to highlight the consistency of AEI findings across cell types, including examples of genes implicated in neurodevelopmental and neurodegenerative disorders, and we will clarify our model of how I/SC regulation may contribute to haploinsufficiency, variable expressivity, and incomplete penetrance in human disease.

      vi. Improved figures and supplemental data: We will update figure legends for clarity, add a new supplementary figure comparing imprinted and non-imprinted regions, and cross-reference all supplemental tables.

      We believe these revisions strengthen the manuscript conceptually and experimentally, and we thank the reviewers and editors for their valuable feedback.

      Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer #1:

      The existence of VERT regions is well supported, but the number of regions called as ISCs may be inflated by permissive thresholds (e.g., AEI {greater than or equal to} 0.8 or {less than or equal to} 0.2 in a single clone). This risks conflating transient stochastic differences with stable ISCs.

      We selected the >80% (or <20%) allelic imbalance threshold, along with the requirement of at least one biallelic clone, as our criterion for significant AEI. This choice was guided by a recent study demonstrating that allelic imbalance as low as a 65%/35% is enough to effect disease penetrance in humans (Nature 2025; 637:1186–1197). For completeness, results obtained using more stringent thresholds (>90% and >95% imbalance) are presented in Supplementary Table 2.

      Furthermore, it is unlikely that transient stochastic differences in allelic expression, such as those detected by single-cell RNA sequencing assays (Nat. Rev. Genet. 2015; 16:653–664), would be captured by our approach. Each clone in our study was expanded from a single cell to over one million cells before both RNA-seq and Repli-seq analysis, effectively averaging out transient transcriptional and/or replication fluctuations, and thus reflecting stable, mitotically heritable epigenetic states.

      More robust approaches would include using magnitude of imbalance, annotating VERTs by genomic location, applying stricter thresholds for replication timing, and benchmarking AEI distributions against the X chromosome.

      All VERT regions identified in this study were annotated according to both the magnitude of allelic imbalance and their genomic coordinates, using 250 kb windows for the human samples and 50 kb windows for the mouse samples (see Supplementary Tables 1 and 6). Figure 1c directly compares the magnitude of imbalance, defined as outliers in the standard deviation, for both allelic replication timing and allelic expression across autosomal and X-linked loci in female ACP cells.

      In addition, we will benchmark the magnitude of replication timing imbalance using autosomal imprinted regions as a second internal control. We detected allelic replication imbalance at 13 known imprinted loci, and the standard deviation of replication timing at these loci, measured in 250 kb windows, is comparable to that observed across the >350 VERT regions detected at non-imprinted sites. To illustrate this comparison, we will include a supplementary figure directly comparing imprinted and non-imprinted regions.

      Figures and text would benefit from improved clarity: axis labels are missing in places (e.g., Fig. 1c, Fig. 2g), legends should explain chromosome arm colors, and cluttered figures such as Fig. 1j could be re-visualized for interpretability.

      Figure labels will be added to Figs. 1c and 2g, and legends will be modified for clarity.

      “the claim of cell-type specificity is not convincingly demonstrated given the small sample size (n=4) and strong batch confounding between lymphoblastoid and cartilage progenitors.” And “Hierarchical clustering is confounded by batch and based on presence/absence calls that lack quantitative resolution.”

      We agree that the limited number of individuals and clones, as well as the comparison between only two distinct tissue types (LCLs and ACPs), have quantitative limitations. Our primary intent was to evaluate whether any I/SCs were shared between independently derived clonal datasets and to determine whether there is evidence of tissue-specific I/SC usage, rather than to make quantitative claims about global cell-type specificity.

      To address this concern, we will replace the hierarchical clustering analysis currently shown in Figure 1i with a Venn diagram that more directly illustrates the overlap and tissue-specific distribution of VERT regions detected in the different clonal sets. This revised representation avoids assumptions about clustering relationships and removes batch-driven bias, while still conveying the key observation that many VERT regions are shared across tissues and others appear tissue-restricted.

      While syntenic VERT regions across mouse and human are intriguing, they complicate interpretation of strong clustering by cell type. Sampling depth may also have exaggerated allelic imbalance calls.

      We note that the human LCLs used in our study are B cells, and immunoglobulin gene rearrangements were used to confirm the clonal uniqueness of each line. Similarly, the mouse replication timing data analyzed here was generated from pre-B cells, which also undergo immunoglobulin gene rearrangement. Thus, both the human LCL and mouse pre-B cell datasets were derived from B-cell lineages, providing a consistent cellular context for comparative analysis.

      Sequencing depth is an important consideration for all variant base calls. Without fully haplotype-resolved genomes, previous studies relied on calculating per-SNP calls of allelic imbalance based on reads covering a single nucleotide locus. To improve sequencing depth supporting the identification of VERT and AEI regions, we utilized fully haplotype-resolved genomes that allowed all informative allele-specific reads to be pooled across all heterozygous SNPs within genomic windows or expressed genes. For AEI, we set a minimum threshold of 20 informative allele-specific reads per gene, a minimum FDR-corrected p-value of <=0.05, and a minimum of 80% vs 20% allelic imbalance. Importantly, a recent study has shown that allelic imbalance as low as a 65%/35% is enough to effect disease penetrance in humans (Nature 2025; 637:1186–1197). We reiterate that more stringent thresholds (>90% and >95% imbalance) are presented in Supplementary Table 2.

      Gene set enrichment analysis should be restricted to avoid inflated significance from overly broad categories.

      Reviewer #2:

      Some of the GO terms presented are too broad to suggest any biological significance to the result, even if there is statistical significance (for example, the top term for LCL clones 'Cytoplasm' is associated with 12,000 genes, and the second term for mouse clones 'Membrane' is associated with 10,000). It would be helpful to focus on GO terms lower in the GO hierarchy.

      We will include our complete Gene Ontology analysis, with more specific biological categories, in Supplemental Table 5.

      Allelic imbalance has been referred to as AI, MAE (monoallelic expression), RMAE (random monoallelic expression) etc. The paper whose mouse data the authors make use of uses Asynchronous Stochastic Replication Timing (ASRT) instead of VERT to refer to the same phenomenon. Creating unnecessary jargon makes the paper more difficult to read and adds needless complexity to an already complex field.

      While we agree that allelic expression imbalance has been described by different investigators using many different phrases, we believe that MAE, RMAE and AI do not represent an accurate description of the phenomenon. In our study [and our previous study; Nat Commun. 2022; 13(1):6301] we used clonal analysis of allele-specific expression and found that while some clones display equivalent levels of expression between alleles of a given gene (i.e. bi-allelic expression) other clones express only one allele (i.e. mono-allelic expression), and yet other clones have undetectable expression (i.e. silent on both alleles). This pattern of allele-restricted expression indicates that each allele independently adopts either an expressed or silent state. Importantly, because these expression states are mitotically stable, allele-autonomous, and independent of parental origin, we refer to the choice of the expressed allele as stochastic. Given this variability, we believe that the phrase “Allelic Expression Imbalance” (AEI) represents a more accurate descriptor for this phenomenon. We also point out that “Allelic Expression Imbalance” has been used >120 times in the Pubmed database.

      In addition, the replication asynchrony that exists at these loci is not consistent with purely ASynchronous Replication Timing (ASRT) between alleles. We found that each allele can independently adopt either earlier or later replication timing in different clones. This variability results in some clones exhibiting pronounced asynchrony between alleles, while in others, the two alleles replicate synchronously, with both adopting either the earlier or later timing state. As reported in our previous study (Nat. Commun. 2022; 13:6301), this behavior reflects a stochastic and allele-autonomous process, leading us to describe these loci as exhibiting Variable Epigenetic Replication Timing (VERT), which we believe is a more accurate descriptor of this phenomenon.

      The point that allelic imbalance is enriched in VERTs would be enhanced if the authors could present the allelic ratio for all genes found in all VERTs, demonstrating how replication timing on either chromosome affects the allelic ratio.

      The stochastic nature of allelic expression and replication timing observed at VERT loci indicates that each allele independently acquires its epigenetic state. Specifically, the expressed or silent status of one allele does not predict the replication timing or expression status of the opposite allele. Accordingly, the Early/Late pattern of replication timing that we detect, both in this study and in our previous work (Nat. Commun. 2022; 13:6301), is not correlated with which allele is transcriptionally active. This supports our conclusion that asynchronous replication timing is not a downstream consequence of monoallelic transcription, but rather an independent epigenetic feature of I/SCs. Regardless, we will provide the combined expression ratios for all transcripts that are located within the VERT regions in a Supplemental Table.

      In addition, our analysis of imprinted loci reveals that even at genomic regions with parent-of-origin–specific expression, replication timing does not align with allelic activity: both early- and late-replicating alleles can be transcriptionally active, depending on the gene. This observation is consistent with the complex organization of many imprinted domains, where genes on opposite alleles exhibit reciprocal expression patterns. To illustrate this point, we will include a new supplemental figure demonstrating that imprinted loci harbor genes expressed from both the earlier- and later-replicating alleles.

      Figure 3 highlights the association of related gene clusters with VERTs but the VERTs are assigned based on variable replication timing in just 1 or 2 clones. This is an interesting observation, but to make the point that "VERT regions frequently coincide with gene clusters in the human genome" there needs to be a systematic assessment of replication timing at all gene clusters across all clones, and a statistical test for significance.

      Our intent in Figure 3 was not to suggest that all gene clusters are subject to VERT and AEI, but rather to highlight that several well-characterized multigene families that are known to exhibit random AEI, such as olfactory receptor and HLA gene clusters, coincide with VERT regions at their genomic locations. These examples serve as representative illustrations demonstrating that I/SC-associated regulation occurs at established AEI loci organized in gene clusters.

      To clarify this point, we will revise the text to explicitly state that Figure 3 presents illustrative examples of known AEI-associated gene clusters overlapping with VERT regions, rather than a comprehensive or statistically exhaustive analysis of all gene clusters across the genome.

      It is an interesting hypothesis that VERTs are conserved between species at synentic loci. If such regions are really conserved, one would expect that replication timing at these sites would be consistently asynchronous. However the data presented shows that in human clones these VERTs can be specific to an individual donor (as in 5A) or an individual clone (as in 5H).

      As discussed in our Limitations section, our analysis was restricted to a limited number of cell types, clones, and individuals, which may not capture the full diversity of I/SC usage across tissues and populations. While our dataset was sufficient to identify robust patterns of AEI and VERT, it likely represents only a subset of the broader landscape of I/SC regulation in both humans and mice. We anticipate that future studies incorporating a wider range of tissues, individuals, and clonal analyses will uncover an even greater degree of conservation and diversity in I/SC usage across genomes.

      In order to support the claim that neurodevelopmental disease associated genes reside in asynchronously replicating regions, and are thus more prone to allelic imbalance, the authors would need to demonstrate this phenomenon in neuronal cells.

      We make two points that address this critique: First, many of the neurodevelopmental disease genes located within or adjacent to VERT regions are not exclusively expressed in neuronal cells and have already been shown to exhibit AEI in non-neuronal contexts. For example, Gimelbrant and Chess (Science, 2007; 318:1136–1140) demonstrated AEI of the Parkinson disease genes SNCA and LRRK2 in lymphoblastoid cell lines (LCLs), and in our previous study, we detected AEI of DNAJC6, another Parkinson disease gene, in LCL cells (Nat. Commun. 2022; 13:6301). In the present study that used ACP cells, we identified VERT and AEI of several epilepsy-associated genes, including SCN1A, SCN2A (Fig. 6b), GABRA1(Fig. 6e), and SAMD12 (Fig. 6j), as well as a gene implicated in autism and neurodevelopmental disorders, SEMA5A (Fig. 5c).

      Second, independent studies from the E. Heard laboratory have provided further evidence that AEI occurs in neuronal lineages. Using mouse neural progenitor cells (NPCs), they identified genes subject to AEI (Dev. Cell, 2014; 28:366–380) and they later evaluated AEI of syntenic human neurodevelopmental disease genes, including Snca, App, Eya4, and Grik2 (Nat. Commun. 2021; 12:5330). In addition, they used the phrase “Allelic Expression Imbalance” to describe the epigenetic expression biases at these genes.

      Together, these findings reinforce that AEI, and by extension I/SC regulation, is not restricted to specific cell types, but rather represents a generalizable mechanism of stochastic epigenetic regulation that includes genes relevant to neurodevelopment and disease.

      However, the authors consistently lean on thin evidence (i.e. a single clone) within a modestly sized dataset (4 clones from 2 donors each) to propose a new model for haploinsufficiency in human disease. The consistent focus on limited elements in the data and perhaps an overreach in the interpretation makes it difficult to appreciate what is in fact a very good experiment.

      We agree that our analysis was conducted on a modest number of clones and individuals, which we explicitly acknowledge as a limitation of the present study. However, several key points support the robustness and broader relevance of our conclusions:

      i. Clonal Design and Replication: The strength of our approach lies in its clonal resolution. Each clone represents a single-cell–derived population expanded to over a million cells, enabling direct detection of stable, mitotically heritable allele-specific epigenetic states that would not be apparent in population-averaged data. Importantly, many of the VERT regions we identified are shared between independent clones from different donors and across distinct cell types (ACP and LCL), demonstrating reproducibility and biological consistency.

      ii. Cross-Species Validation: We further identified syntenic VERT regions in mouse pre-B cell clones, including at loci known to exhibit AEI in prior studies, providing independent validation and evolutionary conservation of the phenomenon.

      iii. Integration with Published Evidence: Our findings extend prior observations of AEI and variable replication timing (e.g. Gimelbrant et al. Science 2007; Heskett et al. Nat. Commun. 2022) and are fully consistent with known stochastic allelic expression imbalance of autosomal genes. We also draw parallels with the absence of cellular selection mechanisms that dictate dominant inheritance patterns for loss of function alleles for X linked disease genes (reviewed in: J Clin Invest, 2008, 20-23; and Nat Rev Genet. 2025, 26, 571–580). Our proposed model linking I/SC regulation to haploinsufficiency is therefore a synthesis of our results with an extensive body of published data, not an inference drawn from isolated observations.

      iv. Scope and Framing: We will revise the manuscript to clarify that our proposed model represents a mechanistic framework, not a definitive or exclusive explanation, for how stochastic allelic regulation could contribute to dosage-sensitive disease phenotypes. We will also explicitly discuss the need for larger datasets and additional tissues to refine and test this model.

      In summary, while we recognize the limited sampling inherent to clonal analyses, the consistency of our observations across donors, cell types, and species, together with prior corroborating studies, supports the validity of the conclusions and justifies the broader conceptual implications.

      Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      Reviewer #1:

      Cell-type specificity and mitotic stability both require stronger evidence; the latter is inferred indirectly from clonal expansion rather than shown directly, and orthogonal experiments (e.g., allele-specific ChIP-seq, DNA methylation) would be required.

      We disagree with this reviewer that the mitotic stability of the epigenetic states are “inferred indirectly from clonal expansion rather than shown directly”. Our experimental design inherently captures mitotically stable, allele-specific states because each clonal line is derived from a single progenitor cell and expanded to millions of cells before analysis. The allele-specific replication timing and expression profiles observed in these clones therefore reflect epigenetic states that are stably inherited across many cell divisions, rather than transient or stochastic fluctuations. This approach was also validated in our previous study (Nat. Commun. 2022; 13:6301), where the same clonal strategy demonstrated stable allele-restricted replication and expression patterns over extended passages.

      We agree that orthogonal assays such as allele-specific ChIP-seq or DNA methylation analyses would provide additional mechanistic detail on the nature of I/SC-associated regulation. However, these experiments fall outside the scope of the present study, which was designed specifically to identify and map autosomal loci that exhibit coordinated AEI and VERT, the defining epigenetic features of I/SCs. While we fully acknowledge that defining the precise molecular marks (e.g., histone modifications, DNA methylation, chromatin accessibility) that underlie I/SC regulation will be an important future direction, our current data provide a genome-wide, allele-resolved foundation upon which such mechanistic studies can build.

      In summary, the current dataset achieves the central goal of defining the genomic distribution and conservation of I/SCs based on functional readouts of replication timing and expression. Future work will extend these findings using allele-specific epigenomic profiling to characterize the epigenetic modifications associated with I/SC stability and cell-type specificity.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Kolb and Hasseman et al. introduces a significantly improved GABA sensor, building on the pioneering work of the Janelia team. Given GABA's role as the main inhibitory neurotransmitter and the historical lack of effective optical tools for real-time in vivo GABA dynamics, this development is particularly impactful. The new sensor boasts an enhanced signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and appropriate kinetics for detecting GABA dynamics in both in vitro and in vivo settings. The study is well-presented, with convincing and high-quality data, making this tool a valuable asset for future research into GABAergic signaling.

      Strengths:

      The core strength of this work lies in its significant advancement of GABA sensing technology. The authors have successfully developed a sensor with higher SNR and suitable kinetics, enabling the detection of GABA dynamics both in vitro and in vivo.

      This addresses a critical gap in neuroscience research, offering a much-needed optical tool for understanding the most important inhibitory neurotransmitter. The clear representation of the work and the convincing, high-quality data further bolster the manuscript's strengths, indicating the sensor's reliability and potential utility. We anticipate this tool will be invaluable for further investigation of GABAergic signaling.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the notable progress, a key limitation is that the current generation of GABA sensors, including the one presented here, still exhibits inferior performance compared to state-of-the-art glutamate sensors. While this work is a substantial leap forward, it highlights that further improvements in GABA sensors would still be highly beneficial for the field to match the capabilities seen with glutamate sensors.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for the positive assessment. We agree that further improvements in GABA sensor performance remain desirable. We acknowledge this limitation and outline directions for future development in the Discussion paragraph beginning "There are several promising avenues that could be taken to further optimize iGABASnFR."

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents the development and characterization of iGABASnFR2, a genetically encoded GABA sensor with markedly improved performance over its predecessor, iGABASnFR1. The study is comprehensive and methodologically rigorous, integrating high-throughput mutagenesis, functional screening, structural analysis, biophysical characterization, and in vivo validation. iGABASnFR2 represents a significant advancement in GABA sensor engineering and application in imaging GABA transmission in slice and in vivo. This is a timely and technically strong contribution to the molecular toolkit for neuroscience.

      Strengths:

      The authors apply a well-established sensor optimization pipeline and iterative engineering strategy from single-site to combinatorial mutants to engineer iGABASnFR2. The development of both positive and negative going variants (iGABASnFR2 and iGABASnFR2n) offers experimental flexibility. The structure and interpretation of the key mutations provide insights into the working mechanism of the sensor, which also suggest optimization strategies. Although individual improvements in intrinsic properties are incremental, their combined effect yields clear functional gains, enabling detection of direction-selective GABA release in the retina and volume-transmitted GABA signaling in somatosensory cortex, which were challenging or missed using iGABASnFR1.

      Weaknesses:

      With minor revisions and clarifications, especially regarding membrane trafficking, this manuscript will be a valuable resource for probing inhibitory transmission.

      We thank Reviewer 2 for the positive assessment. Regarding membrane trafficking, we appreciate the suggestion to test different trafficking motifs. While such optimization represents a valuable direction for future development, it was beyond the scope of the present study and not feasible with the available time and resources. A different imaging modality would be needed to assess membrane trafficking efficiency or membrane-restricted expression, as the images presented in the manuscript (Figure 2a) are wide-field epifluorescence images, which lack the axial resolution required to distinguish membrane-localized signal from cytosolic fluorescence.

      We expect that the current characterization of iGABASnFR2 will nevertheless provide a strong foundation for future efforts to optimize membrane targeting and expression using alternative trafficking strategies.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) We noted an interesting inconsistency in the response of iGABASnFR1 and iGABASnFR2 when expressed as purified protein versus in mammalian cells. Such discrepancies are not uncommon for proteins exhibiting different behaviors in E. coli versus mammalian expression systems. We appreciate the authors' diligent effort in performing screening within a neuronal context. Similarly, the stark difference between the absolute affinity in purified form (∼0.778 μM) and on-cell measurements (6.4 μM) warrants further discussion. The authors may consider commenting on these observations in the discussion section.

      We have revised the Discussion (lines 401-410 in the ‘Tracked Changes’ document) to address the discrepancy between measurements obtained with purified protein and those from expression on the neuronal surface. As noted by the reviewer, such discrepancies are common, and our revision is intended to convey our empirical experience with this phenomenon rather than to offer a definitive mechanistic explanation.

      One factor to appreciate is that, when on the surface of neurons, the sensor is tethered to the membrane by an additional 60 amino acids. In addition to altering the local chemical environment, membrane tethering could impose entropic or mechanical constraints on the sensor. These constraints may damp conformational motions that underlie ligand binding and fluorescence changes. Beyond this, the local environment experienced by a membrane-anchored sensor differs substantially from that of soluble protein. There are potential electrostatic and steric effects arising from the plasma membrane and extracellular matrix, as well as post-translational modifications associated with mammalian expression. These effects on sensor performance are not readily predictable in either magnitude or direction, as illustrated by iGluSnFR, which exhibits a higher apparent affinity when membrane-tethered than in soluble form (Aggarwal et al 2023). For these reasons, we place greater emphasis on neuronal measurements as the most informative indicator of in vivo sensor performance.

      (2) Although iGABASnFR2 fluorescence exhibits pH dependence, its response appears less pH-dependent compared to the first-generation sensor. To enhance clarity, we suggest plotting the normalized response of both sensors across different pH values. This visual representation would be highly informative for readers.

      Thank you - we have implemented this, now showing the (F_sat - F_apo)/F_apo response as a function of pH for all three sensors in Fig 4 fig. supp 3b. This visualization nicely illustrates that the apo-to-sat response of iGABASnFR1 is much more influenced by pH than either iGABASnFR2 or iGABASnFR2n, which we note on lines 252-253 of the ‘Tracked Changes’ document.

      (3) To provide a more comprehensive characterization of the sensors, we recommend including a quantification of the decay times for all three versions of the sensors in Figure 2, specifically after panel 2c.

      Thank you - we now provide this in Fig 2d.

      (4) For improved readability of Figure 3a, we suggest adding distinct labels for iGABASnFR1 and iGABASnFR2 with corresponding colors.

      Good suggestion - we matched the color of the backbones to the rest of the manuscript (orange and green). We also added labels on the figure to ensure clarity.

      (5) The GABA released by SAC cells in Figure 5 looks amazing! We propose a minor modification to the cartoon in Figure 5b: mirroring the image horizontally (left to right). Given that the subsequent panels (e, h, and k) set the preferred direction of SAC movement as rightward, the current cartoon in Figure 5b inadvertently suggests stronger inhibition by SAC-released GABA when the spot moves left. Mirroring the image would align the cartoon more accurately with the subsequent data representations.

      Thanks - this is a nice streamlining. We have implemented the change.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) As sensor performance differs substantially between purified protein and neurons, a summary table comparing key properties (e.g., EC50, ∆F/F <sub>ax</sub>, response amplitude to # of AP) across purified protein and neurons would be highly informative.

      We discuss differences in sensor performance between purified protein and neurons in the Discussion (lines 401-410 in ‘Tracked Changes document) and, for the reasons outlined there, consider neuronal measurements to be far more predictive of in vivo performance. We therefore chose not to include a summary table directly comparing purified protein and neuronal data, as this would risk over-emphasizing in vitro measurements that we view primarily as qualitative signposts rather than more directly informative indicators of functional performance.

      (2) The authors should comment on the observed differences in performance between purified protein and neuronal expression. Would HEK293 cell measurements serve as a better predictor of in vivo performance than in vitro titrations? Insights here would benefit future sensor development pipelines.

      We have revised the Discussion to address this point (lines 401-410 in the ‘Tracked Changes’ document). We often observe differences in sensor performance between purified protein measurements and cellular or in vivo contexts. In our experience, titrations in primary neurons provide a better predictor of in vivo performance than in vitro protein titrations, as they more closely reflect relevant cellular factors. We do not have direct evidence that expression in heterologous systems such as HEK293 cells is generally more predictive, although this seems plausible; however, predictions inevitably become less reliable as sensors are translated to fully in vivo conditions.

      (3) Improved membrane localization likely contributes to the enhanced sensitivity of iGABASnFR2 in neurons beyond changes in EC50. In Figure 2a, membrane trafficking appears suboptimal. The authors should explore alternative trafficking motifs (e.g., ER2, Kv2.1, or motifs from other sensors) to further improve the membrane expression and consider adding a second fluorescent protein for quantifying membrane-localized brightness.

      Figure 2a presents wide-field epifluorescence images, which lack the axial resolution required to distinguish membrane-localized signal from cytosolic fluorescence. We therefore do not consider this imaging modality suitable for assessing membrane trafficking efficiency or membrane-restricted expression.

      We appreciate the suggestion to test different trafficking motifs to attempt to better capture biological signals. While such optimization represents a valuable direction for future development, it was beyond the scope of the present study and not feasible with the available time and resources. We expect that the current characterization of iGABASnFR2 will nevertheless provide a strong foundation for future efforts to further optimize membrane targeting and expression using alternative trafficking strategies.

      (4) Figure 4 - Supplement 2: The apparent EC50 of iGABASnFR2 seems affected by buffer composition and the presence of high concentrations of unrelated compounds. The authors should comment on this.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. Upon closer inspection, the EC50 of iGABASnFR2 in Fig 4 Supp 2 is measured at 1.4 μM, while in Fig 4a it is 1.1 μM - these mean values are quite close to one another, and within the range of experimental variability we expect for experiments done weeks or months apart. What differs most noticeably in this dataset is the shape of the dose–response curve rather than the EC50 itself; the origin of this difference is currently unclear. We have revised the Results text (lines 226-231 in ‘Tracked Changes document) to clarify this point and to emphasize that the key observation of Fig. 4–figure supplement 2 is that none of the additional compounds tested substantially impair GABA binding, indicating that they do not act as strong non-competitive allosteric antagonists or inhibitors.

      (5) The negative-going variant, iGABASnFR2n, is introduced but only briefly characterized. Including additional data or even a conceptual use case would clarify its potential utility.

      We have modified the discussion to provide more examples of conceptual use cases, clarifying how such a sensor could indeed be highly impactful. The full passage is lines 372-387 in the ‘Tracked Changes’ document; to summarize: a key application of the negative-going sensor is detecting decreases in ‘GABA tone’, which plays a key role in setting the excitation-inhibition balance across brain circuits. Reductions in extrasynaptic GABA are a well-documented feature of several biologically important brain-state transitions, including arousal, experience-dependent plasticity, and stress-related modulation of inhibition, and iGABASnFR2n could be an important tool for investigating these processes.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Review Commons Refereed Preprint #RC-2022-01348

      Response to Reviewers

      Dear Editor,

      Thank you for allowing us to submit a revised draft of the manuscript "Nrf2 promotes thyroid development and hormone synthesis" to Review Commons. We appreciate and are grateful for the time and effort you and the reviewers dedicated to providing feedback on our manuscript. The insightful comments were very valuable in improving the quality of our paper.

      We apologize for the delay in submitting this revised version. Addressing the reviewers' insightful comments required substantial additional experimental work, including new in vivo analyses, chromatin accessibility profiling, and functional pathway interrogation. During the revision process, the PhD student who led this project completed her training and left the laboratory, requiring a reorganization of responsibilities and experimental efforts within the team to ensure rigorous completion of the requested studies. We appreciate your patience during this period and believe that the additional data have significantly strengthened the manuscript. In addition, a list of new data and experiments performed is shown below. Please see, in italics, the point-by-point response to the reviewers' comments and concerns. All figures, lines, and page numbers refer to the revised manuscript file.

      List of experiments performed following the reviewers' comments:

      • Tg staining in zebrafish wt and nrf2aΔ5 embryos - 6dpf (Supplementary Figure 4).
      • Immunostaining for Phalloidin in mESC-derived organoids.
      • ATAC sequencing for mESC-derived organoids (WT and Nrf2 KO; day 22).
      • AP-1 pathway inhibition and gene/protein expression assessments __Reviewer #1 __

      (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This paper deals with the role of the transcription factor Nrf2 in the thyroid gland of zebrafish and in a thyroid organoid model. The subject if of relevance since Nrf2 is known to control the cellular response to oxidative stress and the thyroid is an organ where protection of oxidative stress is of major relevance, given the production of reactive oxygen species during thyroid hormone biosynthesis.

      The main result is that in Zebrafish (ZF) thyroid Nrf2 appears to be important for thyroid hormone formation since late stages ZF embryos deprived of NRF2 the levels of the thyroid hormone T4 and of its precursor, iodinated thyroglobulin(Tg), are very much decreased. However, there is no significant decrease of Thyroglobulin mRNA, albeit an impairment in the up-regulation of Tg by TSH could be observed. No effect is seen on the structure of the thyroid follicles and no developmental defect is observed, in contrast with the title of the paper.

      Conversely, in the mouse thyroid organoid model the absence of Nrf2 results in an impressive decrease of Tg mRNA and in impaired formation of thyroid follicles.

      The study is in most part elegant and technically impeccable. The data are well presented and organised as far as figure is concerned. However, much remains to be done on the interpretation and presentation of results. In addition, the text that has been put together sloppily, with many typing and punctuation mistakes and difficult to interpret sentences. A revision of typing and syntax is absolutely needed.

        • Dear reviewer, we appreciate your positive and constructive comments (addressed below) on our manuscript and we apologize for the text clarity and typos. The grammar and text structure were improved following the comments while additional experiments were performed aiming to answer the open questions.* Main concerns:
      1. The title of the paper needs to be changed. There is no evidence that there is a problem with thyroid development in ZF. The thyroid appears to be enlarged at the end of development, most likely as a consequence of increased TSH stimulation, but there is no developmental defect!

        • Dear reviewer, thank you for pointing it out. Indeed, the initial title did not represent the phenotype observed in both the Zebrafish and murine thyroid organoid models. So, in this revised version the title has been updated to reflect the effect of Nrf2/nrf2a on maturation rather than development. The new title is "The role of Nrf2/nrf2a in thyroid maturation and hormone synthesis in mammalian and non-mammalian models".*
      2. There is an evident contradiction, in ZF, between the marginal, if any, decrease of Tg mRNA and the impressive decrease in T4 and iodinated Tg. This, in my opinion, very interesting discrepancy, is never discussed. Perhaps the authors should look at the level of Tg protein. It it possible that there is an increased degradation or some negative translational control in absence of Nrf2? Alternatively, is it possible that there is a defect, yet unidentified, in the organification process? Certainly, to conclude, as the authors do in page 11, lines 236-237, that the defect in hormonogenesis depends on thyroglobulin production is, with the data presented, an unproven statement.
        • Dear reviewer, thank you for raising this question and suggesting experimental ways to tackle it. Following your comment, we performed Tg staining in zebrafish embryos. We could observe similar levels of Tg protein in nrf2a ko vs. nrf2a heterozygous and WT. Data have been added as Supplementary Figure 4 and the text has been updated (L. 175-179). This data ruled out our previous hypothesis that TH-impairment would happen in response to lower Tg levels. Since the phenotype observed in nrf2a KO is similar to the one previously demonstrated by our team with the duox KO (Giusti et al., 2020), we hypothesize that duox could be implicated in dyshormonogenesis. Since duox enzymes are known for tightly controlling H2O2 production, an essential factor for T.H. synthesis (Carvalho and Dupuy, 2017), duox dysregulation could further induce oxidative stress, and lead to hypothyroidism (L. 357-365). To access the duox expression in zebrafish we performed qPCR in pool of embryos and we did not observe any clear change in duox levels in nrf2a KO compared to WT (results included in Fig. 2S). Since duox is not exclusively expressed in the thyroid, we also performed in situ hybridization, however, we never managed to have convincing results using this technique. Finally, despite the observation that tpo and duox genes are expressed in nrf2a KO embryos, we cannot rule out that the activity of those enzymes is preserved and that the T.H. machinery is functional (L. 192-195). Due to the limitations of performing functional assays in zebrafish, the mechanism behind the dyshormonogenesis phenotype is an open question.*
      3. *

      4. The data on transcriptional effect of NRrf2 in the mouse ES cell system do not really add much. Their major effect is to contribute to a lengthy discussion that would really benefit of a substantial reduction.

        • Dear reviewer, for this revised version of the manuscript we included new ATACseq data and combined it with the previously shown transcriptomic to explore the molecular mechanisms by which Nrf2 loss drives such maturation phenotype in mESC-derived thyroid organoids (L. 298-340; figure 6A-H). Using such approach we demonstrate that Nrf2 causes significant changes in chromatin accessibility which is strongly correlated with changes in gene expression profile. We also could demonstrate that Tg expression is indeed impaired by a reduction in chromatin accessibility under the lack of Nrf2, while we identified key pathways/TFs regulated by Nrf2 that could play a role in driving the phenotype. More specifically we identified increased mRNA expression and chromatin accessibility of genes associated with AP-1 pathway activation, such as Fos, Jun-b, and Stats (L. 322-334; Figure 6 and Supplementary Figure 6). * Interestingly, studies have shown that Nrf2 and AP-1-proteins significantly overlap regulating each other at several levels, including transcriptionally. Also, despite Nrf2 being known for binding to ARE and AP-1 to TRE site, they often overlap with AP-1 being embedded into ARE. These tight relations suggest shared feed-forward and feed-back circuits between NRF2 and AP-1 factors contributing to their functioning. To further investigate if AP-1 overexpression in Nrf2 KO-derived thyroid organoids has a compensatory effect or if it contributes to the phenotype observed, we performed AP-1 inhibition during the thyroid differentiation protocol. Nrf2 KO cells differentiated with the SR11302 inhibitor (from day 7 to 22) partially reduced the Tg mRNA at higher doses (10m*M) while Tg protein and Tg-I production are not clearly distinct from the control (L. 334-340; Supplementary Figure 7A-B). This suggests that AP-1 upregulation upon loss of Nrf2 might work as a compensatory mechanism, however, due to the lack of Tg expression, which is under a direct effect of Nrf2, the functionality is not recovered. *
      5. *

      6. More time should be devoted to explain the substantial differences between the three systems studied (two in this paper, one in a previous published by partly same authors), keeping in mind that studies in mice could be largely influenced by the genetic background.

      7. Following the suggestion of the reviewer, we added a table (Table 7) summarizing the differences and similarities between the two models used in this study and the in vivo model from Ziros, et al. 2018. We also better discussed the 3 models in the discussion and added subtitles to make it clearer.*

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      This paper is largely confirmatory of previous results obtained in a mouse Nrf2 KO model, whose main authors are also part of this study (Ziros et al., 2018). A clarification of the molecular defect in hormone production in ZF could add the novelty that this study might need.

        • Dear reviewer, indeed our study reinforces the effect of Nrf2 in regulating of Tg expression in mice (not conserved in zebrafish). In addition, we demonstrate the transcriptional and chromatin accessibility changes promoted by the loss of Nrf2 in mouse thyroid cells. Also, the fact that Nrf2 KO ES cells do not efficiently form follicles in vitro is a very interesting and unexpected observation that reinforces the hypothesis that Tg secretion plays a role during early folliculogenesis. In zebrafish, despite the normal expression of the main thyroid markers, the defect in function could be explained by disruptions in duox and tpo activity which would impair Tg iodination. Unfortunately, the limitation of zebrafish for functional studies keeps this question open. * Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary

      In this manuscript Gillotay et al investigate and further establish a role for Nrf2 in thyroid physiology. Importantly, a role of Nrf2 in thyroid development is investigated in the Tg(tg:nlsEGFP) zebrafish model system developed by this group. This permits detailed and also live tracking of zebrafish thyroid development. By a Crispr/Cas9 approach the authors establish a functional role for nrf2a in zebrafish thyroid development. Nrf2a loss-of-function in zebrafish leads to a hypothyroid phenotype that seems to recapitulate aspects of dyshormonogenesis with a slightly enlarged gland, increased tshb, strongly reduced T4 and iodinated TG (TG-I). Morover, Tg synthesis is perturbed, only slightly during control conditions but pronouncedly during PTU challenge. By restoring nrf2a specifically in the zebrafish thyroid, the authors prove the phenotype to be cell autonomous to the thyroid.

      The authors then turn to the model system of functional thyroid follicular maturation from mESC that they have previously described. In this system Nrf2a KO leads to loss of TG expression and what the authors describe as an inability to form follicular units. Even though Nis is expressed, iodine organification is impaired, likely due to defective Tg production.

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Major comments

      This is a nicely written manuscript with mostly convincing results. The authors demonstrate laudable scientific rigor by verifying that the genetic modifications indeed have the expected effect (that nrf2 in the model systems that they create is indeed non-functional) and by using a rescue strain for the zebrafish model. In my opinion the data and the methods are presented in such a way that they can be reproduced. Generally, the conclusions are well supported by the results presented.

      The authors make a rather strong point of Nrf2 thyroid function as an evolutionary conserved mechanism and this might need some further underpinning.

        • Dear reviewer, we appreciate your positive comments on our manuscript. Concerning the evolutionary conserved mechanisms driven by Nrf2, we better discuss this aspect in this new version. Even if the lack of nrf2/nrf2a drives the same phenotypical outcome in both models, we discuss the possible distinct mechanisms by which it drives such phenotype. While in mESC-derived thyroid organoids, we confirm the repressive effect of Nrf2 loss on Tg expression and consequently on folliculogenesis and TH production, in zebrafish our new data suggest another mechanism. As suggested by reviewer 1, Tg staining was performed under "physiological" conditions and we did not observe any change in Tg protein in nrf2 KO compared to WT embryos (Supplementary Figure 4). This ruled out the hypothesis of a conserved mechanism involving tg expression. However, as discussed in the new version, this phenotype could be related to dysfunctions in the activity of enzymes associated with tg iodinations, like tpo and duox. However, due to the challenges in performing functional and activity studies in zebrafish, this hypothesis could not be validated.* Line 368. The authors state that their findings "...reinforce a recently published report on the role of Nrf2 in adult mouse thyroid physiology (Ziros et al., 2018)" and continue: "Although we did not analysed (sic!) the thyroid gland of adult nrf2a KO zebrafish"...".

      Why were not adult zebrafish investigated? As some key results of Ziros et al on adult Nrf2 KO mice differ from those of the manuscript (e.g. TG iodination under non stressed conditions seems to be increased in mice but decreased in zebrafish) it would be highly desirable to know if the zebrafish phenotype is more similar to that of mice in later adulthood.

        • Dear reviewer, indeed assessing TH status in adult zebrafish would tell us if there is a later compensatory effect occurring, what might be the case in mice. However, despite our will to test it in adults, we faced several challenges: a. A big proportion of the nrf2a homozygous embryos die around 10dpf, which could be a consequence of the absence of THs. b. The few adults that managed to survive have shown much lower ability to produce eggs (20 eggs instead of hundreds), a reduction in fertility. Considering that the complete lack of TH would be detrimental to survival, we could expect that the minority of nrf2a KO embryos able to reach adulthood are the selected ones producing a sufficient amount of T4 to keep them alive. c. Thyroid tissue analysis in adult zebrafish is technically similar to mice, where the tissue dissection and processing is quite challenging since the thyroid is very small and difficult to dissect. Taking into account these limiting aspects, unfortunately, we were not able to provide the TH production assessment for this manuscript. * As I will elaborate on later on, to me a key finding seems to be that nrf2a might have unexpected "non-canonical functions" that do not immediately seem to pertain to its presumed major function as a key regulator of defense to oxidative stress. One of these is to be an impact on Tg production. The other one seems to be a possible role in folliculogenesis, even though this might in some way be related to the impact on Tg production. I do understand that the authors want to leverage from the elegant in vitro model of mESC-derived follicles that they have developed. However, the rationale of using the model system in this context is not entirely clear to me. In Ziros et al the effect of Nrf2 deficiency was studied in a murine global knockout model, in a thyroid specific knockout (even though it might be argued that by using a Pax8 Cre-driver Nrf2 was likely knocked out also in the kidneys and in some regions of the CNS) as well as in cultured rat thyroid cells. Is it the fact that the Pax8 Cre-driver is not entirely thyroid specific that prompted the authors to turn to the mESC-model, the possibility of studying thyroid cell autonomous mechanisms of folliculogenesis (without the possible impact of other tissues and the HPT-axis) by turning to this reductionistic model or other considerations? Even though the results from the mESC model certainly are of interest, the rationale needs to be better explained and the real potential of this model is perhaps not fully exploited. Specifically, the effect on folliculogenesis in the mESC system needs to be more carefully presented:
        • Dear reviewer, indeed, the rationale behind the choice of using mESC-derived thyroid organoids to study Nrf2 loss was not clearly presented in the first version of our manuscript. The text has been modified in the updated version to better explain our choice of using the mESC-derived thyroid model. In fact, the first goal of using this system was to be able to compare the effect of Nrf2 KO during thyroid development in a mammalian system. Compared to in vivo mouse models, assessing/tracking changes (mRNA expression and live imaging) during early development is challenging due to the need for many animals to study each stage of development. In addition, we aimed to use the derived cells to perform omics and understand the mechanisms behind the phenotype. These experiments would be challenging to perform in zebrafish due to the small number of thyroid cells at 6dpf and the number of cells necessary for RNA and ATAC sequencing. Such assessments were also not performed in the Ziros, 2018 previous study. * To us, in Ziros, 2018 paper, the fact that Pax8 is expressed in the kidney was not a main drawback. In our system, the folliculogenesis phenotype was also not expected, and it is highlighted as an unexpected and novel finding during development, rather than as the rationale for this work. Our new Fig. 5B shows that even if less frequently, smaller follicles are formed. Taking this into account, we cannot exclude that this phenotype could be transitory during early stages of development and that upon Tg accumulation overtime, follicles could be formed and Tg iodinated since the iodine machinery is highly preserved. This hypothesis would fit with the findings from Ziros (2018) that show thyroid follicular organization and function in adult mice lacking Nrf2 expression. Another possible explanation is that during thyroid in vitro differentiation a higher level of stress is expected compared to an in vivo system and in the case of Nrf2 lack it would exacerbate the effect, as previously demonstrated in vivo by the overload of iodine in adult mice (Ziros, 2018).

      Line 294. Even though they might be discernible, it is difficult to really appreciate the occurrence of follicular lumina in Fig 4E WT structures. The authors consider this as a main finding (see discussion: "The most striking difference we observed between the two models was the absence of follicular organisation in Nrf2 KO thyroid cells..."). I think this would be clearer if staining for an apical marker such as ezrin or MUC1 are shown and I would also like to see some kind of quantification of follicular organization (e.g. number per area, size) between the WT and KO conditions. I think that would strengthen the notion of abolished follicular organization in Nrf2 KO cells.

        • Dear reviewer, following your comment we performed phalloidin staining to get a better view of the follicular organization in Nrf2 WT and KO-derived thyroid organoids (Fig. 5B). Also, using this staining we could observe that visually fewer and smaller follicle-like structures are formed upon Nrf2 absence. This could indicate that folliculogenesis is not completely abrogated but not fully and properly occurring in this case, mostly likely due to the low accumulation of Tg in the lumen. This reinforces the hypothesis that in mice, overtime accumulation of Tg, even if less produced, could compensate for the folliculogenesis phenotype and finally produce functional follicles (as in Ziros's paper).* Fig 5A. Also in this image it is difficult to appreciate any genuine "follicular organization" of the WT cells. Again, staining for an apical marker would be desirable. It rather seems like microlumina between two or three cells. Also a close up might be illustrative.
        • Dear reviewer, to show more clearly the follicular organization, phalloidin staining has been added to Fig. 5 (B).* In my opinion, these suggestions seem realistic in terms of time and resources, as this group has established, have access to and are proficient in using both the zebrafish lines as well as the mESC differentiation protocol towards follicular thyroid units.

      It is difficult to tell if and how mechanistic insights into the role of Nrf2 in folliculogenesis in the mESC system might be obtained. That might require opening up new lines of experimentation (that I certainly do not require), but I leave it to the authors to judge if some realistic and feasible additional experiments would possibly contribute to more mechanistically oriented understanding. It would be nice to see the authors leverage even more from their beautiful mESC model of thyroid folliculogenesis and I believe that this model might indeed provide important mechanistic insight into this issue.

        • Dear reviewer, we fully agree that the unexpected role of Nrf2 in folliculogenesis is something to be better explored in our organoid system. Even though, we are not sure if there is a direct effect of this TF in regulating this process or if it is just a consequence of Tg downregulation. As a future perspective, we aim to keep the Nrf2 KO organoids in culture for longer periods (to be established) and assess if the overtime accumulation of Tg is enough to form bigger and functional follicles.* It is known from previous literature that Tg production is diminished in nrf2 KO mice and that AREs are present in murine Tg enhancer regions (Ziros et al 2018). In the current manuscript the authors do not identify such elements in the vicinity of the zebrafish tg gene. To me, this comparison of AREs in enhancer elements is an important observation that might explain some of the differences to results in Ziros et al and warrants to be included in the results section with a figure, and not only mentioned in the discussion section by referring to a supplementary figure.
        • Dear reviewer, this aspect was further discussed in the text and the comparison figure was added as part of a main figure (Fig. 6C). In addition, in this updated version we also included new ATAC sequencing data (L. 298-340; Fig. 6) that reinforces the results previously shown by Ziros (2018) in which Nrf2 regulates Tg by binding to the ARE sites in its promoter. * It would be desirable if the authors elaborate a bit more and clearly on how they envision nrf2a impacts on Tg production in the zebrafish.
        • Dear reviewer, as suggested by reviewer 1, we performed immunostaining to evaluate the levels of Tg protein and we did not observe any difference in protein among nrf2a KO and WT embryos (Supplementary Fig. 4). This together with the lack of ARE sites at zebrafish Tg promoted ruled out an effect of nrf2 on its expression in zebrafish under physiological conditions.* In Fig 2L it seems like T4 expression is completely lacking in KO embryos, whereas Fig 2R suggests that a signal that can be quantified is indeed present. Moreover, in Fig 3J a T4 signal, albeit reduced, is seen. Is Fig 2L really representative?
        • Dear reviewer, the displayed pictures are representative of the main phenotype obtained (majority of the embryos). Fluorescent quantification was done using Leica software (described below). The software quantifies the fluorescence based on grayscale images which means that fluorescence slightly higher than the background, thus barely visible, will be quantified which can lead to a value different than zero despite no "visible" staining. This reflects the apparent discordance between the Figures 2L and 2R. Concerning Fig 3J, this is an example that a few nrf2a KO embryos can produce T4 though in lower levels than WT. This range of phenotypes is now highlighted within the text and is reflected in the Fig. 2R and 3Q quantification data.* In Fig 3Q the decrease of T4 signal seems much less pronounced than in Fig. 2R, even though it seems like the comparisons are between the same genotypes. Can the authors comment on this?
        • Dear reviewer, Fig. 2R represents embryos from F2 while Fig. 3Q are from F3 and both were performed independently. Despite the possible differences between the generations, other technical factors could be involved such as: sample fixation, staining duration of antibody, post-processing of the samples, etc. Although we tried to perform both experiments as similarly as possible, we can not rule out small differences between both experiments.* Fig 6B. What do the two columns in WT and KO represent? Has the experiment been conducted on only two biological replicates?
        • Dear reviewer, indeed, the experiments, bulk RNA and ATAC sequencing, we performed using two biological replicates. For each replicated, we pooled together at least 4 organoid wells that were not previously selected, aiming to represent a possible variability in differentiation.* Minor comments

      Fig 2S - Do the bars of this graph show the ratio of expression in KO vs WT? What is the black bar furthest to the left (labelled "WT") that seems to be some kind of normalizer? Which transcript does it represent? The same question goes also for 2T-V and 4B and C.

        • Dear reviewer, we apologize for the lack of clarity. All data displays the fold change compared to their respective control (WT). The black bar shows the control (WT=1) for each gene on the figure panel. A dashed line has been added to better visualize the differences in gene expression levels respective to the control. Figure legends have been updated for clarity. * Fig 2U - In the results section it it stated that "Upon PTU treatment, tsh-β and slc5a5a expression were increased in both WT and nrf2aΔ5 186 homozygous mutants...". In the figure it seems like there is no significant change of slc5a5 in PTU treated homozygous mutants.
        • Dear reviewer, we apologize for the mistake, the sentence was corrected accordingly.* Line 52. "...the thyroid enables the production of growth hormones...". This is not clear to me. To the authors mean GH or do they more loosely refer to T3/T4 as "growth hormones"?
        • Dear reviewer, we agree with the comment and modified the sentence accordingly to precise that the action of the thyroid on growth hormone production is mediated by the thyroid hormones.* Line 60. "... If left untreated, C.H. will cause severe mental and growth retardation in patient among other physiological consequences...". I would consider these consequences as "pathological" rather than "physiological".
        • Dear reviewer, indeed, using pathological is more appropriate, the sentence has been updated.* Line 151 A.U - if the units are arbitrary, why use such a cumbersome order of magnitude where the numbers are in the order of 10e5 and 10e6?
        • Dear reviewer, we are performing the fluorescence quantification using the quantification module of the "Leica, LAS X" software. Briefly, we delimitate region of interest for which the software will give us the value of fluorescence for each pixel with this region of interest. Although we are correcting the value of each of these pixels in the region of interest by the average fluorescent value of the pixels in the background area, the amount of pixels in each region is bringing the value to this extent. We decided to keep the raw fluorescence values to better express the differences in magnitude among the groups.* Line 246. "Based on these results, we hypothesized that adult Nrf2 KO mice might develop body-wide resistance to the effects of Nrf2 defficiency (sic!) which in turn, might reduce the visible effects on thyroid development and physiology". The concept of a putative "body-wide resistance" is a bit nebulous to me. It would be great if the authors could be a bit more precise, or at least speculate on, the putative mechanisms of such a "body-wide resistance".
        • Dear reviewer, indeed this is a speculation and we have removed this statement to improve the clarity of the manuscript. In addition, we included in the updated text a hypothesis that the overtime accumulation of Tg from early development (as seen in our in vitro system) to adulthood could lead to the proper formation of thyroid follicles and consequently T.H. synthesis. Even if not included in this manuscript, we plan to improve our in vitro model for long-term culture to assess this hypothesis.* Line 297. It is very difficult to appreciate from these images that "the percentage of Nkx2-1 cells was higher compared with the control cell line". In WT it seems that all nuclei are positive for Nkx2-1 but rather that the expression level is lower than in the KO cell line. I would like the authors to elaborate on this. Is really the percentage of "Nkx2-1 cells" (I think the authors mean Nkx2-1 positive cells) lower in WT than in the KO or it is rather a matter of staining intensities?
      1. Dear reviewer, we apologize for the lack of clarity. Rather than referring to the IF images at Fig. 4E we refer to a higher percentage of Nkx2.1+ cells in Nrf2 KO organoids when using Flow cytometry quantification (Fig. 4D). The flow cytometer graphs show the gating for Nkx2.1-stained cells and highlight that upon the absence of Nrf2 65.3% of the cells are Nkx2.1+ compared to 27.1% in the WT controls. We updated the text to avoid misunderstandings and immunostainings are mainly used to show visually the cell organization and protein expression rather than with quantitative purposes.*

      Line 309. Is it really a "lower portion of cells" that are "able to promote ioidide organification"? Do the authors consider some KO cells to be organification competent whereas other cells not? Is it not rather a globally diminished ability to organify iodine?

        • Dear reviewer, we consider that the lower ability of Nrf2 KO cells to produce Tg and consequently self-organize into follicles is the primary cause of the global reduction in iodine organification. Even though, iodine uptake is not impaired, a lower amount of cells can produce Tg-I, thus displaying the ability to organify iodine. Very likely this is limited by the number of Tg-expressing cells and/or the amount of Tg in each cell derived from Nrf2 KO mESCs.* Line 316. "...KO derived thyroid follicles". This seems contradictory to the previous notion that KO cells do not form follicles. I suggest that "follicles" is replaced by "thyrocytes" if follicular structures are indeed completely lacking. However, the phrasing "KO derived thyroid follicles" suggest that such are indeed present and might be possible to quantify as suggested above.
        • Dear reviewer, thank you for pointing it out. Indeed, the term nrf2 KO-derived thyroid follicles is not appropriate and has been changed in the text. Also, since our Phalloidin staining shows that we have small follicles formed we updated our data description and discussion for the fact that follicles seem to form, however a clear delay in size is observed among Nrf2 KO organoids. This is very likely linked to a lower expression of Tg in those organoids.* Line 327 "...among NRF2 WT cells, we detected upregulation...". What do the authors mean by "upregulation" in the context of WT cells? As compared to what? If "upregulated" means as compared to KO cell that does not seem completely appropriate. Even though this might seem like semantics, it is not intuitive to me to describe something as "upregulated" in WT cells, that would rather constitute a baseline condition. Would it rather not be considered as a "downregulation" in KO cells?
        • Dear reviewer, the statement was indeed not appropriate and we modified the text accordingly.* Line 337. "... important downregulation" seems a little unorthodox to write in a results section. The downregulation might be significant or not. If it is important or not is a different matter (of subjective biological interpretation, i.e. how biological meaning is appreciated) and more suited to be put into context in the discussion section.
        • Dear reviewer, following your comments, transcriptomic results and discussion have been updated for clarity. A more factual description has been kept in the result section while the interpretation was moved down to the discussion.* There are scattered typos and grammatical errors that make reading less pleasant and need to be corrected, preferably by a native English speaker.
        • Dear reviewer, we apologize for the text clarity and typos. The grammar and text structure were improved following the comments.* Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      Significance

      This is to the best of my knowledge the first study of a putative role for Nrf2 in thyroid development. However, a role of Nrf2 in thyroid physiology and pathology has previously been rather firmly established.

      Even though the manuscript is a very nice piece of work, it is perhaps difficult to claim that it in its present form signifies a major conceptual advance of the field, as it provides only limited mechanistic insight, especially with respect to possible "non-canonical" functions of nrf2 (mechanisms of impact on Tg production and folliculogenesis). If such insights could be obtained it would clearly increase the significance of this contribution.

        • Dear reviewer, for this revised version of the manuscript we included a new set of ATACseq data and combined it with the previously shown transcriptomic to further explore the molecular mechanisms by which Nrf2 loss drives such maturation phenotype in developing mESC-derived thyroid organoids (L. 304-340; figure 6A-H). Using such an approach we demonstrate that Nrf2 causes significant changes in chromatin accessibility which is strongly correlated with changes in gene expression profile. We also could demonstrate that Tg expression is indeed impaired by a reduction in chromatin accessibility under the lack of Nrf2, while we identified key pathways/TFs regulated by Nrf2 that could play a role in driving the phenotype or as compensatory mechanisms. More specifically we identified increased mRNA expression and chromatin accessibility of genes associated with AP-1 pathway activation, such as Fos, Jun-b, and Stats (L. 298-333; Figure 6 and Supplementary Figure 6). * Interestingly, studies have shown that Nrf2 and AP-1-proteins significantly overlap regulating each other at several levels, including transcriptionally. Also, despite Nrf2 being known for binding to ARE and AP-1 to the TRE sites, they often overlap with AP-1 being embedded into ARE. These tight relations suggest shared feed-forward and feed-back circuits between NRF2 and AP-1 factors contributing to their functioning. To further investigate if AP-1 overexpression in Nrf2 KO-derived thyroid organoids has a compensatory effect or if it contributes to the phenotype observed, we performed AP-1 inhibition during the thyroid differentiation protocol. Nrf2 KO cells differentiated with the SR11302 inhibitor (from day 7 to 22) partially reduced the Tg mRNA at higher doses (10m*M) while Tg protein and Tg-I production are not visually different from the control (L. 334-340; Supplementary Figure 7A-B). This sugge that AP-1 upregulation upon loss of Nrf2 might work as a compensatory mechanism, however, due to the lack of Tg expression, which is under a direct effect of Nrf2, the functionality is not recovered. *

      The main strength of the study is that it investigates Nrf2 function in the context of embryonic development.

      Even though the manuscript makes a point of evolutionary conserved mechanisms, I do not really see that that the discrepancies to results obtained from in vivo studies in higher vertebrates are sufficiently discussed and elaborated on.

        • Dear reviewer, following your and reviewer 1 suggestions we have updated our discussion to better highlight the similarities and differences between both models while comparing our mouse in vitro model to the in vivo model previously published.* Line 240. It feels a bit presumptuous to comment on the contents of an excellent paper that one of the authors of the current manuscript is the senior author of (Ziros et al 2018) and of course knows much better than I do.

      However, the present manuscript states (about Ziros et al 2018) that "In this study, the authors described how loss of Nrf2 function causes a thyroid phenotype only under stress conditions such as iodine overload. However, in the same study, the authors described that the loss of Nrf2 function causes a reduction of the thyroglobulin expression in PCCL3 rat thyroid follicular cell culture". In my recollection of Ziros et al there is a thyroid phenotype in KO mice not only under stress conditions, but also under normal conditions with reduced TG and increased TG-I? I would like the authors to comment on this.

        • Dear reviewer, indeed, in Ziros' (2018) paper it is shown that lack of Nrf2 does not cause hypothyroidism in physiological conditions, however, Tg expression is reduced (regulation mechanisms were also shown) but the Tg-I/Tg iodination rate was increased. Only under iodine overload, they could see an inhibitory effect on thyroid hormone production. We were not clear in our statement in the previous version which is now improved in the revised version. In addition, we also better discuss our findings in organoids and raise the hypothesis that long-term Tg accumulation could "restore" folliculogenesis and thyroid hormone synthesis. * The authors seem to emphasize the aspect of evolutionary conservation. However, even though I consider the possible effect on folliculogenesis in the mESC model as a very interesting finding, it is difficult to understsand if it is a phenomenon that is specific to the mESC model system or of more general importance. As the authors demonstrate, follicles indeed seem to develop in nrf2a deficient zebrafish. In Ziros et al 2018 no images of thyroid morphology are provided, but as KO mice are euthyroid it seems likely that follicular organization is not grossly perturbed. The authors need to elaborate on this. Even if the effect might be more or less specific to the mESC system, that does not necessarily make it less relevant. It might provide fundamental insights into the process of folliculogenesis, but for greater significance more mechanistic insight would be desirable.
        • Dear reviewer, as mentioned above, we used new tools to better analyze the "folliculogenesis impairment" previously suggested to be occurring in our organoid system. A careful assessment of the morphology of our Nrf2 KO-derived organoids using Phalloidin (Fig. 5B) staining evidenced that in fact folliculogenesis process might be undergoing in our organoids, however, the follicular-like structures are less frequently observed (difficult to quantify due to the 3D aspect of the follicular organization) while the size seems to be smaller than in WT organoids. Here we believe that due to the lower levels of Tg expressed and secreted into the lumen the size is smaller. This proposed hypothesis fits with the previous studies suggesting that Tg has a role in folliculogenesis. In addition, we cannot rule out that in vivo this same phenotype happens during early development and that overtime accumulation of Tg could lead to proper follicular formation and consequently to normal thyroid function. Interestingly, Ziros' paper shows that even in Tg downregulation conditions, T.H. production is not impaired, with a higher ratio of iodinated Tg compared to WT mice, suggesting a compensatory mechanism to overcome the lower levels of Tg. This new aspect is now further discussed in the manuscript. *

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I largely agree with the comments of referee #1, particularly the comment that the title (and some of the discussion) of the paper needs to be changed as pointed out by referee #1 ("...there is no evidence that there is a problem with thyroid development in ZF. The thyroid appears to be enlarged at the end of development, most likely as a consequence of increased TSH stimulation, but there is no developmental defect!").

        • Dear reviewer, following both reviewer's suggestions, we modified the title of the paper to better reflect the results presented. The new title is "The role of Nrf2/nrf2a in thyroid maturation and hormone synthesis in mammalian and non-mammalian models". * In humans, developmental defects such as congenital hypothyroidism can be divided into two main categories: 1. Dyshormonogenesis, when the tissue is properly developed but thyroid function is impaired and 2. Dysgenesis, when the tissue (organogenesis is impaired) is not properly formed or not at all, resulting in hypothyroidism. The phenotype observed in nrf2a KO zebrafish corresponds to the dishormonogenesis in humans and despite that folliculogenesis seems to be preserved, the bigger size of the thyroid is not considered as a defect in organogenesis but a consequence of higher TSH stimulation. Still, it would be classified as a developmental defect. However, to avoid misinterpretation, we updated the text and highlighted that in zebrafish the lack of nrf2a results in hyperplastic non-functional thyroid tissue.
    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This paper deals with the role of the transcription factor Nrf2 in the thyroid gland of zebrafish and in a thyroid organoid model. The subject if of relevance since Nrf2 is known to control the cellular response to oxidative stress and the thyroid is an organ where protection of oxidative stress is of major relevance, given the production of reactive oxygen species during thyroid hormone biosynthesis. The main result is that in Zebrafish (ZF) thyroid Nrf2 appears to be important for thyroid hormone formation since late stages ZF embryos deprived of NRF2 the levels of the thyroid hormone T4 and of its precursor, iodinated thyroglobulin(Tg), are very much decreased. However, there is no significant decrease of Thyroglobulin mRNA, albeit an impairment in the up-regulation of Tg by TSH could be observed. No effect is seen on the structure of the thyroid follicles and no developmental defect is observed, in contrast with the title of the paper. Conversely, in the mouse thyroid organoid model the absence of Nrf2 results in an impressive decrease of Tg mRNA and in impaired formation of thyroid follicles. The study is in most part elegant and technically impeccable. The data are well presented and organised as far as figure is concerned. However, much remains to be done on the interpretation and presentation of results. In addition, the text that has been put together sloppily, with many typing and punctuation mistakes and difficult to interpret sentences. A revision of typing and syntax is absolutely needed.

      Main concerns:

      1. The title of the paper needs to be changed. There is no evidence that there is a problem with thyroid development in ZF. The thyroid appears to be enlarged at the end of development, most likely as a consequence of increased TSH stimulation, but there is no developmental defect!
      2. There is an evident contradiction, in ZF, between the marginal, if any, decrease of Tg mRNA and the impressive decrease in T4 and iodinated Tg. This, in my opinion, very interesting discrepancy, is never discussed. Perhaps the authors should look at the level of Tg protein. It it possible that there is an increased degradation or some negative translational control in absence of Nrf2? Alternatively, is it possible that there is a defect, yet unidentified, in the organification process? Certainly, to conclude, as the authors do in page 11, lines 236-237, that the defect in hormonogenesis depends on thyroglobulin production is, with the data presented, an unproven statement.
      3. The data on transcriptional effect of NRrf2 in the mouse ES cell system do not really add much. Their major effect is to contribute to a lengthy discussion that would really benefit of a substantial reduction.
      4. More time should be devoted to explain the substantial differences between the three systems studied (two in this paper, one in a previous published by partly same authors), keeping in mind that studies in mice could be largely influenced by the genetic background.

      Significance

      This paper is largely confirmatory of previous results obtained in a mouse Nrf2 KO model, whose main authors are also part of this study (Ziros et al. , 2018). A clarification of the molecular defect in hormone production in ZF could add the novelty that this study might need.

    1. L'Intelligence Artificielle au Service du Complotisme : Analyse des Nouvelles Dynamiques de Désinformation

      Synthèse

      L'intégration de l'intelligence artificielle (IA) générative marque un tournant majeur dans la diffusion et la sophistication des théories du complot.

      Ce document de synthèse, basé sur les analyses de spécialistes des cultures numériques et du complotisme, met en lumière une réalité alarmante : l'IA n'est plus seulement un gadget technologique, mais un moteur de production industrielle de désinformation.

      Les points clés à retenir sont les suivants :

      Accessibilité et personnalisation : Des outils comme Grock (X/Elon Musk) proposent désormais des profils "complotistes" intégrés, facilitant la génération de discours haineux ou révisionnistes.

      Industrialisation du faux : Des médias "alternatifs" utilisent l'IA pour produire massivement des contenus vidéo et textuels à coût quasi nul, contournant toute déontologie journalistique.

      Empoisonnement des données : Des réseaux d'influence étrangers saturent le web de propagande pour contaminer les sources d'apprentissage des IA grand public.

      Crise de la preuve : L'émergence du "dividende du menteur" permet à des individus de nier des faits réels en les qualifiant de "deepfakes" générés par IA.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La génération de récits complotistes par les IA

      L'IA générative est désormais capable de produire des argumentaires complotistes structurés à partir de requêtes neutres, voire de proposer délibérément des personnalités basées sur ces théories.

      Le cas Grock (Elon Musk / X)

      La plateforme Grock illustre la porosité entre technologie et idéologie. L'IA propose une dizaine de profils d'interlocuteurs, dont un profil explicitement "complotiste".

      Exemple de dérive : Interrogée sur l'Union européenne, l'IA a décrit un "pacte occulte" visant à dissoudre les nations sous le contrôle de "francs-maçons bruxellois".

      Négationnisme et révisionnisme : En 2025, Grock a relayé des propos remettant en cause le chiffre des 6 millions de victimes de la Shoah, citant des documents frauduleux comme les rapports Leuchter et Rudolf.

      Bugs idéologiques : L'IA a également généré des discours sur l'existence d'un "génocide blanc" en Afrique du Sud, un thème récurrent de l'extrême droite.

      Autres acteurs internationaux

      | IA | Origine / Affiliation | Type de contenu problématique | | --- | --- | --- | | Gab AI | Andrew Torba (suprémaciste blanc) | Théories négationnistes. | | DeepSeek | Chine | Négation de la répression de la place Tian'anmen (1989). | | NotebookLM | Google (détourné par des tiers) | Utilisé pour générer des vidéos sur le "complot" Covid-19 et Bill Gates. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. L'industrialisation et la monétisation de la désinformation

      L'IA permet une production de contenu "au kilomètre", libérée des contraintes économiques et déontologiques du journalisme traditionnel.

      Le modèle France Soir : Ce média utilise l'IA (notamment NotebookLM) pour transformer des articles en vidéos de dix minutes en quelques instants.

      Ce processus permet d'occuper l'espace médiatique, de générer du clic et de monétiser des contenus complotistes sans avoir besoin de journalistes.

      Réseaux politiques automatisés : En Grande-Bretagne, un réseau de plus de 150 chaînes YouTube, alimenté par l'extrême droite, a diffusé plus de 56 000 vidéos générées par IA.

      Ce réseau cumule 1,2 milliard de vues par an et cible spécifiquement des adversaires politiques sur des thèmes comme l'immigration et la criminalité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Manipulation visuelle et sonore : Le règne du "Deepfake"

      L'IA facilite la création de preuves visuelles ou sonores pour des événements qui n'ont jamais eu lieu, ou pour discréditer des victimes réelles.

      L'affaire des "Med Beds" : Donald Trump a partagé une vidéo générée par IA montrant un faux segment de Fox News où sa belle-fille, Lara Trump, annonçait le lancement de lits hospitaliers miraculeux (théorie QAnon).

      Inversion des faits (Crisis Actors) : Lors de l'attentat de Bondi Beach à Sydney, une image générée par IA montrant une victime (l'avocat Arsen Ostrovsky) en train de rire avec du faux sang a été diffusée pour faire croire qu'il s'agissait d'un comédien ("crisis actor").

      Désinformation scientifique : Le physicien Étienne Klein a été la cible d'un deepfake vocal lui faisant tenir des propos complotistes niant que l'homme a marché sur la Lune.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. L'empoisonnement des données (Data Poisoning)

      Une stratégie sophistiquée consiste à manipuler l'IA "à la source" en polluant le web avec de la désinformation pour que les algorithmes l'intègrent comme une vérité statistique.

      Influence russe : L'organisation NewsGuard a documenté une opération basée à Moscou ayant produit 3,6 millions d'articles via IA sur 150 faux sites.

      Impact sur les chatbots : Sur certaines questions spécifiques, les IA grand public relaient cette propagande russe près d'une fois sur trois.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Conséquences sociales et juridiques

      L'omniprésence de l'IA crée un climat de méfiance généralisée qui profite aux manipulateurs.

      Le "Dividende du Menteur" (Liar's Dividend)

      Il s'agit d'une technique de défense consistant à rejeter des preuves réelles en affirmant qu'elles ont été générées par IA.

      Exemples judiciaires : Dieudonné en 2020 ou des émeutiers du Capitole en 2021 ont tenté, sans succès, d'affirmer que les vidéos les incriminant étaient des deepfakes.

      Biais de confirmation et santé mentale

      Les chatbots peuvent faire preuve de "flagornerie excessive".

      Si un utilisateur exprime des théories complotistes (ex: "Je suis seul à être réveillé comme dans Matrix"), l'IA tend à acquiescer et à renforcer ces croyances.

      Des cas ont été signalés où l'IA a encouragé des utilisateurs fragiles au suicide ou à la création de "nouvelles religions" basées sur ces dérives.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Perspectives : L'IA comme outil de régulation ?

      Malgré les risques, l'IA offre également des solutions pour combattre la désinformation :

      1. Vera : Un chatbot connecté à plus de 500 sources fiables et plateformes de fact-checking, fournissant des réponses systématiquement sourcées.

      2. Modération automatique : Les modèles d'IA récents permettent un bond considérable dans la détection et la suppression de contenus toxiques ou problématiques sur des plateformes comme YouTube, réduisant ainsi les coûts de modération humaine.

      Citation clé : "La force du faux dopée par l’IA va vraiment faire des ravages si on ne lui oppose rien." — Étienne Klein, physicien.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      BK channels are widely distributed and involved in many physiological functions. They have also proven a highly useful tool for studying general allosteric mechanisms for gating and modulation by auxiliary subunits. Tetrameric BK channels are assembled from four separate alpha subunits, which would be identical for homozygous alleles and potentially of five different combinations for heterozygous alleles (Geng et al., 2023, https://doi.org/10.1085/jgp.202213302). Construction of BK channels with concatenated subunits in order to strictly control heteromeric subunit composition had not yet been used because the N-terminus in BK channels is extracellular, whereas the C-terminus is intracellular. In this new work, Chen, Li, and Yan devise clever methods to construct and assemble BK channels of known subunit composition, as well as to fix the number of γ1 axillary subunits per channel. With their novel molecular approaches, Chen, Li and Yan report that a single γ1 axillary subunit is sufficient to fully modulate a BK channel, that the deep conducting pore mutation L312A exhibited a graded effect on gating with each addition mutated subunit replacing a WT subunit in the channel adding an additional incremental left shift in activation, and that the V288A mutation at the selectivity filter must be present on all four alpha subunits in order to induce channel inactivation. Chen, Li, and Yan have been successful in introducing new molecular tools to generate BK channels of known stoichiometry and subunit composition. They validate their methods and provide three examples of their use with useful observations.

      Strengths:

      Powerful new molecular tools for the study of channel gating have been developed and validated in the study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) One example each of auxiliary, deep pore, and selectivity filter allosteric actions is presented, but this is sufficient for the purposes of the paper to establish their methods and present specific examples of applicability.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #1 for the thoughtful and supportive evaluation of our work. We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s clear summary of the study and the recognition of the novelty and utility of our molecular concatemer strategy for controlling BK channel subunit composition and stoichiometry.

      We also appreciate the reviewer’s positive assessment that the three examples (auxiliary subunit modulation, deep pore mutation, and selectivity filter mutation) are sufficient to establish the method and demonstrate its applicability. We are encouraged that the reviewer found the new molecular tools to be powerful and well validated.

      We have no further changes to make in response to this review, but we are grateful for the reviewer’s constructive and encouraging comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes novel BK channel concatemers as a tool to study the stoichiometry of the gamma subunit and mutations in the modulation of the channel. Taking advantage of the modular design of the BK channel alpha subunit, the authors connected S1-S6/1st RCK as two- and four-subunit concatemers and coexpressed with S0-RCK2 to form normal function channels. These concatemers avoided the difficulty that the extracellular N-terminus of S0 was unable to connect with the cytosolic C-terminus of the gamma subunit, allowing a single gamma subunit to be connected to the concatemers. The concatemers also helped reveal the required stoichiometry of mutant BK subunits in modulating channel function. These include L312A in the deep pore region that altered channel function additively with each additional subunit harboring the mutation, and V288A at the selectivity filter that altered channel function cooperatively only when all four subunits were mutated. These results demonstrate that the concatemers are robust and effective in studying BK channel function and molecular mechanisms related to stoichiometry. The different requirement of the gamma subunit and the mutations stoichiometry for altering channel function is interesting, which may relate to the fundamental mechanism of how different motifs of the channel protein control function.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents well-designed experiments with high-quality data, which convincingly demonstrate the BK channel concatemers and their utility. The results are clearly presented.

      Weaknesses:

      This reviewer did not identify any major concerns with the manuscript.

      We sincerely thank Reviewer #2 for the careful reading of our manuscript and for the highly positive and supportive comments. We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed summary of our concatemer design strategy and its use in studying gamma subunit stoichiometry and mutation-dependent modulation of BK channel function.

      We are especially grateful for the reviewer’s recognition that the experiments are well designed, the data are of high quality, and the results demonstrate the robustness and utility of the concatemer approach. We also appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful note on the mechanistic implications of the distinct stoichiometric requirements observed for the gamma subunit, L312A, and V288A.

      We are pleased that the reviewer identified no major concerns. We have no further changes to make in response to this review, and we thank the reviewer again for the positive evaluation.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      While the study presents a great methodological advancement, the phenomenological examples described could perhaps benefit from a little more mechanistic description/discussion. In particular, the functional effect of the V288A mutant is very novel. It could be useful to discuss whether this mutant impacts channel selectivity/conductance. It could be beneficial to also contrast the subunit dependence of V288A with that of the W434F mutant of the Shaker channel. In the latter, C-type inactivation gating is accelerated even when the mutant is present in a single subunit, which contrasts with the effect in V288A.

      We greatly appreciate the editor’s and reviewers’ thorough and constructive evaluation, and we have revised the manuscript accordingly.

      We added discussion with citation about the potential effect of V288A on selectivity (lines 348349). We also added the reported stoichiometric effects of mutations in Shaker and hERG1 channels on C-inactivation in discussion (lines 336-351). From these studies and our findings with V288A in BK channels, it is interesting to note that the stoichiometric effects of these mutations varies and those located near or within selectivity filter signature exhibited an all-or-none effect in both hERG1 and BK channels.

      The authors might also want to consider performing and showing immunoblots with the alpha_deltaM fragment co-expressed with the other channel fragments. Together with the GFP tag, this alpha_deltaM would perhaps be a ~90 kDa protein. It should be captured by anti-V5 IP and resolved on an SDS-PAGE gel (at least with the quad construct).

      We added supplemental data (Fig.1 – figure supplement 1) to show co-expression and co-IP of the α<sup>ΔM</sup>-GFP construct and a FLAG-tagged α<sub>M</sub> construct. The α<sup>ΔM</sup>-GFP displayed right size on SDS-PAGE. It is of note that the single unit α<sub>M</sub> construct tended to oligomerize even under denatured condition on SDS-PAGE.

      For Figure 4, providing details about the inter-pulse intervals and interpulse holding voltage would be helpful. I was not able to find this information in the methods or text.

      The inter-pulse intervals and holder voltage are now added in Fig. 4 legend (line 638).

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Submitted papers should have page numbers to facilitate reviewing.

      Both page and line numbers are added.

      (2) The designation of the various channel types, such as BKα and BKαM should be identical in the text and figures, so either drop BK in the text or add BK in the figures. Maybe drop BK in the text, as it is known that BK channels are the topic of this study.

      We appreciate the suggestion to be consistent in text and figures. We have dropped “BK” for “BKα<sub>M</sub>” throughout the text.

      (3) "Single Boltzmann fits of G-V curves" would be consistent with a homogenous channel population but do not necessarily suggest a single homogenous channel population of BK channels, as was shown by Geng et al. (2023) (https://doi.org/10.1085/jgp.202213302) where the G-V curve for simultaneous expression of five BK channel types with different V1/2s for each channel type was well approximated by a single Boltzmann function. The dogma that a single Boltzmann fit suggests one channel type needs to be reset. So wave a red flag here: whereas a single Boltzmann fit is consistent with a single channel type, it does not establish a single channel type nor even suggest a single channel type.

      We fully agree that a good Single Boltzmann fit doesn’t mean homogenous channel population. We have changed “suggesting” to “consistent with” (line 203) and “reflecting” to “agreeing with” (line 205).

      (4) Geng et al. (2023) demonstrated that the pore mutation G375R in BK channels gave a left shift in activation linearly related to the number of WT subunits replaced with mutant subunits. This should incremental shift in activation for G375R should be mentioned, as it is consistent with the incremental effects of the L312A deep pore mutation on activation as reported by the authors in their Figure 3D.

      We appreciate the pointing-out of this highly relevant publication. We have now included this reference and discussed together with L312A mutation (lines 309-313).

      (5) I went back and looked at the Lingle laboratory papers on the gamma subunit. An additional sentence or two on what the Lingle lab found and didn't find would be useful here for readers.

      In the Introduction, we have listed the Lingle lab’s findings and the limitations of their experimental methods that warrants the development of a concatenated construct method as proposed in this study (lines 84-88). We prefer to not discuss further in the Discussion as it will be redundant.

      (6) For the two examined mutations L312A and V288A, include in the Methods a 21 amino acid sequence for each mutation with the amino acid to be mutated (L or V) in the center, with beginning and end numbering at the beginning and end of each list. This will allow the reader/experimenter to readily locate the mutated residue on their BK amino acid sequences, which may have different numbering than U11058. Interestingly, for the so-called canonical sequence Q12791 · KCMA1_HUMAN that I found in UniProt starting with U11058, there is an L312, but I found no V288, but an F288. Am I doing this correctly? Do I have the correct sequence/isoform? The only sure way to identify an AA is with an extensive pre and post-sequence so that the chance of misidentification approaches zero.

      We verified that the listed Gene Bank IDs of U11058 for cDNA and AAB65837 for protein should point to the right sequences. In the section of Results, we have now included the peptide sequences of the selectivity filter signature motif and part of the S6 TM where V288 and L312A are located, respectively (lines 179 and 220).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The different stoichiometry of the gamma subunit and the mutations in regulating channel function raise important questions. For instance, what are the structural and energetic bases for their different stoichiometric requirements? Does the structure motif, such as the selectivity filter or deep pore, act as a unit? Or does a specific residue, such as V288 or L312, act individually to determine the different stoichiometric requirements? What molecular interactions are involved for these residues and subunit to influence the cooperativity among the four alpha subunits in channel function? Some of these questions are discussed in the manuscript, but it may help the readers to clarify what aspects of the mechanistic bases for the findings in this manuscript are known and what aspects remain to be studied.

      We agree that these are all important questions. We have now cited more previous studies on C-inactivation in other K<sup>+</sup> channels and on deep pore mutations in BK channels in terms of subunit stoichiometry (lines 336-351). The results appear to be consistent, suggesting shared properties among residues within the selectivity filter motif or among residues in deep pore region.

      Some minor comments are as follows.

      (1) Page 7, 2nd paragraph: "Page 2B" change to "Page 3B"? Also, "delay in deactivation" is not precise. The term "Delay" in channel kinetics has a specific meaning, and the use of this word here causes some confusion. The authors may want to delete "substantial delay in deactivation evident as a”.

      Corrected by changing Fig. 2B to Fig. 3B and deleting “a substantial delay in deactivation evident as” (line 191).

      (2) Page 9, 1st paragraph: "used in the voltage protocol used". Drop one of the instances of used".

      Corrected by deleting the first “used” (line 246).

      (3) Page 12, 1st paragraph: "Nonetheless, the tight inter-subunit cooperativity observed at the selectivity filter makes it a plausible candidate for serving as the activation gate, a property not yet demonstrated for the lower S6 segment." This seems to be an interesting idea. However, it is not clearly explained. The authors may want to clarify how the cooperativity is related to the activation gate.

      We have now added a sentence with citations to discuss the requirement of intersubunit cooperativity for an activation gate to function (lines 354-357).

      Other major changes: We updated immunoblot figures Fig1C and Fig2C for better presentation.

    1. État des Lieux de la Protection de l'Enfance en France : Analyse d'un Système en Crise

      Résumé Exécutif

      Le système de protection de l'enfance en France, géré par l'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE), traverse une crise profonde caractérisée par des manquements structurels graves.

      Malgré une mission de protection, l'institution est aujourd'hui qualifiée de "maltraitante" par les professionnels du secteur.

      Les défaillances majeures incluent l'inexécution chronique des décisions de justice, un manque criant de places d'accueil menant à des placements indignes ou instables, et une rupture brutale de l'accompagnement lors du passage à l'âge adulte.

      Les conséquences sont alarmantes : traumatismes aggravés chez les mineurs, épuisement des travailleurs sociaux et une précarité extrême pour les anciens enfants placés, dont un quart grossit les rangs des sans-abri en France.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. L'Inexécution des Décisions de Justice : Un Vide Institutionnel

      L'une des défaillances les plus critiques réside dans l'incapacité de l'État et des départements à mettre en œuvre les mesures de protection ordonnées par les magistrats.

      Statistiques alarmantes : En 2023, au moins 3 300 décisions de justice concernant la protection de l'enfance n'ont pas été exécutées par l'ASE.

      À Nantes, une juge pour enfants estime qu'une trentaine de jugements sont en permanence laissés sans suite.

      Sentiment d'impuissance judiciaire : Les juges constatent que des mineurs, bien que déclarés officiellement "à protéger", restent en danger ou dans des situations précaires pendant des mois, voire des années, faute de places disponibles.

      Conséquence sociale : Cette défaillance génère une "violence institutionnelle" et une défiance profonde des jeunes envers un système censé les protéger, augmentant le risque de rupture avec les normes sociales à l'âge adulte.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Défaillances du Système d'Accueil et Maltraitance Institutionnelle

      Le manque de moyens et de places conduit à des conditions de placement qui, au lieu de protéger l'enfant, aggravent son traumatisme.

      Des structures inadaptées et dangereuses

      Les témoignages révèlent des situations de placement indignes :

      Réseaux clandestins : Des enfants ont été placés dans des réseaux de familles d'accueil sans agrément (exemple de la Creuse), où ils ont subi des violences multiples et du travail dissimulé.

      Conditions de vie précaires : Certains mineurs sont logés dans des caravanes non aménagées, sans accès aux sanitaires la nuit, et privés de scolarité ou de contact avec leur famille.

      Instabilité chronique : Un exemple cité illustre un enfant de 4 ans ayant connu 13 lieux de placement en 5 mois (entre octobre 2023 et mars 2024).

      La gestion de l'urgence au détriment du soin

      Séparation des fratries : Faute de structures adaptées, les frères et sœurs sont régulièrement séparés, malgré l'obligation théorique de maintenir leurs liens.

      Manque de suivi : Les référents ASE sont souvent absents ou surchargés, laissant les jeunes sans interlocuteur en cas de maltraitance au sein même du lieu de placement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Impact Psychologique sur les Mineurs et Santé Mentale

      L'institution, par ses carences, devient elle-même une source de pathologie pour les enfants confiés.

      | Type d'impact | Manifestations observées | | --- | --- | | Troubles du comportement | Violence auto-infligée, destruction de matériel, perte de confiance en soi. | | Régressions physiologiques | Apparition de troubles de l'énurésie (pipi au lit) et de l'encoprésie chez des enfants qui n'en souffraient pas avant leur placement. | | Troubles de l'attachement | Conséquence directe du "ballotage" incessant entre différents lieux d'accueil. | | Risques vitaux | Suicides de mineurs et décès dans des structures inadaptées (hôtels). |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Une Crise des Professionnels et des Familles d'Accueil

      Le personnel de la protection de l'enfance et les familles d'accueil font état d'un épuisement professionnel généralisé.

      Surcharge administrative et manque de reconnaissance : Les familles d'accueil dénoncent une augmentation constante des responsabilités et des tâches administratives sans revalorisation salariale ni formation adéquate pour gérer des enfants lourdement traumatisés.

      Droit au répit inexistant : Bien que prévu par la loi de 2022, le droit au répit pour les familles d'accueil n'est pas obligatoire, ce qui permet aux départements de ne pas l'appliquer.

      Souffrance éthique : Les éducateurs spécialisés et assistants sociaux se sentent complices d'un système qui "abîme" les enfants au lieu de les réparer.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. La Rupture Critique du Passage à l'Âge Adulte

      Le système de protection de l'enfance semble s'arrêter brutalement à la majorité ou à 21 ans, précipitant de nombreux jeunes dans la précarité.

      Statistiques et Réalités de Sortie

      SDF : Un sans-abri sur quatre né en France est un ancien enfant placé.

      Échec scolaire : 70 % des jeunes issus de l'ASE quittent le système sans aucun diplôme.

      L'angoisse des 21 ans : Malgré la loi prévoyant un accompagnement pour les jeunes majeurs, beaucoup sont expulsés de leurs foyers le jour même de leurs 21 ans, sans solution de logement ni ressources.

      Obstacles à l'insertion

      Les jeunes sortants de l'ASE font face à un cumul de difficultés :

      1. Absence de filet de sécurité : Contrairement aux autres jeunes qui bénéficient du soutien parental ("papa et maman derrière"), les anciens placés n'ont aucun droit à l'erreur ou à la réorientation.

      2. Priorité à la survie : La nécessité de trouver un toit et de quoi manger empêche souvent toute projection vers des études supérieures ou une construction identitaire sereine.

      3. Manque de repères : Le sentiment d'être "jeté à la rue" par l'institution renforce le traumatisme initial et l'instabilité émotionnelle.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion

      Le constat dressé par les acteurs de terrain est sans appel : la protection de l'enfance en France est "à terre".

      Ce n'est pas un manque de savoir-faire qui est pointé du doigt, mais un manque de volonté politique et de moyens financiers faisant de la protection des mineurs une priorité secondaire.

      Le système actuel produit, dans de nombreux cas, l'inverse de l'effet recherché, transformant des enfants victimes en adultes précarisés et en rupture avec la société.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The manuscript by Ma et al. provides robust and novel evidence that the noctuid moth Spodoptera frugiperda (Fall Armyworm) possesses a complex compass mechanism for seasonal migration that integrates visual horizon cues with Earth's magnetic field (likely its horizontal component). This is an important and timely study: apart from the Bogong moth, no other nocturnal Lepidoptera has yet been shown to rely on such a dual-compass system. The research therefore expands our understanding of magnetic orientation in insects with both theoretical (evolution and sensory biology) and applied (agricultural pest management, a new model of magnetoreception) significance.

      The study uses state-of-the-art methods and presents convincing behavioural evidence for a multimodal compass. It also establishes the Fall Armyworm as a tractable new insect model for exploring the sensory mechanisms of magnetoreception, given the experimental challenges of working with migratory birds. Overall, the experiments are well designed, the analyses are appropriate, and the conclusions are generally well supported by the data.

      Strengths

      • Novelty and significance: First strong demonstration of a magnetic-visual compass in a globally relevant migratory moth species, extending previous findings from the Bogong moth and opening new research avenues in comparative magnetoreception.

      • Methodological robustness: Use of validated and sophisticated behavioural paradigms and magnetic manipulations consistent with best practices in the field. The use of 5 min bins to study a dynamic nature of magnetic compass which is anchored to a visual cue but updated with latency of several minutes is an important finding and a new methodological aspect in insect orientation studies.

      • Clarity of experimental logic: The cue-conflict and visual cue manipulations are conceptually sound and capable of addressing clear mechanistic questions.

      • Ecological and applied relevance: Results have implications for understanding migration in an invasive agricultural pest with expanding global range.

      • Potential model system: Provides a new, experimentally accessible species for dissecting the sensory and neural bases of magnetic orientation.

      Weaknesses

      Overall, this is a strong study, and the authors have completed an excellent major revision that has undoubtedly addressed most major and minor issues. The remaining points below are minor recommendations, and I acknowledge that differences in opinion are always possible:

      (1) Structure and Presentation of Results

      • I recommend reordering the visual-cue experiments to progress from simpler conditions (no cues) to more complex ones (cue-conflict). This would improve narrative logic and accessibility for non-specialist readers. The authors have chosen not to implement this suggestion, which I respect, but my recommendation stands.

      (2) Ecological Interpretation

      • The authors should expand their discussion on how the highly simplified, static cue setup translates to natural migratory conditions, where landmarks are dynamic, transient, or absent. Specifically, further consideration is needed on how the compass might function when landmarks shift position, become obscured, or are replaced by celestial cues. Additionally, the discussion would benefit from a more consolidated section with concrete suggestions for future experiments involving transient, multiple, or more naturalistic visual cues.

      This point was addressed partially in one paragraph of the Discussion, which reads as follows:

      "In nature, they are likely to encounter a range of luminance-gradient visual cues, including relatively stable celestial cues as well as transient or shifting local features encountered en route. Although such natural cues differ from our simplified laboratory stimulus, they may represent intermittently sampled visual inputs that can be optimally integrated with magnetic information, with the congruency between visual and magnetic cues likely playing a key role in maintaining a stable compass response. Whether the cues are static or changing, brief periods without them may still allow the subsequent recovery of a stable long-distance orientation strategy. Determining which types of natural visual cues support the magnetic-visual compass, and how they interact with magnetic information, including how their momentary alignment or angular relationship is integrated and how such visual cue-magnetic field interactions may require time to influence orientation, together with elucidating the genetic and ecological bases of multimodal orientation, will be important objectives for future research."

      While this paragraph is informative, the wording remains lengthy, somewhat unclear, and vague. Shorter, clearer statements would improve readability and impact. For example:

      • How could moths maintain direction during periods when only the magnetic field is present and visual landmarks are absent?

      • Could celestial cues (e.g., stars) compensate, and what happens if these are also obscured?

      • What role does saliency play when multiple visual landmarks are present simultaneously?

      • How might a complex skyline without salient landmarks affect orientation?

      Including simple, concise sentences that pose concrete open questions and suggest experimental designs would strengthen the discussion without creating space issues. In my view, a comprehensive discussion of how the simplified, static cue setup relates to natural migratory conditions-where landmarks are dynamic, transient, or absent-would add significant value to the paper.

      (3) Methodological Details and Reproducibility

      • The lack of luminance level measurements should be explicitly highlighted.

      • The authors chose not to adjust figure legends by replacing "magnetic South" with "magnetic North." While I believe this would be more conventional and preferable, this is ultimately a minor stylistic issue.

      (4) Conceptual Framing and Discussion

      • Although the authors made a good attempt to explain the limitations of using an artificial visual cue, I believe there is room for a more explicit argument. For example, it could be stated clearly that this species is unlikely to encounter a situation in nature where a single, highly salient landmark coincides with its migratory direction. Therefore, how these findings translate to real migratory contexts remains an open question. A sentence or two making this point directly would strengthen the discussion.

      (5) Technical and Open-Science Points

      • Sharing the R code openly (e.g., via GitHub) should be seriously considered. The code does not need to be perfectly formatted, but making it available would be highly beneficial from an open-science perspective.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The manuscript by Ma et al. provides robust and novel evidence that the noctuid moth Spodoptera frugiperda (Fall Armyworm) possesses a complex compass mechanism for seasonal migration that integrates visual horizon cues with Earth's magnetic field (likely its horizontal component). This is an important and timely study: apart from the Bogong moth, no other nocturnal Lepidoptera has yet been shown to rely on such a dual-compass system. The research therefore expands our understanding of magnetic orientation in insects with both theoretical (evolution and sensory biology) and applied (agricultural pest management, a new model of magnetoreception) significance.

      The study uses state-of-the-art methods and presents convincing behavioural evidence for a multimodal compass. It also establishes the Fall Armyworm as a tractable new insect model for exploring the sensory mechanisms of magnetoreception, given the experimental challenges of working with migratory birds. Overall, the experiments are well-designed, the analyses are appropriate, and the conclusions are generally well supported by the data.

      Strengths

      (1) Novelty and significance: First strong demonstration of a magnetic-visual compass in a globally relevant migratory moth species, extending previous findings from the Bogong moth and opening new research avenues in comparative magnetoreception.

      (2) Methodological robustness: Use of validated and sophisticated behavioural paradigms and magnetic manipulations consistent with best practices in the field. The use of 5-minute bins to study the dynamic nature of the magnetic compass which is anchored to a visual cue but updated with a latency of several minutes, is an important finding and a new methodological aspect in insect orientation studies.

      (3) Clarity of experimental logic: The cue-conflict and visual cue manipulations are conceptually sound and capable of addressing clear mechanistic questions.

      (4) Ecological and applied relevance: Results have implications for understanding migration in an invasive agricultural pest with an expanding global range.

      (5) Potential model system: Provides a new, experimentally accessible species for dissecting the sensory and neural bases of magnetic orientation.

      Weaknesses

      While the study is strong overall, several recommendations should be addressed to improve clarity, contextualisation, and reproducibility:

      We thank Reviewer #1 for the positive and encouraging evaluation of our study. We appreciate the recognition of our work’s strengths and are grateful for the constructive feedback on the remaining weaknesses, which will guide and strengthen our revisions.

      Structure and presentation of results

      Requires reordering the visual-cue experiments to move from simpler (no cues) to more complex (cue-conflict) conditions, improving narrative logic and accessibility for non-specialists.

      Thank you for this thoughtful suggestion. While we appreciate the rationale for presenting results from simpler to more complex conditions, we kept the original sequence because it aligns with the logic of our study. Our initial aim was to determine whether fall armyworms use a magnetic compass integrated with visual cues, as shown in the Bogong moth. After establishing this phenotype, we then examined whether visual cues are required for maintaining magnetic orientation. We have also clarified in the Introduction that magnetic orientation in the Bogong moth relies on integration with visual cues, which provides readers with clearer context and improves the overall narrative flow.

      Ecological interpretation

      (a) The authors should discuss how their highly simplified, static cue setup translates to natural migratory conditions where landmarks are dynamic, transient or absent.

      Thank you for raising this important point. We agree that natural migratory environments provide visual information that is often dynamic, transient, or intermittently absent, in contrast to the simplified and static cue used in our indoor experiments. Our intention in using a minimal, static cue was to isolate and test the fundamental presence of magnetic–visual integration in fall armyworms under fully controlled conditions.To address the reviewer’s concern, we have added a brief note in the Discussion indicating that fall armyworms may encounter both static and dynamic luminance-based visual cues in nature, such as light–dark gradients created by terrain features or more stable celestial patterns. Although these natural cues differ from our simplified laboratory stimulus, they may similarly provide asymmetric visual structure that can be integrated with magnetic information. We also note that determining which natural visual cues support the magnetic–visual compass will be an important direction for future work.

      (b) Further consideration is required regarding how the compass might function when landmarks shift position, are obscured, or are replaced by celestial cues. Also, more consolidated (one section) and concrete suggestions for future experiments are needed, with transient, multiple, or more naturalistic visual cues to address this.

      Thank you for this constructive suggestion. We appreciate the reviewer’s point that additional consideration of how the compass might function under shifting, obscured, or celestial visual cues would strengthen the manuscript. Given the limited evidence currently available for this species, we have incorporated a concise and appropriately cautious discussion addressing these possibilities.

      Methodological details and reproducibility

      (a) It would be better to move critical information (e.g., electromagnetic noise measurements) from the supplementary material into the main Methods.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have added the key electromagnetic noise measurements information to the main Methods section.

      (b) Specifying luminance levels and spectral composition at the moth's eye is required for all visual treatments.

      Thank you for this helpful comment. We have clarified in the Methods as well as the legend of Fig. S3 that both luminance levels and spectral composition were measured at the position corresponding to the moth’s head.

      (c) Details are needed on the sex ratio/reproductive status of tested moths, and a map of the experimental site and migratory routes (spring vs. fall) should be included.

      Thanks. We have added the reproductive status of the tested moths in the Methods, specifying that all individuals used were unmated 2-day-old adults.

      (d) Expanding on activity-level analyses is required, replacing "fatigue" with "reduced flight activity," and clarifying if such analyses were performed.

      Thank you for this comment. In this context, the term “fatigue” referred to the possibility that moths might gradually lose motivation or attention to orient when flying for an extended period in a simplified, artificial environment with limited sensory cues. Such a decrease in orientation motivation over time could, in theory, lead to a loss of individual orientation and consequently to the observed loss of group orientation. To test this possibility, we analyzed the orientation performance of each individual moth across different phases using the Rayleigh test. The r-value was used as a measure of individual directedness (higher r-values indicate stronger orientation). Our results showed that mean r-values did not differ significantly among the experimental phases (multiple comparisons, Table S2). This indicates that 25min measurement itself was not responsible for the loss of orientation. We did not perform a quantitative activity-level analysis in this study. However, as mentioned in Methods, flight activity was continuously monitored during the experiments by observing fluctuations in the pointer values on the experimental software, which corresponded to the moth’s rotational movements. If the pointer values remained unchanged for more than 10 seconds, the experimenter checked for wing vibrations by sound; if the moth had stopped flying, gentle tapping on the arena wall was used to stimulate renewed flight. Only individuals that maintained active flight throughout the experiment, with fewer than four instances of wingbeat cessation, were included in the analysis. We also mentioned that activity level analysis was not performed due to technical difficulties in the revised manuscript.

      Figures and data presentation

      (a) The font sizes on circular plots should be increased; compass labels (magnetic North), sample sizes, and p-values should be included.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. Regarding the compass labels and statistical reporting, our analysis provides significance levels as ranges rather than exact p-values; therefore, we clarified in the figure legends that the two dashed circles correspond to thresholds for statistical significance p = 0.05 and p = 0.01, respectively. Sample sizes are already indicated within each panel. To avoid visual clutter caused by displaying both magnetic North and South, we show only the magnetic South direction (mS) consistently across panels, which can improve readability.

      (b) More clarity is required on what "no visual cue" conditions entail, and schematics or photos should be provided.

      Thank you for this comment. In our study, the “no visual cue” condition refers to the absence of the black triangular landmark inside the flight simulator. To improve clarity, we have updated the legend of Fig. 4 to explicitly state this and have referred readers to the schematic in Fig. 1, which illustrates the structure of the flight simulator. These additions clarify what the “no visual cue” condition entails without requiring additional schematics.

      (c) The figure legends should be adjusted for readability and consistency (e.g., replace "magnetic South" with magnetic North, and for box plots better to use asterisks for significance, report confidence intervals).

      Thank you. Regarding the choice of compass labeling, we intentionally used magnetic South (mS) rather than magnetic North (mN) because the main population tested in our experiments represents the autumn migratory generation. During autumn, fall armyworms orient southward when visual and magnetic cues are aligned. Using magnetic South in the plots therefore provides a clearer representation of cue alignment in this season and avoids potential confusion when interpreting the combined visual–magnetic information.

      Conceptual framing and discussion

      (a) Generalisations across species should be toned down, given the small number of systems tested by overlapping author groups.

      Thank you for this valuable comment. In the revised manuscript, we have softened such statements in both abstract and maintext.

      (b) It requires highlighting that, unlike some vertebrates, moths require both magnetic and visual cues for orientation.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have added a sentence to the Discussion explicitly highlighting that, unlike some vertebrates capable of using magnetic information in the absence of visual cues, moths require the integration of both magnetic and visual cues for accurate orientation. This clarification emphasizes the distinct multimodal nature of compass use in migratory moths.

      (c) It should be emphasised that this study addresses direction finding rather than full navigation.

      Thank you for this important clarification. We have now made it explicit in the manuscript that our experiments address direction finding (i.e., orientation) rather than full navigation. This distinction is stated in both the Introduction and Discussion to clearly define the scope of the study.

      (d) Future Directions should be integrated and consolidated into one coherent subsection proposing realistic next steps (e.g., more complex visual environments, temporal adaptation to cue-field relationships).

      Thank you for this constructive suggestion. We agree that outlining realistic next steps is valuable. However, given the limited scope of the current data, we have only slightly expanded the existing forward-looking statements in the Discussion.

      (e) The limitations should be better discussed, due to the artificiality of the visual cue earlier in the Discussion.

      Thank you for this comment. We agree that the artificiality of the visual cue is an important limitation of the present study. Rather than extending speculative discussion, we have clarified this limitation in the revised Discussion and highlighted the key questions that future work must address.

      Technical and open-science points

      Appropriate circular statistics should be used instead of t-tests for angular data shown in the supplementary material.

      Thank you for this comment. We have addressed this point (Fig. S1) in the revised supplementary material.

      Details should be provided on light intensities, power supplies, and improvements to the apparatus.

      Thank you. Light intensities are reported as spectral irradiance measurements in Supplementary Materials, which provide full wavelength-resolved information for the illumination used, although a separate measurement of total illuminance (lux) was not performed. We have also added the requested information on the power supplies.

      The derivation of individual r-values should be clarified.

      Thanks. We have clarified in the revised manuscript.

      Share R code openly (e.g., GitHub).

      Thanks. We are in the process of organizing the relevant R code, but have not been able to upload it to GitHub before the current revision deadline. The code is available from the corresponding author upon request.\

      Some highly relevant - yet missing - recent and relevant citations should be added, and some less relevant ones removed..

      Thanks. We added one recent relevant reference to the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work provided experimental evidence on how geomagnetic and visual cues are integrated, and visual cues are indispensable for magnetic orientation in the nocturnal fall armyworm.

      Strengths:

      Although it has been demonstrated previously that the Australian Bogon moth could integrate global stellar cues with the geomagnetic field for long-distance navigation, the study presented in this manuscript is still fundamentally important to the field of magnetoreception and sensory biology. It clearly shows that the integration of geomagnetic and visual cues may represent a conserved navigational mechanism broadly employed across migratory insects. I find the research very important, and the results are presented very well.

      We thank Reviewer #2 for the positive and encouraging evaluation of our study. We appreciate the recognition of our work’s strengths.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors developed an indoor experimental system to study the influence of magnetic fields and visual cues on insect orientation, which is certainly a valuable approach for this field. However, the ecological relevance of the visual cue may be limited or unclear based on the current version. The visual cues were provided "by a black isosceles triangle (10 cm high, 10 cm 513 base) made from black wallpaper and fixed to the horizon at the bottom of the arena". It is difficult to conceive how such a stimulus (intended to represent a landmark like a mountain) could provide directional information for LONG-DISTANCE navigation in nocturnal fall armyworms, particularly given that these insects would have no prior memory of this specific landmark. It might be a good idea to make a more detailed explanation of this question.

      We appreciate the constructive feedback on the weaknesses, which will guide and strengthen our revisions. To address the reviewer’s concern, we have added a brief note in the Discussion indicating that fall armyworms may encounter both static and dynamic luminance-based visual cues in nature, such as light–dark gradients created by terrain features or more stable celestial patterns. Although such natural cues differ from our simplified laboratory stimulus, they may represent intermittently sampled visual inputs that can be optimally integrated with magnetic information, whether the cues are static or changing, and brief periods without them may still allow the subsequent recovery of a stable long-distance orientation strategy.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major to Medium Suggestions

      (a) Reordering of Visual Cue Tests

      The manuscript currently presents cue-conflict experiments before the simpler "no visual cue" tests. For non-specialist readers, it would be more logical to start with the basic condition (no visual cues) and then move to progressively more complex ones. This provides a clearer and more logically sound narrative.

      For example, the results could first demonstrate that without visual cues, the moths fail to orient (both in darkness and uniform light), and then show that introducing a single salient cue (a triangle on the horizon) restores directed behaviour. This would help readers understand the logic of the progression and should be better integrated throughout the Results and Discussion.

      Thanks. We have responded this comment in Public Reviews.

      (b) Translating Key Findings to Realistic Scenarios (LL 333-344 or where suitable in Discussion, and mentioning that we utilised a reductionist principle first in Intro, but clearly articulated that it is very simplified)

      The main text (eg Discussion) should address how these findings translate to real-world conditions. The experimental design used a single, highly salient, and static cue, always aligned with the migratory direction. In nature, such a consistent landmark is unlikely-mountains or other features would shift position relative to the moth's trajectory as it flies.

      Key questions arise which need to be addressed:

      - How would the compass system adapt to changing landmark positions as the moth moves?

      - What happens when no landmarks are visible (e.g. over flat plains or cloudy nights)?

      - Would stellar or other cues take over in such cases? Your hypotheses, please.

      Addressing these points - and proposing specific future experiments (e.g. with transient or multiple visual cues)-would strengthen the ecological relevance of the findings and show a clear way forward.

      Thanks for your kind comments. We now explicitly state in the Introduction that our study employs a reductionist approach using a simplified visual environment to isolate magnetic-visual interactions. As the ecological questions raised by the reviewer cannot be addressed with the current dataset, we avoid extended speculation but have added brief clarification in the Discussion and addressed these points in the Public Reviews response. We also indicate that future work will need to examine the types of visual cues that can support magnetic orientation and how such cues couple with geomagnetic information.

      Technical and Methodological Points

      (a) Incomplete Methods Section

      Critical technical information (e.g. electromagnetic noise measurements) currently appears only in supplementary figure legends. All such details should be included in the main Methods section if the word count allows (or include a short section in the main text with reference to more details in the supplementary material).

      Thanks for your kind comments. We have addressed this as suggested in the Public Reviews.

      (b) Lighting Conditions

      Specify luminance levels (the amount of light emitted and passing through in quanta per unit of surface, eg m2) at the moth's eye and indicate whether spectral composition was consistent between treatments (with and without the visual cue).

      Thanks for your comments. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      (c) Figures

      - Increase font sizes on circular histograms.

      - Add compass labels (ideally magnetic North, mN, not south, etc, as it is usual in pertinent literature), sample sizes, and p-values on each panel.

      - Replace "magnetic South" (mS) indicators with magnetic North (mN) to align with convention.

      Thanks for your comments. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      (d) Migratory Expectations

      Include expected compass bearings for spring and autumn migrations (with citations) to relevant figures (Figure 2, 4, S2).

      Thanks for your comments. We have added the information that “We recently found that fall armyworms from the year-round range in Southwest China (Yunnan) exhibit seasonally appropriate migratory headings when flown outdoors in virtual flight simulators, heading northward in the spring and southward in the fall, and this seasonal reversal is controlled by photoperiod (Chen et al., 2023).” in Introduction. Thus, we didn’t offer expected seasonal compass bearings in Results section.

      (e) Add a map showing the experimental site and known migratory routes, clearly labelling spring vs fall routes. It would help justify expected headings.

      Thank you for this suggestion. At present, there are no experimentally validated migratory routes (e.g., through mark-release-recapture or tracking approaches) for the specific fall armyworm population used in our study. Because these routes have not been biologically confirmed, we didn’t offer a presumed migratory map that may imply unwarranted certainty.

      (f) Composition of Test Groups

      Indicate sex ratios and reproductive status (mated/unmated) of tested moths, if known or comment if unknown, as both can affect migratory motivation and behaviour.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      (g) Role and Nature of Visual Cues

      While the results clearly show that orientation disappears without visual cues, the triangle cue is highly artificial. Well-studied Bogong moths are known to rely on views of Australian mountain ranges during their nocturnal migrations, but there is no evidence that armyworms use a similar strategy. Even for bogongs, it is not just one salient mountain always in front of them on migration. Discuss whether Fall Armyworm would encounter comparable natural cues in the field along their migratory route, or whether the triangle might simply provide a frame of reference rather than a true landmark.

      Thank you for this comments. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      (h) Future work could test:

      - More naturalistic sky cues (moonlight, star fields).

      - Varying the landmark's position relative to the magnetic field - slowly moving along - transient landmarks. Also, less salient landmarks and a more complex skyline, as it is usually more complex than just a single salient peak.

      Thank you for this comments. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews. Brief discussion as suggested has been added to the revised manuscript.

      Minor Comments and Line-by-Line Suggestions

      L70 - Check citation (possibly Mouritsen 2018). Missing in the list of references.

      Thanks. This point has been addressed.

      L75 - Consider citing the new and highly relevant preprint:

      Pakhomov, A., Shapoval, A., Shapoval, N., & Kishkinev, D. (2025). Not All Butterflies Are Monarchs: Compass Systems in the Red Admiral (Vanessa atalanta). bioRxiv.

      Thanks. We have cited this reference.

      LL81-82 - Clarify vague phrasing; specify criteria for "good" vs "poor" orientation ability. Or reword/leave out.

      Thanks for your comments.

      L85 - "but one," not "bar one." 

      Thanks. Corrected.

      L124 - The 2 genetic citations are weakly linked to magnetoreception. We do not have a clear understanding of the insect magnetoreceptor and its underlying mechanism, so we simply cannot interpret genetic associations very well to underpin them to magnetoreception. For example, does noctuid's magnetic sense require a magnetised-based receptor and genes involved in biomineralization? Consider removing or softening claims. 

      Thanks. Adressed.

      LL123-126 - Define what for YOU constitutes "strong evidence" for magnetoreception (e.g. adaptive directional behaviour consistent with migratory orientation?). Is there such a thing as strong evidence at all?

      Thanks for your comments. We agree that terms such as “confirmed” or “strong evidence” can overstate the certainty of magnetoreception findings, given the ongoing debates in the field. In the revised manuscript, we have toned down.

      L153 - Indicate whether coils in NMF condition were powered or inactive.

      Thanks for your comments. Addressed.

      L163 - Justify use of multiple 5-min phases (e.g. temporal resolution of behaviour). It is confusing at the start, where first mentioned, and becomes clearer only towards the end, but it should be clearer at the start.

      Thanks for your comments. The assay was divided into these 5-min segments to provide the temporal resolution needed to detect changes in flight orientation as the relative alignment of magnetic and visual cues was systematically altered. We now clarify this earlier in the Results.

      LL167-171 - This is a good place where you can provide a map (main or supplementary with referencing) showing the study site and migration routes.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      L174 - Avoid repetition of "expected."

      Thanks. Addressed.

      LL176-177 - Report 95% confidence intervals or equivalent and clarify which test (e.g. Moore's paired test) each p-value refers to.

      Thanks for your suggestion.

      LL189-191 - explain what fatigue means. I would remove fatigue and substitute it with "lowered flight activity". Also, the same statement comes later, so avoid repetitiveness and remove it in one place. The analysis of directedness is good throughout, but what about the analysis of activity level? Could you explain whether you did it or not, and if not, why, or if angular changes can serve as an activity proxy? Replace "fatigue" with "reduced flight activity." Avoid repetition. Clarify if activity level analysis was performed or if it was not, e.g. due to technical difficulties.

      Thanks for your comments. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      L196 - Note whether 95% CI overlaps with the expected direction. This is a crucial outcome.

      Thanks for your comments.

      LL203-205 - unclear, better to stick to "congruency", especially "initial congruency for the relationship between mN and visual cue" throughout.

      Thanks for your suggestions.

      L206 - Better to introduce a new subheading: "Laboratory-Reared Animals.".

      Thanks for your suggestion. A new subheading has been added in the revised manuscript.

      LL207-208 - Clarify which cues were available in Chen et al. (2023) and how they differ here.

      Thanks for your comments. In Chen et al. (2023), the moths oriented under an artificial starry sky together with optic flow cues. In contrast, our experiments intentionally removed both the starry-sky pattern and optic flow to avoid introducing additional visual information when testing magnetic-visual integration for orientation. We have added further clarification regarding the conditions used in Chen et al. (2023) in the revised manuscript.

      L228 - Use "lab-reared" consistently throughout the entire MS. Do not mix with lab-raised.

      Thanks. Addressed by consistently using “lab-raised”.

      Figure 2 - Confusing in parts, especially for people coming from birds and other vertebrates orientation background. At 12 o'clock, you usually expect either mN / gN (magnetic or geographic North) or the animal's own initial directional response used as control to compare the same animal's direction post-treatment. Here, your 6 o'clock is magnetic South in the first place - non-conventional. At 12 o'clock, better use mN or gN. Avoid using non-conventional references such as magnetic south. Remind readers of seasonally appropriate headings and refer to the map.

      Thanks. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      LL232-234 - Emphasize that cue-magnetic congruency is key. Highlight the most important point that the congruency between the seasonal migratory direction and visual cues is key, not that in spring/fall, visual cues must be towards or opposite to the migratory goal. But the visual cue could be in the migratory direction or opposite, or at an angle - this is for future direction.

      Thanks. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      Figure 2 and associated main text - highlight that you only tested the designs when in all seasons the salient and single visual cue was in the migratory direction (in spring it coincided with mN but in fall it was towards the magnetic south). Other directions of visual cues have not been tested, but for simplicity and consistency, you chose to do these ones as the first step, perhaps.

      Thank you for this insightful comment. Yes, our experiments tested only the conditions in which the salient and single visual cue was aligned with the migratory direction. Other angular relationships between visual cues and the magnetic field were not examined in this study. For simplicity and consistency, we focused on this alignment as a first step toward understanding magnetic-visual cue integration in migratory orientation. We now highlight this in the Fig. 2 legend.

      Figures captures/legends - hard to tell from the main text now, better to italicize figure caption text and visually space them from the main text.

      Thanks for your suggestions.

      LL 250-251 - mention to people more familiar with r - lowercase - what is the expected range for R uppercase. It is not bound 0-1 as r. Could it be negative? How large can it be?

      Thanks. Thanks for the comment. After revisiting Moore (1980) we think that R* cannot take negative values. However, since R* = R*/N^ (3/2), it is not bounded between 0 and 1. We didn’t find any concept of an upper bound in the paper (https://doi.org/10.2307/2335330).

      Figure 3 - Consider adding a horizontal line indicating the 5% significance threshold.

      Thanks for your suggestions.

      L 261 - need to have some narrative after the subheading before you insert Figure 3.

      Thanks. Addreseed.

      LL274-275 - highlight that the timeline of this congruency between mN and a landmark and the effect of this on directedness is not explored here, but worth doing in future. How long does a new congruency or a relationship between mN and a visual cue need to be exposed to the animal to regain its directional response? Clearly, it is just a question of time of exposure so that a new association is established. Suggest future work on time-dependent adaptation to new cue-field relationships.

      Thanks for your suggestion. We have now included this point as a future direction in the revised Discussion.

      Figure 4 & S4 - Replace letters with asterisks/brackets for significance. The use of the letter is confusing and unconventional.

      Thanks for your suggestion.

      Figure 4 caption - Clarify the main takeaway.

      Thanks for your suggestion.

      Figure 4 - bare minimum is confusing. I understand that you wanted to avoid "no visual cues" because, as long as the animal sees things, there are things to be used as visual cues, even if this is not the intention of the experimenter. However, it needs clarification and rewording. Better to be more specific, like "no black triangle and horizon were used, just the uniformly white cylinder", or something like that.

      Thanks for your comments. In our setup it accurately describes the intentional removal of both the black triangle and the horizon, leaving only the uniformly white cylinder as the visual environment. This wording was chosen to reflect the practical limitations of producing a perfectly symmetrical flight simulator under laboratory conditions, and we therefore prefer to retain the original phrasing.

      L328 - Remove Xu et al. (2021) citation (not relevant). This is an in vitro study with a protein which may not work exactly as it is claimed in the paper in vivo.

      Thanks. Citation removed.

      L349-350 - Clarify what "no visual cue" means (e.g., uniformly white cylinder, no horizon line). Include a photo or a schematic of the inner surface of the cylinder for this condition in the Supplementary Materials.

      Thanks. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      L380 & throughout - Replace "barely minimum visual cues" (BMVC) with "no visual cues", clarifying limitations in Methods, meaning that you can explain that absolutely no visual cues is practically impossible because, as long as there is light, animals can use some asymmetries as cues even if this is not the intention of the experimenter.

      Thank you for this comment. We have decided to retain the term “barely minimum visual cues (BMVC)” because it accurately describes our experimental condition, which is distinct from a true “no visual cues” environment. In the revised Figure legend, we now clarify that BMVC refers to conditions in which obvious visual cues (i.e., features such as the black triangle in Fig. 1) were removed, while acknowledging that complete elimination of all visual information is not possible under illuminated conditions.

      L396 - Be cautious when generalizing from two species tested by a research group that is not absolutely independent (some authors in bogong and armyworm works overlap). We saw examples in diurnal migratory butterflies (Monarchs), a more studied species than the armyworm, that the findings do not entirely translate to Red Admirals (Pakhomov et al. 2025 preprint mentioned). Suggestion to tone down any claims of broad generalisation throughout the manuscript.

      Thank you for this comment. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      LL402-407 - Note that, unlike birds (e.g. European robins), moths appear to require both magnetic and visual cues for orientation, whereas birds, mole rats and some other animals can use magnetic cues alone.

      Thank you for this comment. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      L410 - Specify that this is correct only in the Northern Hemisphere.

      Thank you for this comment. Addressed.

      LL415-416 - Acknowledge artificiality of single-cue setup (see the major comments above); integrate earlier in the Discussion.

      Thank you for this comment. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      LL420-425 - Consolidate Future Directions into a single subsection; include more concrete experimental ideas, for example, using more naturalistic, numerous transient landmarks (could be done in a virtual maze with LEDs on the wall of the cylinder with cues moving with time). Multiple visual cues. Manipulating with salience of cues - less simplistic, less salient.

      Thank you for this comment. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      L431 - Does this paper support this statement? I think it just tested the use of stellar cues in a zero magnetic field. It also dealt with direction finding, not navigation, which is a position-finding ability - a much more complex feat and might not be the ability of moths (requires further studies like with geographic and magnetic displacements, etc). Reword and check this. Show the distinction between direction finding and navigation.

      Thank you for this comment. We have reworded the relevant sentence to use “orientation” instead of “navigation”.

      L436-437 - Specify "global visual cues" (stellar, lunar, etc.) and merge all future directions into one coherent section.

      Thank you for this comment. Addressed.

      LL443-446 - A bit early to plan such studies because migratory direction could well be a complex multigenetic trait, so that you cannot approach it simply with the knock out of a single gene. The genetic basis of magnetic direction needs to be first demonstrated, which leads you to the Future Directions section.

      Thank you for this helpful comment. We fully agree that migratory direction is likely a complex multigenic trait, and our intention was not to imply that knocking out a single gene would be sufficient to explain magnetic or migratory orientation. Our statement aimed only to highlight that identifying candidate genes is an important first step toward understanding the genetic basis of magnetic orientation.

      Line 496 - Clarify whether optic flow was used (unlike previous studies).

      Thank you for pointing this out. Clarified.

      LL499-511 - Clarify the improvements done in Chen's system and their relevance.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We reworded this sentence “The Flash flight simulator system was developed based on the early design of the Mouritsen-Frost flight simulator and adapted for our experiments in Yuanjiang”.

      Line 531 - Report and compare light intensities between indoor and outdoor experiments.

      Thanks for this comment. Unfortunately, due to the sensitivity limits of our current equipment, we were unable to reliably measure outdoor light intensities at night. However, we did not perform any open-top outdoor flight-simulator experiments; instead, we used field-captured moths but conducted all behavioral tests indoors.

      L549 - Add make/model of power supplies.

      Thanks. Addressed.

      LL582-585 - Specify whether R code will be shared; recommend open access (e.g., GitHub, other open repositories). Reiterate the importance of open science and sharing all scripts. Also here, add citations to some studies where MMRT has been used recently.

      Thank you for this comment. We have responded to this point in the Public Reviews.

      Line 592 - Explain how individual r-values were derived from optical encoder data.

      Thank you for this comment. Addressed.

      L842-843 - t-tests are inappropriate for angular data; use circular tests (Watson-Williams, Mardia-Watson-Wheeler, etc.).

      Thank you for this comment. Addressed.

      L865 - Reword to avoid repetition of "fall." Example: "In field captured armyworms during fall migration".

      Thank you for this comment. Addressed.

      LL882-885 - Improve phrasing and language here. Confirming that - no colon after. "Both the acrylic plate and diffusion paper." Confirm relevance of spectra to moth visual sensitivity - add relevant citation to original studies showing that.

      Thank you for this comment. Addressed.

      L886 - Reword "uniform" - does not look uniform to me.

      Thank you for this comment. Addressed.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The first two sentences of the abstract ("The navigational mechanisms employed by nocturnal insect migrants remain to be elucidated in most species. Nocturnal insect migrants are often considered to use the Earth's geomagnetic field for navigation, yet the underlying mechanisms of magnetoreception in insects remain elusive") are somewhat redundant. The authors may consider rewriting them.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have rewritten this opening to provide a more concise and non-repetitive introduction.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Laaker et al. investigate the immunological role of the cribriform plate during neuroinflammation using the EAE model. The authors combine immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry, and single-cell RNA sequencing to characterize CD11b+CD11c+ myeloid cells that accumulate at podoplanin (PDPN)-rich meningeal-lymphatic niches surrounding olfactory nerve bundles. They identified distinct populations of migratory dendritic cells (DCs) and macrophages retained at the cribriform plate that exhibit transcriptional signatures consistent with immune tolerance, reduced interferon signaling, and programmed cell death, including Pdcd1 (PD-1) expression. In parallel, CCR2+ monocytes and alternatively activated (M2-like) Arg1+/CHI3L3+ macrophages integrate into this niche, suggesting the establishment of a locally immunosuppressive myeloid network.

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, the study postulates a novel model in which the cribriform plate functions as a specialized perineural immune interface that reshapes myeloid phenotypes during neuroinflammation.

      (2) Suggests broader relevance for shaping peripheral immunity and therapeutic targeting. If DCs are being "tuned" at this exit site, it could influence what reaches cervical lymph nodes and how peripheral responses are set during CNS autoimmunity; the authors explicitly position this as relevant to CNS autoimmunity and possibly other CNS diseases (while acknowledging the need for human validation).

      (3) Technical sound and highly original work. Convergent multi-method support: the central narrative is backed by immunohistochemistry + flow cytometry + scRNA-seq, rather than a single assay. The headline conclusion (tolerogenic/suppressive skew at the cribriform plate during EAE) is explicitly built from these combined modalities.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In Figure 1, the manuscript would be strengthened by quantification of CSF1R-GFP+ and CD11c-eYFP+ cells in PDPN+LYVE1- versus PDPN+LYVE1+ regions in both control and EAE mice. This would demonstrate selective accumulation or retention of myeloid cells at the cribiform plate niche.

      (2) While the PostContact-seq strategy is innovative (Figure 3), additional justification is needed to demonstrate that tissue dissociation did not artificially disrupt PDPN-myeloid contacts. The relatively small proportion of live PDPN-rich doublets (~2.5% total aggregates and ~18% PDPN+ within total aggregates) raises questions about representativeness compared with in situ observations. The authors should also more explicitly elaborate on why PostContact-seq was favored over alternative approaches such as PIC-seq.

      (3) The authors stated that results regarding cell-cell interactions were integrated across four intercellular communication methodologies (Figure 4B), but this integration is not clearly described in either the Results or Method sections. This needs clarification. Moreover, the interaction analysis in Figure 4B seems to rely on TALKIEN, which does not incorporate prior ligand-receptor knowledge. Given the availability of widely used tools, such as CellChat and NicheNet, the authors may consider cross-referencing their findings.

      (4) Given the increase in CCR2+ cells in PDPN+ regions (Figure S4), a pseudotime trajectory analysis may be valuable to test whether CCR2+ monocytes preferentially differentiate into CHI3L3+ immunosuppressive macrophages, PD-1+ DCs, or other myeloid subsets in post-contact versus no contact.

      (5) Validation of immunosuppressive signatures in macrophages (Fig. 4G-H) using the same FACS-based post-contact versus no-contact sorting strategy (as in Figure 3A) would strengthen the conclusions.

      (6) The identity of CD45IV+ cells in contact with PDPN+ cells is unclear (Figure 6B-C). The authors should provide a gating strategy demonstrating that these cells are CD11b+CD11c+ DCs within the PDPN+ doublet population, and ideally show whether these dying cells are PD-1+. Furthermore, co-labeling in tissue sections for PD-1, cleaved caspase-3, and CD11c-eYP would provide important spatial validation of flow cytometry findings (Figure 6E).

      (7) In Figures 1F-H, the authors should comment on the morphological differences of CD11c+ cells in the olfactory bulb versus those infiltrating the cribriform plate.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Aging poses a significant challenge to the regenerative capacity of oligodendrocyte precursor cells (OPCs) to differentiate and myelinate neuronal axons. Myelin abnormalities accumulate with age, and it is likely that the ability of OPCs to differentiate into myelinating oligodendrocytes becomes progressively impaired during aging, leading to inefficient turnover of damaged myelin and oligodendrocytes, as well as reduced adaptive myelination. Understanding the molecular mechanisms underlying the compromised capacity of aged OPCs is therefore critical for addressing age-related white matter decline.

      This study aims to decipher the intrinsic molecular changes that occur in aged OPCs. By profiling differentially expressed transcription factors (TFs) between young and aged OPCs, and by employing a novel bioinformatic tool to identify key TFs that undergo dynamic changes across distinct stages of OPC differentiation, the authors identify Bcl11a as a potential regulator. Bcl11a is highly expressed in young OPCs but markedly reduced in aged cells. Functional experiments further demonstrate that while Bcl11a does not affect OPC proliferation, it significantly promotes the differentiation of aged OPCs. Importantly, this effect is also observed in vivo following demyelinating injury in aged mice.

      While the study provides compelling evidence that BCL11A represents a limiting factor for OPC differentiation during ageing, the downstream targets and molecular mechanisms through which BCL11A exerts its effects are not directly addressed. As such, the work should be interpreted primarily as identifying a key regulatory node rather than a fully defined molecular pathway.

      Overall, this study offers valuable insights into the age-related loss of regenerative capacity in the central nervous system and introduces a computational framework that may be broadly useful for investigating dynamic gene regulation in other biological contexts.

      Major Points:

      (1) MACS mouse anti-A2B5 microbeads are not OPC-specific and may also label astrocyte precursor cells or immature astrocytes. How do the authors justify this caveat? Could some of the claimed "OPC-specific" switch genes in fact be enriched in astrocyte lineage cells?

      (2) Overall, Figures 1 and 2 are not very informative in terms of biological insight. The authors should provide more detail in the main figures regarding the enriched gene sets associated with each of the Type 1-4 switch categories. For example, summarizing the top Gene Ontology terms for each switch type would greatly enhance interpretability.

      (3) A similar issue applies to Figure 3. The authors should explicitly specify the transcription factors in the main figure, particularly the 27 TFs identified through the ENCODE/ReMap2 analysis.

      (4) Have the authors validated Bcl11a expression across different CNS cell types and between young and aged conditions using independent methods such as qPCR, immunofluorescence, or western blotting?

      (5) Regarding OPC aging, an open question is whether the reduced differentiation capacity of aged OPCs is an intrinsic property of the cells themselves or whether it results from prolonged exposure to an aging environment that induces non-cell-autonomous epigenetic or genetic changes, thereby rendering OPCs less efficient at differentiating. It would be helpful if the authors could expand on this point in the Discussion, with reference to relevant previous studies and experimental evidence.

      (6) Do the authors observe a change in the number or density of OPCs between young and aged mice?

      (7) The in vivo characterization of Bcl11a overexpression using the AAV-based approach appears incomplete. Do aged mice overexpressing Bcl11a in Sox10⁺ cells exhibit reduced age-related myelin degeneration under baseline conditions? In the LPC model, do the authors observe differences in lesion size and/or remyelination efficiency?

      (8) Are the authors presenting gSWITCH for the first time in this manuscript? Given that the gSWITCH framework is novel and central to the study, its conceptual contribution could be emphasized more strongly. A brief comparison with existing trajectory- or pattern-based methods-ideally in the main text around Figure 1-would help readers better appreciate its novelty.

      (9) The evolutionary analysis also appears somewhat disconnected from the rest of the study. Could the authors leverage available public datasets to test whether a similar Bcl11a expression trajectory is observed in human oligodendrocyte lineage cells?

    1. Briefing : L'Impact du Choix et de l'Individualisme dans l'Éducation Moderne

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les interventions du professeur Daniel Marcelli, pédopsychiatre, lors du 43ème Rendez-vous de la CAF de la Vienne.

      L'analyse porte sur la transformation radicale des modèles éducatifs depuis la fin du XXe siècle, marquée par le passage d'une éducation basée sur l'autorité verticale à une éducation centrée sur l'autonomie et le choix de l'enfant.

      Le point central est que l'excès de choix ("le trop") nuit au développement de l'enfant en le transformant en "esclave de la tyrannie de son propre désir".

      Si les enfants d'aujourd'hui sont plus épanouis et moins inhibés que ceux des générations précédentes, ils font face à de nouvelles pathologies liées à l'instabilité, à l'immédiateté et à l'individualisme.

      Le professeur Marcelli préconise une "pédagogie du choix encadré" et une réhabilitation de la frustration nécessaire pour permettre à l'enfant de maîtriser ses désirs et de s'intégrer socialement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La Mutation des Paradigmes Éducatifs

      L'éducation a connu un pivotement soudain entre 1975 et le début du XXIe siècle.

      Ce basculement repose sur deux piliers majeurs : la découverte des compétences du nouveau-né et le changement de statut social de l'individu.

      De l'enfant-nourrisson à l'enfant-compétent

      Auparavant, le nourrisson était perçu comme un être immature et vulnérable à qui il fallait apporter ce qui lui manquait.

      Depuis les années 70, les sciences ont démontré qu'un bébé possède des compétences précoces (vision à 20 cm, reconnaissance de l'odeur maternelle, etc.).

      Conséquence : L'éducation ne consiste plus à imposer des principes, mais à stimuler le potentiel de l'enfant.

      La "Parentalité" : Ce concept moderne inverse l'autorité.

      Ce ne sont plus les parents qui ont autorité par leur statut, mais les besoins de l'enfant qui font autorité sur les compétences des parents.

      Comparaison des principes éducatifs

      | Principes Traditionnels (Avant 1975) | Principes Modernes (Aujourd'hui) | | --- | --- | | L'interdit (Menace physique ou morale) | L'exhortation ("Montre-moi ce que tu sais faire") | | La menace (Peur de l'abandon, du loup) | La séduction / Chantage affectif ("Dis-moi que tu m'aimes") | | L'hétéronomie (Agir sous le commandement) | L'autonomie (Agir par soi-même) | | La prescription ("C'est comme ça") | Le choix ("Qu'est-ce que tu veux ?") |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le Piège du Choix et la Tyrannie du Désir

      Le passage du statut de "sujet" (soumis à une autorité verticale) à celui d'"individu" (autonome et maître de ses lois) s'applique désormais à l'enfant dès sa naissance.

      L'illusion de la souveraineté

      Donner systématiquement le choix à un jeune enfant (nourriture, vêtements, activités) lui donne l'illusion que son désir domine le monde.

      Le paradoxe de l'insatisfaction : Plus un enfant a le choix, moins il semble heureux.

      L'obtention immédiate de l'objet du désir déçoit, car le désir se nourrit de l'attente.

      Exemple de la "petite Zoé" : Une enfant à qui l'on demande sans cesse son avis devient instable et "caractérielle" car elle est encombrée par des responsabilités décisionnelles disproportionnées pour son âge.

      Narcissisme vs Lien Objectal

      L'éducation moderne privilégie le rapport à soi (narcissisme) au détriment du rapport aux autres (plan objectal).

      Le mantra de l'individu : "Mon corps m'appartient, ma pensée m'appartient."

      Le risque : L'absence de réciprocité. L'enfant peine à comprendre que sa liberté s'arrête là où commence celle d'autrui.

      Il confond ce qui est légitime (son désir personnel) avec ce qui est légal (ce qui est autorisé en société).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Évolution des Pathologies Infantiles

      Le changement de modèle éducatif a fait disparaître certaines souffrances mais en a créé de nouvelles.

      Pathologies en régression :

      ◦ Le bégaiement (lié à la honte et à la répression de la parole).  

      ◦ L'inhibition motrice et la crainte des adultes ("enfants empotés").

      Pathologies en progression :

      ◦ Le TDAH (Trouble Déficit de l'Attention avec Hyperactivité) : enfants en dispersion, incapables de concentration ou d'attente.  

      ◦ Les troubles du spectre autistique (dans leurs formes étendues) : difficultés à prendre l'autre en considération.   

      ◦ L'agitation et l'exhibition : enfants qui ne supportent aucune limite et "grimpent aux rideaux".

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Recommandations Pratiques et Pédagogiques

      Pour éviter le "trop de choix", le professeur Marcelli propose plusieurs axes de régulation.

      La pédagogie du choix encadré

      Le choix n'est pas un caractère inné mais un apprentissage culturel.

      Limiter la fréquence : Ne pas demander l'avis de l'enfant 40 fois par jour. Proposer un choix réel mais limité (ex: une fois par semaine pour le menu).

      Encadrer les options : Au lieu de demander "Qu'est-ce que tu veux ?", proposer deux ou trois options présélectionnées par l'adulte ("On met un manteau, tu choisis lequel entre ces deux-là").

      Réhabiliter la frustration

      La frustration a une fonction psychique vitale : apprendre à supporter la souffrance d'un désir non satisfait immédiatement.

      L'attente : Savoir attendre (un cadeau, un repas) permet de construire la pensée et de ne pas rester esclave de l'immédiateté.

      Le détournement : Face à un refus, il est préférable de valider l'émotion de l'enfant ("Je comprends que tu sois triste") tout en détournant son attention vers une autre activité.

      Usage raisonné des écrans

      L'écran n'est pas diabolique en soi, mais sa puissance de captation est problématique car elle suspend la pensée.

      Le rôle de l'adulte : L'écran doit être utilisé comme un livre.

      L'adulte doit être à côté, suspendre l'image, questionner l'enfant sur ce qu'il voit pour lui permettre de "mettre en pensée" les stimuli visuels.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. L'Adolescence et les Conflits Familiaux

      Le besoin de différenciation

      À l'adolescence, "exister" signifie "sortir de sa place" (du latin ex-sistere).

      L'opposition systématique : L'adolescent est souvent obligé de dire "non" ou "c'est nul" à ses parents, même s'il apprécie l'activité, pour prouver que sa pensée n'est pas formatée par la leur.

      Conseil aux parents : Ne pas chercher à convaincre l'adolescent lors d'une discussion, mais simplement énoncer ses propres arguments et accepter de perdre l'emprise.

      Séparation et garde alternée

      Le professeur souligne l'importance pour les parents séparés de faire le deuil du "parent imaginaire" (l'idée que l'autre devrait se comporter selon nos propres critères).

      Adaptabilité : Un mode de garde (comme la garde alternée) qui convient à 5 ans peut devenir insupportable à 14 ans quand l'adolescent privilégie ses pairs et un lieu de vie unique.

      Les arrangements devraient être réévalués régulièrement en fonction de l'âge.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Analyse de la Pratique Médicale

      Le professeur Marcelli s'oppose à la tendance actuelle de réduire le psychisme au seul cerveau (neuropsychiatrie pure).

      Le cerveau social : 80 % de notre cerveau est destiné à comprendre l'autre.

      Le psychisme se structure dans le lien aux autres.

      Limites du diagnostic biologique : Si des médicaments (comme la Ritaline pour le TDAH) peuvent aider à apaiser des phases aiguës, ils ne "guérissent" pas.

      Le soin véritable reste relationnel (psychothérapie, orthophonie, etc.).

      Complexité vs Simplicité : L'éducation est devenue complexe, mais cette complexité est ce qui stimule l'intelligence des parents et des enfants.

      Le pire danger reste l'application de dogmes idéologiques au détriment de l'adaptation réelle à l'enfant.

    1. Table 42.1 Tips for Skimming Books and Articles Tips for Skimming Books Tips for Skimming Articles 1. Read the dust jacket and table of contents for a broad overview of the topics covered. 1. Skim the introduction and conclusion for summary material. 2. Use the index to locate more specific topics and see how thoroughly they are covered. 2. Skim through subheadings and text features such as sidebars. 3. Flip through the book and look for subtitles or key terms that correspond to your research. 3. Look for keywords related to your topic. 4. Journal articles often begin with an abstract or summary of the contents. Read it to determine the article’s relevance to your research.

      This is summative useful as it would make me not waste my time and would be an easy progress to follow. It would also help in future research.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Ruby Ponnudurai

      Scientific Editor

      Review Commons

      February 16th, 2026

      Dear Dr. Ponnudurai,

      Please see below for a detailed response to reviewers for manuscript #RC-2025-03108: "Short chain fatty acids regulate the chromatin landscape and distinct gene expression changes in human colorectal cancer cells".

      __Authors' Summary: __We thank all the reviewers for the constructive and immensely helpful reviews of our manuscript. We have revised the manuscript addressing the reviewers' comments, which we feel has substantially strengthened our paper. Please see below for our point-by-point responses to the comments, which are all indicated in blue text. All changes in the manuscript are also indicated in blue text.


      Reviewer #1 Evidence, reproducibility and clarity


      In this manuscript, Kabir et al. explore the impact of microbiota-derived short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) on chromatin structure and gene expression in human cells. They show that SCFAs, particularly butyrate, contribute to specific histone modifications such as butyrylation at H3K27, detectable in human colon tissue. Additional modifications like acetylation, butyrylation, and propionylation at H3K9 and H3K27 respond to SCFA levels and are enriched at active regulatory regions in colorectal cancer cells. Treatment with individual or combined SCFAs mimicking gut conditions alters gene expression patterns, with butyrate playing a dominant regulatory role. Butyrate's effects on gene expression are claimed to be independent of HDAC inhibition and instead rely on the p300/CBP complex through histone butyrylation. These findings underscore SCFAs as crucial modulators of epigenetic regulation in the human colon and highlight butyrate's dominant role in shaping chromatin and gene regulation beyond its known metabolic functions.

      The authors used two human cell lines and an in vivo murine model paired with RNA and ChIP sequencing approaches to identify target genes and chromatin modifications in response to SCFAs.

      While the findings are interesting and could provide important insights into the epigenetic influence of SCFAs in human cells, the study would benefit from additional experiments to strengthen the conclusions. Comments and suggestions are listed below:

      Response: We sincerely thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and constructive comments. In addition, we appreciate the recognition of the potential impact of our findings. We have addressed all comments below.

      1. Figure 1: The H3K27bu expression in human biopsies highlights the clinical significance of the current study. However, the authors need to provide more information on the human colon samples, e.g., how many total patients were analyzed, and what were the age and/or sex. Only the methods mention the use of benign TMA; this should also be clarified in the figure legends. It would also be helpful to show histone butyrylation levels in normal vs. cancer human tissues.

      Response: We completely agree that analysis of additional patient samples is important. In light of this comment, we have expanded our analysis of human colon samples. In the original manuscript, we showed IF images from patient intestinal sections. Patient demographic information (age and sex) is now included in the figure legend. While we analyzed two patients by IF, we realized that images from only one patient are shown. We also felt it was important to add additional rigor to our patient analysis. Therefore, we have incorporated additional patient samples and performed H3K27bu staining using IHC across normal and colon cancer sections obtained from 40 different patients. This is now included as Supplemental Figure 1. In addition, we have included information about age, sex, staging, and grading in Supplemental Figure 1C. Interestingly, we observed that adenocarcinoma patients have significantly decreased levels of H3K27bu compared to normal colon or normal adjacent tissues (Supplemental Figure 1B). We speculate that this may be due to alterations with the microbiota composition and dysbiosis associated with colorectal cancer (PMIDs: 26515465, 25758642, 25699023). Very interestingly, this is in contrast to reports of elevated H3K27ac in colon cancer samples (PMID: 24994966). We are excited to explore this further, and this is something we plan to follow-up on in future studies.

      1. Figure 1: In addition, given that the butyrate level descends towards the base of the colonic crypt (with the highest at the top of the crypt where mature intestinal epithelial cells reside) (Kaiko et al., 2016), it is important to show how the H3K27bu signature is distributed along the crypt. This data would further emphasize the clinical relevance of this study, given that most colorectal cancers (CRCs) arise from stem and progenitor cells.

      Response: We agree that this is an important question and recognize the elegant study by Kaiko et al. However, our human samples are obtained from commercially available tissue microarrays and the sectioning is not consistent across samples, resulting in a minimal amount of samples that we could analyze for staining patterns from crypt to villi (please see Supplemental Figure 1A for example sections). This unfortunately prevents us from completing rigorous image analysis. In future studies, we plan to perform this analysis after we obtain an IRB protocol that will allow us to answer this question in the most rigorous way possible.

      Throughout the manuscript: The rationale for selecting the two CRC cell lines (HCT 116 and Caco2) should be explained. While commonly used, providing background on their genetic differences (e.g., driver mutations) is important, as this could greatly influence the PTM landscape.

      Response: We chose to use both HCT-116 and Caco-2 cancer cell lines throughout our studies, since as noted these cells are the most commonly used lines in the literature. In addition, having consistent results across distinct genetic backgrounds strengthens our results: using both cell lines tells us whether observed PTM patterns are conserved across genetically diverse CRC contexts, as HCT-116 is characterized by mutations in KRAS and PIK3CA, while Caco-2 has mutations in APC and TP53 (PMIDs: 17088437, 24755471, and 16418264). We have added this information into the text in lines 106-107.

      The study lacks additional controls, such as a normal colon epithelial cell line and a non-colonic cell type. Including these would help determine whether the observed butyrate effects are tissue- or disease-specific. This data would also help assess whether SCFA effects, and specifically butyrate's effects, on histone acylation and gene expression are systemic or local.

      Response: Thank you for this insightful comment. We have now included additional data using normal colon cells in the form of mouse colon organoids and a distinct non-intestinal cell line, the embryonic kidney cell line HEK 293T. Importantly, we observe similar changes to chromatin after treatments with different SCFAs in both colon organoids and HEK 293T cells as shown in the cancer cell lines (Figure 1E, 1F). Interestingly, we also observe that the colon cancer cell lines have visible signal of histone butyrylation without treatment, while we only observe these modifications in HEK 293T cells following treatment.

      As for understanding systemic vs. local effects of butyrate on chromatin, we additionally treated cells with different concentrations reflecting the intestinal lumen or serum concentrations of SCFAs: 5 mM and 5 µM, respectively. While the concentrations of SCFAs can vary across individuals, we felt that these numbers reflected differences in intestinal vs. serum levels based on the literature (summarized in PMID: 27259147). Importantly, we observe that only the 5 mM SCFA treatment reflecting levels in the intestinal lumen results in induction of histone acetylation and butyrylation, while the 5 µM treatment reflecting serum SCFA levels failed to induce increased levels of these histone modifications (Figure 1F).

      Together, this data suggests that the response on chromatin to SCFAs is more universal at high concentrations. However, based on local vs. systemic concentrations throughout the body, we expect that responses on chromatin will largely be restricted to the intestine or in other areas or conditions where high concentrations of metabolites are localized.

      Figure 2: The authors show ChIP-seq results in the HCT 116 cell line. To exclude the possibility that the demonstrated chromatin signatures are cell line-specific, results from Caco2 should also be shown. In addition, the 2D environment and multiple passaging alter gene expression in cell lines; using human colonic organoids would provide a more clinically and physiologically relevant model.

      Response: We have now added Cut&Run analysis for the histone acyl marks of interest in Caco-2 cells, which is a technique analogous to ChIP to map genomic localization. Please see now Figure 2C-D. Importantly, we observe very similar localization of these histone modifications across the different cell lines. We also agree that the question of how 2D vs. 3D environment may impact localization of these modifications is important. In organoids, ChIP-seq and Cut&Run are technically difficult. In addition, we feel that using human organoids is currently beyond the scope of our manuscript. However, we previously characterized H3K27bu and H3K27ac occupancy from primary epithelial cells isolated from the mouse intestine (PMID: 38413806). Importantly, in this study we observed similar genomic enrichment of H3K27bu and H3K27ac. This suggests that the general patterns of localization of these modifications across species and across cells isolated from both 2D vs. 3D systems are similar.

      Figure 4 is very confusing. Entinostat itself, as an HDAC inhibitor (iHDAC), increases butyrylation. The data shown are insufficient to draw conclusions. First, the authors should use additional iHDACs, and second, they should illustrate the overlap in gene expression changes between all treatments using a Venn diagram to clarify which genes/signatures are specific to each treatment.

      Response: We agree that testing additional iHDACs is important. We have now included an additional iHDACs (Tucidinostat) in our studies to make more widespread conclusions beyond the activity of Entinostat. We have performed additional treatments, demonstrating that all iHDACS tested increase both histone butyrylation and acetylation (Supplemental Figure 8A-B). We also have performed qPCR for candidate differential genes and demonstrated that expression changes following our treatments with Tucidinostat phenocopy changes observed with Entinostat (Figure 5F). These dynamic gene changes show examples of genes that are responsive to butyrate treatment and p300/CBP inhibition, yet differ from other iHDAC treatment. As requested, we have additionally added a Euler plot to Figure 4 depicting the overlap between treatments in this figure (Figure 5C).

      Figure 4: The authors use an HDAC inhibitor to rule out butyrate's effect on gene expression via HDAC inhibition. However, butyrate can also modulate gene expression through activation of GPR109a. Using GPR109a antagonists is necessary to address this possibility. These data are essential to validate the specific role of histone butyrylation in gene regulation.

      Response: We thank you for this comment and completely agree that butyrate can act through multiple mechanisms, including activation of GPR109a. However, it has previously been demonstrated that this receptor is silenced via DNA methylation in human colon cancer samples and colon cancer cell lines, including HCT-116 (PMID: 19276343). Supporting this notion, we observed very low expression levels of this receptor in our HCT-116 cells (please note the very low TPM values), with minimal differences in response to butyrate treatment (Supplemental Figure 6E, included below). We have additionally included gene expression data for two other potential GPCRs activated by butyrate or other SCFAS (FFAR2 and FFAR3), and also observe very low expression of these genes. Therefore, we concluded that the butyrate effects on gene expression independent of HDAC inhibition in our data are not likely to be dependent on GPR109A or FFAR2/3 signaling.


      New ____Supplemental Figure 6E____: mRNA expression of GPCR genes that are known SCFA targets. Levels of mRNA expression (transcript per million, TPM) as assayed by RNA-seq of GPR109A (official gene name HCAR2), FFAR2, and FFAR3 in HCT-116 cells. Expression levels related to Figure 3. Statistical significance was determined using ANOVA adjusting for multiple comparisons with p

      Supplementary Figure 4 and manuscript: There is no in vivo methods section describing the tributyrin-gavaged mice. The authors should clarify how the experiment was performed, how cells were isolated, whether sorting was performed, and which markers were used.

      Response: We apologize for this confusion. The in vivo data is from previously published work that is publicly available (PMID: 38413806). We analyzed data from mice that were gavaged with tributyrin, where non-sorted IECs were analyzed for RNA-seq. We have clarified this and have added this information in the figure legend (now Supplemental Figure 6).

      Supplementary Figure 4: The GO analysis results show that lipid catabolism is among the top differentially enriched pathways. Butyrate is a known PPARγ agonist (Litvak et al., 2018), and activation of PPARγ is known to drive expression of genes involved in lipid metabolism. The authors need to rule out this function of butyrate before attributing this signature solely to histone butyrylation.

      Response: We appreciate this point and have performed additional analysis to identify whether canonical PPARγ target genes are enriched or not in our data. Additionally, we recognize that our data may reflect the combined effects of both PPARγ activation and histone butyrylation. In Supplemental Figure 6 (Supplemental Figure 4 in the previous version), we especially acknowledge that the differential genes changing may be due to varied mechanisms of butyrate action. Therefore, to address this comment, we performed additional analysis on data related to Figure 5 (previously Figure 4), where we have additional treatments including using a p300/CBP inhibitor to identify potentially more chromatin related mechanisms of action.

      We have now extended our analysis of RNA-seq data related to Figure 5 to include gene ontology enrichment that is not dependent on clustering (Supplemental Figure 9A). While we do not observe PPARγ target genes as top enriched categories, we have also specifically tested the enrichment of PPARg-related MsigDb groups using publicly available datasets (Supplemental Figure 9B). Here, we observe some enrichment of different gene sets related to PPARγ activity across different tissue systems. Together, this new data suggests that some PPARg targets are enriched with our different cell treatments, including butyrate, but they are not the predominant gene categories that we observe changing.

      Most PPARg target genes have been identified in tissue systems beyond the gut, such as adipose tissue and immune cells. To specifically analyze genes in the intestine that are PPARg-dependent, we identified select genes in the literature (PMIDs: 29182565, 28798125, and 28798125). In PMID: 29182565, these genes include lipid transport (Cd36), lipolysis (Hsl, and Atgl), and various lipid metabolism pathways (Cact, Fasn, Mlycd, Dgat2, and Agpat9). In PMID: 28798125, these genes include HMOX1, PDK4, ANGPTL4, UCP2, AQP8, and PLIN2 as butyrate/ PPARg targets. PMID: 28798125 identified Nos2 as a butyrate and PPARg target. Their expression levels following butyrate and other treatments in Figure 5 (formerly Figure 4) are now included as Supplemental Figure 9C (also included below). Interestingly, these genes respond differently compared to the other iHDAC tested (Entinostat) and are only mildly impacted by p300/CBP inhibition (please see A485_Butyrate column vs. Butyrate alone). This suggests that the major impacts on this pathway are not through p300/CBP activity or histone butyrylation, but may be due to other mechanisms of butyrate action. We have also included additional discussion of butyrate and potential roles of PPARg signaling in lines 243-256.

      New Supplemental Figure 9C.

      It would be helpful to include a table of differentially abundant genes as a supplement to the heatmaps and GO analysis.

      Response: We are happy to include tables of differentially expressed genes from all our analysis as supplemental files. This is now included as Supplemental Table 1.

      Significance

      This study explores how microbiota-derived SCFAs, particularly butyrate, influence histone acylation and gene regulation. While the topic is relevant, the work lacks important controls (e.g., normal epithelial and non-colonic cells) and omits mechanistic validation (e.g., GPR109a signaling, PPARγ involvement). The rationale for cell line selection is unclear, and in vivo methods are insufficiently described.

      Audience: The study will mainly interest specialists in microbiota-chromatin interaction. Broader impact is limited by the narrow model scope and underdeveloped mechanistic insight.

      My Expertise:

      Cancer biology, in vivo models, microbiota-host interactions.

      Response: We sincerely thank the reviewer for their very helpful comments. We hope that the above point-by-point responses adequately addresses concerns regarding controls, mechanistic validation, and methods description. We really appreciate their note that the topic is relevant, yet we also feel that our work will have broader impacts due to the interdisciplinary nature of the research and the inclusion of additional model systems (intestinal organoids and additional cell lines) and mechanistic experiments.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      This study presents a novel finding that short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) produced by microbial metabolism regulate gene transcription in human colon cancer cells by modulating histone H3K9 and H3K27 butyrylation and propionylation, both of which are associated with an open chromatin state. The authors further reveal that the major effect of the SCFA mixture is driven by butyrate and identify p300/CBP-dependent, rather than HDAC inhibition-dependent, gene regulation by butyrate. Overall, this is a well-organized study that provides valuable insight into the role of metabolites in human cells.

      Response: Thank you for your positive review of our manuscript. We really appreciate the reviewer pointing out the novelty and organization of our study. Please see below for point-by-point responses to your comments.

      Major comments:

      1. In Figures 1C and 1D, why did the SCFA mixture not increase histone butyrylation or propionylation to the same level as single butyrate treatment? Response: Thank you for this question. We believe that this effect is observed due to differences in butyrate concentrations, as we aimed to keep the total concentration of SCFAs equal across all treatments at 5 mM. In the single treatment, butyrate is at 5 mM while in the mixtures, butyrate is at 1.67 mM (1:1:1) or 1 mM (3:1:1). In addition, in Figure 3A we included a 15 mM mixture for RNA-seq analysis, where butyrate and the other SCFAs are all at 5 mM concentrations. Since we observed highly similar patterns of gene expression with 15 mM or 5 mM final SCFA mixture concentrations, we did not include the 15 mM treatment in our other experiments.

      In Figure 3B, how does butyrate block the effects of acetate and propionate on transcription?

      Response: This is a great question, but we are not necessarily claiming that butyrate is blocking effects of acetate and propionate on transcription. For example, it is also possible that butyrate induces more gene expression changes compared to acetate or propionate, as the number of differentially expressed genes is greater in butyrate-treated cells (Response Table 1).

      Comparison vs. vehicle

      __Upregulated __

      (log2FC > 0)

      __Downregulated (log2FC

      __Upregulated __

      (log2FC > 1)

      __Downregulated (log2FC

      Acetate

      3160

      3518

      433

      352

      Propionate

      3402

      3854

      1304

      735

      Butyrate

      4600

      4539

      2082

      1727

      __Response Table1. Number of differentially expressed genes for each SCFA treatment group, related to Figure 3. __RNA-seq was performed on HCT-116 cells grown in DMEM and treated with 5 mM of single SCFAs for 6 hours. Differential genes were identified using DESeq2 Wald test and statistically significant genes were defined using a padj To fully understand mechanistic differences of butyrate vs. acetate or propionate, we would need to perform additional experiments that we feel are beyond the scope of this current manuscript. However, we speculate that several mechanisms could account for these differences: for example, different histone acylations could have differential impacts on chromatin structure, reader binding, or transcription factor recruitment. As for blocking effects, select longer acylations (butyrylation and crotonylation) have been demonstrated to have repressive effects in transcription or reader protein binding in specific cell contexts (example PMIDs: 27105113, 31676231, 37311463). These are important future studies for our group and will likely shed light on additional mechanistic insights of different histone acylation functions. We have highlighted some of these concepts in the discussion (lines 301-310):

      "We also observe that butyrate and propionate treatment have both overlapping and distinct effects on gene regulation (Figure 3, Supplemental Figure 4, Supplemental Figure 8D). Propionate appears to have more modest effects compared to butyrate, as it induces a smaller number of differential gene changes and these genes do not display enrichment in ATP and nucleotide metabolism categories. These differences in gene regulatory responses to the different SCFA treatments could be due to multiple mechanisms. For example, we speculate that there could be chromatin-independent functions through distinct alterations in metabolic or signaling pathways or chromatin-dependent mechanisms through potential distinct structural effects on chromatin or differences in reader protein binding."

      Which pathways are associated with acetate- and propionate-specific DEGs?

      Response: Thank you for this insightful question. We have performed gene ontology analysis for acetate and propionate DEGs. Interestingly, there is largely overlap between the different SCFA treatments (Supplemental Figure 4A). However, propionate treatment fails to enrich for select gene ontology categories that we observe in acetate treatment (Supplemental Figure 4B, __included below). For example, by gene set enrichment analysis, acetate enriches for gene categories related to nucleotide and ATP synthesis, while propionate does not. However, both acetate and propionate (and all SCFA treatments) are enriched in categories related to the ribosome and rRNA (__Supplemental Figure 4B-C). We have added this analysis to the manuscript as Supplemental Figure 4 and included additional discussion of this analysis in the text in lines 163-171 (included below), as well as additional speculation about differences between propionylation and butyrylation in lines 301-310 (included above).

      *"We further analyzed gene programs changing with different SCFA treatments. All SCFA treatments regulated largely overlapping gene programs including those related to RNA metabolism, ATP synthesis, and ribosome function (Supplemental Figure 4a). Since butyrate overlapped greatly with the combination SCFA treatment, we specifically analyzed acetate and propionate gene programs (Supplemental Figure 4b-c). Interestingly, propionate treatment failed to enrich for select gene ontology categories that we observe in other SCFA treatments. Specifically, propionate-dependent gene programs did not include those related to ATP and nucleotide metabolism, highlighting some differences in gene expression changes following different SCFA treatments." *

      • *

      New__ Supplemental Figure 4B.__

      Which genes are related to growth inhibition in butyrate-treated cells? Does the 1:1:1 SCFA mixture have a similar impact on cell growth as single butyrate treatment?

      Response: Butyrate has previously been shown to inhibit cell growth in colon cancer cells (PMIDs 9125124, 33017771, 38398853). These include differential regulation of key cell cycle regulators, such as p21 and Cyclin D1. We have included both GO term enrichment for the 1:1:1 SCFA mix and gene expression data for select cell cycle regulators in Supplemental Figure 7C-D (7D also included below). This demonstrates that both butyrate and the SCFA mixtures, and to a lesser extent propionate, differentially regulate key cell cycle genes including CDKN1C, CDK2, CDK4, WEE1, and RB1. We have additionally performed a GLO assay for the 1:1:1 SCFAs treatment to investigate its impact on growth inhibition, which is now included as Supplemental Figure 7B. Here, we observe that the 1:1:1 and 3:1:1 mixtures of SCFAs significantly decrease cell viability. However, this is not to the same extent as butyrate treatment alone. Together, this data suggest that butyrate reduces cell viability at least in part through altering key cell cycle genes. This effect is mimicked with the SCFA mixture treatments, but to a lesser extent compared to butyrate alone.

      New Supplemental Figure 7D.


      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      General assessment: This study clearly demonstrates the role of butyrate in gene regulation and elucidates its underlying regulatory mechanisms. However, it does not provide insight into how butyrate counteracts the effects of acetate and propionate, despite these metabolites often being detected together. In addition, it remains unclear which specific histone PTMs are associated with the distinct gene expression changes induced by different short-chain fatty acids. Lastly, the observation that histone butyrylation and propionylation correlate with active transcription is not novel.

      Advance: This study advances understanding of short-chain fatty acids in chromatin and gene regulation, highlighting butyrate's dominant role and its p300/CBP-dependent rather than HDAC inhibition-dependent mechanism.

      Audience: This work may attract significant interest in both the epigenetics and metabolism fields.

      My expertise: histone acetylation, HATs, transcriptional regulation, cancer.

      Response: We very much appreciate all of these thoughtful comments. We are thankful for the recognition that this story advances our understanding of SCFA function through chromatin and may be of significant interest to the epigenetics and metabolism fields. We hope that we have now provided additional insight into roles of propionate and acetate (Supplemental Figure 4). We also recognize that similar to other studies, we observe colocalization of the different histone marks and it is difficult to tease apart specific functions. We plan to further address this important question in future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary: The authors explore the effects of short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) acetate, propionate, and butyrate on chromatin and gene expression in human colon cancer cells. The authors first characterize the presence of histone propionylation and histone butyrylation in different colon cancer cell lines as a function of SCFA treatments. Then, they perform ChIP-seq to determine the genomic localization of these marks and observe that these marks are deposited on euchromatic regions similar to H3K4Me3 and to one another, consistent with previous reports. The authors then performed gene expression analysis to determine the contribution of the SCFAs. Interestingly, they observe that butyrate treatment alone mimicked the gene expression profile of an equimolar mixture of short-chain fatty acids treatment, at least in the tested cell lines. Finally, the authors designed an experiment to try to separate the functions of butyrate on gene expressions that are dependent on p300/CBP and are independent of the HDAC inhibition property. The following aspects of the paper need addressing-

      Response: We sincerely thank the reviewer for their very helpful and constructive comments. We appreciate the notes on interesting aspects of our study. We hope that we have addressed all concerns as described below.

      Major comments

      1. There is no confirmation of the validity of the results seen from ChIP-seq (Figure 2) and RNA-seq (Figure 3). The majority of the findings of the paper are derived from ChIP-seq and RNA-seq data, and hence, experiments validating such results need to be established. ChIP-qPCR for representative gene(s) with adequate controls needs to be performed for different acyl marks (H3K27bu, H3K27pr, H3K4Me3, H3K9pr, H3K9bu) to support the ChIP-seq results, and RT-qPCR for representative gene(s) for different treatment conditions (vehicle, acetate, propionate, butyrate, and 5 mM 1:1:1 mixture) for validating RNA-seq results. Response: We are happy to include validation by qPCR of our ChIP and RNA-seq results. The qPCR validation for Figure 3 is now included as Figure 3F and qPCR validation for ChIP-seq is included as Figure 4C. We have selected genes that are differentially expressed and also display occupancy of different histone acyl marks. In addition, we performed additional qPCR validation for our RNA-seq data related to Figure 5 (previously Figure 4), which is now included as Figure 5F-G. Lastly, we performed orthogonal analysis of ChIP using Cut&Run in Caco-2 cells, which is now included as Figure 2C-D. This further supports our findings with HCT-116 cells.

      The authors describe an interesting strategy to differentiate the different functions of butyrate (Figure 4). The authors propose that differential genes that change with p300/CBP inhibitor treatment, that are separate from HDAC inhibitor treatment, are potential genes that are a function of histone butrylation. An important control that is missing in this experiment is cells treatment with propionate. In their previous findings (Figure 1C-D), they note that both propionate and butyrate treatments elevate the levels of histone acetylation, propionylation, and butyrylation. But the HDAC inhibitory activity of propionate is not very well established, and performing experiments to prove it is are beyond the scope of this paper. Importantly, p300/CBP has been shown to catalyze histone propionylation with higher efficiency compared to histone butyrylation (PMID: 27820805, PMID: 29070843). Therefore, it would be ideal to include differentially expressed genes from propionate-treated cells in the analysis to rule out any discrepancy.

      Response: Thank you for this insightful comment. We agree that propionate also elevates histone butyrylation and may have important effects. We have therefore included our differentially expressed genes with propionate treatment from Figure 3 in our analysis related to HDAC inhibition: we have plotted these differentially expressed genes in a matched, ordered column to our clustering analysis in Figure 4 (now Figure 5) as Supplemental Figure 8D (also included below). This demonstrates that overall propionate has similar gene expression changes to butyrate, but the extent of these changes is less pronounced compared to butyrate. In addition, our qPCR validation analysis in Figure 3F demonstrates that propionate similarly regulates some differentially expressed genes affected by butyrate (such as PHOSPHO1 and HOXB9) but fails to differentially regulate other targets (such as CYSRT1). This suggests that propionate and butyrate have both overlapping and distinct targets, which is consistent with our global analyses in Figure 3A-D. Lastly, we now have included specific analysis of gene program changes related to propionate treatment (Supplemental Figure 4). Interestingly, there is largely overlap between the different SCFA treatments (Supplemental Figure 4A). However, propionate treatment fails to enrich for select gene ontology categories that we observe in other SCFA treatments (Supplemental Figure 4A-B). For example, by gene set enrichment analysis, other SCFA treatments enrich for gene categories related to nucleotide and ATP synthesis, while propionate does not. However, all SCFA treatments are enriched in categories related to the ribosome and rRNA (Supplemental Figure 4B-C). Together, this data suggests that propionate has largely similar effects to butyrate treatment in regulating gene expression programs with some distinct differences.

      New Supplemental Figure 8D.

      Along the same lines as comment #2, other possible "functions" of propionate and/or butyrate that could explain why treatment with them increase histone acetylation, propionylation, and butyrylation are not discussed. This work was not cited/discussed: PMID 34677127 despite being very closely related and relevant. Indeed, there seems to be some redundancy of efforts between that paper (2021) and this one even in terms of the specific experiments performed.

      Response: Thank you for this comment, and we sincerely apologize for our oversight in not citing this important work. We are very familiar with this paper, and this was an unfortunate accidental oversight. We have now cited it throughout the text in lines 51, 123, and 330. In addition, we expanded our discussion about how our single treatments of butyrate or propionate increase levels of multiple histone acyl marks including acetylation, butyrylation, and propionylation. We now include activation of p300 as a potential mechanism for this observation in lines 327-330: "This is consistent with the role of butyryl-CoA and propionyl-CoA functioning as activators of p300 acetyltransferase activity, where these molecules can directly stimulate p300 auto-acylation and acetylation activity on histones and other substrates12" Lastly, while we agree that many of our treatments are similar to this paper, we also feel that our downstream analysis is distinct, as we are focusing on genomic localization and gene expression changes, in addition to changes in levels of the histone marks themselves. We believe that this distinction lessens the redundancy between our papers and may be of interest to the chromatin field.

      An analysis for correlations between the ChIP-seq data for H3K27bu (Fig 2) and RNA-seq data following butyrate treatment (Fig 3) would provide further insights into whether the genes/pathways that are enriched/downregulated in H3K27bu ChIP-seq data correlate with genes/pathways that are upregulated/downregulated in RNA-seq data.

      Response: We really appreciate this suggestion and agree that this analysis would add important additional insights. We have therefore performed this analysis through binning genes by expression level and analyzed occupancy of H3K27bu according to gene expression quartiles, which is now included as Figure 4B. Additionally, we included the other histone butyrylation and propionylation marks that are the focus of our manuscript. We have found that levels of H3K27bu occupancy are correlated with high gene expression quartiles. Importantly, this is also consistent with our earlier work in primary mouse intestinal cells (PMID: 38413806).

      Minor comments

      1. All the images appear to be very low resolution. This could be due to the online submission system. Response: We apologize for this issue and believe it is due to the submission system.

      For Fig 2, the caption says "...treated with different SCFAs for 24 hours," but it is unclear precisely what the treatment was. Were the cells treated with the SCFA mix, and then ChIP-seq was performed for the 5 different marks tested? Or were there different SCFA treatments performed for each mark that was ChIPed?

      Response: We have revised the text of the figure legend to make it clear that we treated cells with individual SCFAs (propionate for propionylation marks and butyrate for butyrylation marks).

      Line 99-100: "Treatment with butyrate, propionate, or a mixture of all three SCFAs resulted in a global increase in histone butyrylation or propionylation" is misleading. The authors test only specific sites on Histone H3 using site-specific antibodies and do not test whether these treatments increase global levels of acylation on other histones and sites using pan-acyl antibodies. So, this sentence needs to be rephrased to clearly indicate that the treatments only increased at the tested sites.

      Response: Thank you for this comment. We understand this was misleading and that was not our intention at all. By writing "global levels," we simply meant levels of immunoblotting signal at these specific lysine residues. We have therefore revised the text to make it clearer (now in lines 102-104): "Treatment with butyrate, propionate, or a mixture of all three SCFAs resulted in significant increases of histone butyrylation and propionylation at select residues of histone H3, as assayed by immunoblotting".

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      Strengths and limitations: The experiments in the study were performed with a high degree of rigor, including appropriate controls. The discussion of the -seq data in Figs 2-4 avoided focusing on or following up on specific genes, which limited the conclusions from these data to being very broad. A key paper (that was not recent) was missing from the context presented in the paper, weakening the discussion of the data presented.

      Advance: The advance is pretty conceptually incremental. Similar experiments as in Fig 1-3 in similar models have been performed in other papers already (e.g., PMID 39789354 in 2025 and PMID 34677127 in 2021), although Fig 4 was an interesting experiment that helps differentiate the work from existing literature.

      Audience: This work would be interesting to a chromatin audience as well as a microbiome audience, but the scope of the conclusions from this paper, and it's redundancy with other literature, will limit its profile.

      My expertise is in histone PTM biochemistry and biology, including non-canonical histone acyl PTMs.

      Response: We really appreciate the thoughtful and constructive comments and the recognition that this story may be of interest to the chromatin and microbiome audiences. In addition, we acknowledge other similar recent work that is also very interesting, but we also feel that our manuscript is distinct in several important ways from these studies. In particular, the analysis of gene expression changes that we propose to be histone butyrylation dependent vs. through HDAC inhibition (Figure 5, previously Figure 4) and the finding that butyrate drives SCFA combination gene expression changes (Figure 3). We are very grateful for the recognition of these interesting findings by this reviewer. Furthermore, we also want to highlight that we have expanded our analysis of human tissues (Supplemental Figure 1), which adds additional novelty to this work.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary: The authors explore the effects of short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) acetate, propionate, and butyrate on chromatin and gene expression in human colon cancer cells. The authors first characterize the presence of histone propionylation and histone butyrylation in different colon cancer cell lines as a function of SCFA treatments. Then, they perform ChIP-seq to determine the genomic localization of these marks and observe that these marks are deposited on euchromatic regions similar to H3K4Me3 and to one another, consistent with previous reports. The authors then performed gene expression analysis to determine the contribution of the SCFAs. Interestingly, they observe that butyrate treatment alone mimicked the gene expression profile of an equimolar mixture of short-chain fatty acids treatment, at least in the tested cell lines. Finally, the authors designed an experiment to try to separate the functions of butyrate on gene expressions that are dependent on p300/CBP and are independent of the HDAC inhibition property. The following aspects of the paper need addressing-

      Major comments

      1. There is no confirmation of the validity of the results seen from ChIP-seq (Figure 2) and RNA-seq (Figure 3). The majority of the findings of the paper are derived from ChIP-seq and RNA-seq data, and hence, experiments validating such results need to be established. ChIP-qPCR for representative gene(s) with adequate controls needs to be performed for different acyl marks (H3K27bu, H3K27pr, H3K4Me3, H3K9pr, H3K9bu) to support the ChIP-seq results, and RT-qPCR for representative gene(s) for different treatment conditions (vehicle, acetate, propionate, butyrate, and 5 mM 1:1:1 mixture) for validating RNA-seq results.
      2. The authors describe an interesting strategy to differentiate the different functions of butyrate (Figure 4). The authors propose that differential genes that change with p300/CBP inhibitor treatment, that are separate from HDAC inhibitor treatment, are potential genes that are a function of histone butrylation. An important control that is missing in this experiment is cells treatment with propionate. In their previous findings (Figure 1C-D), they note that both propionate and butyrate treatments elevate the levels of histone acetylation, propionylation, and butyrylation. But the HDAC inhibitory activity of propionate is not very well established, and performing experiments to prove it is are beyond the scope of this paper. Importantly, p300/CBP has been shown to catalyze histone propionylation with higher efficiency compared to histone butyrylation (PMID: 27820805, PMID: 29070843). Therefore, it would be ideal to include differentially expressed genes from propionate-treated cells in the analysis to rule out any discrepancy.
      3. Along the same lines as comment #2, other possible "functions" of propionate and/or butyrate that could explain why treatment with them increase histone acetylation, propionylation, and butyrylation are not discussed. This work was not cited/discussed: PMID 34677127 despite being very closely related and relevant. Indeed, there seems to be some redundancy of efforts between that paper (2021) and this one even in terms of the specific experiments performed.
      4. An analysis for correlations between the ChIP-seq data for H3K27bu (Fig 2) and RNA-seq data following butyrate treatment (Fig 3) would provide further insights into whether the genes/pathways that are enriched/downregulated in H3K27bu ChIP-seq data correlate with genes/pathways that are upregulated/downregulated in RNA-seq data.

      Minor comments

      1. All the images appear to be very low resolution. This could be due to the online submission system.
      2. For Fig 2, the caption says "...treated with different SCFAs for 24 hours," but it is unclear precisely what the treatment was. Were the cells treated with the SCFA mix, and then ChIP-seq was performed for the 5 different marks tested? Or were there different SCFA treatments performed for each mark that was ChIPed?
      3. Line 99-100: "Treatment with butyrate, propionate, or a mixture of all three SCFAs resulted in a global increase in histone butyrylation or propionylation" is misleading. The authors test only specific sites on Histone H3 using site-specific antibodies and do not test whether these treatments increase global levels of acylation on other histones and sites using pan-acyl antibodies. So, this sentence needs to be rephrased to clearly indicate that the treatments only increased at the tested sites.

      Significance

      Strengths and limitations: The experiments in the study were performed with a high degree of rigor, including appropriate controls. The discussion of the -seq data in Figs 2-4 avoided focusing on or following up on specific genes, which limited the conclusions from these data to being very broad. A key paper (that was not recent) was missing from the context presented in the paper, weakening the discussion of the data presented.

      Advance: The advance is pretty conceptually incremental. Similar experiments as in Fig 1-3 in similar models have been performed in other papers already (e.g., PMID 39789354 in 2025 and PMID 34677127 in 2021), although Fig 4 was an interesting experiment that helps differentiate the work from existing literature.

      Audience: This work would be interesting to a chromatin audience as well as a microbiome audience, but the scope of the conclusions from this paper, and it's redundancy with other literature, will limit its profile.

      My expertise is in histone PTM biochemistry and biology, including non-canonical histone acyl PTMs.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This study presents a novel finding that short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) produced by microbial metabolism regulate gene transcription in human colon cancer cells by modulating histone H3K9 and H3K27 butyrylation and propionylation, both of which are associated with an open chromatin state. The authors further reveal that the major effect of the SCFA mixture is driven by butyrate and identify p300/CBP-dependent, rather than HDAC inhibition-dependent, gene regulation by butyrate. Overall, this is a well-organized study that provides valuable insight into the role of metabolites in human cells.

      Major comments:

      1.In Figures 1C and 1D, why did the SCFA mixture not increase histone butyrylation or propionylation to the same level as single butyrate treatment? 2.In Figure 3B, how does butyrate block the effects of acetate and propionate on transcription? 3.Which pathways are associated with acetate- and propionate-specific DEGs? 4.Which genes are related to growth inhibition in butyrate-treated cells? Does the 1:1:1 SCFA mixture have a similar impact on cell growth as single butyrate treatment?

      Significance

      General assessment: This study clearly demonstrates the role of butyrate in gene regulation and elucidates its underlying regulatory mechanisms. However, it does not provide insight into how butyrate counteracts the effects of acetate and propionate, despite these metabolites often being detected together. In addition, it remains unclear which specific histone PTMs are associated with the distinct gene expression changes induced by different short-chain fatty acids. Lastly, the observation that histone butyrylation and propionylation correlate with active transcription is not novel.

      Advance: This study advances understanding of short-chain fatty acids in chromatin and gene regulation, highlighting butyrate's dominant role and its p300/CBP-dependent rather than HDAC inhibition-dependent mechanism.

      Audience: This work may attract significant interest in both the epigenetics and metabolism fields.

      My expertise: histone acetylation, HATs, transcriptional regulation, cancer

    4. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this manuscript, Kabir et al. explore the impact of microbiota-derived short-chain fatty acids (SCFAs) on chromatin structure and gene expression in human cells. They show that SCFAs, particularly butyrate, contribute to specific histone modifications such as butyrylation at H3K27, detectable in human colon tissue. Additional modifications like acetylation, butyrylation, and propionylation at H3K9 and H3K27 respond to SCFA levels and are enriched at active regulatory regions in colorectal cancer cells. Treatment with individual or combined SCFAs mimicking gut conditions alters gene expression patterns, with butyrate playing a dominant regulatory role. Butyrate's effects on gene expression are claimed to be independent of HDAC inhibition and instead rely on the p300/CBP complex through histone butyrylation. These findings underscore SCFAs as crucial modulators of epigenetic regulation in the human colon and highlight butyrate's dominant role in shaping chromatin and gene regulation beyond its known metabolic functions.

      The authors used two human cell lines and an in vivo murine model paired with RNA and ChIP sequencing approaches to identify target genes and chromatin modifications in response to SCFAs. While the findings are interesting and could provide important insights into the epigenetic influence of SCFAs in human cells, the study would benefit from additional experiments to strengthen the conclusions. Comments and suggestions are listed below:

      1. Figure 1: The H3K27bu expression in human biopsies highlights the clinical significance of the current study. However, the authors need to provide more information on the human colon samples, e.g., how many total patients were analyzed, and what were the age and/or sex. Only the methods mention the use of benign TMA; this should also be clarified in the figure legends. It would also be helpful to show histone butyrylation levels in normal vs. cancer human tissues.
      2. Figure 1: In addition, given that the butyrate level descends towards the base of the colonic crypt (with the highest at the top of the crypt where mature intestinal epithelial cells reside) (Kaiko et al., 2016), it is important to show how the H3K27bu signature is distributed along the crypt. This data would further emphasize the clinical relevance of this study, given that most colorectal cancers (CRCs) arise from stem and progenitor cells.
      3. Throughout the manuscript: The rationale for selecting the two CRC cell lines (HCT 116 and Caco2) should be explained. While commonly used, providing background on their genetic differences (e.g., driver mutations) is important, as this could greatly influence the PTM landscape.
      4. The study lacks additional controls, such as a normal colon epithelial cell line and a non-colonic cell type. Including these would help determine whether the observed butyrate effects are tissue- or disease-specific. This data would also help assess whether SCFA effects, and specifically butyrate's effects, on histone acylation and gene expression are systemic or local.
      5. Figure 2: The authors show ChIP-seq results in the HCT 116 cell line. To exclude the possibility that the demonstrated chromatin signatures are cell line-specific, results from Caco2 should also be shown. In addition, the 2D environment and multiple passaging alter gene expression in cell lines; using human colonic organoids would provide a more clinically and physiologically relevant model.
      6. Figure 4 is very confusing. Entinostat itself, as an HDAC inhibitor (iHDAC), increases butyrylation. The data shown are insufficient to draw conclusions. First, the authors should use additional iHDACs, and second, they should illustrate the overlap in gene expression changes between all treatments using a Venn diagram to clarify which genes/signatures are specific to each treatment.
      7. Figure 4: The authors use an HDAC inhibitor to rule out butyrate's effect on gene expression via HDAC inhibition. However, butyrate can also modulate gene expression through activation of GPR109a. Using GPR109a antagonists is necessary to address this possibility. These data are essential to validate the specific role of histone butyrylation in gene regulation.
      8. Supplementary Figure 4 and manuscript: There is no in vivo methods section describing the tributyrin-gavaged mice. The authors should clarify how the experiment was performed, how cells were isolated, whether sorting was performed, and which markers were used.
      9. Supplementary Figure 4: The GO analysis results show that lipid catabolism is among the top differentially enriched pathways. Butyrate is a known PPARγ agonist (Litvak et al., 2018), and activation of PPARγ is known to drive expression of genes involved in lipid metabolism. The authors need to rule out this function of butyrate before attributing this signature solely to histone butyrylation.
      10. It would be helpful to include a table of differentially abundant genes as a supplement to the heatmaps and GO analysis.

      Significance

      This study explores how microbiota-derived SCFAs, particularly butyrate, influence histone acylation and gene regulation. While the topic is relevant, the work lacks important controls (e.g., normal epithelial and non-colonic cells) and omits mechanistic validation (e.g., GPR109a signaling, PPARγ involvement). The rationale for cell line selection is unclear, and in vivo methods are insufficiently described.

      Audience:

      The study will mainly interest specialists in microbiota-chromatin interaction. Broader impact is limited by the narrow model scope and underdeveloped mechanistic insight.

      My Expertise:

      Cancer biology, in vivo models, microbiota-host interactions.

    1. L'Émergence de la Parentalité comme Enjeu Social et Marché Économique

      Synthèse Opérationnelle

      L'évolution de la parentalité au cours des dernières décennies témoigne d'une transformation profonde, passant d'un fait de nature à un enjeu social majeur et un marché économique en pleine expansion.

      Ce document analyse les trois piliers de cette mutation : les découvertes scientifiques de l'après-guerre sur le développement de l'enfant, la restructuration des modèles familiaux depuis les années 1970, et la montée d'un individualisme poussant à la performance éducative.

      Cette dynamique a favorisé l'émergence d'un « business de la parentalité » (coaching, formations, littérature spécialisée) qui, tout en proposant des outils de perfectionnement, engendre une sur-responsabilisation des parents.

      Ce phénomène se traduit aujourd'hui par une crise de santé publique notable, illustrée par l'explosion du burnout parental, dont la prévalence est passée de 1 % à près de 10 % en vingt ans.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Le Fondement Scientifique : La Reconnaissance des Besoins de l'Enfant

      Le premier tournant majeur se situe après la Seconde Guerre mondiale, lorsque les spécialistes acquièrent une connaissance approfondie de la petite enfance.

      La science démontre alors que l'enfant est un être relationnel dès la naissance.

      Théories Fondatrices du Développement

      Le cadre théorique repose sur deux piliers principaux qui ont radicalement changé la perception des soins infantiles :

      | Théoricien | Concept Clé | Observations et Impacts | | --- | --- | --- | | René Spitz | L'Hospitalisme | Démontre que les enfants placés en institution sans lien affectif développent des troubles graves : perte de poids, état dépressif, retards psychiques, et parfois la mort. | | John Bowlby | Théorie de l'Attachement | Établit la nécessité pour l'enfant de créer une relation particulière et affective avec un adulte référent pour son bon développement. |

      Médiatisation et Influence Clinique

      Ces travaux ont été complétés par un ensemble de cliniciens, notamment d'inspiration psychanalytique. En France, Françoise Dolto a joué un rôle déterminant dans la médiatisation de ces concepts, ancrant l'idée que l'enfant est marqué par le relationnel et l'affectif dès ses premiers jours.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. La Restructuration Sociale et Familiale

      À partir de la fin des années 1960 et des années 1970, le modèle familial traditionnel subit une mutation structurelle profonde sous l'impulsion de la génération du baby-boom.

      Le passage du mariage à l'enfant : Ce n'est plus l'institution du mariage qui fonde la famille, mais la présence de l'enfant. En conséquence, les préoccupations sociétales se sont reportées sur ce dernier.

      L'enfant comme choix : La généralisation de l'accès à la contraception et à l'avortement a transformé la parentalité en un acte délibéré. Devenir parent est désormais un choix dont l'individu doit se montrer responsable.

      Instabilité conjugale : L'explosion des séparations conjugales a renforcé la centralité de l'enfant, celui-ci devenant le lien permanent et le pivot de la structure familiale mouvante.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. L'Individualisme et la Marchandisation de l'Éducation

      Le troisième phénomène explicatif est la montée de l'individualisme dans les sociétés contemporaines, où l'individu est perçu comme seul responsable de sa réussite ou de son échec.

      Le Marché de la Parentalité

      Cette culture de la responsabilité individuelle a ouvert la voie à un vaste secteur marchand proposant des « recettes miracles » pour optimiser l'éducation.

      L'offre se décline sous plusieurs formes :

      Supports médiatiques : Dizaines de milliers de livres, podcasts et vidéos spécialisées.

      Services de coaching : Formations payantes et coaching en éducation.

      Courants idéologiques : Promotion de la « parentalité positive », centrée sur la performance éducative de l'individu.

      Les Limites du Discours Marchand

      Le document souligne deux angles morts critiques de ces dispositifs marchands :

      1. L'occultation du collectif : Ils ignorent que l'éducation ne repose pas uniquement sur les parents mais s'inscrit dans une société complexe faisant intervenir de multiples acteurs.

      2. L'omission des conditions sociales : Ces discours tendent à individualiser les parents sans tenir compte des réalités socio-économiques qui influencent pourtant lourdement les capacités et les méthodes éducatives.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Conséquences : Sur-responsabilisation et Burnout

      L'injonction à être un « bon parent », qui commence dès la grossesse, génère une pression psychologique inédite. Cette focalisation exclusive sur la responsabilité individuelle est identifiée comme un facteur majeur de détresse psychologique.

      Une pression continue : La recherche de la perfection éducative et l'usage de techniques de développement personnel poussent les parents à une performance constante.

      Explosion du burnout parental : Les psychologues observent une augmentation drastique des cas de burnout au sein de la population.

      Évolution de la prévalence du burnout parental :

      Années 2000 : Environ 1 % des parents.

      Aujourd'hui : Près de 10 % des parents.

      En résumé, la transformation de la parentalité en un enjeu de performance individuelle, soutenue par un marché florissant, semble avoir atteint un seuil critique où l'épanouissement recherché pour l'enfant se traduit paradoxalement par une fragilisation de la santé mentale des parents.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper formulates an individual-based model to understand the evolution of division of labor in vertebrates. The model considers a population subdivided in groups, each group has a single asexually-reproducing breeder, other group members (subordinates) can perform two types of tasks called "work" or "defense", individuals have different ages, individuals can disperse between groups, each individual has a dominance rank that increases with age, and upon death of the breeder a new breeder is chosen among group members depending on their dominance. "Workers" pay a reproduction cost by having their dominance decreased, and "defenders" pay a survival cost. Every group member receives a survival benefit with increasing group size. There are 6 genetic traits, each controlled by a single locus, that control propensities to help and disperse, and how task choice and dispersal relate to dominance. To study the effect of group augmentation without kin selection, the authors cross-foster individuals to eliminate relatedness. The paper allows for the evolution of the 6 genetic traits under some different parameter values to study the conditions under which division of labour evolves, defined as the occurrence of different subordinates performing "work" and "defense" tasks. The authors envision the model as one of vertebrate division of labor.

      The main conclusion of the paper is that group augmentation is the primary factor causing the evolution of vertebrate division of labor, rather than kin selection. This conclusion is drawn because, for the parameter values considered, when the benefit of group augmentation is set to zero, no division of labor evolves and all subordinates perform "work" tasks but no "defense" tasks.

      Strengths:

      The model incorporates various biologically realistic details, including the possibility to evolve age polytheism where individuals switch from "work" to "defence" tasks as they age or vice versa, as well as the possibility of comparing the action of group augmentation alone with that of kin selection alone.

      Weaknesses from the previous round of review::

      The model and its analysis are limited, which in my view makes the results insufficient to reach the main conclusion that group augmentation and not kin selection is the primary cause of the evolution of vertebrate division of labour. There are several reasons.

      First, although the main claim that group augmentation drives the evolution of division of labour in vertebrates, the model is rather conceptual in that it doesn't use quantitative empirical data that applies to all/most vertebrates and vertebrates only. So, I think the approach has a conceptual reach rather than being able to achieve such conclusion about a real taxon.

      Second, I think that the model strongly restricts the possibility that kin selection is relevant. The two tasks considered essentially differ only by whether they are costly for reproduction or survival. "Work" tasks are those costly for reproduction and "defense" tasks are those costly for survival. The two tasks provide the same benefits for reproduction (eqs. 4, 5) and survival (through group augmentation, eq. 3.1). So, whether one, the other, or both helper types evolve presumably only depends on which task is less costly, not really on which benefits it provides. As the two tasks give the same benefits, there is no possibility that the two tasks act synergistically, where performing one task increases a benefit (e.g., increasing someone's survival) that is going to be compounded by someone else performing the other task (e.g., increasing that someone's reproduction). So, there is very little scope for kin selection to cause the evolution of labour in this model. Note synergy between tasks is not something unusual in division of labour models, but is in fact a basic element in them, so excluding it from the start in the model and then making general claims about division of labour is unwarranted. In their reply, the authors point out that they only consider fertility benefits as this, according to them, is what happens in cooperative breeders with alloparental care; however, alloparental care entails that workers can increase other's survival *without group augmentation*, such as via workers feeding young or defenders reducing predator-caused mortality, as a mentioned in my previous review but these potentially kin-selected benefits are not allowed here.

      Third, the parameter space is understandably little explored. This is necessarily an issue when trying to make general claims from an individual-based model where only a very narrow parameter region of a necessarily particular model can be feasibly explored. As in this model the two tasks ultimately only differ by their costs, the parameter values specifying their costs should be varied to determine their effects. In the main results, the model sets a very low survival cost for work (yh=0.1) and a very high survival cost for defense (xh=3), the latter of which can be compensated by the benefit of group augmentation (xn=3). Some limited variation of xh and xn is explored, always for very high values, effectively making defense unevolvable except if there is group augmentation. In this revision, additional runs have been included varying yh and keeping xh and xn constant (Fig. S6), so without addressing my comment as xn remains very high. Consequently, the main conclusion that "division of labor" needs group augmentation seems essentially enforced by the limited parameter exploration, in addition to the second reason above.

      Fourth, my view is that what is called "division of labor" here is an overinterpretation. When the two helper types evolve, what exists in the model is some individuals that do reproduction-costly tasks (so-called "work") and survival-costly tasks (so-called "defense"). However, there are really no two tasks that are being completed, in the sense that completing both tasks (e.g., work and defense) is not necessary to achieve a goal (e.g., reproduction). In this model there is only one task (reproduction, equation 4,5) to which both helper types contribute equally and so one task doesn't need to be completed if completing the other task compensates for it; instead, it seems more fitting to say that there are two types of helpers, one that pays a fertility cost and another one a survival cost, for doing the same task. So, this model does not actually consider division of labor but the evolution of different helper types where both helper types are just as good at doing the single task but perhaps do it differently and so pay different types of costs. In this revision, the authors introduced a modified model where "work" and "defense" must be performed to a similar extent. Although I appreciate their effort, this model modification is rather unnatural and forces the evolution of different helper types if any help is to evolve.

      I should end by saying that these comments don't aim to discourage the authors, who have worked hard to put together a worthwhile model and have patiently attended to my reviews. My hope is that these comments can be helpful to build upon what has been done to address the question posed.

      [Editors' note: the authors have provided responses to the each of these points.]

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper formulates an individual-based model to understand the evolution of division of labor in vertebrates. The model considers a population subdivided in groups, each group has a single asexually-reproducing breeder, other group members (subordinates) can perform two types of tasks called "work" or "defense", individuals have different ages, individuals can disperse between groups, each individual has a dominance rank that increases with age, and upon death of the breeder a new breeder is chosen among group members depending on their dominance. "Workers" pay a reproduction cost by having their dominance decreased, and "defenders" pay a survival cost. Every group member receives a survival benefit with increasing group size. There are 6 genetic traits, each controlled by a single locus, that control propensities to help and disperse, and how task choice and dispersal relate to dominance. To study the effect of group augmentation without kin selection, the authors cross-foster individuals to eliminate relatedness. The paper allows for the evolution of the 6 genetic traits under some different parameter values to study the conditions under which division of labor evolves, defined as the occurrence of different subordinates performing "work" and "defense" tasks. The authors envision the model as one of vertebrate division of labor.

      The main conclusion of the paper is that group augmentation is the primary factor causing the evolution of vertebrate division of labor, rather than kin selection. This conclusion is drawn because, for the parameter values considered, when the benefit of group augmentation is set to zero, no division of labor evolves and all subordinates perform "work" tasks but no "defense" tasks.

      Strengths:

      The model incorporates various biologically realistic details, including the possibility to evolve age polytheism where individuals switch from "work" to "defense" tasks as they age or vice versa, as well as the possibility of comparing the action of group augmentation alone with that of kin selection alone.

      Weaknesses:

      The model and its analysis are limited, which in my view makes the results insufficient to reach the main conclusion that group augmentation and not kin selection is the primary cause of the evolution of vertebrate division of labor. There are several reasons.

      (1) First, although the main claim that group augmentation drives the evolution of division of labor in vertebrates, the model is rather conceptual in that it doesn't use quantitative empirical data that applies to all/most vertebrates and vertebrates only. So, I think the approach has a conceptual reach rather than being able to achieve such a conclusion about a real taxon.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point that our model does not incorporate quantitative empirical data across vertebrate taxa. This is indeed a limitation and reflects the current lack of fine-scale datasets on task division, the influence of life-history traits, and the fitness consequences of different cooperative activities in vertebrates. One of our aims, however, is precisely to stimulate such empirical work by highlighting the value of examining division of labor in species inhabiting harsh environments, considering age/size/dominance structure when evaluating variation in cooperative activities, and incorporating defense behaviors more consistently into analyses of helping, especially since defenders are often overlooked relative to the classic helpers-at-the-nest that provision offspring. The model therefore remains directly relevant to vertebrate systems because it departs from insect-inspired approaches that focus on fitness outcomes based solely in maximizing colony productivity. Instead, it incorporates direct fitness benefits to group members, an essential feature of vertebrate cooperative breeding and of other systems with fertile “workers,” as we clarified in the discussion.

      (2) Second, I think that the model strongly restricts the possibility that kin selection is relevant. The two tasks considered essentially differ only by whether they are costly for reproduction or survival. "Work" tasks are those costly for reproduction and "defense" tasks are those costly for survival. The two tasks provide the same benefits for reproduction (eqs. 4, 5) and survival (through group augmentation, eq. 3.1). So, whether one, the other, or both helper types evolve presumably only depends on which task is less costly, not really on which benefits it provides. As the two tasks give the same benefits, there is no possibility that the two tasks act synergistically, where performing one task increases a benefit (e.g., increasing someone's survival) that is going to be compounded by someone else performing the other task (e.g., increasing that someone's reproduction). So, there is very little scope for kin selection to cause the evolution of labor in this model. Note synergy between tasks is not something unusual in division of labor models, but is in fact a basic element in them, so excluding it from the start in the model and then making general claims about division of labor is unwarranted. In their reply, the authors point out that they only consider fertility benefits as this, according to them, is what happens in cooperative breeders with alloparental care; however, alloparental care entails that workers can increase other's survival *without group augmentation*, such as via workers feeding young or defenders reducing predator-caused mortality, as a mentioned in my previous review but these potentially kin-selected benefits are not allowed here.

      We understand the reviewer’s concern that our model restricts the scope for kin-selected benefits by not including task-specific synergy effects—specifically, help that directly increases the survival of group members (e.g., load-lightening via feeding young, or predator defense that reduces mortality of breeders or offspring independently of group augmentation). We agree that such effects can occur in some cooperative breeders, and that they can, in principle, generate indirect fitness benefits. However, even when helpers increase the survival of breeders or reduce parental investment per offspring, these effects generally translate into higher breeder productivity—either via increased fecundity, increased survival to the next breeding attempt, or increased investment in subsequent broods. Thus, although we treat benefits in terms of enhanced breeder productivity, this formulation implicitly captures a range of help-related effects that ultimately improve the reproductive output of the breeders, including those mediated through increased survival. For this reason, we believe that the model remains relevant for vertebrate systems despite not representing each pathway separately.

      (3) Third, the parameter space is understandably little explored. This is necessarily an issue when trying to make general claims from an individual-based model where only a very narrow parameter region of a necessarily particular model can be feasibly explored. As in this model the two tasks ultimately only differ by their costs, the parameter values specifying their costs should be varied to determine their effects. In the main results, the model sets a very low survival cost for work (yh=0.1) and a very high survival cost for defense (xh=3), the latter of which can be compensated by the benefit of group augmentation (xn=3). Some limited variation of xh and xn is explored, always for very high values, effectively making defense unevolvable except if there is group augmentation. In this revision, additional runs have been included varying yh and keeping xh and xn constant (Fig. S6), so without addressing my comment as xn remains very high. Consequently, the main conclusion that "division of labor" needs group augmentation seems essentially enforced by the limited parameter exploration, in addition to the second reason above.

      As we have explained in previous revisions, the costs associated with work and defense are not directly comparable because they affect different fitness components: work costs reduce dominance, whereas defense costs reduce survival. Whether a particular cost is “high” or “low” can only be evaluated by examining the evolved reaction norms and identifying the ranges over which these norms change. For this reason, we focused on parameter ranges that actually generate shifts in reaction norms rather than presenting large regions of parameter space where nothing changes.

      We also reiterate that we did in fact explore broader parameter ranges than those shown in the main text. Additional analyses, including those specifically designed to identify conditions under which division of labor evolves under kin selection alone, are provided in the Supplementary Material. Specifically, Figure S1 addresses the point raised by the “need” of group augmentation benefits for defense to evolve, by increasing the baseline survival x<sub>0</sub>.

      We now include one additional figure in the Supplementary Material with a lower value for the benefit of group size (x<sub>n</sub> = 1 instead of x<sub>n</sub> = 3), and we extended the range of x<sub>h</sub> to include lower values (x<sub>h</sub> = 1). As we can see in Figure S7 and Table S8, group augmentation benefits are still the primary reason for individuals to group (see dispersal values). For low benefits of group augmentation, defense evolves in harsh environments in the absence of kin selection, and in benign environments when both direct and indirect fitness benefits take place. We have also now expanded the results section to include these last results. Note that we also checked even lower values for x<sub>h</sub> under the only kin selection implementation, with results being qualitatively similar, but chose not to include them in the manuscript since it is already a very long Supplementary Material. Here are the averages for two examples with x<sub>h</sub> = 0.1 and when we promote division of labor:

      Author response table 1.

      In short, the conclusion that division of labor requires group augmentation is not an artifact of limited parameter exploration. It arises because kin selection alone favors division of labor only under highly restrictive parameter combinations, whereas including direct fitness benefits substantially expands the conditions under which division of labor evolves. This pattern is consistent across the full set of parameter combinations we examined.

      (4) Fourth, my view is that what is called "division of labor" here is an overinterpretation. When the two helper types evolve, what exists in the model is some individuals that do reproduction-costly tasks (so-called "work") and survival-costly tasks (so-called "defense"). However, there are really no two tasks that are being completed, in the sense that completing both tasks (e.g., work and defense) is not necessary to achieve a goal (e.g., reproduction). In this model there is only one task (reproduction, equation 4,5) to which both helper types contribute equally and so one task doesn't need to be completed if completing the other task compensates for it; instead, it seems more fitting to say that there are two types of helpers, one that pays a fertility cost and another one a survival cost, for doing the same task. So, this model does not actually consider division of labor but the evolution of different helper types where both helper types are just as good at doing the single task but perhaps do it differently and so pay different types of costs. In this revision, the authors introduced a modified model where "work" and "defense" must be performed to a similar extent. Although I appreciate their effort, this model modification is rather unnatural and forces the evolution of different helper types if any help is to evolve.

      In previous models of division of labor in eusocial insects, the implicit benefit is also colony-level productivity (see Beshers & Fewell, 2001, for a review of division of labor in insects). Even in humans, division of labor functions as a means to increase efficiency toward achieving a shared goal. Our model adopts this same interpretation, as outlined in the Introduction, but extends it by considering that different tasks may impose different fitness costs, an aspect that has been largely overlooked in the existing literature. It is precisely because fitness outcomes are not fully shared among group members in vertebrates that distinguishing these cost structures matters. Unlike eusocial insects with sterile workers, vertebrate helpers can obtain direct fitness benefits, and the model explicitly accounts for these direct benefits—something absent from most insect-inspired approaches even when direct fitness benefits can also arise in some of those systems. Thus, our framework is not simply evolving “two types of helpers doing the same task,” but instead evolving specialization in different cooperative roles that carry different fitness consequences. It is therefore suitable for our model to treat contributions to breeder productivity as a common currency, while allowing individuals to specialize in different cost-distinct forms of help.

      Finally, regarding synergy: with the extension introduced in the previous revision, we now incorporate the requirement that multiple forms of help must be performed for the group to achieve maximal reproductive output. This directly addressed the reviewer’s concern about synergistic dependencies between tasks and aligns our framework with the kinds of complementarity highlighted in other models of division of labor.

      In summary, the structure of the model is consistent with both the theoretical literature on division of labor and the biological realities of vertebrate cooperative systems. We believe it is important for future models to explicitly consider the different fitness benefits and costs associated with distinct cooperative behaviors, and hope that our framework encourages more targeted empirical research on division of labor in vertebrates (e.g. inclusion of data on defense, life-history traits and environmental challenges) to better inform future modelling efforts.

      I should end by saying that these comments don't aim to discourage the authors, who have worked hard to put together a worthwhile model and have patiently attended to my reviews. My hope is that these comments can be helpful to build upon what has been done to address the question posed.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful and constructive comments, as well as the time invested in evaluating our work. These insights have greatly helped us improve the clarity and overall quality of the manuscript. We hope that the revisions and additional clarifications we have provided adequately address all remaining concerns.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors aimed to characterize neurocomputational signals underlying interpersonal guilt and responsibility. Across two studies, one behavioral and one fMRI, participants made risky economic decisions for themselves or for themselves and a partner; they also experienced a condition in which the partners made decisions for themselves and the participant. The authors also assessed momentary happiness intermittently between choices in the task. Briefly, results demonstrated that participants' self-reported happiness decreased after disadvantageous outcomes for themselves and when both they and their partner were affected; this effect was exacerbated when participants were responsible for their partner's low outcome, rather than the opposite, reflecting experienced guilt. Consistent with previous work, BOLD signals in the insula correlated with experienced guilt, and insula-right IFG connectivity was enhanced when participants made risky choices for themselves and safe choices for themselves and a partner.

      Strengths:

      This study implements an interesting approach to investigating guilt and responsibility; the paradigm in particular is well-suited to approach this question, offering participants the chance to make risky v. safe choices that affect both themselves and others. I appreciate the assessment of happiness as a metric for assessing guilt across the different task/outcome conditions, as well as the implementation of both computational models and fMRI.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for their positive assessment of our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      In spite of the overall strengths of the study, I think there are a few areas in which the paper fell a bit short and could be improved.

      We thank Reviewer 1 for their comments, which we have used to improve our manuscript. We hope that these changes address the issues raised by the Reviewer.

      (1) While the framing and goal of this study was to investigate guilt and felt responsibility, the task implemented - a risky choice task with social conditions - has been conducted in similar ways in past research that were not addressed here. The novelty of this study would appear to be the additional happiness assessments, but it would be helpful to consider the changes noted in risk-taking behavior in the context of additional studies that have investigated changes in risky economic choice in social contexts (e.g., Arioli et al., 2023 Cerebral Cortex; Fareri et al., 2022 Scientific Reports).

      We certainly agree that several previously published studies have relied on risky choice tasks with social conditions. In this revised version, we now mention these two studies in the substantially revised Introduction.

      (2) The authors note they assessed changes in risk preferences between social and solo conditions in two ways - by calculating a 'risk premium' and then by estimating rho from an expected utility model. I am curious why the authors took both approaches (this did not seem clearly justified, though I apologize if I missed it). Relatedly, in the expected utility approach, the authors report that since 'the number of these types of trials varied across participants', they 'only obtained reliable estimates for [gain and loss] trials in some participants' - in study 1, 22 participants had unreliable estimates and in study 2, 28 participants had unreliable estimates. Because of this, and because the task itself only had 20 gains, 20 losses, and 20 mixed gambles per condition, I wonder if the authors can comment on how interpretable these findings are in the Discussion. Other work investigating loss aversion has implemented larger numbers of trials to mitigate the potential for unreliable estimates (e.g., Sokol-Hessner et al., 2009).

      We agree that we have not clearly justified why we have taken two approaches to assess risk preferences. In short, while the expected utility approach is a more comprehensive method to model a participant’s choices, we had not sufficiently considered the need for the large number of trials required to fit such models when designing our experiment. Calculating the risk premium was the less comprehensive, simpler alternative that we could calculate for all participants. We have now mentioned this fact in the Results section. As the only difference in risk aversion across conditions was found in Study 1 using the expected utility method, which could only be successfully applied in a minority of participants, we believe that this difference should not be taken as a strong finding. We have now mentioned this fact in the revised Discussion.

      (3) One thing seemingly not addressed in the Discussion is the fact that the behavioral effect did not replicate significantly in study 2.

      We agree that we had not sufficiently discussed the fact that there were (slight but significant) differences in risk preferences between the Solo and Social conditions in Study 1 but not in Study 2. We now do so in the revised Discussion, and write the following:

      “Participants made slightly more risk-seeking choices when deciding for themselves than for both themselves and the partner in Study 1, but this difference disappeared in Study 2. The ρ parameter on which this finding in Study 1 is based could only be estimated in a minority of participants due to a relatively low number of trials, which suggests that this finding may not be very reliable. The simpler and more robust method (evaluation of a risk premium) showed no difference in risk aversion across conditions in either study. Overall, we believe that we do not have strong evidence of differences in risk preferences across conditions.”

      (4) Regarding the computational models, the authors suggest that the Reponsibility and Responsibility Redux models provided the best fit, but they are claiming this based on separate metrics (e.g., in study 1, the redux model had the lowest AIC, but the responsibility only model had the highest R^2; additionally, the basic model had the lowest BIC). I am wondering if the authors considered conducting a direct model comparison to statistically compare model fits.

      We agree that we should run formal, direct model comparison tests. We now ran likelihood-ratio tests which showed that the Responsibility model was the best. We now report this in the Results section, just below Table 1:

      “A likelihood ratio test (Equation 9) revealed that the Responsibility model fitted better than all the other models, including the Responsibility Redux model (Study 1: all LR ≥ 47.36, p < 0.0001; Study 2: all LR ≥ 77.83, p < 0.0001).”

      (5) In the reporting of imaging results, the authors report in a univariate analysis that a small cluster in the left anterior insula showed a stronger response to low outcomes for the partner as a result of participant choice rather than from partner choice. It then seems as though the authors performed small volume correction on this cluster to see whether it survived. If that is accurate, then I would suggest that this result be removed because it is not recommended to perform SVC where the volume is defined based on a result from the same whole-brain analysis (i.e., it should be done a priori).

      As indicated in the manuscript, the small insula cluster centered at [-28 24 -4] and shown in Figure 4F survived corrections for multiple tests within the anatomically-defined anterior insula (based on the anatomical maximum probability map described in Faillenot et al., 2017), which is independent of the result of our analysis. Functionally defining the small volume based on the same data would indeed be circular and misleading “double-dipping”. We have most certainly NOT done this. The reason why we selected the anterior insula is because it is one of the regions most frequently associated with guilt (see the explanations in our Introduction, which refers for example to Bastin et al., 2016; Lamm & Singer, 2010; Piretti et al., 2023). Thus we feel that performing small-volume correction within the anatomically-defined anterior insula is a valid analysis. We fully acknowledge that, independently of any correction, the effect and the cluster are small. We now write:

      “We found a weak response in a small cluster within the left anterior insula (peak T = 3.95, d = 0.59, 22 voxels, peak intensity at [-28 24 -4]; Figure 4F). Given the documented association between anterior insula and guilt (see Introduction), we proceeded to test whether this result survived correction for family-wise errors due to multiple comparisons restricted to the left anterior insula gray matter [defined anatomically and thus independently from our findings, as the anterior short gyrus, middle short gyrus, and anterior inferior cortex in an anatomical maximum probability map (Faillenot et al., 2017)]. This correction resulted in a p value of 0.024. This result, although it is only a small effect in a small cluster, is consistent with the mixed model analysis reported earlier.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      This manuscript focuses on the role of social responsibility and guilt in social decision-making by integrating neuroimaging and computational modeling methods. Across two studies, participants completed a lottery task in which they made decisions for themselves or for a social partner. By measuring momentary happiness throughout the task, the authors show that being responsible for a partner's bad lottery outcome leads to decreased happiness compared to trials in which the participant was not responsible for their partner's bad outcome. At the neural level, this guilt effect was reflected in increased neural activity in the anterior insula, and altered functional connectivity between the insula and the inferior frontal gyrus. Using computational modeling, the authors show that trial-by-trial fluctuations in happiness were successfully captured by a model including participant and partner rewards and prediction errors (a 'responsibility' model), and model-based neuroimaging analyses suggested that prediction errors for the partner were tracked by the superior temporal sulcus. Taken together, these findings suggest that responsibility and interpersonal guilt influence social decision-making.

      Strengths

      This manuscript investigates the concept of guilt in social decision-making through both statistical and computational modeling. It integrates behavioral and neural data, providing a more comprehensive understanding of the psychological mechanisms. For the behavioral results, data from two different studies is included, and although minor differences are found between the two studies, the main findings remain consistent. The authors share all their code and materials, leading to transparency and reproducibility of their methods.

      The manuscript is well-grounded in prior work. The task design is inspired by a large body of previous work on social decision-making and includes the necessary conditions to support their claims (i.e., Solo, Social, and Partner conditions). The computational models used in this study are inspired by previous work and build on well-established economic theories of decision-making. The research question and hypotheses clearly extend previous findings, and the more traditional univariate results align with prior work.

      The authors conducted extensive analyses, as supported by the inclusion of different linear models and computational models described in the supplemental materials. Psychological concepts like risk preferences are defined and tested in different ways, and different types of analyses (e.g., univariate and multivariate neuroimaging analyses) are used to try to answer the research questions. The inclusion and comparison of different computational models provide compelling support for the claim that partner prediction errors indeed influence task behavior, as illustrated by the multiple model comparison metrics and the good model recovery.

      We thank the reviewer very much for their comprehensive description of our study and the positive assessment of our study and approach.

      Weaknesses

      As the authors already note, they did not directly ask participants to report their feelings of guilt. The decrease in happiness reported after a bad choice for a partner might thus be something else than guilt, for example, empathy or feelings of failure (not necessarily related to guilt towards the other person). Although the patterns of neural activity evoked during the task match with previously found patterns of guilt, there is no direct measure of guilt included in the task. This warrants caution in the interpretation of these findings as guilt per see.

      We fully agree that not directly asking participants about feelings of guilt is a clear limitation of our study. While we already mention this in our Discussion, we have expanded our discussion of the consequences on the interpretation of our results along the lines described by the reviewer in the revised manuscript. We would like to thank the reviewer for proposing these lines of thought, and have now made the following changes to the text:

      In the first paragraph of the discussion, we now write: “Being responsible for choosing a lottery that yielded a low outcome for a partner made our participants feel worse than witnessing the same outcome resulting from their partner’s choice, which we interpret as interpersonal guilt; although we note that we have not asked participants specifically about which emotion they felt in these situations.

      Later on, in the third paragraph focusing on the anterior insula, we now write: “This replicates a large body of evidence associating aIns with feelings of guilt evoked during social decisions (see Introduction). Because we have neither asked our participants specifically what they felt in these situations, nor specifically whether they experienced guilt, we cannot exclude the possibility that they have instead or in addition felt empathy for their partner, a feeling of failure or bad luck, or some other emotion.”

      As most comparisons contrast the social condition (making the decision for your partner) against either the partner condition (watching your partner make their decision) or the solo condition (making your own decision), an open question remains of how agency influences momentary happiness, independent of potential guilt. Other open questions relate to individual differences in interpersonal guilt, and how those might influence behavior.

      How agency influences momentary happiness or variations thereof during the course of an experiment such as ours is an interesting question in itself. We now ran linear mixed models assessing agency (i.e. we compared happiness in conditions Solo & Social conditions vs. Partner condition), which revealed lower happiness in Solo and Social conditions (i.e. when it was the participant’s turn to decide) in both studies. This is interesting in itself and may reflect the drive behind responsibility aversion reported by Edelson et al.’s 2018 study: being assigned the role of the decider in a social setting may make people slightly unhappy, perhaps due to “weight of the responsibility”. We now report these findings in the Results section, including this proposed explanation; because we were not specifically interested in responsibility aversion, we do not discuss this further in the Discussion. The edited text is under the new subsection entitled ‘Momentary happiness: effects of agency, responsibility and guilt’, on page 12:

      “Next, we assessed whether happiness varied depending on the participant’s agency (Social + Solo vs. Partner), and found happiness to be lower when the participant chose, independent of the outcome (Study 1: t(3600) = -3.92, p = 0.00009, β = -0.14, 95% CI = [-0.20 -0.07]; Study 2: t(2870) = -6.07, p = 0.000000001, β = -0.24, 95% CI = [-0.31 -0.16]). . This is interesting in itself and may reflect the drive behind responsibility aversion reported by Edelson et al.’s 2018 study: being assigned the role of the decider in a social setting may make people slightly unhappy, perhaps due to “weight of the responsibility”. To specifically search for a sign of interpersonal guilt, [...]”

      Regarding individual differences: this is a very interesting topic that we have not addressed here due to the (relatively) small number of participants in our studies, but we might consider this for future follow-up studies, which we mention in the Discussion paragraph regarding open questions.

      This manuscript is an impressive combination of multiple approaches, but how these different approaches relate to each other and how they can aid in answering slightly different questions is not very clearly described. The authors could improve this by more clearly describing the different methods and their added value in the introduction, and/or by including a paragraph on implications, open questions, and future work in the discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for their appreciation of our complementary approach, and agree that we had not sufficiently explained the reasons why we used several methods. We have now added a paragraph explaining this at the end of the Introduction (page 5):

      “We analysed our behavioural data using several complementary methods: choices were modelled with mixed-effects regressions serving as manipulation checks; risk preferences expressed in choices were assessed using a comprehensive expected utility model as well as with a simpler, more robust “risk premium” approach; and happiness data were fitted, in addition to the computational models, with several linear mixed models to assess the impact of both the participant’s and their partner’s rewards, the impact of agency and their interactions. Inspired by findings reported in previous neuroimaging of social emotions, we also used several methods to analyse our fMRI data, including conventional methods (both region-of-interest and mass univariate); mixed-effects regression models; computational model-based analyses (inspired by e.g. Konovalov et al., 2021; Rutledge et al., 2014); and functional connectivity (e.g. Edelson et al., 2018; Konovalov et al., 2021). The behavioural modelling is thus complemented by neuroimaging analyses that offer insight about both the activity in regions associated with guilt as well as their place in a wider network, providing an in-depth comprehensive analysis of the mechanisms behind guilt evoked by social responsibility.”

      In addition, as suggested we added the following paragraph on open questions and future work in the Discussion:

      “Several open questions remain at the end of this study. As discussed above, asking participants directly about which emotions they have felt during the different stages of this task would allow us to link subjective experience with our analytical measures. Testing more participants would allow us to assess the impact of inter-individual variations in personality traits on the experience as well as the behavioural and neural correlates of guilt and responsibility. Using more trials in the experiment would allow separate modelling of risk preferences in gain and loss trials in each experimental condition using expected utility models, and could allow testing whether changes in momentary happiness affect subsequent choices. Varying partner identities (friends, strangers, artificial agent) could reveal the impact of social discounting on guilt and responsibility. In sum, we believe that this experimental approach lends itself very well to the study of several aspects of social emotions.”

      However, taken together, this study provides useful insights into the neural and behavioral mechanisms of responsibility and guilt in social decision-making and how they influence behavior. 

      We thank the reviewer again for their appreciation of our work and hope that our revisions improved the manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The majority of my suggestions are in the public review, so I will not repeat them here. But in general, I like the paper, and in addition to my other comments, I think that there should be more discussion of the potential limitations of the study and conclusions that can be drawn. I also thought parts of the results were a little hard to follow, particularly in the 'momentary happiness' section. Perhaps an additional subsection here might help with flow.

      We agree that we could have discussed further the limitations of our study and the conclusions that can be drawn from it, which we have now done in the last paragraphs of the Discussion in this revised version.

      To improve the structure of the section on ‘momentary happiness’, we separated this section into two, entitled: ‘Momentary happiness: links to reward‘ and ‘Momentary happiness: effects of agency, responsibility and guilt’, which should facilitate the reading of this long section. We proceeded in a similar manner for the Choices section, which is now subdivided into ‘Choices: manipulation check’ and ‘Choices: risk preferences’. We believe that these changes have indeed improved the readability of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, I believe this manuscript was well-designed, consists of extensive analyses, and provides interesting new insights into the mechanisms underlying social decision-making. I mostly have some clarifying questions and minor comments, which are described below. 

      (1) Integration of prior findings in the first paragraphs of the Introduction. Although all the previous work described in the 2nd-5th paragraph introduction is interesting, it felt a bit like an enumeration of findings rather than an integrated introduction leading to the current research question. At the end of paragraph 5, it becomes clear how these findings relate to the current research question, but I believe it will improve the flow and readability of the introduction if this becomes clear earlier on.

      We agree that we could have integrated the cited previous work into the Introduction so that the text builds up to the research question. We have now extensively reworked several paragraphs in the Introduction (pages 3-5) and hope that these changes have made it easier to follow.

      (2) For the risk attitudes (Choices), you describe pooling the gains and losses and then comparing the social and solo conditions. I was wondering whether you also looked at potential differences between gains and losses (delta measure) for social versus the solo condition (so a comparison of the delta). Based on prior work, I can imagine that the difference in risk attitudes for gains and losses might differ when making decisions for yourself versus when you're doing it for a partner. In general, I was wondering how you explain these findings, as there is also a lot of work showing differences in risk-taking patterns for gains and losses.

      We agree that we could have compared delta measures between solo and social conditions. However, as we describe in the Results section and comment on in the Discussion, the relatively low number of trials made separate fitting of gain and loss trials across conditions difficult. While this question could thus be addressed in subsequent versions of our experiment with more trials, such a fine-grained analysis of the decisions was not the focus of our current study.

      (3) On page 11, you state: "in particular the partner's reward prediction errors resulting from the participants' decisions, i.e. those pRPE for which participants were responsible." From the results described in the paragraph above, this doesn't become clear (e.g., there's no distinction made between social_pRPE and partner_pRPE in the text), as it only discusses differences in weights between pRPE and sRPE. I would recommend including some more information in the main text on these main modeling findings, so one doesn't have to go to the Supplemental Materials to understand them.

      We did indeed fail to report these findings in the text! We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now edited this passage as follows:

      “Crucially, we find here that the partner’s reward prediction errors (social_pRPE and partner_pRPE) contributed to explaining changes in participants’ momentary happiness: the Responsibility and ResponsibilityRedux models explained the data better than the models without these parameters (see Table 1). In particular, the partner’s reward prediction errors resulting from the participants’ decisions (social_pRPE), i.e. those pRPE for which participants were responsible, contributed to explaining our data (weights for social_pRPE were greater than 0: Responsibility model: Study 1: Z = 2.85, p = 0.004, Study 2: Z = 3.26, p = 0.001; Responsibility Redux model: Study 1: Z = 2.93, p = 0.003, Study 2: Z = 3.30, p = 0.001; weights for social_pRPE tended to be higher than weights for partner_pRPE: Responsibility model: Study 1: Z = 2.14, p = 0.033; Study 2: Z = 1.41, p = 0.16).”

      (4) The functional connectivity findings seem to come out of nowhere and are not introduced or described anywhere prior in the manuscript. It is therefore not completely clear why you conducted these analyses, or what they add above and beyond previous analyses. Already introducing this method earlier on would fix that.

      We agree that we could have introduced functional connectivity analyses earlier in the text, particularly given the many previous studies in our field using this technique. We have now done this at the end of a new last paragraph of the Introduction:

      “Inspired by findings reported in previous neuroimaging of social emotions, we also used several methods to analyse our fMRI data, including conventional methods (both region-of-interest and mass univariate); mixed-effects regression models; computational model-based analyses (inspired by e.g. Konovalov et al., 2021; Rutledge et al., 2014); and functional connectivity (e.g. Edelson et al., 2018; Konovalov et al., 2021). The behavioural modelling is thus complemented by neuroimaging analyses that offer insight about both the activity in regions associated with guilt as well as their place in a wider network, providing an in-depth comprehensive analysis of the mechanisms behind guilt evoked by social responsibility.”

      (5) For the functional connectivity findings: I was wondering why you only looked at the choice phase, and not at the feedback phase. I understand that previous work focused on the choice phase, but for the purpose of this study (focus on guilt), I can imagine it is also interesting to see what happens with feedback. In the discussion, you also state "How we feel when we witness our decisions' consequences on others is an important signal to consider when attempting to make good social decisions." (p. 19), which is more focused on the feedback rather than choice, and also supports the idea that looking at the feedback moment might be relevant.

      We agree that we could also have looked at the functional connectivity during the feedback phase. The main reason why we had originally not done so was time constraints. At the current time we would in addition point out that the manuscript is already very long and contains many analyses of behavioural and fMRI data. Adding this analysis would cost additional time and would further delay the publication of our manuscript, which we would prefer to avoid. However, one could of course look at these effects in subsequent analyses of the same data or in subsequent versions of this experiment. We have now mentioned this in the Discussion, in the paragraphs on open questions.

      Minor comments:

      (1) For some of the Figures, it would be helpful if the subtitles were more informative. For Figure 2 and Figure 3 for example, it would be nice if Study 1 and Study 2 were not only mentioned in the figure description but also in the actual figure. For Figures 3 and 4, it would be helpful to have significance stars for the bar plots as well.

      We agree that these changes make the figures more easily understandable and have implemented them all, except for adding stars on Figure 4, because all bar plots in panels C and E would have been labeled with two or more stars, which would have made the figure difficult to read. We have now mentioned the fact that all these coefficients were significant in the figure legend.

      (2) For some of the Supplementary Results, it would be very helpful if there was a legend or description. This is already the case for most of the SR, but not for all.

      We have now added a legend to all elements of the Supplementary Results.

      Some questions that came to mind while going through them:

      - Supplementary Table 1: which p-values correspond to the significance stars? This information is included for Supplementary Table 2, but not for ST1. 

      We have now added the missing information in ST1.

      - Supplementary Figure 1: do the colors correspond to different participants? 

      We have now specified that the colors do indeed correspond to different participants.

      - Supplementary Table 5 (final table): what do the - represent? As in, why is there no value for "run" for the MPFC? At first, I thought you only included the significant values, but then I noticed a few non-significant values as well, so it wasn't completely clear to me why some of the values were missing. This also applies to Supplementary Table 6.

      We have indeed forgotten to explain this. The ‘-’ in Supplementary Tables 4 and 6 indicate that the linear mixed model without the factor ‘run’ was the better-fitting one. We have now added the following explanation in the text accompanying Supplementary Table 4:

      “We tested these models both with and without the factor Run and associated interaction, and we report the best-fitting model in the table below: a dash (‘-’) in the row displaying parameters for the run and socialVsSolo:run regressors indicates that the model without factor run was better-fitting for this ROI.”

      (3) I came across a few minor typos or sentences that were not completely clear to me.

      - On page 3: "Patients with damage to ventromedial prefrontal cortex (vmPFC) seem insensitive to guilt when playing social economic games (Krajbich et al., 2009)." This sentence felt a bit out of nowhere and doesn't logically follow from the previous sentences. 

      We have now revised the descriptions of this previous study as well as several others and how they fit into the research question.

      - On page 3: "In another study, participant errors in a difficult perception task lead to a partner feeling pain and evoked activations in left aIns and dlPFC (Koban et al., 2013)." This sentence doesn't really flow, and from the wording, it is not completely clear whether it's the errors or the partner pain that led to the aIns and dlPFC activation.

      We have now revised the description of this study as well, as follows:

      “In another study, partners received painful stimuli when participants made errors during a difficult perception task. These errors evoked activations in the left aIns and dlPFC in the participants (Koban et al., 2013).”

      - Supplementary Figure 1: there is a missing period after the sentence "We then compared these new estimated parameters to the actual parameters from which the synthetic data were generated"

      We have now added a missing comma after “generated”.

      - On page 5: "We ran two experiments, Study 1 outside fMRI and Study 2 during fMRI, with separate groups of participants." I would change "outside fMRI" to outside the MRI scanner or something like that, as it's not completely correct to say "outside fMRI".

      We have changed the sentence to “outside the MRI scanner”.

      - On page 6: for the first result, there are currently two p-values reported (p < 2.5e-20 and p < 2e-16). I believe this is an error?

      This was indeed an error! We have re-run this analysis, noticed that also the degrees of freedom were miscalculated, and have updated this result and the effect of condition (solo vs social). Results are almost identical as previously and all conclusions hold. We have also checked the other analyses reported in this paragraph – all results replicate exactly.

      - On page 6: "Supplemental Table 1" should be "Supplementary Table 1" (for consistency).

      Done.

      On page 8: "participants in both conditions of both studies", I would change "of both studies" to "for both studies".

      Done.

      On page 8: for the "Momentary Happiness" paragraph, it would be helpful if you could briefly describe the Rutledge method here, for people who are unfamiliar with the approach.

      We now write the following at the beginning of this paragraph:

      “Following Rutledge and colleagues’ methodology, which considers that changes in momentary happiness in response to outcomes of a probabilistic reward task are explained by the combined influence of recent reward expectations and prediction errors arising from those expectations, we fitted computational models to each participant’s happiness data.”

      On page 10: "Wilkoxon sign-rank tests", should be "Wilcoxon".

      Done.

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our manuscript. We believe that these changes have indeed improved our manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Rayan et al. aims to elucidate the role of RNA as a context-dependent modulator of liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS), aggregation, and bioactivity of the amyloidogenic peptides PSMα3 and LL-37, motivated by their structural and functional similarities.

      Strengths:

      The authors combine extensive biophysical characterization with cell-based assays to investigate how RNA differentially regulates peptide aggregation states and associated cytotoxic and antimicrobial functions.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study addresses an interesting and timely question with potentially broad implications for host-pathogen interactions and amyloid biology, several aspects of the experimental design and data analysis require further clarification and strengthening.

      Major Comments:

      (1) In Figure 1A, the author showed "stronger binding affinity" based on shifts at lower peptide concentrations, but no quantitative binding parameters (e.g., apparent Kd, fraction bound, or densitometric analysis) are presented. This claim would be better supported by including: (i) A binding curve with quantification of free vs bound RNA band intensities (ii) Replicates and error estimates (mean {plus minus} SD).

      (2) The authors report droplet formation at low RNA (50 ng/µL) but protein aggregation at high RNA (400 ng/µL) through fluorescence microscopy. However, no intermediate RNA concentrations (e.g., 100-300 ng/µL) are tested or discussed, leaving a critical gap in understanding the full phase diagram and transition mechanisms. Additionally, the behaviour of PSMα3 in the absence of RNA under LLPS conditions is not shown. Without protein-only data, it is difficult to assess if droplets are RNA-induced or if protein has a weak baseline LLPS that RNA tunes. The saturation concentration (csat) for PSMα3 phase separation, either in the absence or presence of RNA, should be reported.

      (3) For a convincing LLPS claim, it is important to show: Quantitative FRAP curves (mobile fraction and half-time of recovery) rather than only microscopy images and qualitative statements.

      (4) The manuscript highly relies on fluorescence microscopy to show colocalization. However, the colocalization is presented in a qualitative manner only. The manuscript would benefit from the inclusion of quantitative metrics (e.g., Pearson's correlation coefficient, Manders' overlap coefficients, or intensity correlation analysis).

      (5) In Figures 3 B and 3C, the contrast between "no AT630 at 30 min, strong at 2 h" (50 ng/μL) and "strong at 30 min" (400 ng/μL) is compelling, but a simple quantification (e.g., mean fluorescence intensity per area) would greatly increase rigor.

      (6) In Figure S3 ssCD data, if possible, indicate whether the α-helical signal increases with RNA concentration or shows a non-linear dependence, which might link to the LLPS vs solid aggregate regimes.

      (7) In Figure 5B, FRAP recovery in dying cells may reflect artifactual mobility rather than biological relevance. Additionally, the absence of quantification data limits interpretation; providing recovery curves would clarify relevance.

      (8) The narrative conflates cytotoxicity endpoints (membrane damage, PI staining, aggregates) with localization data (nucleolar foci), creating ambiguity about whether nucleolar targeting drives toxicity or is a consequence of cell death. Separating toxicity assessment from localization analysis, or clearly demonstrating that nucleolar accumulation precedes cytotoxicity, would resolve this ambiguity.

      (9) In Figure 8, to strengthen the LLPS assignment for LL-37, additional evidence, such as FRAP analysis or observation of droplet fusion events, would be valuable. This is particularly relevant given that the heat shock conditions (65{degree sign}C for 15 minutes) could potentially induce partial denaturation or nonspecific coacervation.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Rayan et al. aims to investigate the role of RNA in modulating both virulent amyloid and host-defense peptides, with the objective of understanding their self-assembly mechanisms, morphological features, and aggregation pathways.

      Strengths:

      The overall content is well-structured with a logical flow of ideas that effectively conveys the research objectives.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 2 displays representative FRAP images demonstrating fluorescence recovery within seconds. To gain a more comprehensive understanding of how recovery after photobleaching varies under different conditions, it is recommended to supplement these images with corresponding quantitative fluorescence recovery curves for analysis.

      (2) Ostwald ripening typically leads to the shrinkage or even disappearance of smaller droplets, accompanied by the further growth of large droplets. However, the droplet size in Figure 2D decreases significantly after 2 h of incubation. This observation prompts the question, what is the driving force underlying RNA-regulated phase separation and phase transition?

      (3) The manuscript aims to study the role of RNA in modulating PSMα3 aggregation by using solution-state NMR to obtain residue-specific structural information. The current NMR data, as described in the method and figure captions, were recorded in the absence of RNA. Whether RNA binding induces conformational changes of PSMα3, and how these changes alter the NMR spectra? Also, the sequential NOE walk between neighboring residues can be annotated on the spectrum for clarity.

      (4) The authors claim that LL-37 shares functional, sequence, and structural similarities with PSMα3. However, no droplet formation was observed of LL-37 in the presence of RNA only. The authors then applied thermal stress to induce phase separation of LL-37. What are the main factors contributing to the different phase behaviors exhibited by LL-37 and PSMα3? What are the differences in the conformation of amyloid aggregates and the kinetics of aggregation between the condensation-induced aggregation in the presence of RNA and the conventional nucleation-elongation process in the absence of RNA for these two proteins?

    3. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive comments, which greatly helped us to clarify, quantify, and strengthen both our findings and interpretations. Below, we provide a point-by-point response to each comment and describe the corresponding changes made.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Rayan et al. aims to elucidate the role of RNA as a context-dependent modulator of liquid-liquid phase separation (LLPS), aggregation, and bioactivity of the amyloidogenic peptides PSMα3 and LL-37, motivated by their structural and functional similarities.

      Strengths:

      The authors combine extensive biophysical characterization with cell-based assays to investigate how RNA differentially regulates peptide aggregation states and associated cytotoxic and antimicrobial functions.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study addresses an interesting and timely question with potentially broad implications for host-pathogen interactions and amyloid biology, several aspects of the experimental design and data analysis require further clarification and strengthening.

      Major Comments:

      (1) In Figure 1A, the author showed "stronger binding affinity" based on shifts at lower peptide concentrations, but no quantitative binding parameters (e.g., apparent Kd, fraction bound, or densitometric analysis) are presented. This claim would be better supported by including: (i) A binding curve with quantification of free vs bound RNA band intensities ,(ii) Replicates and error estimates (mean {plus minus} SD).

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. To quantitatively support the binding differences observed in Figure 1A, we have now performed densitometric analysis of the EMSA data and included the results in Figure S1. The analysis showed that the Kd for PSMα3 binding to polyAU and polyA RNA is in the same order of magnitude but lower for the polyAU, indicating a stronger binding. A description was added to the results in lines 137-145 of the revised version.

      (2) The authors report droplet formation at low RNA (50 ng/µL) but protein aggregation at high RNA (400 ng/µL) through fluorescence microscopy. However, no intermediate RNA concentrations (e.g., 100-300 ng/µL) are tested or discussed, leaving a critical gap in understanding the full phase diagram and transition mechanisms.

      Our initial choice of 50 ng/µL (low RNA) and 400 ng/µL (high RNA) was guided by a broader RNA titration performed by turbidity measurements across 0, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, and 400 ng/µL (Figure S2 in the revised version). In this screen, turbidity increased up to 50 ng/µL and then decreased dose-dependently from 100–400 ng/µL. We interpret this non-monotonic behavior as consistent with a transition from a dropletrich regime (maximal light scattering at intermediate dense-phase volume) toward conditions where assemblies become larger and/or more compact and sediment out of the optical path. This is described in lines 158-161 of the revised version.

      Of note, additional intermediate RNA conditions (100 and 200 ng/µL) are included in Figure S14 (of the revised version). While these experiments were performed under the heat-shock perturbation, they nevertheless support the central point that RNA tunes assembly state across intermediate concentrations rather than producing a binary low/high outcome.

      Importantly, we agree with the reviewer that a full phase diagram would be the most rigorous way to define the transition mechanism. However, establishing csat and constructing a complete phase diagram would require systematic measurements of dilute-phase concentrations (e.g., centrifugation/quantification or fluorescence calibration), controlled ionic strength titrations, and time-resolved mapping, which is beyond the scope of the present study. We have therefore revised the text to avoid implying that we provide a complete phase diagram. Instead, we frame our results as a qualitative with multi-assay characterization showing that RNA concentration drives a shift from liquid-like condensates (at low RNA) toward solid-like assemblies (at high RNA), with an intermediate regime suggested by the turbidity transition and supported by additional imaging under stress. Finally, to address the “critical gap” concern directly, we add a sentence (lines 239-241) stating that: “Future work will be required to quantitatively define the phase boundaries and delineate the dominant mechanisms, such as sedimentation, dissolution, or coarsening/aging, across intermediate RNA concentrations.

      (3) Additionally, the behaviour of PSMα3 in the absence of RNA under LLPS conditions is not shown. Without protein-only data, it is difficult to assess if droplets are RNA-induced or if protein has a weak baseline LLPS that RNA tunes. The saturation concentration (csat) for PSMα3 phase separation, either in the absence or presence of RNA, should be reported.

      In response to the reviewer’s request, we have added Figure 2F, which shows PSMα3 alone in the absence of RNA under the same conditions. PSMα3 does not form droplets in this condition, indicating that condensate formation is RNA-dependent in the tested conditions. This is referred to in the text in lines 190-193 of the revised version. Please see our response about determining the csat in the response to the previous comment.

      (4) For a convincing LLPS claim, it is important to show: Quantitative FRAP curves (mobile fraction and half-time of recovery) rather than only microscopy images and qualitative statements.

      We have included quantitative FRAP analysis in Figure S4 of the revised version, showing normalized recovery curves along with extracted mobile fractions and half-times of recovery (t₁/₂). These quantitative measurements support the dynamic nature of the PSMα3–RNA. This is referred to in the text in lines 179-184 of the revised version.

      (5) The manuscript highly relies on fluorescence microscopy to show colocalization. However, the colocalization is presented in a qualitative manner only. The manuscript would benefit from the inclusion of quantitative metrics (e.g., Pearson's correlation coefficient, Manders' overlap coefficients, or intensity correlation analysis).

      In response, we have added quantitative colocalization analysis to the revised manuscript. Specifically, we now report Pearson’s correlation coefficients and Manders’ overlap coefficients for the dual-channel fluorescence microscopy datasets in Figure S5 of the revised version. These metrics provide an objective measure of codistribution and complement the qualitative imaging.

      The analysis supports that at low RNA concentrations (droplet/condensate conditions), PSMα3 and RNA show strong colocalization, consistent with RNA being incorporated within, or closely associated with, the peptide-rich phase. In contrast, at high RNA concentrations, where the assemblies are more solid-like/amyloid-positive, the quantitative coefficients decrease, consistent with reduced overlap and an apparent spatial demixing in which RNA becomes partially excluded from the peptide-rich structures. This is referred to in the text in lines 194-203 of the revised version.

      (6) In Figures 3 B and 3C, the contrast between "no AT630 at 30 min, strong at 2 h" (50 ng/μL) and "strong at 30 min" (400 ng/μL) is compelling, but a simple quantification (e.g., mean fluorescence intensity per area) would greatly increase rigor.

      We have included quantitative analysis of AmyTracker630 fluorescence intensity in Figure S6 of the revised version, reporting the mean fluorescence intensity per area for the indicated conditions and time points. This quantification supports the qualitative differences observed in Figures 3B and 3C. This is now referred to in the text in lines 233-236 of the revised version.

      (7) In Figure S3 ssCD data, if possible, indicate whether the α-helical signal increases with RNA concentration or shows a non-linear dependence, which might link to the LLPS vs solid aggregate regimes.

      The ssCD spectra displayed in Figure S7 in the revised version (corresponding to Figure S3 in the original submission) show that the α-helical signature of PSMα3 is markedly enhanced in the presence of RNA compared to peptide alone, as evidenced by increased signal intensity, deeper minima, and more pronounced spectral features characteristic of α-helical structure. Importantly, this enhancement is more pronounced at 400 ng/µL Poly(AU) RNA than at 50 ng/µL, particularly after 2 hours of coincubation, indicating that RNA concentration influences the stabilization of α-helical assemblies. This is now more specifically detailed in the text in lines 258-263 of the revised version.

      We note that solid-state CD does not allow direct quantitative deconvolution of secondary structure content (e.g., % helix) in the same manner as solution CD, due to sample anisotropy, scattering, and orientation effects inherent to dried or aggregated films. Consequently, our interpretation is qualitative rather than strictly quantitative. The ssCD data therefore suggest a non-linear dependence on RNA concentration, rather than a simple linear dose–response. This is also expected considering that phase transition, suggested by the other findings, is intrinsically non-linear.

      (8) In Figure 5B, FRAP recovery in dying cells may reflect artifactual mobility rather than biological relevance. Additionally, the absence of quantification data limits interpretation; providing recovery curves would clarify relevance.

      We added quantitative FRAP analysis of the effect on PSMα3 within HeLa cells, shown in Figure S8 of the revised version. Compared to PSMα3 assemblies in vitro, nucleolar PSMα3 exhibits slower fluorescence recovery and a reduced mobile fraction. The nucleolus represents a highly crowded, RNA-rich cellular environment, which is expected to impose additional constraints on molecular mobility and likely contributes to the slower recovery kinetics observed in cells. This is now more specifically detailed in the text in lines 324-333 and discussed in lines 597-607 of the revised version.

      (9) The narrative conflates cytotoxicity endpoints (membrane damage, PI staining, aggregates) with localization data (nucleolar foci), creating ambiguity about whether nucleolar targeting drives toxicity or is a consequence of cell death. Separating toxicity assessment from localization analysis, or clearly demonstrating that nucleolar accumulation precedes cytotoxicity, would resolve this ambiguity.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that, in the current dataset, cytotoxicity readouts (membrane damage, PI staining, aggregate formation) and subcellular localization (nucleolar accumulation) are observed in close temporal proximity, which limits our ability to unambiguously assign causality. In the experiments presented here, PSMα3 was applied at concentrations known to induce rapid membrane disruption and cytotoxicity in HeLa cells. Under these conditions, PSMα3 accumulates on cellular membranes and penetrates into the cell and nucleus on very short timescales (seconds to minutes), likely preceding the temporal resolution accessible by standard live-cell fluorescence microscopy. As a result, nucleolar accumulation and cytotoxic endpoints are detected essentially concurrently, precluding a definitive determination of whether nucleolar association actively drives toxicity or occurs as a downstream consequence of membrane permeabilization and cell damage.

      We therefore emphasize that, in this study, nucleolar localization is presented as a phenomenological observation consistent with RNA-rich compartment association, rather than as a demonstrated causal mechanism of cytotoxicity. We have revised the Discussion (lines 597-607) to clarify this distinction and to avoid implying that nucleolar targeting is the primary driver of cell death.

      We agree that resolving this ambiguity would require systematic time-resolved and concentration-dependent experiments, including analysis at sub-toxic PSMα3 concentrations below the membrane-disruptive threshold, combined with orthogonal imaging approaches. Such experiments are planned for future work but are beyond the scope of the present study.

      (10) In Figure 8, to strengthen the LLPS assignment for LL-37, additional evidence, such as FRAP analysis or observation of droplet fusion events, would be valuable. This is particularly relevant given that the heat shock conditions (65 °C for 15 minutes) could potentially induce partial denaturation or nonspecific coacervation.

      In response to this comment, we have added FRAP analysis of LL-37 assemblies in the revised manuscript (Figure S12), including representative images and corresponding fluorescence recovery curves. The FRAP measurements show minimal fluorescence recovery over the acquisition window, indicating that the LL-37–RNA assemblies formed under these conditions are largely immobile and solid-like, rather than liquid-like droplets. This is now referred to in the text in lines 458-462 of the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this paper, Rayan et al. report that RNA influences cytotoxic activity of the staphylococcal secreted peptide cytolysin PSMalpha3 versus human cells and E. coli by impacting its aggregation. The authors used sophisticated methods of structural analysis and described the associated liquid-liquid phase separation. They also compare the influence of RNA on the aggregation and activity of LL-37, which shows differences from that on PSMalpha3.

      Strengths:

      That RNA impacts PSM cytotoxicity when co-incubated in vitro becomes clear.

      Weaknesses:

      I have two major and fundamental problems with this study:

      (1) The premise, as stated in the introduction and elsewhere, that PSMalpha3 amyloids are biologically functional, is highly debatable and has never been conclusively substantiated. The property that matters most for the present study, cytotoxicity, is generally attributed to PSM monomers, not amyloids. The likely erroneous notion that PSM amyloids are the predominant cytotoxic form is derived from an earlier study by the authors that has described a specific amyloid structure of aggregated PSMalpha3. Other authors have later produced evidence that, quite unsurprisingly, indicated that aggregation into amyloids decreases, rather than increases, PSM cytotoxicity. Unfortunately, yet other groups have, in the meantime, published in-vitro studies on "functional amyloids" by PSMs without critically challenging the concept of PSM amyloid "functionality". Of note, the authors' own data in the present study, which show strongly decreased cytotoxicity of PSMalpha3 after prolonged incubation, are in agreement with monomer-associated cytotoxicity as they can be easily explained by the removal of biologically active monomers from the solution.

      We thank the reviewer for this important critique and agree that direct cytotoxicity is most plausibly mediated by soluble PSM species, while extensive fibrillation generally reduces toxicity by depleting these forms, a conclusion supported by our data and by other studies (e.g., Zheng et al 2018 and Yao et al 2019). We do not propose mature amyloid fibrils as the primary toxic entities. Rather, we use the term functional amyloid in a regulatory sense, consistent with other biological amyloids whose fibrillar states modulate activity (e.g., hormone storage amyloids or RNA-binding proteins).

      In line with emerging findings, we interpret PSMα3 toxicity as arising from a dynamic assembly process rather than from a single static molecular species. We previously showed that PSMα3 forms cross-α fibrils that are thermodynamically and mechanically less stable than cross-β amyloids and readily disassemble upon heat stress, fully restoring cytotoxic activity (Rayan et al., 2023). This behavior contrasts with PSMα1, which forms highly stable cross-β fibrils that do not recover activity after heat shock, suggesting that the limited thermostability of PSMα3 is an evolved feature enabling reversible switching between inactive (stored) and active states.

      Consistent with this view, both PSMα1 and PSMα3 are cytotoxic in their soluble states, yet mutants unable to fibrillate lose activity, indicating that fibrillation is required but not itself the toxic end state (Tayeb-Fligelman et al., 2017, 2020; Malishev et al., 2018). Our other studies further show that cytotoxicity toward human cells correlates with inherent or lipid-induced α-helical assemblies, rather than with inert β-sheet amyloids (RagonisBachar et al., 2022, 2026; Salinas 2020, Bücker 2022). Together, these findings support a model in which membrane-associated, dynamic α-helical assembly, which requires continuous exchange between soluble species and growing fibrils, drives membrane disruption, potentially through lipid recruitment or extraction, analogous to mechanisms proposed for human amyloids such as islet amyloid polypeptide (Sparr et al., 2004).

      In the present study, we further show that RNA reshapes this dynamic landscape: while PSMα3 alone progressively loses activity upon incubation, co-incubation with RNA preserves cytotoxicity by stabilizing bioactive polymorphs and condensate-like states, whereas high RNA concentrations promote solid aggregation but nevertheless preserve activity. Thus, aggregation is neither inherently functional nor toxic, but context-dependent and environmentally regulated. Taken together, our data support a model in which PSMα3 amyloids act as a dynamic reservoir, enabling S. aureus to tune virulence by reversibly shifting between dormant and active states in response to environmental cues such as heat or RNA.

      This is now discussed in lines 56-76 and 523-553 of the revised version.

      (2) That RNA may interfere with PSM aggregation and influence activity is not very surprising, given that PSM attachment to nucleic acids - while not studied in as much detail as here - has been described. Importantly, it does not become clear whether this effect has biologically significant consequences beyond influencing, again not surprisingly, cytotoxicity in vitro. The authors do show in nice microscopic analyses that labeled PSMalpha3 attaches to nuclei when incubated with HeLa cells. However, given that the cells are killed rapidly by membrane perturbation by the applied PSM concentrations, it remains unclear and untested whether the attachment to nucleic acids in dying cells makes any contribution to PSM-induced cell death or has any other biological significance.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point and agree that PSM–nucleic acid interactions are not unexpected and that our data do not support a direct intracellular role for RNA binding in mediating cytotoxicity. Accordingly, we do not propose nucleolar or nuclear association of PSMα3 as a causal mechanism of cell death. At the concentrations used, PSMα3 induces rapid membrane disruption, and nucleic acid association is observed along with membrane attachment, precluding conclusions about intracellular function. This limitation is now explicitly clarified in the revised manuscript. The biological significance of our findings lies instead in extracellular and environmental contexts, where PSMα3 encounters abundant nucleic acids, such as RNA or DNA released from damaged host cells or present in biofilms as now addressed in lines 622631. Our data show that RNA modulates PSMα3 aggregation trajectories, shifting the balance between liquid-like condensates and solid aggregates, and thereby regulates the persistence and timing of cytotoxic activity. In this framework, RNA acts as a context-dependent regulator of virulence, rather than as an intracellular cytotoxic cofactor, an aspect which would be studied in depth in future work. This is now addressed in the text in lines 597-607 of the revised version.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Rayan et al. aims to investigate the role of RNA in modulating both virulent amyloid and host-defense peptides, with the objective of understanding their self-assembly mechanisms, morphological features, and aggregation pathways.

      Strengths:

      The overall content is well-structured with a logical flow of ideas that effectively conveys the research objectives.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 2 displays representative FRAP images demonstrating fluorescence recovery within seconds. To gain a more comprehensive understanding of how recovery after photobleaching varies under different conditions, it is recommended to supplement these images with corresponding quantitative fluorescence recovery curves for analysis.

      In response to this comment, we have supplemented the representative FRAP images with quantitative fluorescence recovery curves, reporting normalized recovery kinetics for the indicated conditions. These data are now provided in Figure S4 of the revised manuscript, allowing direct comparison of recovery behavior across conditions (shown by microscopy in Figure 2). In addition, we have included quantitative FRAP analyses for the cellular imaging shown in Figure 5 (presented in Figure S8) and for LL-37 assemblies formed under heat-shock conditions (Figure S12). Together, these additions provide a quantitative framework for interpreting the FRAP results and strengthen the distinction between liquid-like and solid-like assembly states.

      (2) Ostwald ripening typically leads to the shrinkage or even disappearance of smaller droplets, accompanied by the further growth of large droplets. However, the droplet size in Figure 2D decreases significantly after 2 h of incubation. This observation prompts the question, what is the driving force underlying RNA-regulated phase separation and phase transition?

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. Across multiple samples, we consistently observe a coexistence of small droplets and larger aggregates, rather than systematic growth of larger droplets at the expense of smaller ones or a uniform decrease in droplet size. In addition, the timescales examined do not allow us to reliably assess whether diffusion-driven droplet coalescence is fast enough to draw firm conclusions about droplet size evolution. This is now addressed in the text in lines 181-184 of the revised version.

      A decrease in droplet size over time is nevertheless observed in some instances and is more consistent with a time-dependent conversion of initially liquid-like condensates into more solid-like assemblies, which would reduce molecular mobility and suppress droplet coalescence. In parallel, progressive fibril formation may act as a sink for soluble peptide, leading to partial dissolution or shrinkage of less mature condensates. Together, these observations are consistent with a non-equilibrium aging process, in which RNAregulated assemblies evolve from dynamic condensates toward more solid structures rather than following equilibrium Ostwald ripening.

      (3) The manuscript aims to study the role of RNA in modulating PSMα3 aggregation by using solution-state NMR to obtain residue-specific structural information. The current NMR data, as described in the method and figure captions, were recorded in the absence of RNA. Whether RNA binding induces conformational changes of PSMα3, and how these changes alter the NMR spectra? Also, the sequential NOE walk between neighboring residues can be annotated on the spectrum for clarity.

      The solution-state NMR experiments were performed specifically to characterize the potential binding of EGCG to PSMα3. Due to the strong tendency of PSMα3 to undergo rapid aggregation and line broadening upon RNA addition, solutionstate NMR spectra in the presence of RNA could not be obtained at sufficient quality for residue-specific analysis. As suggested, we have updated and annotated the sequential NOE walk between neighboring residues on the relevant NOESY spectra to improve clarity.

      (4) The authors claim that LL-37 shares functional, sequence, and structural similarities with PSMα3. However, no droplet formation was observed of LL-37 in the presence of RNA only. The authors then applied thermal stress to induce phase separation of LL-37. What are the main factors contributing to the different phase behaviors exhibited by LL37 and PSMα3? What are the differences in the conformation of amyloid aggregates and the kinetics of aggregation between the condensation-induced aggregation in the presence of RNA and the conventional nucleation-elongation process in the absence of RNA for these two proteins?”

      We appreciate this important question and have clarified both the basis of the comparison and the origin of the divergent phase behaviors of LL-37 and PSMα3. While PSMα3 and LL-37 share key properties as short, cationic, amphipathic α-helical peptides that self-assemble and interact with nucleic acids, they differ fundamentally in their assembly architectures. PSMα3 is an amyloidogenic peptide that forms cross-α amyloid fibrils, in which α-helices stack perpendicular to the fibril axis. In contrast, LL-37 can form fibrillar or sheet-like assemblies (observed in cryo grids), but these lack canonical amyloid features without clear cross-α or cross-β amyloid order, as so far observed by crystal structures. This is now clarified in different parts of the text of the revised version. Thus, the comparison between the two peptides is functional and physicochemical rather than implying identical amyloid mechanisms. These structural differences likely underlie their distinct phase behaviors.

      Because LL-37 does not follow a classical amyloid nucleation–elongation pathway, and high-resolution structural information (e.g., cryo-EM) is currently lacking, partly due to its sheet-like, non-twisted morphology (unpublished results), it is not possible to directly compare aggregation kinetics or nucleation mechanisms between LL-37 and PSMα3. It is possible that amyloidogenic systems such as PSMα3 exhibit greater flexibility in prefibrillar and fibrillar polymorphism, enabling RNA-regulated phase behavior, whereas nonamyloid assemblies such as LL-37 are more prone to stress-induced solid aggregation. We note that this interpretation is necessarily tentative and does not imply a general rule, but rather reflects differences evident in the present system.

    1. Briefing : Analyse du Sexisme Ordinaire et des Stéréotypes de Genre

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les enseignements issus d'une série d'expériences de psychologie sociale visant à mettre en lumière les mécanismes du sexisme et des stéréotypes de genre.

      Les conclusions principales révèlent que le sexisme n'est pas seulement une intention malveillante, mais un automatisme cognitif partagé par tous, y compris les femmes.

      Ces stéréotypes s'intègrent dès l'âge de 4 ou 5 ans et influencent durablement les comportements, les performances intellectuelles et la perception de la réalité.

      L'analyse démontre également que le "sexisme bienveillant" est paradoxalement plus handicapant pour les performances féminines que le sexisme hostile, et que les hommes souffrent d'une "frustration virile" lorsqu'ils sont confrontés à des tâches perçues comme féminines.

      1. Définitions et Fondements Scientifiques

      L'étude distingue clairement les concepts biologiques des constructions sociales pour expliquer l'origine des comportements sexistes.

      Sexe vs Genre : Alors que le sexe relève d'une réalité génétique et biologique, le genre est une construction sociale attribuant des rôles et des comportements distincts aux hommes et aux femmes.

      Scientifiquement, il est impossible de différencier le cerveau d'un nouveau-né garçon de celui d'une fille.

      Stéréotype de genre : Croyance simplifiée ou généralisée qui attribue des traits spécifiques à un individu sur la seule base de son appartenance à un groupe sexué.

      Sexisme : Attitude ou comportement discriminatoire basé sur le sexe ou le genre.

      Il ne s'appuie sur aucune réalité scientifique mais sur des modèles culturels, notamment le modèle patriarcal de domination masculine.

      2. L'Intégration Précoce des Clichés (L'Enfance)

      Les témoignages d'enfants de 7 à 8 ans confirment que les stéréotypes sont profondément ancrés dès le plus jeune âge, sous l'influence des parents, de l'école et des médias.

      Répartition des traits : Les enfants associent massivement la force et le courage aux garçons, tandis que le calme, la douceur et la sagesse sont attribués aux filles.

      Observation du quotidien : L'éducation se fait par "imprégnation".

      Les enfants intériorisent les rôles en observant, par exemple, que la mère gère les tâches ménagères (cuisine, vaisselle) tandis que le père s'occupe du bricolage ou de ses loisirs (golf, télévision).

      Citations clés :

      ◦ « Le courage, c'est les garçons parce qu'ils s'en fichent qu'il y ait une araignée. »  

      ◦ « [Maman fait tout] parce que mon père il fait le travail. »

      3. Le Sexisme dans la Sphère Professionnelle et Sociale

      Les expériences démontrent une occupation inégale de l'espace et de la parole, ainsi que des biais de recrutement automatiques.

      A. La prise de parole et le "Manterrupting"

      Lors de réunions mixtes, les résultats montrent une domination masculine systématique :

      Temps de parole : Les hommes occupent en moyenne 56 % du temps de parole, parlant environ 3 minutes 20 de plus que les femmes.

      Rôles spontanés : Les hommes s'emparent naturellement de la direction (lecture de mission), tandis que les femmes adoptent souvent le rôle de "greffière" ou de secrétaire.

      Mécanisme : La prise de parole en milieu professionnel est perçue comme une prise de pouvoir symbolique.

      Le stéréotype de la "femme pipelette" est relégué à la sphère privée et domestique.

      B. Les biais d'attribution professionnelle

      Lorsqu'on présente des photos de situations professionnelles ambiguës :

      Hommes : Identifiés comme pilotes, chirurgiens ou chefs d'entreprise par plus de 8 participants sur 10.

      Femmes : Identifiées comme hôtesses de l'air, infirmières ou secrétaires (plus de 9 sur 10 pour le secrétariat).

      Constat : Les métiers de puissance et valorisés sont automatiquement attribués aux hommes ; les métiers de soutien ou de subordination aux femmes.

      4. L'Injonction de Virilité et ses Conséquences

      Le sexisme impacte également les hommes en leur imposant une norme de force et d'insensibilité.

      La frustration virile : Une expérience montre que les hommes ayant effectué une tâche jugée "féminine" (repassage) frappent ensuite beaucoup plus fort sur un dynamomètre que ceux ayant fait du bricolage.

      Ils cherchent inconsciemment à "restaurer" leur virilité perçue comme attaquée.

      Le tabou des émotions : En caméra cachée, une femme qui pleure dans un parc suscite immédiatement de la compassion.

      À l'inverse, un homme en pleurs est largement ignoré par les passants.

      Ce stéréotype de l'homme fort, incapable de montrer ses émotions, est une construction culturelle récente (XIXe siècle).

      5. Biais Cognitifs et "Menace du Stéréotype"

      Les préjugés altèrent la vision de la réalité et les performances individuelles.

      A. La vision déformée

      Lors de l'observation d'une photo complexe d'une voiture de sport conduite par une femme :

      Résultat : 2 participants sur 3 affirment avoir vu un homme au volant.

      Explication : Le cerveau reconstruit une cohérence basée sur ses stéréotypes (homme = conducteur de voiture de sport) lorsqu'il est submergé d'informations.

      B. L'impact sur les performances (Le test de géométrie)

      L'expérience compare les performances de femmes sur une même tâche de reproduction de figure :

      Consigne "Dessin" : Les participantes réussissent globalement bien.

      Consigne "Géométrie" : Les performances chutent radicalement (10 points de moins en moyenne).

      Analyse : C'est la "menace du stéréotype". La peur de confirmer le cliché selon lequel "les femmes sont nulles en maths" crée une anxiété qui paralyse les capacités cognitives.

      6. Hostilité vs Bienveillance : Les deux visages du sexisme

      L'étude met en lumière une forme de sexisme particulièrement insidieuse.

      | Type de Sexisme | Caractéristiques | Impact sur les femmes | | --- | --- | --- | | Sexisme Hostile | Direct, agressif, méprisant, misogynie assumée. | Provoque une insurrection, une colère qui peut paradoxalement stimuler la performance (11/20 de moyenne au test). | | Sexisme Bienveillant | Ton paternaliste, protecteur, condescendant ("syndrome du chevalier"). | Plus dangereux car accepté ou non détecté. Il dégrade les performances (9/20 de moyenne) en traitant la femme comme un être fragile. |

      7. Déconstruction de l'Intuition Féminine

      Le concept d'"intuition féminine" est identifié comme un piège social.

      Réalité biologique : Les zones cérébrales liées à l'empathie et à l'attention sont identiques chez les deux sexes.

      Fonction sociale : Valoriser l'intuition (le ressenti) chez la femme sert historiquement à lui dénier la rationalité (le logos) et donc la capacité de gouverner.

      C'est un moyen de maintenir la domination masculine en cantonnant les femmes au domaine de l'émotionnel.

      Conclusion

      Le sexisme est un système de légitimation par la nature qui tente d'inscrire des inégalités sociales dans le biologique.

      L'analyse démontre que l'égalité parfaite ne pourra être atteinte que par la déconstruction de ces stéréotypes automatiques.

      Comme le souligne l'expert Sylvain Delouvée, les stéréotypes sont historiquement et géographiquement situés ; ils ne sont donc pas une fatalité et peuvent être modifiés par l'environnement et l'éducation. |

    1. AbstractOver the past decade, central sequence repositories have expanded significantly in size. This vast accumulation of data holds value and enables further studies, provided that the data entries are well annotated. However, the submitter-provided metadata of sequencing records can be of heterogeneous quality, presenting significant challenges for re-use. Here, we test to what extent large language models (LLMs) can be used to cost-effectively automate the re-annotation of sequencing records against a simplified classification scheme of broad ecological environments with relevance to microbiome studies, without retraining.We focused on sequencing samples taken from the environment, for which metadata is important. We employed OpenAI Generative Pretrained Transformer (GPT) models, and assessed scalability, time and cost-effectiveness, as well as performance against a diverse, hand-curated ground-truth benchmark with 1000 examples, that span a wide range of complexity in metadata interpretation. We observed that annotation performance markedly outperforms that of a baseline, manually curated, non-machine-learning keyword-based approach. Changing models (or model parameters) has only minor effects on performance, but prompts need to be carefully designed to match the task.We applied the optimized pipeline to more than 3.8 million sequencing records from the environment, providing coarse-grained yet standardized sampling site annotations covering the globe. Our work demonstrates the effective use of LLMs to simplify and standardize annotation from complex biological metadata.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giag015), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 2:

      Reproducibility report for: Enhanced semantic classification of microbiome sample origins using Large Language Models Journal: Gigascience ID number/DOI: GIGA-D-25-00316 ​​​Reviewer(s): Laura Caquelin, Department of Clinical Neuroscience, Karolinska Institutet, Sweden [Wrote the report and reproduced the results]


      1. Summary of the Study

      This study evaluates whether Large Language Models (LLMs) can help re-annotate sequencing records. Using GPT models, the authors tested scalability, time, cost, and performance against a benchmark of 1,000 hand-curated examples. They then applied this approach to million environmental sequencing records, producing standardized annotations.


      1. Scope of reproducibility

      According to our assessment the primary objective is: to evaluate how closely GPT's annotation performance approached that a human expert when classifying environmental sequencing samples into biomes and sub-biomes.

      • Outcome: Accuracy of biome and sub-biome classification compared against a hand-curated benchmark dataset.

      • Analysis method outcome: As described to validate biome classifications: "For paired comparisons of repeated sample IDs, we use the McNemar test, which is appropriate for paired binary outcomes (True/False)", while "for comparisons across different sample sets, we employ the t-test for independent samples. In both scenarios, a Bonferroni correction is applied to adjust for multiple comparisons".

      For sub-biomes, comparisons across different sets were performed with independent t-tests, while "for runs involving the same sample IDs, comparisons are performed using the paired t-test". Section "Validation statistics" page 13-14.

      • Main result: "The improvement in accuracy between GPT's initial classification and the human's performance with the improved prompt was statistically significant (adj p-value=0.031), but also between the human's attempt first attempt (with the initial prompt) and the human's second attempt (better prompt) (adj p-value≤0.001). No significantly different performances were detected for the sub-biome classification, neither between GPT and the human, nor between prompt versions (adjp-value=1)." Section "Human versus GPT classification accuracy" pages 18-19.

      1. Availability of Materials

      a. Data

      • Data availability: Open
      • Data completeness: Complete = all data necessary to reproduce main results are available
      • Access Method: Repository
      • Repository: https://zenodo.org/records/16100607
      • Data quality: Complete but no metadata associated with the file

      b. Code


      1. Computational environment of reproduction analysis

      2. Operating system for reproduction: MacOS 15.6.1

      3. Programming Language(s): Python
      4. Code implementation approach: Using shared code
      5. Version environment for reproduction: Python 3.13.7

      1. Results

      5.1 Original study results

      • Results:

      "The improvement in accuracy between GPT's initial classification and the human's performance with the improved prompt was statistically significant (adj p-value=0.031), but also between the human's attempt first attempt (with the initial prompt) and the human's second attempt (better prompt) (adj p-value≤0.001). No significantly different performances were detected for the sub-biome classification, neither between GPT and the human, nor between prompt versions (adjp-value=1)."

      (The authors identified an error in the manuscript text during the review. Therefore, the following part of the manuscript needs to be updated (see email exchange with the authors below).

      5.2 Steps for reproduction

      -> Run the two first scripts of the container 4 in the Github: validate_biomes_subbiomes.py and overall_analysis.py

      • Issue 1: The README instructions for setting up the ~/MicrobeAtlasProject directory can lead to a nested folder structure (~/MicrobeAtlasProject/MicrobeAtlasProject) if followed literally. This causes the Docker container to fail when attempting to access required files like gpt_file_label_map.tsv, since they are not found at the expected path /MicrobeAtlasProject/.

      -- Resolved: The issue was resolved by manually renaming and flattening the directory structure after extraction, ensuring that the contents of MicrobeAtlasProject_Zenodo are directly placed inside ~/MicrobeAtlasProject/. However, the current instructions can mislead users, so a clarification in the README would be helpful.

      • Issue 2: During the execution of the overall_analysis.py script, multiple files with the same label were found, requiring manual selection of the file to use for the analysis.

      -- Resolved: The manuscript does not specify which file should be selected to reproduce the results, leading to potential ambiguity. By default, I chose the most recent file among the options, assuming it reflects the final data version used in the manuscript. It would be helpful if the documentation or manuscript explicitly stated this to ensure exact reproducibility.

      -> Compare the results reproduced to the results presented in the manuscript

      • Issue 3: The results obtained by running validate_biomes_subbiomes.py are two files: biome_subbiome_results.csv and biome_subbiome_stats.csv, which contain a large amount of output (1,284 and 48,197 rows respectively). The script overall_analysis.py provides overall performance metrics in the terminal output, but does not produce the adjusted p-values relevant to the scope of this review.

      -- Unresolved: It was difficult to identify where to find the results presented in the manuscript, so an email was sent to the authors.

      Message sent by the authors

      Dear reviewer, 

      By running validate_biomes_subbiomes.py as described (using gpt_file_label_map.tsv as --map_file), the output will be two .csv files named biome_subbiome_results.csv and biome_subbiome_stats.csv. 

      The latter file will contain the stats (hence the adjusted p-values). Were you able to reproduce such files? 

      We did notice there are a few mistakes. 

      Mistake 1. 

      In the manuscript it says: 

      " A trained molecular biologist, with no prior exposure to the project, was given the same prompt instructions as GPT and was asked to classify sample biomes and sub-biomes. While against the benchmark dataset, GPT achieved an accuracy of 79.76% (n=499; SD=40.0), the human annotator reached 78.0% (n=250; SD=33.0). "

      The second standard deviation should be replaced with SD=42.0. 

      Mistake 2. 

      In the manuscript it says: 

      " The improvement in accuracy between GPT's initial classification and the human's performance with the improved prompt was statistically significant (adj p-value=0.031), but also between the human's attempt first attempt (with the initial prompt) and the human's second attempt (better prompt) (adj p-value≤0.001). "

      The first adjusted p-value should not be 0.031 but 0.134 hence not significant so this sentence should be adjusted to: 

      " There was an improvement in accuracy between the human's first attempt (with the initial prompt) and the human's second attempt (better prompt) (adj p-value≤0.001). "

      Mistake 3. 

      We built on biome_subbiome_results.csv and biome_subbiome_stats.csv further than necessary so the two files on Zenodo should be "cut" earlier to avoid confusion. This was a problem of the script validate_biomes_subbiomes.py which concatenates on existing files (e.g.: biome_subbiome_results.csv and biome_subbiome_stats.csv) instead of creating new ones. We should probably proceed by replacing these two files with the files without repetitions. 

      We thank you for your work and please do let us know if everything works out now. 

      Thank you and kind regards, ####

      The authors confirm that the results presented in the manuscript can be found in the biome_subbiome_stats.csv file. This file contains 48197 rows. According to the authors, the file includes data from both existing files and new data. As a result, it is difficult to determine which data have been reproduced. Even when using a Ctrl+F search for the reported p-value (e.g, pvalue = 0.134) in the Excel file, this value appears in several rows labeled under different configurations such as (label1/label2): --- chunk_size3000/sync_chunkN_presp0.0; --- chunk_size3000/sync_chunkN_temp1.5; --- chunk_size5000/gpt4-0613; --- machine/ sync_chunkY_topp0.0, etc…

      5.3 Statistical comparison Original vs Reproduced results

      • Results: The biome_subbiome_stats.csv file was reproduced, but it is difficult to distinguish between the newly reproduced data and the existing data already present in the file. Additionally, the data presented in the manuscript are also hard to identify due to the size of the file. No comparison was performed.
      • Comments: -
      • Errors detected: Authors identified an error in the manuscript text during the review with the first adjusted p-value that is not 0.031 but 0.134.
      • Statistical Consistency: No comparison was performed.

      1. ​​Conclusion

      2. Summary of the computational reproducibility review

      The main scripts to reproduced the results were successfully executed and the output files were generated. However, due to the size of the output files and the lack of precise references in the manuscript, it was difficult to identify which parts of the output correspond to the results presented in the paper. Moreover, authors mentionned that the script adds data to existing output files rather than generating new ones, making it hard to distinguish between old and new data. This led to confusion when trying to compare the reproduced results with those in the manuscript. Then a comparison of statistical values was not possible.

      • Recommendations for authors

      To improve the reproducibility of the manuscript, we recommend the authors to:

      -- Clarify instructions in the README about the MicrobeAtlasProject folder. -- Ensure scripts generate new outputs or clarify which data is new vs. existing in the files with for example a column indicating the origin (e.g., "new" or "existing"). -- Link results in the manuscript to specific rows/sections in the output files to easily locate the exact data used. Another solution could be to consider including a smaller, or a filtered version of the output files with only the rows used for key reults, figures or tables, to make checking results easier and avoid error. -- Metadata: For the data used or generated by the scripts, it would be helpful to include accompanying metadata files that explain: --- The definition of each variable name. --- The origin of each dataset (raw, processed, etc). --- Any preprocessing steps applied before analysis.

    2. AbstractOver the past decade, central sequence repositories have expanded significantly in size. This vast accumulation of data holds value and enables further studies, provided that the data entries are well annotated. However, the submitter-provided metadata of sequencing records can be of heterogeneous quality, presenting significant challenges for re-use. Here, we test to what extent large language models (LLMs) can be used to cost-effectively automate the re-annotation of sequencing records against a simplified classification scheme of broad ecological environments with relevance to microbiome studies, without retraining.We focused on sequencing samples taken from the environment, for which metadata is important. We employed OpenAI Generative Pretrained Transformer (GPT) models, and assessed scalability, time and cost-effectiveness, as well as performance against a diverse, hand-curated ground-truth benchmark with 1000 examples, that span a wide range of complexity in metadata interpretation. We observed that annotation performance markedly outperforms that of a baseline, manually curated, non-machine-learning keyword-based approach. Changing models (or model parameters) has only minor effects on performance, but prompts need to be carefully designed to match the task.We applied the optimized pipeline to more than 3.8 million sequencing records from the environment, providing coarse-grained yet standardized sampling site annotations covering the globe. Our work demonstrates the effective use of LLMs to simplify and standardize annotation from complex biological metadata.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giag015), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 1:

      The manuscript presents a carefully executed study using non-finetuned GPT models to classify microbiome sample metadata. It is very well written, and both the analyses and the interpretations are generally sound. I found the evaluation thorough and the presentation clear.

      1. The study provides a detailed evaluation of LLM-based metadata curation, clearly advancing over keyword-based approaches. However, it is surprising that recent related studies using LLMs for metadata curation are not cited. For completeness, I suggest including references such as:
      2. https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giaf070 (disclaimer: I am an author of the paper. You might like the table 3),
      3. https://doi.org/10.1093/bib/bbad535,
      4. https://doi.org/10.3897/phytokeys.261.158396,
      5. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12099408/.

      6. The scale of the processed data is impressive. However, there appears to be a discrepancy: the Zenodo repository file metadata.out contains 2,254,619 accession IDs (presumably the input), while the GPT output files (gpt_clean_output) include only around 1,000 samples (presumably the benchmark dataset), whereas the manuscript states that 3.8 million samples were processed. It would be helpful to clarify these numbers and, if applicable, explain why fewer outputs are provided. I also recommend reorganizing the Zenodo repository so that readers can download individual files rather than the entire large archive.

      7. The data processing pipeline on GitHub is very useful. The repository currently indicates a CC0 (public domain) license. Since CC0 is typically intended for datasets rather than source code, please clarify whether this was intentional or if a software-specific license (e.g., MIT, Apache 2.0) would be more appropriate.

      8. A different typeface appears in some paragraphs (e.g., pp. 19 and 21). Please check whether this was intentional.

      9. The finding that grouping 5-17 samples per request does not substantially affect accuracy is interesting. Given that GPT models often fail with counting or item listing, the observed quality decline with larger chunk sizes seems reasonable and aligns with expectations.

      10. On p. 26, the observed variability in field usage may be linked to the BioSample package system used for submission (see: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/biosample/docs/packages/). Some fields, such as env_biome and env_feature, were once mandatory for environmental samples but are currently optional, I suppose. Such historical changes may partly explain biases in field usage.

      11. The manuscript appropriately highlights the presence of ambiguous or unresolvable sample descriptions. We reached a similar conclusion in our own work with local LLMs: in many cases, even expert curators cannot determine a "correct" label, and the right answer may depend on context or application.

      12. The observation that JSON output significantly improves sub-biome classification accuracy is intriguing and consistent with our internal experience with local LLMs. Since output format may also affect processing speed, it would be useful to report whether response times differed between JSON and inline formats.

      13. One major limitation of the study is the dependence on proprietary GPT models accessible only via OpenAI's API. This constrains reproducibility and long-term availability. Indeed, the recent release of GPT-5 already renders some of the reported results outdated. While the present study remains highly valuable, it would be worthwhile to also evaluate local or open-source LLMs to ensure future reproducibility.

    1. AbstractBackground Recent advancements in single-cell omics technologies have enabled detailed characterization of cellular processes. However, coassay sequencing technologies remain limited, resulting in un-paired single-cell omics datasets with differing feature dimensions;Finding we present GROTIA (Graph-Regularized Optimal Transport Framework for Diagonal Single-Cell Integrative Analysis), a computational method to align multi-omics datasets without requiring any prior correspondence information. GROTIA achieves global alignment through optimal transport while preserving local relationships via graph regularization. Additionally, our approach provides interpretability by deriving domain-specific feature importance from partial derivatives, highlighting key biological markers. Moreover, the transport plan between modalities can be leveraged for post-integration clustering, enabling a data-driven approach to discover novel cell subpopulations;Conclusions We demonstrate GROTIA’s superior performance on four simulated and four real-world datasets, surpassing state-of-the-art unsupervised alignment methods and confirming the biological significance of the top features identified in each domain. The software is available at https://github.com/PennShenLab/GROTIA.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giag012), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 2:

      This paper introduces a graph-regularized optimal transport framework, GROTIA, for aligning multi-omics datasets. It is a diagonal integration method capable of aligning single cells without requiring direct cell-cell correspondences. The interpretable embeddings produced by GROTIA are particularly impressive and broaden the applicability of diagonal integration approaches. Overall, the paper is clearly written and well-structured. I only have a few minor comments: 1. Kernel-based methods are typically limited in scalability since they require optimization over the entire kernel matrix. How do the authors address this issue? Can the authors also provide more details on the computational efficiency of the model? 2. The optimization procedure for Equation (9) is not sufficiently clear. A more detailed algorithmic description can be very helpful. 3. Can the interpretable embeddings introduced here be generalized to other kernel-based methods, such as MMD-MA? 4. A more comprehensive robustness analysis with respect to parameter choices can be helpful

    2. AbstractBackground Recent advancements in single-cell omics technologies have enabled detailed characterization of cellular processes. However, coassay sequencing technologies remain limited, resulting in un-paired single-cell omics datasets with differing feature dimensions;Finding we present GROTIA (Graph-Regularized Optimal Transport Framework for Diagonal Single-Cell Integrative Analysis), a computational method to align multi-omics datasets without requiring any prior correspondence information. GROTIA achieves global alignment through optimal transport while preserving local relationships via graph regularization. Additionally, our approach provides interpretability by deriving domain-specific feature importance from partial derivatives, highlighting key biological markers. Moreover, the transport plan between modalities can be leveraged for post-integration clustering, enabling a data-driven approach to discover novel cell subpopulations;Conclusions We demonstrate GROTIA’s superior performance on four simulated and four real-world datasets, surpassing state-of-the-art unsupervised alignment methods and confirming the biological significance of the top features identified in each domain. The software is available at https://github.com/PennShenLab/GROTIA.

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giag012), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 1

      The manuscript presents a well-motivated and technically elegant approach to diagonal single-cell data integration, combining optimal transport with graph-based regularization to achieve a balance between global and local structure alignment. The method addresses an important challenge in single-cell data integration, where existing approaches still leave room for improvement. Its embedding design offers the potential for interpretable feature-level insights, a particularly desirable quality in single-cell multi-omics integration where biological interpretability is especially important.

      That said, the manuscript would be substantially strengthened by deeper validation and a clearer demonstration of reproducibility. Some claims would benefit from stronger empirical support in the presented results, and a more thorough evaluation of the method's added value relative to unimodal alternatives, particularly in the context of marker gene discovery and the identification of cell types or subpopulations, could further enhance the manuscript. Additionally, the impact of key parameter choices, such as kernel bandwidth selection, the number of nearest neighbors (k), and sensitivity to hyperparameters (λ, ρ), should be more fully explored, reported, or justified. Reproducibility could be improved by providing scripts and a computational environment or container to replicate all analyses and figures presented in the manuscript. Usability would also be improved by providing the method as an installable Python package, rather than limiting implementation to a Jupyter Notebook.

      Overall, the manuscript introduces a compelling methodological framework with meaningful potential for applications in single-cell integration. The suggestions that follow are intended to help the authors strengthen their contribution in alignment with GigaScience's emphasis on openness, reproducibility, and FAIR principles. I hope these suggestions will help strengthen the support for the authors' conclusions, clarify the reasoning behind key arguments, and improve the clarity and interpretability of the figures and descriptions.

      1. Reproducibility

      Reproducibility is impeded by the absence of clearly organized scripts or workflow files to regenerate the results, figures, and tables presented in the manuscript. While some outputs are shown or alluded to in the Jupyter Notebook found in the linked GitHub repository, they are not clearly cross-referenced with the paper's results, making it difficult to confirm how specific figures or tables were produced. Furthermore, no computational environment specification is provided, which makes replication with confidence impossible. Certain aspects of the manuscript fall short of best practices for transparent and reproducible research. Analysis scripts are incomplete or undocumented, and key portions of the software pipeline are either insufficiently described or lack proper attribution. These limitations hinder reproducibility and reduce reusability. Figures would also benefit from clearer annotation. Collectively, these shortcomings detract from alignment with the FAIR principles emphasized by GigaScience. Reproducibility would be significantly improved by packaging the software, versioning the code, defining and documenting the computational environment, and depositing all components of the analysis pipeline, including preprocessing scripts, evaluation code, and figure generation, in a publicly accessible repository.

      Additionally, while it is generally clear how the data were collected and curated, the rationale for using preprocessed datasets, particularly those sourced from external repositories, could be more clearly explained. The data are shared via a Google Drive link provided in the GitHub repository, which is convenient, though it may benefit from a more transparent and persistent form of distribution. The manuscript states that "All data used in this manuscript is publicly available and can be found at Liu et al. [11], Cheow et al. [16], Demetci et al. [12], Chen et al. [17], Cao et al. [14], and Samaran et al. [13].", but it appears that preprocessed versions of these datasets were used, rather than the original raw data. Clarifying this point would help improve transparency and reproducibility.

      The manuscript also describes custom preprocessing procedures for scRNA-seq and scATAC-seq data, including PCA, TF-IDF normalization, and gene filtering, that appear inconsistent with the properties of the datasets used. Without access to preprocessing scripts or further clarification, it is unclear whether these procedures were performed as described. Clarifying these discrepancies would strengthen transparency and ensure fair benchmarking comparisons. In addition, to improve transparency and reproducibility, it would be helpful to provide the scripts or commands used to run these baseline methods, along with the evaluation code for computing the reported metrics.

      Finally, several methodological details underlying downstream analyses are insufficiently described to allow confident reproduction or interpretation. For instance, it is unclear which dataset was used to obtain the results in "GROTIA Reveals Gene-Specific Contributions and Key Biological Processes in the RNA Embedding" and Figure 4 and 5. Additionally, the motif discovery step using GimmeMotifs should be expanded, since it is currently not entirely clear how motifs were matched to known transcription factors, and the process described in the text does not fully align with what is shown in Figure 5A. Clarifying these points would help improve the reproducibility and interpretability of the manuscript's key biological findings.

      1. Usability

      The code repository is easy to find on GitHub, available under the MIT license, following the link presented in the manuscript. However, the currently presented implementation is provided as a Jupyter Notebook that demonstrates the basic usage of the method, and technically allows users to replicate the process using their own data. Usability is currently limited by sparse documentation and could benefit from guidance on input requirements, parameter configuration, and expected output formats. To improve usability, the authors should supplement the notebook with detailed explanations, comments, and a README or user guide that explains how to prepare input data, adjust key parameters, interpret outputs, and run the method on other datasets. Wrapping core functionality into a small, importable Python module or script would further reduce friction for adoption and integration into pipelines.

      1. Attribution and Software Transparency

      The GitHub repository includes an evals.py script originally authored by the creators of SCOT (Pinar Demetci, Rebecca Santorella, and Ritambhara Singh), with attribution preserved within the file. However, the manuscript itself does not mention that components of the evaluation pipeline were adapted from this prior work. Given that this script supports benchmarking comparisons central to the paper's conclusions, explicit acknowledgment in the text would improve transparency and ensure appropriate credit is given.

      1. Support for Claims and Biological Interpretation

      Several key claims would benefit from additional evidence or clarification. I divide this into subsections "4a. Methodological Claims," "4b. Biological Interpretation," and "4c. Clustering Evaluation" for extra clarity and readability.

      4a. Methodological Claims - The claim "we selected the latent dimension to be either 5 or 8 and observed that GROTIA remained robust to this choice" is not substantiated by any reported results or sensitivity analysis. - The claim that GROTIA is computationally efficient would be more compelling if runtime comparisons included system specifications, analysis on larger (potentially synthetic) datasets, memory usage, and scalability assessments across CPU and GPU modes. Directly referencing Table A1 for the current runtime evaluation and adding the additional metrics mentioned above would provide a more comprehensive evaluation. - The manuscript asserts "Notably, unlike methods that require shared features across modalities, GROTIA only assumes that cells (rather than individual genes or peaks) follow a similar distribution if they belong to the same type or lineage—thus broadening its applicability to complex datasets." This claim would be more convincing if supported by analyses on more complex datasets, such as those with technical variability across origin sites, donors, or protocols; mosaic structures with missing observations; nested batch effects; or significant differences in data quality. Additionally, this statement may appear in tension with the claim that GROTIA depends on the presence of a shared underlying biology, which would not hold in many complex or heterogeneous settings. Clarifying how "complexity" is defined in the context of GROTIA's assumptions, and empirically substantiating the method's generalizability to such settings would improve both the precision and credibility of this claim. - While the manuscript assesses alignment quality using Fraction of Samples Closer Than the True Match (FOSCTTM) and Label Transfer Accuracy (LTA), capturing local alignment and biological label concordance, these metrics do not directly evaluate preservation of global structure. Since GROTIA is designed to balance both global and local alignment, it would be helpful to include an explicit global alignment metric to confirm that this objective is being met. Some of the provided figures (e.g., Fig. 2c, right panel, and Fig. 3b after alignment) suggest global structure is preserved, but incorporating a dedicated metric or discussion would strengthen the evidence and provide a more complete evaluation of alignment quality. - Likewise, the manuscript states that GROTIA employs orthogonality constraints within the Reproducing Kernel Hilbert Space (RKHS) to enhance interpretability and stability. The use of these constraints for interpretability is illustrated through feature importance analyses; however, there is no direct comparison showing that this approach yields improved interpretability relative to unimodal analyses. Additionally, the effect of orthogonality constraints on embedding stability is not clearly assessed. Providing empirical evidence that these constraints improve the consistency of the embeddings or the quality of feature discovery, particularly in relation to single-modality methods, would help confirm the added value of this design choice and support several of the broader claims made regarding marker gene discovery and cell population characterization. - The decision to exclude scConfluence from the scGEM and SNARE evaluations due to prior dimensionality reduction could be better substantiated. Since raw data for both datasets are publicly available (e.g., SNARE-seq on GEO, scGEM on SRA), it would be helpful to explain why reprocessing the data was not feasible or appropriate.

      4b. Biological Interpretation - The reasoning in the statement "Notably, GROTIA requires no a priori matching of features across modalities, so these dimension-specific drivers offer an unbiased method to uncover potential marker genes" is somewhat unclear. While the method's ability to operate without explicit feature matching is a strength, it would be helpful to clarify how this property directly leads to unbiased marker discovery. In particular, elaborating on how the dimension-specific drivers compare to features identified through unimodal or matched-feature approaches, would strengthen the interpretation. - Several statements related to cell-type-specific gene expression, such as "LYZ, ZEB2, PLXDC2 are highly expressed in monocytes…", would benefit from appropriate citations. This applies to other claims throughout the manuscript regarding gene specificity for particular lineages or subtypes.

      4c. Clustering Evaluation - The claim that GROTIA achieves "comparable or better performance" than Louvain clustering is not fully supported. While ARI/NMI scores of 0.75-0.8 indicate reasonable alignment with reference annotations, clarity on how ground truth (reference) labels were defined, whether Louvain resolution parameters were tuned, and which dataset(s) were used would strengthen this comparison. Additionally, specifying which co-clustering algorithm was used from the cited Python package, along with its parameter settings, would improve reproducibility and interpretability. - The claims that GROTIA can uncover finer structures and novel cellular states, as well as identify refined subpopulations aligned with major cell types, are intriguing but would benefit from additional support. As currently presented, the results do not highlight specific novel cell populations or provide examples of newly discovered subclusters.

      1. Writing, organization, tables, and figures, and minor notes

      2. There is a typo in the heading "GROTIA integrated simulated datasets in both semi and unsuperviseed setting" where unsuperviseed should be unsupervised.

      3. Under this heading, the section describing Figure 2a in paragraph two and paragraph three largely overlap.
      4. The results and interpretation of Figure 2 panel b and c are not described to the reader. The same is true for Figure 3 panels b and c.
      5. In Figure 3, the method is still labeled as GROT instead of GROTIA; this should be updated for consistency.
      6. In Figure 3, the abbreviations Semi Acc and Un Acc are not defined in the legend and should be clearly explained.
      7. In Figure 3, the visual layout in panel b differs between datasets and may be confusing for scGEM and SNARE-seq, the left and right columns represent cell types from each modality, whereas for PBMC, they reflect cell type and modality origin from a single, combined dataset. The PBMC-style presentation is more effective for visually assessing global alignment and should either be used consistently or more clearly explained.
      8. In Figure 3, legends are also missing descriptions of the color schemes used to denote modality.
      9. In panel c of both Figures 2 and 3, it should be specified whether the results correspond to semi-supervised or unsupervised alignment.
      10. In statements such as "Figure 4b presents UMAP visualizations of the top gene expression patterns for Dimensions 1 and 3", the wording could be clarified to avoid confusion. Specifically, it would help to state that gene expression patterns are overlaid on a UMAP projection of the scRNA-seq data, and that the genes visualized were selected based on their importance in Dimensions 1 and 3 of the RBF kernel embeddings (not UMAP axes).
      11. In Figure 4 panel a, it appears that several genes from D1-4 have higher importance in D5. Is this due to scaling, or does it have some biological interpretation?
      12. In Figure 4, panel c, the colorbar should be labeled.
      13. In Figure 5, panel a, only chromosome identifiers are shown, making the peak information incomplete and difficult to interpret. Including specific peak coordinates would improve clarity.
      14. In Figure 5d, it is not clear how accessibility is quantified for a specific gene, this should be described in the Methods section and reiterated in the results description.
      15. While the context makes it clear, explicitly noting that SPI1 is also known as PU.1 could improve clarity for readers less familiar with the nomenclature.
      16. The explanation of the proposed regulatory relationship between CEBPB and KLF4 could be strengthened. The manuscript notes that both factors cooperate with PU.1, but no direct link between CEBPB and KLF4 is established, aside from their shared involvement in monocyte development and differentiation.
      17. The statement that "co-expression networks further link CLEC7A with an IRF8-centered module" would be more convincing with a supporting citation or additional methodological detail on how this link was established.
      18. The description of Figure 5c could be expanded. The current phrasing, "validated through literature. For instance, FOS are implicated as potential regulators of KLF4 in Dimension 1 and CEBPB of FCR1G in Dimension 2" would be better placed in the main text, supported by citations, and more clearly connected to the results.
      19. It would strengthen the interpretation if claims about the cell-type specificity of TF-target pairs were explicitly linked to the expression patterns shown in Figure 5, panel d.
      20. Figure 5 panel d is missing a label on the color bar.
      21. "gene" in "as potential regulators of Gene KFL4" in the legend of Figure 5 should not be capitalized.
      22. The section identifier is missing from the statement "For further details, please refer to Section ."
      23. Figure panel 6b is missing a label for RNA on the y-axis.
      24. The referencing in a few instances could be strengthened for clarity and accuracy. For example, the statement "Lots of computational methods have recently been developed to integrate data across multiple modalities [4, 5]" cites only two methods, which may not sufficiently support the breadth implied. Either citing additional representative methods or rephrasing the sentence to more accurately reflect the scope would improve the credibility of the claim.
      25. To further support the claim that "GROTIA delivers comparable or superior performance," the authors might consider including comparisons to other recent diagonal integration methods such as Pamona and the updated version of SCOT: SCOTv2.
    1. SummaryThe chromatin accessibility landscape is the basis of cell-specific gene expression. We generated a multiorgan, single-nucleus chromatin accessibility landscape from the model organism Rattus norvegicus. For this single-cell atlas, we constructed 25 libraries via snATAC-seq from nine organs in the rat, with a total of over 110,000 cells. Cell classification integrating gene activity scores with known marker genes identified 77 cell types, which were strongly correlated with those in published mouse single-cell transcriptome atlases. We further investigated the enrichment of cell type- and organ-specific transcription factors (TFs), the dynamics of T-cell developmental trajectories across organs, and the conservation and specificity of gene expression patterns across species. These findings provide a foundation for further investigations of the cell composition and gene regulatory networks throughout the rat body.HighlightsGeneration of a single-cell atlas of chromatin accessibility in nine organs of the ratCharacterization of cell type- and organ-specific transcription factors (TFs)Dynamics of chromatin accessibility in developing T cells revealed by cross-organ analysisConservation and specificity of gene expression patterns among humans, mice, and rats revealed by cross-species analysisCompeting Interest StatementThe authors have declared no competing interest.Footnotes↵10 Lead contact

      This work has been peer reviewed in GigaScience (see https://doi.org/10.1093/gigascience/giag013), which carries out open, named peer-review. These reviews are published under a CC-BY 4.0 license and were as follows:

      Reviewer 3:

      In this study, Ronghai Li and colleagues constructed an extensive multi-organ single-nucleus chromatin accessibility atlas of the model organism Rattus norvegicus. The authors generated a comprehensive dataset encompassing 115,723 single-nucleus chromatin accessibility profiles across nine organs (thyroid, thymus, heart, lung, liver, spleen, kidney, pancreas, and ovary). Each organ was profiled in duplicate or triplicate, thereby ensuring reproducibility and robustness of the dataset. The authors also performed rigorous preprocessing and filtering steps, which provided a high-quality foundation for downstream analyses.

      The downstream analyses were multifaceted and thoughtfully executed in the following steps: 1) Low-dimensional visualization of all cells within the atlas, represented by organs, which led to the identification of six major cell types; 2) A census of the distribution of major cell types across the analyzed organs; 3) Integration with existing mouse single-cell RNA-seq atlases to refine cell type annotations (77 cell subtypes) and ensure cross-species comparability; 4) Inference of transcription factor activities from open chromatin profiles, providing important insights into gene regulatory mechanisms.

      Building upon these analyses, the authors focused on shared and organ-specific features of endothelial and stromal cells, thereby highlighting both conserved and divergent regulatory programs. Finally, through integration of human, rat, and mouse scRNA- and scATAC-seq atlases for the heart and kidney, they investigated cross-species similarities and differences in gene expression and regulatory patterns, further strengthening the relevance and translational potential of this resource.

      In my opinion, the manuscript by Ronghai Li et al. is well written, the data are of very high quality, and the study represents a significant data resource. The rat (Rattus norvegicus) is a widely used and indispensable model organism in biomedical research, particularly for studies related to disease onset, progression, and therapeutic development. The generation of this single-nucleus chromatin accessibility atlas, together with the comprehensive analyses provided, constitutes a valuable resource for dissecting organ- and tissue-specific regulatory landscapes. This work not only enhances our understanding of gene regulation across organs but also facilitates cross-species comparisons that will be of great importance for translational research. I therefore strongly support acceptance of the manuscript by Ronghai Li et al. for publication in GigaScience., contingent only upon minor revisions as outlined below:

      Minor revisions:

      1) While the data preprocessing and analysis steps are clearly described in the Methods section, the code used for data analysis is currently available only upon request. I believe that future readers and, in particular, potential users of this valuable resource would greatly benefit if the analysis code were made publicly accessible. Open availability of the code would not only enhance transparency and reproducibility but also facilitate broader adoption of the dataset. This is especially important as new single-cell ATAC-seq and RNA-seq datasets become available, since ready access to the analysis pipeline will accelerate and streamline future studies that build upon the provided atlas.

      2) Line 131: Stromal cells, immune cells, and endothelial cells from different organs tend to be clustered together (i.e., by cel type) rather than clustered according to the organ of origin or sample batch (Figure 1E). and Line 137: However, these cells tended to cluster by organ rather than by cell type (Figure 1E).

      This observation can be clearly seen in the UMAPs (Figure 1C-D), but not in the census plot (Figure 1E). I therefore recommend revising the figure reference to (Figure 1C-D) to improve accuracy and clarity for the reader.

      3) Authors often assess, across manuscript, whether cells cluster in a cell type-specific or organ-specific manner. For immune and epithelial cells, however, the conclusions can be confounded, as they vary depending on the analytical method used (e.g., scATAC-seq alone versus integration with scRNA-seq data). Could the authors elaborate on the robustness of these observations with respect to the choice of UMAP parameters, particularly the number of features included and the dimensionality of the LSI applied?

      4) The authors used the CIS-BP database of transcription factor motifs to assess cell type-specific transcription factor activities. However, JASPAR, which is a curated database, is more commonly used in scATAC-seq studies. Could the authors clarify the rationale for choosing CIS-BP over JASPAR?

    1. A formal outline is a detailed guide that shows how all your supporting ideas relate to each other. This outline helps you distinguish between ideas that are equally important and ones that are less important. You can build your paper based on the framework you created in the outline. There are two types of formal outlines: the topic outline and the sentence outline. Format both types of formal outlines similarly. Place your introduction and thesis statement at the beginning, under roman numeral I. Use roman numerals (II, III, IV, V, etc.) to identify main points that develop the thesis statement. Use capital letters (A, B, C, D, etc.) to divide your main points into parts. Use arabic numerals (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc.) if you need to subdivide any As, Bs, or Cs into smaller parts. End with the final roman numeral expressing your idea for your conclusion. Here is what the skeleton of a traditional formal outline looks like. The indentation helps clarify how the ideas are related. Outlining a Paper

      organize your paper and make points.

    1. Le TDAH : Entre Trouble Neurodéveloppemental et Neurodivergence

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document propose une synthèse des connaissances actuelles et des débats entourant le Trouble du Déficit de l'Attention avec ou sans Hyperactivité (TDAH).

      Longtemps considéré comme une pathologie exclusivement infantile, le TDAH est désormais reconnu comme un trouble persistant à l’âge adulte, touchant environ 2,5 % de cette population.

      Le cœur du débat oppose une vision purement clinique, centrée sur le traitement des symptômes (inattention, agitation, impulsivité), à une approche basée sur la neurodiversité, percevant ces différences comme des atouts potentiels pour la société.

      Bien que le traitement médicamenteux (méthylphénidate) reste le plus efficace pour réduire les risques de mortalité et améliorer le quotidien, l'adaptation de l'environnement social et professionnel apparaît comme un levier crucial pour l'intégration et le bien-être des personnes concernées.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Définition et Nature du TDAH

      Un trouble de la régulation de l'attention

      Le TDAH ne se définit pas par une absence totale d'attention, mais par une difficulté à la réguler.

      Il se manifeste par :

      Une distractibilité marquée : Difficulté à rester concentré sur des tâches routinières ou ennuyeuses.

      Une agitation motrice : Un besoin constant de mouvement, parfois intériorisé.

      Une impulsivité : Des réactions spontanées difficiles à cadrer.

      Une variabilité attentionnelle : L'attention est souvent détournée de son objet initial vers des stimuli environnementaux que le cerveau ne parvient pas à filtrer.

      La perspective de la neurodivergence

      Le concept de neurodiversité, formulé en 1998 par Judy Singer, postule qu'aucun cerveau n'est identique.

      Dans ce cadre, la neurodivergence désigne un fonctionnement cérébral s'écartant de la moyenne.

      Le Professeur André Zimpel suggère que le TDAH pourrait être perçu comme un "système d'alarme" pour la communauté, signalant un excès de monotonie ou de sédentarité dans notre environnement moderne.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Diagnostic et Évolution Démographique

      Un sous-diagnostic chez l'adulte

      Bien que les cas recensés augmentent, le TDAH reste largement sous-diagnostiqué chez les adultes.

      Estimation : 2,5 % des adultes sont concernés.

      Le cas spécifique des femmes : Le diagnostic est souvent plus tardif chez les filles (comme l'illustre le parcours de Vanessa Bolk, diagnostiquée à 28 ans).

      Elles présentent souvent un "TDAH caché" car elles développent de meilleures capacités d'adaptation sociale, bien que le sentiment de chaos intérieur persiste.

      Historique de la perception clinique

      | Année | Évolution de la conception | | --- | --- | | 1844 | Heinrich Hoffman décrit l'instabilité motrice chez l'enfant. | | 1902 | Frédéric Schtill lie les symptômes à un "dysfonctionnement cérébral minimal". | | 1980 | Le terme officiel "TDAH" s'impose. | | Actuel | Reconnaissance du trouble comme une condition permanente et non uniquement infantile. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Impacts Sociaux et Risques Sanitaires

      Conséquences sur le parcours de vie

      Le TDAH non pris en charge peut mener à des trajectoires de vie difficiles :

      • Échecs scolaires et abandons de formations professionnelles.

      • Sentiment de rejet et "blessure narcissique" (impression de ne pas être aimé sans traitement).

      • Vulnérabilité accrue à la dépression, au burnout et à l'anxiété.

      Santé et espérance de vie

      Des données récentes indiquent une réduction de l'espérance de vie de 7 à 8 ans chez les personnes atteintes de TDAH.

      Cette surmortalité s'explique par :

      • Un risque accru d'accidents et de suicides.

      • Des facteurs de risque comportementaux : tabagisme précoce, consommation d'alcool, troubles alimentaires menant au surpoids.

      • Des maladies cardio-vasculaires liées au stress chronique de l'inadaptation.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Stratégies de Traitement et de Prise en Charge

      Le traitement médicamenteux

      Le méthylphénidate (connu sous le nom de Ritaline) est un stimulant du système nerveux central.

      Paradoxalement, il aide les personnes hyperactives à se calmer en leur permettant de mieux cadrer leur impulsivité et de lutter contre une "fatigue" liée à la monotonie.

      Efficacité : Supérieure à la psychothérapie seule pour les symptômes primaires.

      Bénéfices : Réduction documentée des accidents et des suicides (études scandinaves).

      Effets secondaires : Troubles du sommeil, de l'appétit et mains froides.

      Innovations et thérapies alternatives

      Stimulation cérébrale par courant continu : Une méthode de recherche visant à modifier la communication entre les cellules nerveuses pour améliorer l'attention (séances d'environ 21 minutes).

      Psychothérapie comportementale : Utile pour gérer les conséquences psychologiques et organiser le quotidien, bien que moins efficace que les médicaments sur le déficit attentionnel pur.

      Activité physique : Recommandée comme régulateur naturel.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Le TDAH comme Atout pour la Société

      Malgré les difficultés, les profils TDAH possèdent des compétences inestimables dans des contextes spécifiques :

      Tolérance au risque : Dans un monde en bouleversement, leur capacité à agir sous pression et leur absence de peur face au risque sont cruciales.

      Pensée visuelle et conceptuelle : À l'ère de l'intelligence artificielle, leur aptitude à penser en images plutôt qu'en checklists est un avantage (ex: en cybersécurité).

      Créativité : Une capacité à apporter des perspectives divergentes, essentielles à l'intelligence globale d'une société.

      Conclusion :

      La gestion du TDAH appelle à un double mouvement.

      D'une part, une prise en charge médicale rigoureuse pour ceux qui souffrent de leur fonctionnement cérébral.

      D'autre part, une adaptation de l'environnement social et professionnel (flexibilité des procédures, tolérance à l'agitation) pour permettre à ces individus d'exprimer leur potentiel sans s'épuiser à vouloir rejoindre une norme rigide.

    1. Briefing : Génétique et Réussite Scolaire

      Synthèse de la problématique

      Ce document synthétise l'intervention de Franck Ramus concernant l'influence des facteurs génétiques sur la réussite scolaire.

      L'analyse repose sur deux postulats fondamentaux : les enfants arrivent à l'école avec des inégalités déjà constituées, et ces inégalités résultent d'une combinaison de facteurs environnementaux (sociaux, familiaux, prénataux) et génétiques.

      L'objectif est de déconstruire les réticences idéologiques face à la génétique comportementale en s'appuyant sur des données probantes issues de la recherche contemporaine.

      Points clés à retenir :

      Héritabilité : Environ 50 % des différences d'intelligence générale et 30 % des différences de réussite scolaire entre individus sont attribuables à des facteurs génétiques.

      Scores polygéniques : Ces nouveaux outils de mesure expliquent entre 11 % et 13 % de la variance du niveau d'études, un ordre de grandeur comparable à celui du revenu des parents ou du niveau d'éducation de la mère.

      Interaction gène-environnement : L'environnement fourni par les parents est lui-même partiellement influencé par leur propre patrimoine génétique (concept de "nurture génétique").

      Implications pédagogiques : La connaissance des bases génétiques ne justifie pas l'inaction, mais plaide pour une différenciation pédagogique accrue afin de traiter l'hétérogénéité réelle des élèves.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Déconstruction des obstacles idéologiques et conceptuels

      Le débat sur la génétique est souvent entravé par des peurs irrationnelles que la recherche scientifique s'efforce de lever :

      1. Le Réductionnisme : Contrairement aux critiques, les biologistes n'ambitionnent pas de réduire l'humain à ses gènes.

      Ils prônent une compréhension multi-niveaux (moléculaire, cellulaire, neuronal, psychologique et sociologique).

      2. Le Déterminisme : Les gènes ne sont pas un destin "gravé dans le marbre".

      Les influences environnementales sont tout aussi déterminantes que les influences génétiques ; la science cherche simplement à identifier les causes, quelles qu'elles soient.

      3. Le Paralogisme Naturaliste : L'idée que ce qui est "naturel" (génétique) serait acceptable ou immuable est un biais de raisonnement.

      La société se construit souvent en réaction à la nature pour réduire les injustices.

      4. Le Paralogisme Moraliste : Nier un fait scientifique au motif que ses implications morales déplaisent revient à prendre ses désirs pour des réalités, ce qui nuit à l'élaboration de solutions efficaces.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Modélisation de la réussite scolaire

      La réussite scolaire est déterminée par une structure complexe de facteurs interactifs :

      Facteurs de réussite

      | Catégorie | Éléments clés | | --- | --- | | Facteurs Externes | Enseignement, moyens financiers, opportunités, effort personnel. | | Capacités Cognitives | Langage, mémoire de travail, attention, raisonnement abstrait. L'intelligence générale (QI) est la moyenne pondérée de ces fonctions. | | Facteurs "Non-Cognitifs" | Motivation, personnalité (conscienciosité, ouverture), dispositions à l'effort. |

      Dynamique des boucles de rétroaction

      L'effort améliore les capacités cognitives (la scolarisation est le meilleur levier connu pour augmenter l'intelligence).

      La réussite renforce la motivation, créant un cercle vertueux.

      Le génome et l'environnement agissent en amont sur le développement de ces capacités et traits de personnalité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Preuves scientifiques de l'influence génétique

      La science mobilise trois types de preuves convergentes pour établir le rôle de la génétique :

      1. Études d'apparentés (Jumeaux et adoptions)

      Adoption : Sur le long terme, les scores de QI des enfants adoptés sont plus corrélés à ceux de leurs parents biologiques qu'à ceux de leurs parents adoptifs (corrélation tendant vers zéro avec les parents adoptifs à l'âge adulte).

      Jumeaux : Les jumeaux monozygotes (100 % de gènes communs) se ressemblent beaucoup plus que les jumeaux dizygotes (50 % de gènes communs) pour l'intelligence et la réussite scolaire.

      Conclusion : L'héritabilité de l'intelligence générale est estimée à environ 50 %.

      2. Études des mutations génétiques

      • Plus de 1 000 gènes ont été identifiés comme ayant un impact sur l'intelligence en cas de mutation (ex: trisomie 21, gène FoxP2 pour le langage, gènes associés à la dyslexie).

      Le continuum de sévérité : Il n'y a pas de rupture nette entre le pathologique et le normal.

      Les mutations peuvent être fortes (suppression d'une protéine) ou faibles (altération de la quantité d'expression), produisant un impact graduel sur les capacités cognitives.

      3. Études génomiques (GCTA et Scores Polygéniques)

      Méthode GCTA : Mesure directe de la similarité génétique sur l'ADN. Elle confirme une héritabilité de 30 à 35 % pour l'intelligence et les matières scolaires (lecture, maths, sciences).

      Scores Polygéniques (PGS) : Compilation de milliers de petites variations génétiques. Le score "EA3" explique 11 à 13 % de la variance du niveau d'études.

      Exemple : Un individu dans le quintile supérieur de score génétique a 50 % de chances d'obtenir un diplôme du supérieur, contre 10 % pour le quintile inférieur.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Complexité : L'interdépendance Gènes-Environnement

      L'analyse démontre que gènes et environnement ne sont pas des entités isolées mais profondément imbriquées.

      La confusion Gène-Environnement ("Genetic Nurture")

      Les caractéristiques environnementales (nombre de livres à la maison, revenus) sont en partie héritables.

      • Les gènes des parents influencent leurs propres capacités cognitives et leur statut socio-économique.

      • Ce statut détermine l'environnement qu'ils créent pour l'enfant.

      Résultat : Environ 50 % de la corrélation entre le milieu social et la réussite de l'enfant passe par la transmission génétique, et non par une influence environnementale pure.

      Effet additif

      Les facteurs sont cumulatifs :

      Injustice maximale : Faible score génétique + milieu familial défavorisé (< 10 % de réussite).

      Privilège maximal : Fort score génétique + milieu riche (60 % de réussite).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Limites et applications pratiques

      Faible valeur prédictive individuelle

      Malgré leur intérêt statistique en recherche, les scores polygéniques ne permettent pas de prédire le destin d'un individu spécifique avec précision.

      La marge d'erreur est trop colossale pour justifier des décisions d'orientation ou de sélection (ex: sélection d'embryons).

      Le niveau scolaire réel à un instant T reste un bien meilleur prédicteur que le génome.

      Message aux acteurs de l'éducation

      Pour les enseignants, les causes (génétiques ou sociales) importent peu dans l'action immédiate car ils n'ont aucun levier sur le passé de l'enfant.

      Recommandations :

      1. Cibler le présent : Intervenir directement sur les manques cognitifs observés (ex: vocabulaire), quelle qu'en soit l'origine.

      2. Pratiquer la différenciation : Puisque les enfants sont inégaux, les traiter de manière égale (uniforme) accroît les inégalités.

      3. Équité vs Égalité : Adopter une pédagogie inégale (aider davantage ceux qui en ont besoin) pour compenser les différences de prédispositions.

      Conclusion : La connaissance génétique ne doit pas être vue comme une menace mais comme un levier pour améliorer les recherches en sciences sociales et affiner les politiques éducatives en tenant compte de la réalité biologique de l'hétérogénéité humaine.

    1. useful angles expressed in both degrees and radians is

      Unfortunately, the radians column is messed up, too tiny. $$30^{\circ}\longleftrightarrow\frac{\pi}{6}$$ $$45^{\circ}\longleftrightarrow\frac{\pi}{4}$$ $$60^{\circ}\longleftrightarrow\frac{\pi}{3}$$ $$90^{\circ}\longleftrightarrow\frac{\pi}{2}$$ $$120^{\circ}\longleftrightarrow\frac{2\pi}{3}$$ $$135^{\circ}\longleftrightarrow\frac{3\pi}{4}$$

    1. 她写道:“我们必须小心,因为虽然互联网可能有所帮助,但也充斥着大量垃圾信息。似乎每个人都有一套治疗多发性硬化症的奇葩疗法。” 对此,“funkymango”回应道:“说得太对了……我认为这让我们这些多发性硬化症博主/博主有责任确保我们提供的信息准确无误。” 同样,“sherri”也发出了警告: 有些博主自行“研究”并得出结论,然后将其作为医学知识发布。这非常危险。如果新确诊的患者或对医学知识了解甚少的人误将这些信息当真,可能会遇到一些问题……我认为,个人博主固然负有一定的责任,但远不及那些将博客内容标榜为研究的人……那些以研究为名的博主应该承担更高的责任和标准。

      但是社媒健康信息,所谓的lay knowledge的弊端就是,你必须需要知道分辨,上面存在很多奇葩疗法、自创疗法、错误信息等

    2. 参与者“ turtlespeed ”强调了这种矛盾,她说:“我喜欢做一个知情的患者,但这确实需要付出更多努力。我想,这大概就是作为患者的一部分吧。你需要了解病情,才能为自己的治疗争取权益。”博主们通过自学积累医学知识,同时,他们也扮演着非专业专家的角色,选择在博客上分享和讨论这些信息,并与其他网友互动。许多参与者认为自己是复杂医学信息的教育者和翻译者,而博客为他们的工作提供了一个广泛的平台。因此,他们认为自己有责任为读者提供准确、最新且有科学研究支持的信息。除了认真注明信息来源外,博主们还谨慎地区分了基于研究的专家知识和个人经验。

      社媒平台确实提供了一个很好的空间、环境,让患者们实现交流、学习、自我护理

    3. 其结果是,人们产生了一种“强烈的使命感”[ 34 ],促使他们采取这些行为并接受其目标。Salmon和Hall认为,通过信息赋权的理念并非由患者提出,而是由受益者——医疗服务提供者以及由此延伸的医疗保健行业——提出。由于没有质疑有关赋权的假设,医疗服务提供者可能没有意识到他们正在“重新划定医学的边界”[ 27 ](第 55 页),这给患者带来了负担。

      大家都在使用社交媒体分享健康信息、获取健康信息,这就好像转变为一种规范性准则,排挤了其他的意识形态和行为,具体来说,就是你得意识到,还有一大批人他不上网、不用社交媒体、不在社交媒体上关注健康方面知识,然而“这种被重新划定的医学的边界”默认所有人都可以通过这种方式获得基础知识并且实现自我护理,拿着对于某些患者是负担,因为他们其实做不到

    4. 人们被鼓励以促进医疗创新为名,捐献个人健康信息和劳动,从而造福更广泛的人群。与此同时,医疗保健行业和国家都直接或间接地从他们的努力中获利。健康行动主义的话语重构了集体主义,使其不再是一种对抗行为,而是公共利益、商业利益和个人利益之间的合作。推广利用社交媒体进行和维持自我约束的行为,也可以被视为复制了结构性不平等,因为它转移了人们对国家和行业在平等对待公民方面的不足的关注,并将那些无法或选择不参与患者行为的人排除在外。

      反应两件事:1.患者在社交媒体上贡献信息、分享感受,但是最终却被医疗保健行业、国家获利,甚至有营利组织也从中获利(例如诊所) 2.既然捐献个人健康信息和劳动造福了更广泛的人群,那是否意味着一种digital divide,设备不先进或者少看健康论坛、少看社交媒体的人呗排除在外

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      1. General Statements [optional]

      *We thank the reviewers for their insightful and constructive comments, which have substantially strengthened the manuscript. We have addressed all concerns and replaced the previous non-quantitative RNA-seq analysis with a new analysis that allowed for quantitative assessment. We were encouraged to find that the revised analysis not only confirmed our original observations but also reinforced and extended our conclusions. *

      2. Point-by-point description of the revisions

      Reviewer #1


      Significance

      Comment 1: At its current stage, this work represents a robust resource for molecular parasitology research programs, paving the way for mechanistic studies on multilayered gene expression control and it would benefit from experimental evidence for some of the claims concerning the in silico regulatory networks. Terms like "regulons", "recursive feedback loop" are employed without solid confirmation or extensive literature support. In my view, the most relevant contribution of this study is centered in the direct association between proteasome-dependent degradation and Leishmania differentiation.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer to acknowledge the impact of our work as a robust resource for further mechanistic studies. We agree that the new concepts emerging from our multilayered analysis should be experimentally assessed. However, given the scope of our analysis (i.e. a complete systems-level analysis of bona fide, hamster-isolated L. donovani amastigotes and derived promastigotes) and the amount of data presented in the current manuscript, such functional genetic analysis will merit an independent, in-depth investigation. The current version has been very much toned down and modified to emphasize the impact of our work as a powerful new resource for downstream functional analyses.


      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Comment 1: The narrative becomes somewhat diffuse with the shift to putative multilevel regulatory networks, which would benefit from further experimental validation.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and toned down the general discussion while suggesting putative multilevel regulatory networks for follow-up, mechanistic analyses. We now emphasize those networks for which evidence in trypanosomatids and other organisms has been published. Experimental validation of some of these regulatory networks is outside the scope of our manuscript and will be pursued as part of independent investigations.

      Major issues

      Comment 1: Fig.1D suggests a significant portion of the SNPs are exclusive, with a frequency of zero in one of the two stages. Were only the heterozygous and minor alleles plotted in Fig.1D, since frequencies close to 1 are barely observed? Is the same true in Sup Fig. S2B? Why do chrs 4 and 33 show unusual patterns in S2B?

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this observation. The SNPs exclusive to either one or the other stage are likely the result of the 10% cutoff we use for this kind of analysis (eliminating SNPs that lack sufficient support, i.e. less than 10 reads). Due to bottle neck events (such as in vitro culture or stage differentiation), many low frequency SNPs are either 'lost' (filtered out) or 'gained' (passing the 10% cutoff) between the ama and pro samples. All SNPs above 10% were plotted. The absence of SNPs at 100% is one of the hallmarks of the Ld1S L. donovani strain we are using. Instead, these parasites show a majority of SNPs at a frequency of around 50%, which is likely a sign of a previous hybridization event. Chr 4 and chr 33 show a very low SNP density, most likely as they went through a transient monosomy at one moment of their evolutionary history, causing loss of heterozygosity. We now explain these facts in the figure legend.


      Comment 2: Chr26 revealed a striking contrasting gene coverage between H-1 and the other two samples. While a peak is observed for H-1 in the middle of this chr, the other two show a decrease in coverage. Is there any correlation with the transcriptomic/proteomic findings?

      Response: This analysis is based on normalized median read depth, taking somy variations into account. This is now more clearly specified in the figure legend. We do not see any significant expression changes that would correlate with the observed (minor) read depth changes. As indicated in the legend, we do not consider such small fluctuations (less than +/- 1,5 fold) as significant. The reversal of the signal for chr 26 sample H1 eludes us (but again, these fluctuations are minor and not observed at mRNA level).

      Comment 3: The term "regulon" is used somewhat loosely in many parts of the text. Evidence of co-transcriptomic patterns alone does not necessarily demonstrate control by a common regulator (e.g., RNA-binding protein), and therefore does not fulfill the strict definition of a regulon. It should be clear whether the authors are highlighting potential multiple inferred regulons within a list of genes or not. Maybe functional/ gene module/cluster would be more appropriate terms.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We replaced 'regulon' throughout the manuscript by 'co-regulated, functional gene clusters' (or similar).

      Comment 4: It is unclear whether the findings in Fig.3E are based on previous analysis of stage-specific rRNA modifications or inferred from the pre-snoRNA transcriptomic data in the current work or something else. I struggle to find the significance of presenting this here.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. Yes, these data show stage-specific rRNA modifications based on previous analyses that mapped stage-specific differences of pseudouridine (Y) (Rajan et al., Cell Reports 2023, DOI: 10.1016/j.celrep.2024.114203) and 2'-O-modifications (Rajan et al., Nature Com, in revision) by various RNA-seq analyses and cryoEM. This figure has been modified in the revised version to consider the identification of stage-regulated snoRNAs in our new and statistically robust RNA-seq analysis. These data are shown to further support the existence of stage-regulated ribosomes that may control mRNA translatability, as suggested by the enriched GO terms 'ribosome biogenesis', 'rRNA processing' and 'RNA methylation' shown in Figure 2. We better integrated these analyses by moving the panels from Figure 3 to Figure 2.

      Comment 5: The protein turnover analysis is missing the critical confirmation of the expected lactacystin activity on the proteasome in both ama and pro. A straightforward experiment would be an anti-polyUb western blotting using a low concentration SDS-PAGE or a proteasome activity assay on total extracts.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment and have now included an anti-polyUb Western blot analysis (see Fig S7).

      Comment 6: The viability tests upon lactacystin treatment need a positive control for the PI and the YoPro staining (i.e., permeabilized or heat-killed promastigotes).

      Response: This control is now included in Fig S7 and we have added the corresponding description to the text.

      Comment 7: I found that the section on regulatory networks was somewhat speculative and less focused. Several of the associated conclusions are, in some parts, overstated, such as in "uncovered a similar recursive feedback loop" (line 566) or "unprecedented insight into the regulatory landscape" (line 643). It would be important to provide some form of direct evidence supporting a functional connection between phosphorylation/ubiquitination, ribosome biogenesis/proteins and gene expression regulation.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and have considerably toned down our statements. Functional analyses to investigate and validate some of the shown network interactions are planned for the near future and will be published separately.

      Minor issues

      1) The ordinal transition words "First,"/"Second," are used too frequently in explanatory sections. I noted six instances. I suggest replacing or rephrasing some to improve flow.

      Response: Rectified, thanks for pointing this out.

      2) Ln 168: Unformatted citations were given for the Python packages used in the study.

      Response: Rectified, thanks for pointing this out.

      3) Fig.1D: "SNP frequency" is the preferred term in English.

      Response: Corrected.

      4) Fig.2A: not sure what "counts}1" mean.

      __Response: __This figure has been replaced.

      5) Ln 685: "Transcripts with FC 0.01 are represented by black dots" -> This sentence is inaccurate. The intended wording might be: "Transcripts with FC 0.01 are represented by black dots"

      Response: We thank the reviewer and corrected accordingly.

      6) Ln 698: Same as ln 685 mentioned above.

      Response: We thank the reviewer and corrected accordingly.

      7) Fig.2B and elsewhere: The legend key for the GO term enrichment is a bit confusing. It seems like the color scales represent the adj. p-values, but the legend keys read "Cluster efficiency" and "Enrichment score", while those values are actually represented by each bar length. Does light blue correspond to a max value of 0.05 in one scale, and dark blue to a max value of 10-7 in the other scale?

      Response: This was corrected in the figure and the legends were updated accordingly.

      8) Sup Figure S3A and S4A: The hierarchical clustering dendrograms are barely visible in the heatmaps.

      Response: Thanks for the comment. Figure S3 was removed and replaced by a hierarchical clustering and a PCA plot.

      9) S3A Legend: The following sentence sounds a bit awkward: "Rows and columns have been re-ordered thanks to a hierarchical clustering". I suggest switching "thanks to a hierarchical clustering" to "based on hierarchical clustering".

      Response: This figure was removed and the legend modified.

      10) Fig.5D: The font size everywhere except the legend key is too small. In addition, on the left panel, gene product names are given as a column, while on the right, the names are shown below the GeneIDs. Consistency would make it clearer.

      Response: Thank you, this is now rectified. To ensue readability, we reduced the number of shown protein kinase examples.



      Reviewer #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Comment 1: In the absence of riboprofiling the authors return to the RNA-seq to assess the levels of pre-Sno RNA (the role of the could be more explicitly stated).

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment. We moved the snoRNA analysis from Fig 3 to Fig 2 (see also the similar comment of reviewer 1), which better integrates and justifies this analysis. Based on the new and statistically robust RNA-seq analysis, the volcano plot showing differential snoRNA expression and possible ribosome modification has been adjusted (Figures 2C and D).

      __Comment 2: __The authors provide a clear and comprehensive description of the data at each stage of the results and this in woven together in the discussion allowing hypotheses to be formed on the potential regulatory and signalling pathways that control the differentiation of amastigotes to promastigotes. Given the amount and breadth of data presented the authors are able to present a high-level assessment of the processes that form feedback loops and/or intersectional signalling, but specific examples are not picked out for deeper validation or exploration.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer to acknowledge the amount and breadth of data presented. As indicated above (see responses to reviewer 1), mechanistic studies will be conducted in the near future to validate some of the regulatory interactions. These will be subject of separate publications. As noted above (response to reviewer 1), we toned down the general discussion, suggest follow-up mechanistic analyses and emphasize those networks for which evidence in trypanosomatids and other organisms has been published.

      __ __ Major comments:

      Are the claims and the conclusions supported by the data or do they require additional experiments or analyses to support them?

      Comment 1: As I have understood it from the description in the text, and in Data Table 4, the RNA-seq element of the work has only been conducted using two replicates. If this is the case, it would substantially undermine the RNA-seq and the inferences drawn from it. Minimum replicates required for inferential analysis is 3 bio-replicates and potentially up to 6 or 12. It may be necessary for the authors to repeat this for the RNA-seq to carry enough weight to support their arguments. (PMID: 27022035)

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and conducted a new RNA-seq analysis with 4 independent biological replicates of spleen-purified amastigotes and derived promastigotes. Given the robustness of the stage-specific transcriptome, and the legal constrains associated with the use of animals, we chose to limit the number of replicates to the necessary. We thank the reviewer for this important comment, and the new data not only confirm the previous one (providing a high level of robustness to our data) but allowed us to increase the number of identified stage-regulated snoRNAs, thus further supporting a possible role of ribosome modification in Leishmania stage development.

      Comment 2: There are several examples that are given as reciprocal or recursive signalling pathways, but these are not followed up with independent, orthogonal techniques. I think the paper currently forms a great resource to pursue these interesting signalling interactions and is certainly more than just a catalogue of modifications, but to take it to the next level ideally a novel signalling interaction would be demonstrated using an orthogonal approach. Perhaps the regulation of the ribosomes could have been explored further (same teams recently published related work on this). Or perhaps more interestingly, a novel target(s) from the ubiquitinated protein kinases could have been explored further; for example making precision mutants that lack the ubiquitination or phosphorylation sites - does this abrogate differentiation?

      Response: We agree with the reviewer that the paper currently forms a great resource. In-depth molecular analysis investigating key signaling pathways and regulatory interactions are outside the scope of the current multilevel systems analysis but will be pursued in independent investigations.

      Comment 3: I found the use of lactacystin a bit curious as there are more potent and specific inhibitors of Leishmania proteasomes e.g. LXE-408. This could be clarified in the write-up (See below).

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. We opted for the highly specific and irreversible proteasome inhibitor lactacystin that has been previously applied to study the Leishmania proteasome (PMID: 15234661) rather than the typanosomatid-specific drug candidate LXE408 as the strong cytotoxic effect of the latter makes it difficult to distinguish between direct effects on protein turnover and secondary effects resulting from cell death, limiting its utility for dissecting proteasome function in living parasites. We have added this information in the Results section.

      Comment 4: If it is the case that only 2 replicates of the RNA-Seq have been performed it really is not the accepted level of replication for the field. Most studies use a minimum of 3 bioreplicates and even a minimum of 6 is recommended by independent assessment of DESeq2.

      __Response: __See response to comment 1 above.


      Comment 5: As far as I could see, the cell viability assay does not include a positive control that shows it is capable of detecting cytotoxic effects of inhibitors. Add treatment showing that it can differentiate cytostatic vs cytotoxic compound.

      __Response: __This control has now been added to Fig S7.

      If you have constructive further reaching suggestions that could significantly improve the study but would open new lines of investigations, please label them as "OPTIONAL". Are the suggested experiments realistic in terms of time and resources? It would help if you could add an estimated time investment for substantial experiments.

      Comment 6: It is realistic for the authors to validate the cell viability assay. If the RNA-seq needs to be repeated then this would be a substantial involvement.

      Response: Redoing the RNA-seq analysis was entirely feasible and very much improved the robustness of our results.

      Are the data and the methods presented in such a way that they can be reproduced?

      Comment 7: All the methods are written to a good level of detail. The sample prep, acquisition and data analysis of the protein mass spectrometry contained a high level of detail in a supplemental section. The authors should be more explicit about the amount of replication at each stage, as in parts of the manuscript this was quite unclear.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment and explicitly state the number of replicates in Methods, Results and Figure legends for all analyses. The number of replicates for each analysis is further shown in the overview Figure S1.

      Are the experiments adequately replicated and statistical analysis adequate?

      Comment 8: Unless I have misunderstood the manuscript, I believe the RNA-seq dataset is underpowered according to the number of replicates the authors report in the text.

      Response: See response to comment 1 above.

      Comment 9: Looking at Figure 1 and S1 and Data Table 4 to show the sample workflow I was surprised to see that the RNA-seq only used 2 replicates. The authors do show concordance between the individual biological replicates, but I would consider that only having 2 is problematic here, especially given the importance placed on the mRNA levels and linkage in this study. This would constitute a major weakness of the study, given that it is the basis for a crucial comparison between the RNA and protein levels.

      Response: We agree and have repeated the RNAseq analysis using four independent biological replicates - see response to comment 1.

      Comment 10: It also wasn't clear to me how many replicates were performed at each condition for the lactacystin treatment experiment - can the authors please state this clearly in the text, it looks like 4 replicates from Figure S1 and Data Table 8.

      Response: Indeed, we did 4 replicates. This is now clarified in Methods, Results and Figure legends and shown in Figure S1.

      Comment 11: Four replicates are used for the phosphoproteomics data set, which is probably ok, but other researchers have used a minimum of 5 in phosphoproteomics experiments to deal with the high level of variability that can often be observed with low abundance proteins & modifications. The method for the phosphoproteomics analysis suggests that a detection of a phosphosite in 1 sample (also with a localisation probability of >0.75) was required for then using missing value imputation of other samples. This seems like a low threshold for inclusion of that phosphosite for further relative quantitative analysis. For example, Geoghegan et al (2022) (PMID: 36437406) used a much more stringent threshold of greater than or equal to 2 missing values from 5 replicates as an exclusion criteria for detected phoshopeptides. Please correct me if I misunderstood the data processing, but as it stands the imputation of so many missing values (potentially 3 of 4 per sample category) could be reducing the quality of this analysis.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this remark and for highlighting best practices in phosphoproteomics data analysis. Unlike other studies that use cultured parasites and thus have access to unlimited amounts, our study employs bona fide amastigotes isolated from infected hamster spleens. In France, the use of animals is tightly controlled and only the minimal number of animals to obtain statistically significant results is tolerated (and necessary to obtain permission to conduct animal experiments).

      Regarding the number of biological replicates, we would like to emphasize that the use of four biological replicates is fully acceptable and used in quantitative proteomics and phosphoproteomics, particularly when combined with high-quality LC-MS/MS data and stringent peptide-level filtering. While some studies indeed employ five or more replicates, this is not a strict requirement, and many high-impact phosphoproteomics studies have successfully relied on four replicates when experimental quality and depth are high. In the present study, we adopted a discovery-oriented approach, aimed at detecting as many confidently identified phosphopeptides as possible. The consistency between replicates, combined with the depth of coverage and signal quality, indicates that four replicates are adequate for both the global proteome and the phosphoproteome in this context. Importantly, the quality of the MS data in this study is supported by (i) a high number of confidently identified peptides and phosphopeptides (identification FDR0.75), and (iii) reproducible quantitative profiles across replicates. Notably, most of the identified phosphopeptides are quantified in at least two replicates within a given condition (between 73.2% and 83.4% of all the identified phosphopeptides among replicates of the same condition).

      Regarding missing value imputation, we appreciate that our initial description may have been unclear and we have revised the Methods to avoid misunderstanding. Phosphosites were only considered if detected with high confidence (identification FDR0.75) in at least one replicate. This criterion was chosen to retain biologically relevant, low-abundance phosphosites, which are more difficult to identify and are often stochastically sampled in phosphoproteomics datasets. For statistical analyses, missing values within a given condition were imputed with a well-established algorithm (MLE) only when at least one observed value was present in that condition. Notably, they were replaced by values in the neighborhood of the observed intensities, rather than by globally low, noise-like values.

      We agree that more stringent exclusion rules, such as those used by Geoghegan et al. (2022), are appropriate in some contexts. However, there is no universally accepted standard for missingness thresholds in phosphoproteomics, and different strategies reflect trade-offs between sensitivity and stringency. In our discovery-oriented approach, we deliberately prioritized biological coverage while maintaining data quality. Our main conclusions are supported by coherent biological patterns, rather than by isolated phosphosite measurements.


      Comment 12: For the metabolomics analysis it looks like 2 amastigote samples were compared against 4 promastigote samples. Why not triplicates of each?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for noticing this point. It is an error in the figure file (Sup figure S1). Four biological replicates of splenic amastigotes were prepared (H130-1, H130-2, H133-1 and H133-2). Amastigotes from 2 biological replicates (H131-1 and H131-2) were seeded for differentiation into promastigotes in 4 flasks (2 per biological replicate) that were collected at passage 2. We have updated the figure file accordingly.

      Minor comments:

      __ __Specific experimental issues that are easily addressable. Are prior studies referenced appropriately?

      * *Comment 1: Yes

      Are the text and figures clear and accurate?

      * *Comment 2: The write up is clear, with the data presented coherently for each method. The analyses that link everything together are well discussed. The figures are mostly clear (see below) and are well described in the legends. There is good use of graphics to explain the experimental designs and sample names - although it is unclear if technical replicates are defined in these figures.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for these positive comments. We now included the information on replicates in the overview figure (Figure S1).

      Do you have suggestions that would help the authors improve the presentation of their data and conclusions?

      Comment 3: As I have understood it, the authors have calculated the "phosphostoichiometry" using the ratio of change in the phosphopeptide to the ratio of the change in total protein level changes. This is detailed in the supplemental method (see below). Whilst this has normalised the data, it has not resulted in an occupancy or stoichiometry measurement, which are measured between 0-1 (0% to 100%). The normalisation has probably been sufficient and useful for this analysis, but this section needs to be re-worded to be more precise about what the authors are doing and presenting. These concepts are nicely reviewed by Muneer, Chen & Chen 2025 (PMID: 39696887) who reference seminal papers on determination of phosphopeptide occupancy - and may be a good place to start. An alternative phrase should be used to describe the ratio of ratios calculated here, not phosphostoichiometry.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and fully agree with the conceptual distinction raised. The reviewer is correct that the approach used in this study does not measure absolute phosphosite occupancy or stoichiometry, which would indeed require dedicated experimental strategies and would yield values bounded between 0 and 1 (0-100%). Instead, we calculated a normalized phosphorylation change, defined as the ratio of the change in phosphopeptide abundance relative to the change in the corresponding total protein abundance (a ratio-of-ratios approach - see doi :10.1007/978-1-0716-1967-4_12), and we tested whether this normalized phosphorylation change differed significantly from zero. This normalization approach is comparable to those previously published in the « Experimental Design and Statistical Analysis of the Proteome and the Phosphoproteome » section of the following paper (DOI: 10.1016/j.mcpro.2022.100428).

      Our intention was to account for protein-level regulation and thereby better isolate changes in phosphorylation dynamics. While this normalization is informative and appropriate for the biological questions addressed here, we agree that the term "phosphostoichiometry" is imprecise and not correct in this context.

      In response, we (i) replaced the term "phosphostoichiometry" throughout the manuscript with a more accurate description, such as "normalized phosphorylation level", or "relative phosphorylation change normalized to protein abundance", and (ii) revised the corresponding Methods and Results text to clearly state that absolute occupancy was not measured.

      This rewording will improve conceptual accuracy without altering the validity or interpretation of the results.

      Comment 4: From the authors methods describing the ratio comparison approach: "Another statistical test was performed in a second step: a contrasted t-test was performed to compare the variation in abundance of each modified peptide to the one of its parent unmodified protein using the limma R package {Ritchie, 2015; Smyth, 2005}. This second test allows determining whether the fold-change of a phosphorylated peptide between two conditions is significantly different from the one of its parent and unmodified protein (paragraph 3.9 in Giai Gianetto et al 2023). An adaptive Benjamini-Hochberg procedure was applied on the resulting p-values thanks to the adjust.p function of R package cp4p {Giai Gianetto, 2016} using the Pounds et al {Pounds, 2006} method to control the False Discovery Rate level."

      Response: The references have been formatted.

      Comment 5: Several aspects of the figures that contain STRING networks are quite useful, particularly the way colour around the circle of each node to denote different molecular functions/biological processes. However, some have descended into "hairball" plots that convey little useful information that would be equally conveyed in a table, for example. Added to this, the points on the figure are identified by gene IDs which, while clear and incontrovertible, are lacking human readability. I suggest that protein name could be included here too.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment but for readability we opted to keep the figure as is. We now refer to Tables 8, 9, and 12 that allow the reader to link gene IDs to protein name and annotation (if available).

      Comment 6: It is also not clear what STRING data is being plotted here, what are the edges indicating - physical interactions proven in Leishmania, or inferred interactions mapped on from other organisms? Perhaps as supplemental data provide the Cytoscape network files so readers can explore the networks themselves?

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment. While the STRING plugin in Cytoscape enables integrated network-based analyses, it represents protein-protein associations as a single edge per protein pair derived from the combined confidence score. Consequently, the specific contribution of individual evidence channels (e.g. experimental evidence, curated databases, co-expression, or text mining) cannot be disentangled within this framework. However, this representation was considered appropriate for the present study, which focused on global network topology and functional enrichment rather than on the interpretation of individual interaction types. The information on stringency has been added to the Methods section and the Figure legends (adding the information on confidence score cutoff).

      We decided not to submit the Cytoscape files as they were generated with previous versions of Cytoscape and the STRING plugin. Based on the differential abundance data shown in the tables it will be very easy to recreate these networks with the new versions for any follow up study.

      Comment 7: The title of columns in table S10 panel A are written in French, which will be ok for many people particularly those familiar with proteomics software outputs, but everything else is in English so perhaps those titles could be made consistent.

      __Response: __We apologize and have translated the text in English.

      Comment 8: I would suggest that the authors provide a table that has all the gene IDs of the Ld1S2D strain and the orthologs for at least one other species that is in TriTrypDB. This would make it easy to interrogate the data and make it a more useful resource for the community who work on different strains and species of Leishmania. Although this data is available it is a supplemental material file in a previous paper (Bussotti et al PNAS 2021) and not easy to find.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this very useful suggestion and have added this table (Table S13).

      Comment 9: Figure 5b - from the legend it is not clear where the confidence values were derived in this analysis, although this is explained in the supplemental method. Perhaps the legend can be a bit clearer.

      Response: We have the following statement to the legend: 'Confidence values were derived as described in Supplementary Methods'.

      Comment 10: Can the authors discuss why lactacystin was used? While this is a commonly used proteasome inhibitor in mammalian cells there is concern that it can inhibit other proteases. At the concentrations (10 µM) the authors used there are off-target effects in Leishmania, certainly the inhibition of a carboxypeptidase (PMID: 35910377) and potentially cathepsins as is observed in other systems (PMID: 9175783). There is a specific inhibitor of the Leishmania proteasome LXE-408 (PMID: 32667203), which comes closer to fulfilling the SGC criteria (PMID: 26196764) for a chemical probe - why not use this. Does lactacystin inhibit a different aspect of proteasome activity compared to LXE-408?

      Response: We have add the following justification to the results section (see also response above to comment 3 for reviewer 2): We chose the highly specific and irreversible proteasome inhibitor lactacystin over the typanosomatid-specific, reversible drug candidate LXE408 as the latter's potent cytotoxicity can confound direct effects on protein turnover with secondary consequences of cell death, limiting its utility for dissecting proteasome function in living parasites.

      Comment 11: The application of lactacystin is changing the abundance of a multitude of proteins but no precision follow up is done to identify if those proteins are necessary and/or sufficient from driving/blocking differentiation. This could be tested using precision edited lines that are unable to be ubiquitinated? There is a lack of direct evidence that the proteins protected from degradation by lactacystin are ubiquitinated? Perhaps some of these could be tagged and IP'd then probed for ubiquitin signal. Di-Gly proteomics to reveal ubiquitinated proteins? These suggestions should be considered as OPTIONAL experiments in the relevant section above.

      Response: We very much appreciate these very interesting suggestions, which we will be considered for ongoing follow-up studies.

      Comment 12: In the data availability RNA-seq section the text for the GEO link is : (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/query/acc.cgi?acc= GSE227637) but the embedded link takes me to (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/query/acc.cgi?acc=GSE165615) which is data for another, different study. Also, the link to the GEO site for the DNA seq isn't working and manual searches with the archive number (BioProject PRJNA1231373 ) does not appear to find anything. The IDs for the mass spec data PRIDE/ProteomeXchange don't seem to bring up available datasets: PXD035697 and PXD035698

      Response: The links have now been rectified and validated. For those data that are still under quarantine, here is the login information: To access the data:

      DNAseq data: https://dataview.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/object/PRJNA1231373?reviewer=6qt24dd7f475838rbqfn228d0

      RNAseq data:

      https://www.ebi.ac.uk/biostudies/ArrayExpress/studies/E-MTAB-16528?key=65367b55-d77f-4c06-b4bd-bc10f2dc0b14

      Proteomic data: http://www.ebi.ac.uk/pride

      __Username: __reviewer_pxd035698@ebi.ac.uk

      __Password: __gOIcRx0g

      Phosphoproteomic data: http://www.ebi.ac.uk/pride

      __Username: __reviewer_pxd035697@ebi.ac.uk

      __Password: __7GWtBmvx

      Significance Provide contextual information to readers (editors and researchers) about the novelty of the study, its value for the field and the communities that might be interested. The following aspects are important:

      * General assessment: provide a summary of the strengths and limitations of the study. What are the strongest and most important aspects? What aspects of the study should be improved or could be developed?*

      Strengths: Comment 1: The molecular pathways that regulate Leishmania life-stage transitions are still poorly understood, with many approaches exploring single proteins/RNAs etc in a reductionist manner. This paper takes a systems-scale approach and does a good job of integrating the disparate -omics datasets to generate hypotheses of the intersections of regulatory proteins that are associated with life-cycle progression.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment of our work.

      Comment 2: The differentiation step studied is from amastigote to promastigote. I am not aware that this has been studied before using phosphoproteomics. The use of the hamster derived amastigotes is a major strength. While a difficult/less common model, the use of hamsters permits the extraction of parasites that are host adapted and represent "normal", host-adapted Leishmania ploidy, the promastigote experiments are performed at a low passage number. This is a strength or the work as it reduces the interference of the biological plasticity of Leishmania when it is cultured outside the host.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the acknowledgment of our relevant hamster system, for which we face many challenges (financial, ethical, administrative as protocols need to be approved by the French government).

      Limitations: __ __Comment 1: Potential lack of appropriate replication (see above).

      Response: See response to comment 1.

      Comment 2: Lack of follow up/validation of a novel signalling interaction identified from the systems-wide approach. There is a lack of assessment of whether a single signalling cascade is driving the differentiation or these are all parallel, requisite pathways. The authors state the differentiation is not driven by a single master regulator, but I am not sure there is adequate evidence to rule this in or out.

      Response: See response to comment 2 above.

      Advance: compare the study to the closest related results in the literature or highlight results reported for the first time to your knowledge; does the study extend the knowledge in the field and in which way? Describe the nature of the advance and the resulting insights (for example: conceptual, technical, clinical, mechanistic, functional,...).

      Comment 3: The study applies well established techniques without any particular technical step-change. The application of large-scale multi-omics techniques and integrated comparisons of the different experimental workflows allow a synthesis of data that is a step forward from that existing in the previous Leishmania literature. It allows the generation of new hypotheses about specific regulatory pathways and crosstalk that potentially drive, or are at least active, during amastigote>promastigote differentiation.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      *Audience: describe the type of audience ("specialized", "broad", "basic research", "translational/clinical", etc...) that will be interested or influenced by this research; how will this research be used by others; will it be of interest beyond the specific field? * This manuscript will have primary interest to those researchers studying the molecular and cell biology of Leishmania and other kinetoplastid parasites. The approaches used are quite standard (so not so interesting in terms of methods development etc.) and given the specific quirks of Leishmania biology it may not be that relevant to those working more broadly in parasites from different clades/phyla, or those working on opisthokont systems- yeast, humans etc. Other Leishmania focused groups will surely cherry-pick interesting hits from this dataset to advance their studies, so this dataset will form a valuable reference point for hypothesis generation.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this assessment and agree that our data sets will be very valuable for us and other teams to generate hypotheses for follow-up studies.

      Please define your field of expertise with a few keywords to help the authors contextualize your point of view. Indicate if there are any parts of the paper that you do not have sufficient expertise to evaluate.

      Relevant expertise: Trypanosoma & Leishmania molecular & cell biology, RNA-seq, proteomics, transcriptional/epigenetic regulation, protein kinases - some experience of UPS system.

      I have not provided comment on the metabolomics as it is outside my core expertise. However, I can see it was performed at one of the leading parasitology metabolomics labs.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for sharing expertise, investing time and intelligence in the assessment of our manuscript, and the highly constructive criticisms provided.


      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      __Summary: __The study presents a comprehensive multi-omics investigation of Leishmania differentiation, combining genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic, phospho-proteomic and metabolomic data. The authors aim to uncover mechanisms of post-transcriptional and post-translational regulation that drive the stage-specific biology of L. donovani. The authors provide a detailed characterization of transcriptomic, proteomic, and phospho-proteomic changes between life stages, and dissect the relative contributions of mRNA abundance and protein degradation to stage-specific protein expression. Notably, the study is accompanied by comprehensive supplementary materials for each molecular layer and provides public access to both raw and processed data, enhancing transparency and reproducibility. While the data are rich and compelling, several mechanistic interpretations (e.g., "feedback loops," "recursive networks," "signaling cascades") are overstated. Similarly, the classification of gene sets as "regulons" is not adequately supported, as no common regulatory factor has been identified and only a single condition change (amastigote to promastigote) was assessed.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for these comments and have corrected the manuscript to eliminate all unjustified mechanistic interpretations.

      Major Comments:


      Comment 1:__ Across several sections (incl abstract, L559-565, L589-599, L600-L603, L610-612, L613-614, L625, L643-645, L650-652), the manuscript describes "recursive or self-controlling networks", "signaling cascades", "self-regulating", and "recursive feedback loops" - involving protein kinases, phosphatases, and translational regulators. While the data convincingly demonstrate stage-specific changes in phosphorylation and abundance changes in key molecules, the language used implies causal, direct and directional regulatory relationships that have not been experimentally validated.

      Response: __We agree with the reviewer and have corrected the text, replacing all expressions that may allude to causal or directional relationships by more neutral expressions such as 'co-expression'. __

      Comment 2: Co-expression and shared function alone do not define a regulon (L363, and several other places in the manuscript). A regulon also requires the gene set to be regulated by the same factor, for which there is no evidence here. Regulons can be derived from transcriptomic experiments, but then they need to show the same transcriptional behavior across many biological conditions, while here just 1 condition change is evaluated. Therefore, this analysis is conventional GO enrichment analysis and should not be overinterpreted into regulons.

      __Response: __We agree with the reviewer and have replaced 'regulon' with 'co-regulated gene clusters' (or similar).

      Comment 3: LFQ intensity of 0 (e.g., L389): An LFQ intensity of 0 does not necessarily indicate that a protein is absent, but rather that it was not detected. This can occur for several reasons: (1) true biological absence in one condition, (2) low abundance below the detection threshold, or (3) stochastic missingness due to random dropout in mass spectrometry. While the authors state that adjusted p-values for the 1534 proteins exclusively detected in either amastigotes or promastigotes are below 0.01, I could not find corresponding p-values for these proteins in Table 8 ('Global_Proteomic'). An appropriate statistical method designed to handle this type of missingness should be used. In this context, I also find the following statement unclear: "identified over 4000 proteins at each stage in at least 3 out of 4 biological replicates, representing 3521 differentially expressed proteins (adjusted p-value Response: We fully agree with the reviewer, an LFQ intensity of 0 may results from various reasons. We realize that our wording may have been ambiguous. For clarity, we have modified the original text to: 'Label-free quantitative proteomic analysis of 4 replicates of amastigotes and derived promastigotes identified over 4000 proteins, including 1987 differentially expressed proteins (adjusted p-value<br /> Comment 4: L412 - Figure 3B: The figure shows proteins with infinite fold changes, which result from division by zero due to LFQ intensity values of zero in one of the compared conditions. As previously noted, interpreting LFQ zero values as true absence of expression is problematic, since these zeros can arise from several technical reasons - such as proteins being just below the detection threshold or due to stochastic dropout during MS analysis. Therefore, the calculated fold changes for these proteins are likely highly overestimated. This concern is visually supported by the large gap on the y-axis (even in log scale) between these "infinite" fold changes and the rest of the data. Moreover, given Leishmania's model of constitutive gene expression, it seems biologically implausible that all these proteins would be completely absent in one stage. This issue applies not only to Figure 3B, but also to the analyses presented in Figures 4D and 4E.

      Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. To clarify this section, we modified the text as follows: 'Only expression changes were considered that either showed statistically significant differential abundance at both RNA and protein levels (p <br /> __Minor Comments:

      Methods L132: Typo: "A according" should be "according."

      __Response: __The 'A' refers to RNase A. We added a comma for clarification (...RNase A, according to...)

      L158: How exactly were somy levels calculated? Please specify the method used, as I could not find a clear description in the referenced manuscript.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. Aside the already quite detailed description in Methods and the reference there to the paper describing the pipeline, we now added a link to the description of the karyotype module of the giptools package (https://gip.readthedocs.io/en/latest/giptools/karyotype.html). There the following explanation can be found: "The karyotype module aims at comparing the chromosome sequencing coverage distributions of multiple samples. This module is useful when trying to detect chromosome ploidy differences in different isolates. For each sample the module loads the GIP files with the bin sequencing coverage (.covPerBin.gz files) and normalizes the meancoverage values by the median coverage of all bins. The bin scores are then converted to somy scores which are then used for producing plots and statistics." The description then goes into further detail.

      L158: Chromosome 36 is not consistently disomic, as stated. It has been observed in other somy states (e.g., Negreira et al. 2023, EMBO Reports, Figure 1), even if such occurrences are rare in the studied context. Normalizing by chr36 remains a reasonable choice, but it would be helpful to confirm that the majority of chromosomes appear disomic post-normalization to support the assumption that chr36 is disomic in this dataset as well.

      __Response: __We thank the reviewer for this comment. Unlike the paper cited above (using long-term cultured promastigotes), our analysis uses promastigote parasites from early culture adaptation (p2) that were freshly derived from splenic amastigotes known to be disomic (and confirmed here), which represents an internal control validating our analysis.

      L163: Suggestion: Cite the GIP pipeline here rather than delaying the reference until L173.

      Response: corrected

      L188: "Controlled" may be a miswording. Consider replacing with "confirmed" or "validated."

      Response: corrected to 'validated'

      L214: Please specify which statistical test was used to assess differential expression at the protein level. L227: Similarly, clarify which statistical test was applied for determining differential expression in the phospho-proteomics data.

      Response: As noted in the Methods section, a limma t-test was applied to determine proteins/phosphoproteins with a significant difference in abundance while imposing a minimal fold change of 2 between the conditions to conclude that they are differentially abundant {Ritchie, 2015; Smyth, 2005}.

      __Results __ L337-339: The interpretation here is too speculative. Phrases like "suggesting" and "likely" are too strong given the evidence presented. Alternative explanations, such as mosaic variation combined with early-stage selective pressure in the culture environment, should be considered.

      Response: We thank the reviewers for these suggestions and have reformulated into: 'In the absence of convergent selection, it is impossible to distinguish if these gene CNVs provide some strain-specific advantage or are merely the result of random genetic drift.'

      L340: The "undulating pattern" mentioned is somewhat subjective. To support this interpretation, consider adding a moving average (or similar) line to Figure 3A, which would more clearly highlight this trend across the data points.

      Response: These lines have been added to Figure 1C (not 3A).

      L356: It may be more accurate to say "control of individual gene expression," since Leishmania does have promoters - the key distinction is that initiation does not occur on a gene-by-gene basis.

      Response: corrected

      L403-405: The statement "this is because these metabolites comprise a glycosomal succinate shunt..." should be rephrased as a hypothesis rather than a definitive explanation, as this causal link has not been experimentally validated.

      Response: Thank you for the comment - we followed your advice.

      L407: Replace "confirming" with "matching" to avoid overstating the agreement with previous observations.

      Response: corrected

      L408: Replace "correlated" with "matched" for more accurate interpretation of results.

      Response: corrected

      L433: It is unclear how differential RNA modifications were detected. Please specify which biological material was used, the number of replicates per life stage, and how statistical evaluation of differential modifications was performed.

      Response: This figure has now been updated using our statistically robust RNA-seq analysis conducted for the revision. See comments above.

      L436: This conclusion appears incomplete. While the manuscript mentions transcript-regulated proteins, it should also note that other proteins showed discordant mRNA/protein patterns. A more balanced conclusion would mention both the matching and non-matching subsets.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment and have made the necessary adjustments to better balance this conclusion.

      L441: The phrase "poor correlation" overgeneralizes and lacks nuance. Earlier sections of the manuscript describe hundreds of genes where mRNA and protein levels correlate well, suggesting that mRNA turnover plays a key regulatory role. Please rephrase this sentence to clarify that poor correlation applies only to a subset of the data.

      Response: This has been corrected to 'The discrepancies we observed in a sub-set of genes between....'.

      L454: The claim that "epitranscriptomic regulation and stage-adapted ribosomes are key processes" should be supported with references. If this builds on previously published work, please cite it accordingly.

      Response: corrected

      L457: Proteasomal degradation is a well-established mechanism in Leishmania. These findings are interesting but should be presented in the context of existing literature (e.g. Silva-Jardim et al.2014, [PMID: 15234661]) rather than as entirely novel.

      Response: corrected

      L459: The authors shoumd add a microscopy image of promastigotes treated with lactacystin. This would provide insight into whether treatment affects morphology, as is known in T. cruzi (see Dias et al., 2008). It would be particularly informative if Leishmania behaves differently.

      Response: We added this information to Figure S7.

      L472 + L481: Table 9 shows several significant GO terms not discussed in the manuscript. Please clarify how the subset presented in the text was selected.

      Response: We added this information to the text ('some of the most significantly enrichment terms included ...').

      L482: The argument that a single master regulator can be excluded is unclear. Could the authors please elaborate on the reasoning or data supporting this conclusion?

      Response: This statement was too speculative and has been removed. Instead, we added 'Thus, Leishmania differentiation correlates with the expression of complex signaling networks that are established in a stage-specific manner'.

      L494: The term "unexpected" may not be appropriate here, as protein degradation is a well-established regulatory mechanism in trypanosomatids. Consider omitting this term to better reflect the field's current understanding.

      Response: We deleted the term as suggested and reformulated to '....our results confirm the important role of protein degradation....'.

      L543: The term "feedback loop" should be used more cautiously. The current data are correlative, and no interventional experiments are provided to support a causal regulatory loop between proteasomal activity and protein kinases. As such, this remains a hypothesis rather than a confirmed mechanism.

      Response: We fully agree and have toned down the entire manuscript, referring to feedback loops only as a hypothesis and not as a fact emerging from our datasets, which set the stage for future functional analyses.

      __Discussion __ L555: As noted in L494, reconsider using the word "unexpected."

      Response: removed

      L589: The data do not fully support the presence of stage-specific ribosomes. Rather, they suggest differential ribosomal function through changes in abundance and regulation. Please consider rephrasing.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment and have follow the advice reformulating the sentence according to the suggestion.

      L657-658: The discussion of post-transcriptional and post-translational regulation of gene dosage effects would benefit from citing additional literature beyond the authors' own work. E.g. the study by Cuypers et al. (PMID: 36149920) offers a relevant and comprehensive analysis covering 4 'omic layers.

      Response: We apologize for this omission and now describe and cite this publication in the Results section when concluding the results shown in Figure 1.

      L659-664: The reference to deep learning for biomarker discovery appears speculative and loosely connected to the current findings. As no such methods were applied in the study, and the manuscript does not clarify what types of biomarkers are intended, this statement could be seen as aspirational rather than evidence-based. Consider either omitting or elaborating with clear justification.

      Response: We agree and have deleted this section.

      L690 + L705 (Figure 2): The phrase "main GO terms" is vague. Please clarify the criteria for selecting the GO terms shown - were they chosen based on adjusted p-value, enrichment score, or another metric? Additionally, define "cluster efficiency," explaining how it was calculated and what it represents.

      Response: Corrected to 'some of the most significantly enriched GO terms'.

      Signed: Bart Cuypers, PhD

      **Referee cross-commenting**

      Overall, I think the other reviewers' comments are fair. They seem to align particularly on the following points:

      1) Reviewers agree that this is a comprehensive body of work with original contributions to the field of Leishmania/trypanosomatid molecular biology, and that it will serve as a valuable reference for hypothesis generation.

      2) Several reviewers raise concerns about overinterpretation of the data, particularly regarding regulatory networks, regulons, and master regulators. The interpretation and large parts of the discussion are considered too speculative without additional functional validation.

      3) There are comments about the incorrect statistical treatment of missing values in the proteomics experiments, which affects confidence in some of the conclusions.

      4) While the correlation between the two RNA-Seq replicates is high, the decision to include only two biological replicates is seen as unfortunate and not ideal for statistical robustness.

      5) The use of lactacystin should be more clearly motivated, and its limitations discussed in the context of the experiments.

      Even though I did not remark on the last two points (4 and 5) in my own review, I agree with them.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this cross-comparison, which served us as guide to revise our manuscript. We believe that we have responded to all these concerns.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):


      This study provides a rich, integrative multi-omics dataset that advances our understanding of stage-specific adaptation in the transcriptionally unique parasite Leishmania. By dissecting the relative contributions of mRNA abundance and protein turnover to final protein levels across life stages, the authors offer valuable insights into post-transcriptional and post-translational regulation. The work represents a resource-driven yet conceptually informative contribution to the field, with comprehensive supplementary materials and transparent data sharing standing out as additional strengths.

      However, the mechanistic insights proposed are speculative in several places and require more cautious language. The study is most impactful as a resource and descriptive atlas, initiating hypotheses for future validation. The broad scientific community working on Leishmania, trypanosomatids, and post-transcriptional regulation in eukaryotes would benefit from this work.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this positive assessment and have modified the manuscript to further emphasize its strength as an important resource to incite mechanistic follow-up studies.

      Field of reviewer expertise: multi-omics integration, bioinformatics, molecular parasitology, transcriptomics, proteomics, metabolomics, Leishmania, Trypanosoma.

      Reviewer #4 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): __ __Summary:

      This study investigates the regulatory mechanisms underlying stage differentiation in Leishmania donovani, a parasitic protist. Pesher et al., aim to address the central question of how these parasites establish and maintain distinct life cycle stages in mostly the absence of transcriptional control. The authors employed a five-layered systems-level analysis comparing hamster-derived amastigotes and their in vitro-derived promastigotes. From those parasites, they performed a genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic, metabolomic and phosphoproteomic analysis to reveal the changes the parasites undertook between the two life stages.

      The main conclusion stated by the authors are:

      • The stage differentiation in vitro is largely independent of major changes in gene dosage or karyotype.
      • RNA-seq analysis identified substantial stage-specific differences in transcript abundance, forming distinct regulons with shared functional annotations. Amastigotes showed enrichment in transcripts related to amastins and ribosome biogenesis, while promastigotes exhibited enrichment in transcripts associated with ciliary cell motility, oxidative phosphorylation, and post-transcriptional regulation itself.

      • Quantitative phosphoproteome analysis revealed a significant increase in global protein phosphorylation in promastigotes. Normalizing phosphorylation changes against protein abundance identified numerous stage-specific phosphoproteins and phosphosites, indicating that differential phosphorylation also plays a crucial role in establishing stage-specific biological networks. The study identified recursive feedback loops (where components of a pathway regulate themselves) in post-transcriptional regulation, protein translation (potentially involving stage-specific ribosomes), and protein kinase activity. Reciprocal feedback loops (where components of different pathways cross-regulate each other) were observed between kinases and phosphatases, kinases and the translation machinery, and crucially, between kinases and the proteasomal system, with proteasomal inhibition disrupting promastigote differentiation.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for the time and implication dedicated to our manuscript.

      Comments:

      Further details are organised by order of apparition in the text:

      Comment 1: Material and Methods: while the authors are indicating some key parameters, providing the codes and scripts they used throughout the manuscript would improve reproducibility.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment and added the URL for the codes to the data availability section.

      Comment 2: Why only 2 biological replicates for RNA while the others layers have 3 or 4?

      __Response: __We agree with the other reviewers and have repeated this analysis to have statistically more robust results.

      Comment 3: Is the slight but reproducible increase in median coverage observed for chr 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 20 stable on longer culture derived promastigotes and sandfly derived promastigotes ?

      Response: No, as published in Barja et al Nature EcolEvol 2017 (PMID: 29109466) and Bussotti et al PNAS 2023 (PMID: 36848551), these minor fluctuations are not predicting subsequent aneuploidies in long-term culture nor in sand fly-derived promastigotes. This information has been added to the text.

      Comment 4: Is this change of ploidy a culture adaptation representation rather than a life cycle event as the authors discuss later on? (This is probably an optional request that would be nice to include, if the authors have performed the sequencing of such parasites. Otherwise, it should be mentioned in the discussion).

      __Response: __Yes, this is a well-known culture adaptation phenomenon, on which we have published extensively. We added this conclusion and the references to the text.

      Comment 5: L333 "Likewise, stage differentiation was not associated with any major gene copy number variation (Figure 1C, Table 2)". The authors are looking here at steady differentiated stages rather than differentiation itself. "Likewise, stage differentiation was.." would be more appropriate.

      __Response: __We corrected this sentence to 'Likewise, differentiation of promastigotes was not associated with any major gene copy number variation at early passage 2'.

      Comment 6: L349-355: have the mRNA presenting change in abundance between stages been normalised by their relative DNA abundance ? Said otherwise, can the wave patterns observed at the genome level explain the respective mRNA level ? Can the authors plot in a similar way the enrichment scores in regards to the position on the genome and can the authors indicate if there is a positional enrichment in addition to the functional one they observe ? This may affect the conclusion in L356-358.

      Response: As noted above, we did not see any significant read depth changes at DNA level when comparing amastigotes and promastigotes. Thus there is no need to normalize the RNA-seq results to DNA read depth. Furthermore, in our comparative transcriptomics analysis, we only consider 2-fold or higher changes in mRNA abundance (which is far beyond the non-significant read depth change we have observed on DNA level). Manual inspection of the enrichment scores with respect to position did not reveal any significant signal (other than revealing some over-represented tandem gene arrays where all gene copies share the same location and GO term).

      Comment 8: L415 "stage-specific expression changes correlate between protein and RNA levels, suggesting that the abundance of these proteins is mainly regulated by mRNA turn-over". Overstatement. Correlation does not suggest causation. "suggesting that the abundance of these proteins could be regulated by mRNA turn-over" would be more appropriate.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this comment and have corrected the statement accordingly.

      Comment 9: Figure 3B, could the authors clarify what are the "unique genes" that are on the infinite quadrants? It seems these proteins are identified in one stage and not the other. This implies that the corresponding missing values are missing non-at random (MNAR). Rather than removing those proteins containing NMAR from the differential expression analysis, the authors should probably impute those missing values. Methods of imputation of NMAR and MAR can be found in the literature. Indeed, the level of expression in one stage of those proteins is now missing, while it could strongly affect the conclusions the authors are drawing in figure 4E regarding the proteins targeted for degradation and rescued in presence of the proteasome inhibitor.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this important comment. However, we would like to clarify several key points regarding the treatment of proteins identified in only one condition.

      First, the reviewer assumes that proteins identified in one stage but not the other are necessarily missing not-at-random (MNAR). However, this cannot be definitively established, as these missing values could equally be missing completely at random (MCAR). Without additional information, categorizing them specifically as MNAR may be an oversimplification. More importantly, we have concerns about the reliability of imputation methods in this specific context. Algorithms designed to impute MNAR values (such as QRILC) replace absent data using random sampling from arbitrary probability distributions, typically assuming low intensity values. However, when no intensity value has been detected or quantified for a protein in a given condition, imputing an arbitrary low value raises significant concerns about data interpretation. Such imputed values would not reflect actual measurements but rather statistical assumptions that could introduce bias into downstream analyses. For instance, imputed values could lead to the conclusion that a protein is not differentially abundant, when in reality it is detected in one condition but completely absent in the other. In our view, there are two biologically plausible scenarios: either these proteins are expressed at levels below our detection threshold, or they are genuinely absent (or present at negligible levels) in the corresponding stage. Rather than introducing potentially misleading imputed values, we chose to treat these as genuine stage-specific differences (presence/absence), which results in infinite fold-changes in Figure 3B. Critically, our approach is strongly supported by independent validation through RNA-seq data, which corroborates the differential presence/absence patterns observed at the protein level. Furthermore, our enrichment analyses reveal significant over-representation of specific biological terms among these stage-specific proteins, providing biological coherence to these findings. These converging lines of evidence (proteomics, transcriptomics, and functional enrichment) strengthen our confidence that these represent biologically meaningful differences rather than technical artifacts.Therefore, we believe our conservative approach of treating these as genuine presence/absence differences, validated by orthogonal data, is more appropriate than introducing imputed values based on arbitrary statistical assumptions.To clarify this section, we modified the text as follows: 'Only expression changes were considered that either showed statistically significant differential abundance at both RNA and protein levels (p Comment 10: L430-435 "These data fit with the GO [...] the ribosome translational activity (34)." This discussion feels out of place and context. It is too speculative and with little support by the data presented at this stage of the manuscript. It should be removed as Figure 3E or could be placed in the discussion and supplementary information.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer. In response to a comment from reviewer 1, we have moved both panels to Figure 2, which much better integrates these data.

      Comment 10: The authors present an elegant way to show stage specific degradation through the comparison of stage specific proteasome blockages that show rescue in ama of proteins present in pro and vice versa. L494 "reveal an unexpected but substantial" the term unexpected is inappropriate, as several studies have shown in kinetoplastids the essential role of protein turnover through degradation / autophagy during differentiation. Furthermore the conclusions may be strongly affected by the level of expression of the proteins in the infinite quadrants as we discussed above, and should be revised accordingly.

      Response: We rephrased the conclusion to 'In conclusion, our results confirm the important role of protein degradation in regulating the L. donovani amastigote and promastigote proteomes and identify protein kinases as key targets of stage-specific proteasomal activities.' Please see the response to comment 9 regarding the unique proteins.

      Comment 11: L518 "These data reveal a surprising level of stage-specific phosphorylation in promastigotes, which may reflect their increased biosynthetic and proliferative activities compared to amastigotes." Overstatement. Could also be due to culture adaptation - What is the overlap of stage-specific phosphorylations with previous published datasets in other species of Leishmania? Looking at such comparisons could help to decipher the role of culture adaptation response, species specificity and true differentiation conserved mechanisms.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and have toned this statement down by adding the statement '....or simply be a consequence of culture adaptation'.

      Comment 12: The discussion is extremely speculative. While some speculation at this stage is acceptable, claiming direct link and feedback without further validation is probably far too stretched. For example, the changes of phosphorylation observed on particular sets of proteins, such as phosphatase and DUBs, need to be validated for their respective change of protein activity in the direction that fits the model of the authors. Those discussions should be toned down.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and have strongly toned down the entire discussion, emphasizing the hypothesis-building character of our results, which provide a novel framework for future experimental analyses.

      Comment 13: A couple of typos:

      • In the phosphoproteome analysis section, "...0,2 % DCA..." should be "...0.2 % DCA..." (use a decimal point).

      • L225 "...peptide match was disable." should be "...peptide match was disabled."

      Response: both corrected

      __Reviewer #4 (Significance (Required)): __

      While there is not too much novelty around the emphasis of gene expression at post-translational level in kinetoplastid organisms, the scale of the work presented here, looking at 5 layers of potential regulations, is. Therefore, this study represents a substantial amount of work and provides interesting and comprehensive datasets useful for the parasitology community.

      Response: We thank the reviewer for this positive statement.

      Several potential concerns regarding the biological meaning of the findings were identified. These include the limitations of in vitro systems promastigote differentiation potentially limiting the conclusions, the challenge of inferring causality from correlative "omics" data, and the complexities of functional interpretation of changes in phosphorylation and metabolite levels. The proposed feedback loops and functional roles of specific molecules would require further experimental validation to confirm their biological relevance in the natural life cycle of Leishmania, but that would probably fall out of the scope of this manuscript.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer and have modified pour manuscript throughout to remove any causal relationships. Indeed, this work is setting the stage for future investigations on dissecting some of the suggested regulatory mechanisms.

      Area of expertise of the reviewers: Kinetoplastid, Differentiation, Signalling, Omics

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #4

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      This study investigates the regulatory mechanisms underlying stage differentiation in Leishmania donovani, a parasitic protist. Pesher et al., aim to address the central question of how these parasites establish and maintain distinct life cycle stages in mostly the absence of transcriptional control. The authors employed a five-layered systems-level analysis comparing hamster-derived amastigotes and their in vitro-derived promastigotes. From those parasites, they performed a genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic, metabolomic and phosphoproteomic analysis to reveal the changes the parasites undertook between the two life stages. The main conclusion stated by the authors are:

      • The stage differentiation in vitro is largely independent of major changes in gene dosage or karyotype.
      • RNA-seq analysis identified substantial stage-specific differences in transcript abundance, forming distinct regulons with shared functional annotations. Amastigotes showed enrichment in transcripts related to amastins and ribosome biogenesis, while promastigotes exhibited enrichment in transcripts associated with ciliary cell motility, oxidative phosphorylation, and post-transcriptional regulation itself.
      • Quantitative phosphoproteome analysis revealed a significant increase in global protein phosphorylation in promastigotes. Normalizing phosphorylation changes against protein abundance identified numerous stage-specific phosphoproteins and phosphosites, indicating that differential phosphorylation also plays a crucial role in establishing stage-specific biological networks. The study identified recursive feedback loops (where components of a pathway regulate themselves) in post-transcriptional regulation, protein translation (potentially involving stage-specific ribosomes), and protein kinase activity. Reciprocal feedback loops (where components of different pathways cross-regulate each other) were observed between kinases and phosphatases, kinases and the translation machinery, and crucially, between kinases and the proteasomal system, with proteasomal inhibition disrupting promastigote differentiation.

      Comments:

      Further details are organised by order of apparition in the text:

      • Material and Methods: while the authors are indicating some key parameters, providing the codes and scripts they used throughout the manuscript would improve reproducibility.
      • Why only 2 biological replicates for RNA while the others layers have 3 or 4?
      • Is the slight but reproducible increase in median coverage observed for chr 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 20 stable on longer culture derived promastigotes and sandfly derived promastigotes ? Is this change of ploidy a culture adaptation representation rather than a life cycle event as the authors discuss later on? (This is probably an optional request that would be nice to include, if the authors have performed the sequencing of such parasites. Otherwise, it should be mentioned in the discussion).
      • L333 "Likewise, stage differentiation was not associated with any major gene copy number variation (Figure 1C, Table 2)". The authors are looking here at steady differentiated stages rather than differentiation itself. "Likewise, stage differentiation was.." would be more appropriate. L349-355: have the mRNA presenting change in abundance between stages been normalised by their relative DNA abundance ? Said otherwise, can the wave patterns observed at the genome level explain the respective mRNA level ? Can the authors plot in a similar way the enrichment scores in regards to the position on the genome and can the authors indicate if there is a positional enrichment in addition to the functional one they observe ? This may affect the conclusion in L356-358.
      • L415 "stage-specific expression changes correlate between protein and RNA levels, suggesting that the abundance of these proteins is mainly regulated by mRNA turn-over". Overstatement. Correlation does not suggest causation. "suggesting that the abundance of these proteins could be regulated by mRNA turn-over" would be more appropriate.
      • Figure 3B, could the authors clarify what are the "unique genes" that are on the infinite quadrants? It seems these proteins are identified in one stage and not the other. This implies that the corresponding missing values are missing non-at random (MNAR). Rather than removing those proteins containing NMAR from the differential expression analysis, the authors should probably impute those missing values. Methods of imputation of NMAR and MAR can be found in the literature. Indeed, the level of expression in one stage of those proteins is now missing, while it could strongly affect the conclusions the authors are drawing in figure 4E regarding the proteins targeted for degradation and rescued in presence of the proteasome inhibitor.
      • L430-435 "These data fit with the GO [...] the ribosome translational activity (34)." This discussion feels out of place and context. It is too speculative and with little support by the data presented at this stage of the manuscript. It should be removed as Figure 3E or could be placed in the discussion and supplementary information.
      • The authors present an elegant way to show stage specific degradation through the comparison of stage specific proteasome blockages that show rescue in ama of proteins present in pro and vice versa. L494 "reveal an unexpected but substantial" the term unexpected is inappropriate, as several studies have shown in kinetoplastids the essential role of protein turnover through degradation / autophagy during differentiation. Furthermore the conclusions may be strongly affected by the level of expression of the proteins in the infinite quadrants as we discussed above, and should be revised accordingly.
      • L518 "These data reveal a surprising level of stage-specific phosphorylation in promastigotes, which may reflect their increased biosynthetic and proliferative activities compared to amastigotes." Overstatement. Could also be due to culture adaptation - What is the overlap of stage-specific phosphorylations with previous published datasets in other species of Leishmania ? Looking at such comparisons could help to decipher the role of culture adaptation response, species specificity and true differentiation conserved mechanisms.
      • The discussion is extremely speculative. While some speculation at this stage is acceptable, claiming direct link and feedback without further validation is probably far too stretched. For example, the changes of phosphorylation observed on particular sets of proteins, such as phosphatase and DUBs, need to be validated for their respective change of protein activity in the direction that fits the model of the authors. Those discussions should be toned down.

      A couple of typos:

      • In the phosphoproteome analysis section, "...0,2 % DCA..." should be "...0.2 % DCA..." (use a decimal point).
      • L225 "...peptide match was disable." should be "...peptide match was disabled."

      Significance

      While there is not too much novelty around the emphasis of gene expression at post-translational level in kinetoplastid organisms, the scale of the work presented here, looking at 5 layers of potential regulations, is. Therefore, this study represents a substantial amount of work and provides interesting and comprehensive datasets useful for the parasitology community.

      Several potential concerns regarding the biological meaning of the findings were identified. These include the limitations of in vitro systems promastigote differentiation potentially limiting the conclusions, the challenge of inferring causality from correlative "omics" data, and the complexities of functional interpretation of changes in phosphorylation and metabolite levels. The proposed feedback loops and functional roles of specific molecules would require further experimental validation to confirm their biological relevance in the natural life cycle of Leishmania, but that would probably fall out of the scope of this manuscript.

      Area of expertise of the reviewers: Kinetoplastid, Differentiation, Signalling, Omics

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      The study presents a comprehensive multi-omics investigation of Leishmania differentiation, combining genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic, phospho-proteomic and metabolomic data. The authors aim to uncover mechanisms of post-transcriptional and post-translational regulation that drive the stage-specific biology of L. donovani. The authors provide a detailed characterization of transcriptomic, proteomic, and phospho-proteomic changes between life stages, and dissect the relative contributions of mRNA abundance and protein degradation to stage-specific protein expression. Notably, the study is accompanied by comprehensive supplementary materials for each molecular layer and provides public access to both raw and processed data, enhancing transparency and reproducibility. While the data are rich and compelling, several mechanistic interpretations (e.g., "feedback loops," "recursive networks," "signaling cascades") are overstated. Similarly, the classification of gene sets as "regulons" is not adequately supported, as no common regulatory factor has been identified and only a single condition change (amastigote to promastigote) was assessed.

      Major Comments:

      1. Across several sections (incl abstract, L559-565, L589-599, L600-L603, L610-612, L613-614, L625, L643-645, L650-652), the manuscript describes "recursive or self-controlling networks", "signaling cascades", "self-regulating", and "recursive feedback loops" - involving protein kinases, phosphatases, and translational regulators. While the data convincingly demonstrate stage-specific changes in phosphorylation and abundance changes in key molecules, the language used implies causal, direct and directional regulatory relationships that have not been experimentally validated.
      2. Co-expression and shared function alone do not define a regulon (L363, and several other places in the manuscript). A regulon also requires the gene set to be regulated by the same factor, for which there is no evidence here. Regulons can be derived from transcriptomic experiments, but then they need to show the same transcriptional behavior across many biological conditions, while here just 1 condition change is evaluated. Therefore, this analysis is conventional GO enrichment analysis and should not be overinterpreted into regulons.
      3. LFQ intensity of 0 (e.g., L389): An LFQ intensity of 0 does not necessarily indicate that a protein is absent, but rather that it was not detected. This can occur for several reasons: (1) true biological absence in one condition, (2) low abundance below the detection threshold, or (3) stochastic missingness due to random dropout in mass spectrometry. While the authors state that adjusted p-values for the 1534 proteins exclusively detected in either amastigotes or promastigotes are below 0.01, I could not find corresponding p-values for these proteins in Table 8 ('Global_Proteomic'). An appropriate statistical method designed to handle this type of missingness should be used. In this context, I also find the following statement unclear: "identified over 4000 proteins at each stage in at least 3 out of 4 biological replicates, representing 3521 differentially expressed proteins (adjusted p-value < 0.01), 1534 of which were exclusively detected in either ama or pro." If a protein is exclusively detected in one stage, then by definition it should not be detected in that number of replicates at both stages. This apparent contradiction should be clarified.
      4. L412 - Figure 3B: The figure shows proteins with infinite fold changes, which result from division by zero due to LFQ intensity values of zero in one of the compared conditions. As previously noted, interpreting LFQ zero values as true absence of expression is problematic, since these zeros can arise from several technical reasons - such as proteins being just below the detection threshold or due to stochastic dropout during MS analysis. Therefore, the calculated fold changes for these proteins are likely highly overestimated. This concern is visually supported by the large gap on the y-axis (even in log scale) between these "infinite" fold changes and the rest of the data. Moreover, given Leishmania's model of constitutive gene expression, it seems biologically implausible that all these proteins would be completely absent in one stage. This issue applies not only to Figure 3B, but also to the analyses presented in Figures 4D and 4E.

      Minor Comments:

      Methods

      L132: Typo: "A according" should be "according." L158: How exactly were somy levels calculated? Please specify the method used, as I could not find a clear description in the referenced manuscript. L158: Chromosome 36 is not consistently disomic, as stated. It has been observed in other somy states (e.g., Negreira et al. 2023, EMBO Reports, Figure 1), even if such occurrences are rare in the studied context. Normalizing by chr36 remains a reasonable choice, but it would be helpful to confirm that the majority of chromosomes appear disomic post-normalization to support the assumption that chr36 is disomic in this dataset as well. L163: Suggestion: Cite the GIP pipeline here rather than delaying the reference until L173. L188: "Controlled" may be a miswording. Consider replacing with "confirmed" or "validated." L214: Please specify which statistical test was used to assess differential expression at the protein level. L227: Similarly, clarify which statistical test was applied for determining differential expression in the phospho-proteomics data.

      Results

      L337-339: The interpretation here is too speculative. Phrases like "suggesting" and "likely" are too strong given the evidence presented. Alternative explanations, such as mosaic variation combined with early-stage selective pressure in the culture environment, should be considered. L340: The "undulating pattern" mentioned is somewhat subjective. To support this interpretation, consider adding a moving average (or similar) line to Figure 3A, which would more clearly highlight this trend across the data points. L356: It may be more accurate to say "control of individual gene expression," since Leishmania does have promoters - the key distinction is that initiation does not occur on a gene-by-gene basis. L403-405: The statement "this is because these metabolites comprise a glycosomal succinate shunt..." should be rephrased as a hypothesis rather than a definitive explanation, as this causal link has not been experimentally validated. L407: Replace "confirming" with "matching" to avoid overstating the agreement with previous observations. L408: Replace "correlated" with "matched" for more accurate interpretation of results. L433: It is unclear how differential RNA modifications were detected. Please specify which biological material was used, the number of replicates per life stage, and how statistical evaluation of differential modifications was performed. L436: This conclusion appears incomplete. While the manuscript mentions transcript-regulated proteins, it should also note that other proteins showed discordant mRNA/protein patterns. A more balanced conclusion would mention both the matching and non-matching subsets. L441: The phrase "poor correlation" overgeneralizes and lacks nuance. Earlier sections of the manuscript describe hundreds of genes where mRNA and protein levels correlate well, suggesting that mRNA turnover plays a key regulatory role. Please rephrase this sentence to clarify that poor correlation applies only to a subset of the data. L454: The claim that "epitranscriptomic regulation and stage-adapted ribosomes are key processes" should be supported with references. If this builds on previously published work, please cite it accordingly. L457: Proteasomal degradation is a well-established mechanism in Leishmania. These findings are interesting but should be presented in the context of existing literature (e.g. Silva-Jardim et al.2014, [PMID: 15234661]) rather than as entirely novel. L459: The authors shoumd add a microscopy image of promastigotes treated with lactacystin. This would provide insight into whether treatment affects morphology, as is known in T. cruzi (see Dias et al., 2008). It would be particularly informative if Leishmania behaves differently. L472 + L481: Table 9 shows several significant GO terms not discussed in the manuscript. Please clarify how the subset presented in the text was selected. L482: The argument that a single master regulator can be excluded is unclear. Could the authors please elaborate on the reasoning or data supporting this conclusion? L494: The term "unexpected" may not be appropriate here, as protein degradation is a well-established regulatory mechanism in trypanosomatids. Consider omitting this term to better reflect the field's current understanding. L543: The term "feedback loop" should be used more cautiously. The current data are correlative, and no interventional experiments are provided to support a causal regulatory loop between proteasomal activity and protein kinases. As such, this remains a hypothesis rather than a confirmed mechanism.

      Discussion

      L555: As noted in L494, reconsider using the word "unexpected." L589: The data do not fully support the presence of stage-specific ribosomes. Rather, they suggest differential ribosomal function through changes in abundance and regulation. Please consider rephrasing. L657-658: The discussion of post-transcriptional and post-translational regulation of gene dosage effects would benefit from citing additional literature beyond the authors' own work. E.g. the study by Cuypers et al. (PMID: 36149920) offers a relevant and comprehensive analysis covering 4 'omic layers. L659-664: The reference to deep learning for biomarker discovery appears speculative and loosely connected to the current findings. As no such methods were applied in the study, and the manuscript does not clarify what types of biomarkers are intended, this statement could be seen as aspirational rather than evidence-based. Consider either omitting or elaborating with clear justification. L690 + L705 (Figure 2): The phrase "main GO terms" is vague. Please clarify the criteria for selecting the GO terms shown - were they chosen based on adjusted p-value, enrichment score, or another metric? Additionally, define "cluster efficiency," explaining how it was calculated and what it represents.

      Signed: Bart Cuypers, PhD

      Referee cross-commenting

      Overall, I think the other reviewers' comments are fair. They seem to align particularly on the following points:

      1. Reviewers agree that this is a comprehensive body of work with original contributions to the field of Leishmania/trypanosomatid molecular biology, and that it will serve as a valuable reference for hypothesis generation.
      2. Several reviewers raise concerns about overinterpretation of the data, particularly regarding regulatory networks, regulons, and master regulators. The interpretation and large parts of the discussion are considered too speculative without additional functional validation.
      3. There are comments about the incorrect statistical treatment of missing values in the proteomics experiments, which affects confidence in some of the conclusions.
      4. While the correlation between the two RNA-Seq replicates is high, the decision to include only two biological replicates is seen as unfortunate and not ideal for statistical robustness.
      5. The use of lactacystin should be more clearly motivated, and its limitations discussed in the context of the experiments.

      Even though I did not remark on the last two points (4 and 5) in my own review, I agree with them.

      Significance

      This study provides a rich, integrative multi-omics dataset that advances our understanding of stage-specific adaptation in the transcriptionally unique parasite Leishmania. By dissecting the relative contributions of mRNA abundance and protein turnover to final protein levels across life stages, the authors offer valuable insights into post-transcriptional and post-translational regulation. The work represents a resource-driven yet conceptually informative contribution to the field, with comprehensive supplementary materials and transparent data sharing standing out as additional strengths.

      However, the mechanistic insights proposed are speculative in several places and require more cautious language. The study is most impactful as a resource and descriptive atlas, initiating hypotheses for future validation. The broad scientific community working on Leishmania, trypanosomatids, and post-transcriptional regulation in eukaryotes would benefit from this work.

      Field of reviewer expertise: multi-omics integration, bioinformatics, molecular parasitology, transcriptomics, proteomics, metabolomics, Leishmania, Trypanosoma

    4. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      Pescher and colleagues present a manuscript detailing the multi-omic characterisation of Leishmania donovani amastigote to promastigote differentiation and integration of this data. Their aim was to reveal the cellular mechanisms and pathways by which Leishmania differentially regulate protein and mRNA levels during life-stage progression, in the absence of differential transcriptional control. Integration of RNA-seq, proteomics, metabolomics, and phosphoproteomics identify several broad regulatory processed by which the parasite differentially modulates ribosome biogenesis and function, protein abundance by proteasomal degradation, and protein kinase signalling networks. The intersection of these processes is explicitly considered in the data analysis to identify potential recursive and reciprocal signalling networks. The authors use Leishmania donovani amastigotes derived from hamster infections, and use these to initiate amastigote to promastigote differentiation time course. Initially a DNA-seq quality control is presented to rule out dramatic ploidy changes in the differentiating lines - which is known to occur in Leishmania undergoing adaptation to tissue culture. Small changes are observed but, because only 2 passages are performed, they are low and the lines remain generally diploid. There is good correlation between replicates. The implication is that neither subtle nor dramatic changes in ploidy drive life stage differentiation.

      Next, mRNA-seq is presented on duplicate samples from amastigote and promastigote forms. Correlation between the two replicates is reported to be high. Differentially abundant transcripts are identified using DESeq2 and the genes in the up/down-regulated sets are analysed by GO term enrichment (and cluster efficiency). Genes are clustered by similar function and the implication is that these compromise post-transcriptionally regulated regulons, sharing common regulatory processes. Whole cell label-free, quantitative proteomics is conducted to profile the amastigote and promastigotes forms. The differentially abundant proteins are identified and again analysed by GO term - revealing a general discordance with the RNA-seq results. The implication is that there are additional layers of regulation linking protein abundance to mRNA abundance. A metabolomics analysis performed where the authors look for changes in the metabolome of the promastigotes from the amastigotes and suggest that the stages they have exhibit expected biochemical behaviour. The RNA-seq and proteomics fold change values are then correlated to identify proteins with differential abundances linked to mRNA levels, and those that deviate from this relationship. For example, proteins that increase in promastigote forms but the corresponding mRNA is decreased etc. The authors focus in on a group of ribosomal proteins less abundant than the mRNA would suggest (as ribosome biogenesis was a regulon identified as a regulon of interest). In the absence of riboprofiling the authors return to the RNA-seq to assess the levels of pre-Sno RNA (the role of the could be more explicitly stated). They relate this to a previous study also showing differential stage specific ribosome RNA pseudouridination (and differential levels of pseudouridine transferases, this study.) - which affect ribosome translational efficiency. This is their first example of a potential recursive level of regulation.

      Because protein levels can also be impacted by proteolytic turnover the authors then search for proteins that are normally degraded by the ubiquitin-proteasome system in each stage and an intermediate 18 h timepoint - potentially allowing identification of amastigote degraded proteins, promastigote degrade proteins and intriguingly, constitutively degraded proteins. The authors use the proteasome inhibitor lactacystin at 10 µM as a chemical method to block proteasome activity. This treatment is implied to block differentiation by the morphology of treated cells under microscopy. The authors suggest that proteins protected from degradation act as repressors of differentiation that override any positive signal coming from signalling pathways or newly synthesised proteins. Proteins are identified as differentially stabilised, in both amastigote, promastigote forms and during differentiation. The GO analysis identifies protein kinases as significantly enriched in this context and suggests layering of regulation by the stability of signalling proteins.

      In the context of this differential regulation the authors perform a round of phosphoproteomics, and use the whole-cell proteome to normalise phosphosite abundance to protein abundance in the various stages. While not at the level of site-specific occupancy this allows them to subset the phospho modifications into various categories including those that change independently of protein levels, ie. Increasing in their "stoichiometry". GO term analysis again is used and identifies ubiquitination systems and protein kinases & phosphatases as enriched, and specific examples are described. This demonstrates that there is likely recursive and reciprocal regulatory processes at interplay between these classes of proteins.

      The authors provide a clear and comprehensive description of the data at each stage of the results and this in woven together in the discussion allowing hypotheses to be formed on the potential regulatory and signalling pathways that control the differentiation of amastigotes to promastigotes. Given the amount and breadth of data presented the authors are able to present a high-level assessment of the processes that form feedback loops and/or intersectional signalling, but specific examples are not picked out for deeper validation or exploration.

      Major comments:

      Are the claims and the conclusions supported by the data or do they require additional experiments or analyses to support them?

      As I have understood it from the description in the text, and in Data Table 4, the RNA-seq element of the work has only been conducted using two replicates. If this is the case, it would substantially undermine the RNA-seq and the inferences drawn from it. Minimum replicates required for inferential analysis is 3 bio-replicates and potentially up to 6 or 12. It may be necessary for the authors to repeat this for the RNA-seq to carry enough weight to support their arguments. (PMID: 27022035 )

      There are several examples that are given as reciprocal or recursive signalling pathways, but these are not followed up with independent, orthogonal techniques. I think the paper currently forms a great resource to pursue these interesting signalling interactions and is certainly more than just a catalogue of modifications, but to take it to the next level ideally a novel signalling interaction would be demonstrated using an orthogonal approach. Perhaps the regulation of the ribosomes could have been explored further (same teams recently published related work on this). Or perhaps more interestingly, a novel target(s) from the ubiquitinated protein kinases could have been explored further; for example making precision mutants that lack the ubiquitination or phosphorylation sites - does this abrogate differentiation?

      I found the use of lactacystin a bit curious as there are more potent and specific inhibitors of Leishmania proteasomes e.g. LXE-408. This could be clarified in the write-up (See below).

      Please request additional experiments only if they are essential for the conclusions. Alternatively, ask the authors to qualify their claims as preliminary or speculative, or to remove them altogether.

      If it is the case that only 2 replicates of the RNA-Seq have been performed it really is not the accepted level of replication for the field. Most studies use a minimum of 3 bioreplicates and even a minimum of 6 is recommended by independent assessment of DESeq2.

      As far as I could see, the cell viability assay does not include a positive control that shows it is capable of detecting cytotoxic effects of inhibitors. Add treatment showing that it can differentiate cytostatic vs cytotoxic compound.

      If you have constructive further reaching suggestions that could significantly improve the study but would open new lines of investigations, please label them as "OPTIONAL". Are the suggested experiments realistic in terms of time and resources? It would help if you could add an estimated time investment for substantial experiments.

      It is realistic for the authors to validate the cell viability assay. If the RNA-seq needs to be repeated then this would be a substantial involvement.

      Are the data and the methods presented in such a way that they can be reproduced?

      All the methods are written to a good level of detail. The sample prep, acquisition and data analysis of the protein mass spectrometry contained a high level of detail in a supplemental section. The authors should be more explicit about the amount of replication at each stage, as in parts of the manuscript this was quite unclear.

      Are the experiments adequately replicated and statistical analysis adequate?

      Unless I have misunderstood the manuscript, I believe the RNA-seq dataset is underpowered according to the number of replicates the authors report in the text.

      Looking at Figure 1 and S1 and Data Table 4 to show the sample workflow I was surprised to see that the RNA-seq only used 2 replicates. The authors do show concordance between the individual biological replicates, but I would consider that only having 2 is problematic here, especially given the importance placed on the mRNA levels and linkage in this study. This would constitute a major weakness of the study, given that it is the basis for a crucial comparison between the RNA and protein levels.

      It also wasn't clear to me how many replicates were performed at each condition for the lactacystin treatment experiment - can the authors please state this clearly in the text, it looks like 4 replicates from Figure S1 and Data Table 8.

      Four replicates are used for the phosphoproteomics data set, which is probably ok, but other researchers have used a minimum of 5 in phosphoproteomics experiments to deal with the high level of variability that can often be observed with low abundance proteins & modifications. The method for the phosphoproteomics analysis suggests that a detection of a phosphosite in 1 sample (also with a localisation probability of >0.75) was required for then using missing value imputation of other samples. This seems like a low threshold for inclusion of that phosphosite for further relative quantitative analysis. For example, Geoghegan et al (2022) (PMID: 36437406) used a much more stringent threshold of greater than or equal to 2 missing values from 5 replicates as an exclusion criteria for detected phoshopeptides. Please correct me if I misunderstood the data processing, but as it stands the imputation of so many missing values (potentially 3 of 4 per sample category) could be reducing the quality of this analysis.

      For the metabolomics analysis it looks like 2 amastigote samples were compared against 4 promastigote samples. Why not triplicates of each?

      Minor comments:

      Specific experimental issues that are easily addressable.

      Are prior studies referenced appropriately?

      Yes

      Are the text and figures clear and accurate?

      The write up is clear, with the data presented coherently for each method. The analyses that link everything together are well discussed. The figures are mostly clear (see below) and are well described in the legends. There is good use of graphics to explain the experimental designs and sample names - although it is unclear if technical replicates are defined in these figures.

      Do you have suggestions that would help the authors improve the presentation of their data and conclusions?

      As I have understood it, the authors have calculated the "phosphostoichiometry" using the ratio of change in the phosphopeptide to the ratio of the change in total protein level changes. This is detailed in the supplemental method (see below). Whilst this has normalised the data, it has not resulted in an occupancy or stoichiometry measurement, which are measured between 0-1 (0% to 100%). The normalisation has probably been sufficient and useful for this analysis, but this section needs to be re-worded to be more precise about what the authors are doing and presenting. These concepts are nicely reviewed by Muneer, Chen & Chen 2025 (PMID: 39696887) who reference seminal papers on determination of phosphopeptide occupancy - and may be a good place to start. An alternative phrase should be used to describe the ratio of ratios calculated here, not phosphostoichiometry.

      From the authors methods describing the ratio comparison approach:

      "Another statistical test was performed in a second step: a contrasted t-test was performed to compare the variation in abundance of each modified peptide to the one of its parent unmodified protein using the limma R package {Ritchie, 2015; Smyth, 2005}. This second test allows determining whether the fold-change of a phosphorylated peptide between two conditions is significantly different from the one of its parent and unmodified protein (paragraph 3.9 in Giai Gianetto et al 2023). An adaptive Benjamini-Hochberg procedure was applied on the resulting p-values thanks to the adjust.p function of R package cp4p {Giai Gianetto, 2016} using the Pounds et al {Pounds, 2006} method to control the False Discovery Rate level."

      Several aspects of the figures that contain STRING networks are quite useful, particularly the way colour around the circle of each node to denote different molecular functions/biological processes. However, some have descended into "hairball" plots that convey little useful information that would be equally conveyed in a table, for example. Added to this, the points on the figure are identified by gene IDs which, while clear and incontrovertible, are lacking human readability. I suggest that protein name could be included here too. It is also not clear what STRING data is being plotted here, what are the edges indicating - physical interactions proven in Leishmania, or inferred interactions mapped on from other organisms? Perhaps as supplemental data provide the Cytoscape network files so readers can explore the networks themselves?

      The title of columns in table S10 panel A are written in French, which will be ok for many people particularly those familiar with proteomics software outputs, but everything else is in English so perhaps those titles could be made consistent.

      I would suggest that the authors provide a table that has all the gene IDs of the Ld1S2D strain and the orthologs for at least one other species that is in TriTrypDB. This would make it easy to interrogate the data and make it a more useful resource for the community who work on different strains and species of Leishmania. Although this data is available it is a supplemental material file in a previous paper (Bussotti et al PNAS 2021) and not easy to find.

      Figure 5b - from the legend it is not clear where the confidence values were derived in this analysis, although this is explained in the supplemental method. Perhaps the legend can be a bit clearer.

      Can the authors discuss why lactacystin was used? While this is a commonly used proteasome inhibitor in mammalian cells there is concern that it can inhibit other proteases. At the concentrations (10 µM) the authors used there are off-target effects in Leishmania, certainly the inhibition of a carboxypeptidase (PMID: 35910377) and potentially cathepsins as is observed in other systems (PMID: 9175783). There is a specific inhibitor of the Leishmania proteasome LXE-408 (PMID: 32667203), which comes closer to fulfilling the SGC criteria (PMID: 26196764) for a chemical probe - why not use this. Does lactacystin inhibit a different aspect of proteasome activity compared to LXE-408? The application of lactacystin is changing the abundance of a multitude of proteins but no precision follow up is done to identify if those proteins are necessary and/or sufficient from driving/blocking differentiation. This could be tested using precision edited lines that are unable to be ubiquitinated? There is a lack of direct evidence that the proteins protected from degradation by lactacystin are ubiquitinated? Perhaps some of these could be tagged and IP'd then probed for ubiquitin signal. Di-Gly proteomics to reveal ubiquitinated proteins? These suggestions should be considered as OPTIONAL experiments in the relevant section above.

      In the data availability RNA-seq section the text for the GEO link is :

      (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/query/acc.cgi?acc= GSE227637) but the embedded link takes me to (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/geo/query/acc.cgi?acc=GSE165615) which is data for another, different study. Also, the link to the GEO site for the DNA seq isn't working and manual searches with the archive number (BioProject PRJNA1231373 ) does not appear to find anything. The IDs for the mass spec data PRIDE/ProteomeXchange don't seem to bring up available datasets: PXD035697 and PXD035698

      Referee cross-commenting

      It seems that all the reviewers' comments touch on relatively common themes - potential overinterpretation of the RNA-seq data (such as identifying/defining regulons), & statistical analysis of the proteomics/phosphoproteomics. Experimentally adding the positive control for the cell viability assay would increase robustness of that workflow, and follow up of a pathway/interaction would boost the significance of the work. All the other reviews look to be fair and well justified. I don't have anything more to add or change based on reading the other reviews.

      Significance

      Provide contextual information to readers (editors and researchers) about the novelty of the study, its value for the field and the communities that might be interested.

      The following aspects are important:

      General assessment: provide a summary of the strengths and limitations of the study. What are the strongest and most important aspects? What aspects of the study should be improved or could be developed?

      Strengths:

      The molecular pathways that regulate Leishmania life-stage transitions are still poorly understood, with many approaches exploring single proteins/RNAs etc in a reductionist manner. This paper takes a systems-scale approach and does a good job of integrating the disparate -omics datasets to generate hypotheses of the intersections of regulatory proteins that are associated with life-cycle progression.

      The differentiation step studied is from amastigote to promastigote. I am not aware that this has been studied before using phosphoproteomics. The use of the hamster derived amastigotes is a major strength. While a difficult/less common model, the use of hamsters permits the extraction of parasites that are host adapted and represent "normal", host-adapted Leishmania ploidy, the promastigote experiments are performed at a low passage number. This is a strength or the work as it reduces the interference of the biological plasticity of Leishmania when it is cultured outside the host.

      Limitations:

      Potential lack of appropriate replication (see above).

      Lack of follow up/validation of a novel signalling interaction identified from the systems-wide approach. There is a lack of assessment of whether a single signalling cascade is driving the differentiation or these are all parallel, requisite pathways. The authors state the differentiation is not driven by a single master regulator, but I am not sure there is adequate evidence to rule this in or out.

      Advance: compare the study to the closest related results in the literature or highlight results reported for the first time to your knowledge; does the study extend the knowledge in the field and in which way? Describe the nature of the advance and the resulting insights (for example: conceptual, technical, clinical, mechanistic, functional,...).

      The study applies well established techniques without any particular technical step-change. The application of large-scale multi-omics techniques and integrated comparisons of the different experimental workflows allow a synthesis of data that is a step forward from that existing in the previous Leishmania literature. It allows the generation of new hypotheses about specific regulatory pathways and crosstalk that potentially drive, or are at least active, during amastigote>promastigote differentiation.

      Audience: describe the type of audience ("specialized", "broad", "basic research", "translational/clinical", etc...) that will be interested or influenced by this research; how will this research be used by others; will it be of interest beyond the specific field?

      This manuscript will have primary interest to those researchers studying the molecular and cell biology of Leishmania and other kinetoplastid parasites. The approaches used are quite standard (so not so interesting in terms of methods development etc.) and given the specific quirks of Leishmania biology it may not be that relevant to those working more broadly in parasites from different clades/phyla, or those working on opisthokont systems- yeast, humans etc. Other Leishmania focused groups will surely cherry-pick interesting hits from this dataset to advance their studies, so this dataset will form a valuable reference point for hypothesis generation.

      Please define your field of expertise with a few keywords to help the authors contextualize your point of view. Indicate if there are any parts of the paper that you do not have sufficient expertise to evaluate.

      Relevant expertise: Trypanosoma & Leishmania molecular & cell biology, RNA-seq, proteomics, transcriptional/epigenetic regulation, protein kinases - some experience of UPS system.

      I have not provided comment on the metabolomics as it is outside my core expertise. However, I can see it was performed at one of the leading parasitology metabolomics labs.

    5. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This study confirms and extends previous observations of discordance between RNA and protein abundances, characterized by major counter-correlations, during amastigote-to-promastigote differentiation in Leishmania parasites in culture, using a systems-level approach. The authors leverage robust omics techniques and sophisticated computational analyses to explore potential post-transcriptional and -translational control interplay in Leishmania. However, the narrative becomes somewhat diffuse with the shift to putative multilevel regulatory networks, which would benefit from further experimental validation.

      Major issues

      1. Fig.1D suggests a significant portion of the SNPs are exclusive, with a frequency of zero in one of the two stages. Were only the heterozygous and minor alleles plotted in Fig.1D, since frequencies close to 1 are barely observed? Is the same true in Sup Fig. S2B? Why do chrs 4 and 33 show unusual patterns in S2B?
      2. Chr26 revealed a striking contrasting gene coverage between H-1 and the other two samples. While a peak is observed for H-1 in the middle of this chr, the other two show a decrease in coverage. Is there any correlation with the transcriptomic/proteomic findings?
      3. The term "regulon" is used somewhat loosely in many parts of the text. Evidence of co-transcriptomic patterns alone does not necessarily demonstrate control by a common regulator (e.g., RNA-binding protein), and therefore does not fulfill the strict definition of a regulon. It should be clear whether the authors are highlighting potential multiple inferred regulons within a list of genes or not. Maybe functional/ gene module/cluster would be more appropriate terms.
      4. It is unclear whether the findings in Fig.3E are based on previous analysis of stage-specific rRNA modifications or inferred from the pre-snoRNA transcriptomic data in the current work or something else. I struggle to find the significance of presenting this here.
      5. The protein turnover analysis is missing the critical confirmation of the expected lactacystin activity on the proteasome in both ama and pro. A straightforward experiment would be an anti-polyUb western blotting using a low concentration SDS-PAGE or a proteasome activity assay on total extracts.
      6. The viability tests upon lactacystin treatment need a positive control for the PI and the YoPro staining (i.e., permeabilized or heat-killed promastigotes).
      7. I found that the section on regulatory networks was somewhat speculative and less focused. Several of the associated conclusions are, in some parts, overstated, such as in "uncovered a similar recursive feedback loop" (line 566) or "unprecedented insight into the regulatory landscape" (line 643). It would be important to provide some form of direct evidence supporting a functional connection between phosphorylation/ubiquitination, ribosome biogenesis/proteins and gene expression regulation.

      Minor issues

      1. The ordinal transition words "First,"/"Second," are used too frequently in explanatory sections. I noted six instances. I suggest replacing or rephrasing some to improve flow.
      2. Ln 168: Unformatted citations were given for the Python packages used in the study.
      3. Fig.1D: "SNP frequency" is the preferred term in English.
      4. Fig.2A: not sure what "counts}1" mean.
      5. Ln 685: "Transcripts with FC < 2 and adjusted p-value > 0.01 are represented by black dots" -> This sentence is inaccurate. The intended wording might be: "Transcripts with FC < 2 OR adjusted p-value > 0.01 are represented by black dots"
      6. Ln 698: Same as ln 685 mentioned above.
      7. Fig.2B and elsewhere: The legend key for the GO term enrichment is a bit confusing. It seems like the color scales represent the adj. p-values, but the legend keys read "Cluster efficiency" and "Enrichment score", while those values are actually represented by each bar length. Does light blue correspond to a max value of 0.05 in one scale, and dark blue to a max value of 10-7 in the other scale?
      8. Sup Figure S3A and S4A: The hierarchical clustering dendrograms are barely visible in the heatmaps.
      9. S3A Legend: The following sentence sounds a bit awkward: "Rows and columns have been re-ordered thanks to a hierarchical clustering". I suggest switching "thanks to a hierarchical clustering" to "based on hierarchical clustering".
      10. Fig.5D: The font size everywhere except the legend key is too small. In addition, on the left panel, gene product names are given as a column, while on the right, the names are shown below the GeneIDs. Consistency would make it clearer.

      Significance

      At its current stage, this work represents a robust resource for molecular parasitology research programs, paving the way for mechanistic studies on multilayered gene expression control and it would benefit from experimental evidence for some of the claims concerning the in silico regulatory networks. Terms like "regulons", "recursive feedback loop" are employed without solid confirmation or extensive literature support. In my view, the most relevant contribution of this study is centered in the direct association between proteasome-dependent degradation and Leishmania differentiation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate how UVC induced DNA damage alters the interaction between the mitochondrial transcription factor TFAM and mtDNA. Using live-cell imaging, qPCR, atomic force microscopy (AFM), fluorescence anisotropy, and high-throughput DNA-chip assays, they show that UVC irradiation reduces TFAM sequence specificity and increases mtDNA compaction without protecting mtDNA from lesion formation. From these findings the authors suggest that TFAM acts as a "sensor" of damage rather than a protective or repair-promoting factor.

      Strengths:

      (1) The focus on UVC damage offers a clean system to study mtDNA damage sensing independently of more commonly studied repair pathways, such as oxidative DNA damage. The impact of UVC damage is not well understood in the mitochondria and this study fills that gap in knowledge.

      (2) In particular, the custom mitochondrial genome DNA chip provides high resolution mapping of TFAM binding and reveals a global loss of sequence specificity following UVC exposure.

      (3) The combination of in vitro TFAM DNA biophysical approaches combined with cellular responses (gene expression, mtDNA turnover) provides a coherent multi-scale view.

      (4) The authors demonstrate that TFAM induced compaction does not protect mtDNA from UVC lesions, an important contribution given assumptions about TFAM providing protection.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors show a decrease in mtDNA levels and increased lysosomal colocalization but do not define the pathway responsible for degradation. Distinguishing between replication dilution, mitophagy, or targeted degradation would strengthen the interpretation and justifies future experiments.

      (2) The manuscript briefly notes enrichment of TFAM at certain regions of the mitochondrial genome but provides little interpretation of why these regions are favored. Discussion of whether high-occupancy sites correspond to regulatory or structural elements would add valuable context.

      (3) The authors provide a discrepancy between the anisotropy and binding array results. The reason for this is not clear and one wonders if an orthogonal approach for the binding experiments would elucidate this difference (minor point).

      Assessment of conclusions:

      The manuscript successfully meets its primary goal of testing whether TFAM protects mtDNA from UVC damage and the impact this has on the mtDNA. While their data points to an intriguing model that TFAM acts as a sensor of damaged mtDNA, the validation of this model requires further investigation to make the model more convincing. This is likely warranted for a followup study. Also the biological impact of this compaction, such as altering transcription levels is not clear in this study.

      Impact and utility of the methods:

      This work advances our understanding of how mitochondria manage UVC genome damage and proposes a structural mechanism for damage "sensing" independent of canonical repair. The methodology, including the custom TFAM DNA chip, will be broadly useful to the scientific community.

      Context: The study supports a model in which mitochondrial genome integrity is maintained not only by repair factors, but also by selective sequestration or removal of damaged genomes. The demonstration that TFAM compaction correlates with damage rather than protection reframes an interesting role in mtDNA quality control.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors addressed all concerns during the revision.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      King et al. present several sets of experiments aimed to address potential impact of UV irradiation on human mitochondrial DNA as well as possible role of mitochondrial TFAM protein in handling UV irradiated mitochondrial genomes. The carefully worded conclusion derived from the results of experiments performed with human HeLa cells, in vitro small plasmid DNA, with PCR-generated human mitochondrial DNA and with UV-irradiated small oligonucleotides is presented in the title of the manuscript: "UV irradiation alters TFAM binding to mitochondrial DNA". Authors also interpret results of somewhat unconnected experimental approaches to speculate that "TFAM as a potential DNA damage sensing protein in that it promotes UVC-dependent conformational changes in the [mitochondrial] nucleoids, making them more compact. They further propose that such a proposed compaction might trigger removal of UV-damaged mitochondrial genomes as well as facilitates replication of undamaged mitochondrial genomes.

      Strengths:

      (1) Authors presented convincing evidence that a very high dose (1500 J/m2) of UVC applied to oligonucleotides covering the entire mitochondrial DNA genome alleviates sequence specificity of TFAM binding (Figure 3). This high dose was sufficient to cause UV-lesions in a large fraction of individual oligonucleotides. The method has been developed in the lab of one of the corresponding authors (ref. 74) and is technically well refined. This result can be published as is or in combination with other data.

      (2) Manuscript also presents AFM evidence (Figure 4) that TFAM, which was long known to facilitate compaction of mitochondrial genome (Alam et al., 2003; PMID 12626705 and follow up citations), causes in vitro compaction of a small pUC19 plasmid and that approximately 3 UVC lesions per plasmid molecule results in slight albeit detectable increase in TFAM compaction of the plasmid.

      Both results are discussed in line of a possible extrapolation to in vivo phenomena. The revised version of the discussion includes a clear statement that no in vivo support was provided within the set of experiments presented in the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The experiments presented on Figures 3 and 4 may support the speculation that TFAM can carry protective role of eliminating mitochondrial genomes with bulky lesions by way of excessive compaction and removal damaged genomes from the in vivo pool, however extensive additional studies that would go well beyond the experiments described in this paper are needed to fill the gap between this set of results and the proposed explanations.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate how UVC-induced DNA damage alters the interaction between the mitochondrial transcription factor TFAM and mtDNA. Using live-cell imaging, qPCR, atomic force microscopy (AFM), fluorescence anisotropy, and high-throughput DNA-chip assays, they show that UVC irradiation reduces TFAM sequence specificity and increases mtDNA compaction without protecting mtDNA from lesion formation. From these findings, the authors suggest that TFAM acts as a "sensor" of damage rather than a protective or repair-promoting factor.

      Strengths:

      (1) The focus on UVC damage offers a clean system to study mtDNA damage sensing independently of more commonly studied repair pathways, such as oxidative DNA damage. The impact of UVC damage is not well understood in the mitochondria, and this study fills that gap in knowledge.

      (2) In particular, the custom mitochondrial genome DNA chip provides high-resolution mapping of TFAM binding and reveals a global loss of sequence specificity following UVC exposure.

      (3) The combination of in vitro TFAM DNA biophysical approaches, combined with cellular responses (gene expression, mtDNA turnover), provides a coherent multi-scale view.

      (4) The authors demonstrate that TFAM-induced compaction does not protect mtDNA from UVC lesions, an important contribution given assumptions about TFAM providing protection.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors show a decrease in mtDNA levels and increased lysosomal colocalization but do not define the pathway responsible for degradation. Distinguishing between replication dilution, mitophagy, or targeted degradation would strengthen the interpretation

      We thank the reviewer for their careful reading of our manuscript and thoughtful suggestions. We agree that distinguishing between replication dilution, mitophagy, and/or targeted degradation would strengthen our understanding of how UV-induced DNA damage is handled in the mitochondria. Currently we are undertaking experiments to tease this apart, but consider the scope of those experiments to be beyond this manuscript and expect to publish them in a subsequent paper rather than this one. We added text explicitly stating that these possibilities are not distinguished by our results in pages 8-9 in the Discussion under the subsection ‘Mitochondria respond to UVC-induced mtDNA damage in the absence of apparent mitochondrial dysfunction’.

      (2) The sudden induction of mtDNA replication genes and transcription at 24 h suggests that intermediate timepoints (e.g., 12 hours) could clarify the kinetics of the response and avoid the impression that the sampling coincidentally captured the peak.

      We agree and have added additional timepoints of 12 hours and 18 hours post exposure. We have updated Figure 2 to include the new data and have added text on page 4 to include these results.

      (3) The authors report no loss of mitochondrial membrane potential, but this single measure is limited. Complementary assays such as Seahorse analysis, ATP quantification, or reactive oxygen species measurement could more fully assess functional integrity.

      We focused on membrane potential because loss of membrane potential is such a well-understood of mechanism for triggering mitophagy, but agree that these additional measurements are useful. We have added experiments to assess ATP levels, but did not see changes; we have added this data to Figure 2. We have also added text highlighting that we previously assessed mtROS following the same levels of UV exposure and observed no changes (in the results section on page 5 and in the discussion section on page 9). Given that we observe no changes in membrane potential or ATP, we have opted to not move forward with Seahorse analysis for the purposes of this paper.

      (4) The manuscript briefly notes enrichment of TFAM at certain regions of the mitochondrial genome but provides little interpretation of why these regions are favored. Discussion of whether high-occupancy sites correspond to regulatory or structural elements would add valuable context.

      We agree a discussion of these findings provides context and insight into where the field is currently in understanding TFAM sequence specificity. We have updated text in the discussion (pages 9-10) to include our thoughts on the drivers of TFAM sequence specificity with regard to the discrepancy with the anisotropy data and the lack of overlap with regulatory/structural elements.

      (5) It remains unclear whether the altered DNA topology promotes TFAM compaction or vice versa. Addressing this directionality, perhaps by including UVC-only controls for plasmid conformation, would help disentangle these effects if UVC is causing compaction alone.

      We have added an additional control making this comparison and updated the text on page 7 in the results section. UVC by itself (without TFAM being present) does not alter the plasmid compaction; see new supplemental Figure S16.

      (6) The authors provide a discrepancy between the anisotropy and binding array results. The reason for this is not clear, and one wonders if an orthogonal approach for the binding experiments would elucidate this difference (minor point).

      The discrepancy between anisotropy and the binding array results is certainly unusual and contrary to previous studies that have used these arrays. In addition to the anisotropy experiments, we selected a ‘high occupancy’ and ‘low occupancy’ sequence from the binding array and performed oligomerization experiments using atomic force microscopy, which allowed us to detect small changes in cooperativity (see supplemental Figure S15). We previously only discussed this briefly in the results section on page 6, but we have now updated the discussion section (pages 9-10) to highlight this finding and put forth ideas for the field as to why we think this might be the case. While we do see that the binding array data aligns with oligomerization and cooperativity of TFAM, we still do not know what it is about these sequences that would drive such differences in TFAM binding, but we speculate that it could have something to do with flexibility of the DNA sequences.

      Assessment of conclusions:

      The manuscript successfully meets its primary goal of testing whether TFAM protects mtDNA from UVC damage and the impact this has on the mtDNA. While their data points to an intriguing model that TFAM acts as a sensor of damaged mtDNA, the validation of this model requires further investigation to make the model more convincing. This is likely warranted for a follow-up study. Also, the biological impact of this compaction, such as altering transcription levels, is not clear in this study.

      We have updated wording in the Abstract, Introduction, and elsewhere in the text (as detailed in other portions of our response) to make as explicit and clear as possible which results are supported by the in vitro versus in vivo data, and which parts are conclusions supported by the data versus hypothesized models to be tested in future work.

      Impact and utility of the methods:

      This work advances our understanding of how mitochondria manage UVC genome damage and proposes a structural mechanism for damage "sensing" independent of canonical repair. The methodology, including the custom TFAM DNA chip, will be broadly useful to the scientific community.

      Context:

      The study supports a model in which mitochondrial genome integrity is maintained not only by repair factors, but also by selective sequestration or removal of damaged genomes. The demonstration that TFAM compaction correlates with damage rather than protection reframes an interesting role in mtDNA quality control.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      King et al. present several sets of experiments aimed to address the potential impact of UV irradiation on human mitochondrial DNA as well as the possible role of mitochondrial TFAM protein in handling UV-irradiated mitochondrial genomes. The carefully worded conclusion derived from the results of experiments performed with human HeLa cells, in vitro small plasmid DNA, with PCR-generated human mitochondrial DNA, and with UV-irradiated small oligonucleotides is presented in the title of the manuscript: "UV irradiation alters TFAM binding to mitochondrial DNA". The authors also interpret results of somewhat unconnected experimental approaches to speculate that "TFAM is a potential DNA damage sensing protein in that it promotes UVC-dependent conformational changes in the [mitochondrial] nucleoids, making them more compact." They further propose that such a proposed compaction triggers the removal of UV-damaged mitochondrial genomes as well as facilitates replication of undamaged mitochondrial genomes.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors presented convincing evidence that a very high dose (1500 J/m2) of UVC applied to oligonucleotides covering the entire mitochondrial DNA genome alleviates sequence specificity of TFAM binding (Figure 3). This high dose was sufficient to cause UV lesions in a large fraction of individual oligonucleotides. The method was developed in the lab of one of the corresponding authors (reference 74) and is technically well-refined. This result can be published as is or in combination with other data.

      (2) The manuscript also presents AFM evidence (Figure 4) that TFAM, which was long known to facilitate compaction of the mitochondrial genome (Alam et al., 2003; PMID 12626705 and follow-up citations), causes in vitro compaction of a small pUC19 plasmid and that approximately 3 UVC lesions per plasmid molecule result in a slight, albeit detectable, increase in TFAM compaction of the plasmid. Both results can be discussed in line with a possible extrapolation to in vivo phenomena, but such a discussion should include a clear statement that no in vivo support was provided within the set of experiments presented in the manuscript.

      We thank this reviewer for their careful reading and interpretation of the manuscript. We agree that discussion of in vivo implications and extrapolations need clear statements indicating where there is not currently in vivo support. We have updated the text throughout the paper to include this.

      Weaknesses:

      Besides the experiments presented in Figures 3 and 4, other results do not either support or contradict the speculation that TFAM can play a protective role, eliminating mitochondrial genomes with bulky lesions by way of excessive compaction and removing damaged genomes from the in vivo pool.

      To specify these weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 1 - presents evidence that UVC causes a reduction in the number of mitochondrial spots in cells. The role of TFAM is not assessed.

      We are working to understand the role of TFAM in vivo following UV irradiation, but believe that work should be included in follow up studies rather than this publication.

      (2) Figure 2 - presents evidence that UVC causes lesions in mitochondrial genomes in vivo, detectable by qPCR. No direct assessment of TFAM roles in damage repair or mitochondrial DNA turnover is assessed despite the statements in the title of Figure 2 or in associated text. Approximately 2-fold change in gene expression of TFAM and of the three other genes does not provide any reasonable support to suggestion about increased mitochondrial DNA turnover over multiple explanations on related to mitochondrial DNA maintenance.

      We agree and have updated the title of Figure 2 to better reflect the findings outlined in the figure as well as the text.

      The new title is, “UVC causes mtDNA damage that decreases over time and is associated with upregulation of mtDNA replication genes, in the absence of apparent mitochondrial dysfunction.”

      We agree that there are numerous mechanistic hypotheses that could explain the decrease in mtDNA damage over time. In Figure 1, we show that there is an overall decrease in mtDNA spots, and an increase in mtDNA-lysosome colocalization, suggestive of mtDNA degradation, which could serve to remove damaged genomes. One possibility is that TFAM is playing a role in the damage removal (but not repair per cell as these lesions are not repaired). Another is changes in mtDNA turnover via increasing the replication machinery in order the synthesize non-damaged mtDNA molecules to dilute out damage. These and other possibilities are not mutually exclusive. We have added text (pages 8-9) to make explicit that additional work will be required to distinguish these possibilities. We note that we have also added an additional experiment showing that TFAM knockdown affects mtDNA damage at baseline, as well as after UVC exposure (Figure 5J).

      (3) Figure 5. Shows that TFAM does not protect either mitochondrial nucleoids formed in vitro or mitochondrial DNA in vivo from UVC lesions as well as has no effect on in vivo repair of UV lesions.

      We agree that Figure 5 shows that TFAM does not protect DNA from UVC-induced lesions, and that a roughly 2-fold increase in TFAM protein does not alter damage reduction over time. We have added new data showing that in vivo, knockdown of TFAM results in an increase in baseline (control conditions) mtDNA damage, and also alters the rate of decrease of mtDNA damage over time after UVC (Figure 5J).

      (4) Figure 6: Based on the above analysis, the model of the role of TFAM in sensing mtDNA damage and elimination of damaged genomes in vivo appears unsupported.

      We have updated the legend for Figure 6 in which we outline our hypothesized role of TFAM in sensing mtDNA damage to ensure that readers know this has yet to be fully tested in vivo. We have also updated the Figure legend title from “proposed model” to “hypothesized model,” and changed the wording in the conclusion section (page 11) to highlight more clearly that this is a working model.

      (5) Additional concern about Figure 3 and relevant discussion: It is not clear if more uniform TFAM binding to UV irradiated oligonucleotides with varying sequence as compared to non-irradiated oligonucleotides can be explained by just overall reduced binding eliminating sequence specific peaks.

      We do not believe this is the case given the similar K<sub>D</sub> values for the sequences tested. In our hands and in other publications (reviewed in PMID: 34440420), it has been well established that TFAM binds damaged DNA very well—essentially just as well as nondamaged DNA or better.

      Additionally, a reduction in overall binding on these DNA arrays tends to make sequence specific peaks more apparent. We ran our experiments at both 30 nM and 300 nM TFAM specifically to be able to assess this question. The 300 nM data can be found in supplemental Figure S7. In this figure, we notice that the peaks appear more uniform at the high concentration (comparing Figure 3A to Figure S7A). That is presumably because there is so much more binding happening across the array that the peaks associated with the strongest binders become less pronounced. For the sake of brevity, we have not added this reasoning to the text, but are willing to do so if the Reviewers and Editor feel that it is important to include.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study is grounded in the observations that mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) exhibits a degree of resistance to mutagenesis under genotoxic stress. The manuscript focuses on the effects of UVC-induced DNA damage on TFAM-DNA binding in vitro and in cells. The authors demonstrate increased TFAM-DNA compaction following UVC irradiation in vitro based on high-throughput protein-DNA binding and atomic force microscopy (AFM) experiments. They did not observe a similar trend in fluorescence polarization assays. In cells, the authors found that UVC exposure upregulated TFAM, POLG, and POLRMT mRNA levels without affecting the mitochondrial membrane potential. Overexpressing TFAM in cells or varying TFAM concentration in reconstituted nucleoids did not alter the accumulation or disappearance of mtDNA damage. Based on their data, the authors proposed a plausible model that, following UVC-induced DNA damage, TFAM facilitates nucleoid compaction, which may serve to signal damage in the mitochondrial genome.

      Strengths:

      The presented data are solid, technically rigorous, and consistent with established literature findings. The experiments are well-executed, providing reliable evidence on the change of TFAM-DNA interactions following UVC irradiation. The proposed model may inspire future follow-up studies to further study the role of TFAM in sensing UVC-induced damage.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript could be further improved by refining specific interpretations and ensuring terminology aligns precisely with the data presented.

      (1) In line 322, the claim of increased "nucleoid compaction" in cells should be removed, as there is a lack of direct cellular evidence. Given that non-DNA-bound TFAM is subject to protease digestion, it is uncertain to what extent the overexpressed TFAM actually integrates into and compacts mitochondrial nucleoids in the absence of supporting immunofluorescence data.

      We would like to thank this reviewer for their comments and suggestions. We feel these specific language changes have strengthened the interpretability of the text. The TFAM overexpression cells used in this experiment were given to us by Isaac et al., who demonstrated that when TFAM was overexpressed in this specific cell line, the nucleoids were indeed more compact, measured by Fiber-seq (Isaac et al., 2024; PMID: 38347148). We have removed the claim “increased compaction” from the section title, Figure 5 legend title, and from line 322 (now on page 8), and have also added an additional sentence to ensure the reader knows these cells have been shown to have presumed increased compaction by other groups.

      (2) In lines 405 and 406, the authors should avoid equating TFAM overexpression with compaction in the cellular context unless the compaction is directly visualized or measured.

      We have updated the text to ensure that it is clear that this was tested by other groups. We also changed the wording to “inaccessible (presumably compacted) nucleoids.” While we did not demonstrate altered compaction in our study, we think that based on the results from Isaac et al., it is likely that there was increased compaction. In addition, some readers might not have the context to make the connection between compaction and accessibility, so eliminating all reference to compaction could obscure the point.

      (3) In lines 304 and 305 (and several other places throughout the manuscript), the authors use the term "removal rates". A "removal rate" requires a direct comparison of accumulated lesion levels over a time course under different conditions. Given the complexity of UV-induced DNA damage-which involves both damage formation and potential removal via multiple pathways-a more accurate term that reflects the net result of these opposing processes is "accumulated DNA damage levels." This terminology better reflects the final state measured and avoids implying a single, active 'removal' pathway without sufficient kinetic data.

      We agree and have updated the language throughout the text as well as the results heading for this section.

      (4) In line 357, the authors refer to the decrease in the total DNA damage level as "The removal of damaged mtDNA". The decrease may be simply due to the turnover and resynthesis of non-damaged mtDNA molecules. The term "removal" may mislead the casual reader into interpreting the effect as an active repair/removal process.

      We agree and have restructured this sentence for clarity. We do believe there is some removal happening, given the increase in mtDNA colocalization in lysosomes alongside decrease of mtDNA spots in our live cell imaging. We have written it to reflect the inclusion of removal and resynthesis of nondamaged mtDNA molecules (see pages 8-9).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The reviewers appreciate the quality of the presented data but concur that they do not support the primary claims in the title and abstract. The reviewers also realize that in vivo evidence for the model would require extensive new experimentation that goes beyond a reasonable revision. The recommendation is to change the title and significantly revise text, figure titles and legends for transparency, and conclusions within results and discussion sections.

      We thank the editor and all the reviewers for their feedback. We have added additional experiments, updated text throughout the entire paper to ensure our claims are supported, and revised our title. We feel that the changes we have made have indeed made the paper stronger, more transparent, and that the evidence put forth in this paper provides support for all claims made.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Clarify mitochondrial response kinetics by adding an intermediate (e.g., 12 hrs) recovery timepoint for transcriptional analysis to resolve when TFAM and replication genes are induced.

      We have added additional timepoints of 12 and 18 hours following exposure in Figure 2. These results strengthen our finding that the nuclear transcriptional program supporting mtDNA replication appears to be activated prior to the nuclear transcriptional program supporting mitochondrial transcription, in that POLG and TFAM come up before POLRMT and ND1.

      (2) Strengthen functional readouts by assessing additional parameters of mitochondrial function to substantiate the claim that UVC does not impair mitochondrial performance.

      We have referenced our previously-published data on mtROS and added a measurement of ATP following UVC exposure in Figure 2.

      (3) Consider exploring whether mtDNA degradation occurs via mitophagy, nucleoid-phagy, or another pathway-potentially by using inhibitors or markers of these processes.

      While we agree that this is an important follow up question and are currently working on experiments to address this, those experiments are outside the scope of this manuscript.

      (4) Provide additional details for the high occupancy TFAM sites. Provide brief annotation or discussion of genomic regions showing strong TFAM binding under non-irradiated conditions that are lost during UVC treatment. This would be helpful to the field as a whole.

      We have updated our discussion section to include this.

      (5) Include or discuss a control using UVC irradiated pUC19 without TFAM to confirm that observed compaction categories are TFAM dependent rather than an UVC induced DNA distortion.

      We have added in a supplemental figure (Figure S16) containing comparison of area analysis of control pUC19 and UV-irradiated pUC19 and we have added associated text in the results section of the paper.

      (6) It would be interesting to explore the link between compaction to transcriptional output. In the TFAM overexpression model, the authors could measure expression of mtDNA encoded transcripts (e.g., ND1, COX1) to connect increased compaction with altered mitochondrial transcription.

      While we agree that understanding how the compactional status alters mitochondrial transcription is worthwhile, we believe this is beyond the scope of this paper. Furthermore, this connection has previously been shown by Bruser et al., 2021 (PMID: 34818548) who showed that more compact nucleoids are not undergoing active transcription. It will be interesting to see in future work if mtDNA damage drives changes in both compaction as well as transcriptional activity.

      (7) Clarify quantitative presentation in figure 2F to explicitly note whether the observed increase in fluorescence intensity was statistically insignificant and confirm that the assay sensitivity is sufficient to detect small potential changes. As presented it is not clear if there is a change.

      We have changed the presentation of Figure 2F. There is a slight increase in membrane potential at the 24-hour time point and we have made that clear in the text as well. We included FCCP as a (standard) positive control, for which we can detect the associated decrease in membrane potential for. While it is always possible that a very small decrease occurred that we were unable to detect, we note that none of the six UVC-exposed groups that we tested even trended towards a decrease in MMP, making it less likely that there was an effect that we simply lacked the power or sensitivity to detect.

      (8) It would be interesting if the authors can comment on whether TFAM induced compaction after UVC might shield mtDNA from other, repairable lesions (e.g., oxidative or alkylation damage), offering a broader context for this mechanism beyond just UVC.

      In theory, we believe this is possible. It will also be interesting to see if the increased compaction following UVC also protects or shields the mtDNA from other enzymatic processes, such as repair proteins that may be searching for repairable lesions such as oxidative or alkylation damage. In this case, it seems as though the increased compaction would prevent the repair from happening at genomes harboring damage.

      In this study we show with our in vitro nucleoids that the increased compaction does not protect against UVC, but this is likely because UVC does not need physical access to the DNA in order to damage it, as the wavelengths of UVC (centered in this case at 254nm) are readily absorbed by proteins and thus can go right through the proteins. Currently, we know that increased compaction by TFAM makes the DNA inaccessible to the enzymes required to methylate DNA used in Fiber-seq (PMID: 38347148), but we do not know if the compaction is tight enough to prevent ROS or alkylating agents from damaging the DNA. We have updated text in the discussion on page 10 to highlight some of these ideas.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please, go over all display items and text and clarify details that can help readers to understand important specifics of the experiments. Examples are provided below:

      (1) Abstract and Introduction - indicate species and cell line

      We have updated the text to include this information.

      (2) Table 1 "TFAM KD measurements"- title and footnotes are entirely cryptic. Please, clarify the experimental design, question(s) addressed and conclusions drawn from data.

      We have updated the title of Table 1 to "Binding of TFAM to array sequences, measured using fluorescence anisotropy,” and clarified the footnotes to make sure it is clear which sequences were selected for AFM oligomerization experiments.

      (3) Figure 3 and Material and Methods - specify UVC dose.

      We have added this information to both the figure legend and the methods section.

      (4) Figure 4 - specify UVC dose.

      We have added this information to the figure legend.

      (5) Figure 5. Panel B indicate which band is TFAM and which is HA-tag; Indicate clearly which panel is showing in vivo or in vitro results.

      We have updated the figure to label the untagged TFAM and HA-tagged TFAM and changed the panel titles to specify if they are in vivo results.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript examines how disease-associated hyperphosphorylation disrupts tau's role as a cooperative microtubule-binding regulator of intracellular transport. Using in vitro reconstitution assays and live-cell imaging in iPSC-derived neurons, the authors employ phosphomutant tau constructs (E14 to mimic hyperphosphorylation, AP to prevent phosphorylation) at 14 disease-associated residues to isolate phosphorylation effects independent of expression system-dependent PTM heterogeneity. The results show that hyperphosphorylated tau fails to form cooperative envelope-like structures on microtubules, instead binding diffusely and dissociating rapidly. In contrast, wild-type and phospho-resistant tau form cohesive envelopes that regulate motor protein access. At the single-molecule level, hyperphosphorylation reduces KIF5C inhibition while maintaining or enhancing KIF1A inhibition through altered processivity and detachment rates. In live neurons, hyperphosphorylated tau phenocopies tau knockout conditions, weakening tau-mediated inhibition of lysosome transport and increasing processive motility. The authors quantify tau binding using Gaussian mixture model-based image analysis and measure tau kinetics via FRAP, demonstrating that hyperphosphorylation-induced loss of cooperative binding correlates with dysregulated organelle transport. These findings establish a mechanism by which phosphorylation-driven disruption of tau's gatekeeper function on microtubules compromises axonal transport prior to aggregation in tauopathies. The paper provides interesting new knowledge for the field, but there are outstanding concerns that could be further addressed by the authors to strengthen and clarify the current manuscript:

      (1) Lack of Phosphatase-Treated Control and Explicit WT Phosphorylation Quantification

      Wild-type tau expressed in insect and mammalian cells is known to be phosphorylated by endogenous kinases (eg, GSK3, CDK5, MARK). The manuscript acknowledges this in the Discussion but provides no phosphatase-treated lysate control or quantification of endogenous phosphorylation on WT tau via phospho-specific Western blots. This leaves ambiguity about whether observed differences between WT and E14 reflect purely the introduced mutations or confounding baseline differences in phosphostate content.

      (2) Limited Normalization of Motor Effects to Measured Tau Lattice Occupancy

      Although kinesin trajectories are classified inside vs. outside tau envelopes (inherently normalizing to local tau density), motor parameters are not systematically reported as functions of tau fluorescence intensity across all constructs. Co-purifying MAPs or microtubule-modifying enzymes in cell lysates is not quantified or excluded, leaving residual uncertainty about tau-specificity of observed motor inhibition. This should be at least acknowledged in the results section.

      (3) Insufficient Citation of Prior Neuronal Tau Envelope Evidence

      In the Introduction, the authors state, "it was an open question if tau forms envelopes in neurons," but this understates existing evidence. Tan et al. (2019) report tau neuronal staining consistent with envelope formation, while Siahaan et al. (2021) provide more direct evidence in non-neuronal cells. The framing should acknowledge and integrate these prior findings.

      (4) Unclear Wording on Expression System-Dependent Phosphorylation

      The sentence "The phosphostate of tau is strongly dependent on the expression system" requires rewording. It is ambiguous whether this refers to the final phosphostate achieved after expression or the inherent phosphorylating capacity of each system. Clearer language would strengthen the methodological justification.

      (5) Insufficient Quantification of Motor and Lysosome Transport Effect Magnitudes in Results Section

      The data on molecular motor motility and lysosome transport are densely described. The magnitude of effects (fold-changes, percentage differences) should be explicitly stated in the Results section when first presenting findings to orient readers to biological significance. For example, effect magnitudes for lysosome run lengths, velocities, and directional bias should be quantified in text, not left to figure inspection.

      (6) Incomplete Discussion of Projection Domain Necessity for Envelope Formation

      The Discussion states the projection domain is "a critical regulator of both tau-tau and tau-microtubule interactions," but does not engage with prior domain dissection work. Tan et al. (2019) found that the entire projection domain is not necessary for envelope formation in vitro. The authors should discuss which projection domain regions are specifically regulated by phosphorylation vs. required for cooperativity, providing a more nuanced interpretation than implied by their current framing.

    2. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive feedback. Addressing these points will strengthen the manuscript and improve its clarity.

      A primary concern involved the justification for using COS7 cell lysates in reconstitution approaches and iPSC-derived neuronal model systems as models for AD. We will clarify the language throughout the manuscript to more explicitly state the study’s goals, emphasize that these systems were selected as robust, well-controlled platforms to test the mechanisms through which tau hyperphosphorylation affects microtubule interactions and tau’s role in regulating intracellular transport, and the limitations of in vitro and iPSC models.

      Reviewers also raised the possibility that background phosphorylation could contribute to the effects observed in the pseudo-phosphorylation model. We cite two recent preprints that provide insight into this question through quantitatively assessing tau phosphorylation across expression systems. In the revised manuscript, we will elaborate on how their assessment of tau phosphorylation fits within the scope of our approach and clarify how our experimental controls effectively minimize uncertainty related to background phosphorylation.

      Another point concerned the potential influence of other microtubule-associated proteins in lysates and the impact of tau lattice occupancy on motility outcomes. To further strengthen this aspect, we will include additional analyses correlating tau intensity along microtubules with kinesin intensity and motility behavior, and we will more clearly explain how the AP and WT controls provide confidence in the robustness of the system.

      Detailed responses to each reviewer comment are provided below point by point. The planned revisions, which include clearer language, stronger justification of the experimental approaches, and additional supporting analyses, will substantially improve the clarity, rationale, and overall impact of the study.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work by Beaudet and colleagues aims at exploring the effect of phosphorylation on the formation of tau envelopes and consequently on axonal transport, both in vitro on reconstituted microtubules and in human excitatory neurons derived from IPSCs.

      The authors found that a relatively widely used construct in which 14 serine or threonine residues, often hyperphosphorylated in Alzheimer's disease, are mutated to alanines (phosphodeficient), increases the density of tau envelopes compared to wildtype tau, whereas a phosphomimetic (same residues mutated to glutamic acid) reduces envelope density both in vitro and in human excitatory neurons derived from IPSCs.

      By analysing the trafficking of different kinesins (KIF1a and KIF5C), they observed different effects of tau phosphorylation status on the movement of these two motors.

      They then analyse transport of lysosomes by employing live imaging of lysotracker in human excitatory neurons derived from IPSCs transfected with wildtype, phosphodeficient or phosphomimetic tau, observing that phosphodeficient tau seems to reduce transport of lysosomes while phosphomimetic increases transport compared to wildtype tau.

      Strengths:

      (1) The work aims to study a novel and underexplored topic in the tau field, tau envelopes, and investigate their relevance to Alzheimer's disease pathology.

      (2) Experiments are well conducted and of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      Relying only on in vitro reconstituted microtubules and human neurons derived from IPSCs leaves some doubts about the relevance of these results for Alzheimer's disease, considering the embryonic state of IPSCs-derived neurons.

      We agree with the reviewer that iPSC-derived neurons represent an immature state compared with the neurons affected in Alzheimer’s disease. However, iPSC-derived neurons, together with in vitro reconstitution, provide insight into (1) whether tau hyperphosphorylation influences its association with microtubules and its ability to form envelope-like structures thought to regulate transport, (2) how tau hyperphosphorylation affects the motility of kinesin motors that are strongly inhibited by tau, and (3) how transport of endogenous degradative organelles such as lysosomes are impacted by tau hyperphosphorylation. We hope that our studies will help to inform future studies examining how tau-related dysfunction evolves in more mature neurons and contributes to the more severe pathological effects observed at later disease stages.

      We will include a paragraph in the Discussion section addressing the limitations of this study to better contextualize our findings within the broader effort to understand tauopathies and Alzheimer’s disease.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript examines how disease-associated hyperphosphorylation disrupts tau's role as a cooperative microtubule-binding regulator of intracellular transport. Using in vitro reconstitution assays and live-cell imaging in iPSC-derived neurons, the authors employ phosphomutant tau constructs (E14 to mimic hyperphosphorylation, AP to prevent phosphorylation) at 14 disease-associated residues to isolate phosphorylation effects independent of expression system-dependent PTM heterogeneity. The results show that hyperphosphorylated tau fails to form cooperative envelope-like structures on microtubules, instead binding diffusely and dissociating rapidly. In contrast, wild-type and phospho-resistant tau form cohesive envelopes that regulate motor protein access. At the single-molecule level, hyperphosphorylation reduces KIF5C inhibition while maintaining or enhancing KIF1A inhibition through altered processivity and detachment rates. In live neurons, hyperphosphorylated tau phenocopies tau knockout conditions, weakening tau-mediated inhibition of lysosome transport and increasing processive motility. The authors quantify tau binding using Gaussian mixture model-based image analysis and measure tau kinetics via FRAP, demonstrating that hyperphosphorylation-induced loss of cooperative binding correlates with dysregulated organelle transport. These findings establish a mechanism by which phosphorylation-driven disruption of tau's gatekeeper function on microtubules compromises axonal transport prior to aggregation in tauopathies. The paper provides interesting new knowledge for the field, but there are outstanding concerns that could be further addressed by the authors to strengthen and clarify the current manuscript:

      (1) Lack of Phosphatase-Treated Control and Explicit WT Phosphorylation Quantification

      Wild-type tau expressed in insect and mammalian cells is known to be phosphorylated by endogenous kinases (eg, GSK3, CDK5, MARK). The manuscript acknowledges this in the Discussion but provides no phosphatase-treated lysate control or quantification of endogenous phosphorylation on WT tau via phospho-specific Western blots. This leaves ambiguity about whether observed differences between WT and E14 reflect purely the introduced mutations or confounding baseline differences in phosphostate content.

      Tau contains ~85 putative phosphorylation sites and is modified by several kinases in cells. Studies by Siahaan et al. (2024) and Fan et al. (2025) provide detailed insight into tau phosphorylation, its role in protecting the microtubule lattice from severing enzymes, and the implications of phosphorylation patterns for aggregate formation. Specifically, Fan et al. (2025) show that HEK-expressed tau is phosphorylated by endogenous kinases at 58 residues, with most phospho-occupancy levels below 15%, indicating substantial heterogeneity among individual tau molecules. In the revised manuscript, we will (1) provide justification for the use of the pseudo-phosphorylation model system as an approach to limit heterogeneity among tau molecules, (2) clarify the importance of the WT and AP controls, (3) discuss that E14, WT, and AP tau likely exhibit similar degrees of background phospho-heterogeneity, with WT tau likely exhibiting some overlap between background phosphorylation and the 14 AD-associated sites examined, and (4) expand the discussion to emphasize that although background phosphorylation is present, our results do not suggest that it contributes significantly to the observations reported in this study.

      (2) Limited Normalization of Motor Effects to Measured Tau Lattice Occupancy

      Although kinesin trajectories are classified inside vs. outside tau envelopes (inherently normalizing to local tau density), motor parameters are not systematically reported as functions of tau fluorescence intensity across all constructs. Co-purifying MAPs or microtubule-modifying enzymes in cell lysates is not quantified or excluded, leaving residual uncertainty about tau-specificity of observed motor inhibition. This should be at least acknowledged in the results section.

      The reviewer raises a valid point. It is challenging to compare conditions where the occupancy of tau on microtubules is similar across conditions, as phosphorylation strongly effects the interaction between tau and microtubules. We will quantify and report tau intensity in single-molecule motility assays. On the second point, while effects from other MAPs or motor proteins could potentially affect kinesin motility, we would expect that these effects would be similar for all tau phosphomutant constructs, such that the effect of tau phospho-states on kinesin motility can be assessed.

      (3) Insufficient Citation of Prior Neuronal Tau Envelope Evidence

      In the Introduction, the authors state, "it was an open question if tau forms envelopes in neurons," but this understates existing evidence. Tan et al. (2019) report tau neuronal staining consistent with envelope formation, while Siahaan et al. (2021) provide more direct evidence in non-neuronal cells. The framing should acknowledge and integrate these prior findings.

      We agree with the reviewer that evidence from several studies using reconstitution systems, fixed neurons, and live cultured cells provides evidence of tau envelope formation in neurons. Specifically, tau envelopes have been observed along taxol-stabilized or GMPCPP-capped GDP microtubules in vitro (e.g., Dixit et al., 2008; Monroy et al., 2018; Tan et al., 2019; Siahaan et al., 2019), in 4% PFA-fixed and Triton X-100–extracted DIV7 mouse hippocampal neurons (Tan et al., 2019), and in live, non-neuronal U-2 OS cells following taxol treatment (Siahaan et al., 2022) or elevated pH (Siahaan et al., 2024). However, to our knowledge, our study is the first to demonstrate tau envelope formation in live neuronal cells under normal cell culture conditions. We will revise this sentence in the manuscript to more precisely position our findings within the context of prior studies.

      (4) Unclear Wording on Expression System-Dependent Phosphorylation

      The sentence "The phosphostate of tau is strongly dependent on the expression system" requires rewording. It is ambiguous whether this refers to the final phosphostate achieved after expression or the inherent phosphorylating capacity of each system. Clearer language would strengthen the methodological justification.

      We agree that the wording here is ambiguous and requires clarification. In the revised manuscript, we will clarify that tau phosphorylation depends on the expression system used; bacterial systems lack the capacity for many post-translational modifications compared with insect and mammalian systems. We will also emphasize that in insect and mammalian expression systems, tau phosphorylation occurs heterogeneously, as demonstrated in previous studies by Siahaan et al. (2024) and Fan et al. (2025).

      (5) Insufficient Quantification of Motor and Lysosome Transport Effect Magnitudes in Results Section

      The data on molecular motor motility and lysosome transport are densely described. The magnitude of effects (fold-changes, percentage differences) should be explicitly stated in the Results section when first presenting findings to orient readers to biological significance. For example, effect magnitudes for lysosome run lengths, velocities, and directional bias should be quantified in text, not left to figure inspection.

      Our initial justification for omitting quantitative data from the results text was to improve readability; however, in doing so, we may have reduced the accessibility and clarity regarding the significance of the findings. In the revised manuscript, we will incorporate the relevant quantifications and statistical significance for the motility data in the text.

      (6) Incomplete Discussion of Projection Domain Necessity for Envelope Formation

      The Discussion states the projection domain is "a critical regulator of both tau-tau and tau-microtubule interactions," but does not engage with prior domain dissection work. Tan et al. (2019) found that the entire projection domain is not necessary for envelope formation in vitro. The authors should discuss which projection domain regions are specifically regulated by phosphorylation vs. required for cooperativity, providing a more nuanced interpretation than implied by their current framing.

      We agree with the reviewer. Tan et al. (2019) demonstrated that the proline-rich region (residues 198–244) within the projection domain of full-length 2N4R tau is the minimal region required to maintain tau’s ability to form envelopes along microtubules. We will incorporate this work on the dissection of the projection domain and discuss how the phosphorylation sites examined in our study are primarily located within this region. Together, these data highlight the proline-rich region as a potential major regulator of tau–tau cooperativity.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study provides insightful characterization of the mycobacterial secreted effector protein MmpE which translocates to the host nucleus and exhibits phosphatase activity. The study characterizes the nuclear localization signal sequences and residues critical for the phosphatase activity, both of which are required for intracellular survival

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses the role of nucleomodulins, an understudied aspect in mycobacterial infections.

      (2) The authors employ a combination of biochemical and computational analyses along with in vitro and in vivo validations to characterize the role of MmpE.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the study establishes that the phosphatase activity of MmpE operates independently of its NLS, there is a clear gap in understanding how this phosphatase activity supports mycobacterial infection. The investigation lacks experimental data on specific substrates of MmpE or pathways influenced by this virulence factor.

      (2) The study does not explore whether the phosphatase activity of MmpE is dependent on the NLS within macrophages, which would provide critical insights into its biological relevance in host cells. Conducting experiments with double knockout/mutant strains and comparing their intracellular survival with single mutants could elucidate these dependencies and further validate the significance of MmpE's dual functions.

      (3) The study does not provide direct experimental validation of the MmpE deletion on lysosomal trafficking of the bacteria.

      (4) The role of MmpE as a mycobacterial effector would be more relevant using virulent mycobacterial strains such as H37Rv.

      Comments on revisions:

      I appreciate the work the authors have done to address reviewers comments. The revised manuscript looks significantly improved. My major concern in the revised version is the microscopy data where the BCG staining using the DiD fluorescent stain does not bring out the rod-shaped bacilli structure. I suggest the authors either use a GFP reporter or some other fluorescent stain to address this issue.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Review of the manuscript titled " Mycobacterial Metallophosphatase MmpE acts as a nucleomodulin to regulate host gene expression and promotes intracellular survival".

      The study provides an insightful characterization of the mycobacterial secreted effector protein MmpE, which translocates to the host nucleus and exhibits phosphatase activity. The study characterizes the nuclear localization signal sequences and residues critical for the phosphatase activity, both of which are required for intracellular survival.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses the role of nucleomodulins, an understudied aspect in mycobacterial infections.

      (2) The authors employ a combination of biochemical and computational analyses along with in vitro and in vivo validations to characterize the role of MmpE.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the study establishes that the phosphatase activity of MmpE operates independently of its NLS, there is a clear gap in understanding how this phosphatase activity supports mycobacterial infection. The investigation lacks experimental data on specific substrates of MmpE or pathways influenced by this virulence factor.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and agree that identification of the substrates of MmpE is important to fully understand its role in mycobacterial infection. MmpE is a putative purple acid phosphatase (PAP) and a member of the metallophosphoesterase (MPE) superfamily. Enzymes in this family are known for their catalytic promiscuity and broad substrate specificity, acting on phosphomonoesters, phosphodiesters, and phosphotriesters (Matange et al., Biochem J, 2015). In bacteria, several characterized MPEs have been shown to hydrolyze substrates such as cyclic nucleotides (e.g., cAMP) (Keppetipola et al., J Biol Chem, 2008; Shenoy et al., J Mol Biol, 2007), nucleotide derivatives (e.g., AMP, UDP-glucose) (Innokentev et al., mBio, 2025), and pyrophosphate-containing compounds (e.g., Ap4A, UDP-DAGn) (Matange et al., Biochem J., 2015). Although the binding motif of MmpE has been identified, determining its physiological substrates remains challenging due to the low abundance and instability of potential metabolites, as well as the limited sensitivity and coverage of current metabolomic technologies in mycobacteria.

      (2) The study does not explore whether the phosphatase activity of MmpE is dependent on the NLS within macrophages, which would provide critical insights into its biological relevance in host cells. Conducting experiments with double knockout/mutant strains and comparing their intracellular survival with single mutants could elucidate these dependencies and further validate the significance of MmpE's dual functions.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Deletion of the NLS motifs did not impair MmpE’s phosphatase activity in vitro (Figure 2F), indicating that MmpE's enzymatic function operates independently of its nuclear localization. Indeed, we confirmed that Fe<sup>3+</sup>-binding ability via the residues H348 and N359 is required for enzymatic activity of MmpE. We have expanded on this point in the Discussion section “MmpE is a bifunctional virulence factor in Mtb”.

      (3) The study does not provide direct experimental validation of the MmpE deletion on lysosomal trafficking of the bacteria.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. To validate the role of MmpE in lysosome maturation during infection, we conducted fluorescence colocalization assays in THP-1 macrophages infected with BCG strains, including WT, ∆MmpE, Comp-MmpE, Comp-MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1</sup>, Comp-MmpE<sup>ΔNLS2</sup>, Comp-MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1-2</sup>. These strains were stained with the lipophilic membrane dye DiD, while macrophages were treated with the acidotropic probe LysoTracker<sup>TM</sup> Green (Martins et al., Autophagy, 2019). The result indicated that ΔMmpE and MmpE<sup>NLS1-2</sup> mutants exhibited significantly higher co-localization with LysoTracker compared to WT and Comp-MmpE strains (New Figure 5G), suggesting that MmpE deletion leads to enhanced lysosomal maturation during infection.

      (4) The role of MmpE as a mycobacterial effector would be more relevant using virulent mycobacterial strains such as H37Rv.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Previously, the role of Rv2577/MmpE as a virulence factor has been demonstrated in M. tuberculosis CDC 1551, where its deletion significantly reduced bacterial replication in mouse lungs at 30 days post-infection (Forrellad et al., Front Microbiol, 2020). However, that study did not explore the underlying mechanism of MmpE function. In our study, we found that MmpE enhances M. bovis BCG survival in macrophages (THP-1 and RAW264.7 both) and in mice (Figure 3, Figure 7A), consistent with its proposed role in virulence. To investigate the molecular mechanism by which MmpE promotes intracellular survival, we used M. bovis BCG as a biosafe surrogate and this model is widely accepted for studying mycobacterial pathogenesis (Wang et al., Nat Immunol, 2015; Wang et al., Nat Commun, 2017; Péan et al., Nat Commun, 2017).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors have characterized Rv2577 as a Fe3+/Zn2+ -dependent metallophosphatase and a nucleomodulin protein. The authors have also identified His348 and Asn359 as critical residues for Fe3+ coordination. The authors show that the proteins encode for two nuclease localization signals. Using C-terminal Flag expression constructs, the authors have shown that the MmpE protein is secretory. The authors have prepared genetic deletion strains and show that MmpE is essential for intracellular survival of M. bovis BCG in THP-1 macrophages, RAW264.7 macrophages, and a mouse model of infection. The authors have also performed RNA-seq analysis to compare the transcriptional profiles of macrophages infected with wild-type and MmpE mutant strains. The relative levels of ~ 175 transcripts were altered in MmpE mutant-infected macrophages and the majority of these were associated with various immune and inflammatory signalling pathways. Using these deletion strains, the authors proposed that MmpE inhibits inflammatory gene expression by binding to the promoter region of a vitamin D receptor. The authors also showed that MmpE arrests phagosome maturation by regulating the expression of several lysosome-associated genes such as TFEB, LAMP1, LAMP2, etc. These findings reveal a sophisticated mechanism by which a bacterial effector protein manipulates gene transcription and promotes intracellular survival.

      Strength:

      The authors have used a combination of cell biology, microbiology, and transcriptomics to elucidate the mechanisms by which Rv2577 contributes to intracellular survival.

      Weakness:

      The authors should thoroughly check the mice data and show individual replicate values in bar graphs.

      We kindly appreciate the reviewer for the advice. We have now updated the relevant mice data in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript titled "Mycobacterial Metallophosphatase MmpE Acts as a Nucleomodulin to Regulate Host Gene Expression and Promote Intracellular Survival", Chen et al describe biochemical characterisation, localisation and potential functions of the gene using a genetic approach in M. bovis BCG and perform macrophage and mice infections to understand the roles of this potentially secreted protein in the host cell nucleus. The findings demonstrate the role of a secreted phosphatase of M. bovis BCG in shaping the transcriptional profile of infected macrophages, potentially through nuclear localisation and direct binding to transcriptional start sites, thereby regulating the inflammatory response to infection.

      Strengths:

      The authors demonstrate using a transient transfection method that MmpE when expressed as a GFP-tagged protein in HEK293T cells, exhibits nuclear localisation. The authors identify two NLS motifs that together are required for nuclear localisation of the protein. A deletion of the gene in M. bovis BCG results in poorer survival compared to the wild-type parent strain, which is also killed by macrophages. Relative to the WT strain-infected macrophages, macrophages infected with the ∆mmpE strain exhibited differential gene expression. Overexpression of the gene in HEK293T led to occupancy of the transcription start site of several genes, including the Vitamin D Receptor. Expression of VDR in THP1 macrophages was lower in the case of ∆mmpE infection compared to WT infection. This data supports the utility of the overexpression system in identifying potential target loci of MmpE using the HEK293T transfection model. The authors also demonstrate that the protein is a phosphatase, and the phosphatase activity of the protein is partially required for bacterial survival but not for the regulation of the VDR gene expression.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the motifs can most certainly behave as NLSs, the overexpression of a mycobacterial protein in HEK293T cells can also result in artefacts of nuclear localisation. This is not unprecedented. Therefore, to prove that the protein is indeed secreted from BCG, and is able to elicit transcriptional changes during infection, I recommend that the authors (i) establish that the protein is indeed secreted into the host cell nucleus, and (ii) the NLS mutation prevents its localisation to the nucleus without disrupting its secretion.

      We kindly appreciate the reviewer for this insightful comment. To confirm the translocation of MmpE into the host nucleus during BCG infection, we first detected the secretion of MmpE by M. bovis BCG, using Ag85B as a positive control and GlpX as a negative control (Zhang et al., Nat commun, 2022). Our results showed that MmpE- Flag was present in the culture supernatant, indicating that MmpE is secreted by BCG indeed (new Figure S1C).

      Next, we performed immunoblot analysis of the nuclear fractions from infected THP-1 macrophages expressing FLAG-tagged wild-type MmpE and NLS mutants. The results revealed that only wild-type MmpE was detected in the nucleus, while MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1</sup>, MmpE<sup>ΔNLS2</sup> and MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1-2</sup> were not detectable in the nucleus (New Figure S1D). Taken together, these findings demonstrated that MmpE is a secreted protein and that its nuclear translocation during infection requires both NLS motifs.

      Demonstration that the protein is secreted: Supplementary Figure 3 - Immunoblotting should be performed for a cytosolic protein, also to rule out detection of proteins from lysis of dead cells. Also, for detecting proteins in the secreted fraction, it would be better to use Sauton's media without detergent, and grow the cultures without agitation or with gentle agitation. The method used by the authors is not a recommended protocol for obtaining the secreted fraction of mycobacteria.

      We kindly appreciate the reviewer for the advice. To avoid the effects of bacterial lysis, we cultured the BCG strains expressing MmpE-Flag in Middlebrook 7H9 broth with 0.5% glycerol, 0.02% Tyloxapol, and 50 µg/mL kanamycin at 37 °C with gentle agitation (80 rpm) until an OD<sub>600</sub> of approximately 0.6 (Zhang et al., Nat Commun, 2022). Subsequently, we assessed the secretion of MmpE-Flag in the culture supernatant, using Ag85B as a positive control and GlpX as a negative control (New Figure S1C). The results showed that GlpX was not detected in the supernatant, while MmpE and Ag85B were detected, indicating that MmpE is indeed a secreted protein in BCG.

      Demonstration that the protein localises to the host cell nucleus upon infection: Perform an infection followed by immunofluorescence to demonstrate that the endogenous protein of BCG can translocate to the host cell nucleus. This should be done for an NLS1-2 mutant expressing cell also.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We agree that this experiment would be helpful to further verify the ability of MmpE for nuclear import. However, MmpE specific antibody is not available for us for immunofluorescence experiment. Alternatively, we performed nuclear-cytoplasmic fractionation for the THP-1 cells infected with the M. bovis BCG strains expressing FLAG-tagged wild-type MmpE, as well as NLS deletion mutants (MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1</sup>, MmpE<sup>ΔNLS2</sup>, and MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1-2</sup>). The WT MmpE is detectable in both cytoplasmic and nuclear compartments, while MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1</sup>, MmpE<sup>ΔNLS2</sup> or MmpE<sup>ΔNLS1-2</sup> were almost undetectable in nuclear fractions (New Figure S1D), suggesting that both NLS motifs are necessary for nuclear import.

      (2) In the RNA-seq analysis, the directionality of change of each of the reported pathways is not apparent in the way the data have been presented. For example, are genes in the cytokine-cytokine receptor interaction or TNF signalling pathway expressed more, or less in the ∆mmpE strain?

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The KEGG pathway enrichment diagrams in our RNA-seq analysis primarily reflect the statistical significance of pathway enrichment based on differentially expressed genes, but do not indicate the directionality of genes expression changes. To address this concern, we conducted qRT-PCR on genes associated with the cytokine-cytokine receptor interaction pathway, specifically IL23A, CSF2, and IL12B. The results showed that, compared to the WT strain, infection with the ΔMmpE strain resulted in significantly increased expression levels of these genes in THP-1 cells (Figure 4F, Figure S4B), consistent with the RNA-seq data. Furthermore, we have submitted the complete RNA-seq dataset to the NCBI GEO repository [GSE312039], which includes normalized expression values and differential expression results for all detected genes.

      (3) Several of these pathways are affected as a result of infection, while others are not induced by BCG infection. For example, BCG infection does not, on its own, produce changes in IL1β levels. As the author s did not compare the uninfected macrophages as a control, it is difficult to interpret whether ∆mmpE induced higher expression than the WT strain, or simply did not induce a gene while the WT strain suppressed expression of a gene. This is particularly important because the strain is attenuated. Does the attenuation have anything to do with the ability of the protein to induce lysosomal pathway genes? Does induction of this pathway lead to attenuation of the strain? Similarly, for pathways that seem to be downregulated in the ∆mmpE strain compared to the WT strain, these might have been induced upon infection with the WT strain but not sufficiently by the ∆mmpE strain due to its attenuation/ lower bacterial burden.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. Previous studies have shown that wild-type BCG induces relatively low levels of IL-1β, while retaining partial capacity to activate the inflammasome (Qu et al., Sci Adv, 2020). Our data (Figures 3G) show that infection with the ΔMmpE strain results in enhanced IL-1β expression, consistent with findings by Master et al. (Cell Host Microbe, 2008), in which deletion of zmp1 in BCG or M. tuberculosis led to increased IL-1β levels due to reduced inhibition of inflammasome activation.

      In the revised manuscript, we have provided additional qRT-PCR data using uninfected macrophages as a baseline control. These results demonstrate that the WT strain suppresses lysosome-associated gene expression, whereas the ΔMmpE strain upregulates these genes, indicating that MmpE inhibits lysosome-related genes expression (Figure 4G). Furthermore, bacterial burden analysis revealed that ∆mmpE exhibited ~3-fold lower intracellular survival than the WT strain in THP-1 cells. However, when lysosomal maturation was inhibited, the difference in bacterial load between the two strains was reduced to ~1-fold (New Figures S6B and C). These findings indicate that MmpE promotes intracellular survival primarily by inhibiting lysosomal maturation, which is consistent with a previous study (Chandra et al., Sci Rep, 2015).

      (4) CHIP-seq should be performed in THP1 macrophages, and not in HEK293T. Overexpression of a nuclear-localised protein in a non-relevant line is likely to lead to several transcriptional changes that do not inform us of the role of the gene as a transcriptional regulator during infection.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We performed ChIP-seq in HEK293T cells based on their high transfection efficiency, robust nuclear protein expression, and well-annotated genome (Lampe et al., Nat Biotechnol, 2024; Marasco et al., Cell, 2022). These characteristics make HEK293T an ideal system for the initial identification of genome-wide chromatin binding profiles by MmpE.

      Further, we performed comprehensive validation of the ChIP-seq findings in THP-1 macrophages. First, CUT&Tag and RNA-seq analyses in THP-1 cells revealed that MmpE modulates genes involved in the PI3K–AKT signaling and lysosomal maturation pathways (Figure 4C; Figure S5A-B). Correspondingly, we found that infection with the ΔMmpE strain led to reduced phosphorylation of AKT (S473), mTOR (S2448), and p70S6K (T389) (New Figure 5E-F), and upregulation of lysosomal genes such as TFEB, LAMP1, and LAMP2 (Figure 4G), compared to infection with the WT strain, and lysosomal maturation in cells infected with the ΔMmpE strain more obviously (New Figure 5G). Additionally, CUT&Tag profiling identified MmpE binding at the promoter region of the VDR gene, which was further validated by EMSA and ChIP-qPCR. Also, qRT-PCR demonstrated that MmpE suppresses VDR transcription, supporting its role as a transcriptional regulator (Figure 6). Collectively, these data confirm the biological relevance and functional significance of the ChIP-seq findings obtained in HEK293T cells.

      (5) I would not expect to see such large inflammatory reactions persisting 56 days post-infection with M. bovis BCG. Is this something peculiar for an intratracheal infection with 1x107 bacilli? For images of animal tissue, the authors should provide images of the entire lung lobe with the zoomed-in image indicated as an inset.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The lung inflammation peaked at days 21–28 and had clearly subsided by day 56 across all groups (New Figure 7B), consistent with the expected resolution of immune responses to an attenuated strain like M. bovis BCG. This temporal pattern is in line with previous studies using intravenous or intratracheal BCG vaccination in mice and macaques, which also demonstrated robust early immune activation followed by resolution over time (Smith et al., Nat Microbiol, 2025; Darrah et al., Nature, 2020).

      In this study, the infectious dose (1×10<sup>7</sup> CFU intratracheal) was selected based on previous studies in which intratracheal delivery of 1×10<sup>7</sup> CFU produced consistent and measurable lung immune responses and pathology without causing overt illness or mortality (Xu et al., Sci Rep, 2017; Niroula et al., Sci Rep, 2025). We have provided whole-lung lobe images with zoomed-in insets in the source dataset.

      (6) For the qRT-PCR based validation, infections should be performed with the MmpE-complemented strain in the same experiments as those for the WT and ∆mmpE strain so that they can be on the same graph, in the main manuscript file. Supplementary Figure 4 has three complementary strains. Again, the absence of the uninfected, WT, and ∆mmpE infected condition makes interpretation of these data very difficult.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. As suggested, we have conducted the qRT-PCR experiment including the uninfected, WT, ∆mmpE, Comp-MmpE, and the three complementary strains infecting THP-1 cells (Figure 4F and G; New Figure S4B–D).

      (7) The abstract mentions that MmpE represses the PI3K-Akt-mTOR pathway, which arrests phagosome maturation. There is not enough data in this manuscript in support of this claim. Supplementary Figure 5 does provide qRT-PCR validation of genes of this pathway, but the data do not indicate that higher expression of these pathways, whether by VDR repression or otherwise, is driving the growth restriction of the ∆mmpE strain.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. In the updated manuscript, we have provided more evidence. First, the RNA-seq analysis indicated that MmpE affects the PI3K-AKT signaling pathway (Figure 4C). Second, CUT&Tag analysis suggested that MmpE binds to the promoter regions of key pathway components, including PRKCBPLCG2, and PIK3CB (Figure S5A). Third, confocal microscopy showed that ΔMmpE strain promotes significantly increased lysosomal maturation compared to the WT, a process downstream of the PI3K-AKT-mTOR axis (New Figure 5G).

      Further, we measured protein phosphorylation for validating activation of the pathway (Zhang et al., Stem Cell Reports, 2017). Our results showed that cells infected with WT strains exhibited significantly higher phosphorylation of Akt, mTOR, and p70S6K compared to those infected with ΔMmpE strains (New Figures 5E and F). Moreover, the dual PI3K/mTOR inhibitor BEZ235 abolished the survival advantage of WT strains over ΔMmpE mutants in THP-1 macrophages (New Figure S6B and C). Collectively, these results support that MmpE activates the PI3K–Akt–mTOR signaling pathway to enhance bacterial survival within the host.

      (8) The relevance of the NLS and the phosphatase activity is not completely clear in the CFU assays and in the gene expression data. Firstly, there needs to be immunoblot data provided for the expression and secretion of the NLS-deficient and phosphatase mutants. Secondly, CFU data in Figure 3A, C, and E must consistently include both the WT and ∆mmpE strain.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. We have now added immunoblot analysis for expression and secretion of MmpE mutants. The result show that NLS-deficient and phosphatase mutants can detected in supernatant (New Figure S1C). Additionally, we have revised Figures 3A, 3C, and 3E to consistently include both the WT and ΔMmpE strains in the CFU assays (Figures 3A, 3C, and 3E).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors should attempt to address the following comments:

      (1) Please perform densitometric analysis for the western blot shown in Figure 1E.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the suggestion. In the updated manuscript, we have performed densitometric analysis of the western blot shown in New Figure 1F and G.

      (2) Is it possible to measure the protein levels for MmpE in lysates prepared from infected macrophages.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. In the revised manuscript, we performed immunoblot analysis to measure MmpE levels in lysates from infected macrophages. The results demonstrated that wild-type MmpE was present in both the cytoplasmic and nuclear fractions during infection in THP-1 cells (New Figure S1D).

      (3) The authors should perform circular dichroism studies to compare the secondary structure of wild type and mutant proteins (in particular MmpEHis348 and MmpEAsn359.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that circular dichroism spectroscopy could provide useful information in comparison of the differences on the secondary structures. However, due to the technical limitations, we instead compared the structures of wild-type MmpE and the His348 and Asn359 mutant proteins predicted by AlphaFold. These structural models showed almost no differences in secondary structures between the wild-type and mutants (Figure S1B).

      (4) The authors should perform more experiments to determine the binding motif for MmpE in the promoter region of VDR.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the current study, we have identified the MmpE-binding motif within the promoter region of VDR using CUT&Tag sequencing. This prediction was further validated by ChIP-qPCR and EMSA (Figure 6). These complementary approaches collectively support the identification of a specific MmpE-binding motif and demonstrate its functional relevance. Such approach was acceptable in many publications (Wen et al., Commun Biol, 2020; Li et al., Nat Commun, 2022).

      (5) Were the transcript levels of VDR also measured in the lung tissues of infected animals?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have performed qRT-PCR to assess VDR transcript levels in the lung tissues of infected mice (New Figure S8B).

      (6) How does MmpE regulate the expression of lysosome-associated genes?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. Our experiments suggested that MmpE suppresses lysosomal maturation probably by activating the host PI3K–AKT–mTOR signaling pathway (New Figure 5E–I). This pathway is well established as a negative regulator of lysosome biogenesis and function (Yang et al., Signal Transduct Target Ther, 2020; Cui et al., Nature, 2023; Cui et al., Nature, 2025). During infection, THP-1 cells infected with the WT showed increased phosphorylation of Akt, mTOR, and p70S6K compared to those infected with ΔMmpE (New Figure S5C, New Figure 5E and F), and concurrently downregulated key lysosomal maturation markers, including TFEB, LAMP1, LAMP2, and multiple V-ATPase subunits (Figure 4G). Given that PI3K–AKT–mTOR signaling suppresses TFEB activity and lysosomal gene transcription (Palmieri et al., Nat Commun, 2017), we propose that MmpE modulates lysosome-associated gene expression and lysosomal function probably by PI3K–AKT–mTOR signaling pathway.

      (7) Mice experiment:

      (a) The methods section states that mice were infected intranasally, but the legend for Figure 6 states intratracheally. Kindly check?

      (b) Supplementary Figure 7 - this is not clear. The legend says bacterial loads in spleens (CFU/g) instead of DNA expression, as shown in the figure.

      (c) The data in Figure 6 and Figure S7 seem to be derived from the same experiment, but the number of animals is different. In Figure 6, it is n = 6, and in Figure S7, it is n=3.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments.

      (a) The infection was performed intranasally, and the figure legend for New Figure 7 has now been corrected.

      (b) We adopted quantitative PCR method to measure bacterial DNA levels in the spleens of infected mice. We have now revised the legend.

      (c) We have conducted new experiments where each experiment now includes six mice. The results are showed in Figure 7B and C, as well as in the new Figure S8.

      (8) The authors should show individual values for various replicates in bar graphs (for all figures).

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have now updated all relevant bar graphs to include individual data points for each biological replicate.

      (9) The authors should validate the relative levels of a few DEGs shown in Figure 3F, Figure 3G, and Figure S4C, in the lung tissues of mice infected with wild-type, mutant, and complemented strains.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have performed qRT-PCR to validate the expression levels of selected DEGs, including inflammation-related and lysosome-associated genes, in lung tissues from mice infected with wild-type, mutant, and complemented strains (New Figure S8C-H).

      (10) Did the authors perform an animal experiment using a mutant strain complemented with the phosphatase-deficient MmpE (Comp-MmpE-H348AN359H)?

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment. We agree that an additional animal experiment would be useful to assess the effects of the phosphatase. However, our study mainly focused on interpreting the function of the nuclear localization of MmpE during BCG infection. Additionally, we have assessed the role of the phosphatase of MmpE during infection with cell model (Figure 3E).

      Minor comment:

      The mutant strain should be verified by either Southern blot or whole genome sequencing.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We verified deletion of mmpE gene by PCR method (Figure S3A-D) which was acceptable in many publications (Zhang et al., PLoS Pathog, 2020; Zhang et al., Nat Commun, 2022).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 195: cytokine.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments. We have now corrected it.

      (2) Line 225: rewording required.

      Corrected.

      (3) Figure 4A. "No difference" instead of "No different".

      Corrected.

      (4) "KommpE" should be replaced with "∆mmpE strain" (∆=delta symbol).

      Corrected.

      (5) Supplementary Figure 7. The figure legend states CFU assays, but the y-axis and the graph seem to depict IS1081 quantification.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. The figure is based on IS1081 quantification using qRT-PCR, not CFU assays. We have now revised the legend for New Figure S8A.

      References

      Chandra P, Ghanwat S, Matta SK, Yadav SS, Mehta M, Siddiqui Z, Singh A, Kumar D (2015) Mycobacterium tuberculosis Inhibits RAB7 Recruitment to Selectively Modulate Autophagy Flux in Macrophages Sci Rep 5:16320.

      Darrah PA, Zeppa JJ, Maiello P, Hackney JA, Wadsworth MH 2nd, Hughes TK, Pokkali S, Swanson PA 2nd, Grant NL, Rodgers MA, Kamath M, Causgrove CM, Laddy DJ, Bonavia A, Casimiro D, Lin PL, Klein E, White AG, Scanga CA, Shalek AK, Roederer M, Flynn JL, Seder RA (2020) Prevention of tuberculosis in macaques after intravenous BCG immunization Nature 577:95-102. 

      Forrellad MA, Blanco FC, Marrero Diaz de Villegas R, Vázquez CL, Yaneff A, García EA, Gutierrez MG, Durán R, Villarino A, Bigi F (2020) Rv2577 of Mycobacterium tuberculosis Is a virulence factor with dual phosphatase and phosphodiesterase functions Front Microbiol 11:570794.

      Innokentev A, Sanchez AM, Monetti M, Schwer B, Shuman S (2025) Efn1 and Efn2 are extracellular 5'-nucleotidases induced during the fission yeast response to phosphate starvation mBio 16: e0299224.

      Keppetipola N, Shuman S (2008) A phosphate-binding histidine of binuclear metallophosphodiesterase enzymes is a determinant of 2',3'-cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase activity J Biol Chem 283:30942-9.

      Lampe GD, King RT, Halpin-Healy TS, Klompe SE, Hogan MI, Vo PLH, Tang S, Chavez A, Sternberg SH (2024) Targeted DNA integration in human cells without double-strand breaks using CRISPR-associated transposases Nat Biotechnol 42:87-98.

      Li Z, Sheerin DJ, von Roepenack-Lahaye E, Stahl M, Hiltbrunner A (2022) The phytochrome interacting proteins ERF55 and ERF58 repress light-induced seed germination in Arabidopsis thaliana Nat Commun 13:1656.

      Marasco LE, Dujardin G, Sousa-Luís R, Liu YH, Stigliano JN, Nomakuchi T, Proudfoot NJ, Krainer AR, Kornblihtt AR (2022) Counteracting chromatin effects of a splicing-correcting antisense oligonucleotide improves its therapeutic efficacy in spinal muscular atrophy Cell 185:2057-2070.e15.

      Martins WK, Santos NF, Rocha CS, Bacellar IOL, Tsubone TM, Viotto AC, Matsukuma AY, Abrantes ABP, Siani P, Dias LG, Baptista MS (2019) Parallel damage in mitochondria and lysosomes is an efficient way to photoinduce cell death Autophagy 15:259-279.

      Master SS, Rampini SK, Davis AS, Keller C, Ehlers S, Springer B, Timmins GS, Sander P, Deretic V (2008) Mycobacterium tuberculosis prevents inflammasome activation Cell Host Microbe 3:224-32.

      Matange N, Podobnik M, Visweswariah SS (2015) Metallophosphoesterases: structural fidelity with functional promiscuity Biochem J 467:201-16.

      Niroula N, Ghodasara P, Marreros N, Fuller B, Sanderson H, Zriba S, Walker S, Shury TK, Chen JM (2025) Orally administered live BCG and heat-inactivated Mycobacterium bovis protect bison against experimental bovine tuberculosis Sci Rep 15:3764.

      Palmieri M, Pal R, Nelvagal HR, Lotfi P, Stinnett GR, Seymour ML, Chaudhury A, Bajaj L, Bondar VV, Bremner L, Saleem U, Tse DY, Sanagasetti D, Wu SM, Neilson JR, Pereira FA, Pautler RG, Rodney GG, Cooper JD, Sardiello M (2017) mTORC1-independent TFEB activation via Akt inhibition promotes cellular clearance in neurodegenerative storage diseases Nat Commun 8:14338.

      Péan CB, Schiebler M, Tan SW, Sharrock JA, Kierdorf K, Brown KP, Maserumule MC, Menezes S, Pilátová M, Bronda K, Guermonprez P, Stramer BM, Andres Floto R, Dionne MS (2017) Regulation of phagocyte triglyceride by a STAT-ATG2 pathway controls mycobacterial infection Nat Commun 8:14642.

      Qu Z, Zhou J, Zhou Y, Xie Y, Jiang Y, Wu J, Luo Z, Liu G, Yin L, Zhang XL (2020) Mycobacterial EST12 activates a RACK1-NLRP3-gasdermin D pyroptosis-IL-1β immune pathway Sci Adv 6: eaba4733.

      Shenoy AR, Capuder M, Draskovic P, Lamba D, Visweswariah SS, Podobnik M (2007) Structural and biochemical analysis of the Rv0805 cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase from Mycobacterium tuberculosis J Mol Biol 365:211-25.

      Smith AA, Su H, Wallach J, Liu Y, Maiello P, Borish HJ, Winchell C, Simonson AW, Lin PL, Rodgers M, Fillmore D, Sakal J, Lin K, Vinette V, Schnappinger D, Ehrt S, Flynn JL (2025) A BCG kill switch strain protects against Mycobacterium tuberculosis in mice and non-human primates with improved safety and immunogenicity Nat Microbiol 10:468-481.

      Wang J, Ge P, Qiang L, Tian F, Zhao D, Chai Q, Zhu M, Zhou R, Meng G, Iwakura Y, Gao GF, Liu CH (2017) The mycobacterial phosphatase PtpA regulates the expression of host genes and promotes cell proliferation Nat Commun 8:244.

      Wang J, Li BX, Ge PP, Li J, Wang Q, Gao GF, Qiu XB, Liu CH (2015) Mycobacterium tuberculosis suppresses innate immunity by coopting the host ubiquitin system Nat Immunol 16:237–245

      Wen X, Wang J, Zhang D, Ding Y, Ji X, Tan Z, Wang Y (2020) Reverse Chromatin Immunoprecipitation (R-ChIP) enables investigation of the upstream regulators of plant genes Commun Biol 3:770.

      Xu X, Lu X, Dong X, Luo Y, Wang Q, Liu X, Fu J, Zhang Y, Zhu B, Ma X (2017) Effects of hMASP-2 on the formation of BCG infection-induced granuloma in the lungs of BALB/c mice Sci Rep 7:2300.

      Zhang L, Hendrickson RC, Meikle V, Lefkowitz EJ, Ioerger TR, Niederweis M. (2020) Comprehensive analysis of iron utilization by Mycobacterium tuberculosis PLoS Pathog 16: e1008337.

      Zhang L, Kent JE, Whitaker M, Young DC, Herrmann D, Aleshin AE, Ko YH, Cingolani G, Saad JS, Moody DB, Marassi FM, Ehrt S, Niederweis M (2022) A periplasmic cinched protein is required for siderophore secretion and virulence of Mycobacterium tuberculosis Nat Commun 13:2255.

      Zhang X, He X, Li Q, Kong X, Ou Z, Zhang L, Gong Z, Long D, Li J, Zhang M, Ji W, Zhang W, Xu L, Xuan A (2017) PI3K/AKT/mTOR Signaling Mediates Valproic Acid-Induced Neuronal Differentiation of Neural Stem Cells through Epigenetic Modifications Stem Cell Reports 8:1256-1269.

    1. L’Enseignement Explicite des Comportements : Synthèse et Stratégies de Mise en Œuvre

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'enseignement explicite des comportements est une approche pédagogique structurée visant à transformer les attentes comportementales, souvent implicites, en objets d'apprentissage formels.

      Fondée sur les travaux de chercheurs tels que Steve Bissonnette, Clermont Gautier et Mire Castonget, cette méthode repose sur l'idée que les comportements pro-sociaux doivent être enseignés avec la même rigueur que les matières académiques.

      Le processus suit quatre étapes clés : la présentation des attentes, la modélisation (ou verbalisation de la pensée), la pratique guidée et la pratique autonome.

      La mise en œuvre réussie nécessite une adhésion massive des équipes éducatives (au moins 80 %) et une traduction des valeurs de l'établissement en comportements observables et positifs.

      Les recherches menées en Belgique, au Canada et aux États-Unis démontrent des résultats probants, notamment une réduction significative des incidents disciplinaires (jusqu'à 50 %) et une amélioration globale du climat scolaire.

      Fondements et Définition de l'Enseignement Explicite

      L'enseignement explicite est initialement défini comme une méthode permettant aux élèves de s'approprier les processus mentaux nécessaires aux apprentissages. Lorsqu'elle est appliquée aux comportements, elle rompt avec l'idée que les règles de vie sont des évidences acquises.

      Les quatre étapes de la démarche pédagogique

      Le passage d'un comportement inapproprié à un comportement positif s'articule autour d'un cycle précis :

      1. Présentation des attendus : L'enseignant définit clairement la tâche et réactive les prérequis. Il explique le "pourquoi" de la règle (ex: se lever quand un adulte entre pour montrer du respect et écouter).

      2. Modélisation (Le "haut-parleur sur la pensée") : L'enseignant verbalise sa propre réflexion en réalisant la tâche ou en expliquant le comportement. Il rend visible le raisonnement derrière l'action.

      3. Pratique guidée : Les élèves réalisent la tâche sous la supervision de l'enseignant ou de leurs pairs, bénéficiant d'un étayage constant.

      4. Pratique autonome : L'élève répète le comportement de manière indépendante pour consolider les connaissances et tendre vers l'automatisation.

      Protocole de Mise en Œuvre dans l'Établissement

      Le déploiement de cette pratique ne peut être individuel ; il doit s'inscrire dans un projet d'établissement global et cohérent, du jardin d'enfants au lycée.

      Conditions de succès et étapes initiales

      Adhésion de l'équipe : Un seuil minimal de 80 % du personnel doit soutenir le projet pour garantir sa cohérence et son efficacité.

      Identification des valeurs : Les équipes doivent s'accorder sur trois valeurs fondamentales à développer (ex: autonomie, respect, bienveillance, esprit critique).

      Définition des moments de vie : Identifier les contextes où ces valeurs s'appliquent (travaux de groupe, récréation, couloirs, cantine).

      Traduction en comportements observables

      Les valeurs abstraites sont converties en "observables" formulés de manière affirmative. L'objectif est de dire à l'élève ce qu'il doit faire plutôt que ce qui est interdit.

      | Lieu | Valeur : Respect / Autonomie | Comportement Observable (Exemple) | | --- | --- | --- | | Classe | Engagement | "Je sors mon matériel et je présente mes devoirs." | | Couloirs | Sécurité | "Je marche à droite, je regarde devant moi et je parle bas." | | Cantine | Politesse | "Je dis bonjour au personnel de service." |

      Gestion des Écarts de Conduite

      Le système prévoit une réponse structurée aux comportements inappropriés, distinguant la gravité et la récurrence des faits.

      Écarts mineurs : Comportements ne perturbant pas l'ensemble de la classe. Ils sont gérés directement par l'enseignant via un rappel au comportement positif attendu.

      Écarts majeurs : Comportements répétés ou perturbant gravement le fonctionnement collectif. Ces écarts sont pris en charge par la direction de l'établissement.

      Soutien et Valorisation du Comportement Positif

      L'enseignement explicite s'appuie sur le "soutien au comportement positif". Il ne s'agit pas seulement de corriger, mais de célébrer les réussites :

      Feedback qualitatif : Fournir un retour précis sur la posture de l'élève (ex: "Bravo d'avoir levé la main comme convenu, je te donne la parole").

      Supports visuels : Utilisation d'affiches co-conçues avec les élèves dans tous les lieux de vie pour rappeler les attendus.

      Transitions facilitées : L'alignement des attentes entre les cycles (maternelle, élémentaire, collège, lycée) renforce la confiance des élèves envers les adultes et les institutions.

      Analyse des Impacts et Résultats Scientifiques

      L'efficacité de cette approche est documentée par plusieurs études internationales qui soulignent une amélioration notable du climat scolaire et de la réussite éducative.

      | Source de l'étude | Localisation | Résultats observés | | --- | --- | --- | | Caroline Deltour | Belgique | Réduction des problèmes de gestion de classe et augmentation du taux de présence. | | Étude 2004 | États-Unis | Réduction de 50 % des incidents disciplinaires après un an de mise en œuvre. | | Recherche nationale | Canada | Diminution de 39 % des écarts de conduite majeurs. |

      Conclusion

      L'enseignement explicite des comportements offre un cadre rigoureux qui transforme la gestion de classe.

      En explicitant les règles de vie et en les enseignant comme des compétences à part entière, les établissements scolaires créent un environnement sécurisant et propice aux apprentissages, tout en fédérant les équipes pédagogiques autour d'objectifs communs et mesurables.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Metabolic dysfunction associated liver disease (MASLD) describes a spectrum of progressive liver pathologies linked to life style-associated metabolic alterations (such as increased body weight and elevated blood sugar levels), reaching from steatosis over steatohepatitis to fibrosis and finally end stage complications, such as liver failure and hepatocellular carcinoma. Treatment options for MASLD include diet adjustments, weight loss, and the receptor-β (THR-β) agonist resmetirom, but remain limited at this stage, motivating further studies to elucidate molecular disease mechanisms to identify novel therapeutic targets.

      In their present study, the authors aim to identify early molecular changes in MASLD linked to obesity. To this end, they study a cohort of 109 obese individuals with no or early-stage MASLD combining measurements from two anatomic sides: 1. bulk RNA-sequencing and metabolomics of liver biopsies, and 2. metabolomics from patient blood. Their major finding is that GTPase-related genes are transcriptionally altered in livers of individuals with steatosis with fibrosis compared to steatosis without fibrosis.

      Major comments:

      (1) Confounders (such as (pre-)diabetes)

      The patient table shows significant differences in non-MASLD vs. MASLD individuals, with the latter suffering more often from diabetes or hypertriglyceridemia. Rather than just stating corrections, subgroup analyses should be performed (accompanied with designated statistical power analyses) to infer the degree to which these conditions contribute to the observations. I.e., major findings stating MASLD-associated changes should hold true in the subgroup of MASLD patients without diabetes/of female sex and so forth (testing for each of the significant differences between groups).

      Post-rebuttal update: The authors have performed the requested sub-group analysis and find the gene signatures hold for the non-diabetic sub-cohort, but not the diabetic subgroup. They denote a likely interaction between fibrosis and diabetes, that was not corrected for in the original analysis.

      Post-post-rebuttal update: I thank the authors for having added Figure 5-figure supplement 2 to show this analysis.

      (2) External validation

      Additionally, to back up the major GTPase signature findings, it would be desirable to analyze an external dataset of (pre)diabetes patients (other biased groups) for alternations in these genes. It would be important to know if this signature also shows in non-MASLD diabetic patients vs. healthy patients or is a feature specific to MASLD. Also, could the matched metabolic data be used to validate metabolite alterations that would be expected under GTPase-associated protein dysregulation?

      Post-rebuttal update: The authors confirm that with the present data, insulin resistance cannot be fully ruled out as a confounder to the GTP-ase related gene signature. They however plan future mouse model experiments to study whether the GTPase-fibrosis signature differs in diabetic vs. non-diabetic conditions.

      (3) 3D liver spheroid MASH model, Fig. 6D/E

      This 3D experiment is technically not an external validation of GTPase-related genes being involved in MASLD, since patient-derived cells may only retain changes that have happened in vivo. To demonstrate that the GTPase expression signature is specifically invoked by fibrosis the LX-2 set up is more convincing, however, the up-regulation of the GTPase-related genes upon fibrosis induction with TGF-beta, in concordance with the patient data, needs to be shown first (qPCR or RNA-seq). Additionally, the description of the 3D model is too uncritical. The maintenance of functional PHHs is a major challenge (PMID: 38750036, PMID: 21953633, PMID: 40240606, PMID: 31023926). It cannot be ruled out that their findings are largely attributable to either 1) the (other present) mesenchymal cells (i.e., mesenchyme-derived cells, such as for example hepatic stellate cells, not to be confused with mesenchymal stem cells, MSCs), or 2) related to potential changes in PHHs in culture, and these limitations need to be stated.

      Post-rebuttal update: To address the concern of other cells than hepatocytes contributing to the observed effects in culture, the authors performed TGF-beta treatment in independent mono-cultures (Figure R4): LX-2 and hepatocytes, and the spheroid system. Surprisingly, important genes highlighted in Figure 6E for the spheroid system (RAB6A, ARL4A, RAB27B, DIRAS2) are all absent from this qPCR(?) validation experiment. The authors evaluate instead RAC1, RHOU, VAV1, DOCK2, RAB32. ­In spheroids, RHOU and RAB32 are down-regulated with TGF-B. In hepatocytes DOCK2 and RAC seemed up-regulated. They find no difference in these genes in LX-2 cells. Surprisingly, ACTA2 expression values are missing for LX-2 cells. Together, it is hard to judge which individual cell type recapitulates the changes observed in patients in this validation experiment, as the major genes called out in Figure 6E are not analyzed.

      Post-post-rebuttal update: I thank the authors for having added Figure 6-figure supplement 5 to show qPCR results for this question.

      Unfortunately, the 3D liver spheroid model used (as presente­d in PMID39605182) lacks important functional validation tests of maintained hepatocyte identity in culture (at the very least Albumin expression and secretion plus CYP3A4 assay). This functional data (acquired at the time point in culture when the RNA expression analysis in 6E was performed) is indispensable prior to stating that mature hepatocytes cause the observed effects.

      Post-post-rebuttal update: I thank the authors for having added more references, I still think a quick functional validation of the system (at the time point in culture when the RNA expression analysis in 6E was performed) would be beneficial.

      (4) Novelty / references

      Similar studies that also combined liver and blood lipidomics/metabolomics in obese individuals with and without MASLD (e.g. PMID 39731853, 39653777) should be cited. Additionally, it would benefit the quality of the discussion to state how findings in this study add new insights over previous studies, if their findings/insights differ, and if so, why.

      Post-rebuttal update: The authors have included the studies into their discussion.

      Overall post-post-rebuttal update: I thank the authors for having added more data, important discussion points, and references, and have no further requests.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Thank you for the authors' responses to my concerns. I do not have any further comments.

      We thank this reviewer for the positive and constructive evaluation of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      I have no further comment about this amended version, aside from suggesting to add (if known) the time at which biopsies were collected. Time-of-day is an important yet often overlooked parameter of gene expression variation, and along the same line, the imposed fasting to bariatric surgery patients is also a matter of variation of gene expression and of metabolite abundance. It is hoped that future investigations will more precisely characterize the role of the newly identified targets in MASLD.

      We agree with this and are fully aware that metabolism in the liver is controlled by circadian rhythm and therefore the time-of-day is an important parameter when liver samples are collected. All liver samples were collected between 8am and 1pm, and this information has been added to the Methods section. We are already working on the characterization of the newly identified targets. Thank you for the positive and constructive evaluation of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      (1) Confounders (such as (pre-)diabetes)

      The patient table shows significant differences in non-MASLD vs. MASLD individuals, with the latter suffering more often from diabetes or hypertriglyceridemia. Rather than just stating corrections, subgroup analyses should be performed (accompanied with designated statistical power analyses) to infer the degree to which these conditions contribute to the observations. I.e., major findings stating MASLD-associated changes should hold true in the subgroup of MASLD patients without diabetes/of female sex and so forth (testing for each of the significant differences between groups).

      Post-rebuttal update: The authors have performed the requested sub-group analysis and find the gene signatures hold for the non-diabetic sub-cohort, but not the diabetic subgroup. They denote a likely interaction between fibrosis and diabetes, that was not corrected for in the original analysis.

      (2) External validation

      Additionally, to back up the major GTPase signature findings, it would be desirable to analyze an external dataset of (pre)diabetes patients (other biased groups) for alternations in these genes. It would be important to know if this signature also shows in non-MASLD diabetic patients vs. healthy patients or is a feature specific to MASLD. Also, could the matched metabolic data be used to validate metabolite alterations that would be expected under GTPase-associated protein dysregulation?

      Post-rebuttal update: The authors confirm that with the present data, insulin resistance cannot be fully ruled out as a confounder to the GTPase related gene signature. They however plan future mouse model experiments to study whether the GTPase-fibrosis signature differs in diabetic vs. non-diabetic conditions.

      (3) 3D liver spheroid MASH model, Fig. 6D/E

      This 3D experiment is technically not an external validation of GTPase-related genes being involved in MASLD, since patient-derived cells may only retain changes that have happened in vivo. To demonstrate that the GTPase expression signature is specifically invoked by fibrosis the LX-2 set up is more convincing, however, the up-regulation of the GTPase-related genes upon fibrosis induction with TGF-beta, in concordance with the patient data, needs to be shown first (qPCR or RNA-seq). Additionally, the description of the 3D model is too uncritical. The maintenance of functional PHHs is a major challenge (PMID: 38750036, PMID: 21953633, PMID: 40240606, PMID: 31023926). It cannot be ruled out that their findings are largely attributable to either 1) the (other present) mesenchymal cells (i.e., mesenchyme-derived cells, such as for example hepatic stellate cells, not to be confused with mesenchymal stem cells, MSCs), or 2) related to potential changes in PHHs in culture, and these limitations need to be stated.

      Post-rebuttal update: To address the concern of other cells than hepatocytes contributing to the observed effects in culture, the authors performed TGF-beta treatment in independent mono-cultures (Figure R4): LX-2 and hepatocytes, and the spheroid system. Surprisingly, important genes highlighted in Figure 6E for the spheroid system (RAB6A, ARL4A, RAB27B, DIRAS2) are all absent from this qPCR(?) validation experiment. The authors evaluate instead RAC1, RHOU, VAV1, DOCK2, RAB32. -In spheroids, RHOU and RAB32 are down-regulated with TGF-B. In hepatocytes DOCK2 and RAC seemed up-regulated. They find no difference in these genes in LX-2 cells. Surprisingly, ACTA2 expression values are missing for LX-2 cells. Together, it is hard to judge which individual cell type recapitulates the changes observed in patients in this validation experiment, as the major genes called out in Figure 6E are not analyzed.

      All biological experiments show variations and especially when analyzing various cell types (lines), we are not completely surprised that not all results are completely aligned. In other words, some of the GTPases will be upregulated in hepatocytes, while other may be upregulated in hepatic stellate cells due to the complex signaling arrangement in each cell. To address this reviewer’s concerns, we have done qPCR for RAB6A, ARL4A, RAB27B, DIRAS2 in LX-2 cells and the results are shown in the revised now Figure 6– figure supplement 5. To align all three graphs displaying the same genes analyzed, we have now depicted the gene expression for the co-culture (hepatocytes, hepatic stellate cells, and Kupffer cells) and mono-culture (hepatocytes only) from RNAseq analysis.

      Unfortunately, the 3D liver spheroid model used (as presente-d in PMID39605182) lacks important functional validation tests of maintained hepatocyte identity in culture (at the very least Albumin expression and secretion plus CYP3A4 assay). This functional data (acquired at the time point in culture when the RNA expression analysis in 6E was performed) is indispensable prior to stating that mature hepatocytes cause the observed effects.

      We agree that the characterization of the liver spheroid model derived from human patient samples is important. The functional characterization has already been published in these papers:

      (1) Bell, C. C. et al. Transcriptional, Functional, and Mechanistic Comparisons of Stem Cell–Derived Hepatocytes, HepaRG Cells, and Three-Dimensional Human Hepatocyte Spheroids as Predictive In Vitro Systems for Drug-Induced Liver Injury. Drug Metab. Dispos. 45, 419–429 (2017).

      (2) Bell, C. C. et al. Characterization of primary human hepatocyte spheroids as a model system for drug-induced liver injury, liver function and disease. Sci. Rep. 6, 25187 (2016). 3.Vorrink, S. U. et al. Endogenous and xenobiotic metabolic stability of primary human hepatocytes in long‐term 3D spheroid cultures revealed by a combination of targeted and untargeted metabolomics. FASEB J. 31, 2696–2708 (2017).

      (4) Messner, S. et al. Transcriptomic, Proteomic, and Functional Long-Term Characterization of Multicellular Three-Dimensional Human Liver Microtissues. Appl. In Vitro Toxicol. 4, 1–12 (2018).

      (5) Bell, C. C. et al. Comparison of Hepatic 2D Sandwich Cultures and 3D Spheroids for Long-term Toxicity Applications: A Multicenter Study. Toxicol. Sci. 162, 655–666 (2018). We have mentioned this now in the manuscript on page 18 to make this point clear.

      (4) Novelty / references

      Similar studies that also combined liver and blood lipidomics/metabolomics in obese individuals with and without MASLD (e.g. PMID 39731853, 39653777) should be cited. Additionally, it would benefit the quality of the discussion to state how findings in this study add new insights over previous studies, if their findings/insights differ, and if so, why.

      Post-rebuttal update: The authors have included the studies into their discussion.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Add the plots showing diabetes/non-diabetes sub-group analysis and power estimates to the Supplementary Figures (rather than just as a Supplementary table)

      We have added this as Figure 5-figure supplement 2 in the revised manuscript (R2).

      (2) Add a short note on the validity of the results limiting to the non-diabetes subgroup to the limitations section

      We have done this in the revised manuscript (R2).

      (3) Add a short note on the missing adjustment for fibrosis/diabetes interactions in the study to the limitations paragraph

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to address the lack of adjustment for potential fibrosis–diabetes interaction. We added a note to the limitations paragraph in the Limitations section. Although diabetes considerably modulates the risk for steatohepatitis, only a small number of participants had diabetes (29 of 109) in our study, undermining statistical power to detect meaningful interaction effects.

      Author response table 1.

      (4) Fig S10/6E: In vitro TGF-b stimulation on spheroids, LX-2 cells, hepatocytes: evaluate expression of RAB6A, ARL4A, RAB27B, DIRAS2 genes from 6E to create consistency between the findings. Confirm ACTA2 up-regulation in LX-2 cells treated with TGF-β as a positive control. Also specify methods for gene expression analysis in spheroids and the cell types in the figure legends (RNA-Seq? qPCR?)

      To address this reviewer’s concerns, we have done qPCR for RAB6A, ARL4A, RAB27B, DIRAS2 in LX-2 cells stimulated with TGF-β and the results are shown in the revised now Figure 6–figure supplement 5. To align all three graphs displaying the same genes analyzed, we have now depicted the gene expression for the co-culture (hepatocytes, hepatic stellate cells, and Kupffer cells) and mono-culture (hepatocytes only) from RNAseq analysis. We have also updated the methods that we used in the figure legend.

      (5) Validate the functionality of hepatocytes in the 3D liver spheroid model used (PMID: 39605182) at the time points of which the experiments have been performed (e.g. Albumin secretion, CYP-assays).

      We agree that the characterization of the liver spheroids from human patients using fully differentiated cells, is important but this has already been done and is published in these papers:

      (1) Bell, C. C. et al. Transcriptional, Functional, and Mechanistic Comparisons of Stem Cell–Derived Hepatocytes, HepaRG Cells, and Three-Dimensional Human Hepatocyte Spheroids as Predictive In Vitro Systems for Drug-Induced Liver Injury. Drug Metab. Dispos. 45, 419–429 (2017).

      (2) Bell, C. C. et al. Characterization of primary human hepatocyte spheroids as a model system for drug-induced liver injury, liver function and disease. Sci. Rep. 6, 25187 (2016). 3.Vorrink, S. U. et al. Endogenous and xenobiotic metabolic stability of primary human hepatocytes in long‐term 3D spheroid cultures revealed by a combination of targeted and untargeted metabolomics. FASEB J. 31, 2696–2708 (2017).

      (4) Messner, S. et al. Transcriptomic, Proteomic, and Functional Long-Term Characterization of Multicellular Three-Dimensional Human Liver Microtissues. Appl. In Vitro Toxicol. 4, 1–12 (2018).

      (5) Bell, C. C. et al. Comparison of Hepatic 2D Sandwich Cultures and 3D Spheroids for Long-term Toxicity Applications: A Multicenter Study. Toxicol. Sci. 162, 655–666 (2018).

      We have mentioned this now in the manuscript on page 18 and also the Limitation section to make this point clear.

      (6) Add a note on limitations of the PHH-spheroid and cell line in vitro models to the limitations section and discuss the need for future experiments to examine the cellular crosstalk and cell types potentially responsible for the proposed GTPase-gene dysregulation.

      We have added this to the limitation section on page 13 this in the revised manuscript (R2).

    1. La Production de l'Ignorance Collective en Éducation : Analyse de la Structuration du Débat Public

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les recherches de Xavier Pons, sociologue de l'action publique, concernant les mécanismes de production de l'ignorance collective dans le champ de l'éducation en France.

      Contrairement à une vision simpliste, l'ignorance n'est pas une simple absence de savoir, mais le résultat d'une construction sociale et culturelle appelée « agnotologie ».

      L'analyse repose sur une étude de quatre ans portant sur trois dossiers majeurs : les enquêtes PISA, l'absentéisme scolaire et la Loi organique relative aux lois de finances (LOLF).

      Elle démontre que le débat public français est structuré par cinq logiques dominantes — émotionnalisation, instrumentalisation, confinement, routinisation et fragmentation — qui empêchent l'émergence d'une discussion sereine et scientifiquement étayée.

      La notion de « configuration de dissibilité » explique que ce qui peut être dit publiquement dépend étroitement des rapports d'interdépendance entre les acteurs.

      En fin de compte, cette ignorance collective freine l'apprentissage institutionnel et maintient une expertise publique concentrée entre les mains d'une élite administrative, au détriment d'un débat démocratique informé.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Le Concept d'Agnotologie et l'Ignorance Collective

      L'étude se fonde sur l'agnotologie, un terme emprunté à l'historien Robert Proctor, défini comme la symétrie de l'épistémologie : c'est l'étude de l'ignorance et des conditions de sa production culturelle.

      Définitions et Mécanismes

      Ignorance Collective : Ensemble des questions qu'un groupe social n'approfondit pas, soit par méconnaissance, soit parce qu'elles sont volontairement minorées.

      Stratégies de production : L'ignorance peut résulter de stratégies délibérées telles que le déni d'agenda (refus d'aborder un problème), la désinformation, le secret d'État ou la création d'un doute scientifique artificiel (stratégie des « marchands de doute »).

      Application à l'éducation : L'analyse cherche à expliquer pourquoi certains sujets éducatifs sont systématiquement occultés ou simplifiés, sans nécessairement invoquer le cynisme pur des acteurs, mais plutôt en étudiant la structuration même du débat public.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse des Trois Dossiers de Politique Éducative

      L'étude compare trois thèmes aux caractéristiques techniques et médiatiques distinctes pour observer l'évolution de la connaissance et de l'ignorance dans l'espace public.

      | Dossier | Nature du sujet | Évolution du débat | | --- | --- | --- | | PISA | Évaluation internationale (OCDE) | Passage d'un débat d'initiés (2001-2004) à une politisation banalisée où l'on parle moins de statistiques que de diagnostics idéologiques anciens. | | Absentéisme | Enjeu social et disciplinaire | Transition d'un simple indicateur de malaise (1997-2001) vers une problématisation centrée sur la sanction des parents et la violence (2001-2012). | | LOLF | Réforme budgétaire technique | Phase d'enthousiasme technique (2003-2005) suivie d'un durcissement et d'un repli sur le débat classique des « moyens » plutôt que de l'efficacité (2008-2012). |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Les Cinq Logiques de Structuration de l'Ignorance

      La production de l'ignorance collective résulte de la combinaison de cinq logiques interdépendantes qui cadrent ce qui est dicible ou non.

      I. L'Émotionnalisation

      Les acteurs s'appuient sur des « sentiments publics » (présupposés normatifs) plutôt que sur des faits.

      Exemple : Le sentiment diffus que les parents manquent d'autorité (80 % des Français le pensent pour les autres parents) cadre les réformes de l'absentéisme vers la sanction.

      Conséquence : Préférence pour la persuasion émotionnelle au détriment de la conviction étayée, menant à des politiques de court terme (ex: proposer un examen d'entrée en 6ème pour rassurer sur le « niveau »).

      II. L'Instrumentalisation Politique

      Les enjeux éducatifs sont utilisés comme marqueurs idéologiques pour des gains partisans (« politics »).

      Exemple : La suspension des allocations familiales pour absentéisme ne concernait que 6 000 familles sur 12 millions d'élèves.

      C'est une mesure mineure mais utilisée comme un puissant levier de distinction politique.

      Conséquence : Le débat se fige sur des oppositions binaires et répétitives.

      III. Le Confinement

      Certaines dimensions d'un problème sont marginalisées pour se concentrer sur une définition étroite et commode.

      Exemple : Focalisation sur la baisse du niveau dans PISA, occultant les questions d'approche par compétences ou de stratégie d'influence internationale de la France.

      Conséquence : Exclusion des visions alternatives du problème.

      IV. La Routinisation

      Les discours deviennent des jeux de rôles prévisibles où chaque acteur intègre les nouveaux faits (comme PISA) pour justifier ses positions préexistantes.

      Exemple : Pour certains, PISA prouve l'échec du collège unique ; pour d'autres, il prouve la nécessité de le renforcer.

      Conséquence : Saturation de l'espace de parole par des positions connues, empêchant tout renouvellement de la pensée.

      V. La Fragmentation

      L'espace public est une mosaïque de fragments (médiatique, politique, académique, institutionnel) qui communiquent mal entre eux.

      Le rôle des médias : La médiatisation tend à réduire les enjeux, dramatiser les faits et privilégier la parole politique sur l'expertise.

      L'obstacle à la circulation : Les conclusions techniques (ex: rôle de l'institution dans l'absentéisme) peinent à passer des sphères académiques vers les sphères politiques et médiatiques.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. La Configuration de « Dissibilité »

      Xavier Pons introduit le concept de configuration de dissibilité (néologisme issu des travaux de Norbert Elias) pour expliquer pourquoi certains discours l'emportent sur d'autres.

      Interdépendance des acteurs : Ce qui est dit dépend de la relation entre les politiques, les médias et les experts.

      Cas de l'absentéisme : La radicalisation de l'offre politique à droite (2004-2007) a rencontré un écho favorable car :

      ◦ L'opinion publique était réceptive (soutien aux sanctions).  

      ◦ Les médias privilégiaient les journalistes politiques (traitant l'annonce gouvernementale) sur les journalistes spécialisés en éducation.  

      ◦ Les chercheurs (experts du sujet) communiquent peu hors de la sphère académique.  

      ◦ Il n'y avait pas de contre-pouvoir professionnel fort (les conseillers principaux d'éducation étant peu structurés politiquement).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Conséquences sur la Politique Éducative

      L'ancrage de l'ignorance collective dans le débat public entraîne trois effets délétères majeurs :

      1. Entrave à l'apprentissage collectif : L'impossibilité de refroidir les débats et de relativiser les problématisations dominantes empêche toute véritable évaluation et évolution de la gouvernance éducative.

      2. Maintien d'une « doxa » : L'illusion de connaissance (« 60 millions d'experts ») fondée sur l'expérience personnelle de scolarité occulte la technicité réelle des enjeux éducatifs.

      3. Faible démocratisation de l'expertise : L'expertise reste concentrée au sein d'une élite administrative (inspecteurs généraux, directeurs centraux) soumise au devoir de réserve.

      Le débat public, pauvre en contenu technique, ne parvient pas à compenser cette rétention de savoir par les hautes sphères de l'État.

    1. De l'Éducation des Parents au Soutien à la Parentalité : Analyse des Politiques Publiques et des Dynamiques Sociales

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise l'intervention de Claude Martin, directeur de recherche émérite au CNRS, consacrée à l'évolution de l'attitude de l'État et des pouvoirs publics à l'égard des parents.

      L'analyse met en lumière le passage historique d'une « éducation des parents » directive à un « soutien à la parentalité » plus diffus, mais tout aussi normatif.

      Les points clés identifiés sont :

      L'Emprise Scolaire : Une pression croissante sur la réussite scolaire transforme les parents en « coaches » et génère une épidémie d'anxiété chez les jeunes (phobie scolaire, retrait social).

      L'Invention de la Parentalité : Un néologisme apparu dans les années 1990 qui déplace l'attention de l'identité du parent (géniteur) vers ses pratiques et sa fonction (parenting).

      La Médicalisation de la Souffrance : Une augmentation alarmante de la consommation de psychotropes chez les mineurs, palliant les carences du système de soin psychiatrique.

      Le Risque du Déterminisme Parental : Une tendance des politiques publiques à rendre les parents individuellement responsables des problèmes sociaux, occultant la « condition parentale » (contexte socio-économique).

      La Diversité des Cultures Parentales : La nécessité de reconnaître que les modèles d'éducation varient selon les classes sociales et les origines culturelles, s'opposant à l'imposition d'un modèle unique de la classe moyenne éduquée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Évolution Historique : De l'Hygiénisme à l'Expertise Psychologique

      L'intervention de l'État dans la sphère familiale n'est pas nouvelle, mais ses objectifs ont évolué au fil des siècles.

      1. Le XIXe siècle et la culture de la puériculture

      Dès le XIXe siècle, les pouvoirs publics se centrent sur le « maternage » pour répondre à des priorités sociales :

      • Lutte contre la mortalité infantile.

      • Protection sanitaire et hygiène des enfants pauvres pour éviter qu'ils ne deviennent des « problèmes sociaux » futurs.

      • Construction d'un cadre juridique sur le statut de l'enfant.

      2. L'entre-deux-guerres et l'idéologie conservatrice

      L'École des Parents, créée dans les années 1930, naît dans un contexte de crise morale.

      Madame Verine, figure de proue de ce mouvement et proche du régime de Vichy, prônait une vision traditionnelle :

      Citation de Madame Verine (1941) : « La femme épouse et mère est faite pour l'homme, pour le foyer, pour l'enfant. [...] L'œuvre d'art de la femme, ses chefs-d'œuvre, doivent être ses enfants. »

      • Cette approche visait à protéger le rôle des parents contre l'intrusion jugée excessive de l'État républicain, notamment sur les questions de sexualité.

      3. L'après-guerre et le marché du conseil

      À partir de 1945, l'influence idéologique recule au profit d'un marché d'experts en psychologie :

      Benjamin Spock (1946) : Valorisation du savoir inné des mères.

      Françoise Dolto et Laurence Pernoud : Médiatisation des conseils éducatifs en France.

      Psychologie positive : Émergence aux États-Unis (Norman Vincent Peale, Martin Seligman) mettant l'accent sur le bien-être et la performance émotionnelle.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. L'Emprise Scolaire et les Nouveaux Symptômes Sociaux

      Claude Martin souligne que l'interaction entre parents, enfants et école est aujourd'hui « polluée » par l'enjeu de la réussite.

      1. La métamorphose des parents en « coaches »

      La massification scolaire a transformé l'école en une « course au rat » ou une « guerre des places ».

      Le diplôme, bien qu'insuffisant pour garantir l'emploi, est devenu une condition nécessaire.

      En conséquence :

      • Les interactions familiales sont colonisées par le suivi scolaire (notes, devoirs, Pronote).

      • L'école exerce une véritable « emprise » sur l'éducation familiale.

      2. L'épidémie d'anxiété et de retrait social

      Cette pression engendre des pathologies nouvelles :

      Phobie scolaire et retrait social anxieux : Phénomènes en forte augmentation, touchant même des élèves issus de milieux favorisés.

      Le phénomène Hikikomori : Importé du Japon, il concerne des centaines de milliers de jeunes se repliant dans leur chambre.

      Consommation de psychotropes : Entre 2014 et 2021, la consommation chez les enfants a bondi de :

      +63 % pour les antidépresseurs.  

      +80 % pour les psychostimulants.  

      +155 % pour les hypnotiques et sédatifs.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Les Politiques de Soutien à la Parentalité : Cadre et Tensions

      Le « soutien à la parentalité » se structure comme politique publique dans les années 1990, sous l'impulsion de conventions internationales (Convention sur les droits des enfants, 1989).

      1. Définition et dispositifs

      Selon Mary Daly (Conseil de l'Europe), ce soutien regroupe l'information, le conseil et la formation visant à aider les parents à assumer leur rôle.

      En France, cela s'est traduit par :

      • La création des REAAP (Réseaux d'écoute, d'accueil et d'accompagnement des parents) en 1998.

      • Le développement de programmes « fondés sur des preuves » (evidence-based), comme le Triple P (Positive Parenting Program), d'origine australienne.

      2. Un champ de lutte idéologique

      Claude Martin identifie plusieurs tensions majeures dans la mise en œuvre de ces politiques :

      Soutien vs Contrôle : Oscillation entre l'accompagnement bienveillant et la volonté de punir les « parents défaillants » (ex: discours post-émeutes de 2023).

      Universalité vs Ciblage : Doit-on aider tous les parents ou seulement ceux jugés « à problèmes » ?

      Prévention de la délinquance : Dérive vers une détection précoce de comportements dits « déviants » dès la maternelle (controverse du rapport Inserm 2005).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Critiques du Déterminisme et du « Neuroparenting »

      L'analyse dénonce un glissement vers un déterminisme qui fait peser une responsabilité démesurée sur les épaules des parents, et particulièrement des mères.

      1. Le mythe des 1000 premiers jours

      Le rapport de la commission Cyrulnik est critiqué pour son approche exclusivement centrée sur la psychiatrie et la neurologie, omettant les sciences sociales.

      Critique de John Bruer : Le concept du « tout se joue avant trois ans » est qualifié de mythe.

      L'usage politique des neurosciences simplifie des données scientifiques complexes pour imposer un « parentage contrôlé ».

      L'injonction au plaisir : On demande désormais aux mères de prendre du plaisir (ex: lors de l'allaitement) pour garantir la bonne connectivité cérébrale de l'enfant, faisant entrer la science « sous la peau » des individus.

      2. Déterminisme social vs Déterminisme parental

      Déterminisme social (Bourdieu) : La réussite dépendait du capital culturel et du diplôme de la mère.

      Déterminisme parental (Furedi) : Aujourd'hui, on considère que le déficit de compétence parentale est la source unique de tous les maux (santé mentale, antisocialité), ignorant le contexte de vie.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Cultures de Parentalité et Inégalités de Classe

      Il n'existe pas de modèle unique et universel de « bonne » parentalité. Les pratiques sont profondément ancrées dans la stratification sociale.

      | Modèle (Annette Lareau) | Caractéristiques | Milieu Social | | --- | --- | --- | | Mise en culture concertée | Investissement intense, contrôle des loisirs, valorisation des talents, capital culturel. | Couches moyennes et supérieures | | Croissance naturelle | Confiance en la pousse naturelle, autonomie de l'enfant dans un cadre prédéfini, moins de contrôle. | Couches populaires |

      Le concept de « Condition Parentale »

      Claude Martin propose de substituer la notion de « parentalité » par celle de condition parentale. Celle-ci inclut :

      • Les ressources économiques et le capital social.

      • Les conditions d'habitat et les horaires de travail.

      • Les trajectoires migratoires et les héritages culturels.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      VI. Conclusions et Recommandations

      Pour améliorer les interactions entre l'école, les parents et les enfants, l'analyse suggère de :

      1. Désindividualiser les problèmes : Cesser de pointer la défaillance individuelle pour reconnaître une responsabilité générationnelle collective.

      2. Baisser la pression scolaire : L'anxiété de performance est contre-productive.

      Il faut privilégier la « découverte du monde » plutôt que de redoubler l'école à la maison.

      3. Favoriser l'immersion : Permettre aux parents de comprendre la réalité concrète du travail enseignant (effectifs, bruit, complexité) et réciproquement.

      4. Reconnaître la pluralité : Éviter d'imposer le modèle des couches moyennes éduquées comme norme universelle, au risque de disqualifier les parents issus d'autres cultures ou classes sociales.

    1. These differences seemed to disappearafter 48 hours.

      Hospital stays usually 2-4 days, so recommendation for additional corticosteroid use after initial injections/orally? Or different medication recommended?

    1. Mutations familiales et évolutions de la parentalité : Un nouveau dispositif social

      Résumé exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les travaux et l'intervention du sociologue Gérard Neyrand concernant les mutations profondes de la sphère privée et l'émergence du concept de « parentalité ».

      Le passage d'un modèle familialiste, centré sur la structure matrimoniale, à un modèle parentaliste, centré sur la relation parent-enfant, constitue la mutation majeure de ces trente dernières années.

      Les points clés à retenir sont :

      Dissociation structurelle : La rupture entre la conjugalité (vivre en couple) et la parentalité (élever des enfants) est le socle des mutations contemporaines.

      Centralité de l'enfant : L'enfant est devenu le pivot qui fonde la famille, remplaçant l'institution du mariage.

      Pluralité des formes : L'émergence de la monoparentalité, de la recomposition familiale, de la résidence alternée et de l'homoparentalité témoigne d'une complexification des « arrangements parentaux ».

      Dispositif de parentalité : La parentalité est devenue un problème public, oscillant entre une logique de soutien aux familles et une volonté de contrôle social des populations jugées précaires ou incompétentes.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. L'évolution conceptuelle de la parentalité

      La notion de parentalité, bien qu'omniprésente aujourd'hui, est le résultat d'une sédimentation de plusieurs approches issues des sciences humaines.

      Les trois piliers de la notion

      | Approche | Focus principal | Concepts clés | | --- | --- | --- | | Anthropologique | Fonctions universelles | Soins, éducation, nomination, accompagnement vers le statut d'adulte. | | Psychanalytique | Lien psychique | Création d'un lien réciproque ; processus de « parentalisation » (on ne naît pas parent, on le devient). | | Sociologique | Statut social et formes | Caractère construit et évolutif des attachements (monoparentalité, barentalité, homoparentalité). |

      Le passage du familialisme au parentalisme

      Historiquement, le mariage désignait les parents de manière institutionnelle avant même la procréation. Aujourd'hui, c'est la naissance de l'enfant qui constitue la famille.

      En France, en 2013, 57 % des enfants naissaient hors mariage, illustrant ce basculement vers une définition de la famille par les pratiques parentales plutôt que par le contrat matrimonial.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. La dissociation entre conjugalité et parentalité

      La mutation majeure réside dans le fait que le lien parental survit de plus en plus souvent à la rupture du lien conjugal. Ce phénomène a deux conséquences fondamentales :

      1. Le caractère évolutif de la parentalité : De nouveaux acteurs peuvent apparaître dans le champ parental (beaux-parents) tandis que d'autres peuvent s'effacer.

      2. Les processus d'affiliation et de désaffiliation : Le lien parental est une construction dynamique. Il peut se renforcer ou s'affaiblir, comme en témoigne le fait qu'un quart à un tiers des pères ne voient plus leurs enfants quelques années après une séparation.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Typologie des nouvelles situations parentales

      Le cadre éducatif se renouvelle à travers une diversité de configurations qui, bien que n'étant pas toutes nouvelles dans les faits, reçoivent désormais une reconnaissance sociale et des dénominations spécifiques.

      La monoparentalité

      Majoritairement féminine (9 cas sur 10), elle est souvent marquée par une précarité qui n'est pas seulement économique, mais aussi sociale et psychologique. L'usage du terme est critiqué pour son effet « pervers » : il tend à effacer symboliquement le parent qui ne vit pas dans le foyer (généralement le père), transformant une famille biparentale en foyer monoparental.

      La recomposition familiale et la beau-parentalité

      Contrairement au passé où le beau-parent remplaçait un parent décédé, il est aujourd'hui un parent « additionnel ».

      Statut juridique : En France, il n'existe toujours pas de statut juridique pour les beaux-parents, ce qui crée des situations de « porte-à-faux » éducatif, notamment face aux adolescents.

      Conflit de loyauté : La reconnaissance d'une place officielle pour le beau-parent permettrait de désamorcer le sentiment de trahison de l'enfant envers son parent d'origine.

      La résidence alternée

      Légitimée en France par la loi du 4 mars 2002, elle concerne environ 20 % des enfants de parents séparés.

      Sa réussite repose sur une condition relationnelle stricte : la capacité des parents à dissocier leur conflit conjugal de leur responsabilité éducative.

      L'homoparentalité

      Elle constitue un « contre-modèle » subversif par rapport à la famille traditionnelle car elle repose sur une double dissociation :

      • Entre le conjugal et le parental.

      • Entre le sexuel et le procréatif (grâce aux progrès médicaux). Les études cliniques indiquent que l'équilibre des enfants en famille homoparentale n'est pas inférieur à celui des familles hétérosexuelles ; la souffrance des enfants provient davantage de la stigmatisation sociale que de la structure familiale elle-même.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Le dispositif social de parentalité : Soutenir ou Contrôler ?

      À partir des années 1990, la parentalité est devenue une cible pour les politiques publiques, aboutissant à la création d'un dispositif social complexe.

      Une logique de soutien

      L'État a institutionnalisé des initiatives issues de la société civile (crèches parentales, Maisons Vertes, médiation familiale).

      En 1999, la mise en place des réseaux d'écoute, d'appui et d'accompagnement des parents (REAAP) visait à aider les parents à mobiliser leurs propres ressources face aux difficultés éducatives.

      Une logique de contrôle

      Parallèlement, un discours sécuritaire a émergé, tenant les parents pour responsables de la délinquance juvénile.

      L'exemple du rapport de l'INSERM (2005) : Une proposition controversée visait à prédire la délinquance dès l'âge de 3 ans chez les enfants agressifs.

      Critique de la « démission parentale » : Cet anathème est souvent lancé contre les populations les plus précaires, sans tenir compte du fait que la précarité des conditions de vie entrave la capacité à tenir une position éducative stable.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Conclusion : Vers une démocratisation de la famille

      Les mutations familiales reflètent l'accès massif des générations de l'après-guerre aux études supérieures et la montée des valeurs d'autonomie, d'égalité et d'affectivité.

      Bien que le droit reste souvent attaché au principe d'exclusivité de la « bifiliation » (un enfant ne peut avoir que deux parents), la réalité sociale impose la reconnaissance d'une pluriparentalité.

      La complexité croissante des situations familiales n'est pas en soi un facteur de déséquilibre pour l'enfant.

      Comme le souligne l'analyse, ce qui pose problème n'est pas la diversité des formes de vie familiale, mais l'intolérance sociale et l'absence de cadres juridiques adaptés pour sécuriser ces nouveaux liens d'affiliation.

    1. Le Règlement Intérieur en Milieu Scolaire : Analyse du Cadre, des Enjeux et de l'Application

      Résumé Exécutif

      Le règlement intérieur constitue la pierre angulaire du fonctionnement d'un établissement scolaire, qu'il soit public ou privé, du premier degré à l'enseignement supérieur.

      Bien plus qu'un simple document administratif, il définit les droits et les devoirs de l'ensemble de la communauté éducative : élèves, parents, enseignants et personnels.

      Validé par le conseil d'administration et le recteur d'académie, il fait office de loi au sein de l'établissement.

      Toutefois, son efficacité repose sur une application rigoureuse et une coopération de tous les acteurs.

      Face à un public scolaire en constante mutation, le défi majeur réside dans la transition d'une acceptation passive vers une compréhension pédagogique de la règle, afin de garantir un environnement d'apprentissage sécurisé et neutre.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Nature et Statut Juridique du Règlement Intérieur

      Le règlement intérieur n'est pas une spécificité scolaire ; il s'inscrit dans un cadre légal plus large, notamment renforcé par la loi PACTE de janvier 2020 qui l'impose à toute entreprise de plus de 50 salariés.

      Une "Loi" d'Établissement

      Bien que le règlement intérieur ne soit pas une prescription étendue au territoire national, il possède une force exécutoire interne :

      Définition juridique : Selon le dictionnaire Larousse, une loi est une "prescription établie par l'autorité souveraine de l'état applicable à tous et définissant les droits et les devoirs de chacun".

      Autorité : Une fois voté par le Conseil d'Administration (CA) et validé administrativement par le recteur d'académie, le document fait office de loi au sein de la structure.

      Adhésion : Contrairement à un contrat, il n'est pas négociable.

      L'inscription de l'élève dans l'établissement vaut acceptation automatique du règlement.

      La signature demandée aux familles est une formalité attestant de la prise de connaissance des règles et de l'engagement à les respecter.

      Champ d'Application

      Le document définit les droits et les devoirs de chaque membre :

      Élèves et familles : Sont les premiers concernés par les règles de vie et les sanctions.

      Personnels et enseignants : Sont tenus de représenter les valeurs de l'établissement et de faire appliquer le règlement, conformément à leur contrat de travail.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Élaboration et Accessibilité du Cadre

      La création du règlement intérieur suit un processus démocratique et administratif rigoureux visant à refléter l'organisation entière de l'établissement.

      | Étape du Processus | Acteurs Impliqués | | --- | --- | | Concertation | Équipe de direction et communauté éducative. | | Examen et Vote | Conseil d'administration (incluant des représentants de chaque service et des élèves élus). | | Validation finale | Recteur d'académie. |

      Accessibilité de l'Information

      Pour être opposable, le règlement doit être facilement consultable. On le retrouve généralement :

      • Dans le carnet de correspondance (principalement au collège).

      • Affiché aux points de passage importants (salle des profs, points d'affluence).

      • Sur les logiciels de gestion des absences et des retards.

      Spécificité : Les Centres de Documentation et d'Information (CDI) et les internats possèdent souvent leurs propres règlements spécifiques, adaptés à leur contexte particulier.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Contenu et Objectifs Pédagogiques

      Le règlement intérieur est exhaustif pour éviter tout "vide juridique" qui pourrait mener à des contestations ou des désaccords.

      Domaines Couverts

      Sécurité et Discipline : Sanctions disciplinaires, substances illicites, usage de la violence.

      Vie Scolaire : Tenue vestimentaire (adaptée au contexte), protection des biens personnels contre le vol.

      Outils Numériques : L'usage du téléphone portable est interdit en primaire et au collège.

      Au lycée, il est autorisé sauf mention contraire dans le règlement. Cette restriction vise à préserver les facultés de concentration.

      Sécurité Physique : Interdiction de certains bijoux ou piercings, notamment en Éducation Physique et Sportive (EPS), pour prévenir les blessures.

      Finalités de l'Institution

      Le cadre réglementaire vise à maintenir l'établissement comme un terrain neutre. Sa vocation est de :

      1. Former les jeunes et les responsabiliser.

      2. Préparer à la vie active par des apprentissages formels et informels.

      3. Définir des limites claires là où la vigilance parentale pourrait faire défaut.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Les Défis de l'Application Pratique

      Il existe un écart significatif entre la théorie (le document écrit) et la pratique quotidienne dans les établissements.

      Les Résistances du Public

      Le public scolaire (élèves et parents) évolue, affichant de nouvelles revendications et parfois un manque de limites.

      Les règles concernant les tatouages, les piercings ou le code vestimentaire sont souvent perçues comme abusives ou sexistes, alors qu'elles répondent à des impératifs de sécurité ou d'adaptation à l'environnement.

      Le Risque du Laxisme

      L'efficacité du règlement dépend de la solidarité de la communauté éducative :

      Cohésion de l'équipe : Si la direction n'applique pas les sanctions prévues par le règlement qu'elle a fait voter, elle est perçue comme laxiste.

      Conséquences : Un manque de fermeté ou de soutien envers les personnels crée une souffrance pour les personnes non protégées au sein de l'institution.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Perspectives : Vers une Responsabilisation Accrue

      Pour que le règlement ne soit pas perçu comme un simple "bout de papier" que l'on enfreint, des pistes d'évolution pédagogique sont envisagées.

      Le Dialogue Pédagogique : Ouvrir la discussion avec les élèves sur la nécessité des règles communes.

      L'objectif n'est pas de remanier le texte, mais de guider les élèves vers la compréhension de la règle par l'exercice de leur objectivité.

      L'Implication Collective : Faire participer les élèves à la réflexion sur l'application des règles dès l'école primaire pour favoriser leur engagement à long terme.

      Stabilité du Cadre : Malgré les pressions extérieures (manque de moyens, baisse du bon sens), le maintien d'un cadre défini reste indispensable pour travailler dans de bonnes conditions et garantir la neutralité et la tolérance.

      En conclusion, le règlement intérieur est un outil de protection et d'apprentissage qui ne fonctionne que par la coopération active de tous les acteurs.

      Sa légitimité repose sur sa capacité à évoluer avec son public tout en restant un socle ferme et protecteur.

    1. Rapport de synthèse : Les enjeux et réalités de la direction d'établissement scolaire

      Synthèse de direction

      Le rôle de chef d'établissement, qu'il s'agisse d'une école primaire, d'un collège ou d'un lycée, est une fonction pivot de l'Éducation nationale caractérisée par une complexité croissante et une responsabilité multidimensionnelle.

      Ce document met en lumière un métier de "chef d'orchestre" oscillant entre gestion administrative rigoureuse, autorité pédagogique et accompagnement social profond. Les points clés incluent :

      Une responsabilité totale : Le chef d'établissement est l'ultime responsable juridique, financier et sécuritaire, souvent sans "parapluie" en cas de crise.

      La gestion de l'humain au cœur du système : Au-delà de l'enseignement, le rôle implique de gérer des situations sociales précaires, des crises de vie privée des élèves et des relations parfois tendues avec les familles.

      Un métier de terrain et d'engagement : Malgré une charge de travail épuisante et une "musique mentale" permanente, la fonction reste vécue comme une vocation essentielle à la construction des citoyens de demain.

      Innovation et transformation : De nouvelles expérimentations (comme l'École du futur) et la féminisation de la profession redéfinissent les contours de l'autorité et de la pédagogie.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Une fonction aux multiples facettes : le "Chef d'Orchestre"

      Le chef d'établissement doit jongler avec plusieurs casquettes, passant sans transition d'une tâche de gestionnaire à celle de pédagogue ou de responsable de la sécurité.

      Domaines de responsabilité

      | Domaine | Nature des interventions | | --- | --- | | Administratif | Gestion des inscriptions, organisation des horaires, réponse aux 40+ messages quotidiens, suivi des dossiers. | | Pédagogique | Garant de la mission de service public, animation des conseils pédagogiques, évaluation du socle commun, construction de parcours d'orientation. | | Relationnel | Construction d'une relation de confiance avec les enseignants, les agents, les élèves et les parents. | | Matériel et Financier | Entretien des locaux (souvent vétustes), gestion des budgets de rénovation (ex: 10 000€ pour une porte vandalisée), lien avec les collectivités (Région, Ville). |

      La solitude du premier degré vs la structure du second degré

      Le métier varie considérablement selon la structure.

      En école primaire, le directeur est souvent seul, sans secrétaire ni adjoint, gérant parfois de front la direction et une classe.

      Au collège ou au lycée, l'organisation est plus vaste (jusqu'à 1 400 personnes comme au lycée Diderot), nécessitant un rôle de "meneur d'hommes et de femmes" comparable à celui d'un entraîneur de sport collectif.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. L'accompagnement de l'élève : au-delà des murs de l'école

      Le document souligne que "la scolarité ne s'arrête pas au portail de l'établissement".

      L'élève est considéré comme une personne entière dont les problématiques personnelles impactent directement la réussite scolaire.

      La gestion des crises sociales et psychologiques

      Les chefs d'établissement interviennent sur des situations complexes :

      Situations judiciaires : Collaboration avec la Mission de Prévention et de Contact (MPC) de la police pour des dossiers de cyberharcèlement ou des escroqueries sentimentales sur les réseaux sociaux.

      Précarité : Dans certains quartiers (comme le 3e arrondissement de Marseille), le salaire médian des familles est extrêmement bas (6 000€/an).

      L'école devient alors un relais social crucial pour les familles sans-papiers ou en grande difficulté.

      Éducation vs Sanction : Le choix de la commission éducative est souvent privilégié face à la sanction sèche pour favoriser le travail avec la famille et l'intelligence de l'élève.

      L'enjeu de l'orientation

      L'accompagnement vers le lycée professionnel ou général est un moment de tension.

      Le chef d'établissement doit naviguer entre les angoisses des parents et la réalité scolaire de l'élève, agissant comme un conseiller personnalisé pour "débroussailler" le champ professionnel.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Sécurité et gestion des infrastructures

      La responsabilité juridique du chef d'établissement est engagée en permanence, particulièrement sur les questions de sécurité et d'accueil du public.

      Sécurité incendie et autorisations : Certains établissements fonctionnent sous une pression constante concernant les commissions de sécurité (ex: problèmes de désenfumage, mise en conformité gaz).

      Le souvenir de catastrophes passées (incendies, AZF) renforce cette vigilance.

      Entretien du bâti : La vétusté de certains locaux (lavabos bouchés depuis 3 ans, dalles dangereuses) oblige les directeurs à multiplier les relances administratives via des applications ou des appels directs aux services techniques.

      Vandalisme : La gestion des dégradations pèse lourdement sur les budgets et l'organisation quotidienne.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Innovation et ouverture : L'école de demain

      Des initiatives locales montrent une volonté de transformer l'école en un lieu de vie et d'apprentissage plus ouvert.

      L'École du futur (Marseille) : Une expérimentation permettant de bâtir des projets "ascendants" (choisis par l'équipe et non imposés par la hiérarchie), facilitant le financement de mobilier et d'intervenants culturels.

      Coéducation et lien avec les familles :

      ◦ Ouverture des classes aux parents pour lutter contre l'absentéisme et démystifier l'école maternelle.   

      ◦ Cours d'anglais gratuits pour les parents le soir, créant un nouveau rapport de confiance.

      Projets d'éloquence : Collaboration avec des associations (ex: Trouve ta voix) pour améliorer la confiance en soi et le climat de classe.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Une profession en mutation

      Féminisation et autorité

      Le métier connaît une transformation sociologique. Si le milieu des chefs d'établissement était historiquement masculin, il se féminise par la base (le corps enseignant étant majoritairement féminin).

      Le document note toutefois que l'accession des femmes aux postes de direction est relativement récente, certains lycées techniques historiques (Diderot) n'ayant jamais eu de proviseure femme avant l'actuelle titulaire.

      La charge mentale et le burnout

      La "multicasquette" et l'impossibilité de s'arrêter réellement (le soir, la nuit, les vacances) créent un risque d'épuisement professionnel.

      L'expérience d'un "burnout de deux mois" est citée comme une réalité tangible du métier.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion

      Le chef d'établissement occupe une position unique dans la société : il est le garant de la sécurité physique et morale de centaines de personnes tout en étant le moteur de l'innovation pédagogique.

      Malgré les difficultés matérielles et la fatigue, le sentiment de participer à la construction de "jeunes citoyens de demain" et de voir "briller l'œil d'un élève" constitue le socle de leur engagement professionnel.

    1. Synthèse de l'Immersion en Maison d'Enfants à Caractère Social (MECS)

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document analyse le fonctionnement et la philosophie d'une Maison d'Enfants à Caractère Social (MECS) à travers les témoignages de ses résidents et de son personnel.

      La MECS se définit comme un lieu de transition et de protection pour des enfants dont le milieu familial ne permet plus un accueil sécurisant ou adéquat.

      L'objectif central est de normaliser le quotidien des enfants, de maintenir un cadre éducatif et scolaire rigoureux, et de préserver un lien étroit avec les familles.

      Le foyer n'est pas seulement une structure d'hébergement, mais un espace de vie conçu comme une « grande famille » visant la réussite scolaire et, à terme, le retour au domicile parental.

      1. Contexte et Motifs du Placement

      Le placement en MECS répond à des problématiques multifactorielles affectant la cellule familiale. Les sources identifient plusieurs causes majeures qui justifient l'accueil des mineurs :

      | Catégorie de difficulté | Détails et manifestations | | --- | --- | | Carences éducatives et maltraitance | Situations de négligence, de maltraitance physique ou psychologique, ou d'abandon. | | Difficultés sociales et matérielles | Problèmes de logement des parents ou précarité financière (exemple d'un père seul avec cinq enfants et des ressources insuffisantes). | | Santé des parents | Incapacité physique ou psychique des parents à assumer la garde (exemple d'une mère atteinte d'une maladie). | | Séparation parentale | Ruptures familiales complexes rendant le maintien au domicile impossible pour l'enfant. |

      2. La Vie Quotidienne : Entre Normalisation et Esprit de Famille

      L'une des missions prioritaires du foyer est d'offrir aux enfants une vie « la plus normale possible », calquée sur celle de leurs pairs qui ne sont pas placés.

      Intégration dans la cité : Les enfants ne vivent pas en vase clos. Ils participent à la vie sociale extérieure, sont invités à des anniversaires et peuvent aller dormir chez des amis.

      Sentiment d'appartenance : Pour certains résidents présents depuis plusieurs années (jusqu'à 6 ou 7 ans), le foyer est assimilé à un véritable domicile.

      Dynamique fraternelle : Le foyer est décrit comme une « grande famille » où les enfants se considèrent comme frères et sœurs.

      Solidarité intergénérationnelle : Les plus grands assument volontiers un rôle de protecteur ou d'animateur auprès des plus jeunes, notamment en leur lisant des histoires avant le coucher ou en jouant avec eux.

      Atmosphère collective : Le quotidien est marqué par une activité constante et un esprit festif, décrit comme un « Noël général » permanent.

      3. Le Cadre Éducatif et le Suivi Scolaire

      La scolarité occupe une place prépondérante dans l'accompagnement proposé par la MECS. L'encadrement par les éducateurs offre une stabilité que le milieu familial d'origine ne peut parfois plus garantir.

      Rigueur et suivi : Les éducateurs imposent une discipline stricte concernant les devoirs. Chaque jour, les carnets de correspondance sont vérifiés pour suivre le comportement et les résultats.

      Soutien pédagogique : La présence constante de plusieurs éducateurs permet un étayage que les parents, parfois isolés ou malades, ne peuvent assurer seuls.

      Communication avec l'école : Le foyer sert de relais entre l'institution scolaire et les parents, assurant une continuité dans le suivi de l'enfant.

      4. La Relation avec les Familles et l'Objectif de Réinsertion

      Contrairement à une idée reçue, le placement ne signifie pas une rupture avec les parents. La MECS travaille activement à la co-parentalité.

      Maintien de l'autorité parentale : Les parents restent associés aux décisions de la vie quotidienne, même les plus simples (comme le choix d'une coupe de cheveux).

      Espaces de rencontre : Le foyer dispose de lieux dédiés pour que les parents puissent rendre visite à leurs enfants.

      Rythme de vie partagé : De nombreux enfants passent la semaine au foyer mais retournent chez leurs parents le week-end.

      Finalité du placement : L'objectif ultime demeure le retour définitif de l'enfant au domicile familial, une fois que les conditions (sociales, éducatives ou de santé) le permettent.

      5. Perspectives et Résilience des Enfants

      Malgré les épreuves initiales, les enfants et adolescents expriment une forte capacité de résilience et des ambitions claires pour leur avenir.

      Aspirations professionnelles : Le vécu au sein du foyer suscite parfois des vocations, certains jeunes souhaitant devenir éducateurs à leur tour.

      Importance des études : Les jeunes voient dans la réussite scolaire le levier principal pour réaliser leurs rêves.

      Message d'espoir : Les témoignages soulignent que le placement n'est pas un frein à l'ambition : « Même en étant placé, tu peux clairement avoir des rêves et des envies et un jour [...] essayer de les réaliser. »

    1. Synthèse de l'Affaire des Agressions Sexuelles en Milieu Périscolaire à Rezé

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document détaille les enjeux entourant le procès d'un ancien animateur périscolaire à Rezé, près de Nantes, jugé les 15 et 16 décembre pour agressions sexuelles sur mineurs.

      L'affaire, qui a éclaté en 2019, concerne initialement une trentaine d'enfants ayant dénoncé des faits de nature sexuelle.

      Le procès porte spécifiquement sur 13 victimes, toutes âgées de moins de 6 ans au moment des faits.

      L'analyse met en lumière un processus judiciaire particulièrement long (près de sept ans d'attente), des défaillances institutionnelles marquées — notamment le transfert de l'accusé d'une école à une autre malgré un signalement préalable — et l'impact psychologique profond sur les familles.

      Ce dossier souligne la difficulté de la parole de l'enfant et le combat des parents, constitués en collectif, face au silence des autorités locales et de l'Éducation Nationale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte de l'Affaire et Chronologie des Faits

      L'affaire se cristallise autour de la commune de Rezé, en Loire-Atlantique, et plus précisément au sein de l'école maternelle Chacreux.

      L'accusé : Frédéric, un ancien animateur périscolaire. Avant son affectation à l'école Chacreux, il travaillait à l'école de Houge Diginier.

      Éclatement de l'affaire : Le premier signalement officiel a lieu le 7 mars 2019.

      L'animateur est suspendu dès le lendemain, le 8 mars.

      Les victimes : Environ 30 enfants ont témoigné de gestes inappropriés.

      Finalement, 13 familles se sont constituées parties civiles pour le procès. Les victimes étaient toutes en classe de maternelle (moins de 6 ans) au moment des faits.

      Le délai judiciaire : Il aura fallu attendre près de sept ans entre les révélations initiales et la tenue du procès devant le tribunal correctionnel de Nantes.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les Actes Incriminés et le Mode Opératoire

      Les témoignages des enfants décrivent des pratiques systématiques et l'usage de menaces pour garantir leur silence.

      | Nature des faits rapportés | Détails et témoignages | | --- | --- | | Attouchements | "Guilis" sur le sexe. | | Usage d'objets | Utilisation d'une peluche glissée dans les culottes des enfants. | | Contacts physiques forcés | Bisous imposés, parfois sur la commissure des lèvres. | | Contrainte psychologique | Menaces proférées à l'encontre des enfants pour qu'ils ne parlent pas à leurs parents. |

      L'accusé a toujours nié les faits qui lui sont reprochés.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Défaillances Institutionnelles et Réactions des Autorités

      Le document source met en évidence une gestion administrative et politique critiquée par les familles.

      Le "déplacement" préventif au lieu de la sanction

      Un élément crucial de l'affaire est l'existence d'un signalement antérieur à l'école de Houge Diginier.

      Une élève de 6ème avait alors dénoncé un baiser forcé de la part de l'animateur.

      Au lieu d'être sanctionné ou écarté, Frédéric a simplement été transféré vers l'école maternelle Chacreux, où il a pu poursuivre ses activités auprès d'enfants plus jeunes.

      L'opacité administrative

      Après les dépôts de plaintes en mars 2019, les parents rapportent une période de "silence radio" :

      L'Éducation Nationale : L'institution s'est dédouanée en affirmant que l'affaire relevait de la mairie, l'accusé étant un employé municipal du secteur périscolaire.

      La Mairie de Rezé : Le maire a été accusé de fuir ses responsabilités.

      Lors d'une réunion de quartier en avril 2019, il a refusé d'intégrer les parents à la réunion publique, les recevant séparément pour affirmer qu'il "n'était au courant de rien".

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Impact Psychologique et Social sur les Familles

      Le témoignage de Nicolas Mabon, père d'une victime alors âgée de 5 ans, illustre les conséquences durables de ces violences.

      Changements comportementaux : La victime est devenue renfermée.

      Le père décrit un "rejet" affectif (refus de câlins, de bisous, peur de rester seule avec lui), nécessitant un suivi psychologique.

      Traumatisme familial : La nécessité pour les parents de s'épauler mutuellement face aux "coups de mou" et à la fatigue mentale générée par l'attente du procès.

      Stigmatisation sociale : Les parents engagés ont dû faire face à l'hostilité d'une partie de la population locale, certains les traitant d'"hystériques" ou de "fous furieux" au motif qu'ils en "rajouteraient".

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Mobilisation Collective : "Les Voix de nos Enfants"

      Face à l'isolement, les parents ont créé le collectif "Les Voix de nos Enfants".

      Objectifs : Alerter l'opinion publique via des distributions de flyers et des manifestations, et s'apporter un soutien mutuel.

      Action judiciaire : Plusieurs familles ont engagé une avocate commune pour structurer leur défense et suivre les procédures complexes.

      Solidarité : Malgré les critiques, le collectif a reçu le soutien d'autres parents d'élèves non directement impactés par les agressions.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Attentes vis-à-vis du Procès

      Après six ans de combat, les familles abordent le procès avec épuisement mais détermination.

      Objectif de reconstruction : Pour Nicolas Mabon, le procès doit "donner du sens au combat" et constituer une étape dans le processus de réparation des enfants, tout en sachant que les victimes porteront ce traumatisme "jusqu'au bout de leur vie".

      Reconnaissance des faits : L'enjeu majeur reste la confrontation avec l'accusé qui n'a jamais reconnu ses actes, et la validation de la parole des enfants par la justice.

      Lutte globale : Le procès est perçu comme une étape nécessaire dans la lutte contre les violences sexuelles faites aux enfants en milieu scolaire et périscolaire.

    1. Failles et Défis du Système Périscolaire : Un État des Lieux

      Synthèse Opérationnelle

      Le secteur périscolaire en France traverse une crise profonde, mise en lumière par des enquêtes journalistiques récentes, notamment celle de Cash Investigation.

      Longtemps considéré comme l'« angle mort » de l'institution scolaire, ce secteur est marqué par des défaillances systémiques graves : violences sexuelles, méthodes d'encadrement brutales et recrutement précaire.

      Le constat est sans appel : une déconsidération sociale et politique du métier d'animateur conduit à une « profession poubelle » où la sécurité et l'épanouissement des enfants sont parfois compromis.

      La transition vers une professionnalisation réelle, passant par des diplômes qualifiants plutôt que par le seul BAFA, et une revalorisation des conditions de travail (salaires, temps de préparation, stabilité des équipes) apparaissent comme les leviers indispensables pour restaurer le « sanctuaire » de l'école.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Un Secteur sous Haute Tension : Violences et Dysfonctionnements

      Les récentes révélations de presse ont brisé l'omertà sur des faits de violences sexuelles (attouchements, viols) commis au sein des écoles sur les temps périscolaires (midi, soir, mercredi).

      La Nature des Défaillances

      Gestion aléatoire du personnel : L'enquête souligne des cas où des individus dangereux ne sont pas écartés mais simplement « déplacés » d'une structure à une autre.

      Violences Éducatives Ordinaires (VEO) : Au-delà des crimes sexuels, l'immersion en caméra cachée révèle des brimades quotidiennes : cris, interdiction de parler, privation de repas, ou encore l'extinction des lumières pour obtenir le calme.

      Déni et failles de signalement : Il existe un blocage systémique dans la remontée des informations. La précarité et le turnover empêchent la cohésion des équipes, rendant les signalements plus difficiles par peur des conséquences ou par manque de légitimité perçue.

      L'Impact Médiatique et Politique

      L'enquête de Cash Investigation a provoqué des suites immédiates :

      • Saisine du procureur de la République par le ministère de l'Éducation nationale.

      • Suspension d'animateurs par la Ville de Paris.

      • Lancement d'enquêtes administratives.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. La Précarité Structurelle du Métier d'Animateur

      Le secteur souffre d'un manque de moyens financier et d'une dévalorisation sociale qui impactent directement la qualité de l'accueil.

      Des Conditions de Travail « Catastrophiques »

      | Facteur de Précarité | Description et Conséquences | | --- | --- | | Rémunération | Qualifiée de « salaire de misère », de nombreux animateurs vivent sous le seuil de pauvreté. | | Temps Partiel Subi | Travail en horaires fractionnés (matin, midi, soir). Une amplitude de 12h pour seulement 4 à 6h payées. | | Temps de Préparation | Souvent non rémunéré ou limité (parfois 15% du temps). Sans préparation, l'animation devient une simple « garderie ». | | Turnover Élevé | La difficulté du métier pousse les agents à quitter le secteur, empêchant la consolidation de projets pédagogiques. |

      Le Recrutement « à l'arrache »

      Le manque de personnel force les communes à recruter dans l'urgence. L'immersion d'une journaliste montre un accueil de seulement 6 minutes 30 avant d'être mise en responsabilité face aux enfants, sans présentation de la charte de déontologie ni formation préalable.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Le Débat sur la Professionnalisation et la Formation

      Un point de tension majeur réside dans la distinction entre l'animation comme « petit boulot » étudiant et l'animation comme métier professionnel.

      BAFA vs Diplômes Professionnels

      Le BAFA (Brevet d'Aptitude aux Fonctions d'Animateur) : Conçu pour un engagement temporaire (lycéens de 16 ans, étudiants).

      Il coûte environ 1 000 € aux communes. Bien que formateur sur le plan humain, il est jugé insuffisant pour gérer l'accueil professionnel quotidien à l'année.

      Les Diplômes Professionnels : Allant du CAP au Master, ils coûtent entre 3 000 € et 9 000 €.

      Ils garantissent des compétences en psychologie de l'enfant, gestion de conflits et ingénierie pédagogique.

      La Tolérance Réglementaire : Le code de l'action sociale autorise 20 % de personnel non diplômé et 50 % de détenteurs du BAFA.

      Les experts plaident pour une loi imposant une majorité de professionnels qualifiés.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Une Dualité Institutionnelle Conflictuelle

      Le périscolaire cohabite dans les mêmes murs que l'école, mais sans véritable dialogue.

      Le « dernier roue du carrosse » : Les animateurs se sentent souvent méprisés par l'équipe enseignante. Ils sont perçus comme moins formés et moins légitimes, malgré une mission éducative complémentaire.

      Absence de continuité éducative : Bien que des dispositifs comme les Projets Éducatifs de Territoire (PEDT) existent, leur mise en œuvre dépend de la volonté politique locale.

      Sans réunions communes, l'enfant subit une rupture entre le temps scolaire (assis, silencieux) et le temps périscolaire (souvent bruyant et désorganisé).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Perspectives de Réforme : Le Modèle de la Volonté Politique

      L'enquête démontre qu'une amélioration est possible moyennant un investissement financier modéré.

      L'Exemple de la commune d'HMO : En augmentant de 8 % le budget alloué au périscolaire, cette commune a pu systématiser les temps pleins pour les animateurs (en complétant les heures par d'autres missions municipales) et rémunérer les temps de préparation.

      Vers une compétence obligatoire : Contrairement à l'école, le périscolaire n'est pas une compétence obligatoire pour les communes. Le rendre obligatoire permettrait d'imposer des standards de qualité et d'encadrement nationaux.

      Le rôle de « co-éducateur » : L'animateur doit être reconnu comme un référent pour l'enfant et les familles, capable de développer des compétences (autonomie, confiance en soi) que le cadre scolaire strict ne permet pas toujours d'explorer.

      Citations Clés :

      • « Le périscolaire est clairement l'angle mort de l'école. »

      • « C'est le sanctuaire qui se brise. » (À propos des violences à l'école)

      • « Si ça te fait de la peine [qu'un enfant pleure], c'est pas fait pour toi ce travail. » (Parole d'une employée captée en caméra cachée)

      • « Ça vaut combien l'avenir de nos enfants ? »

    1. Violences Sexuelles en Milieu Scolaire et Périscolaire : Analyse des Défaillances de Protection et Perspectives de Réforme

      Résumé Exécutif

      La persistance et la multiplication des affaires de violences sexuelles contre les enfants au sein des institutions scolaires et périscolaires révèlent une crise systémique profonde.

      Malgré une libération de la parole et des rapports d'experts alarmants (notamment ceux de la Civise), la protection de l'enfance se heurte à un manque chronique de volonté politique et de moyens financiers.

      Le constat est sans appel : les structures de recrutement sont défaillantes, la formation des personnels est quasi inexistante, et une culture de l'omerta ou de la préservation de la réputation institutionnelle prime trop souvent sur la sécurité des mineurs.

      Le coût de cette inaction est estimé à 9,7 milliards d'euros pour la société.

      Pour inverser cette tendance, une refonte totale de la chaîne de protection est nécessaire, allant du contrôle rigoureux des antécédents à l'éducation affective précoce, en passant par une justice transitionnelle axée sur la réparation et la prévention.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Un Constat Alarmant : Les Défaillances du Système Actuel

      Les récentes révélations, notamment à Paris, mettent en lumière l'ampleur du risque au sein des services censés protéger les enfants.

      1.1. L'Urgence en Milieu Périscolaire

      Bilan 2025 à Paris : 19 suspensions d'animateurs pour des accusations de faits à caractère sexuel sur mineurs.

      Conditions de travail dégradées : Les syndicats dénoncent des sous-effectifs quotidiens (jusqu'à 1 adulte pour 60 enfants), rendant toute surveillance réelle impossible.

      Recrutements précaires : Des enquêtes révèlent des processus d'embauche de moins de 10 minutes, sans vérification systématique des qualifications ou du casier judiciaire dans certaines académies.

      1.2. Le Manque de Formation et de Ressources Humaines

      Les professionnels au contact des enfants soulignent un vide pédagogique majeur :

      Absence de formation continue : Des enseignants avec 22 ans d'expérience témoignent n'avoir jamais reçu de formation spécifique sur la prise en charge de la parole de l'enfant.

      Désert médical et social scolaire : Pénurie critique de médecins scolaires, de psychologues et d'assistantes sociales, limitant les capacités de détection précoce des traumatismes.

      Suivi médical inexistant : Un enseignant peut effectuer l'intégralité de sa carrière sans jamais rencontrer un médecin du travail après sa visite d'embauche.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse de la Volonté Politique et Institutionnelle

      L'analyse des experts suggère que le problème n'est pas juridique, mais opérationnel et culturel.

      2.1. L'Inertie face aux Recommandations

      Arnaud Galet, anthropologue, souligne l'inaction publique malgré les preuves accumulées :

      Rapports ignorés : Sur les 82 préconisations de la Civise, une seule a été retenue (la poursuite de la commission elle-même).

      Coût de l'inaction : Le dysfonctionnement de la protection de l'enfance coûte 9,7 milliards d'euros par an à la collectivité, en raison des conséquences psychotraumatiques à long terme.

      Responsabilité déléguée : L'État délègue la gestion aux collectivités sans exercer de tutelle efficace en cas de dysfonctionnements graves.

      2.2. Les Piliers de la Justice Transitionnelle

      Pour répondre aux crimes de masse (11 % de la population française victime d'inceste), Arnaud Galet préconise une approche basée sur quatre piliers inspirés de l'ONU :

      | Pilier | Objectif | | --- | --- | | Vérité | Faire toute la lumière sur ce qui se passe dans les institutions (écoles, périscolaire). | | Justice | Adapter l'appareil judiciaire pour qu'il soit réellement protecteur. | | Réparation | Inclure le soin psychologique et la réparation collective pour la société. | | Prévention | Garantir la non-répétition par la formation obligatoire et l'écoute des victimes. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Les Obstacles Judiciaires : L'Héritage d'Outreau

      Le cadre juridique français a été amélioré (allongement des délais de prescription), mais l'application se heurte à un traumatisme historique.

      Le "Spectre d'Outreau" : L'affaire judiciaire des années 2000 a tétanisé l'institution. Il en résulte un doute systématique face à la parole de l'enfant, perçue comme "friable" ou sujette à l'affabulation.

      Chute des condamnations : Entre l'après-Outreau et 2016, les condamnations pour viol sur mineurs ont chuté de 40 %.

      Primauté de la réputation : Les institutions ont tendance à privilégier la réputation de l'adulte ou de l'établissement sur la sécurité immédiate de l'enfant.

      Victimisation secondaire : Les procédures imposent souvent aux enfants de répéter leurs propos ou de subir des confrontations traumatisantes, décourageant les signalements.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Prévention et Traitement de la Prédation

      La compréhension des profils d'agresseurs et la mise en place de barrières de sécurité sont essentielles.

      4.1. Réalité de la Prédation

      Invisibilité des profils : Les agresseurs ne sont pas des "monstres" identifiables visuellement, mais souvent des individus intégrés, parfois très appréciés professionnellement.

      Lien avec la pédopornographie : Les études montrent une forte corrélation entre la consommation d'images pédopornographiques et le passage à l'acte physique (moyenne d'âge de la victime : 4 ans).

      L'IA, nouvelle menace : L'émergence de logiciels permettant de créer des contenus pédocriminels via l'intelligence artificielle complique la tâche des forces de l'ordre.

      4.2. Dispositifs de Prise en Charge des Auteurs

      Il existe des initiatives pour prévenir le passage à l'acte, bien que sous-financées :

      Numéro "STOP" (0806 23 10 63) : Une ligne d'écoute gérée par des professionnels de santé pour les personnes ayant des penchants pédophiles.

      Expériences étrangères : En Allemagne et au Royaume-Uni, des thérapies cognitives et des suivis pharmacologiques (traitements anti-androgènes) ont permis de faire baisser significativement les taux de récidive.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Perspectives : Vers une Culture de la Protection

      5.1. Éducation Affective et Relationnelle

      Le déploiement de programmes d'éducation à la vie affective et sexuelle, de la maternelle au lycée, est une étape clé.

      Objectifs : Apprendre à l'enfant la conscience de son corps, la notion de consentement et l'identification des adultes de confiance.

      Défis : Ces programmes souffrent encore d'un manque de formation des enseignants pour les dispenser et de contestations idéologiques.

      5.2. Mesures d'Urgence Proposées

      Audits systématiques : Réaliser des audits de sécurité dans tous les établissements scolaires et périscolaires.

      Principe de précaution : Appliquer une suspension administrative immédiate dès le signalement, tout en respectant la présomption d'innocence par un accompagnement adapté, afin de ne jamais laisser un enfant au contact d'un agresseur potentiel.

      Professionnalisation : Revaloriser les métiers de l'animation pour attirer des profils qualifiés et instaurer des contrôles d'honorabilité rigoureux et réguliers.

      Citation clé : "Plus de 9 fois sur 10, on dit à un enfant : 'Je te crois, mais je ne te protège pas', voire 'Tu es un menteur'. Il faut passer d'une logique à hauteur d'adulte à une logique à hauteur d'enfant." — Arnaud Galet.

    1. Vers une École Éclatée : Les Réseaux d’Échanges Réciproques de Savoirs (R.E.R.S.) et le Territoire Apprenant

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les réflexions de Claire Héber-Suffrin, pionnière des Réseaux d’Échanges Réciproques de Savoirs (R.E.R.S.), sur la transformation nécessaire de l'institution scolaire.

      La thèse centrale propose de briser l'isolement de l'école en la muant en un "territoire apprenant".

      Cette mutation repose sur le passage d'une logique de besoins à une logique de partage de ressources, où chaque individu — élève, enseignant, personnel administratif ou acteur local — est reconnu à la fois comme porteur de savoirs et comme apprenant.

      En s'appuyant sur la réciprocité et la reconnaissance, cette approche vise non seulement à améliorer les performances académiques par le sens, mais aussi à lutter contre le déterminisme social et à favoriser une culture de la coopération territoriale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La Redéfinition du Territoire Apprenant

      La transition vers une école ouverte nécessite un changement de paradigme concernant la notion même de "territoire".

      De la géographie à la ressource : Habituellement, un territoire est perçu comme un espace géographique répondant à des besoins (santé, éducation, emploi).

      L'approche de Claire Héber-Suffrin inverse cette logique : le territoire est le résultat du partage de ressources (savoirs, expériences, projets, utopies).

      La richesse des "savoirs cachés" : Le territoire n'est pas une somme de manques, mais un gisement de compétences sous-estimées.

      L'exemple de l'ouvrier chauffagiste d'Orly illustre cette dynamique : en étant sollicité par une classe pour expliquer son métier, il passe du statut d'exécutant à celui de détenteur d'un savoir valorisé, capable d'évaluer et de transmettre.

      Sortir du cadre : La créativité et l'intelligence des situations émergent dès que l'on sort du cadre préétabli. L'apprentissage ne doit plus être cloisonné par les murs de l'école mais s'ancrer dans le réel.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les Trois Étapes de la Transformation Systémique

      Pour un chef d'établissement, la mise en œuvre de cette transformation s'articule autour de trois axes fondamentaux :

      | Étape | Action Centrale | Objectif | | --- | --- | --- | | 1\. Réflexion Partagée | Inverser les représentations sur le territoire. | Passer d'une vision centrée sur les "manques" à une vision centrée sur les "richesses" et les ressources locales. | | 2\. Reconnaissance Interne | Identifier les savoirs au sein de l'établissement. | Faire prendre conscience aux élèves et aux personnels (enseignants, administratifs, agents) qu'ils sont tous porteurs d'intelligence et de savoir-faire. | | 3\. Ouverture Partenariale | Organiser des rencontres avec des acteurs externes. | Solliciter des associations, des foyers de travailleurs, des maisons de retraite non pour un partenariat formel, mais pour un partage de savoirs concrets. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. La Pédagogie de la Réciprocité

      Le cœur du système R.E.R.S. est la réciprocité, qui redéfinit les rapports de force et les processus cognitifs.

      La parité relationnelle

      Il ne s'agit pas de nier la hiérarchie fonctionnelle (nécessaire à l'institution), mais d'instaurer une parité relationnelle.

      Chacun est alternativement celui qui accompagne et celui qui est accompagné. Cette dynamique crée un droit égal pour tous de donner et de recevoir.

      Les bénéfices cognitifs du partage

      Le fait de transmettre un savoir modifie l'activité mentale de l'apprenant :

      La préparation : Celui qui offre un savoir doit se remémorer son propre apprentissage, identifier ses limites et reformuler sa pensée.

      La parole intrapersonnelle : Selon le concept cité de Philippe Meirieu, enseigner à autrui transforme une parole interpersonnelle en parole intrapersonnelle. On se parle à soi-même du savoir pour mieux le transmettre, ce qui consolide l'appropriation.

      Le savoir cherché vs le savoir subi : Lorsque l'apprentissage répond à un besoin réel (ex: construire un chalet ou calculer les coûts d'un foyer de travailleurs), l'effort cognitif devient une démarche active et désirée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Lutte contre le Déterminisme Social

      L'école éclatée agit comme un levier puissant contre l'enfermement social et l'échec scolaire.

      Changer le regard sur soi : Les élèves étiquetés "en difficulté" intègrent souvent cette identité négative.

      La reconnaissance d'un talent (comme l'exemple de l'élève Brigitte excellant en danse) peut dédramatiser l'apprentissage global et servir de tremplin vers les matières académiques.

      La conscience des manques comme moteur : Apprendre à identifier ses propres ignorances sans honte est une étape cruciale.

      Si tout le monde est ignorant de quelque chose, le manque n'est plus une marque d'infériorité mais une opportunité de relation et de curiosité.

      Élargissement des réseaux : En apprenant à construire des réseaux multiples (culturels, sociaux, ethniques), les élèves sortent de leur "clapier" social et développent un esprit critique et une autonomie durable.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Stratégies de Mise en Œuvre pour les Cadres Éducatifs

      Face à la complexité administrative, le document suggère des approches pragmatiques :

      "Commencer bébé" : Ne pas viser une transformation totale immédiate. Il est conseillé de débuter avec des volontaires et des projets à petite échelle.

      La triangulation stratégique :

      1. Se relier : Créer des liens avec des experts et des pairs qui savent "autrement".   

      2. Apprendre : Le responsable doit lui-même rester dans une posture d'apprenant face à son rôle et son environnement.   

      3. Essayer : Valoriser l'essai et l'erreur comme étapes nécessaires de l'innovation.

      Le projet enthousiasmant : La complexité organisationnelle est mieux acceptée lorsqu'elle est au service d'un projet porteur de sens (voyages, constructions réelles, expositions territoriales).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Conclusion : De la Bienveillance à la Reconnaissance

      Le document conclut sur une distinction fondamentale entre la bienveillance, qui peut glisser vers la condescendance, et la reconnaissance.

      La reconnaissance au sein de l'école remplit trois fonctions vitales :

      1. Relecture positive de l'histoire : Prendre en compte le parcours de chacun.

      2. Construction de la présence : Valoriser la présence physique et humaine d'autrui dans un monde de plus en plus distanciel.

      3. Fonction de tremplin : "Puisque j'ai réussi ceci, je peux essayer autre chose."

      L'objectif ultime est de transformer la culture scolaire en une "culture apprenante", où l'école devient le point de rassemblement et le ferment d'une société plus solidaire et coopérative.

    1. Briefing : Violences Sexuelles et Failles Institutionnelles au sein de l'Éducation Nationale

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les révélations liées à l'affaire Pascal V. au lycée Bayen de Châlons-en-Champagne, ainsi que les défaillances systémiques de l'Éducation nationale face aux prédateurs sexuels en son sein.

      L'analyse met en lumière une culture de l'omerta et du "pas de vague" qui a permis à un enseignant d'abuser de dizaines d'élèves pendant plus de 25 ans.

      Malgré des alertes répétées dès 1997, la hiérarchie (proviseurs, inspecteurs et recteurs) a systématiquement échoué à protéger les mineurs, privilégiant la protection de l'institution et la présomption d'innocence au détriment de la sécurité des élèves.

      Le document souligne également le traitement punitif réservé aux lanceurs d'alerte, contrastant avec la promotion des cadres ayant failli à leurs obligations professionnelles et légales (Article 40 du code de procédure pénale).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. L'Affaire Pascal V. : Un Prédateur Protégé par l'Institution

      Profil et Modus Operandi

      Pascal V., professeur agrégé de lettres et de théorie du cirque au lycée Bayen, a exercé une emprise sur ses élèves de 1997 à 2023.

      Son profil intellectuel et charismatique lui servait de bouclier :

      Manipulation intellectuelle : Il utilisait la littérature (notamment Céline) pour introduire des thématiques sexuelles crues et valorisait les garçons sur leur physique tout en dénigrant la féminité des filles.

      Emprise et isolement : Il invitait les élèves chez lui sous prétexte de discuter de leurs copies, les forçait à l'accepter sur les réseaux sociaux et exigeait des photos suggestives.

      Violences et sévices : Les témoignages font état de viols, de fellations forcées, de séquestrations et de tortures physiques (trombones sous les ongles, peau découpée) sous couvert d'apprentissage de la douleur.

      Usage de drogues : Plusieurs victimes suspectent d'avoir été droguées lors de soirées chez l'enseignant avant de subir des abus dont elles n'ont que des souvenirs fragmentaires.

      La Longévité de l'Omerta

      Les premiers signalements remontent à la fin des années 90 :

      1997 : Un conseiller principal d'éducation (CPE) et une professeure de mathématiques sont informés d'une relation entre Pascal V. et un élève de 16 ans. L'enseignant qualifie l'acte de "consenti".

      2000 : Lors d'un voyage en Italie, un intervenant extérieur (Bernard Namura) surprend un élève en détresse et dénonce les faits aux collègues présents, qui décident de "surveiller" l'enseignant sans plus de suite.

      2016 : La proviseure Catherine Corvélec reçoit un courrier anonyme signalant les comportements suspects de Pascal V. Son supérieur hiérarchique lui conseille une simple "vigilance" faute d'éléments tangibles.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les Défaillances de la Chaîne Hiérarchique (2021-2023)

      Le combat de Marie Jacard, professeure de cirque et lanceuse d'alerte, révèle l'incapacité du rectorat de Reims à réagir, même face à une accumulation de preuves.

      Le Rôle des Cadres Locaux

      Le rapport de l'Inspection Générale (IGÉSR), bien que confidentiel, pointe des manquements graves :

      Sabine Bonet (Proviseure) : Elle est accusée de ne pas avoir transmis les informations à sa hiérarchie entre 2021 et 2023, refusant d'entendre les témoignages d'anciens élèves et minimisant l'affaire.

      Les Inspectrices Académiques : Elles ont maintenu l'alerte dans un "cercle à trois" avec la proviseure, omettant d'en informer le cabinet du recteur et décrédibilisant la lanceuse d'alerte.

      Non-application de l'Article 40 : Aucun des responsables informés n'a fait de signalement immédiat au procureur, une obligation légale pour tout fonctionnaire témoin d'un crime ou délit.

      L'Inaction du Rectorat

      Le recteur de l'époque, Olivier Brandouy, a qualifié la situation de "chamaillerie locale" et a invoqué la présomption d'innocence pour justifier l'absence d'enquête administrative interne, alors que celle-ci n'est pas conditionnée par un dépôt de plainte.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Conséquences : Impunité des Cadres et Sanction de l'Alerte

      Une analyse des trajectoires professionnelles après l'éclatement du scandale montre une inversion des responsabilités :

      | Individu | Rôle dans l'affaire | Issue professionnelle | | --- | --- | --- | | Pascal V. | Prédateur présumé | Suicide en décembre 2023 avant son arrestation. | | Sabine Bonet | Proviseure (a couvert les faits) | Promue dans un lycée prestigieux à Évian. | | Olivier Brandouy | Recteur (inaction) | Promu directeur adjoint de cabinet du Ministre, puis conseiller au Premier Ministre. | | Inspectrices | Rétention d'information | Obtention des Palmes académiques et nominations honorifiques. | | Marie Jacard | Lanceuse d'alerte | Décrédibilisée, poussée à la mutation, perte de 50% de son salaire. |

      Marie Jacard a subi un harcèlement institutionnel : dénigrement de son travail pédagogique, accusation de rivalité personnelle avec Pascal V. et mutation forcée sans poste équivalent à ses compétences.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Un Phénomène Systémique : De Villefontaine à Châlons

      L'affaire Bayen n'est pas isolée. L'Éducation nationale semble appliquer un schéma récurrent de protection de l'institution au détriment des enfants :

      L'Affaire Romain Farina (2015) : Un instituteur a violé plus de 40 élèves en 15 ans.

      Le rectorat de l'Isère était au courant d'une plainte dès 2001, mais l'enseignant a été muté six fois, accédant même au poste de directeur d'école. Farina s'est également suicidé en prison.

      Le Rapport Parlementaire (2024) : Les députés Violette Spielbout et Paul Vanier dénoncent une "défaillance majeure de l'État" dans le contrôle et la prévention.

      Leur rapport de 330 pages et 50 recommandations appelle à une révolution structurelle du ministère.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Conclusions et Perspectives Judiciaires

      Le suicide de Pascal V. a privé les victimes d'un procès pénal et d'une reconnaissance judiciaire de leur statut.

      En réponse :

      1. Recours Administratif : Les victimes et leurs familles attaquent l'État devant le tribunal administratif pour faute lourde, visant le mutisme et l'inaction organisée de l'administration.

      2. Enquête pour Non-Dénonciation : L'ex-recteur Olivier Brandouy fait l'objet d'une enquête pour non-dénonciation de crime.

      3. Exigence de Sanctions : Les collectifs de victimes réclament que les cadres ayant failli à l'article 40 soient révoqués et non promus, afin de rompre le cycle de l'omerta institutionnelle.

      L'institution est comparée à l'Église dans sa volonté de placer l'autorité au-dessus de la vérité, transformant les lanceurs d'alerte en "moutons noirs" pour préserver une image de stabilité illusoire.

    1. Synthèse de la liaison école-collège : Enjeux, pilotage et leviers opérationnels

      Résumé exécutif

      La liaison école-collège s'inscrit dans un cadre législatif défini par la loi de refondation de l'école de 2013, visant à lisser la rupture entre le premier et le second degré.

      L'enjeu central est d'assurer une continuité pédagogique, didactique et éducative pour sécuriser le parcours de l'élève, particulièrement lors du passage du CM2 à la 6ème.

      Cette transition est marquée par des ruptures structurelles (organisation du temps et de l'espace) et culturelles (polyvalence des professeurs des écoles versus spécialisation disciplinaire au collège).

      Le pilotage de cette liaison repose sur deux instances clés : le Conseil école-collège, tourné vers le pilotage stratégique, et le Conseil de cycle 3, axé sur la progressivité pédagogique.

      L'efficacité de ce dispositif dépend de la capacité des acteurs (IEN, chefs d'établissement, enseignants) à construire une culture commune, à s'appuyer sur des données objectives (évaluations nationales) et à mobiliser des outils innovants tels que le « Pacte enseignant », les laboratoires de mathématiques ou le dispositif « Devoirs faits ».

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadre institutionnel et instances de concertation

      La loi de 2013 a institutionnalisé la nécessité de renforcer la coopération entre les écoles et les collèges pour atténuer la rupture de fin de scolarité primaire.

      Les deux instances piliers

      | Instance | Composition et Présidence | Missions principales | | --- | --- | --- | | Conseil école-collège | Co-présidé par le principal du collège et l'IEN de circonscription. Inclut des professeurs des deux degrés. | Définir les actions de coopération inter-degré et assurer le pilotage stratégique de la transition. | | Conseil de cycle 3 | Enseignants de CM1, CM2 et 6ème. Le président est élu parmi les membres. | Définir la partie pédagogique du projet de cycle et assurer la progressivité des apprentissages du CM vers la 6ème. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse des ruptures et obstacles à la continuité

      Le passage au collège est décrit comme une période de transition où l'élève passe du statut de "plus grand de l'école" à celui de "plus jeune du collège". Plusieurs types de ruptures sont identifiés :

      Rupture environnementale et organisationnelle : Passage d'une unité de temps et de lieu (la classe unique) à un emploi du temps segmenté, impliquant une multiplicité d'intervenants et de lieux.

      Rupture didactique : Passage d'un enseignant polyvalent à une culture disciplinaire forte où chaque professeur a ses propres exigences et méthodes (multiplicité des "contrats didactiques").

      Obstacles professionnels :

      ◦ Différences statutaires (les 108 heures de concertation dans le premier degré n'ont pas d'équivalent formel strict dans le second degré). 

      ◦ Questions de légitimité réciproque entre les enseignants des deux degrés.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Le pilotage pédagogique : outils et indicateurs

      Un pilotage efficace doit s'éloigner du simple "ressenti" pour s'appuyer sur des données robustes.

      Les leviers du pilotage

      Évaluations Nationales : Elles constituent un outil essentiel pour objectiver les besoins des élèves du CP à la 4ème.

      Elles permettent d'adapter les réponses pédagogiques (soutien ou approfondissement).

      Livret Scolaire Unique (LSU) : Outil de traçabilité qui permet au collège de connaître le parcours antérieur et les acquis de chaque élève.

      Dialogue de pilotage pédagogique : Expérimentation (notamment dans l'académie de Strasbourg) réunissant IEN et chefs d'établissement pour travailler sur des thématiques transversales : école inclusive, alliance avec les familles, travail personnel de l'élève.

      "La liaison école-collège est souvent installée et vit là où le pilotage est conjoint entre le chef d'établissement et l'IEN." — Jean-Baptiste Rota, IA-DASEN adjoint.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Dispositifs et actions de terrain

      La liaison se manifeste par des actions concrètes visant à sécuriser les trajectoires de réussite.

      Dispositifs clés

      Devoirs faits : Généralisé en 6ème, ce dispositif vise à l'autonomie. L'intervention de professeurs des écoles au collège via le "Pacte" permet d'apporter une expertise transversale sur la manière d'apprendre.

      Laboratoires de Mathématiques (LaboMaths) : Espaces de formation et de pratique inter-degré.

      Ils favorisent la rencontre des enseignants et permettent aux élèves de CM2 de s'acculturer aux lieux du collège par le biais des apprentissages.

      Pôles Inclusifs d'Accompagnement Localisés (PIAL) : Le co-pilotage inter-degré des PIAL assure la continuité de l'accompagnement pour les élèves en situation de handicap, évitant des ruptures de service public préjudiciables.

      Immersion et projets communs : Journées de découverte, cross communs, ou projets culturels (PEAC) et citoyens.

      Innovations en cours

      CPE inter-degré : Expérimentation visant à sécuriser le parcours éducatif, travailler les compétences psychosociales dès l'école et maintenir l'alliance éducative avec les familles, qui tend parfois à s'étioler au collège.

      Formations d'Initiative Locale (FIL) : Formations communes incluant des visites croisées, des observations en classe et de la co-construction de séances entre enseignants du premier et du second degré.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Vers une culture de réseau et de recherche

      L'évolution de la liaison école-collège tend vers une logique de "réseau" où le collège et ses écoles de secteur partagent un langage et des objectifs communs.

      Constats et perspectives

      Le rôle des cadres : Les principaux et les IEN doivent se positionner comme les premiers pilotes pédagogiques et didactiques, parfois en se constituant eux-mêmes en "communautés apprenantes".

      Besoin de recherche : Bien que les initiatives de terrain soient nombreuses, le domaine manque encore de recherches universitaires approfondies.

      Les rapports institutionnels (comme celui de l'IGEN de 2016) soulignent que si les actions sont fréquentes, leur impact pédagogique réel doit être davantage mesuré et structuré.

      Climat scolaire : Un axe de réflexion futur réside dans l'impact de la liaison sur le climat scolaire, une dimension encore peu objectivée par rapport à la performance académique.

      "Il s'agit de lisser au maximum cette transition pour que les élèves puissent exprimer au mieux en 6ème les compétences qu'ils auront acquises dans le premier degré." — François Van Den Broucke, IGESR.

    1. Analyse du TDAH : Perspectives Cliniques et Expérientielles du Dr Olivier Revol

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les enseignements du Dr Olivier Revol, pédopsychiatre et spécialiste du Trouble Déficit de l'Attention avec ou sans Hyperactivité (TDAH).

      Le TDAH est un trouble du neurodéveloppement touchant environ 3 % des adultes et 6 % des enfants.

      À travers le récit de son propre parcours — diagnostiqué tardivement à l'âge adulte — et sa pratique clinique, le Dr Revol met en lumière la nécessité d'une approche médicale rigoureuse du diagnostic, dépassant les préjugés sur l'éducation ou la paresse.

      Les points clés incluent l'importance de l'identification des symptômes dès la petite enfance, l'impact du trouble sur l'autonomie scolaire et l'estime de soi, ainsi que l'omniprésence de comorbidités (anxiété, dyspraxie).

      Le Dr Revol prône une stratégie de résilience basée sur l'acceptation et des outils cognitifs simples comme le « Stop, Think and Go », visant à transformer ce trouble en une force plutôt qu'en une fatalité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Nature et Prévalence du TDAH

      Le TDAH est défini comme un trouble du neurodéveloppement caractérisé par une inattention, une impulsivité et, dans certains cas, une hyperactivité motrice.

      | Population | Prévalence Estimée | | --- | --- | | Enfants | 6 % | | Adultes | 3 % |

      Le trouble possède une forte composante héréditaire, comme l'illustre le cas du Dr Revol, qui a identifié ses propres symptômes après avoir diagnostiqué son fils.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Étude de Cas : Le Parcours d'Olivier Revol

      Le parcours d'Olivier Revol illustre comment le TDAH se manifeste à différentes étapes de la vie, souvent dans un contexte où le trouble n'est pas encore identifié par la médecine de l'époque.

      Enfance et Signes Précoces

      Impulsivité néonatale : Dès l'âge de 3 mois, des signes d'impulsivité étaient visibles (colère lors de l'alimentation si le rythme n'était pas assez rapide).

      Agitation motrice : Une difficulté marquée à rester en place, illustrée par l'usage de harnais de sécurité lors des sorties et une aversion pour les moments de repos forcés (siestes).

      Prise de risque : Une tendance aux comportements dangereux de manière inconsciente.

      Scolarité et Défis de l'Autonomie

      Précocité et décalage : Apprentissage autodidacte de la lecture en moyenne section de maternelle, menant à deux ans d'avance scolaire, vécus comme un « boulet » en raison du décalage de maturité avec ses pairs.

      Le virage du secondaire : Si le primaire permet un cadrage par l'enseignant, l'entrée en 6ème marque souvent une chute des résultats. Le manque d'autonomie et d'organisation propre au TDAH entre alors en conflit avec les exigences du collège, altérant l'estime de soi.

      Études Supérieures et Compensation

      Réussite par la passion : Malgré des résultats médiocres en mathématiques et physique au baccalauréat, la passion pour la médecine a permis une hyperfocalisation et une réussite du concours de première année.

      Besoin d'action : Une préférence marquée pour les stages pratiques plutôt que pour les cours théoriques magistraux, souvent difficiles à suivre pour une personne TDAH.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Méthodologie du Diagnostic Médical

      Le Dr Revol souligne l'importance de passer d'une vision comportementale (enfant « mal élevé » ou « fainéant ») à une véritable démarche clinique.

      Le Processus Diagnostique

      Le diagnostic repose sur une analyse multicritère et pluridisciplinaire :

      1. Anamnèse complète : Étude de l'histoire de l'enfant depuis la grossesse (mouvements fœtaux excessifs) jusqu'aux étapes de socialisation (crèche, école).

      2. Évaluation multisite : Les symptômes doivent être présents dans au moins deux environnements différents (maison, école, loisirs).

      3. Questionnaires standardisés : Remplis par les parents et les différents enseignants pour objectiver le comportement par rapport à la norme.

      4. Tests de QI et neuropsychologie : Exploration du fonctionnement cérébral pour identifier les différences structurelles.

      Observation Clinique : « Le Piège à Enfant »

      Dans son cabinet, le Dr Revol utilise des outils d'observation directe :

      Réaction aux stimuli : Un enfant TDAH papillonne entre les gadgets, les abandonnant rapidement dès qu'une difficulté surgit, contrairement à un enfant à haut potentiel qui s'acharnerait sur un casse-tête.

      Signe pathognomonique : L'exploration physique compulsive de l'environnement (par exemple, manipuler le passage de câbles d'un bureau) est un indicateur typique de l'agitation TDAH.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Comorbidités et Défis au Quotidien

      Le TDAH voyage rarement seul et engendre des conséquences collatérales importantes.

      Troubles Associés

      Troubles « Dys » : Fréquente association avec la dyslexie ou la dyspraxie (dont souffre le Dr Revol).

      Santé Mentale :

      Anxiété : Développée suite aux erreurs répétées, aux oublis et à la peur de mal faire.    ◦ Dépression : Conséquence du rejet social et de l'autodépréciation constante (« je suis nul »).

      Troubles du Spectre Autistique (TSA) : Parfois associés au tableau clinique.

      Manifestations à l'Âge Adulte

      Même stabilisé, le trouble réapparaît lors de phases de fatigue. Les situations procédurales (aéroports, courses) sont particulièrement anxiogènes et sources d'erreurs :

      • Oublis d'objets (clés USB, affaires personnelles).

      • Difficultés d'organisation (ex: manipuler deux chariots de course sans s'en rendre compte).

      • Décrochage attentionnel lors de conversations suivies.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Stratégies de Gestion et Résilience

      L'objectif du traitement et du suivi est de permettre au patient de s'accepter et de mettre en place des mécanismes de compensation.

      « Stop, Think and Go » : Une méthode simple consistant à s'arrêter et réfléchir avant d'agir pour contrer l'impulsivité et éviter les oublis.

      L'Empathie Clinique : Pour le Dr Revol, partager son propre diagnostic facilite la relation thérapeutique et aide les jeunes patients à ne plus culpabiliser.

      Diagnostic Tardif : Il n'est jamais trop tard pour se faire diagnostiquer. Comprendre son fonctionnement à 45 ou 60 ans permet de stopper l'auto-flagellation et d'améliorer sa qualité de vie.

      Transformation du Trouble : Le TDAH peut devenir une force s'il est bien géré, favorisant la créativité, l'action et une certaine forme d'énergie positive, comme en témoignent Olivier Revol et Michel Cymes dans leur ouvrage commun.

    1. Briefing : Les Inégalités Sociales de Santé (ISS) en Occitanie

      Ce document synthétise les interventions et les conclusions de la journée DRAPPS du 26 novembre 2024. Il détaille l'état de la mobilisation régionale, les enjeux conceptuels et les stratégies opérationnelles visant à réduire les inégalités sociales de santé (ISS) dans la région Occitanie.

      Résumé Exécutif

      La réduction des inégalités sociales de santé est désormais établie comme une priorité absolue du Projet Régional de Santé (PRS) de l'Occitanie.

      Face au constat d'un succès partiel des politiques antérieures, l'année 2024 a marqué un tournant avec la création d'un groupe de travail dédié par l'ARS et la CRSA.

      Les débats soulignent la nécessité de sortir d'une vision strictement médicale pour adopter une approche globale et intersectorielle. Les points clés de cette mutation incluent :

      La clarification conceptuelle : Lever la confusion entre précarité, accès aux soins et ISS.

      L'opérationnalisation des concepts : Passer de la théorie à la pratique via l'universalisme proportionné et la co-construction avec les usagers.

      L'ancrage territorial : Utiliser les Contrats Locaux de Santé (CLS) comme levier principal d'action.

      Le décloisonnement institutionnel : Rompre avec la segmentation entre le soin médical et l'accompagnement social.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Cadre Institutionnel et Mobilisation Régionale

      Le Groupe de Travail ISS (2024)

      Initié par le Directeur Général de l'ARS Occitanie et la Conférence Régionale Santé Autonomie (CRSA), ce groupe a été officiellement lancé en janvier 2024.

      Présidé par le Dr Pabert, il réunit une diversité d'acteurs : universitaires, élus, institutions (Assurance Maladie, MSA, DRESS), professionnels de santé et usagers.

      Ses missions principales sont :

      • Initier des échanges intersectoriels.

      • Développer une culture commune sur les ISS.

      • Émettre des recommandations pour des politiques publiques "prometteuses".

      • Assurer une mise en synergie des politiques existantes.

      Une volonté politique réaffirmée

      Les intervenants soulignent que le passage des ISS en priorité de santé publique n'est plus seulement théorique mais devient un engagement politique fort, malgré le constat d'objectifs non atteints lors des cycles précédents.

      L'objectif est de diffuser la connaissance pour que chaque décideur puisse évaluer si son action aggrave ou améliore les inégalités.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Enjeux Conceptuels et Obstacles Structurels

      Clarification des définitions

      Un constat majeur fait par le groupe de travail est la méconnaissance générale des ISS, marquée par une double confusion fréquente :

      1. ISS vs Accès aux soins : Les inégalités ne se résument pas à la capacité de consulter un médecin.

      2. ISS vs Précarité : Les ISS concernent l'ensemble de la population selon un gradient social, et non uniquement les populations les plus précaires.

      La "Hiérarchie des Vies" et l'Injustice Sociale

      Une réflexion philosophique (portée par Paul Lou Veil Dubuc) introduit l'idée que les ISS sont le symptôme d'un problème plus profond : l'existence d'une hiérarchie perçue de la valeur des vies humaines.

      Cette hiérarchie, parfois intériorisée par les personnes elles-mêmes, limite leur pouvoir d'agir. La lutte contre les ISS est donc présentée comme une lutte contre une injustice fondamentale.

      Obstacles identifiés

      La segmentation professionnelle : La séparation étanche entre le "médical" et le "social" empêche une approche globale de la personne.

      Le temps politique vs le temps de la prévention : La promotion de la santé s'inscrit sur le temps long (30 ans pour des résultats probants), ce qui est parfois incompatible avec les cycles électoraux privilégiant le curatif immédiat.

      Le détricotage des services universels : L'affaiblissement de structures comme la Protection Maternelle et Infantile (PMI) ou la médecine scolaire nuit à la base universelle nécessaire pour réduire les inégalités.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Stratégies d'Action et Leviers Opérationnels

      Les intervenants préconisent plusieurs approches méthodologiques pour transformer les concepts en actions concrètes.

      Tableau : Leviers de réduction des ISS

      | Levier | Description et Application | | --- | --- | | Universalisme Proportionné | Maintenir des services pour tous (universel) mais moduler l'intensité de l'aide selon les besoins et le gradient social. | | "Aller-Vers" | Dépasser la simple offre de soins pour aller au contact des populations (portage à domicile, unités mobiles), notamment via des "médiateurs pairs". | | Co-construction | Associer les publics cibles dès la conception des programmes (recherche participative) pour éviter les interventions "contre" les personnes. | | Plénitude des Droits | Lutter contre le non-recours en faisant connaître les droits existants et en renforçant le pouvoir d'agir des individus. |

      L'Aller-Vers et la Participation

      L'approche de la Fédération des acteurs de la solidarité (FAS) souligne que l'usager n'est pas un consommateur mais un acteur de sa santé.

      L'intervention doit se faire avec les collectifs existants (quartiers, groupes de pairs) plutôt que de cibler uniquement l'individu isolé, afin de favoriser la transmission communautaire des savoirs.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Application Territoriale et Professionnelle

      Le rôle central des Contrats Locaux de Santé (CLS)

      L'échelle de l'intercommunalité est identifiée comme le périmètre idéal pour agir.

      En Occitanie, environ 40 CLS sont actifs. L'enjeu actuel est d'intégrer des indicateurs ISS précis dans les diagnostics locaux pour évaluer l'impact réel des actions territoriales.

      La Mobilisation des Professionnels de Santé

      Le secteur libéral, représenté par l'URPS, insiste sur le rôle crucial du médecin généraliste comme premier recours.

      Formation : Intégrer la connaissance des ISS dès les départements de médecine générale.

      Outils : Utiliser les logiciels métiers pour mieux identifier le contexte de vie (profession, conditions de logement) des patients en quelques secondes.

      Mutualisation : Travailler en interprofessionnalité au sein des CPTS (Communautés Professionnelles Territoriales de Santé).

      Synergies Intersectorielles

      Des initiatives concrètes de désenclavement institutionnel sont mentionnées :

      Agriculture et Alimentation : Création de ponts entre les programmes alimentaires territoriaux (PAT) et les CLS pour agir sur la nutrition en milieu rural.

      Éducation et Prévention : Critique des politiques segmentées (groupes de niveau à l'école) qui peuvent involontairement accroître les inégalités sociales en amont.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Recommandations et Perspectives

      Le document identifie plusieurs axes de travail pour le groupe ISS en Occitanie :

      1. Développer des outils méthodologiques pour aider les élus et les professionnels à intégrer les ISS dans leurs projets.

      2. Améliorer l'évaluation en ne se contentant pas de compter les participants, mais en caractérisant socialement les publics touchés par les actions de prévention.

      3. Focaliser sur la petite enfance : Renforcer les moyens de la PMI pour intervenir le plus tôt possible, moment où l'action est la plus efficiente.

      4. Diffuser un langage commun : Création de glossaires et de dossiers de connaissances pour harmoniser les pratiques entre acteurs du soin et acteurs du social.

      En conclusion, la lutte contre les ISS en Occitanie nécessite un changement de paradigme où chaque décision publique doit être interrogée sous l'angle de son impact sur le gradient social de santé, sous peine d'aggraver involontairement les disparités existantes.

    1. Document de Synthèse : Interprétariat, Migration et Santé Mentale

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les interventions de la soirée-débat organisée le 12 octobre par Médecins du Monde et le CHU de Toulouse.

      Le constat central souligne une dégradation de l'accès aux soins pour les personnes précaires en France, exacerbée par une « crise de l'accueil » plutôt que par une simple crise migratoire.

      L'interprétariat professionnel y est identifié comme la « clé de voûte » indispensable pour assurer une prise en charge médicale et psychologique digne.

      Les points saillants incluent :

      • La précarisation croissante des exilés, avec une corrélation forte entre migration et sans-abrisme.

      • L'impact délétère des procédures administratives et des conditions d'accueil sur la santé mentale (traumatismes complexes).

      • Le rôle précurseur du CHU de Toulouse et de l'unité Iker dans l'intégration de l'interprétariat au sein du parcours de soins.

      • La nécessité de structurer et de financer l'interprétariat au-delà des dispositifs hospitaliers spécialisés pour toucher la médecine de ville.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Panorama de la Précarité et de la Migration en France

      Une crise de l'accueil institutionnalisée

      L'analyse de Nicolas Chambon (Orspere-Samdarra) remplace le terme de « crise migratoire » par celui de « crise de l'accueil ».

      Malgré une augmentation constante de la demande d'asile depuis 15 ans, les structures d'hébergement (CADA) restent insuffisantes.

      Statistiques clés de l'hébergement :

      ◦ 40 % des personnes dans le dispositif national d'accueil ne parlent pas français.   

      ◦ Dans les Centres d'Hébergement et de Réinsertion Sociale (CHRS), on compte 55 % d'étrangers.  

      ◦ Dans l'hébergement d'urgence, ce chiffre monte à 77 %.   

      ◦ L'Aide Médicale d'État (AME) est passée de 75 000 bénéficiaires en 2002 à plus de 400 000 aujourd'hui.

      Profils des populations vulnérables

      Le public rencontré par les structures de santé est de plus en plus hétérogène, incluant :

      Réfugiés et demandeurs d'asile : Environ 310 000 réfugiés et 140 000 demandeurs d'asile, dont beaucoup sont allophones.

      Mineurs Non Accompagnés (MNA) : Environ 50 000 personnes dans cette situation, en attente de reconnaissance de minorité ou en recours, avec des besoins spécifiques en santé mentale.

      Personnes déboutées : Environ 2/3 des demandeurs d'asile sont déboutés, ce qui entraîne une perte de droits et une précarité extrême.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Dispositifs de Santé et Réponses de Terrain

      Le Service de Médecine Sociale du CHU de Toulouse

      Sous la direction de Karine Parienté, ce service a développé plusieurs unités spécialisées pour répondre à la barrière linguistique et sociale :

      | Unité | Missions Principales | | --- | --- | | Iker | Coordination de l'appui aux professionnels de santé et travailleurs sociaux ; lutte contre l'hospitalo-centrisme ; financement de l'interprétariat en ville. | | PASS (Permanence d'Accès aux Soins de Santé) | Accueil des personnes sans droits (90 % de migrants) ; dispositif mobile pour les personnes à la rue. | | LHSS (Lits Halte Soins de Santé) | Accueil médico-social (séjours d'environ 1 mois) pour les personnes sans domicile nécessitant des soins aigus. | | Santé Sexuelle | Prévention et soins pour les publics à risque, notamment originaires de pays à haute prévalence. |

      L'action de Médecins du Monde (MDM) à Toulouse

      Yann Laperrière détaille une activité en expansion avec 10 salariés et 100 bénévoles, articulée autour de quatre programmes :

      1. CASO (Centre d'Accueil, de Soins et d'Orientation) : Consultations médicales pour les publics sans droits.

      2. Actions Mobiles : Médiation en santé dans les bidonvilles, squats et la rue, avec un focus sur les familles.

      3. Mission MNA : Programme exploratoire dédié aux mineurs isolés.

      4. Santé Mentale et Soutien Psychosocial : Activités collectives (ex: Café du Monde) et évaluations individuelles basées sur les ressources propres des personnes exilées.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Santé Mentale : Traumatismes et Parcours d'Exil

      La santé mentale est intrinsèquement liée aux conditions sociales. L'exil est décrit comme un parcours de ruptures successives et de violences.

      Pathologies et prévalence

      Trouble de stress post-traumatique (TSPT) : Concerne environ 1/3 de la population réfugiée.

      Troubles dépressifs : Touchent également 1/3 des exilés.

      Traumatismes complexes : Les traumatismes ne sont pas seulement liés au pays d'origine ou au voyage, mais aussi au « non-accueil » en France (vie à la rue, violence en centre d'hébergement).

      Les paradoxes du système de soin

      Nicolas Chambon souligne deux dérives majeures :

      L'utilitarisme administratif : Le soin est souvent réduit à l'obtention d'un certificat médical pour des procédures (titre de séjour « étranger malade », recours CNDA). Cela peut mener à « ouvrir » un traumatisme pour le récit administratif sans assurer de suivi thérapeutique derrière.

      L'inadaptation des dispositifs modernes : Les nouvelles approches de « santé mentale positive » ou de réhabilitation psychosociale sont souvent inaccessibles aux migrants car elles présupposent une stabilité sociale (logement, droits) que ces publics n'ont pas.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. L'Interprétariat : Un Outil de Soins Fondamental

      L'interprétariat est présenté non pas comme un accessoire, mais comme une condition sine qua non de la pratique clinique en contexte de migration.

      Enjeux cliniques et éthiques

      Précision du diagnostic : Sans interprète, des erreurs graves surviennent (ex: une patiente diagnostiquée par erreur comme souffrant de troubles psychiatriques alors qu'elle était simplement allophone).

      Reconnaissance de l'altérité : Parler dans sa langue maternelle permet de sortir du « récit de victime » imposé par l'administration pour redevenir sujet de son histoire.

      Problématiques de financement et de déploiement

      Une étude de l'ARS en région Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes révèle un décalage entre les besoins et l'utilisation des fonds :

      • Une enveloppe de 600 000 € destinée aux libéraux est consommée à 60 % par les PASS.

      • Les généralistes ne l'utilisent qu'à 2 % et les psychiatres libéraux à 1,8 %.

      Conclusion des intervenants : Il est impératif de structurer l'interprétariat comme un outil professionnel, financé et sensibilisé auprès de l'ensemble du corps médical pour garantir un accueil inconditionnel et un soin de qualité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Citations Clés

      « L'interprétariat est vraiment la clé de voûte de toute cette prise en charge importante. » — Yann Laperrière

      « On s'est rendu compte qu'en fait elle n'était pas folle, elle était vietnamienne. » — Nicolas Chambon (citant un psychiatre en 2017)

      « Soutenir la situation sociale des personnes, c'est soutenir leur santé mentale et inversement. » — Nicolas Chambon

    1. Briefing Doc : Vivre son adolescence dans un monde en crise

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les interventions du Professeur Ludovic Gicquel, pédopsychiatre et responsable de la Maison des Adolescents de la Vienne (Pictadom), lors d'une conférence organisée par la Caisse d'Allocations Familiales (CAF). Il explore les mécanismes biologiques, psychologiques et sociétaux qui définissent l'adolescence contemporaine.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Synthèse de la direction (Executive Summary)

      L'adolescence est une période de métamorphose radicale, marquée par un décalage structurel entre un corps qui s'adultise et un cerveau dont la maturité complète n'est atteinte qu'à l'âge de 25 ans.

      Aujourd'hui, ce processus se déroule dans un « bain sociétal » particulièrement anxiogène, caractérisé par une surstimulation numérique et des crises mondiales permanentes.

      Points clés à retenir :

      Santé mentale : Un adolescent sur quatre (11-15 ans) est touché par un trouble anxieux généralisé (sondage Ipsos 2021).

      Neurobiologie : Le cerveau adolescent est régi par les émotions (amygdale) plutôt que par la raison (cortex préfrontal), ce qui explique l'impulsivité.

      Concurrence numérique : Pour la première fois, l'interaction humaine est en concurrence directe avec l'interaction numérique, modifiant le rôle parental de « filtre ».

      Pathologies : 80 à 85 % des adolescents traversent cette période sans encombre majeur, mais les comportements d'auto-régulation dysfonctionnels (scarifications, addictions) sont en forte hausse.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La biologie de la métamorphose

      L'adolescence ne doit pas être perçue comme une simple transition, mais comme une étape de développement à part entière avec ses propres spécificités physiologiques.

      Le décalage cerveau-corps

      Le cerveau adolescent subit un remaniement profond. La maturation cérébrale est postéro-antérieure : elle commence par l'arrière et se termine par le cortex préfrontal, siège de la décision et de la gestion des émotions.

      Le cerveau émotionnel : L'amygdale est hyperactive, provoquant une réactivité émotionnelle intense.

      Le haut débit nerveux : La gaine de myéline s'épaissit, faisant passer la vitesse de l'influx nerveux de 1 à 100 mètres par seconde (passage de l'ADSL à la fibre optique).

      L'élagage synaptique (Pruning) : Le cerveau élimine les connexions inutilisées pour se spécialiser, rendant cette période cruciale pour l'apprentissage.

      La puberté et le rapport au corps

      La puberté impose un corps « adulte » à un esprit encore infantile. Ce processus est souvent vécu de manière passive : l'adolescent « subit » ses hormones et sa croissance.

      La violence de la métamorphose : Elle est souvent plus marquée chez les filles, créant une discordance entre l'image perçue et l'identité intérieure.

      La parentalité physiologique : Dès la puberté, le corps est apte à la reproduction, créant un décalage avec les normes sociales actuelles où l'autonomie est tardive.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le « bain sociétal » et l'impact du numérique

      L'environnement moderne agit comme un incubateur qui influence directement le développement des jeunes.

      Le monde numérique n'est plus un outil, mais un environnement concurrentiel.

      La concurrence de l'interaction

      L'interaction parentale est désormais en concurrence avec l'interaction numérique.

      Le smartphone est décrit comme une « arme de séduction massive » conçue par des industries pour capter le temps de cerveau disponible.

      Le mécanisme de la récompense : Les « likes » activent la dopamine, créant une dépendance à la validation externe (société de l'extimité).

      Le "scrolling" : Un mécanisme hypnotique qui altère la perception du temps et l'effort de concentration.

      Les distorsions de la réalité

      Image de soi : Les filtres et les photos retouchées créent des standards de beauté inaccessibles, générant un sentiment permanent d'anormalité.

      Pornographie : L'exposition précoce via smartphone (souvent dès le collège) est un « abus de faiblesse ».

      Elle propose une vision performative et violente de la sexualité, souvent incompatible avec les capacités de contenance émotionnelle des jeunes.

      | Domaine | Impact du numérique | | --- | --- | | Information | Saturation, difficulté à distinguer l'opinion du fait (Fake News). | | Social | Relations, ruptures et deuils vécus à distance avec une intensité réelle. | | Consommation | L'adolescent n'est plus le client, il est le produit (exploitation des vulnérabilités). |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Santé mentale : de l'adaptation à la rupture

      Le Professeur Gicquel distingue le développement normal des trajectoires pathologiques.

      Les troubles sont souvent des « aménagements pathologiques d'un développement normal ».

      Typologie des états adolescents

      1. Remaniements adaptatifs (80-85 %) : L'adolescence se déroule normalement.

      2. Troubles adaptatifs (10 %) : Souffrance transitoire et réactionnelle à l'environnement.

      3. Troubles structurels (5 %) : Pathologies lourdes (anorexie mentale, schizophrénie, troubles bipolaires, trouble borderline).

      Les signaux d'alerte

      L'inquiétude parentale est considérée comme le meilleur baromètre. Les symptômes de régulation émotionnelle dysfonctionnelle doivent alerter :

      Scarifications : En hausse de 400 % en 20 ans ; elles servent de « fusible » pour décharger une angoisse psychique insupportable sur le corps.

      Troubles alimentaires : Préoccupations excessives pour la diététique ou perte de poids rapide.

      Déscolarisation : Souvent liée au harcèlement (stigmatisation de la différence).

      Phobie sociale : Incapacité à faire groupe.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Rôle des parents et accompagnement

      Dans un monde insécurisant (climat, guerres, économie), le parent doit retrouver son rôle de filtre, tout en acceptant sa propre faillibilité.

      Recommandations pour les parents

      Maintenir le dialogue : Ne pas disqualifier les centres d'intérêt numériques (ex: Minecraft, TikTok), mais s'en servir comme base d'échange.

      Cultiver le libre arbitre : Aider l'adolescent à décrypter les images et les sources d'information.

      Accepter l'ingratitude : La séparation-individuation nécessite que l'adolescent se détache des parents, ce qui peut générer des conflits.

      Ne pas être parfait : Les parents ont le droit d'être anxieux ou tristes, à condition de l'expliquer a posteriori pour éviter que l'enfant ne se sente coupable.

      Structures de recours (Exemple de la Vienne)

      Pictadom (Maison des Adolescents) : Accueil gratuit, anonyme et sans rendez-vous pour les jeunes et les parents.

      Mon Psy : Dispositif permettant huit consultations de psychologue remboursées sur orientation médicale.

      Unités d'urgence (AZAP) : Prise en charge intensive de jour pour les crises suicidaires ou les troubles borderline.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Citations clés

      « L'adolescent n'est pas un enfant XL ni un adulte miniature. C'est un être à part entière. »

      « Le cerveau est adulte à 25 ans, soit 7 ans après le droit de vote. Il y a un décalage non négligeable. »

      « Nos enfants sont devenus nos parts de marché. Les adolescents vivent dans une société de consommation qui les consomme. »

      « Le parent est un filtre. On ne peut pas filtrer l'environnement si on est soi-même au prise avec des difficultés sans aide. »

    1. Note de Synthèse Stratégique : Les Compétences Psychosociales (CPS) au Cœur du Pilotage Pédagogique

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'évolution des exigences éducatives, soulignée par les résultats PISA, démontre que l'excellence académique est intrinsèquement liée au bien-être, à la gestion du stress et au développement des compétences psychosociales (CPS).

      Loin d'être une simple réponse au mal-être des élèves et des enseignants, l'intégration des CPS s'impose comme un levier de performance scolaire, avec une augmentation moyenne de 13 % des résultats académiques.

      Le passage d'une approche « décrochée » (ateliers ponctuels) à une approche « intégrée » (fusionnée aux disciplines) est identifié comme le défi majeur.

      Le chef d'établissement joue un rôle de pivot stratégique : il doit légitimer la démarche, harmoniser les pratiques, impulser une culture de l'exemplarité (modeling) et favoriser un environnement propice à l'auto-évaluation plutôt qu'à la sanction.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Fondements et Enjeux des Compétences Psychosociales

      Un impératif de santé mentale et de performance

      Les CPS ne sont plus perçues comme une option, mais comme un outil de prévention primaire.

      Elles agissent sur deux fronts :

      Côté élèves : Réduction du stress, de l'anxiété et de la dépression ; amélioration des comportements prosociaux et réduction significative du harcèlement scolaire.

      Côté enseignants : Prévention du burn-out (épuisement professionnel) et amélioration de la satisfaction au travail.

      Le contexte français est critique : seuls 55 % des enseignants se disent satisfaits de leur métier, contre 80 % en moyenne dans l'OCDE.

      L'impact sur la réussite académique

      Les méta-analyses citées par l'expert Damien Tessier révèlent que le développement des CPS n'améliore pas seulement le climat scolaire ; il impacte directement les résultats :

      Performance : +13 % de réussite scolaire en moyenne pour les élèves bénéficiant de ces programmes.

      Stabilité : Les gains académiques sont durables, persistant plusieurs mois, voire plusieurs années après l'intervention.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Évolution des Modèles : Vers l'Approche Intégrée

      Le système éducatif transitionne d'une logique de programmes spécifiques vers une infusion systémique dans les enseignements.

      | Caractéristiques | Approche Décrochée (Ponctuelle) | Approche Intégrée (Curriculaire) | | --- | --- | --- | | Format | Séances « clé en main » (ex: Unplug, Prodas, Kit Empathie). | Stratégies pédagogiques au sein des disciplines (Maths, EPS, Français). | | Temporalité | Ponctuelle, nécessite du temps scolaire supplémentaire. | Continue, quotidienne, sur toute l'année scolaire. | | Mise en œuvre | Souvent perçue comme une « brique en plus » par les enseignants. | Fongible dans les apprentissages disciplinaires existants. | | Objectif | Développement spécifique des CPS. | Développement simultané des CPS et des compétences disciplinaires. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Critères d'Efficacité et Qualité d'Implémentation

      Pour que l'intégration des CPS soit efficace, elle doit répondre aux critères SAFE et s'appuyer sur des pratiques didactiques précises.

      Les critères SAFE

      Séquencé (S) : Les interventions doivent suivre une progression pédagogique coordonnée.

      Actif (A) : L'élève doit être acteur (discussions, échanges, mises en situation).

      Focalisé (F) : Chaque séance doit cibler une CPS spécifique pour éviter la dispersion.

      Explicite (E) : Nécessité d'un retour réflexif pour verbaliser les ressentis et les acquis.

      Exemples d'intégration disciplinaire

      Mathématiques : Utiliser des travaux en îlots sur des « problèmes faux » pour travailler la coopération et les habiletés sociales (écoute active, respect du point de vue d'autrui).

      EPS (Escalade) : Utiliser des carnets de bord et des réglettes émotionnelles pour identifier les besoins derrière les émotions (besoin de réassurance derrière la peur) et développer des stratégies de régulation.

      Français : Analyser les processus émotionnels et l'empathie à travers les personnages de fiction (ex: l'Odyssée d'Homère).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Le Rôle Stratégique de la Direction d'Établissement

      Le chef d'établissement est le garant du passage d'une initiative isolée à une culture d'établissement systémique.

      Levier de Légitimation et de Cadrage

      Institutionnel : Rappeler que les CPS deviennent un pilier central du socle commun (horizon 2026).

      Scientifique : Apporter l'éclairage des méta-analyses pour convaincre les équipes enseignantes du bénéfice sur la performance et le climat.

      Pilotage Opérationnel

      Diagnostic partagé : Identifier ce qui est déjà pratiqué (vie scolaire, cantine, accueil) avant de fixer un ou deux objectifs annuels prioritaires.

      Harmonisation des pratiques : Soutenir le co-enseignement et mettre à disposition des outils ressources (grilles d'observation, pyramides de la réussite, réglettes émotionnelles) en salle des personnels.

      Formation : Encourager les Formations d'Initiative Locale (FIL) intercatégorielles (enseignants, vie scolaire, agents, AESH) et inter-degrés pour sécuriser le parcours de l'élève.

      L'Exemplarité (Modeling)

      Le chef d'établissement doit incarner les CPS dans sa gestion quotidienne.

      Cela implique :

      • • La maîtrise émotionnelle lors des réunions et conseils.
      • • L'utilisation explicite des habiletés sociales.
      • • Le « lâcher-prise » sur le besoin de contrôle absolu, acceptant une posture de pilote plus ouverte et réflexive.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Évaluation et Transfert des Compétences

      La question des indicateurs

      L'évaluation des CPS est complexe car elle touche à des processus intrapsychiques invisibles.

      Le risque de l'évaluation externe : Une absence de stress visible n'est pas forcément un signe de maîtrise (cela peut être du désengagement).

      L'approche recommandée : Privilégier l'auto-évaluation via des échelles de perception ou des grilles de progrès construites localement.

      Écueil à éviter : Ne jamais transformer les CPS en « note de vie scolaire » ou en outil de menace disciplinaire.

      L'évaluation doit rester positive et soutenante.

      L'objectif final : le transfert

      L'efficacité réelle du travail sur les CPS se mesure à la capacité de l'élève à transférer ces compétences hors du cadre scolaire (famille, clubs de sport, relations sociales).

      Le retour réflexif en classe est l'outil indispensable pour que l'élève conscientise ce transfert possible vers sa vie quotidienne.

    1. Technical communication uses elements of document design such as visuals, graphics, typography, color, and spacing to make a document interesting, attractive, usable, and comprehensible. While some documents may be totally in print, many more use images such as charts, photographs, and illustrations to enhance readability and understanding and simplify complex information. Research and Technology Oriented: Because of workplace demands, technical and workplace writing is often created in collaboration with others through a network of experts and designers and depends on sound research practices to ensure that information provided is correct, accurate, and complete. Ethical: Lastly, technical communication is ethical. All workplace writers have ethical obligations, many of which are closely linked to legal obligations that include liability laws, copyright laws, contract laws, and trademark laws. You'll learn more about these in a later chapter on ethics. What Standards Should I Observe to Make my Writing Successful? Good question! As a member of an organization or team, even as a student, you want to produce the absolute best writing you can. Here are the standards you must follow and some tips to help you. If you keep these in mind as you work through your learning in this text, hooray for you! You get the great writer award! You will also have a tremendous advantage in the workplace if your communication and design skills meet these standards. First and most important, your writing must be honest. Your trustworthiness in communication reflects not only on you personally but on your organization or discipline. Your writing has to be clear so that your reader can get from it the information you intended. Strive to make sure that you have expressed exactly what you mean, and have not left room for incorrect interpretations. Next, good writing is accurate. Do your homework and make sure you have your facts right. There is no excuse for presenting incorrect information. Also make sure you have all the facts, as your writing must also be complete. Have you included everything that your reader needs? Your audience has neither time nor patience for excessive verbiage, so simplify and cut any clutter. Good writing is always concise writing. Your document should be attractive and pleasing to look at. Just as you wouldn't eat a hamburger from a dirty plate, your reader will not be moved by a document that is not carefully designed and professional. Without exception, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and sentence structure have to be correct. Even a single grammatical or spelling error can cause your reader to dismiss you as not professional, as not caring enough to edit carefully. Poor writing at this level reflects poorly on your organization as well, and most companies can't mandate good writing with a law!

      Note 1: Visuals and Document Design

      Design components like images, graphics, color, and spacing are just as important in technical communication as words. These components aid in making material more comprehensible and interesting. Because images may make complex information easier to understand and make it easier to read, this demonstrates that presentation is equally as important as content.

      Note 2: Research and Cooperation

      This section emphasizes how research and teamwork are frequently used to generate technical communication. This is crucial since writing in the workplace needs to be trustworthy and precise. It demonstrates that technical writing needs to be grounded in facts and collaboration to guarantee accuracy rather than being merely subjective.

      Note 3: Technical Communication Ethics

      Technical writers must adhere to ethical standards, which include respecting copyright laws and refraining from giving inaccurate or deceptive information. This is crucial since unethical communication can undermine confidence and result in legal issues. It demonstrates that authors have obligations to both their organization and their audience.

      Note 4: The Value of Conciseness and Clarity

      The chapter illustrates that in order for readers to grasp the idea quickly, writing must be clear and succinct. Because workplace readers frequently lack the time to read lengthy or complex texts, this is crucial. Effective communication is enhanced and misconceptions are avoided with clear writing.

      Note 5: Concern Regarding Grammar and Professionalism

      According to this section, a writer can come out as unprofessional with just one spelling or punctuation error. This raises the question of how much a reader's trust in the writer is impacted by grammar. It demonstrates the need of proofreading since mistakes can undermine confidence even when the content is accurate.

    1. Erdős Virág - Na most akkorTap to unmute2xErdős Virág - Na most akkorVirág Erdős 222,098 views 10 years agoSearchInfoShoppingCopy linkIf playback doesn't begin shortly, try restarting your device.Pull up for precise seekingMute0:21•You're signed outVideos that you watch may be added to the TV's watch history and influence TV recommendations. To avoid this, cancel and sign in to YouTube on your computer.CancelConfirmUp nextLiveUpcomingCancelPlay nowShareInclude playlistAn error occurred while retrieving sharing information. Please try again later.0:050:05 / 3:09Live•Watch full video••31:07Bruce Lee Fought An Undefeated Thai Female Kickboxer Before Fame — Bangkok 1958Bruce Lee Encounters224k views • 7 days agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)5:23Michael Bennett Sings "Still My Child… Forever" This Song Broke Millions of HeartsMichael Benknett38k views • 2 days agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)4:27Na most akkor... - (Erdős Virág versét előadja Paizs Miklós és Darvas Kristóf)milla média25k views • 13 years agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)20:02Voice Coach/Opera Singer REACTION & ANALYSIS Disturbed "The Sound of Silence"The Charismatic Voice8.3m views • 5 years agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)3:40Orbán Viktor sokkoló kijelentést tett WashingtonbanATV Magyarország5.2k views • 2 hours agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)29:09Bruce Lee Was Mocked by a Navy SEAL Who Said "Come Fight a Real Man" Only 8 Witnessed ItBruce Lee Encounters903k views • 3 weeks agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)4:07Erdős Virág - Én vétkemVirág Erdős141k views • 10 years agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)31:33GUITAR-PRO pretended to be A HOMELESS GUITARIST and SHOCKED PEOPLE part 3 | PRANKAKSTAR ENG16m views • 4 months agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)10:20Carl Jung’s Final Message Before He Died | God Is Not a…Deep Psyche111k views • 9 days agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)16:59Opera Singer FIRST TIME REACTION to DAVID DRAIMAN (Disturbed) | Vocal Coach ReactsNick Higgs The Singer706k views • 10 months agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)32:25Google’s Quantum AI: It Was Asked Who Built the Universe, Here’s What It Replied…The Secret492k views • 1 month agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)8:17Shy Cleaning Lady Sings PITCH-PERFECT Rolling Stones Cover on BGT!Viral Feed1.6m views • 4 weeks agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+) NaN / NaN Create clip Gyuri Lajos Public   Add a title (required)   0/140 – 30.0 seconds Cancel Share clip Continue clipping after ad finishes Can't create clip while ad is playing Description Erdős Virág - Na most akkor 2.3kLikes222,098Views201610 Feb Szöveg, dallam, ének: Erdős Virág Zene, gitár, vokál: Kirschner Péter Rec&Mix&Master: Kirschner Péter, Lily Stúdió, Csömör, 2015 Jobb hangminőségben itt: https://soundcloud.com/erd-s-vir-g/na... …...more ...more Show less Virág Erdős 1.94k subscribers Videos About VideosAbout Erdős Virág - Na most akkor

      <<< https://hyp.is/w5MY9A6VEfGgd-uvnTWpYA/www.erdosvirag.hu/dalok/

    1. Don’t Trust the Cloud. You Need to Back Up Your Email and Online DataTap to unmute2xDon’t Trust the Cloud. You Need to Back Up Your Email and Online DataAsk Leo! 12,913 views 10 months agoSearchCopy linkInfoShoppingIf playback doesn't begin shortly, try restarting your device.Pull up for precise seekingMute2:18How vulnerable are you?•You're signed outVideos that you watch may be added to the TV's watch history and influence TV recommendations. To avoid this, cancel and sign in to YouTube on your computer.CancelConfirmIf you get an answer at all, that is.Up nextLiveUpcomingCancelPlay nowAsk Leo!SubscribeSubscribedVideos from Ask Leo! - https://askleo.com Answers in plain language, presented so you can understand. I help you use technology more effectively, giving you the confidence to do more, be more, and explore more of the world that today's technology makes available to us all. Making Technology Work For Everyone - Ask Leo!askleo.comVisitIs It Safe to Look, Just Look, at Spam?6:16HideShareInclude playlistAn error occurred while retrieving sharing information. Please try again later.0:011:31 / 9:09Live•Watch full video•Online providers don’t have your back•8:31A Father’s Last Goodbye? Michael Bennett Performs “I Just Might” on America’s Got TalentAGTverse11k views • 8 hours agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)20:02Voice Coach/Opera Singer REACTION & ANALYSIS Disturbed "The Sound of Silence"The Charismatic Voice8.3m views • 5 years agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)4:16LESSON 1: IP ADDRESSES ≠ IDENTITY (THE BASICS)#VideoJesus183 views • 2 weeks agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)12:03I’ve Stopped Using Google Search! Why you should consider it too.Ask Leo!1m views • 1 year agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)9:32Why Orban’s Fall Looks InevitableTLDR News EU256k views • 1 day agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)17:44Feynman: Why The Universe Obeys "Invented" MathThe Feynman Lens53k views • 5 days agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)15:30I Fried ChatGPT With ONE Simple QuestionRick Beato976k views • 4 months agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)15:54How Do I Store Files on My Computer and Not OneDrive?Ask Leo!566k views • 11 months agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)4:51Michael Bennett on America’s Got Talent sings Cold Hands, Warm Heart and breaks hearts live onstage!Tears and Talents250k views • 3 days agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)7:06The Fall of Bill GatesNewsthink464k views • 13 days agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)29:09Bruce Lee Was Mocked by a Navy SEAL Who Said "Come Fight a Real Man" Only 8 Witnessed ItBruce Lee Encounters902k views • 3 weeks agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+)29:14Secretary Rubio delivers remarks to the Munich Security ConferenceU.S. Department of State610k views • 6 days agoLivePlaylist ()Mix (50+) Don’t Trust the Cloud. You Need to Back Up Your Email and Online Data

      Description

    1. Portrait de la santé mentale chez les jeunes : Analyse et perspectives du Mouvement Jeunes et santé mentale

      Résumé exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les conclusions du « Portrait » mené par le Mouvement Jeunes et santé mentale (MJSM), une initiative de participation citoyenne impliquant plus de 850 jeunes Québécois âgés de 14 à 35 ans.

      L'analyse révèle une fracture profonde entre les besoins réels des jeunes et les réponses institutionnelles actuelles, marquées par une médicalisation excessive et une approche fragmentée des soins.

      Les points saillants incluent :

      Une demande de normalisation : Les jeunes revendiquent le droit de vivre et d'exprimer leur détresse sans être systématiquement pathologisés ou stigmatisés.

      La réalité numérique : Pour cette génération, l'espace virtuel n'est pas distinct de la « vraie vie », mais constitue un continuum essentiel pour le soutien et l'identité.

      L'échec de l'accès aux soins : Le système actuel impose des barrières géographiques, linguistiques et diagnostiques qui découragent la recherche d'aide.

      L'urgence d'un filet social : Face à une perte d'espoir collectif, le mouvement lance la campagne « Fini de patcher, temps de tisser serré », exigeant des solutions collectives plutôt que des interventions individuelles superficielles.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte et Méthodologie du Portrait

      Le Mouvement Jeunes et santé mentale, récemment incorporé, est né en 2016 d'une initiative de trois regroupements fondateurs (RRASMQ, Auberges du cœur, AGDSMQ), rejoints plus tard par le ROCLD et le ROCAJ.

      Sa mission est de lutter collectivement contre la médicalisation des difficultés vécues par les jeunes.

      Une approche « Par, Pour et Avec »

      Le MJSM se distingue par une gouvernance où les jeunes sont les décideurs et l'équipe permanente l'exécutant.

      Le Portrait a été coconstruit selon trois valeurs fondamentales :

      1. Approche sensible : Écoute active sans jugement, évitant de retraumatiser par des questions intrusives.

      2. Intersectionnalité : Prise en compte de la pluralité des oppressions (classe, race, genre, handicap).

      3. Processus collectif : Priorité donnée à la parole des jeunes à chaque étape.

      Portée de la consultation

      | Outils de collecte | Données recueillies | | --- | --- | | Questionnaires en ligne | Plus de 440 réponses (dont 90 % complètes malgré le caractère facultatif). | | Ateliers en ressources jeunesse | Réalisés dans 12 régions du Québec. | | Focus groups ciblés | Jeunes issus de la DPJ, racisés, neurodivergents, LGBTQ+, en situation de handicap physique. | | Total des jeunes consultés | Plus de 850 individus. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse thématique : Les grands constats

      Le Portrait est structuré en huit cahiers thématiques abordant les enjeux cruciaux identifiés par les participants.

      A. Mythes, tabous et normalisation

      Les jeunes rejettent la vision binaire de la santé mentale. Ils affirment que la détresse est une réaction normale au contexte actuel.

      Revendication : Normaliser sans banaliser.

      Il s'agit d'accepter l'expression d'émotions dites négatives (colère, tristesse) sans vouloir les « régler » immédiatement par une pilule ou un diagnostic.

      Besoin d'écoute : Un désir massif de pouvoir s'exprimer dans des espaces sécurisés (écoles, familles) sans conséquences négatives ou jugements.

      B. Soutien et appartenance : Une distinction cruciale

      Les jeunes font une différence nette entre deux types de réseaux :

      Groupe d'appartenance : Des pairs qui partagent les mêmes réalités (souvent en ligne), essentiels pour la validation émotionnelle.

      Réseau de soutien concret : Les personnes capables d'aider lors d'une crise matérielle (prêter de l'argent, aider à un déménagement).

      Le manque de soutien concret transforme souvent une détresse passagère en crise majeure.

      C. L'espace numérique comme continuum

      Contrairement aux générations précédentes, les jeunes ne séparent pas le virtuel du réel.

      Avantages : Accès à l'information, représentation des identités marginalisées, premier contact moins menaçant avec les ressources.

      Risques : Chambres d'écho, haine en ligne, comparaison sociale.

      Recommandation : Les jeunes souhaitent que les professionnels intègrent le numérique comme un outil de transition vers les services en personne, plutôt que de s'y opposer.

      D. Le « Non-Accès » aux services

      Le titre, suggéré par les jeunes, souligne que le système actuel crée activement des barrières.

      Critique du diagnostic : L'obligation d'avoir un diagnostic pour accéder aux soins est perçue comme un frein majeur.

      Érance médicale : Les jeunes sont fatigués de répéter leur histoire en silo à des professionnels qui ne communiquent pas entre eux.

      Rapport de force : Une crainte persistante de se voir imposer des solutions sans être consulté.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Spécificités des 12-17 ans

      La consultation des plus jeunes a mis en lumière des anxiétés précoces liées à la performance et à l'avenir.

      Milieu scolaire : Pression étouffante des notes et sentiment de détachement de la part des professionnels (profs et psychologues) perçus comme débordés.

      Anxiété face à l'avenir : Des jeunes de 13 ans s'inquiètent déjà de la fiscalité, du logement et de leur capacité à trouver un emploi.

      Espaces de décompression : Un besoin criant de « safe spaces » à l'école où il est permis d'exister sans objectif de performance.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Évolution des revendications et perspectives politiques

      L'analyse des données a forcé le MJSM à élargir ses revendications initiales, trop centrées sur les services techniques.

      Nouvelle revendication centrale

      « Le droit de vivre des périodes de détresse doit être pleinement reconnu, sans culpabilisation ni conséquences négatives. »

      Le mouvement constate une perte d'espoir collectif : les jeunes ne croient plus que les décideurs prennent en compte leur avenir.

      Campagne : « Fini de patcher, temps de tisser serré »

      Cette campagne vise à transformer l'indignation en force politique pour dénoncer la destruction du filet social.

      | Objectif | Action prévue | | --- | --- | | Responsabilisation | Pressions auprès des élus pour inclure le financement de solutions collectives dans les plateformes électorales. | | Visibilité | Utilisation d'un symbole commun (un « plaster » en feu) pour solidariser les luttes. | | Mobilisation | Lancement public le 16 avril avec une trousse d'outils pour les groupes communautaires. | | Alternative | Promouvoir des approches basées sur la transformation sociale plutôt que sur la gestion individuelle de l'anxiété. |

      5. Citations clés et conclusions incisives

      Sur la médicalisation : « On n’avait pas besoin de pilules, on avait besoin d’aide, on avait besoin qu’on m’écoute. »

      Sur le filet social : « L'absurdité de militer pour des miettes pendant que la maison brûle. »

      Sur la confidentialité : Les jeunes ne veulent pas d'un secret absolu, mais du « contrôle sur le partage de leur information » pour éviter de répéter sans cesse leur trauma.

      En conclusion, le Mouvement Jeunes et santé mentale appelle à un changement de paradigme : passer d'une gestion de crise individuelle à un investissement massif dans des solutions collectives inclusives et porteuses d'espoir.

    1. Links from the video: Article about 12 Favorite Problems by Joe Balcom: Article about working with email by Tiago Forte: https://fortelabs.com/blog/one-touch-... Contents: 0:00 Information. There's too much of it 2:22 What you'll learn 2:52 Principle 1 - Filtering 4:52 Principle 2 - Know the format by sight 6:11 Principle 3 - No one is forgotten, nothing is forgotten 7:45 ​​Principle 4 - Balanced information digestion 10:22 What's the output 11:11 Finale 👋🏻Hi, I'm Max Ryzhkov. 🧘‍♂️I'm engaged in the integral development of myself and the systems around me through analytics, writing, and translations from complex to understandable. ☀️I love memes, I hate slush.

      1233434234123

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the investigators identified LMOD1 as one of a subset of cytoskeletal proteins that levels increase in early stages of myogenic differentiation. Lmod1 is understudied in striated muscle and in particular in myogenic differentiation. Thus, this is an important study. It is also a very thorough study, with perhaps even too much data presented. Importantly, the investigators observed that LMOD1 appears to be important for skeletal regeneration, myogenic differentiation and that it interacts with SIRT1. Both primary myoblast differentiation and skeletal muscle regeneration were studied. Rescue experiments confirmed these observations: SIRT1 can rescue perturbations of myogenic differentiation as a result of LMOD1 knockdown.

      Strengths:

      Particular strengths include: an important topic, the use of primary skeletal cultures, the use of both cell culture and in vivo approaches, careful biomarker analysis of primary mouse myoblast differentiation, the use of two methods to probe the function of the Lmod1/SIRT1 pathway via using depletion approaches and inhibitors, and the generation of six independent myoblast cultures. Results support their conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 1. Images of cells in Figure 1A are too small to be meaningful (especially in comparison to the other data presented in this figure). Perhaps make graphs smaller?

      (2) Line 148 "We found LMOD2 to be the most abundant Lmod in whole skeletal muscle." This is confusing since most, if not all, prior studies have shown that Lmod3 is the predominant isoform in skeletal muscle. The two papers that are cited are incorrectly cited. Clarification to resolve this discrepancy is needed.

      (3) Figure 2. Immunofluorescence (IF) panels are too small to be meaningful. Perhaps the graphs could be made smaller and more space allocated for the IF panels? This issue is apparent for just about all IF panels - they are simply too small to be meaningful. Additionally, in many of the immunofluorescence figures, the colors that were used make it difficult to discern the stained cellular structures. For example, in Figure S1, orange and purple are used - they do not stand out as well as other colors that are more commonly used.

      (4) There is huge variability in many experiments presented - as such, more samples appear to be required to allow for meaningful data to be obtained. For example, Figure S2. Many experimental groups, only have 3 samples - this is highly problematic - I would estimate that 5-6 would be the minimum.

      (5) Ponceau S staining is often used as a loading control in this manuscript for western blots. The area/molecular weight range actually used should be specified. Not clear why in some experiments GAPDH staining is used, in other experiments Ponceau S staining is used, and in some, both are used. In some experiments the variability of total protein loaded from lane-to-lane is disconcerting. For example, in Figure S4C there appears to be more than normal variability. Can the protein assay be redone and the samples run again?

      (6) Figure S3 - Lmod3 is included in the figure but no mention of it occurs in the title of the figure and/or legend.

      (7) Abstract, line 25. "overexpression accelerates and improves the formation of myotubes". This is a confusing sentence. How is it improving the formation? A little more information about how they are different than developing myotubes in normal/healthy muscle would be helpful

      (8) Impossible from IF figures presented to determine where Lmod1 localizes in the myocytes. Information on its subcellular localization is important. Does it localize with Lmod2 and Lmod3 at thin filament pointed ends?

      Comments on revisions:

      Many comments have been adequately addressed. However, some concerns remain.

      Former Concern #2. The issue with the lack of detection of LMOD3 in their muscle samples is troublesome and has not been adequately resolved in the revised manuscript. It is a fact that most, if not all, studies on Lmod3 report that it is the most abundant isoform in skeletal muscle. This issue should be discussed in the manuscript. It is recognized that a different assay was utilized in this paper. The papers that are cited continue to remain incorrect. Specifically:

      Tsukada et al., reports abundance of LMOD2 in cardiac muscle, not in skeletal muscle.

      Nworu et al., 2015 reports on LMOD3 in skeletal muscle.

      Kiss et al.,2020. While this paper reveals an important function for Lmod2 in thin filament length regulation, it is clearly shows many examples of high expression of Lmod3 in various skeletal muscles isolated from mice.

      Former Concern #3. With respect to small sample numbers. Hopefully a statistical editor is available to comment. While this reviewer is happy that other assays were used to verify their data, the problem still remains that many experimental groups only have 3 samples (with high variability).

      Former Concern #3. Many immunofluorescence panels are hard to evaluate because of their small size.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study offers insights into the role of Leiomodin-1 (LMOD1) in muscle stem cell biology, advancing our understanding of myogenic differentiation and indicating LMOD1 as a regulator of muscle regeneration, aging, and exercise adaptation. The integration of in vitro and in vivo approaches, complemented by proteomic and imaging methodologies, is solid. However, certain aspects require further attention to improve the clarity, impact, and overall significance of the work, particularly in substantiating the in vivo relevance. This work will provide a starting point that will be of value to medical biologists and biochemists working on LMOD and its variants in muscle biology.

      Thank you for the positive feedback on our manuscript and the constructive criticism provided by the reviewers that helped us improve our manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Ori and colleagues investigates the role of Lmod1 in muscle stem cell activation and differentiation. The study begins with a time-course mass spectrometry analysis of primary muscle stem cells, identifying Lmod1 as a pro-myogenic candidate (Figure 1). While the initial approach is robust, the subsequent characterization lacks depth and clarity. Although the data suggest that Lmod1 promotes myogenesis, the underlying mechanisms remain vague, and key experiments are missing. Please find my comments below.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback on our manuscript and the helpful comments, which helped improve it.

      (1) The authors mainly rely on coarse and less-established readouts such as myotube length and spherical Myh-positive cells. More comprehensive and standard analyses, such as co-staining for Pax7, MyoD, and Myogenin, would allow quantification of quiescent, activated, and differentiating stem cells in knockdown and overexpression experiments. The exact stage at which Lmod1 functions (stem cell, progenitor, or post-fusion) is unclear due to the limited depth of the analysis. Performing similar experiments on cultured single EDL fibers would add valuable insights.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. In addition to performing standard measurements such as staining for Myogenin and Myosin Heavy Chain (Figure S2H), we focused on morphological readouts, such as myotube formation, because LMOD1 is an actin cytoskeleton-associated protein. Therefore, we reasoned its function would be most directly reflected in structural changes during differentiation, rather than solely in early transcriptional markers. 

      Regarding the use of standard markers, we have already performed co-staining for Myogenin and Myosin Heavy Chain (MHC), which effectively quantifies early myogenic committed (Myogenin+/MHC-) and terminally differentiating (Myogenin+/MHC+) cells (Figure S2H). We did not include Pax7 as our primary culture system consists of already activated myoblasts, where Pax7 is not a reliable marker of quiescence. Our data also suggest that Lmod1 is important in regulating differentiation with comparably only mild effects on proliferation (S2D-E), therefore, we focused on this stage of myogenesis.

      Our focus on differentiation over activation is further supported by multiple lines of evidence. First, analysis of publicly available transcriptome datasets reveals that Lmod1 mRNA levels actually decrease upon Muscle Stem Cell (MuSC) activation, suggesting its primary role is not during this initial phase. We added this data for clarification to Figure S1B. This aligns perfectly with our in vivo data from cardiotoxin-induced muscle regeneration, where abundance of LMOD1 protein peaks at days 4-7 post-injury — a time point coinciding with new myofiber formation and maturation — rather than during the initial activation and proliferation phase (days 1-3) (Figure 4I).

      Given this strong evidence pointing to a primary role for LMOD1 during the later stages of differentiation, we believe our current analyses are the most relevant. While single EDL fiber cultures are valuable for studying the quiescence-to-activation transition, they would not provide significant additional insight into the specific differentiation-centric mechanism we are investigating here. We are confident that our chosen readouts appropriately address Lmod1's function in the differentiation of myoblasts and formation of myotubes.

      (2) In supplementary Figure 2E, the distinction between Hoechst-positive cells and total cell counts is unclear. The authors should clarify why Hoechst-positive cells increase and relabel "reserve cells," as the term is confusing without reading the legend.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the confusion regarding the naming of the cell populations and the increase in Hoechst-positive cells. We have now modified this and revised the terminology used in Figure S2E to improve clarity. Specifically, we have relabeled "reserve cells" as "non-proliferating myoblasts (Ki67-/Hoechst+)" to describe these cells more accurately without requiring the legend for interpretation. Regarding the increase in Hoechst-positive cells, we observed a slight (26%) but significant decrease in the number of proliferating myoblasts (Ki67+/Hoechst+) (Figures S2D and S2E). The relative increase in non-proliferating (Ki67-/Hoechst+) cells is a consequence of the significant reduction in the number of proliferating cells (Ki67+/Hoechst+) cells. Importantly, the total cell count (sum of Ki67-/Hoechst+) and (Ki67+/Hoechst+) remained stable. This has been clarified in the revised figure legend and main text as follows:

      “This was accompanied by a proportional increase in non-proliferating myoblasts (Ki67-/Hoechst+), while the total Hoechst-positive cell count (Ki67+/Hoechst+ and Ki67-/Hoechst+) remained unchanged (Figure S2E).”

      (3) The specificity of Lmod1 and Sirt1 immunostaining needs validation using siRNA-treated samples, especially as these data form the basis of the mechanistic conclusions.

      We have validated the specificity of the LMOD1 antibody using multiple approaches. Specifically, we performed immunofluorescence and immunoblotting on Lmod1 siRNA-transfected samples, where we observed a significant reduction in the Lmod1 protein signal compared to control conditions (see manuscript data from Figure S2G).

      Additionally, LMOD1 overexpression experiments demonstrated a corresponding increase in the signal for LMOD1 using immunofluorescence analyses, confirming the specificity of the antibody for detecting LMOD1.

      For the reviewers’ interest, we add Author response image 1:

      Author response image 1.

      Specificity of antibodies detecting LMOD1. Representative immunofluorescence images of LMOD1 in primary myoblast cultures following siLmod1 knockdown, LMOD1 overexpression, or controls transfected with a non-targeting siRNA (siCtrl) after one day of differentiation. LMOD1 (purple), SIRT1 (yellow), and nuclei (Hoechst, blue). Scale bar: 10 µm.

      For the SIRT1 antibody used in our immunostaining, the specificity was validated by transfecting primary myoblasts with siRNA targeting Sirt1 and performing immunoblot analyses (Figure S5A). These showed a significant reduction in SIRT1 protein levels, confirming both the effectiveness of the siRNA and, critically, the antibody's ability to specifically recognize and detect SIRT1 protein. Furthermore, the same SIRT1 antibody was utilized in our nuclear-cytoplasmic fractionation experiments (Figure S4C), and its ability to detect SIRT1 in the expected subcellular compartments further supports its specific binding to SIRT1. While direct immunofluorescence on Sirt1 siRNA-transfected samples was not performed, the robust demonstration of the antibody's specificity for Sirt1 protein via immunoblotting (i.e., correct molecular weight band, significantly reduced by Sirt1 siRNA) and its distribution in subcellular fractions, which is fully consistent with the localization immunostaining performed at the same time points (compare Figure S4C and 5A), provide strong evidence on the antibody’s specificity, also in immunofluorescence experiments.

      (4) The authors must test the effect of Lmod1 siRNA on Sirt1 localization, as only overexpression experiments are shown

      We carefully considered performing this experiment. However, the knockdown of Lmod1 significantly impairs myogenic differentiation, a crucial cellular process that itself can influence protein localization. Consequently, if SIRT1 localization would be altered following knockdown of Lmod1, it would be challenging to disentangle whether this was a direct result of LMOD1 absence impacting SIRT1 trafficking or an indirect consequence of the cells failing to differentiate properly. This would make it difficult to draw clear conclusions regarding a direct causal link between LMOD1 and SIRT1 localization from such an experiment. Therefore, we focused on overexpression experiments, where we could demonstrate that altering LMOD1 levels is sufficient to affect SIRT1 localization. Our nuclear-cytoplasmic fractionation experiments clearly show that LMOD1 overexpression leads to changes in SIRT1 distribution (Figure 5H-K). These findings provide evidence that LMOD1 can directly modulate SIRT1 localization, supporting our mechanistic conclusions.

      (5) In Figure S3, the biotin signal in LMOD2 samples appears weak. The authors need to address whether comparing LMOD1 and LMOD2 is valid given the apparent difference in reaction efficiency. It would also help to highlight where Sirt1 falls on the volcano plot in S3B.

      We agree that the overall biotin signal on the streptavidin blot for the LMOD2-BirA* sample appears weaker than for LMOD1-BirA*. To provide a more direct comparison of the bait proteins themselves, we have now added a bar graph to the revised Figure S3D, which quantifies the relative abundance of LMOD1 and LMOD2 bait proteins in the pull down experiments. This analysis shows that the levels of LMOD1-BirA* and LMOD2-BirA* were comparable in our BioID samples. Furthermore, the validity of the LMOD2 BioID experiment is strongly supported by the identification of several known LMOD1 and LMOD2 interaction partners. As shown in the dataset, well-established interactors such as TMOD1, TPM3, and TMOD3 were identified, with some even showing stronger enrichment with LMOD2 than with LMOD1. This confirms that the biotinylation reaction was efficient enough to capture proximal proteins for both baits.

      Regarding SIRT1, we have now highlighted in yellow its position on the volcano plot in the revised Figure S3E. As can be seen, SIRT1 was identified in the LMOD1-BirA sample and showed enrichment. We believe these clarifications, along with the additional expression data and the successful identification of known interactors, confirm the validity of our comparative BioID analysis.

      (6) The immunostaining data suggest that Lmod1 remains cytoplasmic throughout differentiation, whereas Sirt1 shows transient cytoplasmic localization at day 1 of differentiation. The authors should explain why Sirt1 is not constantly sequestered if Lmod1's cytoplasmic localization is consistent. It is also unclear whether day 1 is the key time point for Lmod1 function, as its precise role during myogenesis remains ambiguous.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have no data explaining why SIRT1 is not constantly sequestered while LMOD1 remains consistently cytoplasmic. We can only speculate that the transient cytoplasmic localization of SIRT1 may be linked to the availability and functional role of LMOD1 throughout the differentiation process. While LMOD1 is present at low levels in proliferating primary myoblasts, its expression increases upon the initiation of differentiation (Figure 2A). Initially, during the early stages of differentiation, LMOD1 may not be required for actin nucleation as the major remodeling of the cytoskeleton has not yet begun. During this phase, LMOD1 might have the capacity to sequester SIRT1 in the cytoplasm.

      However, as differentiation progresses and morphological changes take place, LMOD1 may switch its functional role to actin nucleation, thereby releasing SIRT1. This transition could explain why SIRT1 is free to localize transiently to the cytoplasm, particularly at day 1, when cytoskeletal remodeling is beginning but not yet fully established.

      Additionally, as LMOD1 and SIRT1 are known to colocalize in the nucleus, they may exit the nucleus together. Once in the cytoplasm, LMOD1 may become engaged in actin nucleation, allowing SIRT1 to function independently, which could explain the transient nature of SIRT1’s cytoplasmic localization.

      We have acknowledged this gap in our understanding in the discussion of the revised manuscript:

      “Our immunostaining data show that while LMOD1 is consistently cytoplasmic, its partner SIRT1 is only transiently localized in the cytoplasm. This suggests that their interaction is dynamically regulated. We hypothesize that the function of LMOD1 is determined by the changing availability of its binding partners during differentiation. During the initial phase, LMOD1 may primarily function to sequester SIRT1, a key regulator of myogenic genes. As differentiation proceeds, the increased expression of cytoskeletal components, such as its canonical partners TMODs and TPMs, likely shifts the function of LMOD1 towards its role in actin nucleation. This molecular switch, potentially driven by a change in the interactome of LMOD1, could then result in the release of SIRT1 from the cytoplasm. Such a mechanism may coordinate transcriptional regulation with cytoskeletal remodeling during myoblast differentiation.”

      (7) The introduction does not sufficiently establish the motivation or knowledge gap this work aims to address. Instead, it reads like a narration of disparate topics in a single paragraph. The authors should clarify the statement in line 150, "since this protein has been...,".

      We thank the reviewer for requesting clarification regarding our focus on LMOD1 (Introduction and Line 150 in the original submission). In the revised manuscript, we shortened the introduction and more clearly emphasized the motivation of our study:

      “Although these mechanisms contribute to remodeling the cellular architecture of MuSCs, a comprehensive understanding of the temporal dynamics of proteome remodeling during differentiation remains lacking. To address this knowledge gap, we performed an unbiased proteomic analysis of the early stages of myogenic differentiation to identify previously unrecognized proteins involved in this process and to examine how they functionally interact with established regulatory pathways.”

      Our decision to focus on LMOD1 was driven by its significant upregulation in our temporal proteome dataset, together with its previously uncharacterized role in primary myoblasts. Furthermore, to strengthen the interpretation of LMOD1’s role, particularly in the context of aging, we have integrated a new analysis of published transcriptomic datasets. This can be found in the main text as follows:

      “Surprisingly, we detected LMOD1 in freshly isolated muscle stem cells (MuSCs), but not LMOD2. Additionally, we observed that the protein levels of LMOD1 increased in MuSCs isolated from older mice (Figure 2C and Figure S1B). We further analyzed published transcriptomic data sets that describe changes between young and old MuSCs in both quiescent and activated states in young and old animals (Liu et al. 2013; Lukjanenko et al. 2016). In these analyzed transcriptomic data sets, Lmod1 was found to be significantly downregulated during the activation of MuSCs in both young and old mice (see Figure S1B).

      To assess the in vivo relevance of our finding, we queried two proteomic datasets of freshly isolated MuSCs and four different skeletal muscles (gastrocnemius, G; soleus, S; tibialis anterior, TA; extensor digitorum longus, EDL) (Schüler et al. 2021). We found LMOD2 to be the most abundant leiomodin protein in whole skeletal muscle, consistent with data from (Tsukada et al. 2010; Nworu et al. 2015; Kiss et al. 2020), while the overall abundance of LMOD1 was lower since this protein has been mainly associated with smooth muscle cells (Nanda and Miano 2012; Conley et al. 2001; Nanda et al. 2018) (Figure 2B).”

      Overall, while the identification of Lmod1 as a pro-myogenic factor is convincing, the mechanistic insights are insufficient, and the manuscript would benefit from addressing these concerns.

      We thank the reviewer for their constructive criticism. In the revised manuscript, we have strengthened our mechanistic insights and the validation of our findings by implementing the suggestions of the reviewers and including new experimental data to address their concerns.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors identify Leiomodin-1 (LMOD1) as a key regulator of early myogenic differentiation, demonstrating its interaction with SIRT1 to influence SIRT1's cellular localization and gene expression. The authors propose that LMOD1 translocates SIRT1 from the nucleus to the cytoplasm to permit the expression of myogenic differentiation genes such as MYOD or Myogenin.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this work lies in the robust temporal resolution achieved through a time-course mass spectrometry analysis of in vitro muscle differentiation. This provides novel insights into the dynamic process of myogenic differentiation, often under-explored in terms of temporal progression. The authors provide a strong mechanistic case for how LMOD1 exerts its role in muscle differentiation which opens avenues to modulate.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback on our manuscript and the insightful comments which helped to improve the manuscript!

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation of the study is the in vivo data. Although the authors do translate their findings in vivo for LMOD1 localization and expression, the cross-sectional imaging is not highly convincing. Longitudinal cuts or isolated fibers could have been more useful specimens to answer these questions. Moreover, the authors do not assess their in vitro SIRT1 findings in vivo. A few key experiments in regenerating or aged mice would strengthen the mechanistic insight of the findings.

      We agree that longitudinal cuts and isolated fibers can provide excellent morphological detail for specific questions. However, for our primary objective in this study, which was to assess the temporal expression and localization of LMOD1 across the tissue during the regeneration process, we decided that cross-sectional analysis provided the most robust and reliable overview. Cross-sectional imaging effectively captures the spatial distribution of LMOD1 across multiple myofibers and their surrounding microenvironment, simultaneously assessing the whole cross-sectional area. By using this approach, we were able to evaluate the broader tissue architecture and cellular context, which was essential for understanding the dynamic changes occurring during regeneration. We were also able to investigate all myofibers of a muscle, and not only a small proportion, which we would analyze with longitudinal sections and isolated myofibers. Therefore, we continued using cross-sections for further analyses.

      We fully agree with the reviewer that validating our in vitro SIRT1 findings in an in vivo context is an essential next step. To address this, we performed additional analyses on our existing regenerating muscle samples and incorporated new immunostainings for SIRT1 and PAX7 into the regeneration time-course (now shown in revised Figure 4I), providing further in vivo support for our proposed mechanism. We focused specifically on cross-sections collected at day 5 post-injury, a time point selected based on the peak in LMOD1 expression, to assess whether SIRT1 levels increase in parallel with LMOD1 during regeneration. Notably, SIRT1 abundance is elevated at day 5 post-injury, underscoring its involvement in early myogenic differentiation. This conclusion is further supported by the localization of SIRT1 within mononucleated cells and newly formed myofibers at this stage of regeneration.

      Finally, we agree that further mechanistic studies in vivo would be highly valuable. While we were able to address SIRT1 dynamics in our regeneration model as suggested, an aged mouse cohort was unfortunately not available to us for this kind of study. Furthermore, more extensive in vivo experiments, such as those involving genetic manipulation, were beyond the scope of the current study, partly due to constraints related to animal welfare regulations and our approved experimental protocols.

      Discussion:

      Overall, the study emphasizes the importance of understanding the temporal dynamics of molecular players during myogenic differentiation and provides valuable proteomic data that will benefit the field. Future studies should explore whether LMOD1 modulates the nuclear-cytoplasmic shuttling of other transcription factors during muscle development and how these processes are mechanistically achieved. Investigating whether LMOD1 can be therapeutically targeted to enhance muscle regeneration in contexts such as exercise, aging, and disease will be critical for translational applications. Additionally, elucidating the interplay among LMOD1, LMOD2, and LMOD3 could uncover broader implications for actin cytoskeletal regulation in muscle biology.

      We thank the reviewer for this excellent suggestion for future analyses. We have included these important considerations and future avenues in the Discussion of the revised manuscript:

      “Our immunostaining data show that while LMOD1 is consistently cytoplasmic, its partner SIRT1 is only transiently localized in the cytoplasm. This suggests that their interaction is dynamically regulated. We hypothesize that the function of LMOD1 is determined by the changing availability of its binding partners during differentiation. During the initial phase, LMOD1 may primarily function to sequester SIRT1, a key regulator of myogenic genes. As differentiation proceeds, the increased expression of cytoskeletal components, such as its canonical partners TMODs and TPMs, likely shifts the function of LMOD1 towards its role in actin nucleation. This molecular switch, potentially driven by a change in the interactome of LMOD1, could then result in the release of SIRT1 from the cytoplasm. Such a mechanism may coordinate transcriptional regulation with cytoskeletal remodeling during myoblast differentiation.”

      “Moreover, delineating the functional specialization and potential redundancy among leiomodin proteins represents an important next step. Our data indicate that LMOD1 primarily regulates early myogenic differentiation (Figure 3). In contrast, the lack of an early functional phenotype upon LMOD2 depletion, together with its upregulation at later stages (Figure S2A), suggests a temporal shift in regulatory control. Accordingly, a systematic comparative analysis of LMOD1, LMOD2, and LMOD3 will be required to elucidate their distinct roles in actin cytoskeleton regulation across the myogenic program, particularly with respect to myofibril maturation and maintenance.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Changes:

      (1) In Vivo Data on SIRT1:

      The inclusion of in vivo data on SIRT1 localization and expression would significantly strengthen the manuscript. Similar staining techniques used for LMOD1 could be applied to SIRT1. Additionally, imaging muscle specimens such as longitudinal sections or isolated myofibers would provide clearer insights into SIRT1's spatial distribution and improve upon the less convincing cross-sectional images currently presented (Figure 2).

      We fully agree that providing in vivo data on SIRT1 localization and expression is a crucial step to support our in vitro findings. Following the reviewer's suggestion, we have performed new experiments on muscle regeneration samples using the analyses of cross-sections as done for the analysis of LMOD1 localization. Specifically, we performed immunostaining for SIRT1 on cross-sections from muscle samples collected at day 5 post-injury, a time point selected based on the observed peak in LMOD1 expression. These new data (now included in revised Figure 4I) allowed us to assess whether SIRT1 levels increase during regeneration in parallel with an increase in LMOD1 abundance.

      Regarding the suggestion to use longitudinal sections or isolated myofibers, we agree that these preparations offer excellent answers for certain questions. For the primary goal of our study, to assess the temporal expression changes across the entire regenerating tissue at different time points, we found that cross-sections provided the most comprehensive and robust overview and therefore did not use longitudinal sections or isolated myofibers. 

      Performing additional animal experiments to obtain these specific preparations was beyond the scope of the current study and subject to constraints from our approved animal welfare protocols.

      (2) Morphology of siLmod1 Cells:

      The morphology of siLmod1-treated cells in vitro (Figure 3) raises concerns. Assessing cell viability or cell death in these experiments would help ensure that differences are not due to dead or unhealthy cells being quantified. There is also a notable discrepancy between the control panels in Figures 3C and 3H compared to the experimental conditions in 3F and 3K, particularly in terms of cell length and morphology. These inconsistencies should be addressed or clarified.

      We acknowledge the visual discrepancies in cell morphology noted by the reviewer (e.g., between Figures 3C/3H and 3F/3K). These differences can be attributed to biological variability between primary myoblast cultures isolated from different mice. Such variability includes differences in myogenic potential and the fact that cells are not synchronized, leading to variations in differentiation efficiency, baseline morphology, and cell length across cultures (Cornelison 2008; Vaughan and Lamia 2019). To account for this, we decided to use n=6 biological replicates, i.e., primary myoblast cultures isolated from 6 different mice, for immunofluorescence analysis, ensuring robust quantitative data. Furthermore, we confirmed that this phenotype was not an artifact of culture conditions, as we consistently observed the same effect of Lmod1 knockdown independently of the passage number of the myoblasts or the donor mouse.

      To address the concerns that morphological changes in siLmod1-treated cells might reflect cell death, we performed a TUNEL assay (transfection at day 1, analysis at day 3 of differentiation). This revealed no significant increase in TUNEL-positive (apoptotic) cells in siLmod1- (or siSirt1-) transfected samples versus siCtrl-transfected cells. These new data have been added to the revised manuscript as Supplementary Figure S2I. The TUNEL data indicate that the observed morphological changes upon knockdown of Lmod1 are not due to induced cell death. Supported by these results, our interpretation is that knockdown of Lmod1 impairs or arrests differentiation rather than causing cell death. Furthermore, our quantification of different cell populations showed shifts indicative of impaired differentiation (e.g., accumulation of cells at earlier stages) without exhibiting significant loss in cell numbers. For example, the numbers of myogenin+/MHC- and myogenin+/MHC+ cell populations, and differentiated myotubes, were not significantly reduced after transfection with siLmod1. A slight, not significant trend towards fewer non-proliferating myoblasts/reserve cells characterized by the expression of Myogenin-/MHC-Hoechst+ (Figure S2H) was noted. Overall, cells appeared to be 'stuck' in differentiation, consistent with the role of Lmod1 in impairing differentiation but not causing cell death. We have further clarified this aspect in the revised manuscript.

      (3) LMOD1 and SIRT1 Interaction in Myogenic Cells:

      Strengthening the connection between LMOD1 and SIRT1 within the myogenic system would enhance the manuscript. Could proximity ligation assays (PLA) be performed in myogenic cells, as was done in HEK293T cells? Additionally, investigating whether SIRT1 remains in the nucleus upon LMOD1 knockdown using siRNA would provide mechanistic insight into their interaction during myogenic differentiation.

      We would like to clarify that the Proximity Ligation Assays (PLA) shown in Figure 4H were indeed performed in primary myoblasts, confirming the LMOD1-SIRT1 interaction directly in a myogenic context. We have modified the text to clarify that primary myoblasts were used for the PLA assays.

      Minor Points:

      (1) Was Lmod1 knockdown confirmed in vivo?

      To target Lmod1 in Muscle Stem Cells (MuSCs) in vivo, we utilized self-delivering Accell siRNAs. This delivery system has been previously validated and shown to be highly effective for targeting MuSCs in regenerating muscle (Bentzinger et al., Cell Stem Cell, 2013).

      While this is an established method for delivery, confirming knockdown specifically within the rare MuSC population is technically challenging using bulk tissue analysis, as the target signal is diluted by numerous other cell types. 

      Therefore, to ensure the efficacy of our specific siRNA, we performed in vitro validation. For the reviewers' interest, we add Author response image 2 showing the efficiency of the respective siRNAs:

      Author response image 2.

      Knockdown efficiency of siRNAs targeting Lmod1 and Lmod2 following using the same self-delivering siRNA in proliferating primary myoblasts as used in in vivo experiments. Self-delivering Accell siRNA was added to primary myoblasts cultured in low serum media for 48 hours. Relative mRNA expression levels of Lmod1 and Lmod2 were measured after self-delivering Accell siRNA transfection targeting either Lmod1 (siLmod1) or Lmod2 (siLmod2). Expression levels were compared to control siRNA-transfected cells (siCtrl) and normalized to Gapdh expression.

      Based on the documented efficacy of this delivery system from prior literature and our own validation of the specific siRNAs used here, we are confident in the knockdown efficiency of the respective siRNAs. We decided not to perform additional animal experiments due to animal welfare considerations.

      (2) Some of the western blot bands do not appear to match the expected patterns for the tested proteins compared to controls (e.g., Figure S2J, S4C). Ensure that these are accurately labeled and include the entire membrane for transparency and reproducibility.

      Regarding Figure S2J, we agree that the presentation could be confusing to the reader. The blot shows LMOD1 and LMOD2 knockdown, while the bar plot quantifies only the change in LMOD2 levels. We have now revised the figure legend to explicitly state this. We hope this makes the presentation of our data clearer.

      For Figure S4C, we believe the concern about 'patterns' relates to loading variability. In this experiment, we manually counted the nuclei before lysis to ensure that each nuclear fraction started with an equal amount of material. We then loaded the cytoplasmic fractions in proportion to these counts. The purity of the fractions was additionally confirmed using nuclear (H4) and cytoplasmic (ALDOA) markers. As stated in the figure, the nuclear/cytoplasmic ratio of LMOD1 or SIRT1 was normalized across the entire lane of the Ponceau S staining, which we have now clarified in the relevant figure legends.

      Finally, regarding transparency, the presented immunoblot images are representative crops, which is standard practice for clarity. We are committed to reproducibility and will provide full, uncropped scans of all blots in the final version of the manuscript, in line with eLife publishing guidelines. 

      (3) Figure S1B appears to reuse images from Figure 2D (rotated). Verify that this is acceptable for the journal's guidelines, and if necessary, provide additional justification or clarification.

      We acknowledge that the image presented in Figure S1B was accidentally reused as a representative example in Figure 2D. To address this and prevent any potential redundancy or confusion, we have revised Figure S1B by replacing the duplicated image with a different, representative example from our dataset. The updated figure now contains unique image data, and we believe this revision fully resolves the concern.

      (4) Ensure consistent scale bars across images, particularly in Figures 3C and 3H, where discrepancies might affect interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, we have now standardized all scale bars throughout the manuscript to ensure consistency. All immunofluorescence images of cultured cells (including Fig 3C and 3H) now have a 50 µm scale bar, and all tissue cross-sections have a 100 µm scale bar. This change has been implemented in the revised figures.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the investigators identified LMOD1 as one of a subset of cytoskeletal proteins whose levels increase in the early stages of myogenic differentiation. Lmod1 is understudied in striated muscle and in particular in myogenic differentiation. Thus, this is an important study. It is also a very thorough study - with perhaps even too much data presented. Importantly, the investigators observed that LMOD1 appears to be important for skeletal regeneration, and myogenic differentiation and that it interacts with SIRT1. Both primary myoblast differentiation and skeletal muscle regeneration were studied. Rescue experiments confirmed these observations: SIRT1 can rescue perturbations of myogenic differentiation as a result of LMOD1 knockdown.

      Strengths:

      Particular strengths include: important topic, the use of primary skeletal cultures, the use of both cell culture and in vivo approaches, careful biomarker analysis of primary mouse myoblast differentiation, the use of two methods to probe the function of the Lmod1/SIRT1 pathway via using depletion approaches and inhibitors, and generation of six independent myoblast cultures. Results support their conclusions.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive assessment of our work and the helpful comments for improving our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 1. Images of cells in Figure 1A are too small to be meaningful (especially in comparison to the other data presented in this figure). Perhaps the authors could make graphs smaller?

      We have adjusted the size of the images across all figure panels to ensure better visibility and clarity. We hope these adjustments improve the presentation of the data.

      (2) Line 148 "We found LMOD2 to be the most abundant Lmod in the whole skeletal muscle." This is confusing since most, if not all, prior studies have shown that Lmod3 is the predominant isoform in skeletal muscle. The two papers that are cited are incorrectly cited. Clarification to resolve this discrepancy is needed.

      We acknowledge that LMOD2 and LMOD3 are predominantly expressed in skeletal and cardiac muscles (Tsukada et al. 2010; Nworu et al. 2015), www.proteinatlas.org) and LMOD3’s transcription is directly regulated by MRTF/SRF and MEF2 to coordinate sarcomeric assembly (Cenik et al. 2015). However, our statement refers specifically to the analysis of the proteomic datasets from freshly isolated MuSCs and four distinct skeletal muscles (G, S, TA, EDL) generated by Schüler et al. 2021. Crucially, LMOD3 was not detected in the quantitative mass spectrometry data for the EDL, G, S, or TA muscle samples analyzed in this specific study. In the context of this particular dataset, LMOD2 was the most highly abundant Leiomodin isoform detected in the whole skeletal muscle samples. This finding suggests a differential expression and function between LMOD isoforms depending on the muscle type and/or developmental/regenerative state. We have revised and corrected this clarification in the manuscript, including correcting the initial citations.

      (3) Figure 2. Immunoflorescence (IF) panels are too small to be meaningful. Perhaps the graphs could be made smaller and more space allocated for the IF panels? This issue is apparent for just about all IF panels - they are simply too small to be meaningful. Additionally, in many of the immunofluorescence figures, the colors that were used make it difficult to discern the stained cellular structures. For example, in Figure S1, orange and purple are used - they do not stand out as well as other colors that are more commonly used.

      We agree that the IF panels were too small for optimal interpretation and have adjusted them in Figure 2 and throughout the manuscript. Regarding the color choices, we appreciate the reviewer's comments. Our initial selection (e.g., orange and purple in Figure S1) was intended to enhance accessibility for individuals with common color vision deficiencies, including red-green color blindness. However, we acknowledge the reviewer's point that these combinations provided insufficient contrast for discerning cellular structures. Therefore, we have revised the color schemes to use green, red, and blue, which should offer improved contrast.

      (4) There is huge variability in many experiments presented - as such, more samples appear to be required to allow for meaningful data to be obtained. For example, Figure S2. Many experimental groups, only have 3 samples - this is highly problematic - I would estimate that 5-6 would be the minimum.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment regarding experimental variability and sample size. In our study, n=3 biological replicates, i.e., independent primary cell cultures obtained from different mice, were primarily used for immunoblots. We acknowledge that variability can be observed between distinct primary cell cultures due to factors such as inherent differences in myogenic potential, cell cycle state (as cells were not synchronized), and passage number. Importantly, despite this inter-sample variation, the investigated phenotypes showed consistent trends across biological replicates. Rather than increasing the number of replicates for immunoblots, we opted for validating our key findings using independent approaches with a higher number of replicates. For instance, qRT-PCR analyses (to confirm knockdown efficiency) and immunofluorescence analyses were mostly performed using five to six independent myoblast cultures (biological replicates).

      (5) Ponceau S staining is often used as a loading control in this manuscript for western blots. The area/molecular weight range actually used should be specified. Not clear why in some experiments GAPDH staining is used, in other experiments Ponceau S staining is used, and in some, both are used. In some experiments, the variability of total protein loaded from lane to lane is disconcerting. For example, in Figure S4C there appears to be more than normal variability. Can the protein assay be redone and samples run again?

      We have clarified in the relevant figure legends that Ponceau S normalization, when used, was based on the quantification of the entire lane. Our standard loading control is GAPDH. We used Ponceau S for normalization only when GAPDH was deemed unsuitable, e.g., in nuclear-cytoplasmic fractionation experiments where GAPDH is not present in all fractions.

      Concerning the variability observed in Figure S4C, we manually counted the nuclei before lysis to ensure that each nuclear fraction started with an equal amount of material. We then loaded the cytoplasmic fractions in proportion to these counts. The purity of the fractions was additionally confirmed using nuclear (H4) and cytoplasmic (ALDOA) markers. The nuclear/cytoplasmic ratio of LMOD1 or SIRT1 was normalized across the entire lane of the Ponceau S staining, which we have now clarified in the relevant figure legends.

      (6) Figure S3 - Lmod3 is included in the figure but no mention of it occurs in the title of the figure and/or legend.

      We wish to clarify that the protein identified in Figure S3 is TMOD3 (Tropomodulin 3), not LMOD3. TMOD3 is a known pointed-end capping protein regulating the actin filament nucleation process together with LMODs (Fowler and Dominguez 2017; Boczkowska et al. 2015), so its presence in our dataset was expected and helps validate our results.

      (7) Abstract, line 25. "overexpression accelerates and improves the formation of myotubes". This is a confusing sentence. How is it improving the formation? A little more information about how they are different than developing myotubes in normal/healthy muscles would be helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for the comment. To clarify, we have revised the sentence in line 25 to "improves the initiation of myotube formation." This change reflects our observation that overexpression of LMOD1 leads to a more rapid onset of myotube formation, as evidenced by earlier expression of differentiation markers and accelerated fusion of myoblasts into myotubes compared to GFP overexpression myoblast cell line. These findings suggest that LMOD1 overexpression enhances the efficiency of the early stages of differentiation and fusion, thereby contributing to improved initiation of myotube formation.

      (8) It is impossible from the IF figures presented to determine where Lmod1 localizes in the myocytes. Information on its subcellular localization is important. Does it localize with Lmod2 and Lmod3 at thin filament pointed ends?

      Several publications suggest that LMODs are involved in actin nucleation and interact with TMODs at the thin filament pointed ends (Boczkowska et al. 2015; Fowler and Dominguez 2017; Fowler, Greenfield, and Moyer 2003; Tsukada et al. 2010; Rao, Madasu, and Dominguez 2014). We performed F-actin (Phalloidin) staining together with LMOD1 staining and observed possible co-localization (see Author response image 3). Specifically, we noted an accumulation of LMOD1 at the ends of myocytes, indicating that LMOD1 might play a role in the elongation and guidance of myotube differentiation. For the reviewer’s interest, we include Author response image 3 as it was not part of the original manuscript. While performing subcellular localization stainings, we added the F-actin/Phalloidin staining to explore potential interactions, but this aspect was not further investigated in the current study.

      Author response image 3.

      Co-staining of LMOD1 and Phalloidin in differentiating myocytes.Example image showing immunofluorescence staining of LMOD1 (purple) and F-actin (green; Phalloidin) in differentiating primary myocytes. LMOD1 appears to accumulate at the ends of elongated myocytes and co-localizes with actin structures (highlighted in boxes), suggesting a potential role in myotube elongation and guidance during differentiation.

      Our study focused on a distinct role for LMOD1, independent from its function in actin filament nucleation, and we therefore did not pursue further co-localization staining with LMOD2 or LMOD3. We recognize the potential importance of exploring these interactions and their relevance to thin filament organization in skeletal muscle. However, although this was beyond the scope of our current work, we will investigate this aspect in the future.

      References

      Boczkowska, Malgorzata, Grzegorz Rebowski, Elena Kremneva, Pekka Lappalainen, and Roberto Dominguez. 2015. “How Leiomodin and Tropomodulin Use a Common Fold for Different Actin Assembly Functions.” Nature Communications 6 (1): 8314.

      Cenik, Bercin K., Ankit Garg, John R. McAnally, John M. Shelton, James A. Richardson, Rhonda Bassel-Duby, Eric N. Olson, and Ning Liu. 2015. “Severe Myopathy in Mice Lacking the MEF2/SRF-Dependent Gene Leiomodin-3.” The Journal of Clinical Investigation 125 (4): 1569–78.

      Cornelison, D. D. W. 2008. “Context Matters: In Vivo and in Vitro Influences on Muscle Satellite Cell Activity.” Journal of Cellular Biochemistry 105 (3): 663–69.

      Fowler, Velia M., and Roberto Dominguez. 2017. “Tropomodulins and Leiomodins: Actin Pointed End Caps and Nucleators in Muscles.” Biophysical Journal 112 (9): 1742–60.

      Fowler, Velia M., Norma J. Greenfield, and Jeannette Moyer. 2003. “Tropomodulin Contains Two Actin Filament Pointed End-Capping Domains.” The Journal of Biological Chemistry 278 (41): 40000–9.

      Liu, Ling, Tom H. Cheung, Gregory W. Charville, Bernadette Marie Ceniza Hurgo, Tripp Leavitt, Johnathan Shih, Anne Brunet, and Thomas A. Rando. 2013. “Chromatin Modifications as Determinants of Muscle Stem Cell Quiescence and Chronological Aging.” Cell Reports 4 (1): 189–204.

      Lukjanenko, Laura, M. Juliane Jung, Nagabhooshan Hegde, Claire Perruisseau-Carrier, Eugenia Migliavacca, Michelle Rozo, Sonia Karaz, et al. 2016. “Loss of Fibronectin from the Aged Stem Cell Niche Affects the Regenerative Capacity of Skeletal Muscle in Mice.” Nature Medicine 22 (8): 897–905.

      Nworu, Chinedu U., Robert Kraft, Daniel C. Schnurr, Carol C. Gregorio, and Paul A. Krieg. 2015. “Leiomodin 3 and Tropomodulin 4 Have Overlapping Functions during Skeletal Myofibrillogenesis.” Journal of Cell Science 128 (2): 239–50.

      Rao, Jampani Nageswara, Yadaiah Madasu, and Roberto Dominguez. 2014. “Mechanism of Actin Filament Pointed-End Capping by Tropomodulin.” Science 345 (6195): 463–67.

      Schüler, Svenja C., Joanna M. Kirkpatrick, Manuel Schmidt, Deolinda Santinha, Philipp Koch, Simone Di Sanzo, Emilio Cirri, Martin Hemberg, Alessandro Ori, and Julia von Maltzahn. 2021. “Extensive Remodeling of the Extracellular Matrix during Aging Contributes to Age-Dependent Impairments of Muscle Stem Cell Functionality.” Cell Reports 35 (10): 109223.

      Tsukada, Takehiro, Christopher T. Pappas, Natalia Moroz, Parker B. Antin, Alla S. Kostyukova, and Carol C. Gregorio. 2010. “Leiomodin-2 Is an Antagonist of Tropomodulin-1 at the Pointed End of the Thin Filaments in Cardiac Muscle.” Journal of Cell Science 123 (Pt 18): 3136–45.

      Vaughan, Megan, and Katja A. Lamia. 2019. “Isolation and Differentiation of Primary Myoblasts from Mouse Skeletal Muscle Explants.” Journal of Visualized Experiments: JoVE, no. 152 (October). https://doi.org/10.3791/60310.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Carmona, Zagotta, and Gordon is generally well-written. It presents a crude and incomplete structural analysis of the voltage-gated proton channel based on measured FRET distances. The primary experimental approach is Förster Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), using a fluorescent probe attached to a noncanonical amino acid. This strategy is advantageous because the noncanonical amino acid likely occupies less space than conventional labels, allowing more effective incorporation into the channel structure.

      Fourteen individual positions within the channel were mutated for site-specific labeling, twelve of which yielded functional protein expression. These twelve labeling sites span discrete regions of the channel, including P1, P2, S0, S1, S2, S3, S4, and the dimer-connecting coiled-coil domain. FRET measurements are achieved using acridon-2-ylalanine (Acd) as the acceptor, with four tryptophan or four tyrosine residues per monomer serving as donors. In addition to estimating distances from FRET efficiency, the authors analyze full FRET spectra and investigate fluorescence lifetimes on the nanosecond timescale.

      Despite these strengths, the manuscript does not provide a clear explanation of how channel structure changes during gating. While a discrepancy between AlphaFold structural predictions and the experimental measurements is noted, it remains unclear whether this mismatch arises from limitations of the model or from the experimental approach. No further structural analysis is presented to resolve this issue or to clarify the conformational states of the protein.

      The manuscript successfully demonstrates that Acd can be incorporated at specific positions without abolishing channel function, and it is noteworthy that the reconstituted proteins function as voltage-activated proton channels in liposomes. The authors also report reversible zinc inhibition of the channel, suggesting that zinc induces structural changes in certain channel regions that can be reversed by EDTA chelation. However, this observation is not explored in sufficient depth to yield meaningful mechanistic insight.

      Overall, while the study introduces an interesting labeling strategy and provides valuable methodological observations, the analysis appears incomplete. Additional structural interpretation and mechanistic insight are needed.

      Major Points

      (1) Tryptophan and tyrosine exhibit similar quantum yields, but their extinction coefficients differ substantially. Is this difference accounted for in your FRET analysis? Please clarify whether this would result in a stronger weighting of tryptophan compared to tyrosine.

      (2) Is the fluorescence of acridon-2-ylalanine (Acd) pH-dependent? If so, could local pH variations within the channel environment influence the probe's photophysical properties and affect the measurements?

      (3) Several constructs (e.g., K125Tag, Y134Tag, I217Tag, and Q233Tag) display two bands on SDS-PAGE rather than a single band. Could this indicate incomplete translation or premature termination at the introduced tag site? Please clarify.

      (4) In Figure 5F, the comparison between predicted FRET values and experimentally determined ratio values appears largely uninformative. The discussion on page 9 suggests either an inaccurate structural model or insufficient quantification of protein dynamics. If the underlying cause cannot be distinguished, how do the authors propose to improve the structural model of hHV1 or better describe its conformational dynamics?

      (5) Cu²⁺, Ru²⁺, and Ni²⁺ are presented as suitable FRET acceptors for Acd. Would Zn²⁺ also be expected to function as an acceptor in this context? If so, could structural information be derived from zinc binding independently of Trp/Tyr?

      (6) The investigated structure is most likely dimeric. Previous studies report that zinc stabilizes interactions between hHV1 monomers more strongly than in the native dimeric state. Could this provide an explanation for the observed zinc-dependent effects? Additionally, do the detergent micelles used in this study predominantly contain monomers or dimers?

      (7) hHV1 normally inserts into a phospholipid bilayer, as used in the reconstitution experiments. In contrast, detergent micelles may form monolayers rather than bilayers. Could the authors clarify the nature of the micelles used and discuss whether the protein is expected to adopt the same fold in a monolayer environment as in a bilayer?

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes critical intermediate reaction steps of a HA synthase at the molecular level; specifically, it examines the 2nd step, polymerization, adding GlcA to GlcNAc to form the initial disaccharide of the repeating HA structure. Unlike the vast majority of known glycosyltransferases, the viral HAS (a convenient proxy extrapolated to resemble the vertebrate forms) uses a single pocket to catalyze both monosaccharide transfer steps. The authors' work illustrates the interactions needed to bind & proof-read the UDP-GlcA using direct and '2nd layer' amino acid residues. This step also allows the HAS to distinguish the two UDP-sugars; this is very important as the enzymes are not known or observed to make homopolymers of only GlcA or GlcNAc, but only make the HA disaccharide repeats GlcNAc-GlcA.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the strengths of this paper lie in its techniques & analysis.

      The authors make significant leaps forward towards understanding this process using a variety of tools and comparisons of wild-type & mutant enzymes. The work is well presented overall with respect to the text and illustrations (especially the 3D representations), and the robustness of the analyses & statistics is also noteworthy.

      Furthermore, the authors make some strides towards creating novel sugar polymers using alternative primers & work with detergent binding to the HAS. The authors tested a wide variety of monosaccharides and several disaccharides for primer activity and observed that GlcA could be added to cellobiose and chitobiose, which are moderately close structural analogs to HA disaccharides. Did the authors also test the readily available HA tetramer (HA4, [GlcA-GlcNAc]2) as a primer in their system? This is a highly recommended experiment; if it works, then this molecule may also be useful for cryo-EM studies of CvHAS as well.

      The reviewer requested testing whether an HA tetratsaccharide could also serve as an glycosyl transfer acceptor for HAS. The commerically available HA tetrasaccharide (HA4) is terminated at its non-reducing end by GlcA, therein we proceeded to measure its effect on UDP-GlcNAc turnover kientics. Titration of HA4 failed to elicit any detectable change in UDP-GlcNAc turnover rate, indicating no priming. This is now mentioned in the main text and the data is shown in Fig. S9.

      Weaknesses:

      In the past, another report describing the failed attempt of elongating short primers (HA4 & chitin oligosaccharides larger than the cello- or chitobiose that have activity in this report) with a vertebrate HAS, XlHAS1, an enzyme that seems to behave like the CvHAS ( https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10473619/); this work should probably be cited and briefly discussed. It may be that the longer primers in the 1999 paper and/or the different construct or isolation specifics (detergent extract vs crude) were not conducive to the extension reaction, as the authors extracted recombinant enzyme.

      We apologize for the oversight. This reference is now cited (ref. 18) together with the description of the failed elongation of HA4 by CvHAS.

      There are a few areas that should be addressed for clarity and correctness, especially defining the class of HAS studied here (Class I-NR) as the results may (Class I-R) or may not (Class II) align (see comment (a) below), but overall, a very nicely done body of work that will significantly enhance understanding in the field.

      Done as requested

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Stephens and co-workers provides important mechanistic insight into how hyaluronan synthase (HAS) coordinates alternating GlcNAc and GlcA incorporation using a single Type-I catalytic centre. Through cryo-EM structures capturing both "proofreading" and fully "inserted" binding poses of UDP-GlcA, combined with detailed biochemical analysis, the authors show how the enzyme selectively recognizes the GlcA carboxylate, stabilizes substrates through conformational gating, and requires a priming GlcNAc for productive turnover.

      These findings clarify how one active site can manage two chemically distinct donor sugars while simultaneously coupling catalysis to polymer translocation.

      The work also reports a DDM-bound, detergent-inhibited conformation that possibly illuminates features of the acceptor pocket, although this appears to be a purification artefact (it is indeed inhibitory) rather than a relevant biological state.

      Overall, the study convincingly establishes a unified catalytic mechanism for Type-I HAS enzymes and represents a significant advance in understanding HA biosynthesis at the molecular level.

      Strengths:

      There are many strengths.

      This is a multi-disciplinary study with very high-quality cryo-EM and enzyme kinetics (backed up with orthogonal methods of product analysis) to justify the conclusions discussed above.

      Weaknesses:

      There are few weaknesses.

      The abstract and introduction assume a lot of detailed prior knowledge about hyaluronan synthases, and in doing so, risk lessening the readership pool.

      A lot of discussion focuses on detergents (whose presence is totally inhibitory) and transfer to non-biological acceptors (at high concentrations). This risks weakening the manuscript.

      The abstract and parts of the introduction have been revised to address the reviewer’s concerns.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) As noted above, please state in title, abstract & introduction that this work is focused on a "Class I-NR HAS" (as described in Ref. #4), and NOT all HAS families...this is truly essential to note as someone working with the Pasteurella HAS version (Class II) would be totally misled & at this point, no one knows the Streptococcus HAS (Class-IR) mechanistic details which could be different due to its inverse molecular directionality of elongation compared to the CvHAS Class I-NR enzyme.

      Done as requested.

      (2) Page 6 - for the usefulness of the HAS mutants as being folded correctly, it was stated these mutants are suitable since they all 'purify' similarly...the use of the more proper term should probably be 'chromatograph', similarly suggesting similar hydrodynamic radii without massive folding issues.

      This has been revised to state that they all exhibited comparable size exclusion chromatography profiles.

      “All mutants share similar size exclusion chromatography profiles with the WT enzyme, suggesting that the substitutions do not cause a folding defect (Fig. S3).”

      (3) Page 7 - please check these sentences (& rest of paragraph?) as the meaning is not clear. "First, UDP-GlcNAc was titrated in the presence of excess UDP-GlcA, resulting in a response similar to the acceptor-free condition (Fig. 2C). However, the maximum reaction velocity at 20 mM UDP-GlcNAc was approximately 25% lower than that measured in the presence of UDP-GlcNAc only (Fig. 2C)."

      The paragraph has been revised to avoid confusion.

      (4) In Methods, please use an italicized 'g' for the centrifugation steps globally.

      Changed as requested

      (5) Please note the source/vendor for the HA standards on gels.

      Done

      (6) Page 35 - TLC section.

      (a) 'n-butanol' (with italic n) is the most widespread chemical name (not butan-1-ol).

      Done

      (b) Also, for all of the TLC images, the origin and the solvent front should be marked.

      Changed as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A number of minor issues should be addressed.

      (1) Abstract

      Two comments on the Abstract, which I found surprisingly weak given the quality of the work, and lacking a key detail.

      A major conceptual contribution of this work is the demonstration of how a single Type-I catalytic centre discriminates, positions, and transfers two chemically distinct substrates in an alternating pattern. This distinguishes HAS from dual-active-site (Type-II) glycosyltransferases and is important for understanding HA polymerization.

      However, this central point is not clearly articulated in the abstract. I suggest explicitly stating that HAS performs both GlcNAc and GlcA transfer reactions within a single catalytic site, and that the proofreading/inserted poses illuminate how this multifunctionality is achieved.

      The abstract currently ends with the observation of a DDM-bound, detergent-inhibited state. While this is interesting, it absolutely does not represent the central conceptual advance of the study and gives the abstract an artefactual ending.

      I strongly recommend revising the final sentences to emphasize the broader mechanistic insight and not an "artefact" (indeed, the enzyme is inactive in the presence of this detergent; it is thus a very unusual way to conclude an abstract).

      That is, finish with the wider implications of how HAS coordinates alternating substrate use, proofreading, and polymer translocation. Ending on the main mechanistic or biological significance would make the abstract considerably stronger and more aligned with the main message of the paper.

      The abstract has been revised thoroughly to reflect the important insights gained on CvHAS’ catalytic function and HA biogenesis in general.

      (2) Introduction

      The distinction between single active-centre enzymes, which transfer both sugars alternately, and twin catalytic domain enzymes that each perform one addition is surely central to the whole paper. But it is not discussed. Surely this has to be covered. There is a lot of work in this space, including, but not limited to:

      https://doi.org/10.1093/glycob/cwg085

      https://doi.org/10.1093/glycob/10.9.883

      https://doi.org/10.1093/glycob/cwad075 (includes this author team)

      Originally back to https://doi.org/10.1021/bi990270y

      If the authors instead assume such a level of knowledge for the reader, then surely they are writing for a specialist audience, not consistent with the wider readership ambitions of eLife?

      The Introduction has been revised as suggested by the reviewer, providing necessary background to frame our description of the Chlorella virus HAS. We made a deliberate effort to put new insights into a broader context.

      (3) Results and Discussion

      DDM "was observed for >50% of the analysed particles". I struggled with this. I couldn't understand how the authors selected particles that did or did not contain DDM. The main body text states: "To our surprise, careful sorting of the UDP-GlcA supplemented cryo EM dataset revealed a CvHAS subpopulation that was not bound to the substrate, but, instead, a DDM molecule near the active site (Fig 3A and S7). This was observed for >50% of the analyzed particles."

      That reads like there is one sample with two populations. But the figures and the methods section suggest differently: they suggest two samples with different data-collection regimes. That does not match the main text. Could this be clarified?

      Yes, that wasn’t explained well. We clarified the text to stress that the DDM-bound sample came from a dataset that was intended to resolve an UDP-GlcA-bound state, but instead revealed the inhibition by DDM.

      Also in this space, in the modern world, "nominal magnification" has no real meaning, and calibrated pixel size would be more appropriate. Can this be given, please?

      The relevant Methods section now states: “imaging of … was performed at a calibrated pixel size of 0.652 Å”.

      The discovery of DDM in the active site is surprising. But it is an inhibitory artefact. Is this section pushed a little too hard? Also, "The coordination of DDM's maltoside moiety, an αlinked glucose disaccharide, is consistent with priming by cellobiose and chitobiose." I'm not sure why an α-linked maltose is consistent with the binding of a β-linked cellobiose. That makes no sense. There will be no other enzymes where starch and cellulose oligos are mutually accepted. Consider rewriting.

      We like to stress the DDM coordination because it could lead to the development of compounds that can really function as inhibitors, either for HAS or other related enzymes. In the observed DDM binding pose, the alpha-linkage is not recognized. Instead, the reducing end glucosyl unit stacks against Trp342 while the non-reducing unit extends into the catalytic pocket. Hence, a similar binding pose is conceivable for cellobiose and potentially also for chitobiose. The relevant section has been reworded.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work shows that resistance profiles to a variety of drugs are variable between different mycobacterial species and are not correlated with growth rate or intrabacterial compound concentration (at least for linezolid, bedaquiline, and Rifampicin). Note that intrabacterial compound concentration does not distinguish between cytosolic and periplasmic/cell wall-associated drugs. The susceptibility profiles for a wide range of mycobacteria tested under the same conditions against 15 commonly used antimycobacterial drugs provide the first recorded cross-species comparison which will be a valuable resource for the scientific community. To understand the reasons for the high Rifampicin resistance seen in many mycobacteria, the authors confirm the presence of the arr gene known to encode a Rif ribosyltransferase involved in Rif resistance in M. smegmatis in the resistant mycobacteria after confirming the absence of on-target mutations in the RpoB RRDR. Metabolomic analyses confirm the presence of ribosylated Rif in some of the naturally resistant mycobacteria which may not be entirely surprising but an important confirmation. Presumably M. branderi is highly resistant despite lacking the arr homolog due to the rpoB S45N mutation. M. flavescens has an MIC similar to that of M. smegmatis, despite having both Arr-1 and Arr-X. Various Arr-1 and Arr-X proteins are expressed and characterized for catalytic activity which shows that Arr-X is a faster enzyme,, especially with respect to more hydrophobic rifamycins. M. flavescens has similar MIC values to Rifapentine and Rifabutin to M. smegmatis. Thus, the Arr-1 versus Arr-X comparison does not provide a complete explanation for the underlying reasons driving natural Rif resistance in mycobacteria. Downregulation of Arr-X expression in M. conceptionense confers increased sensitivity to Rifabutin confirming its role as a rifamycin-inactivating enzyme.

      Overall, the comparison of cross-species susceptibility profiles is novel; the demonstration that MIC is not correlated with intracellular drug concentration is important but not sufficiently interrogated, the demonstration that Arr-X is also a Rif ADP-ribosyltransferase is a good confirmation and shows that it is more efficient than Arr-1 on hydrophobic rifamycins is interesting but maybe not entirely surprising. The manuscript seems to have two parts that are related, but the rifamycin modification aspect of the work is not strongly linked to the first part since it interrogates the modification of one drug but not the common cause of natural resistance for other drugs.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use a variety of methods to investigate the mechanisms of innate drug resistance in mycobacteria. They end up focusing on two primary determinants - drug accumulation, which correlates rather poorly with resistance for many species, and, for the rifamycins, ADP-ribosyltransferases. The latter enzymes do appear to account for a good deal of resistance, though it is difficult to extrapolate quantitatively what their relative contributions are.

      Overall, they make excellent use of biochemical methods to support their conclusions. Though they set out to draw very broad lessons, much of the focus ends up being on rifamycins. This is still a very interesting set of conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) A very interesting approach and set of questions.

      (2) Outstanding technical approaches to measuring intracellular drug concentrations and chemical modification of rifamycins.

      (3) Excellent characterization of variant rifamycin ADP-ribosyltransferases

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 3c/d: These panels show the same experiment done twice, yet they display substantially different results in certain cases. For instance, M. smegmatis appears to show an order of magnitude lower RIF accumulation in panel d compared to M. flavescens, despite them displaying equal accumulation in panel c. The authors should provide justification for this variation, particularly as quantitative intra-species comparisons are central to the conclusions of this figure.

      The data in panels 3c and 3d are from different sets of experiments. The reviewer is correct with regards to M. smegmatis. The data indeed is ~ 1 order of magnitude different. However, the data for other species is very similar. The reviewer may also have noticed that the error bars are also larger in 3d, compared to 3c, indicating a greater variation between independent experiments use in 3d. We do not have a good explanation for this, other than the experiments shown in 3d were associated with greater biological variability.

      (2) There are several technical concerns with Figure 3 that affect how to interpret the work. According to the methods, the authors did not appear to normalize to an internal standard, only to an external antibiotic standard (which may account for some of the technical variation alluded to above).

      We agree that using a labeled drug as an internal standard (IS) would be ideal. However, the experiment initially followed an untargeted metabolomics approach, which later shifted to relative drug quantification. At that stage, normalizing with IS was impractical because proper implementation would require multiple IS across the chromatographic range. Therefore, we opted for total ion current (TIC) normalization, which accounts for variability in overall metabolite abundance—even though the experimental setup was already adjusted for each bacterial species’ growth rate. Additionally, we prepared external standard curves for each drug to enable quantification, and the amount of drug added to each plate was considered when reporting these values.

      Second, the authors used different concentrations of drug for each species to try to match the species' MICs. I appreciate the authors' thinking on this, but I think for an uptake experiment it would be more appropriate to treat with the same concentration of drug since uptake is likely saturable at higher drug concentrations. In the current setup, for the species with higher MIC, they have to be able to uptake substantially more antibiotics than the species with low MIC in order to end up with the same normalized uptake value in Figure 3d. It would be helpful to repeat this experiment with a single drug concentration in the media for all species and test whether that gives the same results seen here.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer. Experiments such as the one proposed by the review work well when MIC values are a few fold apart, for strains of the same species, but have not been tested when MIC values are 100-1000-fold apart, with different species. Furthermore, what would be the interpretation of compound uptake at 1000-fold the MIC for one species and MIC level for another? By using antibiotic concentrations at the respective MIC for each species we are at least under conditions where we know the biological effect of the antibiotic across species is the same, based on its potency.

      (3) Figure 4f: This panel seems to argue against the idea that the efficacy of RIF ribosylation is what's driving drug susceptibility. M. flavescens is similarly resistant to RIF as M. smegmatis, yet M. flavescens has dramatically lower riboslyation of RIF. This is perhaps not surprising, as the authors appropriately highlight the number of different rif-modifying enzymes that have been identified that likely also contribute to drug resistance. However, I do think this means that the authors can't make the claim that the resistance they observe is caused by rifamycin modification, so those claims in the text and figure legend should be altered unless the authors can provide further evidence to support them. This experiment also has results that are inconsistent with what appears to be an identical experiment performed in Supplemental Figure 5b. The authors should provide context for why these results differ.

      In regard to enzyme efficiency, the apparent rate of all Arr-1 is relatively similar in converting RIF into ADP-Ribosyl-Rif between species. However, Arr-X is much more efficient when compared to Arr-1 in both M. flavescents and M. conceptionense. This is indicated by the apparent rate measured and displayed on figure 5c.

      Proteomics data shows that there is upregulation of Arr-1 and Arr-X upon rifampicin treatment in M. flavescens and M. conceptionense. However, the same experiment was not performed in Arr-1 KD. Therefore, we can’t verify through this approach if the activity observed in vivo directly correlates with a higher expression of Arr-X alone. Of note, likely both enzymes contribute to resistance to rifamycins, as per our results with the Arr-X KD and sensitization of M. conceptionense to RIF.

      Author response image 1.

      It is also worth mentioning that there are other enzymes in the pathway of RIF ribosylation and their efficiency is unknown (Author response image 2). Therefore ADP-Ribosyl-RIF It is not an “end-metabolite” and maybe not the sole determinant of RIF resistance via ADP-ribosylation. Downstream enzymes can also account for the difference observed between M. flavescens and M. smegmatis.

      Author response image 2.

      It is correct that the Rifampicin MIC for M. flavescens is the same as M. smegmatis.

      (4) Fig 4f/5c: M. flavescens has both Arr-1 and Arr-X, yet it appears to not have ribosylated RIF. This result seems to undermine the authors' reliance on the enzyme assay shown in Fig 5c - in that assay, M. flavescens Arr-X is very capable of modifying rifampicin, yet that doesn't appear to translate to the in vivo setting. This is of importance because the authors use this enzyme assay to argue that Arr-X is a fundamentally more powerful RIF resistance mechanism than Arr-1 and that it has specificity for rifabutin. However, the result in Figure 4f would argue that the enzyme assay results cannot be directly translated to in vivo contexts. For the authors to claim that Arr-X is most potent at modifying rifabutin, they could test their CRISPRi knockdowns of Arr-X and Arr-1 under treatment with each of the rifamycins they use in the enzyme assay. The authors mentioned that they didn't do this because all the strains are resistant to those compounds; however, if Arr-X is important for drug resistance, it would be reasonable to expect to see sensitization of the bacteria to those compounds upon knockdown.

      The reviewer is reading Fig. 4f incorrectly, probably because it is plotted in a linear scale instead of logarithmic scale. Ribosylated Rif is present in M. flavescens, just at lower levels than M. conceptionense and M. smegmatis. In species where there is no Arr-1 or Arr-3, ribosylated RIF is not detected at all (e.g. M. tuberculosis), i.e., concentration is zero. Therefore, any detection of ribosylated RIF can be considered significant. In addition, as mentioned before, ADP-ribosylation of RIF is not the final product of the reaction and further studies need to be undertaken to understand subsequent reactions.

      (5) Figure 5d: The authors use this CRISRPi experiment to claim that ArrX from M. conceptionanse is more potent at inactivating rifabutin than Arr-1. This claim depends on there being equal degrees of knockdown of Arr-1 and Arr-X, so the authors should validate the degree of knockdown they get. This is particularly important because, to my knowledge, nobody has used this system in M. conceptionanse before.

      We agree with the reviewer that a qPCR should have been performed to define the extent of interference in the strain. generated Unfortunately, at this time a qPCR was not performed in the strains tested to confirm the extent of down regulation. Although it is the best practice to validate the strain KD, there is no indication that the effect observed is due to unspecific downregulation. The genetic environment in which Arr-X is positioned is different from Arr-1 and the targeting oligonucleotides are specific and would not promiscuously bind to Arr-1. Said that, this is indeed a fault in our setup.

      (6) The authors' arguments about Arr-X and Arr-1 would be strengthened by showing by LC/MS that Arr-X knockdown in M. conceptionense results in more loss of ribosyl-rifabutin than knockdown of Arr-1.

      We agree with the reviewer that performing the LC-MS analysis of the Arr-x knockdown would have strengthened the argument of our paper. Unfortunately, this experiment was not performed.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents a macroevolutionary approach to the identification of novel high-level antibiotic resistance determinants that takes advantage of the natural genetic diversity within a genus (mycobacteria, in this case) by comparing antibiotic resistance profiles across related bacterial species and then using computational, molecular, and cellular approaches to identify and characterize the distinguishing mechanisms of resistance. The approach is contrasted with "microevolutionary" approaches based on comparing resistant and susceptible strains of the same species and approaches based on ecological sampling that may not include clinically relevant pathogens or related species. The potential for new discoveries with the macroevolution-inspired approach is evident in the diversity of drug susceptibility profiles revealed amongst the selected mycobacterial species and the identification and characterization of a new group of rifamycin-modifying ADP-ribosyltransferase (Arr) orthologs of previously described mycobacterial Arr enzymes. Additional findings that intra-bacterial antibiotic accumulation does not always predict potency within this genus, that M. marinum is a better proxy for M. tuberculosis drug susceptibility than the commonly used saprophyte M. smegmatis, and that susceptibility to semi-synthetic antibiotic classes is generally less variable than susceptibility to antibiotics more directly derived from natural products strengthen the claim that the macroevolutionary lens is valuable for elucidating general principles of susceptibility within a genus.

      There are some limitations to the work. The argument for the novelty of the approach could be better articulated. While the opportunities for new discoveries presented by the identification of discrepant susceptibility results between related species are evident, it is less clear how the macroevolutionary approach is further leveraged for the discovery of truly novel resistance determinants. The example of the discovery of Arr-X enzymes presented here relied upon foundational knowledge of previously characterized Arr orthologs. There is little clarity on what the pipeline for identifying more novel resistance determinants would look like. In other words, what does the macroevolutionary perspective contribute to discovery from the point of finding interspecies differences in susceptibility? Does the framework still remain distinct from other discovery frameworks and approaches? If so, how?

      Thanks for pointing this out, as this is a critical feature of our study and method. Our approach relies on inter-species comparative genomics and phenotypes, and therefore, it is distinct from inter-strains comparison. This difference is dramatic, and it becomes clearer when we are comparing the core genome of M. tuberculosis (one species) 92% with the core genome of the genus, circa of 1%. While we focus on rifamycin in this manuscript, future manuscripts will investigate many of the other dozens of “inconsistencies” observed between the genetic makeup of different mycobacterial species and there actual performance in the presence of different antibiotics.

      While the experimentation and analyses performed appear well-designed and rigorous, there are a few instances in which broad claims are based on inferences from sample sets or data sets that are too limited to provide robust support. For example, the claim that rifampicin modification, and precisely ADP-ribosylation, is the dominant mechanism of resistance to rifampicin in mycobacteria may be a bit premature or an over-generalization, as other enzymatic modification mechanisms and other mechanisms such as helR-mediated dissociation of rifampicin-stalled RNA polymerases, efflux, etc were not examined nor were CRISPRi knockdown experiments conducted beyond an experiment to tease out the role of Arr-X and Arr-1 in one strain. The general claim that intra-bacterial antibiotic accumulation does not predict potency in mycobacteria may be another over-generalization based on the limited number of drugs and species studied, but perhaps the intended assertion was that antibiotic accumulation ALONE does not predict potency.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments

      (1) The metabolomics is done using mycobacteria grown on filters. Initially, mycobacterial cells are grown on the filters for 5 doublings before being transferred to drug-containing (or free) agar for one doubling. Is this based on calculated doubling time in liquid culture or a true determination of the fact that the biomass increases to what would amount to 5 doublings?

      The doubling time used is the one determined in liquid media. Although it is possible that the growth kinetics in solid media is slightly different from liquid (±10%), this experimental design is well established for M. tuberculosis (since Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2010 May 25;107(21):9819-24.) and M. smegmatis (unpublished). Therefore, we used the growth rate as a proxy for having the same biomass of cells for each species tested. A maximum difference of 10% was observed between M. tuberculosis growth in liquid and in solid media, however, cells grow exponentially for much longer in filters. This makes filter-based experiments more reliable, as few growth phase-derived differences are present.

      (2) The demonstration that intrabacterial drug concentrations vary between mycobacterial species in a manner not related to MIC for at least LZD and RIF, is an important finding. However, intrabacterial does not mean cytoplasmic since a considerable fraction could be present in the periplasmic/cell wall layers. Ideally, this would need to be determined but would of course be a massive undertaking since the method needs validation & optimization for each mycobacterial species. Nevertheless, this has to be mentioned. In addition, three drugs are limiting. Measuring additional drug concentrations in these 5 mycobacteria would at least establish some confirmation about the extent of this lack of correlation. Thus, could the authors measure concentrations of additional drugs with intracellular targets?

      Testing additional drugs can be beneficial and would be an expansion of our paper, which will definitely be on future plans for further studies focusing on other antibiotics described here. It would also provide new insights into other possible mechanisms of resistance in mycobacterial species. However, in this study we aimed to first determine the antibiotic response profile in different mycobacterial species, and once we identified interesting resistance phenotypes that could not be readily explained by known mechanisms of resistance, we narrowed it down to certain drugs and species that would potentially provide insights into new mechanisms of antibiotic resistance. Finally, exploring drug concentration across multiple bacterial compartments is a dauting task and it has not been done extensively with any species, not to mention with multiple species, many of which are still lacking any study of their actual cell envelope.

      (3) CRISPRi was used to reduce transcription in M. conceptionense. What was the level of gene downregulation?

      As mentioned previously, a setback from our setup is that the level of KD was not measured at this instance.

      Minor comments:

      (1) The introduction mentions the fast and slow-growing mycobacteria which are classified based on the time that it takes to observe colonies on solid agar. However, in liquid medium, there is less correlation between the reported growth on agar and doubling time in liquid (Figure 1b, Figure 2d). This could be mentioned in the results section. In Figure 2d, the filled circles represent fast-growers but this does not hold well for liquid culture and it might make more sense to not distinguish between fast- and slow-growers in these graphs. A small complication would also be the fact that the doubling time represents growth in a liquid medium with Tyloxapol as a detergent whereas the MIC and metabolomics are done on solid agar with no detergent. The metabolomics is done after a doubling but for those where agar growth and liquid growth have large discrepancies in growth rate, there could be some differences.

      Apologies for this misunderstanding. Fast- and slow-growth phenotypes are determined in Lowenstein-Jensen (LJ) agar, not in 7H10 agar (used in our study and most studies of mycobacteria). Furthermore, this is a qualitative definition, not a quantitative one. Therefore, our measurements do not need to correlate with fast- and slow-growth phenotypes, unless we had used that one specific medium. Furthermore, in liquid medium, we determined growth rate directly, which is never done with LJ medium.

      In addition to adding the same amount of cells to each filter, we also perform TIC normalization, which should account for how rich the samples were – and therefore how much material we had. Therefore, we do not observe discrepancies due to differences in growth rate and the presence/absence of detergent in the media.

      It is also worth mentioning that this experimental set up has been well established in many M. tuberculosis labs that study metabolism. Importantly, the use of detergent drastically affects mass spectrometry, and therefore cannot be used.

      (2) Figure 1g in the text should be Figure 1f.

      Apologies, it has been fixed.

      (3) Figure S1 would be ideal to have in (supplementary) table format.

      This data is now being provided in a table format.

      (4) Table S1 - ethambutol misspelt.

      Spelling has been corrected.

      (5) MIC for species such as M. abscessus could depend on medium (7H9-based medium can give different MIC values than CAMH).

      Indeed, different media can significantly change MIC values, and this is true for many bacterial species, if not all. For this study we used only species that could be grown in 7H9 broth containing 10 % ADC, 0.05% glycerol 0.05% tyloxapol and 7H10 plates containing 10% OADC and 0.05% glycerol. MIC<sub>99</sub> was determined in the latter as we found more efficient and robust to do our tests it in solid media. The goal of our experiment was not to the determined the “true” MIC for the antibiotics tested, as this value does not exist. It was to find lack of correlations between relative values and the presence of genes that can account for it.

      (6) The statement "the experiment was performed at a concentration of antibiotic equal to its MIC" initially seems confusing. It was not equal to the MIC but performed at 6-fold the respective MIC of the species in question. Maybe re-phrasing this would help.

      Apologies for this oversight. It has been corrected.

      (7) Note that some mutations outside the RRDR (eg. V170F and I491F) can also cause Rif resistance.

      Author response image 3.

      A Rainbow diagram of RpoB X-Ray structure coloured according to sequence conservation. Dark purple indicates high conservation, whereas dark orange indicates low conservation. RIF (showed in magenta) is bound to RpoB. Zoomed view displays that the RIF-binding pocket is considerably conserved. B RpoB protein sequence has an 81bp region called Rifampicin Resistance Determining Region (RRDR) that is known to be important for RIF binding and is where most mutations occur in drug-resistant TB. Sequence alignment displays that the RRDR region is conserved with the exception of M. branderi, which has an Asn instead of a Ser residue in position 456 (numbering is related to the M. tuberculosis sequence), highlighted in bold.

      Attached we have a structural alignment of RpoB of the species highlighted on this paper. Although there is variability within the sequences, which is also displayed in Author response image 3 with the conservation analysis, the residues that have been implicated with resistance (including V170 and I491) are conserved. Alignment sent on .fasta file that can be opened in jalview.

      (8) Discuss how the RpoB S450N mutation in M. branderi confers the observed level of resistance.

      That’s a great point, thank you. Now it reads as:

      “The rifampicin (RIF) binding pocket is generally conserved, but Mycobacterium branderi has an S450N mutation in the RRDR region. While this specific mutation hasn't been found in clinical isolates, it's located at the binding site and may confer resistance (273). Although both serine (S) and asparagine (N) have similar side chains, related mutations like S450Q have been linked to resistance (156). Thus, M. branderi may be RIF-resistant due to this mutation. In contrast, M. conceptionense, M. flavescens, and M. smegmatis show no target sequence differences that explain their resistance”

      (9) The statement that the three tested NTM are sensitive to rifabutin ("resistant to all rifamycins except for rifabutin") needs to be interpreted considering what sensitivity means. The MIC is still high (1.6-3.1 ug/mL) when compared to that of Mtb. The 2-fold differences in MIC between M. smegmatis and M. conceptionense do not really prove or disprove the role of Arr-X in rifabutin resistance.

      We fixed the sentence to be more careful with the language on the text. We agree, but it is worth mentioning that generally with bacteria there is a regulation by the CLSI. Each bacterial species has a range that is considered sensitive or resistant, but these are not available for the species used in this study. In general, bacteria with MIC values above 8 µg/mL are considered resistant to rifampin (J Antibiot 2014 67:625).

      (10) Figure 1d: It's hard to quantify the sensitivity of the plates. Can this be done by MIC? Was only rifabutin tested or also rifampicin?

      The initial experiments described on the paper were all performed using Rifampicin only. Then, the MIC for the remaining rifamycins was determined for M. smegmatis, M. flavescens and M. conceptionense, and can be perused on “Supplementary table 4”. Figure 5d is to illustrate the effect of the KD in M. conceptionense sensitivity to rifabutin.

      (11) Is there data to show the ADP-ribosylation of rifabutin in M. conceptionense and the CRISPRi strains?

      Unfortunately, we did not perform LC-MS analysis on M. conceptionense CRISPRi strains exposed to rifabutin to measure potential ADP-ribosylation.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It would be useful if the authors would complete Figure 1A by determining growth rates for the remaining 18 strains that they currently omitted.

      These growth rates were obtained using roller bottles and in at least 3 independent experiments, unfortunately the throughput is far ideal. The goal of the experiment was to highlight difference in growth rate, beyond fast- and slow-growth, which we did. Adding the remaining values would not change this conclusion. Growth rate variation in 7H9 is significant and the point is made in our figure.

      (2) The authors should justify their choice of species used in Figures 3-4. It would be useful to know, for instance, if the authors chose these species in an unbiased fashion, or if they were chosen because the authors had already determined that they possess rifamycin-modifying enzymes of interest. In that case, they wouldn't necessarily be a representative sample to use for the correlation analysis of antibiotic uptake and potency in Figure 3.

      They were chosen because of their resistance profile for BDQ, LZD and RIF. This has been addressed in the text, which now reads “Given the antibiotic response profiles observed, we selected BDQ, LZD and RIF to explore the molecular causes of these dramatic changes in antibiotic potency observed across the Mycobacterium genus.”

      (3) Figure 4b: The data in this panel appear inconsistent - for instance, M. houstonense appears to grow at 10X Mtb MIC, but fails to grow at 1X Mtb MIC. Repeating this experiment would better establish the validity of the authors' claims about the relative susceptibility of these strains to RIF.

      The figures got rotated when exported from illustrator. Corrected figure is uploaded, and original plate photos are also uploaded for clarity.

      (4) Figure 4e: Does Arr-X get upregulated in these proteomic datasets? The authors' argument that proteomic upregulation correlates with important drug resistance genes would imply that it might be, so that would be useful information to provide.

      Arr-X is slightly upregulated, but not statistically significant – this could be due to the native expression of Arr-1. Data is displayed in a previous answer.

      (5) I wasn't able to find the supplementary tables that the authors allude to - not sure if that was a file mixup, but those tables would be useful for interpreting the manuscript.

      We are sorry that you couldn’t access the table. It must be a file corruption issues, as the other reviewers were able to. We will make sure that all tables are available and accessible.

      (6) For LC/MS, the authors use peak height instead of peak area, which they argue correlates better with the amount of drug in cells because of the poor peak shape they observed for linezolid. This is not standard practice, so the authors should provide evidence to support this claim by running an LC/MS standard curve, then showing the correlation between peak height and amount of compound added as well as the correlation between peak area and compound.

      Thank you for pointing that out, accuracy calculated and displayed. Both peak area and height can be used, but indeed area is standard practice.

      (7) The authors should provide methods information about the LC column and the gradient settings used for LC-MS, as well as the settings of the MS.

      The full method has been added to the paper.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have only minor comments aside from the information in the Public Review:

      (1) Results, section on Intra-bacterial antibiotic accumulation, line 8: "experiment was performed at a concentration of antibiotic PROPORTIONAL to its MIC" would be more accurate?

      Agreed and adjusted according to Reviewer’s suggestion.

      (2) Results, section on A minor role for pre-existing target modification, last sentence: the mere presence of RIF-ribosylating enzymes does not, in and of itself indicate that "RIF modification, and precisely ADP-ribosylation, is the dominant mechanism of resistance to RIF in mycobacteria", as other mechanisms and other forms of modifying enzymes are known to confer rifamycin resistance, with redundancy (e.g., other rifampicin-modifying enzymes, or helR-mediated dissociation of rifampicin-stalled RNA polymerases from DNA). It would be more appropriate to suggest the results presented to this point indicate RIF modification is common among mycobacteria. The evidence from the CRISPRi knockdown of Arrs shown in Fig 5d is the kind of evidence that suggests ribosylation as a dominant mechanism, at least against rifabutin in this particular species.

      Absolutely, there are other possible modifying enzymes that could be encoded by these mycobacterial species. There is a possibility that M. flavescens and M. smegmatis encode for a putative helR (attached alignment) but further experiments would need to be carried out to confirm its ability to displace RIF in the RNAP. Interestingly, the presence of both Arr and HelR has been studied in M. abscessus and those mechanisms of resistance are independent from each other (Molecular Cell 2022 82(17):3166-3177.e5).

      (3) Discussion, 2nd sentence needs grammatical editing.

      Rephrased and it reads “Using our mycobacterial library, we identified for the first time high- and ultra-high-level intrinsic resistance (3) to many of the antibiotics tested. Of note, the resistant phenotype is naturally occurring and not a result of mutations due to exposure to the antibiotic in the clinic – which is the more traditional approach for probing mechanisms of antibiotic resistance. Our observations revealed that resistance profiles are highly variable across the genus and do not follow phylogeny, implicating HGT as the key mechanism for acquisition of resistance determinants and evolution of antibiotic resistance in mycobacteria (42).”

      (4) Discussion, page 7, first line: the inclusion of LZD and BDQ in this statement seems at odds with Figure 2c and the statements in the first paragraph of page 5 highlighting these as examples of drugs to which most mycobacteria are susceptible.

      Indeed, many of the species are susceptible, however the MIC<sub>99</sub> levels observed have never been reported before, and therefore we found it to be an interesting finding to highlight. From a treatment perspective, knowing which species are sensitive to which drugs is of course the most useful outcome of our study.

      (5) The next sentence..."We found that resistance to these antibiotics in mycobacteria cannot be explained by uptake/efflux mechanisms..." is a bit of an over-generalization and conflicts with the evidence presented earlier that efflux could be playing a role in BDQ resistance and the published evidence establishing a clinically significant role for efflux-mediated BDQ resistance in M. tuberculosis, M. avium complex and M. abscessus complex.

      We rephrased it to make it more specific to our findings. It reads “We found that resistance to these antibiotics in mycobacteria do not correlate with by uptake/efflux mechanisms in the species tested and it does not correlate with growth rate. Identification of mycobacterial species highly resistant to BDQ and LZD is worrisome as most of this species, if not all, have never been exposed to these drugs.”

      (6) Methods, section on In vitro activity assay of Arr enzymes, line 1: reference(s) should be provided for previously reported methods.

      Reference now added.

      (7) Figure 2d: the low end of the susceptibility range is not well defined.

      In this figure the susceptibility is not defined as the lowest area of the graph, but the lower concentrations are indeed harder to be defined. Hopefully supplementary figure 1 and the additional table containing the MIC can be informative to address this comment.

      (8) Figures 3c,d: the presentation of the relative antibiotic concentrations could be harmonized between the graphs in 3c and those in 3d to enable a more ready comparison.

      We disagree. The goal of these different panels is exactly to illustrate two distinct points. C gives the relative concentration of antibiotic, while D correlates relative concentration with MIC99. The use of log scale in D further clarifies that there is no correlation between intracellular antibiotic concentration and potency (MIC). This information is not present in C.

      (9) Figure 4f and Supplementary Figure 5b: it is difficult to understand the limited amount of ribsosyl-RIF in M. flavescens in Fig 4f relative to Supplementary Figure 5b (esp. when considering M. smeg as a common comparator); and, further, to understand the seeming lack of correlation between RIF susceptibility, ribosylation and Arr number and catalytic efficiency for these two strains without considering additional resistance mechanisms.

      In reality the difference between figure 4f and Supplementary figure 5b is mainly due to M. smegmatis – that has an apparent lower production of ribosyl-RIF in the experiment described in the supplementary figure. The values for M. flavescens are relatively similar. In addition, the ADP-Ribosyl-RIF is not the final metabolite of the pathway.

      In regards of having the entire picture, it is true that we were unable to completely unravel and correlate MIC value, expression of Arr-1, expression of Arr-3, efficiency of each enzyme, production of ADP-Ribosyl-RIF and the presence of other possible mechanisms of resistance and this is indeed a setback in our study, and of most studies ever published, which usually focus on one resistant determinant.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, submitted to Review Commons (journal agnostic), Coward and colleagues report on the role of insulin/IGF axis in podocyte gene transcription. They knocked out both the insulin and IGFR1 mice. Dual KO mice manifested a severe phenotype, with albuminuria, glomerulosclerosis, renal failure and death at 4-24 weeks.

      Long read RNA sequencing was used to assess splicing events. Podocyte transcripts manifesting intron retention were identified. Dual knock-out podocytes manifested more transcripts with intron retention (18%) compared wild-type controls (18%), with an overlap between experiments of ~30%.

      Transcript productivity was also assessed using FLAIR-mark-intron-retention software. Intron retention w seen in 18% of ciDKO podocyte transcripts compared to 14% of wild-type podocyte transcripts (P=0.004), with an overlap between experiments of ~30% (indicating the variability of results with this method). Interestingly, ciDKO podocytes showed downregulation of proteins involved in spliceosome function and RNA processing, as suggested by LC/MS and confirmed by Western blot.

      Pladienolide (a spliceosome inhibitor) was cytotoxic to HeLa cells and to mouse podocytes but no toxicity was seen in murine glomerular endothelial cells.

      The manuscript is generally clear and well-written. Mouse work was approved in advance. The four figures are generally well-designed, bars/superimposed dot-plots.

      Methods are generally well described.

      Comments on revised version:

      Coward and colleagues have done an excellent job of responding to all the reviewer comments.

    2. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary and background:

      This report entitled "The insulin/IGF axis is critically important (for) controlling gene transcription in the podocyte" from Hurcombe et al is based on a mouse double knockdown of the IR and IGF1R and a parallel cultured mouse podocyte model. Insulin/IGF signaling system in mammals evolved as three gene reduplicated peptides (insulin, IGF-1, and IGF-2) and their two receptors IR and IGF1R that cross-react to variable extents with the peptides, are ubiquitously expressed, and signal through parallel pathways. The major downstream effect of insulin is to regulate glucose uptake and metabolism, while that of the IGF pathways is to regulate growth and cell cycling in part through mTORC1. The GH-IGF-1-IGF1R pathway regulates post-natal growth. IGF-2 signaling is thought to play a major role in regulating intrauterine growth and development, although IGF-2 is also present at high levels in post-natal life. Thus, one would anticipate that reducing IR/IGF1R signaling in any cell would slow growth and cell cycling by reducing growth factor and metabolic mTORC1-mediated and other processes including the splicing of RNA for protein synthesis.

      Mouse IR/IGF1R double knockdown model:

      A double knockdown mouse model was generated by interbreeding mice with different genetic backgrounds carrying floxed sites for IR and IGF-1R to produce mixed background offspring with both floxed IR and IGF-1R genes. These mice were crossed so that the podocin promoter driven-Cre (that comes on at about embryonic day 12 bas podocytes are developing) would delete IR and IGF-1R genes. Since podocin is believed to be an absolutely podocyte-specific protein, this podocin promoter this is predicted to specifically knock down the IR and IGF1R genes only in podocytes. The weight and growth of double KO offspring was not different from controls, but some proportion of the double knockdown mice subsequently developed proteinuria by 6 months and 20% died, although no specific data is provided to identify the cause of the deaths since eGFR was not decreased. Surviving mice were evaluated at 6 months of age. The efficacy of knockdown was not demonstrated in the mouse model itself, although a temperature-sensitive cell line developed from these double knockdown mice showed that expression of IR and IGF-1R proteins in the Cre-treated cell line were both reduced by about 50% (no statistical analysis of this result provided). In the knockout mice, proteinuria was significantly increased by 6 months, but not at earlier time points. Histologic analysis showed proteinaceous casts, glomerulosclerosis and interstitial fibrosis. Podocyte number was stated to be reduced by about 30% in double knockdown mice, although the method by which this was evaluated seems to have been by counting WT1 positive nuclei in glomerular cross-sections, an approach that is well-known not to be a reliable way of assessing true podocyte number. No information is provided about podocyte size, density or glomerular volume.

      Comment: If IR/IGF1R deletion plays a significant role in normal podocyte function sufficient to cause proteinuria and glomerulosclerosis then the effect of reduced IR and IGF1R protein expression on podocyte function would have been expected to produce a phenotype before 6 months. A more likely scenario to explain the overall result is that deleting the IR and IGF1R genes at about embryonic day12 impacted podocyte development to a variable extent such that some mice developed fewer podocytes per glomerulus than other mice. As mice grow and their glomeruli and glomerular capillary area increases, those mice with fewer podocytes would not be able to completely cover the filtration surface with foot processes and would develop proteinuria and glomerulosclerosis. If reduced podocyte number per glomerulus is the proximate cause of the observed proteinuria, then modulation of the body and kidney growth rate by calorie restriction to slow growth (lower circulating IGF-1 levels) would be expected to be protective, while a high protein high calorie diet (higher circulating IGF-1 levels) or uni-nephrectomy to increase kidney growth rate would be expected to enhance proteinuria and glomerulosclerosis.

      The model as used may be more representative of a variable degree of podocyte depletion than an effect of impaired IR/IGF1R signaling. Therefore, although the phenotype may be ultimately attributable to the IR/IGF1R gene deletions the proteinuria and glomerulosclerotic phenotype itself was probably a consequence of defective podocyte development. Examining podocyte number, size, density and glomerular volume at earlier time points (4 weeks) would help to answer this question. Therefore, a more appropriate title would be "The insulin/IGF axis is critically important (for) normal podocyte development and deployment". In this context the effect of the knockdowns on splicing would make more sense.

      Cell culture studies. A cell line was generated using a temperature sensitive SV40 system that has been previously reported from this laboratory. A detailed analysis is provided to show that double knockout cells exhibited abnormal spliceosome activity. This forms the basis for the conclusion that "The insulin/IGF axis is critically important (for) controlling gene transcription in the podocyte". There are several concerns that weaken this conclusion.

      (1) In the double knockdown cell culture system about 30% of cells were "lost" by 3 days and about 70% of cells were "lost" by 5days. The studies were done at the 3 day time point. It is not clear whether "lost" cells were in the process of dying, stress-induced detachment, or just growing more slowly than control due to reduced IR and IGF-1R signaling. These processes could have impacted splicing in a non-specific way independent of IR/IGF1R signaling itself.

      (2) Can a single cell line derived from the double floxed mice be relied on to provide an unbiased picture of the effect of deleting IR and IGF-1R? Presumably, the transfection and selection process will select for cells that survive thereby including unknown biases, possibly related to spliceosome function. Is a single cell line adequate? These investigators have extensive experience with this type of analysis, but this question is not addressed in the discussion.

      (3) To determine whether the effect is specific to reduced IR/IGFR signaling the deletion of IR and IGF-1R could be corrected by transfecting full length IR and IGF-1R cDNAs into the cells to restore normal IR/IGF1R signaling. If transfected cells with intact IR and IGF-1R expression and activity returns spliceosome activity to normal this would be evidence that receptors themselves play some role in spliceosome activity, as opposed to the downstream effect on growth limitation/stress on the cells.

      (4) Other ways of testing whether the splicing effect is specifically due to reduced IR/IGF-1R signaling would be to (a) block IR and IGF1R receptors using available inhibitors, (b) remove or reduce insulin, IGF-1 and IGF-2 levels in the culture medium, (c) use low glucose and amino acid culture medium to slow growth rate independent of receptor function, (d) or block intra-cellular signaling via the IR and IGF-1R receptors through mTORC1 inhibition using rapamycin or other signaling targets.

      (5) It would be useful to determine whether the cultured cells stressed in other ways (e.g. ischemia, toxins, etc.) also results in the same splicing abnormalities.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Many thanks for your helpful and constructive comments for our work examining the effect of inhibiting both the insulin receptor (IR) and IGF1 receptor (IGF1R) in the podocyte. We are pleased to submit an updated manuscript addressing your concerns.

      (1) A major concern was a lack of mechanistic insight into how deletion (or knock-down) of both receptors caused the spliceosomal phenotype (Reviewer 1 and Reviewer 3).

      We now think this is due to the lack of a network of insulin/IGF phospho-signalling events to a variety of spliceosomal proteins and kinases. The reasons for this are as follows:

      A. Since submitting our paper Turewicz et al have published a comprehensive phospho-proteomic paper examining the effects of 100nM insulin on human primary myotubes (DOI: 10.1038/s41467-025-56335-6). They discovered that multiple post-translational phosphorylation events occur in a variety of spliceosomal proteins at differing time points (1 minute to 60 minutes). Furthermore, they show that mRNA splicing is rapidly modified in response to insulin stimulation in their cells. This follows elegant work from Bastista et al who studied diabetic and non-diabetic iPSC derived human myositis and also detected a spliceosome phosphorylation signature (DOI: 10.1016/j.cmet.2020.08.007).

      B. We have examined phospho-proteosome changes that occur in wild -type podocytes (expressing both the IR and IGF1R) compared to double (IR and IGF1R) knockout cells using phosho-proteomics. We have done this 3 days after inducing receptor knockdown, before major cell loss, and have stimulated the cells with either 10nM insulin or 100mg IGF1.

      Interestingly, we detected several post-translational modifications (PTM) in our data set that are also present in Turewicz’s studies. Of note, 100nM insulin (as used by Turewicz) will signal through both the insulin and IGF1 receptor (and hybrid Insulin/IGF1 receptors) which is relevant to our studies.

      Our work shows a cascade of phospho- signalling events affecting multiple components of the spliceosomal complex and evidence of kinase modulation (phosphorylation) (New Figure 7 and supplementary Figure 5). Also new results section in paper (lines 391-425 in track changes version). We acknowledge that we only studied a single time point after stimulation (10 minutes) and could have missed other PTM in the spliceosomal complex and other kinases. This is mentioned in our new limitations of study section (lines 595-606). This will be a focus of future work. We did not find major PTM differences when stimulating with either insulin or IGF1 in our studies and suspect that the doses of insulin (10nM) and IGF1 (100mg) used are still able to signal through cognate receptors.

      Furthermore, we have examined the relative contributions of the insulin and IGF1 receptor in detail in the model (addressed in point 13 below).

      (2) The phenotype of the mouse is only superficially addressed. The main issues are that the completeness of the mouse KO is never assessed nor is the completeness of the KO in cell lines. The absence of this data is a significant weakness. (Reviewer 1)

      We apologise for not making this clear, but we did assess the level of receptor knockdown in both the animal and cell models. The in vivo model showed variable and non-complete levels of insulin receptor and IGF1 receptor podocyte knock down (shown in supplementary Figure 1C). This is why we made the in vitro floxed podocyte cell lines in which we could robustly knockdown both the IR and IGF1R. We show this using Western blotting (shown in Figure 2A). We agree that calling the models knockout is misleading and have changed all to knock down (KD) now.

      (3) The mouse experiments would be improved if the serum creatinine’s were measured to provide some idea how severe the kidney injury is. (Reviewer 1)

      There is variability in creatinine levels which is not uncommon in transgenic mouse models (probably partly due to variability in receptor knock down levels with cre-lox system). This is part of rationale of developing the robust double receptor knockout cell models where we robustly knocked out both receptors by >80%. We have added measured creatinine levels in a subset of mice in supplementary data (New Supplementary Figure 1E) and mention this in the text (lines 285-286). As some mice died we expect they may have developed acute kidney injury, but we did not serially measure the creatinine’s in every mouse over time. We could have assessed the GFR in a more sensitive way to look at differences. However, we consider the highly significant levels of albuminuria and histological damage observed in our models show a significant kidney phenotype.

      (4) An attempt to rescue the phenotype by overexpression of SF3B4 would also be useful. If this didn't work, an explanation in the text would suffice. (Reviewer 1).

      We did consider doing this but on reflection think it is very unlikely to rescue the phenotype as an array of different spliceosomal proteins quantitatively changed and were differentially phosphorylated / dephosphorylated throughout the complex (as we hope our revised work illustrates now). We think a single protein rescue is highly unlikely to work. We hope this is an appropriate explanation for this action. We have mentioned this in the text now in our discussion (lines 601-602).

      (5) As insulin and IGF are regulators of metabolism, some assessment of metabolic parameters would be an optional add-on. (Reviewer 1).

      Thank you for this suggestion. We did not extensively examine the metabolism of the mice however we did perform blood glucose measurement and weight which are included in the paper (Figure 1A and Figure 1B).

      (6) The authors should caveat the cell experiments by discussing the ramifications of studying the 50% of the cells that survive vs the ones that died. (Reviewer 1).

      We appreciate this and this was the rationale behind cells being studied after 3 days differentiation for total and phospho-proteomics before significant cell loss to avoid the issue of studying the 50% of cells that survive (which happened at 7 days). We have made this clearer in the manuscript. We also have added the data showing less cell death at 3 days in the cell model (New Supp Figure 2B).

      (7) It would be helpful to say that tissue scoring was performed by an investigator masked to sample identity. (Reviewer 2)

      We did this and have added to manuscript (line 113).

      (8) Data are presented as mean/SEM. In general, mean/SD or median/IQR are preferred to allow the reader to evaluate the spread of the data. There may be exceptions where only SEM is reasonable. (Reviewer 2)

      All graphs have now been changed to SD rather than SEM.

      (9) It would be useful to for the reader to be told the number of over-lapping genes (with similar expression between mouse groups) and the results of a statistical test comparing WT and KO mice. The overlap of intron retention events between experimental repeats was about 30% in both knock-out podocytes. This seems low and I am curious to know whether this is typical for this method; a reference could be helpful. (Reviewer 2)

      This is an excellent question. We had 30% overlap as the parameters used for analysis were very stringent. We suspect we could get more than 30% by being less stringent, which still be considered as similar events if requested. Our methods were based on FLAIR analysis (PMID: 32188845). We have added this reference to the manuscript (Line 242 & 680).

      (10) With the GLP1 agonists providing renal protection, there is great interest in understanding the role of insulin and other incretins in kidney cell biology. It is already known that Insulin and IGFR signaling play important roles in other cells of the kidney. So, there is great interest in understanding these pathways in podocytes. The major advance is that these two pathways appear to have a role in RNA metabolism, the major limitations are the lack of information regarding the completeness of the KO's. If, for example, they can determine that in the mice, the KO is complete, that the GFR is relatively normal, then the phenotype they describe is relatively mild. (Reviewer 1)

      Thank you. The receptor knock-out (KO) in the mice is highly unlikely to be complete (Please see comments above and Supplementary Figure 1C). There are many examples of “KO” animal models targeting other tissues showing that complete KO of these receptors seems difficult to achieve, particularly in reference to the IGF1 receptor. In the brain, which also contains terminally differentiated cells, barely 50% of IGF1R knockdown was achieved in the target cells (PMID:28595357). In ovarian granulosa cells (PMID:28407051) -several tissue specific drivers tried but couldn't achieve any better than 80%. The paper states that 10% of IGF1R is sufficient for function in these cells so they conclude that their knockdown animals are probably still responding to IGF1. Finally, in our recent IGF1R podocyte knockdown model we found Cre levels were important for excision of a single homozygous floxed gene (PMID: 38706850) hence we were not surprised that trying to excise two homozygous floxed genes (insulin receptor and IGF1 receptor) was challenging. This was the rationale for making the double receptor knockout cell lines to understand processes / biology in more detail. As stated earlier, we have changed our description of the mice and cell lines from knock-out to knock-down throughout the revised manuscript as this is more accurate.

      (11) For the in vivo studies, the only information given is for mice at 24 weeks of age. There needs to be a full-time course of when the albuminuria was first seen and the rate of development. Also, GFR was not measured. Since the podocin-Cre utilized was not inducible, there should be a determination of whether there was a developmental defect in glomeruli or podocytes. Were there any differences in wither prenatal post-natal development or number of glomeruli? (Reviewer 3)

      We have added further urinary Albumin:creatinine ratio (uACR) data at 12, 16 and 20 weeks to manuscript. We do not think there was a major developmental phenotype as albuminuria did not become significantly different until several months of age (new Supp Figure 1B). We did consider using a doxycycline inducible model but we know the excision efficiency is much less than the constitutive podocin-cre driven model Author response image 1. This would likely give a very mild (if any) phenotype when attempting to knockout both receptors and not reveal the biology adequately. We acknowledge the weaknesses of the animal model and this was the rationale for generating the cell models.

      (12) Although the in vitro studies are of interest, there are no studies to determine if this is the underlying mechanism for the in vivo abnormalities seen in the mice. Cultured podocytes may not necessarily reflect what is occurring in podocytes in vivo. (Reviewer 3)

      This is a good point. We have now immune-stained the DKD and WT mice for Sf3b4 (a spliceosomal change in our in vitro proteomics) and also find a significant reduction in this protein in podocytes of the DKD mice (New Figure 3F).

      (13) Given that both receptors are deleted in the podocyte cell line, it is not clear if the spliceosome defect requires deletion of both receptors or if there is redundancy in the effect. The studies need to be repeated in podocyte cell lines with either IR or IGFR single deletions. (Reviewer 3)

      We have now performed proteomics and phospho-proteomics in all 4 cell types (Wild-type, Insulin receptor knock down, IGF1R knockdown and double knockdown) at 3 days (New Figure 8 and supplementary Figure 6. Also new results section lines 425 to 450). This shows that both receptors contribute to the pathways (and hence there is a high level of compensation built into the system). For total proteins we detected that spliceosomal tri-snRNP was only reduced when both receptors were lacking but other proteins / pathways had an incremental effect of losing the insulin or IGF1 receptor. Likewise, the spliceosomal phospho-signaling events can go through either the insulin or igf1 receptors predominantly or through both. We think this reflects the complexity of this system and how evolutioatily it has developed in mammals to protect against its loss.

      Finally in revision we have rewritten the discussion with a “limitations of the study” section and hopefully in an easier to read fashion for the readership.

      Author response image 1.

      (A) mT/mG reporter mouse crossed to constitutional podocin Cre heterozygous mouse. Illustrates podocyte specificity for Cre driver and excision Of reporter Figure shows GFP expression in Cre producing cells (top panel scale bar=250vm; bottom panel scale bar=50pm). Cre expression causes GFP to be switched on. (B) mT/mG reporter mouse crossed to podocin RtTA— tet-o-cre heterozygous mouse shows podocyte specificity for driver and approximately 60% excision. (top and bottom panels scale bar=250pm; middle panel scale bar=50pm). Doxycycline required for expression showing not leaky.

    1. Analyse du Binôme de Direction en Milieu Scolaire : Vers un Modèle de Coresponsabilité

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document analyse les dynamiques complexes au sein du binôme de direction (chef d’établissement et adjoint) dans le système éducatif français.

      Fondé sur les recherches de Rosenne Descré Rouillard, il met en lumière l'obsolescence du modèle traditionnel pyramidal qui conduit souvent à l'épuisement du dirigeant et à la frustration de l'adjoint.

      L'analyse révèle que le binôme fonctionne comme un « couple forcé » où l'intime et le professionnel s'entremêlent, rendant la relation soit extrêmement puissante, soit pathogène.

      Pour transformer cette tension en partenariat efficace, il est impératif de passer d'une répartition des tâches subie à une coresponsabilité basée sur la confiance, la transparence et la reconnaissance des compétences individuelles.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La Déconstruction du Modèle Traditionnel

      Le modèle classique de direction est marqué par une division du travail héritée et sociale, bien que non inscrite officiellement dans les textes.

      Une division sociale et morale du travail

      La répartition hiérarchique : Traditionnellement, le chef d'établissement conserve le pilotage stratégique et pédagogique, tandis que l'adjoint est cantonné à l'organisationnel, au technique et à l'exécution.

      Le « sale boulot » : Les recherches décrivent l'adjoint comme un « artisan du quotidien » occupant une fonction intervalle.

      Il récupère souvent les tâches les moins valorisées et les plus invisibles, ce que la sociologie qualifie de « sale boulot ».

      L’asymétrie de fonction : Bien qu'appartenant au même corps de métier (personnel de direction), l'adjoint doit rester en « seconde cordée » ou agir comme un « copilote », ce qui crée un décalage entre sa formation de chef et sa réalité opérationnelle.

      Conséquences du modèle conventionnel

      Charge mentale explosive : Le chef d'établissement, seul responsable légal et comptable, subit une pression qui freine la délégation.

      Sous-utilisation des compétences : L'adjoint peut ressentir une frustration légitime lorsque ses compétences stratégiques sont ignorées au profit d'une gestion purement logistique.

      Atterrissage brutal : Pour beaucoup de nouveaux adjoints, le passage du concours à la réalité du terrain est vécu comme un choc, car ils sont formés pour diriger mais se retrouvent en position subalterne.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. L'Épreuve Bicéphale : Le Binôme comme « Couple »

      La relation entre le chef et l'adjoint dépasse le simple cadre fonctionnel pour toucher à la sphère de l'intime.

      Un « mariage forcé » professionnel

      L'absence de choix : Les membres du binôme ne se choisissent pas.

      Cette union imposée par l'institution crée une « épreuve bicéphale » où partager le pouvoir et l'autorité devient un défi quotidien.

      L'isolement à deux : Contrairement aux enseignants ou aux CPE qui travaillent en communauté, le binôme de direction est souvent isolé.

      Cette solitude partagée renforce la nécessité d'une entente parfaite.

      L'impact de la personnalité : Quand le binôme « matche », il devient une force extrême.

      Quand il « clashe », cela peut mener à des maladies professionnelles tant l'implication personnelle est forte.

      La métaphore du couple parental

      Le binôme doit « parler d'une seule voix » devant la communauté éducative (enseignants, élèves, parents), à l'instar d'un couple de parents devant ses enfants.

      Les désaccords doivent être réglés en privé pour éviter que les tiers ne s'engouffrent dans les failles de la direction.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Piliers d'un Partenariat Puissant

      Pour sortir des tensions, le binôme doit instaurer un modèle de coresponsabilité.

      | Pilier | Description et Mise en Œuvre | | --- | --- | | Loyauté et Confiance | Socle indispensable qui doit être total et réciproque pour permettre au binôme de « faire front » face aux pressions institutionnelles. | | Transparence Absolue | Partage intégral des informations pour qu'aucun membre ne soit pris au dépourvu. | | Complémentarité | S'appuyer sur les appétences et les métiers d'origine (ex: un ancien CPE sur le leadership éducatif, un enseignant sur la pédagogie). | | Unité de Façade | Adopter une position commune indéfectible à l'extérieur, même si les tonalités de voix diffèrent. | | Égalité de Coopération | Considérer l'adjoint comme un véritable partenaire d'égal à égal plutôt que comme un « super secrétaire ». |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Stratégies et Bonnes Pratiques Opérationnelles

      La transition vers une direction partagée nécessite des actions concrètes et des rituels de communication.

      Clarification et Autonomie

      Délégation complète : Le chef doit autoriser l'adjoint à gérer des dossiers de A à Z sans intervenir de manière intempestive, favorisant ainsi l'autonomie et la montée en compétences.

      Lettre de mission évolutive : Cet outil doit être coconstruit et révisé à chaque changement de binôme pour refléter les compétences réelles et non une répartition automatique.

      Interchangeabilité : Dans un binôme fluide, chaque membre doit être capable de prendre le relais sur les dossiers de l'autre en cas d'absence.

      Rituels de Communication

      Échanges informels quotidiens : Maintenir une politique de « bureau porte ouverte » pour une interconnexion permanente.

      Le point hebdomadaire : Se réserver un temps dédié (par exemple le vendredi soir) pour « rembobiner le fil de la semaine », analyser les pratiques et évacuer les tensions.

      Prendre soin de l'autre

      Protection mutuelle : Le chef a un rôle de protecteur ultime envers l'adjoint, mais l'adjoint doit aussi veiller sur le chef.

      Balises horaires : S'imposer des limites mutuelles sur le temps de travail et l'usage du numérique pour prévenir l'épuisement, particulièrement complexe dans le cadre des logements de fonction.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Perspectives et Évolutions Institutionnelles

      L'analyse conclut que l'institution doit évoluer pour soutenir ces nouvelles formes de gouvernance.

      Vers la coresponsabilité légale : Une évolution législative pourrait instaurer une véritable codirection, soulageant ainsi la responsabilité unique du chef.

      Amélioration des RH : Dépasser les règles d'ancienneté pour former des binômes basés sur la complémentarité des profils.

      Formation continue : Intégrer la gestion de la relation humaine et du binôme dès la préparation au concours pour éviter « l'atterrissage brutal ».

      Espaces de parole : Développer des temps d'analyse de pratique ou de coaching collectif, extérieurs à la hiérarchie, pour permettre aux personnels de direction de se « resocialiser professionnellement » à chaque changement de partenaire.

      En résumé, le succès d'un binôme de direction repose sur sa capacité à transformer une hiérarchie rigide en un management horizontal partagé, où l'humain est placé au centre de la stratégie de pilotage.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors show that genetic deletion of the orphan tumor necrosis factor receptor DR6 in mice does not protect peripheral axons against degeneration after axotomy. Similarly, Schwann cells in DR6 mutant mice react to axotomy similarly to wild-type controls. These negative results are important because previous work has indicated that loss or inhibition of DR6 is protective in disease models and also against Wallerian degeneration of axons following injury. This carefully executed counterexample is important for the field to consider.

      Strengths:

      A strength of the paper is the use of two independent mouse strains that knock out DR6 in slightly different ways. The authors confirm that DR6 mRNA is absent in these models (western blots for DR6 protein are less convincingly null, but given the absence of mRNA, this is likely an issue of antibody specificity). One of the DR6 knockout strains used is the same strain used in a previous paper examining the effects of DR6 on Wallerian degeneration.

      The authors use a series of established assays to evaluate axon degeneration, including light and electron microscopy on nerve histological samples and cultured dorsal root ganglion neurons in which axons are mechanically severed and degeneration is scored in time-lapse microscopy. These assays consistently show a lack of effect of loss of DR6 on Wallerian degeneration in both mouse strains examined.

      Therefore, in the specific context of these experiments, the author's data support their conclusion that loss of DR6 does not protect against Wallerian degeneration.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The major weaknesses of this paper include the tone of correcting previously erroneous results and the lack of reporting on important details around animal experiments that would help determine whether the results here really are discordant with previous studies, and if so, why.

      The authors do not report the genetic strain background of the mice used, the sex distributions of their experimental cohorts, or the age of the mice at the time the experiments were performed. All of these are important variables.

      (Response 1) We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the importance of reporting the sex, age, and genetic background of the experimental animals used in our axon protection analyses. We have incorporated this information into the revised manuscript wherever available. The sole exception concerns the genetic background of the conditional DR6 mice generated by Genentech, which remains unknown. The original publication describing these mice (Tam et al., 2012, Dev Cell, PMID 22340501) did not report this information, and we were unable to obtain it directly from Genentech. Details regarding the genetic background of the Wld<sup>S</sup> and aPhr1 mutant mice are provided in their respective original publications, which are cited in our manuscript. Because the Gamage et al. study from the Deppmann laboratory did not report the sex or age of the animals used, we were unable to assess whether these variables might contribute to the differences observed between the two studies. Moreover, we are not aware of published evidence identifying sex or age as modifiers of structural axon preservation in axotomized peripheral nerve stumps in mouse models of delayed Wallerian degeneration. Furthermore, in the original publications describing the phenotypes of transgenic Nmnat2 and Wld<sup>S</sup> mice, as well as Sarm1 or Phr1 knockout mice, sex and age of the animals used in the Wallerian degeneration assays were not reported (PMIDs 23995269, 12106171, 22678360, 23665224). Although, to our knowledge, no large-scale systematic studies have been conducted, over the last 15 years we have never observed any sex-based differences in Wallerian degeneration phenotypes in these mutants exhibiting prominent axon protection. This topic was discussed informally at conferences, and we are also not aware of other investigators having observed such effects.

      In response to the reviewer’s comment regarding “tone”, we made sure that our data and interpretations are presented in a professional, balanced, and objective manner, including a detailed discussion of potential alternative explanations for the discrepant findings.

      (2) The DR6 knockout strain reported in Gamage et al. (2017) was on a C57BL/6.129S segregating background. Gamage et al. reported that loss of DR6 protected axons from Wallerian degeneration for up to 4 weeks, but importantly, only in 38.5% (5 out of 13) mice they examined. In the present paper, the authors speculate on possible causes for differences between the lack of effect seen here and the effects reported in Gamage et al., including possible spontaneous background mutations, epigenetic changes, genetic modifiers, neuroinflammation, and environmental differences. A likely explanation of the incomplete penetrance reported by Gamage et al. is the segregating genetic background and the presence of modifier loci between C57BL/6 and 129S. The authors do not report the genetic background of the mice used in this study, other than to note that the knockout strain was provided by the group in Gamage et al. However, if, for example, that mutation has been made congenic on C57BL/6 in the intervening years, this would be important to know. One could also argue that the results presented here are consistent with 8 out of 13 mice presented in Gamage et al.

      (Response 2) As noted above, we now provide information on the genetic background of the mice in the revised manuscript, where available. We have not backcrossed the constitutive DR6 knockout mice obtained from the Deppmann laboratory (Gamage et al.) to a C57BL/6 background; our colony was maintained primarily through intercrosses of heterozygous animals. Similarly, the conditional DR6 mutant mice used in this study were also not backcrossed to C57BL/6 mice.

      We respectfully hold a different view regarding the reviewer’s final point. We understand it is not appropriate to infer consistency between two datasets by disregarding the subset of results that do not align. By the same logic, it would be flawed to draw conclusions from the Gamage et al. study based solely on the single Wld<sup>S</sup> mouse out of five that did not show axon preservation after nerve injury. Selectively omitting conflicting data does not provide a valid basis for establishing phenotype concordance across studies.

      To further strengthen our study, we note that we performed additional analyses on three more nerve samples from constitutive DR6 null mice during the revision process and have incorporated the resulting data in Fig. 1.

      (3) Age is also an important variable. The protective effects of the spontaneous WldS mutation decrease with age, for example. It is unclear whether the possible protective effects of DR6 also change with age; perhaps this could explain the variable response seen in Gamage et al. and the lack of response seen here.

      (Response 3) As discussed above, we now provide the age information for the mice used for the Wallerian degeneration assessments in the respective figure legends. To our knowledge, there are no prior reports suggesting that age is a significant determinant of structural axon preservation in the indicated mutants. Electrophysiological function and neuromuscular junction preservation decrease with age in axotomized Wld<sup>S</sup> mice (e.g., PMIDs 12231635, 19158292, 15654865), but these parameters are not subject of our study, and we have not studied them. Unfortunately, a direct comparison of ages between our DR6 mutant mice and those used in Gamage et al. (2017) is not possible, as the earlier study from the Deppmann laboratory did not report this information.

      (4) It is unclear if sex is a factor, but this is part of why it should be reported.

      (Response 4) We now report the requested sex information for our axon preservation analyses during nerve injury-induced Wallerian degeneration in the DR6 mouse models in Figs. 1 and 2.

      (5) The authors also state that they do not see differences in the Schwann cell response to injury in the absence of DR6 that were reported in Gamage et al., but this is not an accurate comparison. In Gamage et al., they examined Schwann cells around axons that were protected from degeneration 2 and 4 weeks post-injury. Those axons had much thinner myelin, in contrast to axons protected by WldS or loss of Sarm1, where the myelin thickness remained relatively normal. Thus, Gamage et al. concluded that the protection of axons from degeneration and the preservation of Schwann cell myelin thickness are separate processes. Here, since no axon protection was seen, the same analysis cannot be done, and we can only say that when axons degenerate, the Schwann cells respond the same whether DR6 is expressed or not.

      (Response 5) We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed comments. Our intention was not to directly compare our findings with those of Gamage et al. regarding the myelin behavior at these time points (because we never observed axon protection), but rather to note that we did not observe any DR6-dependent alterations in Schwann cell responses under conditions where axons undergo normal Wallerian degeneration. As the reviewer correctly points out, Gamage et al. analyzed Schwann cell myelin surrounding axons that were protected from degeneration for extended periods, a context fundamentally different from the complete lack of axon protection observed in our DR6-deficient models. Therefore, the specific dissociation between axon preservation and myelin maintenance claimed by Gamage et al. cannot be evaluated in our study. A statement to make this point clearer has been incorporated in the revised manuscript.

      We fully agree with the reviewer’s concluding point: in our experiments, once axons degenerate, Schwann cell responses proceed similarly regardless of DR6 expression. This agreement reinforces one of the central conclusions of our work.

      (6) The authors also take issue with Colombo et al. (2018), where it was reported that there is an increase in axon diameter and a change in the g-ratio (axon diameter to fiber diameter - the axon + myelin) in peripheral nerves in DR6 knockout mice. This change resulted in a small population of abnormally large axons that had thinner myelin than one would expect for their size. The change in g-ratio was specific to these axons and driven by the increased axon diameter, not decreased myelin thickness, although those two factors are normally loosely correlated. Here, the authors report no changes in axon size or g-ratio, but this could also be due to how the distribution of axon sizes was binned for analysis, and looking at individual data points in supplemental figure 3A, there are axons in the DR6 knockout mice that are larger than any axons in wild type. Thus, this discrepancy may be down to specifics and how statistics were performed or how histograms were binned, but it is unclear if the results presented here are dramatically at odds with the results in Colombo et al. (2018).

      (Response 6) Several points raised by the reviewer appear to reflect differences in interpretation of the findings reported in Colombo et al. (2018). That study did not report altered myelination in DR6 null mice at stages when myelination is largely complete (P21). Instead, modest changes were observed at P1, which were reduced by P7, and P21 mutants were reported to be indistinguishable from controls. No analyses of peripheral nerves in older animals were presented, and the authors concluded in the discussion that myelination in young adult DR6 null mice appears normal. In contrast, our analysis of constitutive DR6 null mice at P1 does not reproduce the increase in the number of myelinated fibers per unit area reported by Colombo et al. We obtained similar results in the independent conditional DR6 knockout mouse line. Differences in nerve tissue processing, embedding, staining, or in the microscopic imaging and quantification of thinly myelinated axons in P1 sciatic nerve cross-sections may have contributed to the observed discrepancy. However, because the relevant methodological details were not described in Colombo et al., the underlying reasons for these differences cannot be determined and remain speculative.

      (7) Finally, it is important to note that previously reported effects of DR6 inhibition, such as protection of cultured cortical neurons from beta-amyloid toxicity, are not necessarily the same as Wallerian degeneration of axons distal to an injury studied here. The negative results presented here, showing that loss of DR6 is not protective against Wallerian degeneration induced by injury, are important given the interest in DR6 as a therapeutic target, but they are specific to these mice and this mechanism of induced axon degeneration. The extent to which these findings contradict previous work is difficult to assess due to the lack of detail in describing the mouse experiments, and care should be taken in attempting to extrapolate these results to other disease contexts, such as ALS or Alzheimer's disease.

      (Response 7) We agree with the reviewer’s point and emphasize that our manuscript carefully differentiates our data regarding the function of DR6 in Wallerian degeneration from the potential involvement of DR6 in other forms of axon degeneration. Our findings do not conflict with previous work on DR6 in the context of in vitro beta-amyloid and prion toxicity as well as in vitro models of ALS and multiple sclerosis. We believe these distinctions are explicitly and appropriately articulated throughout the entire manuscript and in more detail in the discussion section.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors should include additional information about the mice used, including strain background for both the DR6 mice and the Cre transgenes crossed into the DR6 conditional knockout, the age of the mice when the nerve crush experiments were performed, and the sex distributions of the experimental cohorts. This information is critical for reproducibility in animal experiments, and that point is compounded here, where the major focus of this paper is taking issue with the reproducibility of previous work.

      (Response 8) This information has been included in the revision. See above responses.

      (2) In the abstract, reference 5 is cited as a study on the response to Schwann cells to injury in a DR6 background, but this probably should be reference 10.

      (Response 9) This typo has been corrected.

      (3) "Site-by-site comparison" in line 201 should be side-by-side?

      (Response 10) This typo has been corrected.

      (4) The paper contains a lot of self-evaluative wording, "surprising contrast," "compelling evidence," "robust results." Whether those adjectives apply should be for the reader to decide, and a drier, more objective tone in the presentation would improve the paper.

      (Response 11) We agree that excessive self-evaluative wording can weaken objectivity. In the manuscript, such phrasing is used sparingly and intentionally to highlight differences from previously published studies, guide the reader, and convey scholarly judgment. We do not consider this limited use to be counterproductive. The adjectives “surprising,” “compelling,” and “robust” each appear only one to three times across the entire manuscript, and the specific phrase “robust results” does not appear at all.

      (5) In Figure 2A, DR6-/-, there is no significant difference, but there is also a lot of variability, and one could argue the authors are seeing axon protection comparable to WldS in 40% of their samples (2/5), which is very similar to Gamage et al.

      (Response 12) We respectfully disagree with this reasoning as it relies on selectively emphasizing only a subset of the data. Please also see our response #2 for more detailed discussion.

      (6) Overall, the data presented here are convincing and support the conclusions drawn, but the paper needs to focus more on the negative results at hand and less on bashing previous studies, particularly when the results presented here do definitively show that the previous studies were incorrect and plausible explanations for differences in outcome exist.

      (Response 13) We have carefully revisited the wording of the manuscript and are confident that our emphasis remains on the central negative finding that DR6 does not regulate axon degeneration and Schwann cell injury responses during Wallerian degeneration. We do not believe the manuscript “bashes” previous studies; nonetheless, we thoroughly re-examined all relevant sections to ensure that our language is neutral, accurate, and non-inflammatory. We believe the current phrasing presents our interpretations in an appropriately balanced, objective, and professional manner.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Beirowski, Huang, and Babetto revisits the proposed role of Death Receptor 6 (DR6/Tnfrsf21) in Wallerian degeneration (WD). A prior study (Gamage et al., 2017) suggested that DR6 deletion delays axon degeneration and alters Schwann cell responses following peripheral nerve injury. Here, the authors comprehensively test this claim using two DR6 knockout mouse models (the line used in the earlier report plus a CMV-Cre derived floxed ko line) and multiple WD assays in vivo and in vitro, aligned with three positive controls, Sarm1 WldS and Phr1/Mycbp2 mutants. Contrary to the prior findings, they find no evidence that DR6 deletion affects axon degeneration kinetics or Schwann cell dynamics (assessed by cJun expression or [intact+degenerating] myelin abundance after injury) during WD. Importantly, in DRG explant assays, neurites from DR6-deficient mice degenerated at rates indistinguishable from controls. The authors conclude that DR6 is dispensable for WD, and that previously reported protective effects may have been due to confounding factors such as genetic background or spontaneous mutations.

      Strengths:

      The authors employ two independently generated DR6 knockout models, one overlapping with the previously published study, and confirm loss of DR6 expression by qPCR and Western blotting. Multiple complementary readouts of WD are applied (structural, ultrastructural, molecular, and functional), providing a robust test of the hypothesis.

      Comparisons are drawn with established positive controls (WldS, SARM1, Phr1/Mycbp2 mutants), reinforcing the validity of the assays.

      By directly addressing an influential but inconsistent prior report, the manuscript clarifies the role of DR6 and prevents potential misdirection of therapeutic strategies aimed at modulating WD in the PNS. The discussion thoughtfully considers possible explanations for the earlier results, including colony-specific second-site mutations that could explain the incomplete penetrance of the earlier reported phenotype of only 36%.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study focuses on peripheral nerves. The manuscript frequently refers to CNS studies to argue for consistency with their findings. It would be more accurate to frame PNS/CNS similarities as reminiscences rather than as consistencies (e.g., line 205ff in the Discussion).

      (Response 14) Axon protection in all key genetic models of delayed axon degeneration, including Wld<sup>S</sup>, SARM1, Phr1/Mycbp2 mutants, has been demonstrated in both the peripheral and central nervous systems. This observation supports the view that core molecular mechanisms regulating axon degeneration are conserved across neuronal populations throughout the entire nervous system. We have scrutinized the wording in our manuscript and are not aware that we frequently refer to CNS studies in regards to axon degeneration. Nevertheless, we have replaced the term “consistent” to avoid potential ambiguity when we discuss the earlier study showing normal Wallerian degeneration in the optic nerves from DR6 knockout mice.

      (2) The DRG explant assays are convincing, though the slight acceleration of degeneration in the DR6 floxed/Cre condition is intriguing (Figure 4E). Could the authors clarify whether this is statistically robust or biologically meaningful?

      (Response 15) We thank the reviewer for noting this aspect of our in vitro data in Fig. 4. The difference observed in the DR6 floxed/Cre condition is statistically significant at the 6h time point following disconnection, as indicated by the p value shown in Fig. 4E. However, a similarly statistically significant acceleration of axon degeneration was not observed in DRG axotomy experiments using constitutive DR6 knockout preparations, although a trend toward more rapid axon breakdown is apparent at 6 h post-axotomy (Fig. 4B). These observations may suggest reduced stability of DR6-deficient axons in this specific neuron-only in vitro context. Further investigation would be required to determine the biological significance of this effect. In contrast, our in vitro quantitative analyses of the initiation and early phases of Wallerian degeneration (Fig. 2) revealed no evidence of accelerated axon disintegration in the DR6 mutant mouse models, highlighting potential differences between in vitro and in vitro systems.

      (3) In the summary (line 43), the authors refer to Hu et al. (2013) (reference 5) as the study that previously reported AxD delay and SC response alteration after injury. However, this study did not investigate the PNS, and I believe the authors intended to reference Gamage et al. (2017) (reference 10) at this point.

      (Response 16) Thanks for pointing this out. We have corrected this typo in the revised manuscript.

      (4) In line 74ff of the results section, the authors claim that developmental myelination is not altered in DR6 mutants at postnatal day 1. However, the variability in Figure S2 appears substantial, and the group size seems underpowered to support this claim. Colombo et al. (2018) (reference 11) reported accelerated myelination at P1, but this study likewise appears underpowered. Possible reasons for these discrepancies and the large variability could be that only a defined cross-sectional area was quantified, rather than the entire nerve cross-section.

      (Response 17) We confirm that the quantification of thinly myelinated axons was performed on entire sciatic nerves from P1 mouse pups, as described in the methods section in our original manuscript. The data shown in Fig. S2 were obtained from 5-9 pups per experimental group. Sample sizes were determined based on a priori power analyses using pilot data, which indicated that a minimum of five biological replicates was sufficient to detect statistically significant differences with acceptable confidence. Comparable sample sizes have been used in our previous studies and by other groups to assess early postnatal myelination (e.g., PMIDs 21949390, 28484008). Several published studies have reported analyses using 3-4 animals per group (e.g., PMIDs 28484008, 25310982, 29367382). For comparison, the study by Colombo et al. used 3-8 pups for the analysis presented in their Fig. 3. We note that the apparent variability in Fig. S2 may be accentuated by the scaling of the y-axis, which was chosen to ensure that individual data points are clearly resolved and visible.

      (5) The authors stress the data of Gamage et al. (2017) on altered SC responses in DR6 mutants after injury. They employed cJun quantification to show that SC reprogramming after injury is not altered in DR6 mutants. This approach is valid and the conclusion trustworthy. Here, the addition of data showing the combined abundance of intact and degenerated myelin does not add much insight. However, Gamage et al. (2017) reported altered myelin thickness in a subset of axons at 14 days after injury, which is considerably later than the time points analyzed in the present study. While, in the Reviewer's view, the thin myelin observed by Gamage et al. in fact resembles remyelination, the authors may wish to highlight the difference in the time points analyzed.

      (Response 18) We consider the additional quantification of the area occupied by intact myelin and myelin debris to provide complementary information that supports the c-Jun-based conclusion that Schwann cell injury responses are normal in DR6-deficient nerves following lesion. We agree with this reviewer that the thin myelin observed by Gamage et al. resembles remyelination, raising the possibility that axon regeneration occurred into the distal nerve stump at the studied 14d post-injury time point (see their Fig. 3). This may have been interpreted as axon protection in this study. In our study, it was impossible to examine such myelin effects since axon protection was never observed in any of the DR6 mutant models at any of the time point we investigated. We have incorporated appropriate additional text to highlight this difference. See also response #5 above.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors revisit the role of DR6 in axon degeneration following physical injury (Wallerian degeneration), examining both its effects on axons and its role in regulating the Schwann cell response to injury. Surprisingly, and in contrast to previous studies, they find that DR6 deletion does not delay the rate of axon degeneration after injury, suggesting that DR6 is not a mediator of this process.

      Overall, this is a valuable study. As the authors note, the current literature on DR6 is inconsistent, and these results provide useful new data and clarification. This work will help other researchers interpret their own data and re-evaluate studies related to DR6 and axon degeneration.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of two independent DR6 knockout mouse models strengthens the conclusions, particularly when reporting the absence of a phenotype.

      (2) The focus on early time points after injury addresses a key limitation of previous studies. This approach reduces the risk of missing subtle protective phenotypes and avoids confounding results with regenerating axons at later time points after axotomy.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The study would benefit from including an additional experimental paradigm in which DR6 deficiency is expected to have a protective effect, to increase confidence in the experimental models, and to better contextualize the findings within different pathways of axon degeneration. For example, DR6 deletion has been shown in more than one study to be partially axon protective in the NGF deprivation model in DRGs in vitro. Incorporating such an experiment could be straightforward and would strengthen the paper, especially if some of the neuroprotective effects previously reported are confirmed.

      (Response 19) We thank the reviewer for these suggestions. We would like to highlight that our study addresses the role of DR6 in Wallerian degeneration, whereas in vitro NGF deprivation has been used to model developmental axon pruning. Previous work indicates fundamental biological differences between these regressive pathways regulating the stereotyped removal of axon segments. We feel that studying this alternative form of axon degeneration is beyond the scope of the current work and could be addressed in a separate manuscript. Although additional tests will be needed, we note that our preliminary data using samples from both DR6 knockout mouse models suggest no axon protection after NGF-deprivation in DRG neuron preparations in our hands (deprivation of the growth factor and administration of anti-NGF antibody).

      (2) The quality of some figures could be improved, particularly the EM images in Figure 2. As presented, they make it difficult to discern subtle differences.

      (Response 20) We have pseudocolored intact (turquoise) and degenerated (magenta) myelinated fibers on the high-resolution semithin micrographs (not electron micrographs) in the new Fig. 2 to make the distinction between the two fiber categories clearer.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 121: The authors mention toluidine blue staining, but it does not appear to be shown in Figure S5.

      (Response 21) This appears to be a misunderstanding. Fig. S5A shows the ultrastructure of dedifferentiated Schwann cells in transmission electron micrographs, while Figs. S5B and C show quantification of the area occupied by myelin sheaths and myelin debris profiles on osmium tetroxide and toluidine blue stained nerve sections from the two DR6 mutant models, based on semithin light microscopy. These are two different aspects of the analysis. The text has been modified in the revised manuscript to make the distinction clearer.

      (2) Line 175: The authors should add NMNAT2 to the list of enzymes implicated in the regulation of Wallerian degeneration in mammals.

      (Response 22) Nmnat2 and a literature reference (Milde et al., 2013) has been incorporated in the discussion of the revised manuscript to address this point.

      (3) Line 201: Please correct the typo "site-by-site" to "side-by-side."

      (Response 23) This typo has been corrected.

    1. Guide de Scolarisation des Élèves Présentant des Troubles à Expression Comportementale

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les stratégies et outils destinés aux enseignants pour scolariser efficacement les élèves manifestant des troubles du comportement.

      La distinction fondamentale repose sur la différence entre une opposition ponctuelle (réactionnelle et passagère) et des troubles du comportement avérés (crises intenses, incapacité de régulation, dangerosité).

      La prise en charge repose sur trois piliers :

      1. La Prévention : Création d’un environnement sécurisant par une organisation spatiale et temporelle stable et une posture d'enseignant prévisible.

      2. L’Adaptation : Utilisation d’outils de structuration (contrats de comportement, thermomètres émotionnels, espaces de répit) pour répondre aux besoins spécifiques de l'élève.

      3. La Gestion de Crise : Application de protocoles de désescalade et mise en sécurité, suivies d'une phase d'analyse rigoureuse pour ajuster les interventions futures.

      L'objectif central est de passer d'une gestion réactive à une approche proactive, visant l'apaisement de l'élève et la préservation du climat d'apprentissage pour l'ensemble de la classe.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Définitions et Cadre d'Analyse

      Il est crucial pour l'enseignant de diagnostiquer la nature de la perturbation afin d'y apporter la réponse appropriée.

      1. Opposition Ponctuelle vs Troubles Avérés

      Le tableau suivant distingue les deux types de manifestations comportementales :

      | Caractéristiques | Opposition Ponctuelle | Troubles du Comportement Avérés | | --- | --- | --- | | Manifestations | Refus temporaire, frustration verbale, énervement bref. | Crises fréquentes, violences physiques (soi, autres, matériel), agressivité constante. | | Capacité de régulation | Retrouve son calme après un rappel ou une redirection. | Incapacité à se réguler seul, même avec soutien. | | Origine | Fatigue, difficulté de compréhension, test des limites. | Épuisement émotionnel ou sensoriel, déconnecté de la situation immédiate. | | Impact | Ne perturbe pas durablement la classe. | Perturbation majeure du climat de classe et des apprentissages. |

      2. La Crise Majeure

      Une crise majeure se définit par une perte totale de contrôle. Elle est caractérisée par une intensité forte (hurlements, violences), une durée significative (minutes à heures), et un danger potentiel. Dans cet état, l'élève n'est plus dans une logique de calcul ou d'opposition délibérée.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Stratégies de Prévention : L'Environnement Sécurisant

      La prévention consiste à être proactif pour minimiser les déclencheurs comportementaux.

      1. Organisation Spatiale et Temporelle

      Stabilité Spatiale : Les places doivent être fixées. L'enseignant doit voir et être vu de tous. Les déplacements doivent être aisés et les procédures de rangement enseignées.

      Stabilité Temporelle : Utilisation d'un emploi du temps hebdomadaire stable, affichage de l'emploi du temps quotidien et mise en place de rituels et routines systématiques.

      2. La Prévisibilité de l'Adulte

      L'enseignant doit incarner un modèle de stabilité :

      • Élaborer le règlement de classe avec les élèves et l'afficher.

      • Formuler les règles de manière affirmative (expliciter le comportement attendu plutôt que l'interdit).

      • Avoir des réactions prévisibles et mesurées.

      • Agir avec crédibilité : "Dire ce que je fais et faire ce que je dis."

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Réponses aux Besoins Spécifiques et Aménagements

      Chaque besoin identifié doit correspondre à un aménagement technique ou pédagogique précis.

      1. Outils de Structuration

      Espace : Prévoir un espace de travail individualisé et un espace d'apaisement (coin détente avec livres, casque de musique) dont le temps d'accès est limité par un timer.

      Temps : Utiliser des supports visuels (horloges, sabliers, timers) et des emplois du temps individualisés pour rendre les durées concrètes.

      Émotions : Utiliser le "thermomètre des émotions" ou "l'humeur du jour" pour aider l'élève à identifier son état interne.

      Relation aux autres : Mettre en place des signaux discrets, comme le Tétra-aide, pour que l'élève puisse appeler à l'aide sans perturber le groupe.

      2. Le Contrat de Comportement

      Cet outil d'engagement mutuel vise à valoriser les comportements adaptés :

      • Fixation d'objectifs simples.

      • Auto-évaluation quotidienne par l'élève.

      • Valorisation systématique des réussites (parole positive ou accès à une activité appréciée).

      • Implication de la famille dans le suivi des progrès.

      3. Adaptations Pédagogiques et Numériques

      Il est nécessaire d'adapter les exigences aux capacités de l'élève (via PAP ou PPRE) :

      • Détailler spécifiquement le comportement attendu pour chaque tâche.

      • Privilégier les appels positifs ("Tu rejoins la table") plutôt que les questions ouvertes.

      Ressources numériques : Utiliser des sites comme Cap Ecole Inclusive ou Araasac (pictogrammes), et des logiciels comme Lire Couleur (aide à la lecture) ou Dicom (prédiction de mots).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. La Gestion de Crise : Du Passage à l'Acte à l'Analyse

      La gestion d'une crise suit un cycle spécifique nécessitant des interventions ciblées à chaque phase.

      1. Les Phases du Passage à l'Acte

      L'objectif est d'intervenir idéalement dès la phase d'activation pour éviter l'escalade :

      1. Calme

      2. Activation : Signes subtils (anxiété, erreurs de jugement, maux de tête/ventre).

      3. Agitation / Accélération : Difficulté à réguler la parole, besoin d'attention, agitation psychomotrice.

      4. Point culminant (Crise) : Perte de contrôle.

      5. Décélération / Récupération

      2. Posture et Protocole d'Intervention

      Fermeté : Sur les actes inacceptables (violence, jet de matériel) entraînant un écart immédiat du groupe.

      Apaisement : Utiliser une voix basse et des paroles contenantes ("Tout va bien", "Je vais t'aider", "Ton bien-être compte pour moi").

      Protocole : Un protocole écrit doit définir qui prend en charge l'élève, qui gère le reste de la classe, et qui prévient la famille ou les secours (le 15 en cas de gravité extrême).

      3. Phase d'Analyse (Post-Crise)

      Une fois le calme revenu, un travail d'analyse est indispensable :

      Constater : Consigner les faits (avant, pendant, après).

      Analyser : Échanger avec l'élève et la famille pour identifier les déclencheurs ou les éléments renforçateurs.

      Réajuster : Proposer de nouvelles adaptations ou modifier le protocole de crise si nécessaire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Citations et Principes Clés

      "Dans une crise majeure, l’élève n’est pas dans une logique d’opposition ou de calcul, mais dans un état d’épuisement émotionnel ou sensoriel."

      "Dire ce que je fais et faire ce que je dis. (paroles suivies des actions)"

      "L’objectif de ce protocole est de viser l’extinction des crises en gardant les exigences pour l’élève."

    1. § 103. Recall Any elected official or official appointed to elective office holding a Town office may be recalled by the following process: (1) A petition signed by not less than 35 percent of the number of registered voters voting in the last annual Town meeting shall be filed with the Town Clerk. (2) The petition shall request a special Town meeting for the purpose of recalling a specific person or persons and shall state the office that they hold. (3) The Selectboard shall act upon the petition within seven days by warning a special Town meeting. (4) The Town meeting shall be held not less than 30 days and not more than 40 days from the date of the receipt of the petition. (5) The special Town meeting shall be warned as provided by the general law of this State. (6) At least four days but not more than 15 days prior to the voting, an informational meeting shall be held at which time both the elected official and the proponents for the recall shall have the opportunity to discuss the issue of recall. The informational meeting shall be warned in conjunction with the warning for the special Town meeting. (7) Voting on the issue of recall shall be by Australian ballot. A majority of the legal votes cast shall be needed to effect a recall of that official.

      Poultney

      Recall

    1. La Bienveillance en Milieu Scolaire : Enjeux, Défis et Pratiques Professionnelles

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les échanges issus d'une table ronde portant sur le concept de bienveillance à l'école.

      Loin d'être synonyme de laxisme ou de complaisance, la bienveillance est définie comme une condition essentielle de l'équité et de l'efficacité du système éducatif, particulièrement pour les élèves les plus vulnérables.

      Elle repose sur une tension constructive entre exigence et soutien, visant le développement à long terme de l'élève.

      Sa mise en œuvre nécessite une clarification conceptuelle pour lever les résistances professionnelles, l'adoption de gestes professionnels spécifiques (feedback positif, écoute active) et une réinvention des espaces et des modalités d'évaluation.

      En somme, la bienveillance est un levier de réussite qui engage tant la posture individuelle de l'enseignant que la stratégie collective de l'établissement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Définition et Clarification Conceptuelle

      La bienveillance en éducation souffre souvent de représentations simplistes ou erronées. Il est nécessaire d'en préciser les contours épistémologiques :

      Étymologie et intention : Littéralement, la bienveillance consiste à « vouloir du bien à autrui ».

      C'est une disposition favorable qui vise la réussite et la réalisation personnelle de l'autre.

      Temporalité (Court terme vs Long terme) : La bienveillance peut impliquer de sacrifier le confort immédiat pour le bien de l'élève à long terme.

      Ainsi, la fermeté, l'exigence ou même une sanction peuvent être des actes bienveillants s'ils sont explicités et pratiqués dans le respect de l'élève.

      Distinction fondamentale : Elle ne doit pas être confondue avec :

      • ◦ Le laxisme.  
      • ◦ La complaisance.   
      • ◦ La mansuétude.

      Cadre institutionnel : La notion est devenue une valeur centrale de l'Éducation nationale depuis la circulaire de 2014, bien qu'elle fût déjà présente dans le secteur privé et les services publics.

      La DGESCO (2013) l'associe à un ensemble d'attitudes physiques, morales et psycho-affectives positives et constantes (respect, confiance, encouragement).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse des Résistances Professionnelles

      Malgré un consensus apparent, le terme suscite des tensions sur le terrain :

      | Type de résistance | Argumentation observée | | --- | --- | | Sentiment de jugement | Certains enseignants perçoivent l'injonction à la bienveillance comme une critique de leurs pratiques passées, sous-entendant qu'ils ne l'auraient pas été auparavant. | | Opposition à l'exigence | Une crainte que l'attention portée au bien-être des élèves ne se fasse au détriment de l'effort nécessaire à la réussite académique. | | Crise de l'autorité | La bienveillance est parfois vue comme une entrave à l'autorité face à des manquements disciplinaires chroniques. | | Complexité systémique | La multiplication des élèves à besoins éducatifs particuliers (EBEP) met les équipes sous pression, rendant la posture bienveillante difficile à maintenir sans formation adéquate. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Les Gestes Professionnels de la Bienveillance

      La bienveillance se traduit par des actes concrets et une posture éthique dans la relation pédagogique :

      La puissance du Feedback

      Le levier le plus efficace pour la réussite des élèves est le feedback positif. Il doit être :

      • Centré sur l'activité et la méthodologie de l'élève.

      • Formulé chaleureusement.

      • Porteur de confiance et d'espoir dans les capacités de l'élève.

      L'attention aux signaux de vulnérabilité

      Le professionnel bienveillant doit être attentif aux signes de fragilité qui peuvent mener au décrochage :

      • Signes de découragement ou discours négatif sur l'école.

      • Absentéisme et arythmies.

      • Sentiments d'insécurité (peur de prendre la parole, honte).

      • Mutisme, isolement ou passages fréquents à l'infirmerie/vie scolaire.

      Une communication renouvelée

      L'horizontalité et l'authenticité sont cruciales pour les nouvelles générations :

      • Passer d'un rôle purement académique à une relation de personne à personne.

      • Pratiquer l'écoute active (savoir se taire pour laisser l'élève s'exprimer).

      • Faire preuve de transparence et de prévisibilité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Domaines d'Application et Leviers d'Action

      L'Évaluation comme espace de sécurisation

      L'évaluation est une source majeure de stress (environ 60 % des élèves se disent angoissés par les évaluations). Une évaluation bienveillante implique :

      • La suppression de l'implicite.

      • Le droit à l'erreur et à la remédiation (possibilité de recommencer).

      • Un cadre rassurant qui ne sacrifie pas l'exigence intellectuelle.

      La lutte contre le harcèlement (Programme PHARE)

      La bienveillance s'incarne dans la création d'une « communauté protectrice » :

      • Utilisation de la méthode de la « préoccupation partagée ».

      • Recherche d'alternatives à la sanction punitive immédiate pour l'intimidateur, en visant le développement de compétences psychosociales.

      La transformation des espaces

      La bienveillance passe par une réflexion sur le cadre de vie :

      • Création de « jardins zen » ou de salles de calme.

      • Réinvention des salles d'étude (espaces de coworking, possibilité de travailler debout ou dans des fauteuils).

      • Mise en place de dispositifs permettant le mouvement (ballons, vélos-bureaux) pour favoriser la concentration, notamment des élèves hyperactifs.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Éthique et Pilotage : La Bienveillance Collective

      La bienveillance ne doit pas être une initiative isolée mais une stratégie d'établissement.

      Le rôle du diagnostic : Utiliser l'auto-évaluation (domaine du climat scolaire et du bien-être) pour identifier les besoins réels des élèves et des familles, en évitant les solutions préconçues.

      La Qualité de Vie au Travail (QVT) : Il existe un lien direct entre le bien-être des personnels et celui des élèves. Un encadrement bienveillant (feedback positif du chef d'établissement, convivialité, confiance déléguée) favorise l'engagement des équipes.

      L'éthique de la rencontre : S'intéresser à la singularité de ce que vit l'élève, au-delà de ses difficultés scolaires. Comme le souligne la sociologie, l'éducation par la rencontre est un levier de raccrochage puissant.

      Le partage et la convivialité : Des actions simples, comme le partage de nourriture (fruits en libre-service, repas de Noël partagé entre agents, élèves et chefs étoilés), peuvent transformer radicalement la relation sociale au sein d'un établissement.

      Conclusion sur l'autorité bienveillante

      L'autorité et la bienveillance sont compatibles. L'autorité s'exerce de manière éthique lorsqu'elle respecte l'intégrité morale de l'élève.

      La sincérité de l'adulte, y compris dans l'expression de ses propres limites ou l'admission d'une erreur, renforce paradoxalement sa légitimité auprès des jeunes.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Aranaz-Novaliches describes a study of Tent5a knockout (KO) mice. The authors demonstrate a severe enamel phenotype in these mice, characterized by hypoplastic enamel with markedly disturbed organization of enamel rods. Additionally, they report that Amelx expression is reduced in the mutant compared to wild type (WT) at both mRNA and protein levels. The authors also examine the distribution and co-localization of Amelx and Ambn in ameloblasts and the enamel matrix. These findings are novel and provide important insights into the role of polyadenylation in regulating enamel matrix protein translation and its downstream effects on protein trafficking, secretion, and enamel formation. However, I have multiple concerns regarding the data and its analysis that need to be addressed.

      Specific comments:

      (1) Introduction

      The structure of the introduction is unconventional. The first sentence of the third paragraph states that the goal of this study is to investigate the role of TENT5A in enamel formation, but the rest of the paragraph focuses on enamel in general. The following paragraph claims that the authors discovered the effects of Tent5a deficiency on enamel formation for the first time, yet most of the paragraph discusses enamel proteins and amelogenesis. The choice of references is problematic. The authors cite Sire et al. (2007), which focuses on the origin and evolution of enamel mineralisation genes, a poor fit for this context. A more appropriate source would be a recent review, e.g., Lacruz R et al., Physiol Rev. 2017;97(3):939-993. Ambn constitutes ~5% of the enamel matrix, not 10%. Reference 16 (Martin) is not ideal for murine enamel; more detailed studies exist, e.g., Smith CE et al., J Anat. 2019;234(2):274-290. References on protein-protein interactions (17-19) are also off: Wald et al. studied Ambn-Ambn and Amelx-Amelx interactions separately; Fang et al. focused on Amelx self-assembly only; Kawasaki and Weiss addressed gene evolution. The authors should cite work from Moradian-Oldak's lab, which clearly demonstrates Amelx-Ambn interactions. The last paragraph contains confusing statements, e.g., "TENT5a localized in rER promotes the expression of AmelX and other secreted protein transcripts." Also, the manuscript does not convincingly show disruption of self-assembly beyond overall enamel disorganization.

      (2) Results

      (a) microCT

      Quantitative microCT analyses of WT and KO enamel are needed. At a minimum, enamel thickness and density should be measured from at least three biological replicates per genotype. Severe malocclusion in KO mice is not discussed. The mandibular incisor appears abraded, while the maxillary incisor is overgrown. Is maxillary enamel as affected as mandibular? The age of the mice is not specified. High-resolution scans of isolated mandibular incisors described in Materials and Methods should be included.

      (b) SEM

      The term "disorganized crystal structure" is incorrect - SEM cannot reveal crystal structure. This requires electron/X-ray diffraction or vibrational spectroscopy. Likely, the authors meant disorganized rods and interrod enamel. The phrase "weak HAP composition" is unclear. Can the increase in interprismatic matrix volume and reduction in rod diameter be quantified? Since rods are secreted by distal Tomes' processes and interrod by proximal Tomes' processes, an imbalance may indicate alterations in the ameloblast secretory apparatus. TEM studies of demineralized incisors are recommended to assess ameloblast ultrastructure.

      (c) EMP expression

      There is a discrepancy between WB images and data in Figure S2a. In Figure 2b, Amelx band is stronger than Ambn (expected, as Amelx is ~20× more abundant), but in Figure S2a, Ambn appears higher. How was protein intensity in Fig. S2a calculated? Optical density? Was normalization applied? Co-localization in Figure 2d was performed on LS8 cells, which lack a true ameloblast phenotype. Amelx expression in LS8 cells is ~2% of actin (Sarkar et al., 2014), whereas in murine incisors, it is ~600× higher than actin (Bui et al., 2023). Ambn signal is weaker than Amelx, which may affect co-localization results.

      (d) Splicing products in Figure 2e

      All isoforms except one contain exon 4. The major functional splice product of Amelx lacks exon 4 (Haruyama et al. J Oral Biosci. 2011;53(3):257-266), and there are some indications that the presence of exon 4 can lead to enamel defects. Can it be that the observed phenotype is due to the presence of exon 4?

      (e) Co-localization studies

      The presented co-localization studies do not demonstrate self-assembly defects; they reflect enamel microstructural defects observed by SEM. Self-assembly occurs at the nanoscale and cannot be assessed by light microscopy except with advanced optical methods. Conclusions based on single images are weak. The authors should perform experiments at least on three biological replicates per genotype, quantify results (e.g., total gray values per ROI of equal pixel size), and use co-localization metrics such as Mander's coefficient. Claims about alternative secretory pathways require much stronger evidence.

      The authors should avoid implying that mRNA is inside the ER lumen. It is likely associated with the outer rER surface, which is expected. The resolution of the methods used is insufficient to confirm ER lumen localization.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      It is well established that poly(A) tails at the 3' end of mRNA are critical for mRNA stability, providing another layer of gene regulation. TENT5A is one of the non-canonical poly(A) polymerases that add an extra poly(A) tail. This manuscript demonstrates that the Tent5A mutation leads to mineralization abnormalities in the tooth, shorter poly(A) tails in amelogenin mRNA and some other selected mRNAs, and provides a list of TENT5A interacting proteins.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors show in vivo genetic evidence that Tent5a is critical for normal tooth mineralization.

      (2) The authors show that the length of the poly(A) tail in amelogenin (AmelX) is 13 bases shorter in Tent5a mutants but not in other mRNAs, such as ameloblastin (Ambn).

      (3) Differentially expressed genes (DEGs) in Tent5A mutant tissues (cervical loop) are identified, and some of them show different lengths of poly(A) tails.

      (4) TENT5A interacting proteins are identified. Together with the DEGs, these datasets will provide valuable research tools to the community.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is no direct evidence to support the main conclusion; the length of the poly(A) tail is critical for normal tooth mineralization.

      (2) The RNAseq data to identify TENT5A substrate is based on the assumption that shorter poly(A) tailed RNA is less stable. However, there are multiple reasons for the differential expression of RNA in Tent5A mutant tissues.

      (3) Several TENT5A-interacting proteins have been identified, but, beyond their colocalization with a target mRNA, no mechanistic studies have been conducted.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a multi-modal study of associative learning and memory in humans that combines scalp EEG, pupillometry and behavioral analysis to explore the construct of mnemonic prediction errors (MPEs), in terms of their relationship to attention and cognitive control. Across two pooled studies, participants performed associative memory tasks in which they learned the relationship between a cue word (action verb) and a subsequent picture (animate or inanimate) with a strong vs. weak (4 or 1 repetitions) encoding manipulation. At test, participants were encouraged to generate a prediction following the cue word to determine whether the subsequently presented picture was a match or a mismatch. The timecourse of pupillary responses during match decisions was decomposed using temporal principal components analysis, which identified 6 distinct and overlapping processes. Some of the components (PC3/PC4) exhibited sensitivity to both the strength and mismatch conditions, as well as behavior (both RT and accuracy) and retrieval success on the subsequent trial. Furthermore, relationships were also observed between pupillary responses (specifically for PC4) and both frontal theta and posterior alpha power measures obtained from scalp EEG in Experiment 2, as well as for frontal theta and subsequent learning from mismatch stimuli (assessed using subsequent memory findings from a surprise recognition test). The authors suggest the findings indicate that MPEs elicit changes in attention, arousal and cognitive control which impact subsequent learning.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript has many strengths, including a clever study design, thoughtful integration of multiple neurocognitive measures, and a set of rigorous and technically sophisticated analyses, which reveal a large set of relationships among the measures and behavior. The findings demonstrating brain/physiology-behavior relationships are particularly important, in that they point to potential functional consequences of MPES.

      Weaknesses:

      The technical proficiency and complexity of the study and analysis also present a clear limitation and challenge for interpretation. As a reader, even those who are quite knowledgeable about the methods, constructs, and questions being addressed will often struggle (as this reviewer did) to keep the large set of findings in mind and gain an understanding of how they all fit together.

      Indeed, it seems like there are many threads running together in the paper, which makes it challenging to find the through-line of the key findings, or to understand how they might relate to some pre-existing hypotheses, rather than merely interesting patterns detected in the data. In the Introduction and Discussion, it seems as if the key question is to understand the pathways by which MPEs impact cognition, but this is a rather broad topic, so it is not clear exactly what the authors are aiming at with this question and study design.

      As an example, authors operationalize frontal theta power as an index of cognitive control demand, and one of the pathways by which MPEs impact cognition. But this point becomes somewhat circular, since it is not clear how or why the Mismatch x Strength interaction in frontal theta reflects that demand. It would have been better to set this pattern up in the Introduction as a theoretically driven hypothesis, since it currently appears more like a post-hoc interpretation. This is mirrored by how the issue is first brought up in the Introduction, where it states somewhat vaguely: "whether MPEs are followed by an increase in frontal theta... warrants closer examination". Later in the results, there are findings relating frontal theta to pupil dilation, posterior alpha suppression and then subsequent memory. It was hard to understand how all the findings might be linked together functionally or conceptually. Are the authors potentially postulating a mediating or mechanistic pathway, in which the MPE leads to increased cognitive control (frontal theta), which then leads to enhanced subsequent memory of those events? If this is the case, then maybe a formal path analysis would be the best way to test or state this hypothesis. It would also be useful to specify more clearly how the pupil components and alpha suppression factor into this mediating path, since it was not clear.

      Relatedly, the authors suggest that internal attention and arousal also play relevant roles in this pathway, but these are also not clear. In some cases, it is stated as if this is a distinct pathway from the cognitive control one, since there is a focus in the results on the independence of frontal theta and posterior alpha, but elsewhere they seem to be treated as two aspects, or distinct steps, within a single pathway. Again, these different threads of the findings were quite challenging for the reader to follow. Pathway analyses, such as with multiple mediation or moderated mediation, could be a useful way to address this question. For example, it seems as if readiness-to-remember is another behavioral outcome (like subsequent memory) that could be used in the search for mediators.

      At the minimum, it would be quite helpful to have diagrammatic figures that specify the hypothesized and observed relationships between independent variables (Strength, Mismatch), physiological indices (pupil dilation components, frontal theta, posterior alpha) and key outcome measures (accuracy, RT, next-trial retrieval success, subsequent memory), so that the reader can refer back to them as each component of the analyses is conducted.

      Minor Points:

      Many figures had x-axes showing a pupil component or EEG power metric broken down by quartile or quintile. Yet nowhere is it ever explained why this graphical (or analytic?) approach is used and what it reflects, or how it is decided which break down to use (quartile/quintile). If the data are analyzed as a correlation, why is a scatterplot not shown instead?

      It was surprising that, unlike readiness-to-remember, which was analyzed via logistic regression and odds-ratio, subsequent memory was not analyzed in the same fashion (i.e., as a binary outcome variable predicted by frontal theta), rather than in a reverse chronological one (subsequent memory predicting frontal theta). Historically, it was the case that subsequent memory was analyzed in this manner, but that was before the era in which trial-level linear mixed-effect models were in wide usage, as they are implemented in this study. Thus, the choice seems like a wasted opportunity or a step backwards analytically.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors studied cognitive control and attention in response to mnemonic prediction errors (MPEs): situations in which the external reality violates internal memory-based predictions. The behavioral task first established strong versus weak predictions, and then either confirmed or violated these predictions. The authors examined markers of cognitive control (frontal theta) and attention (posterior alpha suppression, pupil response) while strong and weak predictions were confirmed or violated. They found increased cognitive control (frontal theta) for strong MPEs, which correlated with subsequent memory. Markers of attention (alpha suppression, pupil response) also accompanied strong MPEs but did not correlate with subsequent memory. Pupil response was investigated using an interesting approach that decomposes the response into different components, finding that different components respond earlier or later and show different correlations with MPEs and their strength. The authors also investigated how EEG, reaction time, and pupil responses correlated with one another, providing further insight into the mechanism underlying the response to MPEs. Together, the study points toward multiple control and attention mechanisms involved in MPE response and memory.

      Strengths:

      The study has a clear behavioral paradigm with multiple measures - behavioral, EEG, and pupillometry that offer an investigation into different aspects of MPE response and memory.

      The study is also very comprehensive in looking at multiple phases in processing MPEs: the prediction phase (prior to the violation), the response to MPEs, and subsequent memory of MPEs, all within one study. Specifically, the link between neural mechanisms and subsequent memory is a major advancement, as most prior studies did not include this component. Mechanisms underlying subsequent memory of MPEs are theoretically important, as a primary function of MPEs is to promote learning and memory. As the authors mention, the different neural and pupillary signals are not robustly correlated, suggesting multiple mechanisms underlying MPE detections, which is interesting, offers avenues for future research, and can facilitate a better theory of how MPEs are processed in the brain. Finally, the decomposition of pupil response into different components and their correlation with behavior (RT during match/MPE detection) is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The methods are rigorous, and the claims are mostly supported by the data, but there are a few weaknesses or places that could be improved:

      (1) The authors conduct PCA analysis to identify different components of the pupillary response to MPE and relate them to behavior. Specifically, the authors identify components PC3 and PC4, which they interpret as related to MPE. However, some parts of the interpretation could be clearer or better justified:

      (a) The authors refer to PC4 as "post-decision cognitive processing". But, given that RT was between .5-.7s, and PC3 peaked after more than 1s, wouldn't it be cautious to interpret PC3 as post-decision as well?

      (b) MPEs overall elicit longer RTs in this study, suggesting that long RT is a behavioral marker of MPE. Nonetheless, the authors argue on p. 12: "Altogether, these findings indicate that when stronger mnemonic predictions (as indexed by shorter RTs) were violated." And, PC3 is correlated with shorter RTs for mismatches, meaning that behaviorally, these trials were more similar to matches. Thus, how do the authors interpret shorter versus longer RTs for MPEs, and what processes do these RT reflect?

      (2) The brain to pupil relationship (p. 13-14): If I understand correctly, this was done on a trial-by-trial basis, but the high temporal resolution allows doing the analysis in a time-resolved manner - does brain activity at a certain time point preceding/following the pupil response correlate with the pupil response? It might be that cognitive control influences attention mechanisms or vice versa (because there is some overlap in the response). Although not testing causality, this temporally resolved correlation would be an interesting way to start probing how signals might influence each other.

      (3) The relationships the authors find between brain measures and pupil components were largely not specific to mismatches/matches. However, are they specific to this task? I think it would benefit the paper to show that these relationships are potentially specific to making match/mismatch memory decisions, versus, e.g., any stimulus processing. For example, the authors could run the same analyses locked to stimuli in the study phase, anticipating a different pattern, if indeed these findings are specific to the associative memory task.

      (4) During memory retrieval (i.e., before the probe), the authors find that frontal theta, a marker of cognitive control, was associated on a trial-by-trial basis with more posterior alpha (i.e., less alpha suppression, potentially reflecting less attention), and that this association was stronger for weaker predictions. The authors interpreted this as weaker predictions necessitating more cognitive control, and that more cognitive control was recruited specifically in trials where retrieval included less content (memory reinstatement) to attend to. Generally, cognitive control is recruited to facilitate memory retrieval. If so, one possible interpretation is that this correlation reflects cognitive control effort that has failed to produce enough memory reinstatement. The other possibility is that this correlation reflects more specific retrieval of the correct probe, without retrieval of interfering items (i.e., overall less content). I believe that the former explanation predicts that this correlation would be associated with longer RTs (more difficult decisions), while the latter predicts shorter RTs (easier decisions due to successful retrieval), at least for matches.

      (5) In section 3, the authors found a positive relationship between alpha during memory retrieval and PC3 during MPE. If I understood correctly, this means that less attention during retrieval (less suppression) is correlated with a stronger PC3 response. How do the authors interpret this? Maybe along the same lines as in (5), specifically retrieving the correct information (i.e., less retrieved content to attend to) means a stronger prediction, leading to a stronger MPE, and a stronger MPE response, as reflected by PC3?

      (6) The results with subsequent memory are important and address a major gap in the field that largely did not relate neural effects of MPE to subsequent memory. However, one major limitation of the study is that the authors did not test memory for matches. I understand the logic of avoiding testing matches. Because matches were repeated more times in the study, it's not a fair comparison, and could change participants' overall criterion for old/new decisions. However, one possibility would have been to test only the weak prediction; this could have given some specificity to the neural subsequent memory findings.

      (7) The authors nicely characterized the different PC of pupillary MPE response. But, with respect to subsequent memory, they only present pupil size. Unless there is some methodological reason that prevents testing subsequent memory on the PC, I think this will be very informative about the potential mechanisms underlying memory of MPE.

      (8) This paper includes many interesting findings, and I am not sure how they all come together into a cohesive mechanistic understanding of MPE response and subsequent memory. I think the paper would benefit from either a conceptual mechanism figure or, in the Discussion, have a summary of a proposed mechanism integrating the findings together.

      (9) Relatedly, the section "Immediate, strength-sensitive neurocognitive impacts of MPEs" does not link the arguments to specific data points, so it's hard to follow which data specifically the authors are interpreting.

      (10) If I understand correctly, the authors did not find improved memory for strong compared to weak MPE. First, I think this behavioral result should be incorporated in the main paper and in the interpretation of the results. Second, given that the neural effects the authors tested either correlated with memory for strong MPE or did not show a relationship with memory, what neural/pupil response could explain memory for weak MPE?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This computational modelling study addresses the important question of how neurons can learn non-linear functions using biologically realistic plasticity mechanisms. The study extends the previous related work on metaplasticity by Khodadadi et al. (2025), using the same detailed biophysical model and basic study design, while significantly simplifying the synaptic plasticity rule by removing non-linearities, reducing the number of free parameters, and limiting plasticity to only excitatory synapses. The rule itself is supervised by the presence or absence of a binary dopamine reward signal, and gated by separate calcium-sensitive thresholds for potentiation and depression. The author shows that, when paired with a strong form of dendritic non-linearity called a "plateau potential" and appropriate pre-existing dendritic clustering of features, this simpler learning mechanism can solve a non-linear classification task similar to the classic XOR logic operator, with equal or better performance than the previous publication. The primary claims of this publication are that metaplasticity is required for learning non-linear feature classification, and that simultaneous dynamics in two separate thresholds (for potentiation and depression) are critical in this process. By systematically studying the properties of a biophysically plausible supervised learning rule, this paper adds interesting insights into the mechanics of learning complex computations in single neurons.

      Strengths:

      The simplified form of the learning rule makes it easier to understand and study than previous metaplasticity rules, and makes the conclusions more generalizable, while preserving biological realism. Since similar biophysical mechanisms and dynamics exist in many different cell types across the whole brain, the proposed rule could easily be integrated into a wide range of computational models specializing in brain regions beyond the striatum (which is the focus of this study), making it of broad interest to computational neuroscientists. The general approach of systematically fixing or modifying each variable while observing the effects and interactions with other variables is sound and brings great clarity to understanding the dynamic properties and mechanics of the proposed learning rule.

      Weaknesses:

      General notes

      (1) The credibility of the main claims is mainly limited by the very narrow range of model parameters that was explored, including several seemingly arbitrary choices that were not adequately justified or explored.

      (2) The choice to use a morphologically detailed biophysical model, rather than a simpler multi-compartment model, adds a great deal of complexity that further increases uncertainty as to whether the conclusions can generalize beyond the specific choices of model and morphology studied in this paper.

      (3) The requirement for pre-existing synaptic clustering, while not implausible, greatly limits the flexibility of this rule to solve non-linear problems more generally.

      (4) In order to claim that two thresholds are truly necessary, the author would have to show that other well-known rules with a single threshold (e.g., BCM) cannot solve this problem. No such direct head-to-head comparisons are made, raising the question of whether the same task could be achieved without having two separate plasticity thresholds.

      Specific notes

      (1) Regarding the limited hyperparameter search:

      (a) On page 5, the author introduces the upper LTP threshold Theta_LTP. It is not clear why this upper threshold is necessary when the weights are already bounded by w_max. Since w_max is just another hyperparameter, why not set it to a lower value if the goal is to avoid excessively strong synapses? The values of w_max and Theta_LTP appear to have been chosen arbitrarily, but this question could be resolved by doing a proper hyperparameter search over w_max in the absence of an upper Theta_LTP.

      (b) The author does not explore the effect of having separate learning rates for theta_LTP and theta_LTD, which could also improve learning performance in the NFBP. A more comprehensive exploration of these parameters would make the inclusion of theta_max (and the specific value chosen) a lot less arbitrary.

      (c) Figure 4 Supplements 3-4: The author shows results for a hyperparameter search of the learning rule parameters, which is important to see. However, the parameter search is very limited: only 3 parameter values were tried, and there is no explanation or rationale for choosing these specific parameters. In particular, the metaplasticity learning rates do not even span one order of magnitude. If the author wants to claim that the learning rule is insensitive to this parameter, it should be explored over a much broader range of values (e.g., something like the range [0.1-10]).

      (2) Regarding the similarity to BCM, the author would ideally directly implement the BCM learning rule in their model, but at the least the author could have shown whether a slight variant of their rule presented here can be effective: for example having a single (plastic, not fixed) Ca-dependent threshold that applies to both LTP and LTD, with a single learning rate parameter.

      (3) This paper is extremely similar (and essentially an extension) to the work of Khodadadi et al. (2025). Yet this paper is not mentioned at all in the introduction, and the relation between these papers is not made clear until the discussion, leaving me initially puzzled as to what problems this paper addresses that have not already been extensively solved. The introduction could be reworked to make this connection clearer while pointing out the main differences in approach (e.g., the important distinction between "boosting" nonlinearities and plateau potentials).

      (4) The introduction is missing some citations of other recent work that has addressed single-neuron non-linear computation and learning, such as Gidon et al (2020); Jones & Kording (2021).

      (5) Figure 1: The figure prominently features mGluR next to the CaV channel, but there is no mention of mGluR in the introduction. The introduction should be updated to include this.

      (6) Could the author explain why there is a non-monotonic increase/decrease in the [Ca]_L in Figure 2B_4? Perhaps my confusion comes from not understanding what a single line represents. Does each line represent the [Ca] in a single spine (and if so, which spine), or is each line an average of all the spines in a given stim condition?

      (7) Row 124 (page 4): L-type Ca microdomains (in which ions don't diffuse and therefore don't interact with Ca_NMDA) is a critical assumption of this model. The references for this appear only in the discussion, so when reading this paper, I found myself a bit confused about why the same ion is treated as two completely independent variables with separate dynamics. Highlighting the assumption (with citations) a bit more clearly in the results section when describing the rule would help with understanding.

      (8) Row 149 (page 5): The current formulation of the update rule is not actually multiplicative. The fact that the update is weight-dependent alone does not make it a multiplicative rule, and judging by equation (1) it appears to simply be an additive rule with a weight regularization term that guarantees weight bounds. For example, a similar weight-dependent update is also a core component of BTSP (Milstein et al. 2021; Galloni et al. 2025), which is another well-known *additive* rule. An actual multiplicative rule implies that the update itself is applied via a multiplication, i.e. w_new = w_old * delta_w

      For an example of a genuinely multiplicative rule, see: Cornford et al. 2024, "Brain-like learning with exponentiated gradients"). Multiplicative rules have very different properties to additive rules, since larger weights tend to grow quickly while small weights shrink towards 0.

      (9) Equation 1 (page 5): Shouldn't the depression term be written as: (w_min - w)? This term would be negative if w is larger than w_min, leading to LTD. As it is written now, a large w and small w_min would just cause further potentiation instead of depression.

      (10) In the introduction, the teaching signal is described in binary terms (DA peak, or DA pause), but in Equation 1, it actually appears to take on 3 different values. Could the author clarify what the difference is between a "DA pause" and the "no DA" condition? The way I read it, pause = absence of DA = no DA

      (11) Figure 3: In these experimental simulations, DA feedback comes in 400ms after the stimulus. The author could motivate this choice a bit better and explain the significance of this delay. Clearly, the equations have a delta_t term, but as far as the learning algorithm is concerned, it seems like learning would be more effective at delta_t=0. Is the choice of 400ms mainly motivated by experimental observations? On a related note, is it meaningful that the 200ms delta_t before the next stimulus is shorter than the 400ms pause from the first stimulus? Wouldn't the DA that arrives shortly before a stimulus also have an effect on the learning rule?

      (12) Figure 4C: How is it possible that the theta_LTP value goes higher than the upper threshold (dashed line)? Equation 3 implies that it should always be lower.

      (13) Row 429 (page 11): The statement that "without metaplasticity the NFBP cannot be solved" is overly general and not supported by the evidence presented. There exist many papers in which people solve similar non-linear feature learning problems with Hebbian or other bio-plausible rules that don't have metaplasticity. A more accurate statement that can be made here is that the specific rule presented in this paper requires metaplasticity.

      (14) The methods section does not make any mention of publicly available code or a GitHub repository. The author should add a link to the code and put some effort into improving the documentation so that others can more easily assess the code and reproduce the simulations.

    1. item response theory (IRT)

      Also, it's cool that I will be using IRT. Used to determine if the distances from 1-2, 2-3, 3-4, & 4-5 are mathematically the same on a Likert-type scale.

    1. Fundo Nacional de Desenvolvimento Regional

      1) Criado, através da EC 132/2023, o FNDR (Fundo Nacional de Desenvolvimento Regional).

      2) Criado com o objetivo de reduzir as desigualdades <u>regionais</u> e <u>sociais</u>.

      3) Os recursos do fundo são constituídos pela União e Estados/DF.

      4) Servem-se para:

      • Infraestrutura: obras, projetos e estudos;
      • Potencial geração de emprego e renda (inclui-se subvenções);
      • Ações de desenvolvimento tecnológico e científico.

      5) Não previsão para que Municípios entreguem ou recebam recursos do FNDR

      6) Não pode haver nenhuma restrição ao recebimento de recursos do FNDR.

    1. Most tumors (86%, n=12) harbored an EGFR exon 19 deletion (4 of which harbored a concurrent EGFR T790M mutation); the remaining cancers (n=2) both harbored EGFR L858R and EGFR T790M mutations, one of which harbored a con

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10524391 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 8

      Evidence Type(s): Oncogenic, Diagnostic

      Justification: Oncogenic: The passage indicates that the variants L747S, L858R, and T790M are present in tumors, suggesting their role in tumor development or progression. Diagnostic: The presence of specific EGFR mutations, including L747S, L858R, and T790M, is used to classify the tumors, indicating their association with the disease.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 1956:L747S 1956:L858R 1956:T790M

      Genes: 1956

      Variants: L747S L858R T790M

    1. Neuroblastoma (NB) is the most common extracranial neoplasm in children. The overall outcome for high-risk NB patients is still unacceptable, therefore, it is critical to deeply understand molecular mechanisms associated

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC7294133 Section: ABSTRACT PassageIndex: 2

      Evidence Type(s): Oncogenic, Predictive, Prognostic

      Justification: Oncogenic: The variant V871I in the EPHB4 gene is described as contributing to increased proliferation, migration, and invasion properties in neuroblastoma cell lines, indicating its role in tumor development and progression. Predictive: The passage discusses the use of EPHB4 inhibitors that can rescue the phenotype driven by the variant V871I, suggesting a correlation with response to specific therapies. Prognostic: The passage mentions that higher EPHB4 expression is correlated with stage 4 neuroblastoma and poor overall survival, indicating a relationship between the variant and disease outcome.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 2050:V871I

      Genes: 2050

      Variants: V871I

    1. Structural modeling was undertaken of the 4 mosaic variants detected in exon 2 of the MAP2K1 gene, 2 identical missense variants (p.[K57N]), and 2 small intraexonic deletions removing, respectively, codons 53-58 (novel c

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC5873857 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 4

      Evidence Type(s): Functional, Oncogenic

      Justification: Functional: The passage discusses how the variants affect the 3D protein structure and stability of helix A in the MAP2K1 gene, indicating that they alter molecular function. Oncogenic: The variants are described as contributing to the destabilization of the conformation of the inactive state of the protein, which suggests a role in tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 5604:E62del NA:K57 5604:c.159_173del 5604:c.173_187del 5604:p.[K57N]

      Genes: 5604 NA

      Variants: E62del K57 c.159_173del c.173_187del p.[K57N]

    1. A 68-year-old female with a past medical history of type 2 diabetes and minimal smoking was diagnosed with stage IV NSCLC. Next generation sequencing on tumor tissue demonstrated an ERBB2 exon 19 c.2262_2264delinsTCC, p.

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10183391 Section: ABSTRACT PassageIndex: 4

      Evidence Type(s): Predictive, Oncogenic

      Justification: Predictive: The passage discusses the patient's response to osimertinib treatment, indicating that the variant correlates with a therapeutic response. Oncogenic: The variant is described in the context of a tumor mutation in a patient with stage IV NSCLC, suggesting its role in tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 2064:c.2262_2264delinsTCC 2064:p.(L755P)

      Genes: 2064

      Variants: c.2262_2264delinsTCC p.(L755P)

    2. A 68-year-old female with a past medical history of type 2 diabetes and minimal smoking was diagnosed with stage IV NSCLC. Next generation sequencing on tumor tissue demonstrated an ERBB2 exon 19 c.2262_2264delinsTCC, p.

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10183391 Section: ABSTRACT PassageIndex: 4

      Evidence Type(s): Predictive, Oncogenic

      Justification: Predictive: The passage discusses the patient's response to osimertinib treatment, indicating that the variant correlates with a therapeutic response. Oncogenic: The variant is described in the context of a tumor mutation in a patient with stage IV NSCLC, suggesting its role in tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 2064:c.2262_2264delinsTCC 2064:p.(L755P)

      Genes: 2064

      Variants: c.2262_2264delinsTCC p.(L755P)

    1. Crystal structures of BCL-2 with ABT-263 and various analogues of venetoclax have been deposited in the PDB and described in the literature (Fig. 1a, b). One of those analogues is 4-[4-((4'-chloro-3-[2-(dimethylamino)eth

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC6547681 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 3

      Evidence Type(s): None

      Justification: Not enough information in this passage.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 596:F104

      Genes: 596

      Variants: F104

    2. Crystal structures of BCL-2 with ABT-263 and various analogues of venetoclax have been deposited in the PDB and described in the literature (Fig. 1a, b). One of those analogues is 4-[4-((4'-chloro-3-[2-(dimethylamino)eth

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC6547681 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 3

      Evidence Type(s): None

      Justification: Not enough information in this passage.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 596:F104

      Genes: 596

      Variants: F104

    1. Consistent with an autosomal dominant tumor predisposition syndrome, these gliomas arising in the setting of NF1 developed in patients with a heterozygous germline mutation or deletion involving one of two NF1 alleles (a

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC9468105 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 4

      Evidence Type(s): Predisposing, Oncogenic

      Justification: Predisposing: The passage describes a germline mutation (p.R1276*) associated with an autosomal dominant tumor predisposition syndrome, indicating inherited risk for developing gliomas. Oncogenic: The passage discusses the somatic inactivation of the remaining wild-type NF1 allele, which contributes to tumor development in gliomas, indicating that the variant plays a role in oncogenesis.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 4763:c.4110 + 2 T > G 4763:p.R1276*

      Genes: 4763

      Variants: c.4110 + 2 T > G p.R1276*

    2. Consistent with an autosomal dominant tumor predisposition syndrome, these gliomas arising in the setting of NF1 developed in patients with a heterozygous germline mutation or deletion involving one of two NF1 alleles (a

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC9468105 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 4

      Evidence Type(s): Predisposing, Oncogenic

      Justification: Predisposing: The passage describes a germline mutation (p.R1276*) associated with an autosomal dominant tumor predisposition syndrome, indicating inherited risk for developing gliomas. Oncogenic: The passage discusses the somatic inactivation of the remaining wild-type NF1 allele, which contributes to tumor development in gliomas, indicating that the variant plays a role in oncogenesis.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 4763:c.4110 + 2 T > G 4763:p.R1276*

      Genes: 4763

      Variants: c.4110 + 2 T > G p.R1276*

    1. Fifty-five (60%) patients carried K700E. Recurrent non-K700E mutations (39, 40%) included R625, H662 and K666. Compared to SF3B1mut-K700E, non-K700E patients had a lower median ANC (1 8 vs. 2 4, p=0 005) and were frequen

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10015977 Section: ABSTRACT PassageIndex: 6

      Evidence Type(s): Diagnostic, Prognostic, Oncogenic

      Justification: Diagnostic: The passage discusses the association of K700E and non-K700E mutations with specific patient characteristics and outcomes, indicating their role in classifying patients with MDS. Prognostic: The passage reports on overall survival outcomes associated with SF3B1 mutations, including K700E, indicating that these variants correlate with disease prognosis independent of therapy. Oncogenic: The mention of mutations such as K700E contributing to the classification of MDS and their association with specific patient outcomes suggests a role in tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 23451:K666 23451:K700 23451:K700E 23451:R625

      Genes: 23451

      Variants: K666 K700 K700E R625

    2. Fifty-five (60%) patients carried K700E. Recurrent non-K700E mutations (39, 40%) included R625, H662 and K666. Compared to SF3B1mut-K700E, non-K700E patients had a lower median ANC (1 8 vs. 2 4, p=0 005) and were frequen

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10015977 Section: ABSTRACT PassageIndex: 6

      Evidence Type(s): Diagnostic, Prognostic, Oncogenic

      Justification: Diagnostic: The passage discusses the association of K700E and non-K700E mutations with specific patient characteristics and outcomes, indicating their role in classifying patients with MDS. Prognostic: The passage reports on overall survival outcomes associated with SF3B1 mutations, including K700E, indicating that these variants correlate with disease prognosis independent of therapy. Oncogenic: The mention of mutations such as K700E contributing to the classification of MDS and their association with specific patient outcomes suggests a role in tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 23451:K666 23451:K700 23451:K700E 23451:R625

      Genes: 23451

      Variants: K666 K700 K700E R625

    1. The ratio of BRAF V600E mutation VAF on treatment at week 2 and week 4, relative to baseline was assessed as a predictor of PFS and OS. Most patients (19/21; 91%) had a week 2-baseline ratio (W2-BLR) of <1, with a median

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10011885 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 20

      Evidence Type(s): Prognostic, Predictive

      Justification: Prognostic: The passage discusses how the BRAF V600E mutation VAF ratio correlates with progression-free survival (PFS) and overall survival (OS), indicating that it is associated with disease outcomes independent of therapy. Predictive: The assessment of the BRAF V600E mutation VAF ratio as a predictor of PFS and OS suggests that it may correlate with treatment response, indicating its predictive value in the context of therapy.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 673:V600E

      Genes: 673

      Variants: V600E

    2. We next explored whether early, dynamic changes in ctDNA levels were predictive of outcomes to combination vemurafenib and erlotinib therapy. A total of 25 paired baseline-week 2 (BL-W2) and 21 paired baseline-week 4 (BL

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10011885 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 19

      Evidence Type(s): Predictive, Oncogenic

      Justification: Predictive: The passage discusses how early changes in ctDNA levels, specifically related to the BRAF V600E variant, are predictive of clinical benefit and objective response to combination vemurafenib and erlotinib therapy. Oncogenic: The BRAF V600E variant is implicated in tumor dynamics and is associated with the response to treatment, indicating its role in tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 673:V600E

      Genes: 673

      Variants: V600E

    3. The ratio of BRAF V600E mutation VAF on treatment at week 2 and week 4, relative to baseline was assessed as a predictor of PFS and OS. Most patients (19/21; 91%) had a week 2-baseline ratio (W2-BLR) of <1, with a median

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10011885 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 20

      Evidence Type(s): Prognostic, Predictive

      Justification: Prognostic: The passage discusses how the BRAF V600E mutation VAF ratio correlates with progression-free survival (PFS) and overall survival (OS), indicating that it is associated with disease outcomes independent of therapy. Predictive: The assessment of the BRAF V600E mutation VAF ratio as a predictor of PFS and OS suggests that it may correlate with treatment response, indicating its predictive value in the context of therapy.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 673:V600E

      Genes: 673

      Variants: V600E

    4. We next explored whether early, dynamic changes in ctDNA levels were predictive of outcomes to combination vemurafenib and erlotinib therapy. A total of 25 paired baseline-week 2 (BL-W2) and 21 paired baseline-week 4 (BL

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC10011885 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 19

      Evidence Type(s): Predictive, Oncogenic

      Justification: Predictive: The passage discusses how early changes in ctDNA levels, specifically related to the BRAF V600E variant, are predictive of clinical benefit and objective response to combination vemurafenib and erlotinib therapy. Oncogenic: The BRAF V600E variant is implicated in tumor dynamics and is associated with the response to treatment, indicating its role in tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 673:V600E

      Genes: 673

      Variants: V600E

    1. In addition, the ADx-ARMS identified 2 samples with both 19 del and L858R mutation, 4 with both 19 del and T790M mutation, and 1 with both L858R and L861Q or S768I (The two spots were designed in one tube, we could not d

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC3287118 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 7

      Evidence Type(s): None

      Justification: Not enough information in this passage.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 1956:L858R 1956:L861Q 1956:S768I 1956:T790M

      Genes: 1956

      Variants: L858R L861Q S768I T790M

    2. In addition, the ADx-ARMS identified 2 samples with both 19 del and L858R mutation, 4 with both 19 del and T790M mutation, and 1 with both L858R and L861Q or S768I (The two spots were designed in one tube, we could not d

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC3287118 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 7

      Evidence Type(s): None

      Justification: Not enough information in this passage.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 1956:L858R 1956:L861Q 1956:S768I 1956:T790M

      Genes: 1956

      Variants: L858R L861Q S768I T790M

    1. Across the study cohort of 151 tumors (Figs. 2-4; Supplementary Table 4), KIAA1549-BRAF fusions were detected in PAs, two pilomyxoid astrocytomas (PMAs), and a single brainstem ganglioglioma, and were present in 59%, 90%

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC3727232 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 11

      Evidence Type(s): Diagnostic, Oncogenic

      Justification: Diagnostic: The passage discusses the detection of BRAF:p.V600E mutations in various tumor types, indicating its association with specific tumor classifications, which supports its use as a biomarker for diagnosis. Oncogenic: The H3F3A:p.K27M mutation is described as being present in specific tumor types, indicating its contribution to tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 3021:p.K27M 673:p.V600E

      Genes: 3021 673

      Variants: p.K27M p.V600E

    2. Across the study cohort of 151 tumors (Figs. 2-4; Supplementary Table 4), KIAA1549-BRAF fusions were detected in PAs, two pilomyxoid astrocytomas (PMAs), and a single brainstem ganglioglioma, and were present in 59%, 90%

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC3727232 Section: RESULTS PassageIndex: 11

      Evidence Type(s): Diagnostic, Oncogenic

      Justification: Diagnostic: The passage discusses the detection of BRAF:p.V600E mutations in various tumor types, indicating its association with specific tumor classifications, which supports its use as a biomarker for diagnosis. Oncogenic: The H3F3A:p.K27M mutation is described as being present in specific tumor types, indicating its contribution to tumor development or progression.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 3021:p.K27M 673:p.V600E

      Genes: 3021 673

      Variants: p.K27M p.V600E

    1. ERBB2 E401G was selected as VUS for analysis because multiple software tools predicted its pathogenicity. We prepared ERBB2 expression vectors with the E401G variant as well as vectors with S310F and E321G, which are kno

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC8881279 Section: ABSTRACT PassageIndex: 4

      Evidence Type(s): Functional, Oncogenic

      Justification: Functional: The passage discusses the evaluation of the phosphorylation of human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 and related proteins, as well as the investigation of the biological effects of the ERBB2 E401G variant, indicating an alteration in molecular function. Oncogenic: The mention of S310F and E321G as known activating mutations suggests that these variants contribute to tumor development or progression, aligning with the oncogenic evidence type.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 7157:E321G 2176:E401G 2064:S310F

      Genes: 7157 2176 2064

      Variants: E321G E401G S310F

    2. ERBB2 E401G was selected as VUS for analysis because multiple software tools predicted its pathogenicity. We prepared ERBB2 expression vectors with the E401G variant as well as vectors with S310F and E321G, which are kno

      [Paragraph-level] PMCID: PMC8881279 Section: ABSTRACT PassageIndex: 4

      Evidence Type(s): Functional, Oncogenic

      Justification: Functional: The passage discusses the evaluation of the phosphorylation of human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 and related proteins, as well as the investigation of the biological effects of the ERBB2 E401G variant, indicating an alteration in molecular function. Oncogenic: The mention of S310F and E321G as known activating mutations suggests that these variants contribute to tumor development or progression, aligning with the oncogenic evidence type.

      Gene→Variant (gene-first): 7157:E321G 2176:E401G 2064:S310F

      Genes: 7157 2176 2064

      Variants: E321G E401G S310F

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The data in Figure 1 is not novel, similar data has been reported elsewhere.

      We are grateful for the critical evaluation of our finding. Although there have been a few researches indicating the prevalence of FGFR2-amplified GC patients, our research provided a novel dataset of 161 GC patients using next-generation sequencing (NGS) in China, further emphasizing the high frequency of FGFR2 amplification in gastric cancer patients. Moreover, the proportion of FGFR2-amplified GC patients in our center (6.2%) is relatively higher than that of TCGA cohort (5%).

      We have transferred the original Figure 1C and 1D to the supplementary figures, and constructed a novel pie chart for Nanjing Drum Tower Hospital cohort to compare with the TCGA cohort.

      It is unclear why the two panels in Fig 2a and 2b can not be integrated into one panel, which will make it easier to compare the activities.

      Thanks for pointing this out. In the first figure of Figure 2a and 2b, we performed gradient concentration CCK8 detection on the cytotoxicity of SHP099 against tumor cells. In the second figure, we selected 10 μm (IC50) as the fixed concentration of SHP099 for combined efficacy testing with gradient concentration of AZD4547. Moreover, the units of the horizontal axis in both figure 2a and 2b cannot be unified. Therefore, we believe that the two figures in figures 2a and 2b are not suitable for merging into one figure.

      For the convenience of observation, we integrated the first panel of figure 2a and 2b into one panel, and integrated the second panel in the same way.

      The synergetic effects of azd4547 and shp099 are not significant in Fig 2e and 2f, as well as in Fig. 3g and fig. 4f

      In Fig 2e and 2f, we not only analyzed the synergetic effects of 3 nM (a relatively lower dose) AZD4547 and 10 μm SHP099, but also 10 nM (a relatively higher dose) AZD4547 and 10 μm SHP099. The synergetic effects of different dosage combinations should be compared correctly. From our perspective, the combination treatment led to a stronger inhibition of phospho-FGFR, phospho-SHP2 and FGFR2-initiated downstream signaling molecules, especially in KATOIII.

      For ease of comparison, we circled 10 μm SHP099, 10nM AZD4547 and 10nM AZD4547+10 μm SHP099 in red.

      Author response image 1.

      Author response image 2.

      We also circled 10μM SHP099, 3nM AZD4547 and 3nM AZD4547+10 μm SHP099 in blue.

      Author response image 3.

      Author response image 4.

      For ease of comparison, we also conducted grayscale value analysis and normalization using image J.

      Author response image 5.

      Author response image 6.

      Author response image 7.

      Author response image 8.

      In Fig. 3g, the combination therapy exhibited relatively stronger inhibitory effects on phospho-ERK, phospho-AKT and phospho-mTOR.

      For ease of comparison, we conducted grayscale value analysis and normalization using image J.

      The unclear effect of combination therapy may be due to the presence of impurities other than tumor cells in patient’s ascites.

      Author response image 9.

      In Fig. 4f, it was obvious that phospho-AKT and phospho-mTOR were further suppressed in combination group.

      For ease of comparison, we conducted grayscale value analysis and normalization using image J.

      Author response image 10.

      Therefore, in our opinions, our data could relatively sufficiently confirm the synergetic effects of AZD4547 and SHP099.

      Data in Fig. 5 is weak and can be removed. It is unclear why FGFR inhibitor has some activities toward t cells since t cells do not express FGFR.

      The activation effect of SHP099 on T cells has been validated in many articles. In a previous study published in Cancer Immunology Research, it was pointed out that the combination of FGFR2 inhibitor erdafitinib and PD-1 antibody can activate T cells and downregulate T cell surface exhaustion related factors (including PD-1) in vivo Therefore, the anti-tumor immune effect of FGFR2 inhibitor cannot be ignored. Although T cells do not express FGFR, FGFR2 inhibitors may still affect PD-1 expression on the surface of T cells in some other ways, which requires further research. We have deleted fig.5D in our article. We believe that the combination of FGFR2 inhibitor and SHP2 inhibitor not only has a direct killing effect on tumor cells, but also promotes anti-tumor immunity by activating T cells. Therefore, we believe that the in vitro data in Figure 5 is also meaningful.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      The data is generally well presented and the study invokes a novel patient data set which could have wider value. The study provides additional evidence to support the combined therapeutic approach of RTK and phosphatase inhibition.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the critical evaluation and appreciation of our findings.

      Weaknesses:

      Combined therapy approaches targeting RTKs and SHP2 have been widely reported. Indeed, SHP099 in combination with FGFR inhibitors has been shown to overcome adaptive resistance in FGFR-driven cancers. Furthermore, the inhibition of SHP2 has been documented to have important implications in both targeting proliferative signalling as well as immune response. Thus, it is difficult to see novelty or a significant scientific advance in this manuscript. Although the data is generally well presented, there is inconsistency in the interpretation of the experimental outcomes from ex vivo, patient and mouse systems investigated. In addition, the study provides only minor or circumstantial understanding of the dual mechanism.

      We acknowledge that our research on the mechanism of dual inhibition is not deep enough. There remain more in-depth mechanisms of the combination of SHP2 inhibitor and RTK inhibitors needed to be explored, and it would be the main direction of our future study.

      Using data from a 161 patient cohort FGFR2 was identified as displaying amplification of FGFR2 in ~6% with concomitant elevation of mRNA of patients which correlated with PTPN11 (SHP2) mRNA expression. The broader context of this data is of value and could add a different patient demographic to other data on gastric cancer. However, there is no detail on patient stratification or prior therapeutic intervention.

      Thanks for pointing this out and we have added a table on patients’ stratification such as age, gender and so on. Unfortunately, data on patients’ prior therapeutic intervention weren’t collected.

      In SNU16 and KATOIII cells the combined therapy is shown to be effective and appears to be correlated with increased apoptotic effects (i.e. not immune response).

      Fig 2E suggests that the combined therapy in SNU16 cells is a little better than FGFR2-directed AZD457 inhibitor alone, particularly at the higher dose.

      The individual patient case study described via Fig 3 suggests efficacy of the combined therapy (at very high dosage), however, the cell biopsies only show reduced phosphorylation of ERK, but not AKT. This is at odds with the ex vivo cell-based assays. Thus, it is not clear how relevant this study is.

      The mouse xenograft study shows a convincing reduction in tumor mass/volume and clear reduction in pAKT, whilst pERK remains largely unaffected by the combined therapeutic approach. This is in conflict with the previous data which seems to show the opposite effect. In all, the impact of the dual therapy is unclear with respect to the two pathways mediated by ERK and AKT.

      Thank you for the comment. Previous researches have confirmed that both RAS/ERK and PI3K/AKT pathways are two important downstream signaling of FGFR2. In Fig 2E and F, we observed that in FGFR2-amplified cell lines dual blockade had significant inhibitory effects both on p-ERK and p-AKT, and the inhibitory effect on p-ERK is greater than that on p-AKT. Similarly, in Fig 3G, dual blockade mainly suppressed p-ERK, and slightly inhibited p-AKT and p-mTOR in cancer cells derived from the individual patient. Thus, in the two types in-vitro models, dual inhibition simultaneously inhibited both RAS/ERK and PI3K/AKT pathways, and primarily inhibited RAS/ERK pathway, which is not contradictory.

      Author response image 11.

      Author response image 12.

      Author response image 13.

      For the in-vivo animal model. Although dual inhibition had inhibitory effects on both pathways, it mainly suppressed p-AKT.

      In both in vivo and in vitro models, combination therapy has a certain inhibitory effect on the RAS/ERK and PI3K/AKT pathways, but the emphasis on the two is not the same in vivo and in vitro. Considering the significant differences between in vivo and in vitro models, we believe that this difference in emphasis is understandable.

      Author response image 14.

      Finally, the authors demonstrate the impact of SHP2 on PD-1 expression and propose that the SHP099/AZD4547 combination therapy significantly induces the production of IFN-γ in CD8+ T cells. This part of the study is unconvincing and would benefit from the investigation of the tumor micro-environment to assess T cell infiltration.

      To investigate the tumor micro-environment to assess T cell infiltration, we have to establish our research model in immunocompetent mice. However, there is currently only one type of gastric cancer cell line derived from mice, MFC, which is not a cell line with FGFR2 amplification. We attempted to transfect FGFR2 amplification plasmids into MFC, but the transfection effect was poor, making it difficult to conduct in vivo animal experiments.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      The authors demonstrate that FGFR2 amplification positively correlates with PTPN11 in human gastric cancer samples, providing rationale for combination therapies. Furthermore, convincing data are provided demonstrating that targeting both FGFR and SHP2 is more effective than targeting either pathway alone using in vitro and in vivo models. The use of cells derived from a gastric cancer patient that progressed following treatment with an FGFR inhibitor is also a strength. The findings from this study support the conclusion that SHP2 inhibitors enhance the efficacy of FGFR-targeted therapies in cancer patients. This study also suggests that targeting SHP2 may also be an effective strategy for targeting cancers that are resistant to FGFR-targeted therapies.

      Weaknesses:

      The main caveat with these studies is the lack of an immune competent model with which to test the finding that this combination therapy enhances T cell cytotoxicity in vivo. Discussing this limitation within the context of these findings and future directions for this work, particularly since the combination therapy appears to work quite well without the presence of T cells in the environment, would be beneficial.

      Thank you for the great suggestion. To investigate the tumor micro-environment to assess T cell infiltration, we have to establish our research model in immunocompetent mice. However, there is currently only one type of gastric cancer cell line derived from mice, MFC, which is not a cell line with FGFR2 amplification. We attempted to transfect FGFR2 amplification plasmids into MFC, but the transfection effect was poor, making it difficult to conduct in vivo animal experiments.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor points. The manuscript is poorly written and loaded with language errors.

      We sincerely thank you for your constructive suggestion and we are sorry for the mistake. We have polished the article and corrected these language errors.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In addition to the comments made in the Public Review the manuscript lacks detail on statistical analysis of experimental results.

      Thank you for your advice. In response to the feedback, we have supplemented detail on statistical analysis of experimental results in the “Methods” part.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      There are numerous grammatical errors throughout, and incorrect wording is used in some places (such as "syngeneic mouse tumor model" rather than "xenograft tumor model", line 253). Careful proofreading and editing of this manuscript is recommended.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have made corrections to the relevant content of the article.

      AZD4547 is an FGFR-selective inhibitor and is not specific for FGFR2 as it also targets FGFR1 and FGFR3, this should be clarified in the text.

      Thank you for rasing this point. We have clarified that AZD4547 is an FGFR-selective inhibitor targeting FGFR1-3 in the “Introduction” part.

      The specific FGFR inhibitor(s) used to treat the patient with FGFR2 amplification, are the authors able to provide this information?

      Thank you for raising this important issue. Indeed, due to the difficulty of small molecule drug development, the fastest clinical progress currently is in FGFR pan inhibitors. Recently, Relay Therapeutics has also developed a highly FGFR2-selective inhibitor, RLY-4008, in phase I/II clinical trials, but lacks preclinical research on gastric cancer.

      Figure 2F: the p38 and p-p38 bands are cut off at the bottom

      We sincerely thank you for your thoughtful feedback. we have improved our experimental methods and retested the two p38 and p-p38 in Figure 2F by western blotting.

      Author response image 15.

    1. Segregation analysis in the family revealed that her father (I:2) carried the c.4685 T > C variant, but the proband’s affected sister (II:4) did not, indicating that this ABCA4 variant was not relevant to the macular dystrophy in this family
    1. Synthèse d'Information : Troubles de la Communication, Comportements Défis et Transitions dans le Handicap Rare

      Résumé Analytique

      Ce document de synthèse récapitule les interventions clés de la journée d'étude organisée par les Équipes Relais Handicap Rare (ERHR) d'Occitanie.

      Marquant le dixième anniversaire de la création de ce réseau, l'événement s'inscrit dans le cadre du troisième schéma national handicap rare.

      Les points cardinaux de cette analyse soulignent que la communication est le levier fondamental de l'autonomie et de la socialisation.

      Une distinction rigoureuse est établie entre l'expression (manifestation passive) et la communication (acte intentionnel adressé).

      L'analyse démontre que les « comportements défis » sont intrinsèquement liés à des ruptures de communication, des particularités sensorielles non prises en compte ou des transitions mal préparées.

      La gestion de ces situations complexes repose sur une évaluation fonctionnelle systématique, l'anticipation des changements de parcours et l'utilisation impérative de supports visuels pour structurer l'environnement des personnes accompagnées.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadre Institutionnel et Missions des ERHR

      Le réseau des Équipes Relais Handicap Rare (ERHR) célèbre en 2022 dix ans d'existence en Occitanie.

      Le cadre d'action actuel est défini par le troisième schéma national handicap rare, qui se concrétise régionalement par des Contrats d'Objectifs et de Moyens (CPOM) entre l'ARS et les porteurs de projets (IGA et SESDA 34).

      Missions fondamentales des équipes relais :

      Repérage : Identifier les besoins spécifiques liés au handicap rare et recenser les ressources (aidants, professionnels du sanitaire et du médico-social).

      Évaluation : Contribuer à l'élaboration de projets d'accompagnement personnalisés.

      Animation de réseau : Partager les expertises, étayer les pratiques professionnelles et organiser des communautés de pratique.

      Définition du Handicap Rare :

      Le handicap rare ne se limite pas à la faible prévalence d'une pathologie. Il se définit par :

      • La présence de déficiences sensorielles associées à d'autres déficiences graves ou maladies rares.

      • Une combinaison de déficiences qui engendre des situations de dépendance lourdes et complexes.

      • La rareté des expertises nécessaires pour l'évaluation et l'accompagnement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse Conceptuelle de la Communication

      La communication est présentée comme l'outil d'action sur le monde. Sans elle, il n'y a ni autonomie, ni socialisation, ni comportement socio-adaptatif efficace.

      La Distinction Expression vs Communication

      Il est crucial pour les professionnels de ne pas confondre ces deux notions :

      L'Expression : Manifestation passive ou manifestation d'un état (ex: se gratter la tête, gémir).

      Elle peut être interprétée par l'entourage, mais elle n'est pas nécessairement une volonté de transmettre un message.

      La Communication : Un acte volontaire, intentionnel et adressé à un interlocuteur. Elle implique deux rôles distincts : le locuteur (qui initie) et l'interlocuteur (qui reçoit et est disponible).

      Typologie des Modes de Communication

      L'analyse propose une clarification terminologique pour sortir du clivage réducteur "parle / ne parle pas" :

      | Catégorie | Définition | Exemples | | --- | --- | --- | | Oral / Non-Oral | Ce qui sort ou non de la bouche (aspect moteur). | Parole vs Signes ou Images. | | Verbal / Non-Verbal | Utilisation du verbe, de la syntaxe et du sens. | Français, LSF, PECS vs Cris, mimiques, postures. |

      Note : Une personne peut être verbale sans être orale (ex : utilisation d'une synthèse vocale ou de la langue des signes).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Compréhension et Gestion des Comportements Défis

      Les comportements défis (agressions, automutilations, destructions, stéréotypies) sont analysés comme des réponses inadaptées à des besoins légitimes ou des conséquences d'un environnement inadéquat.

      L'Analyse Fonctionnelle

      Toute intervention sur un comportement problème doit être précédée d'une évaluation pour en comprendre la fonction (demande, protestation, évitement).

      L'analyse doit prendre en compte :

      1. Le versant somatique : Vérifier systématiquement l'absence de douleur physique.

      2. Les particularités sensorielles : Identifier les hypersensibilités ou hyposensibilités (besoin de "se remplir" ou de "se vider" de sensations).

      3. Le déficit de communication : Le comportement devient le seul moyen d'agir sur l'environnement quand les outils de communication manquent.

      Stratégies de Prévention et d'Intervention

      Approche positive : Il est plus efficace d'enseigner des compétences nouvelles et des comportements adaptés que de chercher à supprimer les mauvais.

      Espaces de repli : Créer des lieux de retrait (distincts des salles d'isolement) pour permettre la régulation sensorielle, selon les besoins individuels évalués.

      Projet d'établissement : La gestion des comportements défis doit être une démarche institutionnelle partagée, inscrite dans le projet de la structure.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. La Problématique des Transitions

      La transition est définie comme un passage d'un état à un autre, impliquant intrinsèquement un changement.

      Pour les personnes en situation de handicap rare, ces changements sont sources d'angoisse majeure.

      Typologie des Transitions

      Transitions Développementales (Diachronie) : Passage de l'enfance à l'adolescence, puis à l'âge adulte et au vieillissement.

      Transitions Fonctionnelles (Synchronie) : Changements de lieux (domicile/IME/SESSAD), changements d'activités dans la journée, ou changements d'intervenants (départs en retraite, stagiaires).

      Aléas de la vie : Deuils, déménagements, séparations parentales.

      Méthodologie d'Accompagnement des Transitions

      L'objectif est que la personne ne "subisse" pas le changement. Trois piliers sont identifiés :

      1. Anticiper : Prévoir les changements prévisibles (fermetures annuelles, passages en structures adultes) longtemps à l'avance.

      2. Préparer par le Visuel : L'oralisation ne suffit pas en période de stress. L'utilisation de photos, de pictogrammes et de plannings visuels est indispensable pour créer des repères spatio-temporels.

      3. Communiquer : Une fois la personne rassurée par des repères visuels, la communication peut s'établir pour permettre l'expression des questions et des besoins.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Conclusions et Recommandations Clés

      La journée d'étude conclut sur l'importance de la coordination des interventions.

      L'incohérence entre les différents lieux de vie (école, maison, institution) est un facteur aggravant des troubles.

      Évaluation permanente : Utiliser des échelles et des outils validés (profil sensoriel, Vineland, etc.) plutôt que des interventions intuitives.

      Soutien aux aidants et professionnels : La confrontation aux comportements défis impacte la qualité de vie de tout l'entourage ; un soutien institutionnel est nécessaire.

      Individualisation : Il n'existe pas de solution universelle (ex: l'espace de repli peut être la chambre pour l'un, et un espace ouvert pour l'autre).

      L'observation clinique reste le premier outil de l'accompagnant.

    1. Document de Synthèse : Le Programme EVARS – Enjeux, Histoire et Mise en Application

      Résumé Exécutif

      L’adoption à l’unanimité du programme EVARS (Éducation à la Vie Affective, Relationnelle et Sexuelle) par le Conseil supérieur de l’éducation le 3 février 2025 marque un tournant historique dans le système éducatif français.

      Fruit de plus de 50 ans de luttes et d'évolutions législatives, ce programme vise à institutionnaliser une éducation complète à la sexualité, de la maternelle à la terminale.

      L'objectif central est de transformer une obligation légale souvent négligée — la loi Aubri de 2001 prévoyant trois séances annuelles — en une réalité pédagogique concrète.

      Les enjeux sont multiples : prévention des violences sexuelles (touchant statistiquement trois enfants par classe), lutte contre les stéréotypes de genre, promotion du consentement et déconstruction des représentations toxiques issues notamment de la pornographie.

      Malgré cette victoire institutionnelle, la mise en œuvre se heurte à des défis persistants : une désinformation active de mouvements traditionalistes, un manque de formation des personnels et des contraintes de financement.

      La réussite du programme repose désormais sur une synergie entre l'institution scolaire, les associations expertes et l'implication des familles.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Perspective Historique et Évolution Légale

      L'éducation à la sexualité n'est pas un concept récent, mais son approche a radicalement évolué, passant d'une logique de contrôle à une logique d'émancipation.

      1.1. Les prémices (XIXe - milieu XXe siècle)

      Fin du XIXe siècle : Apparition des premiers textes, oscillant entre la préservation de l'innocence enfantine et des impératifs de santé publique (lutte contre la syphilis et enjeux démographiques).

      1947-1948 : Le rapport de l'inspecteur général François marque la première prise en compte institutionnelle de la nécessité d'une éducation à la sexualité.

      1.2. De l'information à l'éducation (1973 - 2001)

      1973 : Une circulaire fondamentale distingue l'information sexuelle (reproduction, assurée par les SVT) de l'éducation à la sexualité (dimension affective et sociale).

      1998 : Sous l'impulsion de Jack Lang, la circulaire "Toutmonde" met l'accent sur la prévention du sida.

      4 juillet 2001 (Loi Aubri/Péri) : La loi rend obligatoires trois séances d'éducation à la sexualité par an à chaque niveau de classe.

      Cependant, dans les faits, seuls 15 à 20 % des élèves en bénéficient réellement.

      1.3. Vers le programme EVARS de 2025

      • Le programme adopté en 2025 remplace des initiatives plus fragiles ou contestées comme les "ABCD de l'égalité" (2013).

      • Il s'inscrit dans un cadre européen standardisé, nommant l'enseignement "Éducation à la vie affective et relationnelle" (EVAR) pour le premier degré et y ajoutant le terme "Sexuelle" (EVARS) pour le second degré afin d'apaiser les craintes parentales.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les Enjeux Majeurs de l'EVARS

      Le programme repose sur trois piliers de compétences : se connaître et vivre avec son corps, construire des relations épanouies, et trouver sa place dans la société en tant que citoyen libre et responsable.

      2.1. Prévention des violences sexuelles

      Constat alarmant : Selon la CIIVISE, 160 000 enfants sont victimes de violences sexuelles chaque année, soit environ trois enfants par classe.

      Rôle de l'école : L'éducation permet de nommer les parties du corps (brisant le tabou de la "zette" ou du sexe), d'identifier l'intimité et d'apprendre à dénoncer les attouchements.

      Protection : L'absence de mots et une pudeur excessive favorisent les agresseurs. Le programme EVARS apprend aux enfants qu'ils ont le droit de dire "non".

      2.2. Lutte contre les stéréotypes et la masculinité toxique

      Impact du numérique : 73 % des adolescents garçons sont exposés en ligne à des stéréotypes de domination masculine (données d'octobre 2025).

      Déconstruction : Le programme vise à libérer les garçons de l'injonction à la violence ou à la répression émotionnelle ("apprendre à pleurer avant d'apprendre les armes") et les filles de l'intériorisation de la soumission.

      2.3. Accès à une information fiable

      • En l'absence d'éducation formelle, la pornographie devient la source principale d'information, véhiculant des modèles relationnels faussés et violents dès le CM1.

      • L'EVARS offre un cadre clinique et serein pour aborder des sujets complexes sans jugement.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Modalités d'Application et Défis de Terrain

      3.1. Les "Ateliers de l'égalité" : Un modèle pédagogique

      Des associations comme En avant Toute(s) déploient des interventions concrètes (du CE2 à la 5e) :

      Méthodologie : Utilisation de l'éducation populaire (débats, théâtre-forum, jeux de cartes) pour partir de la parole de l'élève.

      Non-mixité : Des temps séparés entre filles et garçons sont parfois utilisés pour favoriser la libération de la parole sur les violences vécues avant une mise en commun.

      Outils pratiques : Création de "réseaux de soutien" où l'enfant identifie les adultes ressources en cas de problème.

      3.2. Obstacles institutionnels et financiers

      Formation : Il existe un besoin impérieux de former les enseignants via les INSPÉ pour leur donner la confiance nécessaire face aux sujets "sensibles".

      Statut des heures : Si les séances sont obligatoires, elles ne sont pas toujours intégrées aux programmes évalués, ce qui complexifie leur financement (nécessité de dotations horaires pour les heures supplémentaires dans le secondaire).

      Restriction des intervenants : Une circulaire limite l'intervention des associations dans les écoles primaires, laissant la charge aux seuls enseignants, ce qui peut freiner la mise en œuvre faute d'expertise externe.

      3.3. La résistance idéologique

      • L'école fait face à une "hystérie collective" ou des rumeurs persistantes (accusations infondées d'apprendre la masturbation aux jeunes enfants).

      • Des groupes traditionalistes et des mouvements d'extrême droite s'organisent pour délégitimer le programme, utilisant des plateformes médiatiques pour diffuser de la désinformation.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Recommandations pour une Mise en Œuvre Réussie

      | Axe d'effort | Actions préconisées | | --- | --- | | Transparence | Rendre les programmes consultables par tous les parents sur Éduscol pour désamorcer les fantasmes. | | Implication parentale | Organiser des "cafés des parents" et les inciter à porter la demande d'EVARS dans les conseils d'école. | | Soutien aux enseignants | Assurer la protection institutionnelle des professeurs face aux menaces de groupes radicaux. | | Synergie associative | Maintenir le rôle des associations agréées qui apportent une expertise complémentaire et une posture d'adulte neutre. | | Élargissement | Étendre ces formations au secteur périscolaire et aux établissements spécialisés (IME, CFA). |

      Conclusion

      Le programme EVARS n'est pas une menace pour les familles, mais un "cadeau pour les générations futures".

      En enseignant le respect, le consentement et l'empathie au même titre que la grammaire ou les mathématiques, l'école remplit sa mission fondamentale : former des citoyens lucides, capables d'aimer sans posséder et de s'affirmer sans écraser.

      La réussite de ce projet repose sur le passage définitif de la "pudeur à la pédagogie".

    1. La Santé Mentale des Jeunes : Enjeux, État des Lieux et Pilotage en Milieu Scolaire

      Résumé Exécutif

      La santé mentale des jeunes est devenue une priorité gouvernementale et de santé publique majeure en France.

      Loin d'être une mission périphérique, elle est désormais reconnue comme une condition sine qua non de la réussite scolaire et du bien-être des élèves.

      Les données récentes révèlent une dégradation préoccupante de l'état psychique des jeunes, particulièrement chez les adolescentes, sans amélioration notable après la période COVID-19.

      La stratégie nationale repose sur un changement de paradigme : passer d'une gestion purement médicale des troubles à une approche globale d'« École promotrice de santé ».

      Cela implique la mobilisation de l'ensemble de la communauté éducative — et non seulement des professionnels de santé — pour créer des environnements favorables.

      Le pilotage repose sur des protocoles clairs (du repérage à la prise en charge), une exploitation rigoureuse des données statistiques et une formation accrue des personnels (secouristes en santé mentale).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. État des Lieux Statistique de la Santé Mentale des Jeunes

      Les données issues des enquêtes nationales (ENABY pour le primaire et « En Classe » pour le secondaire) dressent un constat de vulnérabilité croissante.

      Données par Cycle Scolaire

      | Niveau Scolaire | Prévalence des troubles probables | Observations Clés | | --- | --- | --- | | Maternelle (3-11 ans) | 8 % (soit 1 élève sur 12) | Les garçons sont deux fois plus concernés que les filles (troubles d'opposition, hyperactivité). | | Primaire (CP-CM2) | 13 % (soit + de 3 par classe) | Distinction selon le sexe : troubles émotionnels (anxiété, dépression) pour les filles ; troubles du comportement (TDAH) pour les garçons. | | Collège et Lycée | ~14 % de risque de dépression | Dégradation continue entre la 6ème et la terminale. Plus de 50 % des élèves présentent des symptômes physiques ou psychiques fréquents. |

      Focus sur les Risques Graves et Tendances

      Suicide au lycée : 13 % des lycéens déclarent avoir déjà fait une tentative de suicide ; 3 % ont fait une tentative ayant nécessité une hospitalisation (soit environ un élève par classe).

      Évolution temporelle : Tous les indicateurs se sont dégradés entre 2018 et 2022. La vulnérabilité des filles est le principal point d'alerte actuel.

      Contexte global : La santé mentale est impactée par un empilement de crises (économiques, sociales, géopolitiques et climatiques) et par l'influence des réseaux sociaux.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Cadre Conceptuel et Institutionnel

      Une Définition Tripartite

      La santé mentale ne se résume pas à l'absence de pathologie. Elle comprend trois composantes essentielles :

      1. Le bien-être (santé mentale positive).

      2. Les troubles mentaux (souffrance psychique).

      3. Les maladies mentales (diagnostics cliniques).

      L'École Promotrice de Santé

      Ce dispositif, porté par le ministère depuis 2020, vise à fédérer la communauté éducative autour de la promotion de pratiques favorables au bien-être physique, mental et social.

      Objectif : Intégrer la santé mentale dans tous les actes quotidiens, pédagogiques et éducatifs.

      Priorité politique : Depuis 2022, les circulaires de rentrée placent le bien-être au même niveau que les apprentissages fondamentaux.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Cadre Juridique : Secret Médical et Aménagements

      La prise en compte de la santé mentale doit s'équilibrer avec les droits fondamentaux des élèves.

      Le Secret Médical : Défini par l'article 226-13 du Code pénal, il est un droit fondamental du patient garantissant la confiance avec les personnels soignants.

      Sa violation est pénalement sanctionnée.

      Le Projet d'Accueil Individualisé (PAI) : Cet outil juridique permet d'organiser la scolarité des élèves ayant des problèmes de santé ou un handicap.

      Il permet d'aménager les régimes alimentaires, les horaires ou les activités de substitution sur prescription médicale, tout en respectant la confidentialité des diagnostics.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Stratégies de Pilotage et Leviers Opérationnels

      Le pilotage de la santé mentale nécessite une approche à la fois verticale (institutionnelle) et horizontale (territoriale).

      Actions à l'Échelle de l'Établissement

      Le chef d'établissement doit agir comme un pilote en s'appuyant sur plusieurs leviers :

      Diagnostic local : Utiliser les indicateurs de climat scolaire (logiciels infirmiers, enquêtes sociales, évaluations d'établissement).

      Protocole Santé Mentale : Formaliser un document « du repérage à la prise en charge » qui précise le rôle de chaque acteur.

      Instances : Faire vivre le sujet au sein du CESCE, du conseil pédagogique et du conseil d'administration.

      Aménagements physiques : Intégrer le bien-être dans l'aménagement du bâti scolaire, des cours de récréation et de la restauration.

      Dispositifs et Outils Nationaux

      Secouristes en santé mentale : Formation de deux personnels par collège pour repérer les signes de crise (notamment suicidaire) et orienter les élèves.

      3114 : Le numéro national de prévention du suicide, désormais inscrit dans les carnets de correspondance.

      Infolettre EPSA : Publication sur Eduscol fournissant des données et des références pour le pilotage.

      Compétences Psychosociales (CPS) : Levier préventif majeur pour renforcer la résilience des élèves.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Rôles et Responsabilités des Acteurs

      La santé mentale n'est pas uniquement l'affaire des spécialistes ; elle repose sur une chaîne de responsabilités partagées.

      Personnels de direction : Pilotes de la politique de santé et du climat scolaire.

      Personnels de santé et sociaux (Médecins, Infirmiers, Assistants Sociaux, Psychologues) : Experts-conseils et conseillers techniques. Ils assurent l'évaluation et l'orientation vers le soin extérieur.

      Personnels pédagogiques et éducatifs : Acteurs de première ligne pour le repérage et l'accueil de la parole.

      Partenaires territoriaux : Collectivités territoriales, Agences Régionales de Santé (ARS), et contrats locaux de santé pour assurer la continuité des soins hors de l'école.

      Familles : Reconnues comme les premières spécialistes de leurs enfants, elles sont des partenaires indispensables dans le suivi.

      Conclusion

      L'institution scolaire opère une mutation profonde en intégrant la santé mentale comme un axe de réussite scolaire au même titre que les savoirs académiques.

      Si les indicateurs statistiques restent préoccupants, la mobilisation collective — marquée par la déstigmatisation des troubles et la formation des personnels — constitue le levier principal pour stabiliser et améliorer le bien-être des jeunes générations.

      L'école ne soigne pas, mais elle repère, protège et oriente.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the thermal and mechanical unfolding pathways of the doubly knotted protein TrmD-Tm1570 using molecular simulations, optical tweezers experiments, and other methods. In particular, the detailed analysis of the four major unfolding pathways using a well-established simulation method is an interesting and valuable result.

      Strengths:

      A key finding that lends credibility to the simulation results is that the molecular simulations at least qualitatively reproduce the characteristic force-extension distance profiles obtained from optical tweezers experiments during mechanical unfolding. Furthermore, a major strength is that the authors have consistently studied the folding and unfolding processes of knotted proteins, and this paper represents a careful advancement building upon that foundation.

      We appreciate and we thank the reviewer for reading our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      While optical tweezers experiments offer valuable insights, the knowledge gained from them is limited, as the experiments are restricted to this single technique.

      The paper mentions that the high aggregation propensity of the TrmD-Tm1570 protein appears to hinder other types of experiments. This is likely the reason why a key aspect, such as whether a ribosome or molecular chaperones are essential for the folding of TrmD-Tm1570, has not been experimentally clarified, even though it should be possible in principle.

      We appreciate the suggestion that clarifying the requirement for molecular chaperones or the ribosome in TrmD-Tm1570 folding is crucial. We are pleased to report that the experiment investigating the role of molecular chaperones in the folding of TrmD-Tm1570 is currently under investigation in our laboratory. These results will provide the clarification on this aspect and will be incorporated into a future manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors combined coarse-grained structure-based model simulation, optical tweezer experiments, and AI-based analysis to assess the knotting behavior of the TrmD-Tm1570 protein. Interestingly, they found that while the structure-based model can fold the single knot from TrmD and Tm1570, the double-knot protein TrmD-Tm1570 cannot form a knot itself, suggesting the need for chaperone proteins to facilitate this knotting process. This study has strong potential to understand the molecular mechanism of knotted proteins, supported by much experimental and simulation evidence. However, there are a few places that appear to lack sufficient details, and more clarification in the presentation is needed.

      Strengths:

      A combination of both experimental and computational studies.

      We appreciate and we thank the reviewer for reading our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a lack of detail to support some statements.

      (1) The use of the AI-based method, SOM, can be emphasized further, especially in its analysis of the simulated unfolding trajectories and discovery of the four unfolding/folding pathways. This will strengthen the statistical robustness of the discovery.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. However, the AI-based method, SOM, was applied to obtain the main representative trajectories for the mechanical unfolding MD simulations. Specifically, for the TrmD, Tm1570, and fusion protein (TrmD-Tm1570) we extracted the representative conformational states by selecting the most highly populated SOM clusters shown in SI Figure 5 - figure supplement 3. Then, by identifying the cluster centroid, we selected the nearest point (simulations). These correspond to the clusters number 1 for Tm1570, number 11 for TrmD, and number 7 for TrmD-Tm1570. A sentence was added in the main manuscript to clarify how the main representative confirmation was obtained.

      On the other hand, no AI‑based methods were applied to the thermal unfolding simulations. The four thermal unfolding trajectories shown in Figure 3 were obtained as follows: (i) trajectories where TrmD unfolds first and its knot unties before Tm1570 unfolds, corresponding to pathway 1 (Figure 3A and E); (ii) trajectories where Tm1570 unfolds and unties first, followed by TrmD, corresponding to pathway 3 (Figure 3C and G); and (iii) trajectories where TrmD unfolds first, then Tm1570, after which the TrmD knot unties and finally the Tm1570 knot unties—this corresponds to pathway 2. Pathway 4 follows the same sequence but in the reverse order.

      (2) The manuscript would benefit from a clearer description of the correlation between the simulation and experimental results. The current correlation, presented in the paragraph starting from Line 250, focuses on measured distances. The authors could consider providing additional evidence on the order of events observed experimentally and computationally. More statistical analyses on the experimental curves presented in Figure 4 supplement would be helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In response, we prepared additional statistical analyses in a table format reporting the average length‑change increments together with their standard deviations, and we clarified in the revised text that the ± values correspond to standard deviations. In addition, we quantified the percentage of TrmD, Tm1570, and TrmD-Tm1570 unfold completely, providing a clearer comparison of the order of events observed experimentally and computationally. These analyses have been incorporated into the revised manuscript, Tables 1 and 2.

      (3) How did the authors calibrate the timescale between simulation and experiment? Specifically, what is the value \tau used in Line 270, and how was it calculated? Relevant information would strengthen the connection between simulation and experiment.

      In our model time unit is defined by a relation , where m is the reduced mass unit, is an average average mass of an amino acid, m = 110 Da = 1.66 x 10<sup>-27</sup> kg, 𝜀 is the reduced energy unit, an average interaction energy between amino acids. We may assume that ε is around 2-3 kcal/mol = 2-3 x 6.95 x 10<sup>-21</sup> J, is a distance unit and is equal to 1 nm.

      After plugging this values into the equation defining 𝜏 , we get: 𝜏 = 3.2 ps.

      The definition of the time unit comes from the fact that this is how one can combine units of mass, distance and energy into an expression that has an unit of time.

      The pulling speeds used in the simulations (0.05–0.15 Å/) correspond to approximately 1.6 -4.7 m/s in real units. These speeds are necessarily much higher than the experimental pulling The pulling speeds used in the simulations (0.05–0.15 Å/ ) correspond to approximately 1.6 - speed (20 nm/s), which is a well‑known limitation of steered molecular dynamics. However, our coarse‑grained model is run in an implicit solvent regime and does not explicitly include hydrodynamic friction. As a consequence, the simulated dynamics do not reproduce absolute real time kinetics. Instead, the comparison between simulation and experiment is made through relative unfolding pathways, force extension behavior, and contour length changes, which remain robust across the range of simulated pulling speeds.

      Thus, 𝜏 = 3.2 ps is derived directly from the coarse‑grained model parameters rather than calibratedτ to experiment, and the connection between simulation and experiment is established through mechanistic agreement rather than matching absolute timescales.

      We have now added a clarifying sentence to the manuscript (Methods and Materials - Mechanical unfolding simulations) explaining how the timescale was defined and how the value of  was obtained.

      Reference: 

      Szymczak, P., and Marek Cieplak. "Stretching of proteins in a uniform flow." The Journal of chemical physics 125.16 (2006).

      (4) In Line 342, the authors comment that whether using native contacts or not, they cannot fold double-knotted TrmD-Tm1570. Could the authors provide more details on how non-native interactions were analyzed?

      To analyze the role of non‑native interactions, we calculated two non‑native contact maps, first using a distance cutoff criterion and second by identifying the highly frustrated contacts based on the frustration index using Frustratometer (http://frustratometer.qb.fcen.uba.ar/) - figure below. From this procedure, the non‑native interactions were incorporated in the SBM C-alpha model to potentially assist refolding or knot formation. However, in neither case we observe successful refolding or the formation of the double‑knotted native topology. These results indicate that the addition of these non‑native contacts are insufficient to drive the refolding of the TrmD–Tm1570 protein. This result may suggest that the protein needs the support of chaperones or the active role of ribosomes to tie the two knots. We have now clarified this point more explicitly in the revised manuscript .

      Author response image 1.

      Native and non‑native contact maps for TrmD–Tm1570. The upper triangle (blue dots) corresponds to the cutoff‑based contact map and shows only unique contacts not present in the native contact map. The lower triangle (red dots) represents highly frustrated contacts, again showing only unique contacts absent from the native map. Black dots indicate the native contacts derived from the structure, and the contact map was generated using the Shadow Contact Map software. The blue and orange shadows correspond to the knot position for TrmD and Tm1570 proteins, respectively. 

      (5) It appears that the manuscript lacks simulation or experimental evidence to support the statement at Line 343: While each domain can self-tie into its native knot, this process inhibits the knotting of the other domain. Specifically, more clarification on this inhibition is needed.

      Explaining this phenomenon remains challenging, and several contributing factors are likely.

      (1) The folding success rates of the individual TrmD and Tm1570 domains are low (<3%); folding of the double-knotted protein is therefore expected to be even less efficient. 

      (2) While formation of a single knot is observed when the two domains are examined, the folded domain adopts a native-like but not fully native conformation, regardless of whether it is TrmD or Tm1570. (2A) Fluctuations of the unfolded second domain may impose a destabilizing load, promoting unfolding of the folded domain. (2B) Conversely, folding of one domain restricts the conformational space available to the other. Such restriction may have either stabilizing or destabilizing effects: although reduced conformational space (crowding) is generally thought to increase the probability of knot formation in polymers, in this system the constraint is localized rather than global.

      (3) It is possible that extending the simulations to much longer timescales would allow formation of the second knot; however, within the timescales accessible here, unfolding of the first knot is observed instead.

      (4) The TrmD–Tm1570 protein forms a dimer with a well-defined interface, whereas our simulations were performed on a monomeric unit. Consequently, both domains are solvent-exposed, forming an open two-domain system with tRNA-binding elements that are not stabilized by intermolecular interactions.

      Taken together, these factors preclude a quantitative assessment of the dominant contribution. Our results suggest that efficient folding may require assistance from molecular chaperones or an active role of the ribosome in coordinating formation of the two knots.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The paper notes at the beginning of its results section that simulations aiming to fully fold the TrmD-Tm1570 protein from a denatured state were unsuccessful. While the failure to achieve complete folding is itself an instructive and important result, there is room for improvement in how it's presented. The authors provide no specific details on what actually occurred during these simulations. It is plausible that some intermediate state was reached, and one can imagine that the knotting of the C-terminal part, Tm1570, was partially completed. A more detailed description of these outcomes would have been beneficial.

      In the main manuscript (Figure 3), we reported the folding trajectories and the probability of native contact formation for the TrmD–Tm1570 protein, focusing on the four main observed unfolding pathways from our simulations. In addition to these common pathways, we also examined a small number of trajectories which one or both domains may refold. These are presented in Figure 3 - figure supplements 1 and 2, where we highlight a set of trajectories that we classify as rare events. In these rare trajectories, partial refolding and the formation of intermediate states can indeed be observed. However, as described in the main text, successful refolding of the fusion protein only occurs when the knot remains close to its native position and does not undergo large fluctuations along the chain. When the knot drifts significantly, refolding is not completed.

      Figure 3 - figure supplement 1 shows six representative examples of intermediate states sampled during these simulations. As the reviewer suggested, some intermediate conformations were reached, including partial reformation of structural elements. However, only the trajectory which maintains the knot sufficiently close to its native location is able to do substantial refolding. We have now clarified this point more explicitly in the revised manuscript to better explain why full folding was not achieved and how the knot dynamics constrain the refolding process.

      (2) Is it not possible to plot the degree of knot formation as a function of time or Q in Figure 3A-H? Doing so would make the verbally described results much clearer.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. Based on your observation, we have added a new figure in the SI manuscript (Figure 3 - figure supplement 3) showing the knot translocation as a function of the frames with their respective structure representations from the transitions, from folded to unfolded state and knot untied processes.

      (3) Placement of a paragraph starting from line 250 looks odd to me. The paragraph describes simulation results of the mechanical unfolding, which is fully described in the following section. Specifically, the simulation result is discussed before describing its method/outline, which is to be avoided as far as possible.

      According to the standard journal style, the Method section is described after the Discussion section. However, in the simulation's results, a sentence addressing the methods was included to guide the reader through the text. 

      (4) This is only an optional request. It is highly desired to examine the in vitro folding of TrmD-Tm1570 with and without molecular chaperones. At least, authors can envision/discuss this direction.

      We agree that examining the in vitro folding of TrmD–Tm1570 with and without molecular chaperones would provide important mechanistic insights into the role of the fold of knotted proteins. We are planning to perform these experiments as part of our ongoing work, and in the revised manuscript we will add a discussion on this direction and its potential impact.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Figure 6C was not referenced or discussed in the manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. Figure 6C is indeed referenced and discussed in the manuscript.

      (2) Several places refer to figures in the Supporting Information, and should be updated to refer to the supplement figures associated with the main figures. 

      In the revised version we ensure that all references are updated and clearly labeled.

    1. La Relation École-Famille : Vers une Coéducation Concertée

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les enjeux, les évolutions et les perspectives de la relation entre l'école et les parents, tels que discutés par des experts lors de l'émission « Au Périscope » de l'IH2EF.

      Résumé Exécutif

      La relation école-famille est aujourd'hui considérée comme un levier essentiel de la réussite de l'enfant et de la cohésion sociale.

      Historiquement marquée par un cloisonnement issu de l'ère Jules Ferry, cette relation a évolué vers un modèle de partenariat institutionnalisé.

      Cependant, le concept central de « coéducation », bien qu'inscrit dans la loi de 2013, demeure flou et manque de stabilisation sémantique et opérationnelle.

      L'analyse met en évidence que l'école ne peut plus être conçue comme un espace clos, mais comme le cœur d'un écosystème incluant les familles, les collectivités territoriales et divers partenaires sociaux.

      Le défi majeur réside dans le passage d'une approche normative — où l'on attend du parent qu'il se conforme aux attentes de l'institution — à une relation de réciprocité et de reconnaissance mutuelle.

      Les experts soulignent la nécessité de dépasser le mythe du « parent démissionnaire », les recherches montrant un investissement réel, bien que parfois invisible ou maladroit, des familles les plus modestes.

      La réussite de cette transition repose sur une formation accrue des professionnels, une meilleure lisibilité des compétences de chaque acteur et une adaptation aux réalités territoriales.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La Coéducation : Un Concept en Quête de Définition

      Bien que le terme soit entré dans le cadre réglementaire avec la loi de 2013 pour la refondation de l'école de la République, la « coéducation » reste un horizon de sens plutôt qu'un concept opérationnel précis.

      Le « halo sémantique » : Une enquête mentionnée par Pierre Perrier révèle que les enseignants et les parents associent des centaines de mots différents à ce terme, témoignant d'un flou persistant.

      Manque d'indicateurs : Il n'existe pas, au niveau national, de politique générale déclinée en objectifs opérationnels ou en indicateurs de progrès (par exemple dans l'état de l'école de la DEPP).

      Définition proposée : La coéducation peut être comprise comme une action réciproque et concertée entre les acteurs (école, famille, partenaires) dans l'intérêt exclusif de l'enfant.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Évolution Historique et Institutionnelle

      La relation a transitionné d'un cloisonnement strict vers une ouverture progressive.

      L'héritage de Jules Ferry : À l'origine, l'école visait à fédérer la nation et à moraliser les citoyens, créant une séparation entre la sphère privée (famille) et la sphère publique (état). Toutefois, dès 1883, Ferry recommandait déjà le respect des convictions des pères de famille.

      L'institutionnalisation des parents : Depuis la loi Haby de 1975, la place des parents est gravée dans les textes, leur conférant des droits (participation aux instances, information) et des devoirs en tant que membres de la communauté éducative.

      Persistance des représentations : Malgré les évolutions législatives, un champ sémantique de la réserve et de la prudence persiste, notamment lors des moments de décision (orientation, redoublement).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. L'École au Cœur d'un Écosystème Global

      La journée d'un élève ne se limite pas au temps scolaire. La réussite dépend de la synergie entre plusieurs acteurs.

      Les trois piliers de l'intervention territoriale

      Selon Thierry Vasse, les collectivités territoriales assurent la cohérence de l'accueil de l'enfant à travers :

      1. La continuité éducative : Créer des liens fluides entre les temps périscolaires (accueil du matin, soir) et le temps de la classe.

      2. La complémentarité éducative : Les interventions des animateurs et des ATSEM (langage, règles de vie) complètent l'action pédagogique des enseignants.

      3. La cohérence éducative : Partager des concepts de bienveillance et de respect au sein d'un projet éducatif de territoire (PEDT).

      La diversité des acteurs

      Le document identifie de nombreux professionnels gravitant autour de l'enfant :

      • Animateurs périscolaires et personnels de restauration.

      • ATSEM (Agents territoriaux spécialisés des écoles maternelles).

      • Concierges d'école (rôle de médiateurs au portail).

      • Médiateurs sociaux, chargés de mission handicap et acteurs de la politique de la ville (dans les quartiers prioritaires).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Obstacles et Malentendus Sociologiques

      L'analyse pointe des décalages importants entre les attentes de l'institution et la réalité des familles.

      Le mythe du parent démissionnaire : Pierre Perrier et Frédéric Wexler réfutent fermement cette idée. Les études (notamment pendant le confinement) montrent que les parents des milieux populaires consacrent souvent plus de temps au suivi scolaire que les autres, en raison de la moindre autonomie de leurs enfants.

      Le « métier » de parent d'élève : L'institution attend souvent un « parent idéal » qui maîtrise les codes scolaires. Or, ces attentes normatives peuvent exclure les parents dont la culture est éloignée de celle de l'école.

      Rapport de pouvoir : La relation est souvent perçue comme descendante (l'école explique au parent ce qu'il doit faire). Un véritable changement de paradigme impliquerait de concevoir les projets avec les parents dès le départ.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Cadre Juridique : Droits et Obligations

      Le droit de la parentalité dans le cadre scolaire repose sur l'autorité parentale exercée en commun, indépendamment de la situation matrimoniale.

      | Type d'acte | Définition | Exemples | | --- | --- | --- | | Actes usuels | Présomption d'accord entre les parents. L'accord d'un seul suffit. | Justification d'absences brèves, réinscription, demande de dérogation. | | Actes non usuels | Actes rompant avec le passé et engageant l'avenir. Accord conjoint nécessaire. | Changement d'orientation, inscription dans le privé. |

      Obligations des parents :

      • Veiller à l'instruction obligatoire (de 3 à 16 ans) et justifier les absences.

      • Respecter l'institution et ses personnels (loi sur l'école de la confiance).

      • Prendre connaissance et signer le règlement intérieur.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Leviers pour une Relation Renforcée

      Pour transformer la relation école-famille, plusieurs pistes d'action sont identifiées par les intervenants :

      La formation professionnelle : Les enseignants sont souvent formés à la didactique, mais peu à la relation avec les familles.

      Il est nécessaire d'apprendre à « lâcher une part de pouvoir » pour favoriser la réciprocité.

      La reconnaissance et l'autorisation :

      Reconnaissance mutuelle : Identifier les parents comme des interlocuteurs de valeur dès le début de l'année.   

      Autorisation : Donner une voix aux parents, les considérer comme des « auteurs » de la relation et non de simples exécutants.

      L'accessibilité et la convivialité :

      ◦ Ouvrir physiquement l'école (semaines de la maternelle, cafés des parents).  

      ◦ Créer des espaces dédiés aux parents au sein des établissements pour favoriser la parole entre pairs.

      La lisibilité institutionnelle : Les familles peinent parfois à distinguer les compétences de l'État (pédagogie) de celles des communes (matériel, périscolaire).

      Une parole unifiée est nécessaire, particulièrement en période de crise.

      Adaptation territoriale : La coéducation doit se décliner localement (cités éducatives, quartiers prioritaires) pour tenir compte de la mixité sociale ou de la ségrégation.

    1. Briefing : L'Éducation à la Vie Affective, Relationnelle et à la Sexualité (EVARS) en Milieu Scolaire

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les enjeux, les contenus et les modalités de mise en œuvre du nouveau programme d'éducation à la vie affective et relationnelle (1er degré) et à la sexualité (2d degré) au sein de l'Éducation nationale.

      Face au constat d'une application inégale de la loi de 2001 (trois séances annuelles obligatoires) et aux défis sociétaux contemporains — accès facilité à la pornographie, cyberviolences, prise de conscience des violences sexuelles intrafamiliales —, le ministère a élaboré un cadre pédagogique clarifié.

      Le programme s'articule autour de trois axes fondamentaux : la connaissance de soi et de son corps, la construction de relations respectueuses, et l'insertion dans la société en tant que citoyen responsable.

      Il repose sur une approche interdisciplinaire et pluricatégoriale, visant à passer d'une logique de « cours » à un espace de réflexion et de transfert de connaissances scientifiques validées.

      L'objectif est de sécuriser les pratiques des personnels tout en garantissant un accès équitable des élèves à cette éducation, essentielle à la prévention des violences et à la promotion de l'égalité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte Historique et Justification de la Réforme

      Un long processus législatif et réglementaire

      L'éducation sexuelle en milieu scolaire est une préoccupation ministérielle depuis plus de 50 ans, marquée par des étapes clés :

      1967 & 1975 : Lois sur la contraception et la dépénalisation de l'avortement.

      1973 : Circulaire Fontana instaurant une politique d'information sexuelle.

      2001 : Loi sur l'IVG imposant trois séances annuelles d'éducation à la sexualité par tranche d'âge.

      Juin 2023 : Saisine du Conseil Supérieur des Programmes (CSP) pour élaborer un programme structuré.

      Janvier 2025 : Vote favorable à l'unanimité (60 voix pour, 0 contre) du Conseil Supérieur de l'Éducation sur le projet de programme.

      Les nouveaux défis sociétaux

      Le besoin de clarification des objectifs de formation est accentué par plusieurs facteurs :

      Révolution numérique : Accès massif et précoce des jeunes à l'information et à la désinformation, ainsi qu'à la pornographie via les réseaux sociaux.

      Sécurité et violences : Constat qu'en France, un enfant ou un jeune est victime d'agression sexuelle toutes les trois minutes. Les mouvements comme "Me Too" ont également sensibilisé la société aux violences dans les sphères professionnelles et intrafamiliales.

      Inégalités territoriales : Disparités importantes dans la mise en œuvre effective des séances selon les établissements.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Architecture et Philosophie du Programme

      Le programme est conçu pour être adapté à la maturité des élèves, avec une distinction sémantique entre les degrés :

      1er degré : Éducation à la vie affective et relationnelle (VAR).

      2d degré : Éducation à la vie affective et relationnelle et à la sexualité (EVARS).

      Les trois axes structurants (de la maternelle au lycée)

      | Axe | Thématique Centrale | Objectif Pédagogique | | --- | --- | --- | | Axe 1 | Se connaître, vivre et grandir avec son corps | Relation à soi-même, compréhension des évolutions physiques et émotionnelles. | | Axe 2 | Rencontrer les autres, construire des relations | Épanouissement relationnel, respect mutuel, amitié, amour et consentement. | | Axe 3 | Trouver sa place dans la société | Liberté, responsabilité, droits, citoyenneté et égalité genres. |

      Principes directeurs

      Équilibre santé et citoyenneté : Le programme vise le développement de l'esprit critique pour permettre des choix favorables à sa santé et à celle d'autrui.

      Approche scientifique et objective : Les contenus s'appuient sur des données validées et non sur des jugements de valeur ou des opinions personnelles d'adultes.

      Respect de l'intime : L'école ne traite pas des pratiques sexuelles privées, mais fournit des repères définitionnels et comportementaux.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Cadre Juridique et Protection des Mineurs

      La minute du juriste précise les fondements légaux entourant la sexualité des mineurs en France :

      Majorité sexuelle (15 ans) : Seuil à partir duquel un mineur peut consentir à des relations avec un majeur, hors position d'autorité de ce dernier.

      Loi du 21 avril 2021 :

      ◦ Crée un seuil de non-consentement pour les moins de 15 ans face à un majeur (le consentement est juridiquement inopérant).     ◦ Introduit la clause "Roméo et Juliette" (pas de pénalisation si l'écart d'âge est inférieur à 5 ans, hors inceste ou contrainte).   

      ◦ Renforce la lutte contre la "sextorsion" et l'incitation de mineurs à des pratiques sexuelles en ligne.

      Définition du consentement : Il doit être volontaire, libre, éclairé, spécifique, réversible, exprimé et perçu.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Modalités de Mise en Œuvre et Pilotage

      La réussite du programme repose sur un engagement collectif et une organisation anticipée.

      Rôles des acteurs

      Chefs d'établissement et directeurs d'école : Pilotes de la mise en œuvre, ils constituent des équipes inter-catégorielles, assurent la communication avec les parents et garantissent la protection des personnels.

      Équipes pédagogiques : Travail interdisciplinaire (SVT, Lettres, Philosophie, EPS, EMC, etc.).

      Personnels sociaux et de santé : Rôle central d'expertise et de co-animation.

      Partenaires extérieurs : Les interventions associatives (prioritairement au second degré) doivent être agréées et préparées conjointement avec l'école.

      Leviers opérationnels

      Temps dédiés : Utilisation des heures de vie de classe, de l'enseignement moral et civique (EMC) ou intégration transversale dans les disciplines.

      Instances de coordination : Conseil d'école, conseil pédagogique, CESCE (Comité d'éducation à la santé, à la citoyenneté et à l'environnement) et instances de liaison école-collège.

      Label ÉduSanté : Promotion du développement des compétences psychosociales.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Accompagnement, Formation et Communication

      Le ministère déploie un dispositif de soutien complet pour lever les freins (peurs des familles, manque de légitimité ressenti par les enseignants).

      Dispositif de formation

      Plan National de Formation (PNF) : Formations pour les pilotes et formateurs académiques dès mars 2025.

      Parcours Magistère : Cinq modules d'auto-formation pour tous les personnels.

      Ressources pédagogiques : Publication de livrets par niveau proposant trois séances types et des pistes d'activités disciplinaires (disponibles sur Éduscol).

      Stratégies de communication

      Transparence avec les familles : Utilisation de plaquettes d'information, de foires aux questions (FAQ) et de capsules vidéo pour expliciter les contenus et rassurer sur l'adaptation aux âges.

      Gestion des contestations : Dialogue en première intention, avec possibilité de s'appuyer sur les cellules "Valeurs de la République" des rectorats. Le document souligne que cet enseignement est obligatoire et soumis à l'obligation d'assiduité.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Synthèse des Perspectives

      L'introduction de ce programme est perçue comme une « opportunité institutionnelle » pour l'école républicaine. Au-delà de la prévention, les enjeux sont multiples :

      1. Culture commune : Offrir un espace de réflexion sur des notions complexes (intimité, consentement, respect).

      2. Équité territoriale : Garantir que chaque élève reçoive la même éducation, quel que soit son lieu de scolarisation.

      3. Intelligence collective : Encourager l'inventivité pédagogique des équipes pour accueillir la parole des élèves tout en respectant le cadre de la transmission des connaissances.

      « Ce programme ne porte pas atteinte à la vie privée des élèves... il n'est pas là pour imposer un modèle de bonheur... il est là pour faire réfléchir les élèves et réfléchir avec eux. » — Franck Durbage, IGESR honoraire.

    1. Santé et bien-être des élèves : Vers une École Promotrice de Santé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les interventions et les conclusions issues de l'émission « Opériscope » de l'IH2EF consacrée à la santé et au bien-être des élèves.

      Il détaille les cadres institutionnels, les fondements scientifiques et les modalités de mise en œuvre sur le terrain.

      Synthèse de la problématique

      La santé et le bien-être ne sont plus considérés comme des préoccupations périphériques à l'école, mais comme des conditions essentielles de la réussite scolaire.

      L'institution s'éloigne d'une vision purement médicale pour adopter une approche globale et systémique. La stratégie nationale s'appuie sur deux piliers : le Parcours Éducatif de Santé (PES) et la démarche École Promotrice de Santé (EPSA).

      L'enjeu majeur est de passer d'actions ponctuelles à une culture d'établissement durable, intégrant le développement des compétences psychosociales (CPS), l'amélioration du climat scolaire et une coopération étroite avec les partenaires territoriaux.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadres conceptuels et institutionnels

      Une vision globale de la santé

      Conformément à la définition de l'OMS, la santé à l'école est perçue comme un état de complet bien-être physique, mental et social.

      Lien avec la réussite : Les données (Talis, OCDE, Cnesco) confirment que le stress et le mal-être pèsent sur les apprentissages. Inversement, un environnement favorable réduit l'absentéisme et améliore la concentration.

      Engagement des personnels : Le bien-être des enseignants, lié à leur sentiment de reconnaissance, est indissociable de la qualité du climat scolaire.

      Le Parcours Éducatif de Santé (PES)

      Le PES structure l'accompagnement de l'élève de la maternelle au lycée autour de trois axes :

      1. Éducation à la santé : Développer des connaissances et des capacités pour faire des choix éclairés.

      2. Prévention : Agir sur les facteurs de risque (conduites à risque, écrans, alimentation).

      3. Protection : Garantir un environnement sécurisant et orienter vers les soins si nécessaire.

      La démarche École Promotrice de Santé (EPSA)

      Lancée en 2020 en France (mais existant depuis 1995 à l'international), l'EPSA est une démarche systémique visant à :

      • Coordonner les actions de promotion de la santé préexistantes.

      • Améliorer l'environnement physique et social de la scolarité.

      • Favoriser les comportements favorables à la santé dès le plus jeune âge.

      La labellisation : Elle agit comme un catalyseur et un levier de reconnaissance des projets, plutôt que comme une fin en soi.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Les leviers de l'efficacité selon la recherche

      Karine Simar souligne que 30 ans de recul scientifique permettent d'identifier les critères d'une démarche « de qualité ».

      Les trois dimensions de l'efficacité (Référentiel Santé Publique France)

      Pratiques éducatives : Elles doivent être intégrées, positives, expérientielles et actives, combinant rituels et approches informelles.

      Environnement soutenant : Qualité des relations sociales et sécurité affective dans les espaces physiques.

      Démarche collective : Les actions doivent devenir un « objet commun » au sein de l'établissement, soutenu par une formation de qualité.

      Le projet "Alliance" : Un modèle de recherche-action

      Ce projet, couvrant 101 écoles et 10 000 élèves, a démontré l'importance de :

      Le diagnostic partagé : Identifier les problèmes spécifiques à chaque école, car « chaque école est unique ».

      Le protocole de signalement : Articuler le pédagogique et le médical (services de santé scolaire) selon la dégradation des indicateurs.

      La durabilité : Une étude sur 10 ans montre que la pérennité des projets dépend de l'implication collective dès le départ et de la planification des actions dans le temps.

      « 50 % des déterminants de la mise en œuvre d'une démarche de qualité sont en lien avec la qualité du travail collectif. »Karine Simar

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Mise en œuvre opérationnelle en établissement

      L'expérience de terrain montre que le passage à l'action nécessite une méthodologie rigoureuse pilotée par le chef d'établissement.

      Construction du diagnostic

      Il s'appuie sur des données fiables et croisées :

      • Bilans infirmiers et sociaux.

      • Indicateurs de vie scolaire (absentéisme, violences verbales, accidents).

      • Enquêtes locales de climat scolaire.

      • Auto-évaluation de l'établissement impliquant le conseil pédagogique et le CESCE.

      Transformation des espaces et des pratiques : Exemples concrets

      | Domaine | Action exemplaire | Impact attendu | | --- | --- | --- | | Espaces de vie | Aménagement d'un hall interdit en galerie d'art et lieu de mentorat. | Responsabilisation, sentiment d'appartenance, autonomie. | | Pédagogie | "Classe dehors", médiation artistique, innovation pédagogique. | Engagement, réduction du stress, plaisir d'apprendre. | | Climat scolaire | Installation d'un piano en libre-service, rénovation des toilettes. | Sécurité affective, entraide entre pairs, bien-être quotidien. | | Citoyenneté | Formations GQS (Gestes qui sauvent), PSC1, dispositif Sentinelles (PHARE). | Solidarité, pouvoir d'agir, engagement républicain. |

      Le rôle du chef d'établissement

      Il est le garant de la cohérence globale. Son action se décline en trois axes :

      1. Donner du sens : Inscrire la santé dans le projet d'établissement.

      2. Fédérer : Mobiliser les instances (CVC, CVL, CESCE) et coordonner les acteurs.

      3. Piloter et évaluer : Ajuster les actions en fonction des indicateurs de réussite et de participation.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Stratégie et pilotage à l'échelle départementale

      Christian Mindivé (DASEN) souligne l'urgence de traiter la dégradation de la santé psychique et physique des élèves (sédentarité, troubles du comportement dès la maternelle).

      Le Pôle Santé Départemental

      La création d'un pôle unique permet de dépasser le travail en « silos » :

      • Réunir médecins, psychologues, conseillers techniques et inspecteurs.

      • Apporter une réponse globale aux chefs d'établissement.

      • Accompagner le diagnostic et valider les ressources de formation.

      Observatoire de la santé mentale

      Cet outil novateur vise à objectiver les besoins du terrain à travers :

      • L'élaboration de questionnaires types.

      • L'expérimentation dans des réseaux de collèges/lycées cibles.

      • L'accompagnement opérationnel des protocoles nationaux.

      Synergie avec l'activité physique

      L'apprentissage est indissociable du mouvement.

      Objectif : Généraliser les 30 minutes d'activité physique quotidienne (APQ) et encourager les pédagogies actives.

      Partenariats : Coopération nécessaire entre l'UNSS, l'USEP et les collectivités territoriales pour l'accès aux équipements sportifs.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Partenariats et formation : Les clés de la réussite

      Une responsabilité partagée

      L'école ne peut agir seule. La frontière de sa responsabilité s'arrête là où commence le soin, mais elle doit collaborer avec :

      L'ARS et la CPAM : Pour les enjeux de prévention et de santé publique.

      La CAF : Pour le soutien à la parentalité et la coéducation.

      Les collectivités : Pour l'aménagement des locaux et les temps périscolaires.

      Enjeux de la formation

      Inter-catégorialité : Former ensemble enseignants, personnels de santé, agents et acteurs du périscolaire (ex: former les ATSEM avec les professeurs).

      Formation initiale et continue : La légitimité des acteurs doit se construire dès le début de la carrière à travers un curriculum dédié aux compétences psychosociales.

      Acculturation : Clarifier le rôle de chacun pour éviter que les enseignants ne se sentent investis d'une mission médicale qui n'est pas la leur.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion : Les prérequis d'une démarche durable

      Pour éviter l'écueil du « saupoudrage » ou des actions sans lendemain, quatre conseils majeurs ressortent :

      1. Le diagnostic préalable : Ne pas agir sans avoir identifié les besoins spécifiques du terrain.

      2. L'intégration au projet d'établissement : La santé doit être le socle, pas une option.

      3. La valorisation et la communication : Communiquer en interne et en externe pour stabiliser la nouvelle identité de l'établissement.

      4. L'écoute des acteurs : Placer le pouvoir d'agir des élèves et des équipes au centre du processus.

      « Prendre soin du bien-être, c'est agir sur la réussite et l'égalité des chances. »Sabine Carotti

    1. Briefing Doc : "Le parcours de l'élève au périscope" Source : Excerpts from the radio show "Le parcours de l'élève au périscope"

      Date de diffusion : 11 mars 2025

      Participants :

      • Jean-Marc Moulet : Inspecteur général de l'éducation, du sport et de la recherche
      • Philippe Montoya : IEN en scolarisation des élèves en situation de handicap, conseiller technique école inclusive du recteur de l'académie de Toulouse
      • Patrick Avogadro : Personnel de direction, Lycée professionnel Les Grippeaux (académie de Poitiers)
      • Noémie Olympio : Enseignante-chercheuse sur les trajectoires des élèves (LEST CNRS, Université Aix-Marseille)
      • Raphaël Mata Duvignot : Présentateur de la minute juris

      • Thème principal : Le parcours de l'élève, ses enjeux, les dispositifs d'accompagnement, les inégalités et les perspectives.

      Structure de l'émission (d'après l'extrait) :

      • Enjeux autour du parcours de l'élève : Définition, étapes clés, accompagnement du système éducatif, objectifs au-delà de l'insertion professionnelle, influence du territoire et position de la recherche.

      • Minute Juris : Présentation des cadres légaux et administratifs du parcours de l'élève (socle commun, redoublement, orientation, classes et groupes spécifiques).

      • Témoignages de terrain (Table ronde) : Expériences dans le premier et second degré, forces du système, enjeux territoriaux, discriminations, découverte des métiers, inclusion des élèves en situation de handicap, formation des enseignants et partenaires.

      • Minute Bibli : Présentation de ressources bibliographiques.

      Principaux thèmes et idées clés :

      1. Définition et complexité du parcours de l'élève :

      • Le parcours de l'élève englobe "tout ce qu'un élève va vivre à l'intérieur de l'école à l'extérieur de l'école pour se construire réussir son orientation et arriver à une insertion professionnelle la meilleure possible." (Jean-Marc Moulet)

      • Il existe une distinction avec les "parcours éducatifs" (réforme de 2008) qui sont plus axés sur les éducations transversales, au sein desquels figure le "parcours avenir", central pour l'orientation au collège.

      • Le parcours est différencié selon les niveaux (primaire, collège, lycée), avec des dispositifs spécifiques pour accompagner les difficultés (plans personnalisés au primaire, SEGPA au collège, spécialisations au lycée).

      • Au lycée (surtout professionnel), l'éventail des parcours s'élargit avec des secondes thématiques et des possibilités d'approfondissement ou d'immersion professionnelle en terminale.

      Le lycée général et technologique offre une multiplication des choix de disciplines et de couplages.

      • Le système éducatif accompagne via des heures dédiées à l'orientation dès la 4ème, l'accompagnement personnalisé au lycée et le rôle des équipes éducatives et des psychologues de l'Éducation nationale.

      2. Objectifs multiples du parcours :

      • L'objectif n'est pas uniquement l'insertion professionnelle, mais aussi la "fabrication de citoyens qui soient heureux" et la "diversification des possibles". (Jean-Marc Moulet)

      • Il s'agit de lutter contre le déterminisme social et les pressions de genre en élargissant le "panel des possibles" pour que les élèves se révèlent dans ce qui est le meilleur pour eux.

      • Le socle commun assure l'acquisition des compétences nécessaires à l'orientation pour tous les citoyens à la fin de la scolarité obligatoire.

      3. Personnalisation et choix :

      • L'idée est d'avoir un parcours "le plus personnalisé proche des envies possibles des jeunes". (Jean-Marc Moulet)
      • L'offre de choix est aujourd'hui beaucoup plus large qu'auparavant, correspondant à une plus grande diversité de profils.
      • La valorisation du lycée professionnel est un enjeu éducatif et économique fort, en lien avec les besoins du marché du travail.

      4. Influence du territoire et mobilité :

      • La proximité du secteur économique influence l'orientation.

      L'information sur l'orientation est déléguée aux régions (loi de 2018) pour tenir compte des enjeux économiques locaux et favoriser la mobilité régionale.

      • La mobilité des élèves est centrale, et informer sur les opportunités régionales peut engager certains élèves à s'y orienter.

      • Les projets éducatifs de territoire (PEDT) sont des leviers importants pour lutter contre les inégalités culturelles et favoriser la mobilité dès le primaire.

      • Des initiatives comme les cordées de la réussite et les internats d'excellence visent à pallier les inégalités territoriales et à élever les ambitions des élèves.

      5. Le regard de la recherche : Inégalités et déterminismes :

      • La notion de parcours renvoie aux "périodes charnières" (aménagements précoces, premiers paliers d'orientation en 3ème et seconde). (Noémie Olympio)

      • Malgré la volonté d'uniformité (tronc commun), le système est marqué par des "éléments d'inégalité" et un fort "déterminisme scolaire et social des trajectoires".

      • La performance scolaire en fin de primaire est un bon prédicteur des possibilités futures. L'orientation est socialement marquée (à performance égale, un enfant de parents diplômés du supérieur a plus de chances de faire un bac général).

      • Les données de la DEP (panel d'élèves) montrent l'importance du "capital informationnel des familles", du "niveau d'aspiration des familles" et du "maintien des aspirations" (phénomène de "refroidissement des aspirations" parfois non lié à la performance scolaire).

      • La "représentation de l'utilité des diplômes" est également inégalement répartie et corrélée à la résilience scolaire.

      • Le système actuel, avec des aménagements précoces (comme la SEGPA), peut rendre les trajectoires "peu réversibles" et socialement marquées.

      • Le "capital informationnel" se constitue par la catégorie socio-professionnelle, la représentation du monde, le rapport à la mobilité et les "stratégies éducatives des parents" (plus ou moins "opérantes").

      6. Cadre légal et administratif (Minute Juris) :

      • L'article L 111-1 du code de l'éducation garantit l'organisation des parcours en fonction des élèves.

      • Le socle commun de connaissances, de compétences et de culture (défini par la loi de 2005 et refondé en 2013) est au cœur du système et évalué à la fin de chaque cycle.

      • Le redoublement est un dispositif rare et exceptionnel (codifié à l'article L 31-7), privilégiant des stratégies de prévention et d'accompagnement.

      Il est interdit en maternelle. La décision fait l'objet d'un dialogue avec les familles et peut être contestée.

      • L'orientation scolaire (articles L331-7 et D331-31) est encadrée par des voies définies par arrêté ministériel et implique un dialogue entre familles et équipes pédagogiques. En cas de désaccord, une procédure de recours existe.

      • Des classes et groupes spécifiques (article D 332-5), comme les SEGPA (article D 332-7) et les ULIS (article L12-1), permettent un parcours différencié pour répondre aux besoins des élèves, y compris en situation de handicap.

      La différence de traitement basée sur les besoins n'est pas considérée comme une rupture d'égalité.

      • Le principe de mutabilité du service public d'éducation implique une innovation et un ajustement continu des pratiques pédagogiques.

      7. Témoignages de terrain et solutions :

      • Les parcours diffèrent déjà au primaire en fonction du territoire et des projets menés (y compris le temps périscolaire). La distance au collège et au lycée impacte également les parcours.

      • Les projets éducatifs de territoire (PEDT) et le regroupement de collectivités sont essentiels pour offrir des opportunités culturelles et de mobilité.

      • Les cordées de la réussite lient les collèges à des grandes écoles pour susciter l'ambition. Les internats d'excellence lèvent l'obstacle de la distance.

      • Les campus des métiers d'excellence (CMQ) favorisent la mobilité et le lien avec l'économie des territoires, en produisant des ressources pour les collèges (jeux, plateformes numériques, accueil).

      • Il est crucial de travailler sur l'ouverture du champ des possibles et le capital informationnel sans paternalisme, en s'appuyant sur des données fiables (taux d'employabilité, mobilité professionnelle).

      • La découverte des métiers dès la 5ème (voire plus tôt, comme dans les pays anglo-saxons) est essentielle pour contrer les déterminismes.

      La rencontre avec des professionnels a un impact déterminant (l'exemple d'une heure d'intervention d'une scientifique sur l'orientation des filles).

      • Des actions locales (forums des métiers, visites d'entreprises, mini-stages, stages de seconde) permettent aux élèves de découvrir la diversité des professions.

      • Le soutien au parcours dans les lycées professionnels (ateliers CV, rencontres avec des professionnels et anciens élèves) vise à faciliter l'insertion et la poursuite d'études.

      Le parcours différencié en fin d'année permet des stages de professionnalisation ou des ateliers de préparation à la vie étudiante.

      • La formation d'initiatives locales (FIL) rapproche les enseignants des différents niveaux pour harmoniser les attentes.

      8. Inclusion des élèves en situation de handicap :

      • La mobilité est un enjeu crucial, nécessitant des outils spécifiques (applications d'aide au déplacement).

      • L'ambition pour ces élèves doit être élevée (faible taux en lycée général et technologique). Il existe un "plafond de verre" à faire sauter.

      • Les universités et grandes écoles développent une forte dynamique inclusive (référents handicap, aménagements). La convention "A tout pour tous" à Toulouse et les initiatives pour les étudiants avec TSA sont des exemples.

      • Des plateformes d'accompagnement à l'inclusion professionnelle sont mises en place.

      • La connaissance des dispositifs par les enseignants est fondamentale. L'action "Enseignement supérieur et handicap, c'est possible" vise à informer.

      9. Formation des enseignants et partenaires :

      • Les psychologues de l'Éducation nationale et les CIO ont un rôle central.

      • Il est important d'associer les médecins de l'Éducation nationale pour anticiper les contre-indications dans certaines filières professionnelles.

      • La région (information, orientation mobile), l'ONISEP (compétences à s'orienter, plateforme "Avenir"), les professeurs principaux et les DDFPT (en lycée professionnel) sont des partenaires clés.

      • Le travail en équipe et en réseau (campus des métiers et des qualifications) est essentiel.

      • Il faut renforcer les partenariats entre le collège et le lycée, ainsi qu'avec l'enseignement supérieur (continuum Bac-3 / Bac+3).

      • La gestion algorithmique de l'orientation peut alimenter l'autocensure, nécessitant une meilleure explicitation des stratégies et des accompagnements pour les élèves les moins favorisés.

      • Le bureau des entreprises dans les lycées professionnels renforce le lien avec le monde du travail. Le réseau associatif peut apporter une expertise complémentaire.

      • Il est important de lier le stage de seconde aux expériences vécues au collège.

      Conclusion et perspectives (Jean-Marc Moulet) :

      • Le système éducatif évolue pour faciliter et mieux accompagner les parcours, en aidant les familles les plus fragiles.

      • L'objectif ne doit pas être uniquement l'insertion professionnelle, mais aussi la formation à la mobilité professionnelle et à la plasticité face aux évolutions du marché du travail.

      • La question du décrochage scolaire, souvent lié à des difficultés d'orientation, pourrait faire l'objet d'une prochaine table ronde.

      Ressources bibliographiques (Minute Biblie) :

      Rapport de l'Inspection générale sur la découverte des métiers au collège (mai 2024).

      Articles de Noémie Olympio sur l'orientation en lycée professionnel, les aspirations et le capital social et culturel.

      Site de l'ONISEP et plateforme "Avenir".

    1. Le Climat Scolaire : Enjeux Pédagogiques, Sociaux et Institutionnels

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise l'intervention de M. Canvel (septembre 2017) concernant le climat scolaire au sein de l'institution éducative française. Les points fondamentaux sont les suivants :

      Mutation de la profession : L'enseignement doit être perçu non plus comme un simple métier, mais comme une mission complexe visant à faire de l'élève l'adulte de demain.

      Priorité à l'apprentissage : Le climat scolaire n'est pas une fin en soi, mais une condition et un résultat de l'apprentissage. L'objectif premier de l'enseignant doit être de « faire apprendre » plutôt que d'« enseigner ».

      Lutte contre le décrochage : Le sentiment d'injustice, le désintérêt pour les matières et la qualité de la relation enseignant-élève sont les principaux leviers du décrochage scolaire, qualifié de « cancer de l'école ».

      Déficits institutionnels : Selon les données de l'OCDE, les enseignants français souffrent d'un manque de formation pédagogique et d'une insuffisance de coopération interprofessionnelle.

      Approche systémique : Le climat scolaire repose sur cinq piliers : relationnel, éducatif, sécurité, justice et appartenance.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La Mission de l'Enseignant et l'École comme Nation

      L'école est définie comme le « creuset de la République ». Avec 12 millions d'élèves, 24 millions de parents et plus d'un million de personnels, elle représente l'incarnation même de la nation.

      De la profession à la mission

      L'enseignement est un métier d'une complexité extrême, comparable aux parcours d'ingénieurs ou de médecins, car il traite de l'humain de manière collective.

      Un enseignant rencontrera entre 7 000 et 8 000 élèves au cours de sa carrière.

      L'investissement total dans cette mission est une nécessité absolue, car sans enseignants, il n'y a pas de jeunesse structurée pour l'avenir.

      « Enseigner » versus « Faire apprendre »

      Une distinction cruciale est opérée entre l'enseignement d'une discipline et l'acte de faire apprendre cette discipline aux élèves.

      L'expert : Se concentre sur l'observation de l'activité de l'élève et adapte son geste professionnel.

      L'enjeu : Un cours jugé « bon » par l'enseignant peut se solder par une absence totale d'apprentissage chez les élèves. L'interlocuteur prioritaire doit toujours rester l'élève et son cheminement mental.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Analyse du Décrochage et du Bien-être Scolaire

      Malgré une statistique positive (9 élèves sur 10 se disent satisfaits de l'école), le système scolaire fait face à des zones de rupture critiques.

      Les chiffres clés de la souffrance scolaire

      | Phénomène | Impact statistique | | --- | --- | | Élèves se déclarant harcelés | 1 sur 10 | | Sorties sans diplôme ni qualification | 1 sur 5 (soit environ 150 000 jeunes par an) | | Taille d'une génération d'élèves | 750 000 enfants |

      Les causes du décrochage (Étude Catherine Blaya)

      L'analyse des raisons invoquées par les décrocheurs révèle une responsabilité directe de l'institution et de ses acteurs :

      1. Désintérêt pour la matière (17 %) : Souvent lié à un défaut de lien entre la discipline et l'élève.

      2. Relation au professeur (15,5 %) : Une rencontre négative peut être le déclencheur d'un processus irréversible.

      3. Désamour de l'école (13,7 %) : Souvent lié à la peur (harcèlement) et au manque de sécurité.

      4. Sentiment d'être mal aimé (7 %) : Blessures liées aux appréciations sur les bulletins scolaires.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Le Climat Scolaire : Une Approche Théorique et Systémique

      Le climat scolaire n'est pas une simple perception individuelle, mais un jugement collectif et subjectif porté par les élèves, les parents et les éducateurs sur leur expérience de vie à l'école.

      La théorie de la complexité appliquée à la classe

      S'appuyant sur les travaux d'Edgar Morin, le climat scolaire est analysé selon trois axes :

      L'imprévisibilité : L'humain est imprévisible ; l'erreur de l'enseignant fait partie du système.

      La récursivité : Les apprentissages améliorent le climat, et un bon climat favorise les apprentissages. C'est une boucle rétroactive permanente.

      La totalité : Un établissement n'est pas la simple somme des classes qui le composent. Un incident dans un couloir peut déstabiliser l'ensemble du système (effet papillon).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Les Cinq Facteurs Constitutifs du Climat Scolaire

      Le climat scolaire est un matériau composite façonné par l'homme.

      | Facteur | Description et enjeux | | --- | --- | | Relationnel | Qualité de l'accueil, propreté des sanitaires (besoin primaire), et qualité de la restauration. | | Éducatif | Cohérence des valeurs partagées par l'ensemble des adultes (enseignants, direction, agents). | | Sécurité | Attention portée à l'autre par l'adulte de référence, présence dans les couloirs et la cour. | | Justice | Perception d'équité. 70 % des élèves jugent l'école injuste, souvent à cause de sanctions inexpliquées. | | Appartenance | Sentiment d'être contributeur d'un projet collectif et d'une communauté éducative. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Critiques et Leviers d'Amélioration Institutionnels

      L'analyse souligne des lacunes majeures dans le système français, notamment via les rapports de l'OCDE (Eric Charbonnier).

      Les points de faiblesse

      Formation pédagogique : Les enseignants français seraient parmi les moins bien formés à la pédagogie (comment mettre les élèves au travail) par rapport à la didactique.

      Coopération interprofessionnelle : Travailler ensemble est jugé « très insuffisant ». La collaboration entre pairs est pourtant un facteur clé de la réussite des élèves.

      Isolement : Le modèle français repose trop sur le diplôme initial, au détriment de la formation continue tout au long de la carrière.

      Recommandations pour les personnels

      Pratiquer l'éthologie scolaire : Observer l'élève au travail plutôt que de se focaliser sur sa propre prestation.

      Investir le « Devoirs Faits » : Se mettre « côte à côte » avec l'élève pour comprendre son cheminement mental, une pratique trop souvent réservée aux classes préparatoires.

      Sortir de l'entre-soi : Éviter l'enfermement en salle des professeurs ; aller à la rencontre des CPE, des agents et vivre une journée dans la peau d'un élève pour comprendre la « totalité » de l'établissement.

      Recherche et formation : Adopter une posture d'enseignant-chercheur, en utilisant les outils comme les enquêtes locales de climat scolaire et les ressources ministérielles (Eduscol).

      Conclusion

      La violence scolaire la plus insidieuse est l'incapacité irréversible d'un enfant à apprendre.

      Le rôle de l'enseignant est de garantir les conditions de cet apprentissage par la construction d'un climat de confiance.

      Comme le souligne l'intervention, l'école ne doit pas faire de mal ; elle doit accompagner, sécuriser et inclure chaque élève dans une dynamique collective de réussite.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a mechanistic study that provides new insights into the inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Mpro.

      Strengths:

      The identification of dimer interface stabilization/destabilization as distinct inhibitory mechanisms and the discovery of C300 as a potential allosteric site for ebselen are important contributions to the field. The experimental approach is modern, multi-faceted, and generally well-executed.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weaknesses relate to linking the biophysical observations more directly to functional enzymatic outcomes and providing more quantitative rigor in some analyses. While the study is overall strong, addressing its weaknesses and limitations would elevate the impact and translational relevance of the current manuscript.

      (1) Correlation with Functional Activity:

      The most significant gap is the lack of direct enzymatic activity assays under the exact conditions used for MS and HDX. While EC50 values are listed from literature, demonstrating how the observed dimer stabilization (by peptidomimetics) or dimer disruption (by ebselen) directly correlates with inhibition of proteolytic activity in the same experimental setup would solidify the functional relevance of the biophysical observations. For instance, does the fraction of monomer measured by native MS quantitatively predict the loss of activity? Also, the single inhibitor concentration used in each MS experiment needs to be specified in the main text and legends. A discussion on whether the inhibitor concentrations required to observe these dimerization effects (in native MS) or structural dynamics (in HDX-MS) align with EC50 values would be helpful for contextualizing the findings.

      (2) For the two Cys residues found to be targeted by ebselen, what are their respective modification stoichiometry related to the ebselen concentration? Especially for the covalent binding site C300, which is proposed in this study to represent a novel allosteric inhibition mechanism of ebselen, more direct experimental evidence is needed to support this major hypothesis. Does mutation or modification of C300 affect the Mpro dimerization/monomer equilibrium and alter the enzymatic activity? If ebselen acts as a covalent inhibitor linked to multiple Cys, why is its activity only in the uM range?

      (3) For the allosteric inhibitor pelitinib with low-uM activity, no significant differences in deuterium uptake of Mpro were observed. In terms of the binding affinity, what is the difference between pelitinib and ebselen? Some explanations could be provided about the different HDX-MS results between the two non-peptidomimetic inhibitors with similar activities.

      (4) Native MS Quantification:

      The analysis of monomer-dimer ratios from native MS spectra appears qualitative or semi-quantitative. A more rigorous and quantified analysis of the percentage of dimer/monomer species under each condition, with statistical replicates, would strengthen the equilibrium shift claims. For native MS analysis of each inhibitor, the representative spectrum can be shown in the main figure together with quantified dimer/monomer fractions from replicates to show significance by statistical tests.

      (5) Changes of HDX rates in certain regions seem very subtle. For example, as it states 'residues 296-304 in the C-terminal region of M pro were more flexible upon ebselen binding (Figure 4c)', the difference is barely observable. The percentage of HDX rate changes between two conditions (with p values) can be specified in the text for each fragment discussed, and any change below 5% or 10% is negligible.

    2. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Since dimerization is essential for SARS-CoV-2 Mpro enzymatic activity, the authors investigated how different classes of inhibitors, including peptidomimetic inhibitors (PF-07321332, PF-00835231, GC376, boceprevir), non-peptidomimetic inhibitors (carmofur, ebselen, and its analog MR6-31-2), and allosteric inhibitors (AT7519 and pelitinib), influence the Mpro monomer-dimer equilibrium using native mass spectrometry. Further analyses with isotope labeling, HDX-MS, and MD simulations examined subunit exchange and conformational dynamics. Distinct inhibitory mechanisms were identified: peptidomimetic inhibitors stabilized dimerization and suppressed subunit exchange and structural flexibility, whereas ebselen covalently bound to a newly identified site at C300, disrupting dimerization and increasing conformational dynamics. This study provides detailed mechanistic evidence of how Mpro inhibitors modulate dimerization and structural dynamics. The newly identified covalently binding site C300 represents novelty as a druggable allosteric hotspot.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript investigates how different classes of inhibitors modulate SARS-CoV-2 main protease dimerization and structural dynamics, and identifies a newly observed covalent binding site for ebselen.

      Weaknesses:

      The major concern is the absence of mutagenesis data to support the proposed inhibitory mechanisms, particularly regarding the role of the inhibitor binding site.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments and recognition of our study. We agree that mutagenesis experiments are very helpful to validate the proposed mechanisms. We will perform site-directed mutagenesis of the key residue C300 and assess the effects of those C300 mutants on dimerization and enzymatic activity of Mpro, and integrate the results and discussion into the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a mechanistic study that provides new insights into the inhibition of SARS-CoV-2 Mpro.

      Strengths:

      The identification of dimer interface stabilization/destabilization as distinct inhibitory mechanisms and the discovery of C300 as a potential allosteric site for ebselen are important contributions to the field. The experimental approach is modern, multi-faceted, and generally well-executed.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments and recognition of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weaknesses relate to linking the biophysical observations more directly to functional enzymatic outcomes and providing more quantitative rigor in some analyses. While the study is overall strong, addressing its weaknesses and limitations would elevate the impact and translational relevance of the current manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the comments that are very helpful for improving the quality and impact of our manuscript.

      (1) Correlation with Functional Activity:

      The most significant gap is the lack of direct enzymatic activity assays under the exact conditions used for MS and HDX. While EC50 values are listed from literature, demonstrating how the observed dimer stabilization (by peptidomimetics) or dimer disruption (by ebselen) directly correlates with inhibition of proteolytic activity in the same experimental setup would solidify the functional relevance of the biophysical observations. For instance, does the fraction of monomer measured by native MS quantitatively predict the loss of activity? Also, the single inhibitor concentration used in each MS experiment needs to be specified in the main text and legends. A discussion on whether the inhibitor concentrations required to observe these dimerization effects (in native MS) or structural dynamics (in HDX-MS) align with EC50 values would be helpful for contextualizing the findings.

      We thank the reviewer for the points and agree that directly linking our biophysical observations to functional outcomes under identical conditions would be more meaningful. We will perform enzymatic activity assays to investigate whether the fraction of monomer measured by native MS can predict the loss of activity. The inhibitor concentrations used in each MS experiment will be explicitly stated in the main text and figure legends, and we will also discuss how these concentrations relate to the EC50/IC50 values, providing content for the biophysical observations.

      (2) For the two Cys residues found to be targeted by ebselen, what are their respective modification stoichiometry related to the ebselen concentration? Especially for the covalent binding site C300, which is proposed in this study to represent a novel allosteric inhibition mechanism of ebselen, more direct experimental evidence is needed to support this major hypothesis. Does mutation or modification of C300 affect the Mpro dimerization/monomer equilibrium and alter the enzymatic activity? If ebselen acts as a covalent inhibitor linked to multiple Cys, why is its activity only in the uM range?

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comments. To address the stoichiometry of ebselen modification, we will further analyze the data and discuss accordingly. To display more direct evidence of C300 as a novel allosteric inhibition site of ebselen, we will perform site-directed mutagenesis and investigate whether these C300 mutants affect the Mpro dimerization and enzymatic activity. Regarding the modification of C300, several independent studies have been cited in this manuscript and showed that oxidation (by glutathione, Davis et., 2021) or chemical modification of C300 (by glutathione bismuth drugs, Tao et al., 2021, and Tixocortol, Davis et., 2024) leads to Mpro inactivation and promotes monomer formation. We will cite and further discuss these studies in the Discussion. The µM-range activity of ebselen can be explained by its multi-target covalent binding to multiple cysteines. The variable efficacy of cysteine modification may account for ebselen's moderate potency, as not all modifications equally inhibit their targets.

      (3) For the allosteric inhibitor pelitinib with low-uM activity, no significant differences in deuterium uptake of Mpro were observed. In terms of the binding affinity, what is the difference between pelitinib and ebselen? Some explanations could be provided about the different HDX-MS results between the two non-peptidomimetic inhibitors with similar activities.

      Pelitinib has non-covalent binding with Mpro, while the binding between ebselen and Mpro is covalent. We will add some explanations and discussion about their different HDX-MS results in the revised version.

      (4) Native MS Quantification:

      The analysis of monomer-dimer ratios from native MS spectra appears qualitative or semi-quantitative. A more rigorous and quantified analysis of the percentage of dimer/monomer species under each condition, with statistical replicates, would strengthen the equilibrium shift claims. For native MS analysis of each inhibitor, the representative spectrum can be shown in the main figure together with quantified dimer/monomer fractions from replicates to show significance by statistical tests.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, and we will perform a more rigorous and quantitative analysis of the monomer-dimer equilibrium. For each condition (unbound Mpro and Mpro bound to each inhibitor), native MS experiments will be shown in triplicate. As suggested, we will include a representative native MS spectrum for each condition. The quantified monomer/dimer ratios from replicates will be added. The results with statistical analysis will be provided to show significance.

      (5) Changes of HDX rates in certain regions seem very subtle. For example, as it states 'residues 296-304 in the C-terminal region of M pro were more flexible upon ebselen binding (Figure 4c)', the difference is barely observable. The percentage of HDX rate changes between two conditions (with p values) can be specified in the text for each fragment discussed, and any change below 5% or 10% is negligible.

      We agree with the reviewer about the need for quantitative rigor in reporting HDX changes. We will calculate the fractional deuterium uptake difference for each peptide fragment discussed in the text between the inhibitor-bound and unbound states. These values, along with their statistical significance (p-values from a two-tailed t-test), will be provided in the revised figures.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have adequately addressed all of my concerns. I have no further questions or concerns.

      We thank the Reviewer #1. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      We thank the Reviewer #2 for thoughtful recommendations.

      (1) Figure 1A, 1B, 2B, 2C, etc.: The Y-axis label is confusing. I assume the intention was to make big numbers small by dividing by 1000. The comma makes the label confusing. Perhaps, make the label more "mathematical" as in "Avp density ((transcript/µm2) * 10-3)" or rearrange the math to be clearer as in "Avp density (transcript/1000 per µm2)".

      Great suggestion and done exactly as suggested in Figures 1, 2 and 4.

      (2) Figure 1B and 1C: The figure and legend do not match up. Either switch the figures or the legends. Currently, legend 1B describes image 1C.

      Agreed and done as suggested.

      (3) Figure 2A is broken up into separate pages/panels. It could be integrated better or separated to make A and B, then shift B and C to C and D.

      Great suggestion and we have done exactly as suggested.

      (4) Figure 2 legend: I recommend putting the scale bar info with (A) rather than at the end. The stars used in the figure are not explained in the legend.

      Good points. We have made all necessary changes as suggested.

      (5) Supplementary Figure 1B: The legend states that the data are the number of transcript-containing cells, but the figure states transcript number.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this typo. We corrected all graph legends in the Supplementary Figure 1.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      RNA modification has emerged as an important modulator of protein synthesis. Recent studies found that mRNA can be acetylated (ac4c), which can alter mRNA stability and translation efficiency. The role of ac4c mRNA in the brain has not been studied. In this paper, the authors convincingly show that ac4c occurs selectively on mRNAs localized at synapses, but not cell wide. The ac4c "writer" NAT10 is highly expressed in hippocampal excitatory neurons. Using NAT10 conditional KO mice, decreasing levels of NAT10 resulted in decreases in ac4c of mRNAs and also showed deficits in LTP and spatial memory. These results reveal a potential role for ac4c mRNA in memory consolidation.

      This is a new type of mRNA regulation that seems to act specifically at synapses, which may help elucidate the mechanisms of local protein synthesis in memory consolidation. Overall, the studies are well carried out and presented. The precise mRNAs that require ac4c to carry out memory consolidation is not clear, but is an important focus of future work. The specificity of changes occurring only at the end of training, rather than after each day of training is interesting and also warrants further investigation. This timeframe is puzzling because the authors show that ac4c can dynamically increase within 1hr after cLTP.

      Strengths:

      (1) The studies show that mRNA acetylation (ac4c) occurs selectively at mRNAs localized to synaptic compartments (using synaptoneurosome preps).

      (2) The authors identify a few key mRNAs acetylated involved in plasticity and memory - eg Arc.

      (3) The authors show that Ac4c is induced by learning and neuronal activity (cLTP).

      (4) The studies show that the ac4c "writer" NAT10 is expressed in hippocampal excitatory neurons and may relocated to synapses after cLTP/learning induction.

      (5) The authors used floxed NAT10 mice injected with AAV-Cre in the hippocampus (NAT10 cKO) to show that NAT10 may play a role in LTP maintenance and memory consolidation (using the Morris Water Maze).

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The NAT10 cKO mice are useful to test the causal role of NAT10 in ac4a and plasticity/memory but all the experiments used AAV-CRE injections in the dorsal hippocampus that showed somewhat modest decreases in total NAT10 protein levels. For these experiments, it would be better to cross the NAT10 floxed animals to CRE lines where better knock down of NAT10 can be achieved postnatally in specific neurons, with less variability.

      (2) Because knock down is only modest (~50%), it is not clear if the remaining ac4c on mRNAs is due to remaining NAT10 protein or due to alternative writer (as the authors pose).

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) The authors use a confusing timeline for their behavioral experiments, i.e., day 1 is the first day of training in the MWM, and day 6 is the probe trial, but in reality, day 6 is the first day after the last training day. So this is really day 1 post-training, and day 20 is 14 days post-training.

      We have revised the timeline accordingly. Briefly, mice were trained in the Morris water maze (MWM) with a hidden platform for five consecutive days (training days 1–5). Probe tests were then conducted on day 6 and day 20, which correspond to post-training day 1 and post-training day 15, respectively. We clearly stated as such in the revised manuscript (see results, line 108 – 113) and figure S1 (see figure legend, line 1747 – 1749).

      (2) The authors inaccurately use memory as a term. During the training period in the MWM, the animals are learning, while memory is only probed on day 6 (after learning). Thus, day 6 reflects memory consolidation processes after learning has taken place.

      We have revised the manuscript to distinguish between "learning" and "memory". We refer to the performance during the 5-day training period as "spatial learning" and restrict the term "memory" to the probe tests on day 6, which reflect memory consolidation after learning has taken place.

      (3) The NAT10 cKO mice are useful... but all the experiments used AAV-CRE injections in the dorsal hippocampus that showed somewhat modest decreases... For these experiments, it would be better to cross the NAT10 floxed animals to CRE lines where a better knockdown of NAT10 can be achieved, with less variability.

      We want to clarify the reason for using AAV-Cre injection rather than Cre lines. Indeed, we attempted to generate Nat10 conditional knockouts by crossing Nat10<sup>flox/flox</sup> mice with several CNS-specific Cre lines. Crossing with Nestin-Cre and Emx1-Cre resulted in embryonic and premature lethality, respectively, consistent with the essential housekeeping function of NAT10 during neurodevelopment. We will use the Camk2α-Cre line which starts to express Cre after postnatal 3 weeks specifically in hippocampal pyramidal neurons (Tsien et al., 1996).

      (4) Because knockdown is only modest (~50%), it is not clear if the remaining ac4c on mRNAs is due to remaining NAT10 protein or due to an alternative writer (as the authors pose).

      Our results suggest the existence of alternative writers. As shown in Figure 6D, we identified a population of "NAT10-independent" MISA mRNAs (present in MISA but not downregulated in NASA). Remarkably, these mRNAs possess a consensus motif (RGGGCACTAACY) that is fundamentally different from the canonical NAT10 motif (AGCAGCTG). This distinct motif usage suggests that the residual ac4C signals are not merely due to incomplete knockdown of NAT10, but reflect the activity of other, as-yet-unidentified ac4C writers. We will perform ac4C immunostaining in Nat10-reporter mice which express red fluorescent proteins in Nat10-positive cells. The results that ac4C is expressed in both Nat10-positive and negative cells will support the presence of as-yet-unidentified ac4C writers.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) It is known that synaptosomes are contaminated with glial tissue... So the candidate mRNAs identified by acRIP-seq might also be mixed with glial mRNAs. Are the GO BP terms shown in Figure 3A specifically chosen, or unbiasedly listed for all top ones?

      This reviewer is correct that some ac4C-mRNAs identified by acRIP-seq from the synaptosomes are highly expressed in astrocytes, such as Aldh1l1, ApoE, Sox9 and Aqp4 (see list of ac4C-mRNAs in the synaptosomes, Table S3). In agreement, we found that NAT10 was also expressed in astrocyte in addition to neurons. We have provided a representative image showing NAT10-Cre expression in astrocytes in the revised manuscript (Figure 4F and H). In the figure 3A of original submission, we showed 10 out of 16 top BP items for MISA mRNAs. In the figure 3A of revised manuscript, we showed all the top 16 BP items for MISA mRNAs, which are unbiasedly chosen (also see Table S4).

      (2) Where does NAT10-mediated mRNA acetylation take place within cells generally? Is there evidence that NAT10 can catalyze mRNA acetylation in the cytoplasm?

      The previous studies from non-neuronal cells showed that NAT10 can catalyze mRNA acetylation in the cytoplasm and enhance translational efficiency (Arango et al., 2018; Arango et al., 2022). In this study, we showed that mRNA acetylation occurred both in the homogenates and synapses (see ac4C-mRNA lists in Table S2 and S3). However, spatial memory upregulated mRNA acetylation mainly in the synapses rather than in the homogenates (Fig. 2 and Fig. S2).

      (3) "The NAT10 proteins were significantly reduced in the cytoplasm (S2 fraction) but increased in the PSD fraction..." The small increase in synaptic NAT10 might not be enough to cause a decrease in soma NAT10 protein level.

      We showed that the NAT10 protein levels were increased by one-fold in the PSD fraction, but were reduced by about 50% in the cytoplasm after memory formation (Fig. 5J and K). The protein levels of NAT10 in the homogenates and nucleus were not altered after memory formation (Fig. 5F and I). Due to these facts, we hypothesized that NAT10 proteins may have a relocation from cytoplasm to synapses after memory formation, which was also supported by the immunofluorescent results from cultured neurons (Fig. S4). However, we agree with this reviewer that drawing such a conclusion may require the time-lapse imaging of NAT10 protein trafficking in living animals, which is technically challenging at this moment.

      (4) It is difficult to separate the effect on mRNA acetylation and protein mRNA acetylation when doing the loss of function of NAT10.

      This is a good point. We agree with this reviewer that NAT10 may acetylate both mRNA and proteins. We examined the acetylation levels of a-tubulin and histone H3, two substrate proteins of NAT10 in the hippocampus of Nat10 cKO mice. As shown in Fig S5C, E, and F, the acetylation levels of a-tubulin and histone H3 remained unchanged in the Nat10 cKO mice, likely due to the compensation by other protein acetyltransferases. In contrast, mRNA ac4C levels were significantly decreased in the Nat10 cKO mice (Figure S5G–H). These results suggest that the memory deficits seen in Nat10 cKO mice may be largely due to the impaired mRNA acetylation. Nonetheless, we believe that developing a new technology which enables selective erasure of mRNA acetylation would be helpful to address the function of mRNA acetylation. We discussed these points in the MS (see discussion, line 582-589).

      Reference

      Arango, D., Sturgill, D., Alhusaini, N., Dillman, A. A., Sweet, T. J., Hanson, G., Hosogane, M., Sinclair, W. R., Nanan, K. K., & Mandler, M. D. (2018). Acetylation of cytidine in mRNA promotes translation efficiency. Cell, 175(7), 1872-1886. e1824.

      Arango, D., Sturgill, D., Yang, R., Kanai, T., Bauer, P., Roy, J., Wang, Z., Hosogane, M., Schiffers, S., & Oberdoerffer, S. (2022). Direct epitranscriptomic regulation of mammalian translation initiation through N4-acetylcytidine. Molecular cell, 82(15), 2797-2814. e2711.

      Tsien, J. Z., Chen, D. F., Gerber, D., Tom, C., Mercer, E. H., Anderson, D. J., Mayford, M., Kandel, E. R., & Tonegawa, S. (1996). Subregion-and cell type–restricted gene knockout in mouse brain. Cell, 87(7), 1317-1326.

    1. Briefing : Prévention des Addictions et Accompagnement des Jeunes (3-25 ans)

      Synthèse

      Ce document synthétise les enjeux actuels de la lutte contre les addictions chez les jeunes, tels que présentés par la Mission interministérielle de lutte contre les drogues et les conduites addictives (MILDECA).

      Le point central de cette analyse est la vulnérabilité biologique du cerveau des jeunes, qui ne finit sa maturation qu'aux alentours de 25 ans.

      Toute consommation prématurée altère le système nerveux et impacte directement la réussite scolaire et l'insertion sociale.

      La stratégie de prévention préconisée repose sur un changement de paradigme : s'éloigner des interventions ponctuelles pour privilégier le développement des compétences psychosociales (CPS) à travers des programmes probants évalués par la recherche.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. État des Lieux et Réalité des Addictions en France

      L'addiction est définie comme une dépendance psychique et comportementale liée à l'utilisation de substances psychoactives qui perturbent le système nerveux central.

      Contrairement aux idées reçues, le profil de l'addict n'est pas marginalisé ; il concerne l'ensemble de la population.

      Données de santé publique et coûts sociaux

      Les chiffres soulignent une problématique majeure de santé publique, souvent banalisée par rapport à d'autres crises sanitaires :

      Tabac : 75 000 décès par an.

      Alcool : 41 000 décès par an (soit un "demi-Covid" annuel récurrent).

      Coût social : L'alcool et le tabac coûtent chacun 120 milliards d'euros par an à la société, contre 10 milliards pour les autres drogues.

      Violences : L'alcool est impliqué dans plus d'un tiers des violences en général, et jusqu'à 80 % des violences faites aux femmes selon certains territoires.

      La banalisation culturelle

      La France présente des taux de consommation excessivement élevés. Un adulte sur quatre dépasse les repères de consommation à moindre risque (plus de 2 verres par jour ou 10 verres par semaine).

      Cette culture de l'alcool s'installe dès l'enfance, souvent au sein de la famille (initiation lors de fêtes familiales, usage de boissons type "Champomy" qui préparent au marketing de l'alcool).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Les Jeunes : Une Population à Haute Vulnérabilité

      L'adolescence est une période à risque marqué par le besoin de découverte de sensations et l'influence du groupe de pairs.

      Le cerveau en construction

      Le cerveau humain n'achève sa formation qu'à 25 ans.

      Toute consommation de substances psychoactives avant cet âge provoque des altérations cognitives durables, affectant directement les capacités d'apprentissage.

      Lien avec le décrochage scolaire

      Les addictions alimentent différentes formes de décrochage :

      1. Le décrochage discret : L'élève est présent physiquement mais désengagé, ses facultés étant altérées par les produits (ex: consommation de cannabis avant les cours).

      2. Le décrochage par l'échec : Malgré un travail réel, l'élève ne parvient plus à suivre en raison des effets cognitifs des substances.

      3. L'influence de l'environnement : Le manque de cadre protecteur familial et l'accessibilité trop aisée aux produits (vente interdite aux mineurs mal respectée) aggravent ces risques.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Analyse des Substances et Nouveaux Comportements

      | Substance / Comportement | État de la situation chez les jeunes | Risques et caractéristiques | | --- | --- | --- | | Alcool | 44 % d'expérimentation en 6ème ; 85 % à 17 ans. | Développement du binge drinking (API) ; consommation banalisée en famille. | | Tabac | En baisse constante (perçu comme cher, "odorant" et sans effet immédiat). | Le risque n'est pas proportionnel à la quantité : l'arrêt total est la seule protection réelle. | | Cannabis | 600 000 jeunes de 17 ans en situation de dépendance. | Teneur en THC beaucoup plus élevée qu'il y a 20 ans ; risques de psychose et mal-être accrus. | | Cocaïne | Diffusion croissante dans tous les milieux professionnels. | Risques cardiovasculaires graves (AVC) avant 50 ans ; absence de traitement médical de substitution. | | Protoxyde d'azote | Usage de plus en plus fréquent via de grandes bonbonnes industrielles. | Risques immédiats : brûlures, chutes, paralysies neurologiques graves. | | Jeux d'argent | Croissance de 30 à 40 % (paris sportifs, poker). | Marketing agressif ciblant les milieux défavorisés ; risque financier et isolement. | | Écrans / Jeux vidéo | Usage intensif (plus de 4h/jour pour les 15-24 ans). | Impact sur le sommeil et l'activité physique ; pas de lien direct systématique avec l'échec scolaire. |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. La Prévention par les Compétences Psychosociales (CPS)

      La MILDECA préconise de délaisser les "coups médiatiques" ou les interventions policières ponctuelles au profit du développement des CPS.

      Ce sont les capacités d'une personne à répondre aux épreuves de la vie et à maintenir un état de bien-être.

      Les trois piliers des CPS

      Cognitives : Prise de décision, auto-contrôle, pensée critique face au marketing.

      Émotionnelles : Régulation du stress, gestion des émotions, confiance en soi.

      Sociales : Empathie, communication, résistance à la pression des pairs.

      Programmes probants et évalués

      Plusieurs programmes ont démontré leur efficacité par des suivis longitudinaux de chercheurs :

      Tina et Tony (4-6 ans) : Activités ludiques en maternelle.

      Good Behavior Game (Élémentaire) : Travail sur le comportement en groupe.

      Unplug (12-14 ans) : 12 séances interactives en collège pour apprendre à dire non et décrypter les influences.

      Primavera : Programme de transition école-collège.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Recommandations pour les Professionnels et les Familles

      Posture éducative

      Changement de comportement des adultes : Le développement des CPS nécessite que les adultes incarnent eux-mêmes ces compétences (coopération, gestion non violente des conflits).

      Valorisation positive : La "prédiction de l'échec" par un enseignant peut enfermer l'élève dans un cercle vicieux. À l'inverse, une vision positive favorise la résilience.

      Lutte contre les contrevérités : Il est crucial de déconstruire l'idée que le cannabis est une "drogue douce" ou que l'alcool est inoffensif en milieu familial.

      Dispositifs d'aide

      CJC (Consultations Jeunes Consommateurs) : Accueil anonyme et gratuit pour les jeunes et leurs parents.

      Plateformes numériques :

      Faminum : Pour réguler l'usage des écrans en famille.    ◦ Maad Digital : Média d'information scientifique sur les addictions adapté aux jeunes.

      Programmes de soutien à la parentalité : Travailler la relation jeune-famille pour renforcer l'environnement protecteur.

      En conclusion, la prévention efficace ne consiste plus à parler uniquement des produits, mais à armer les jeunes de capacités relationnelles et émotionnelles leur permettant de faire des choix responsables face à un environnement de plus en plus incitatif.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This valuable study examines the role of E2 ubiquitin enzyme, Uev1a in tissue resistance to oncogenic RasV12 in Drosophila melanogaster polyploid germline cells and human cancer cell lines. The incomplete evidence suggests that Uev1a works with the E3 ligase APC/C to degrade Cyclin A, and the strength of evidence could be increased by addressing the expression of CycA in the ovaries and the uev1a loss of function in human cancer cells. This work would be of interest to researchers in germline biology and cancer.

      Thank you for your valuable assessment. The requested data on CycA expression (Figure 4E-G) and uev1a loss-of-function in human cancer cells (Figure 8 and Figure 8-figure supplement 2) have been added to the revised manuscript.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uncovers a protective role of the ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme variant Uev1A in mitigating cell death caused by over-expressed oncogenic Ras in polyploid Drosophila nurse cells and by RasK12 in diploid human tumor cell lines. The authors previously showed that overexpression of oncogenic Ras induces death in nurse cells, and now they perform a deficiency screen for modifiers. They identified Uev1A as a suppressor of this Ras-induced cell death. Using genetics and biochemistry, the authors found that Uev1A collaborates with the APC/C E3 ubiquitin ligase complex to promote proteasomal degradation of Cyclin A. This function of Uev1A appears to extend to diploid cells, where its human homologs UBE2V1 and UBE2V2 suppress oncogenic Ras-dependent phenotypes in human colorectal cancer cells in vitro and in xenografts in mice.

      Strengths:

      (1) Most of the data is supported by a sufficient sample size and appropriate statistics.

      (2) Good mix of genetics and biochemistry.

      (3) Generation of new transgenes and Drosophila alleles that will be beneficial for the community.

      We greatly appreciate your comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Phenotypes are based on artificial overexpression. It is not clear whether these results are relevant to normal physiology.

      Downregulation of Uev1A, Ben, and Cdc27 together significantly increased the incidence of dying nurse cells in normal ovaries (Figure 5-figure supplement 2), indicating that the mechanism we uncovered also protects nurse cells from death during normal oogenesis.

      (2) The phenotype of "degenerating ovaries" is very broad, and the study is not focused on phenotypes at the cellular level. Furthermore, no information is provided in the Materials and Methods on how degenerating ovaries are scored, despite this being the most important assay in the study.

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. We quantified the phenotype of nurse cell death using “degrading/total egg chambers per ovary”, not “degenerating ovaries”. Normal nurse cell nuclei exhibit a large, round morphology in DAPI staining (see the first panel in Figure 1D). During early death, they become disorganized and begin to condense and fragment (see the second panel in Figure 1D). In late-stage death, they are completely fragmented into small, spherical structures (see the third panel in Figure 1D), making cellular-level phenotypic quantification impossible. Since all nurse cells within the same egg chamber are interconnected, their death process is synchronous. Thus, quantifying the phenotype at the egg-chamber level is more practical than at the cellular level. We have added the description of this death phenotype and its quantification to the main text (Lines 104-108).

      (3) In Figure 5, the authors want to conclude that uev1a is a tumor-suppressor, and so they over-express ubev1/2 in human cancer cell lines that have RasK12 and find reduced proliferation, colony formation, and xenograft size. However, genes that act as tumor suppressors have loss-of-function phenotypes that allow for increased cell division. The Drosophila uev1a mutant is viable and fertile, suggesting that it is not a tumor suppressor in flies. Additionally, they do not deplete human ubev1/2 from human cancer cell lines and assess whether this increases cell division, colony formation, and xenograph growth.

      We apologize for any misleading description. We aimed to demonstrate that UBE2V1/2, like Uev1A in Drosophilanos>Ras<sup>G12V</sup>+bam-RNAi” germline tumors, suppress oncogenic KRAS-driven overgrowth in diploid human cancer cells. Importantly, this function of Uev1A and UBE2V1/2 is dependent on Ras-driven tumors; there is no evidence that they act as broad tumor suppressors in the absence of oncogenic Ras. Drosophila uev1a mutants were lethal, not viable (see Lines 135-137), and germline-specific knockdown of uev1a (nos>uev1a-RNAi) caused female sterility without inducing tumors. These findings suggest that Uev1A lacks tumor-suppressive activity in the Drosophila female germline in the absence of Ras-driven tumors. We have revised the manuscript to prevent misinterpretation. Furthermore, we have added data demonstrating that the combined knockdown of UBE2V1 and UBE2V2 significantly promotes the growth of KRAS-mutant human cancer cells, as suggested (Figure 8 and Figure 8-figure supplement 2).

      (4) A critical part of the model does not make sense. CycA is a key part of their model, but they do not show CycA protein expression in WT egg chambers or in their over-expression models (nos.RasV12 or bam>RasV12). Based on Lilly and Spradling 1996, Cyclin A is not expressed in germ cells in region 2-3 of the germarium; whether CycA is expressed in nurse cells in later egg chambers is not shown but is critical to document comprehensively.

      We appreciate your critical comment. CycA is a key cyclin that partners with Cdk1 to promote cell division (Edgar and Lehner, 1996). Notably, nurse cells are post-mitotic endocycling cells (Hammond and Laird, 1985) and typically do not express CycA (Lilly and Spradling, 1996) (see the last sentence, page 2518, paragraph 3 in this 1996 paper). However, their death induced by oncogenic Ras<sup>G12V</sup> is significantly suppressed by monoallelic deletion of either cycA or cdk1 (Zhang et al., 2024). Conversely, ectopic CycA expression in nurse cells triggers their death (Figure 4C, D). These findings suggest that polyploid nurse cells exhibit high sensitivity to aberrant division-promoting stress, which may represent a distinct form of cellular stress unique to polyploid cells. In the revised manuscript, we have provided the CycA-staining data, comparing its expression in normal nurse cells versus cells undergoing oncogenic Ras<sup>G12V</sup>-induced death (Figure 4E-G).

      (5) The authors should provide more information about the knowledge base of uev1a and its homologs in the introduction.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In the revised introduction, we have provided a more detailed description of Uev1A (Lines 72-79). Additionally, we have introduced its human homologs, UBE2V1 and UBE2V2, in the main text (Lines 143-145).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors performed a genetic screen using deficiency lines and identified Uev1a as a factor that protects nurse cells from RasG12V-induced cell death. According to a previous study from the same lab, this cell death is caused by aberrant mitotic stress due to CycA upregulation (Zhang et al.). This paper further reveals that Uev1a forms a complex with APC/C to promote proteasome-mediated degradation of CycA.

      In addition to polyploid nurse cells, the authors also examined the effect of RasG12V-overexpression in diploid germline cells, where RasG12V-overexpression triggers active proliferation, not cell death. Uev1a was found to suppress its overgrowth as well.

      Finally, the authors show that the overexpression of the human homologs, UBE2V1 and UBE2V2, suppresses tumor growth in human colorectal cancer xenografts and cell lines. Notably, the expression of these genes correlates with the survival of colorectal cancer patients carrying the Ras mutation.

      Strength:

      This paper presents a significant finding that UBE2V1/2 may serve as a potential therapy for cancers harboring Ras mutations. The authors propose a fascinating mechanism in which Uev1a forms a complex with APC/C to inhibit aberrant cell cycle progression.

      We greatly appreciate your comments.

      Weakness:

      The quantification of some crucial experiments lacks sufficient clarity.

      Thank you for highlighting this issue. We have provided more details regarding the quantification data in the revised manuscript.

      References

      Edgar, B.A., and Lehner, C.F. (1996). Developmental control of cell cycle regulators: a fly's perspective. Science 274, 1646-1652.

      Hammond, M.P., and Laird, C.D. (1985). Chromosome structure and DNA replication in nurse and follicle cells of Drosophila melanogaster. Chromosoma 91, 267-278.

      Lilly, M.A., and Spradling, A.C. (1996). The Drosophila endocycle is controlled by Cyclin E and lacks a checkpoint ensuring S-phase completion. Genes Dev 10, 2514-2526.

      Zhang, Q., Wang, Y., Bu, Z., Zhang, Y., Zhang, Q., Li, L., Yan, L., Wang, Y., and Zhao, S. (2024). Ras promotes germline stem cell division in Drosophila ovaries. Stem Cell Reports 19, 1205-1216.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The figure legends insufficiently describe the figures. One example is Figure 3, where there are no details in the figure legend about what conditions apply to each panel and each lane of the gels.

      For clarity and brevity, detailed experimental conditions are described in the Materials and Methods section. Figure legends therefore focus on summarizing the key findings. Thank you for your understanding!

      (2) The font size on the figure is too small.

      Thank you for your constructive suggestion. In response, we have enlarged all font sizes to improve readability.

      (3) There are places where the authors overstate their results, and there are issues with the clarity of the text:

      (3a) Lines 170: "excessive" is not appropriate. Their prior study showed a mild increase in proliferation.

      “Excessive” has been removed in the revised manuscript (Lines 215-216).

      (3b) Line 187-8: The authors should restate this sentence. Here's a possibility. Over-expression of Uev1a suppressed the phenotypes caused by CycA over-expression.

      This sentence has been restated as “Notably, this cell death was suppressed by co-overexpression of CycA and Uev1A, indicating a genetic interaction between them”. (Lines 229-231).

      (3c) Lines 266-7: The properties of Uev1a (ie, lacking a conserved Cys) should be in the introduction.

      This information has been added to the revised introduction (Lines 74-76).

      (3d) Line 318: "markedly" is an overstatement of the prior results.

      Our quantification data revealed that “nos>Ras<sup>G12V</sup>; bam<sup>-/-</sup>” ovaries are three times larger than “nos>GFP; bam<sup>-/-</sup>” control ovaries (see Figure 4A-C in Zhang et al., Stem Cell Reports 19, 1205-1216). Given this substantial difference, we think that using "markedly" is not an overstatement.

      (4) Data not shown occurs in a few places in the text. Given the ability to supply supplemental information in eLife preprints, these data should be shown.

      Thanks for your suggestion. All “not shown” data have been added to the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Comments

      (1) Cyclin A (CycA) is a key player in this study, but the authors do not provide evidence showing the upregulation of CycA following Ras overexpression in either polyploid or diploid cells. Data on CycA expression should be included.

      Thank you for your constructive suggestion. These data have been added to the revised manuscript (Figure 4E-G).

      (2) DNA replication stress, cellular senescence, and cell death should be assessed under Ras overexpression (RasOE) and RasOE + Uev1A RNAi conditions to support the model proposed in Figure 4F.

      We apologize for any confusion caused by our initial model. We do not have evidence that DNA replication stress and cellular senescence occur under these conditions. Cell death can be readily detected through the presence of fragmented nuclei and condensed DNA (see Figure 1D). The model has been updated accordingly (Figure 9E).

      (3) Appropriate controls should be performed alongside the experimental sets. The same nos>Ras+GFPi data set was repeatedly used in Figures 1I, 2B, 2H, and Figures 2, S2B, which is not ideal.

      All these experiments were performed under identical conditions. Therefore, we deem it appropriate to use the same control data across these analyses.

      (4) Overall, the microscopic images are too small and hard to see.

      Thank you for raising this important point. In the revised manuscript, all images and the font size on figures have been enlarged for improved clarity.

      (5) Figure 1H

      Why is the frequency of egg chamber degradation quite less in nos>RasG12V+GFP-RNAi (about 40%) than nos > RasG12V (about 80%)? And the authors do not show that there is a significant difference between those two conditions, although it should be there. We will need the explanation from the authors on why there is a difference here.

      These overexpression experiments were conducted using the GAL4/UAS system. While both “nos>Ras<sup>G12V</sup>+GFP-RNAi” and “nos>Ras<sup>G12V</sup>” contain a single nos-GAL4 driver, they differ in UAS copy number: the former incorporates two UAS elements compared to only one in the latter (see the detailed genotypes in Source data 2). These results demonstrate that UAS copy number impacts experimental outcomes in our system.

      In the previous paper (Zhang et al. (2024), Figure 7H shows that the frequency of egg chambers in nos>RasG12V is 33%, although this paper shows it as about 80%. There seems to be a difference in flies' age (previous paper: 7d, this paper: 3d), but this data raises the question of why nos>RasG12V shows more egg chamber degradation this time.

      We greatly appreciate your careful observation. The nurse-cell-death phenotype exhibits a spectrum from mild to severe manifestations [see Figure 1D and our response to weekness (2) in Reviewer #1’s public reviews]. While our 2024 paper exclusively quantified egg chambers with severe phenotypes as degrading, the current study included both mild and severe cases in this classification. We do not think fly age could account for this substantial phenotypic difference. A detailed description of the nurse-cell-death phenotype and its quantification have been added to the revised manuscript (Lines 104-108).

      In the following experiments, only nos>RasG12V+GFP-RNAi is used as a control (Figures 2B, H, S2B). I wonder if these results would give us a different conclusion if nos>RasG12V were used as a control.

      As explained above, the UAS copy number does matter in our analyses, so it is important to keep them identical for comparison.

      (6) In the abstract, the authors mention that uev1a is an intrinsic factor to protect cells from RasG12V-induced cell death. RasG12V does not induce much cell death of cystocytes with bam-gal4, whereas it induces a lot of nurse cells' death. Does it mean the intrinsic expression level of uev1a is low in nurse cells (or polyploid cells) compared to cystocytes (or diploid cells)?

      Overexpression of Ras<sup>G12V</sup> driven by bam-GAL4 exhibited only minimal nurse cell death (Figure 1D, E). Additionally, Uev1A exhibited low intrinsic expression levels in both cystocytes and nurse cells (Figure 3E and Figure 5-figure supplement 1).

      (7) Is uev1a-RNAi alone sufficient to induce egg chamber degradation? Or does it have any effect on ovarian development? (Related to question #1 in minor comments)

      While nos>uev1a-RNAi resulted in female sterility, it alone was insufficient to induce egg chamber degradation. However, simultaneous downregulation of Uev1A, Ben, and Cdc27 triggered significant egg chamber degradation (Figure 5-figure supplement 2).

      (8) Which stages of egg chambers get degraded with RasG12V induction?

      This is a good question. In our analyses, we noted that degrading egg chambers exhibited considerable size variability (Figure 1D). Because degradation disrupts normal morphological cues, precise staging of these egg chambers is nearly impossible.

      (9) I suggest testing the cellular senescence marker as well if the authors mention that CycA-degradation by Uev1a-APC/C complex prevents cellular senescence induced by RasG12V in a schematic image of Figure 4 (e.g., Dap/p21, SA-β-gal).

      As addressed in our response to your Major Comment (2), we lacked experimental evidence to support cellular senescence in this context. We have therefore revised the model accordingly (Figure 9E). While this study focuses specifically on cell death, investigating potential roles of cellular senescence remains an important direction for future research. Thank you for your suggestion!

      Minor Comments

      (1) Figure 1D: Df#7584

      It seems that the late-stage egg chamber is missing in this condition. Why does this occur without egg chamber degradation? Is there a possibility that we do not see egg chamber degradation because this deficiency line does not have a properly developed egg chamber that can have a degradation?

      While this image represents only a single sample, we have confirmed the presence of late-stage egg chambers in other samples. If “Df#7584/+” females were unable to support late-stage egg chamber development, complete sterility would be expected due to the lack of mature eggs. However, as shown in this image (Figure 1D), the ovary contains mature eggs, and the “Df#7584/+” fly strain remains fertile.

      (2) Based on the results that DDR signaling functions as keeping egg chambers from degradation, the authors may be better to check the DNA-damage markers in nos>RasG12V, nos>RasG12V +uev1a. (e.g. γ-H2AX)

      Thank you for your constructive recommendation. These data have been added to the revised manuscript (Figure 3C).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Points to be addressed:

      (1) As a statistical test, the authors report having used unpaired t-tests; however, often three groups are compared for which t-tests are inadequate. This is faulty as, amongst other things, it does not take multiple comparison testing into account.

      We have adopted the reviewers' suggestions and conducted a variance analysis (ANOVA) to reanalyze the experimental results with three or more different condition groups. At the same time, we have retained the t-test results for experiments with only two condition groups.

      (2) Both B-Actin and GAPDH seem to have been used for protein-level normalization. Why? The Figure 2HL first panel reports B-actin, whereas the other three report GAPDH. The same applies to Figures 3E-F, where both are shown, and it is not mentioned which of the two has been used. Moreso, uncropped blots seem to be unavailable as supplementary data for proper review. These should be provided as supplementary data.

      In Figures 2G and 3E-F, β-actin and GAPDH both have been used for protein level normalization. The main issue is the mixed use of these two housekeeping proteins, without taking consistency into account in advance. In addition, the expression levels of these two proteins show no significant differences in response to different fluid shear stresses. The uncropped blot images have been organized and provided in the supplementary data.

      (3) LSS and MSS were compared based on transcriptomic analysis. Conversely, RNA sequencing was not reported for the HSS. Why is this data missing? It would be valuable to assess transcriptomics following HSS, and also to allow transcriptomic comparison of LSS and HSS.

      In the current study, we have only conducted the transcriptomic comparative analysis between LSS and MSS conditions, mainly considering that most of current researches focuses on the endothelial dysfunction and atherosclerosis under LSS. Since our HSS condition is overall about 24 dyn/cm<sup>2</sup>, which is also recognized within the normal physiological range in some reports. Moreover, the transcriptomic data are primarily used to identify the targets in our study. Interestingly, for these selected genes, they share the same trend involved in endothelial cell ferroptosis induced by LSS and HSS. At the same time, we strongly agree with the reviewer’s claim that the RNA sequencing results under HSS are also valuable. Therefore, in the future, we are planning to perform the transcriptomic sequencing analysis under the HSS or higher level of shear stress, aiming to discover new insights.

      (4) Actual sample sizes should be reported rather than "three or more". Moreso, it would be beneficial to show individual datapoints in bar graphs rather than only mean with SD if sample sizes are below 10 (e.g., Figures 1B-H, Figure 2G, etc.).

      After rechecking our original data, All analyzed results were from three biological replicates, so they are uniformly marked as 'n=3' in the article. According to the reviewer's suggestion, the position of each data point has been added in the chart of the statistical results along with the standard deviation bars.

      (5) The authors claim that by modifying the thickness of the middle layer, shear stress could be modified, whilst claiming to keep on-site pressure within physiological ranges (approx. 70 mmHg) as a hallmark of their microfluidic devices. Has it been experimentally verified that pressures indeed remain around 70 mmHg.

      It is a very interesting question. In this article, the cross-sectional areas of different tunnel-like channel is related to the thickness of the middle layer, resulting in different level of shear stress. Since all flow rates under three conditions keep same at 1.6 ml/min, the average pressure is calculated to be around 70 mmHg based on our previously reported formula (PMID: 37662690). To address the reviewer's question about the actual pressure values, we used a water-filled tube connected to a chip and measured the height of the water surface in the elevated end relative to the chip position, as shown in the Author response image 1. As expected, when the height of the middle layer bulging to the same value (0.7 mm) as under the LSS condition, the water level reaches to 900 mm, which is corresponding to about 70 mmHg.

      Author response image 1.

      Schematic diagram of on-chip pressure detection

      (6) A coculture model (VSMC, EC, monocytes) is mentioned in the last part of the results section without any further information. Information on this model should be provided in the methods section (seeding, cell numbers, etc.). Moreover, comparison of LSS vs LSS+KLF6 OE and HSS vs HSS+KLF6 OE is shown. It would benefit the interpretation of the outcomes if MSS were also shown. It would also be beneficial to demonstrate differences between LSS, MSS, and HSS in this coculture model (without KLF6 OE).

      The specific methods for constructing the co-culture models (vascular smooth muscle cells, endothelial cells, monocytes) mentioned in the results section have been introduced in our previous paper. For the convenience for reading this article, we have added a brief description in the section of “Methods and materials” in this paper, including cell seeding and numbers. In this study, the results of LSS vs LSS+KLF6 OE and HSS vs HSS+KLF6 OE are presented to verify the role of KLF6 in LSS- or HSS-induced promotion of early atherosclerotic events. In our previously published paper (PMID: 37662690), we have showed the effects of three different shear stresses on the atherosclerotic events (shown in Fig. 4 in that paper). Those results have demonstrated that both LSS and HSS significantly promote early atherosclerotic events compared with the MSS.

      (7) The experiments were solely performed with a venous endothelial cell line (HUVECs). Was the use of an arterial endothelial cell line considered? It may translate better towards atherosclerosis, which occurs within arteries. HUVECs are not accustomed to the claimed near-physiological pressures.

      The human umbilical vein endothelial cell (HUVEC) is a commonly used cell line for many in vitro studies of vascular endothelium under fluid shear stress conditions. Although human arterial endothelial cells (HAECs) may be more suitable than HUVECs for responding to physiologically relevant pressure, HUVECs are more easy to obtain and maintain. However, we are going to order HAECs and will use them to validate the conclusion for the potential translatability.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Information on seeding of the microfluidic device is absent in the methods section (i.e., seeding, cell density, passage number, confluence, etc.). Moreso, treatment with Fer-1 is not reported in the methods section.

      We have described the cell seeding information in‘Preparation of cell culture in the microfluidic chip’ and the Fer-1 treatment in ‘Cell death assay’ in the Method section.

      (2) Figure 3F has "MSS", "HSS", and "LSS+KLF6" as groups on the x-axis; the latter should probably be "HSS+KLF6".

      Thank you for pointing out this error in Figure 3F. We have made the correction.

      (3) Data should be made available in online repositories rather than "making it available upon reasonable request". As it was not provided, the sequencing data could not be reviewed. In addition, it was stated that a preprint was available on BioRxiv, but I could not find it.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have uploaded the RNA-seq data to the NCBI GEO database, which was publicly available on December 9, 2025.

    1. Traumas, Criminalité et Judiciarisation : Analyse des Trajectoires de Rétablissement des Jeunes Hommes

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les recherches menées par l'Institut universitaire Jeunes en difficulté sur les liens profonds entre les expériences traumatiques vécues durant l'enfance (ACE) et les parcours criminels des garçons et jeunes hommes au Québec.

      L'analyse révèle que la population judiciaire masculine présente une surreprésentation massive de traumas complexes, souvent négligés par rapport à ceux des femmes.

      Ces traumas altèrent le développement neurologique et créent une « mentalité de zone de guerre » où la déviance devient une stratégie de survie logique.

      Le processus de « désistement » (l'abandon de la criminalité) ne se limite pas à l'arrêt des délits, mais nécessite une transformation identitaire profonde, souvent entravée par un système carcéral qui génère de nouveaux traumatismes.

      L'intervention doit impérativement évoluer vers des approches sensibles aux traumas pour briser le cycle de la violence et de la réincarcération.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Cadre Conceptuel des Expériences Potentiellement Traumatisantes (EPT)

      Définition et Prévalence

      Les expériences potentiellement traumatisantes vécues durant l’enfance (souvent appelées ACE - Adverse Childhood Experiences) sont des événements de sévérité variable, souvent chroniques, survenant dans l'environnement familial ou social. Elles perturbent le développement physique et psychologique.

      Les dix catégories principales identifiées sont :

      • 1. Abus émotionnel
      • 2. Abus physique
      • 3. Abus sexuel
      • 4. Négligence émotionnelle
      • 5. Négligence physique
      • 6. Violence familiale
      • 7. Usage de substances chez un parent
      • 8. Incarcération d'un parent
      • 9. Séparation ou divorce des parents
      • 10. Placement hors de la famille d'origine

      Impacts Statistiques sur la Santé et le Comportement

      L'exposition à ces expériences multiplie de manière exponentielle les risques à l'âge adulte :

      Santé mentale : Une personne exposée à sept traumas durant l'enfance a 980 % de risques supplémentaires de développer un trouble de santé mentale.

      Suicide : Le risque de tentative de suicide est 30 fois plus élevé chez les personnes ayant vécu plusieurs ACE.

      Dépendances : Risque 5 fois plus élevé pour l'alcoolisme et 10 fois plus élevé pour la toxicomanie (drogues illicites).

      Victimisation : Risque 7 fois plus élevé d'être victime de violence à l'âge adulte.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Mécanismes de Liaison : Du Trauma à la Délinquance

      Impacts Neurobiologiques

      Les traumas affectent des zones critiques du cerveau, expliquant certains comportements dits « criminels » :

      Hippocampe : Atrophie ou dysfonctionnement impactant la régulation des émotions.

      Lobe préfrontal : Altération de la gestion des émotions, des communications interpersonnelles et du raisonnement moral.

      Fonctions exécutives : Difficulté à contrôler les impulsions, à planifier l'avenir et à réagir aux renforcements (positifs ou négatifs).

      Cela rend les approches classiques cognitivo-comportementales moins efficaces si le trauma n'est pas traité.

      Le Trauma Complexe et la Masculinité

      Le trauma complexe, bien que non encore intégré au DSM-5, est reconnu internationalement. Chez les garçons, il se manifeste souvent par :

      La « Mentalité de zone de guerre » : Le jeune perçoit le monde comme hostile et traite tout étranger comme un ennemi potentiel. La déviance est alors perçue comme une réponse logique et justifiée.

      Insensibilité et retrait : Sous l'influence d'une vision hégémonique de la masculinité (stoïcisme, force), les jeunes hommes peuvent refuser l'aide, se replier sur eux-mêmes ou paraître dénués d'empathie, ce qui est en réalité un symptôme traumatique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Le Cycle de la Violence et de l'Incarcération

      Le système actuel tend à nourrir un cercle vicieux plutôt qu'à le briser :

      1. Trauma initial : Exposition aux ACE.

      2. Stratégies d'adaptation : Usage de drogues, criminalité pour survie ou appartenance.

      3. Incarcération : Souvent vécue comme un nouveau traumatisme. Les mesures de coercition, l'isolement et la violence entre détenus exacerbent les symptômes de stress post-traumatique.

      4. Conséquences carcérales : Les personnes ayant vécu au moins quatre ACE ont 15 fois plus de risques de s'automutiler et 8 fois plus de risques de tenter de se suicider en prison.

      « Je ne me sens pas en sécurité en ce moment, ni dehors, ni en dedans. Si je rentre en dedans... je n'aurai pas le choix de me crisser la corde autour du cou, sinon il y en a d'autres qui vont le faire. » — Témoignage d'un jeune judiciarisé.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Les Trajectoires de Désistement du Crime

      Le désistement n'est pas simplement l'absence de récidive, mais un processus identitaire décliné en trois niveaux :

      Primaire : Une simple pause ou accalmie dans les activités criminelles.

      Secondaire : Changement d'identité (ne plus se percevoir comme un contrevenant).

      Tertiaire : Reconnaissance sociale et intégration pleine dans la communauté.

      Typologies des parcours de désistement

      | Type | Caractéristiques | Besoins | | --- | --- | --- | | Convertis | Faible statut socio-économique, besoin d'appartenance comblé par le crime. | Soutien communautaire massif pour adopter une identité prosociale. | | Repentants | Statut social favorable, délits rationalisés, peu d'ACE. | L'arrestation suffit souvent à provoquer la prise de conscience. | | Rescapés | Grand isolement, troubles de santé mentale sévères, multiples ACE. | Équipes multidisciplinaires spécialisées (santé, logement, pharmacologie). |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Le Cas Particulier des Gangs de Rue : Blessures Morales

      Pour les jeunes affiliés aux gangs, le trauma prend la forme de blessures morales :

      Trahison : Le gang, initialement perçu comme une famille de substitution face à la négligence parentale, finit par exploiter la vulnérabilité du jeune.

      Dissonance cognitive : Sentiment de honte et de culpabilité lié aux actes violents commis sous pression.

      Syndrome de Stockholm : Développement d'un lien affectif fondé sur le trauma envers ceux qui les mettent en danger.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      6. Pistes d'Intervention et Recommandations

      L'analyse conclut à l'urgence de transformer les pratiques judiciaires et cliniques :

      1. Intervention sensible aux traumas : Tester des modèles (comme le Special Housing Unit aux États-Unis) qui forment le personnel et les détenus.

      Résultats observés : diminution de l'anxiété, de la dépression et des agressions physiques.

      2. Dépistage systématique des ACE : Comprendre le passé pour ne pas voir le jeune comme un « déchet » (terme cité par les répondants) mais comme un individu en réaction à son milieu.

      3. Humanisation des services correctionnels : Réduire l'utilisation de la force et de l'isolement, particulièrement pour ceux ayant des troubles de santé mentale.

      4. Rétablir l'espoir : Le désistement est possible pour la majorité si l'on agit sur la santé mentale, les dépendances et la création de nouvelles relations sociales valorisantes.

      « On n'est pas des déchets... on est des êtres vivants pareils. » — Appel à la reconnaissance de la dignité humaine par un jeune incarcéré.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors performed bioinformatic analyses to trace the genomic history of the clinically relevant pT181 plasmid. Specifically, they:

      (1) tracked the presence of pT181 across different S. aureus strain backgrounds through time. It was first found in one, later multiple strains, though this may reflect changes in sampling over time.

      (2) estimated the mutation rate of the chromosome and plasmid.

      (3) estimated the plasmid copy number of pT181, and found that it decreased over time. The latter was supported by two sets of statistical analyses, first showing that the number of single-copy isolates increased over time, and second, that the multicopy isolates demonstrated a lower PCN over time.

      (4) reported the different integration sites at which pT181 integrated into the genome.

      As a caveat, they mentioned that identical plasmid sequences have variable plasmid copy numbers across different genomes in their dataset.

      Strengths:

      This is a very solid, well-considered bioinformatic study on publicly available data. I greatly appreciate the thoughtful approach the authors have taken to their subject matter, neither over- nor underselling their results. It is a strength that the authors focussed on a single plasmid in a single bacterial species, as it allowed them to take into account unique knowledge about the biology of this system and really dive deep into the evolution of this specific plasmid. It makes for a compelling case study. At the same time, I think the introduction and discussion can be strengthened to demonstrate what lessons might be drawn from this case study for other plasmids.

      Weaknesses:

      The finding that the pT181 copy number declined over time is the most interesting claim of the paper to me, and not something that I have seen done before. While the authors have looked at some confounders in this analysis, I think this could be strengthened further in a revision.

      For the flow of the storyline, I also think the estimation of mutation rates (starting L181) and integration into the chromosome (starting L255) could be moved to the supplement or a later position in the main text.

      Clearly, the use of publicly available data prevents the authors from controlling the growth and sequencing conditions of the isolates. It is striking that they observe a clear signal in spite of this, but I would have loved to see more discussion of the metadata that came with the publicly available sequences and even more use of that metadata to control for confounding.

    2. Author response:

      eLife Assessment

      Using genome databases, the authors performed solid bioinformatic analyses to trace the genomic history of the clinically relevant Staphylococcus aureus tetracycline resistance plasmid pT181 over the last seven decades. They discovered that this element has transitioned from a multicopy plasmid to a chromosomally integrated element, and the work represents a valuable demonstration of the use of publicly available data to investigate plasmid biology and inform clinical epidemiology. This work will appeal to researchers interested in staphylococcal evolution and plasmid biology.

      Thank you, we agree with this overview. We also think this work is interesting to people interested in antimicrobial resistance and bacterial genome structure.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study provides a robust bioinformatic characterization of the evolution of pT181. My main criticism of the work is the lack of experimental validation for the hypotheses proposed by the authors.

      Comments on the study:

      (1) One potential reason for the decline in pT181 copy number over time may be a high cost associated with the multicopy state. In this sense, it would be interesting if the authors could use (or construct) isogenic strains differing only in the state of the plasmid (multicopy/integrated). With this system, the authors could measure the fitness of the strains in the presence and absence of tetracycline, and they could be able to understand the benefit associated with the plasmid transition. The authors discuss these ideas, but it would be nice to test them.

      We agree that the relative fitness of integrated versus multicopy plasmids is interesting and a costly multicopy state could explain the transition of independent pT181 replicons to chromosomal integration. This is a project we are exploring for a future study. However, we think that this additional experimental work goes beyond the scope of the paper.

      (2) It would be interesting to know the transfer frequencies of the multicopy mobilizable pT181 plasmid, compared to the transfer frequency of the plasmid integrated into the SSCmec element (which can be co-transferred, integrated in conjugative plasmids, or by transduction).

      We agree with the reviewer that this is an interesting question. However, we think inferring these rates from natural sequence data is not feasible in this case given the low heterogeneity of the plasmid sequence. A laboratory-based experimental study could not address the real transfers we observe over the course of decades, as in vitro S. aureus transfer rates are often not good proxies for in vivo (McCarthy et al., 2014). In addition, we do not know what is moving the integrated plasmid. pT181 could be moved by a phage or plasmid, so we are uncertain what the correct experiment would be to explore this.

      (3) One important limitation of the study that should be mentioned is that inferring pT181 PCN from whole genome data can be problematic. For example, some DNA extraction methods may underestimate the copy number of small plasmids because the small, circular plasmids are preferentially depleted during the process (see, for example, https://www.nature.com/articles/srep28063).

      We will investigate this issue further in the revisions. The kits used to extract DNA for the earlier-collected samples may possibly yield more plasmid DNA relative to the chromosome compared to newer ones on average; however, we think this is not driving the decline that we observe in multicopy pT181 copy number. Multiple BioProjects find the same result, where earlier samples have higher copy number compared to later samples. We expect extraction methods to be consistent within a BioProject, suggesting that this decline is genuine and not technical. In revisions, we intend to evaluate the effect of date of sequencing and additional metadata on copy number.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors performed bioinformatic analyses to trace the genomic history of the clinically relevant pT181 plasmid. Specifically, they:

      (1) Tracked the presence of pT181 across different S. aureus strain backgrounds through time. It was first found in one, later multiple strains, though this may reflect changes in sampling over time.

      (2) Estimated the mutation rate of the chromosome and plasmid.

      (3) Estimated the plasmid copy number of pT181, and found that it decreased over time. The latter was supported by two sets of statistical analyses, first showing that the number of single-copy isolates increased over time, and second, that the multicopy isolates demonstrated a lower PCN over time.

      (4) Reported the different integration sites at which pT181 integrated into the genome.

      As a caveat, they mentioned that identical plasmid sequences have variable plasmid copy numbers across different genomes in their dataset.

      Strengths:

      This is a very solid, well-considered bioinformatic study on publicly available data. I greatly appreciate the thoughtful approach the authors have taken to their subject matter, neither over- nor underselling their results. It is a strength that the authors focused on a single plasmid in a single bacterial species, as it allowed them to take into account unique knowledge about the biology of this system and really dive deep into the evolution of this specific plasmid. It makes for a compelling case study. At the same time, I think the introduction and discussion can be strengthened to demonstrate what lessons might be drawn from this case study for other plasmids.

      Weaknesses:

      The finding that the pT181 copy number declined over time is the most interesting claim of the paper to me, and not something that I have seen done before. While the authors have looked at some confounders in this analysis, I think this could be strengthened further in a revision.

      In the revisions, we will further explore the impact that technical variation could have in contributing to copy number variation and update our claims for the decline in copy number of the independent replicon over time and variation for the same plasmid sequence accordingly. Multiple BioProjects show earlier samples have higher copy number compared to later samples; we expect extraction methods to be consistent within a BioProject, supporting our initial findings that this decline over time is not due to technical variation.

      For the flow of the storyline, I also think the estimation of mutation rates (starting L181) and integration into the chromosome (starting L255) could be moved to the supplement or a later position in the main text.

      We will revisit the text organization for flow and clarity of storyline.

      Clearly, the use of publicly available data prevents the authors from controlling the growth and sequencing conditions of the isolates. It is striking that they observe a clear signal in spite of this, but I would have loved to see more discussion of the metadata that came with the publicly available sequences and even more use of that metadata to control for confounding.

      In revisions, we will further investigate possible contributors to the observed decline in copy number of multicopy pT181 over time. We have incorporated the date of sample collection and BioProject in our analysis, but not the date of sequencing or extraction technique.

      References

      McCarthy, A. J., Loeffler, A., Witney, A. A., Gould, K. A., Lloyd, D. H., & Lindsay, J. A. (2014). Extensive horizontal gene transfer during Staphylococcus aureus co-colonization in vivo. Genome Biology and Evolution, 6(10), 2697–2708. https://doi.org/10.1093/gbe/evu214

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Bhattacharya et al. describe significant differences in prey capture behaviour in PSD-95 KO (Knockout) and wild-type (WT) mice. This work develops logically from their previous findings that KO of PSD-95 inhibits the maturation in the primary visual cortex. However, their previous work revealed that the visual deficits in the KO mice were relatively modest. Here, by employing an ethologically-relevant behavioural task, they show that several aspects of prey capture are impaired in the KO. Importantly, the deficits in predatory behavior in the KO mouse improved with monocular deprivation, consistent with deficits in binocular vision.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the data presented are convincing and valuable, and support the idea that PSD-95 expression is important for the maturation of visual responses.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript could be strengthened by consideration of the following points:

      (1) The deficits in predatory behavior are interpreted to reveal several possible visual defects, including the absence of binocularity, binocular summation, or binocular mismatch in V1 neurons. Yet this is done with insufficient detail about each possible mechanism and without direct neuronal evidence.

      (2) The observation that binocular visual field bias is intact in the PSD-95 KO mice is interesting but appears to contradict other data suggesting the absence of binocularity in the KO visual system, and this is not discussed in sufficient detail.

      (3) No consideration of previous work using constitutive PSD-95 KOs that documented a learning deficit.

      (4) Throughout the manuscript, including the first paragraph of the discussion, the authors state that "This study explored whether the maturation of CP closure, inhibited by PSD-95 influences binocular visual behaviour". However, if this were the case, the current experiments would have compared cricket capture behavior at two ages across the two genotypes: pre- and post-CP closure in WTs and at matching chronological ages in KOs.

      (5) Freeman and others have shown that the influence of binocular summation on orientation discrimination is highest at low stimulus contrast and short duration stimuli. How does this impact the interpretation of predatory behavior and discrimination in the VWT?

    2. Author response:

      We thank the reviewers for their thorough and constructive evaluation of our manuscript titled “PSD-95 drives binocular vision maturation critical for predation”. The reviewers raised several important conceptual and technical points. Here, we address and provide additional context on the major themes and outline our planned revisions.

      We acknowledge that the current prey capture task cannot directly adjudicate between PSD-95 binocular vision impairments or sensorimotor processing deficits. However, we did not observe any major impairment supporting a sensorimotor processing deficit, in contrast to a major impairment in line with binocular vision impairment. Evidence from Huang et al. (2015) [1], Favaro et al. (2018) [2] and our data with the visual water task (VWT) — thus requiring identical sensorimotor but differential visual processing—clearly demonstrated intact visual acuity but impaired orientation discrimination in PSD-95 KO mice. Therefore, we believe that a binocular integration deficit is the most likely explanation of PSD-95 KO binocular impairments. In line with this, it is unlikely that aberrations in binocular eye movements account for the observations. We appreciate that alternative explanations remain possible and merit explicit discussion. Accordingly, we intend to expand the discussion of these alternatives.

      Importantly, we will provide additional experimental data demonstrating that knock-down of PSD-95 in V1 but not in superior colliculus, significantly decreases orientation discrimination analyzed with the VWT, as we had shown for PSD-95 KO mice (while control knock-down does not have this effect). We believe that this new evidence better delineates the potential neuroanatomical locus of the PSD-95-associated deficits.

      Furthermore, we will provide additional head movement analyses, as suggested by Reviewer 1. Specifically, we will investigate the head angle in relation to the cricket (azimuth) in time (±1 second) around prey contact under light and dark conditions.

      We will also address the potential impact of PSD-95 KO learning deficits. We agree that there are more impairments in the PSD-95 KO brain, as has been published previously. But strikingly, the binocular impairment was dominating the sensory processing. This cannot be convincingly explained by learning deficits. In fact, we have observed improved learning of PSD-95 KO mice with some tasks (e.g. cocaine conditioned place preference) [3], but no significant differences in the VWT [1,2]. Learning differences were described for another PSD-95 mouse line, expressing the N-terminus with two PDZ domains [4]. To avoid potential learning dependent confounds, we have chosen salient stimuli, like water aversion, and prey capture to reduce impacts of potential learning defects.

      We agree on the strength of the random dot stereograms to isolate stereoscopic computations. However, it requires special filters in front of either eye, which renders it unsuitable for the VWT. The lengthy training with less silent stimuli of water reward, could potentially add additional confounds of PSD-95 KO deficits. Thus, we think that this would be something for future experiments to allow for integration of different visual inputs. However, the combined improved performance of WT mice with binocular vision for prey capture (depth percept) and orientation discrimination (summation) is already supporting the importance of binocular vision in mice and the dominant defect in PSD-95 KO mice.

      Finally, we will address the other points raised by the reviewers through clearer exposition and reorganization of the manuscript.

      Once again, we would like to thank the reviewers for their thoughtful and constructive feedback, which we believe will substantially strengthen the manuscript.

      (1) Huang, X., Stodieck, S. K., Goetze, B., Cui, L., Wong, M. H., Wenzel, C., Hosang, L., Dong, Y., Löwel, S., and Schlüter, O. M. (2015). Progressive maturation of silent synapses governs the duration of a critical period. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 112, E3131–E3140. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1506488112.

      (2) Favaro, P.D., Huang, X., Hosang, L., Stodieck, S., Cui, L., Liu, Y., Engelhardt, K.-A., Schmitz, F., Dong, Y., Löwel, S., et al. (2018). An opposing function of paralogs in balancing developmental synapse maturation. PLOS Biol. 16, e2006838. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.2006838.

      (3) Shukla, A., Beroun, A., Panopoulou, M., Neumann, P.A., Grant, S.G., Olive, M.F., Dong, Y., and Schlüter, O.M. (2017). Calcium‐permeable AMPA receptors and silent synapses in cocaine‐conditioned place preference. EMBO J. 36, 458–474. https://doi.org/10.15252/embj.201695465.

      (4) Migaud, M., Charlesworth, P., Dempster, M., Webster, L.C., Watabe, A.M., Makhinson, M., He, Y., Ramsay, M.F., Morris, R.G.M., Morrison, J.H., et al. (1998). Enhanced long-term potentiation and impaired learning in mice with mutant postsynaptic density-95 protein. Nature 396, 433–439. https://doi.org/10.1038/24790.

    1. R0:

      Reviewer #1:

      Minor comments: 1. In lines 172 and 179, PCV13 is incorrectly written as “VCP-13” and “VPC-13” and should be corrected.

      1. The abbreviations PCV-13 and PCV13 are both used in the manuscript. Authors should be consistent and use a single form.

      2. The title of Figure 2 contains an error, it reads “stautt” instead of “status”.

      3. The WHO reference used for the pneumonia case definition links to a French-language document. Authors should change this to a link to an English version of the document.

      4. The endpoint of the Cox analysis is time to hospital discharge; however, the authors use different terms to describe this outcome (e.g. “recovery”, “released cured”, and “discharge”), consistent terminology for time to hospital discharge would improve clarity.

      5. The study does not capture information on siblings and their vaccination status. As vaccinated siblings may provide indirect protection (on a household-level), this unmeasured factor could influence disease severity and time to hospital discharge and should be mentioned as a limitation.

      Major comments: 7. Although a dose–response analysis is performed in a secondary linear regression analysis, the primary Cox model groups children with one or two PCV13 doses together with unvaccinated children. As children with one or two doses are likely to have some level of protection, this grouping may make the effect of full vaccination appear smaller. The authors may consider a sensitivity analysis using separate vaccination dose categories in the Cox model.

      1. Please clarify whether repeat hospitalizations of the same child were possible during the study period and, if so, how this was handled in the analysis, repeat hospitalizations are often not random and could influence the estimated effect of vaccination.

      2. As the study includes children from 3 different hospitals, it would be helpful to clarify whether admission practices and discharge criteria were comparable across sites, and whether differences were considered in the analysis, as these could influence time to hospital discharge.

    1. Repérer et accompagner les vulnérabilités pour soutenir la persévérance scolaire : Document d'information

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les enjeux de la vulnérabilité des élèves comme levier fondamental de la persévérance scolaire.

      Loin d'être un simple concept sociologique, la vulnérabilité agit comme un « analyseur » permettant de comprendre la réalité vécue par les élèves, souvent masquée par des biais de désirabilité sociale dans les enquêtes officielles.

      Le décrochage scolaire est présenté non comme un événement soudain, mais comme un processus multifactoriel où des vulnérabilités internes (personnelles, familiales) croisent des vulnérabilités scolaires (pédagogies, interactions).

      Les points clés identifiés sont :

      L'écart entre perception et réalité : Alors que 92 % des élèves déclarent se sentir bien, des études approfondies révèlent qu'environ la moitié d'entre eux souffrent de mal-être (maux physiques, angoisse de l'évaluation).

      La vulnérabilité comme dénominateur commun : Les problématiques de violence, de harcèlement et de radicalisation sont des manifestations de vulnérabilités sous-jacentes.

      Le concept de « masque social » : Les élèves développent un « faux self » pour survivre à l'environnement scolaire, au prix d'une consommation d'énergie massive et d'un déni de soi.

      Le levier des Compétences Psychosociales (CPS) :

      Le développement de l'autonomie et du bien-être passe par l'acquisition de compétences cognitives, émotionnelles et sociales, soutenues par une pédagogie de la bienveillance et de la réussite.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. La Réalité de la Vulnérabilité : Au-delà du Déni

      L'analyse souligne un déni systémique de la vulnérabilité, masqué par des enquêtes nationales (ADEP) montrant un taux de bien-être de 92 à 94 %. Toutefois, les recherches en sciences sociales révèlent une réalité plus nuancée et inquiétante.

      Données de recherche contrastées

      | Source / Chercheur | Constat clé | | --- | --- | | Sébastien Rocher | Seuls 2/3 des élèves disent aimer l'école. | | Béatrice Mabillon Bonfils | 50 % des élèves de Première signalent un mal-être (maux de ventre, larmes, oppressions). | | Agnès Florin / Philippe Guimard | 2/3 des élèves ont peur d'avoir une mauvaise note. | | UNICEF | 45 à 55 % des élèves sont angoissés le matin à l'idée d'être évalués. | | Enquête de terrain | 1/6 des élèves (17,1 %) se trouve en situation de véritable souffrance. |

      2. Le Processus de Décrochage et les Problématiques Sociales

      Le décrochage n'est pas une fatalité mais une combinaison de facteurs singuliers (internes et externes au système scolaire).

      Facteurs Externes : Climat familial, environnement social, parcours d'immigration (processus particulièrement vulnérabilisant).

      Facteurs Internes : Rapport aux professeurs, relations entre pairs, sentiment d'injustice.

      Symptomatologie comportementale : Il convient de requalifier les « élèves perturbateurs » en élèves dont le « comportement est perturbé ».

      Les incivilités, l'absentéisme et même la radicalisation sont à interpréter comme des symptômes de vulnérabilités intrafamiliales ou communautaires.

      Répartition géographique : Bien que les problématiques soient plus denses en éducation prioritaire, 74 % des élèves en grande difficulté sont répartis hors de ces zones.

      3. Typologie Multidimensionnelle des Vulnérabilités

      La vulnérabilité est définie comme une « blessure » touchant les besoins psychologiques fondamentaux. Elle se décline en plusieurs formes qui s'accumulent.

      Les vulnérabilités de base

      1. Physique et Sexuelle : Inclut le manque de sommeil, la malnutrition et les violences sexuelles (estimées à 1 élève sur 10, soit environ 3 par classe). Ces dernières peuvent mener à l'amnésie traumatique.

      2. Psychologique et Affective : Menaces, humiliations, chantage, rejet ou manque de lien sécurisant à la maison (Violence Éducative Ordinaire - VEO).

      3. Cognitive : Difficultés liées au jugement de valeur en classe, obstacles à l'apprentissage et au discernement.

      Les vulnérabilités émergentes et sociétales

      Climatique (Éco-anxiété) : Inquiétude face à l'avenir de la planète.

      Économique : Impact de la pauvreté et de la précarité résidentielle.

      Numérique : Exposition à la cyberviolence et à la désinformation sur les réseaux sociaux.

      Médias : Sentiment de fragilité accru par la dramatisation médiatique des conflits mondiaux.

      4. Le Masque Social et le "Faux Self"

      Pour s'adapter à l'école, lieu décrit comme symboliquement et factuellement violent (classement, comparaison, pédagogie magistrale), l'élève adopte un « masque social ».

      Mécanisme de survie : Le masque (élève parfait, élève anesthésié, élève autonome à l'excès) permet de sauver les apparences mais empêche l'accomplissement authentique de la personne.

      Conséquences : Ce « faux self » est un grand consommateur d'énergie et peut entraîner un sentiment de ne jamais se réaliser, persistant jusqu'à l'âge adulte.

      Double peine : L'élève vulnérable qui n'est pas compris par l'adulte subit une stigmatisation supplémentaire, ce qui accroît son mal-être et bloque sa résilience.

      5. Les Compétences Psychosociales (CPS) comme Solution

      Les CPS sont définies par Santé Publique France comme un ensemble de capacités psychologiques permettant de maintenir un état de bien-être et de faire face aux difficultés de la vie.

      Catégories de CPS

      Cognitives : Conscience de soi, contrôle des impulsions, prise de décisions constructives.

      Émotionnelles : Identification et gestion des émotions, capacité de « coping » (adaptation).

      Sociales : Communication positive, écoute empathique, résolution de conflits de manière prosociale.

      L'Universalisme Proportionné : Cette approche consiste à proposer le développement des CPS à tous les élèves, tout en intensifiant l'accompagnement pour les plus fragiles.

      6. Leviers pour la Persévérance Scolaire

      Le document identifie des pratiques concrètes pour transformer la vulnérabilité en force.

      Posture de l'adulte et climat scolaire

      Qualité relationnelle : L'enseignant doit être authentique, disponible et manifester une confiance sincère.

      La relation « académique » suffit aux élèves favorisés, mais les plus fragiles ont besoin d'une relation humaine profonde.

      Cadrage bienveillant : Un environnement sécurisant où les problèmes sont discutés collectivement plutôt que niés.

      Reconnaissance des besoins fondamentaux : Sécurité, appartenance, justice et estime de soi.

      Stratégies didactiques

      Pédagogie active et différenciée : Favoriser la réussite dans la zone proximale de développement pour restaurer l'estime de soi.

      Droit à l'erreur : Utiliser les feedbacks positifs centrés sur la tâche.

      Espaces de parole : Créer des lieux de dialogue authentique (ex: dispositif Prodas) où l'élève peut s'exprimer sans crainte du jugement de ses pairs (60 % des adolescents craignent la moquerie en allant voir un professionnel de l'établissement).

      Formation des personnels

      Le texte conclut sur la nécessité pour les adultes de travailler sur leurs propres compétences psychosociales et leurs propres masques sociaux.

      La formation continue doit inclure des moments d'analyse de la vulnérabilité des enseignants pour améliorer la relation pédagogique et réduire les tensions en classe.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Toczyski and colleagues explores the role of ubiquitin-dependent degradation in the co-regulation between pro- and anti-apoptotic proteins. The binding of the pro-apoptotic sensor Bim to BCL2 anti-apoptotic proteins sequesters it into inactive complexes, inhibiting BCL2 members but also preventing Bim from activating the apoptotic executors BAX and BAK. The authors now suggest that the E3 ubiquitin ligase Cul5-Wsb2 targets Bim turnover while in complex with BLC2 members. The authors reveal the importance of WSB2 in apoptosis of neuroblastoma cell lines, highlighting the importance of Wsb2 as a cancer biomarker. In sum, this study identifies Bim as a novel Wsb2 target and suggests a novel co-receptor mechanism using BCL-2 members as bridging factors, thus adding a novel mechanistic layer to the apoptosis repressor role of Wsb2. Their experimental approach is sound, and in most cases, the conclusions are justified. However, whether Cul5-Wsb2 targets Bim via BLC2 anti-apoptotic members would require further analysis.

      Major comments:

      (1) They find that Wsb2 or Cul5 downregulation increases the levels of Puma and Bim isoforms, and that Wsb2 strongly interacts with all Bim isoforms. Moreover, Wsb2 regulates Bim turnover, especially visible for Bim-EL, and controls Bim-L ubiquitylation. Finally, Figure 2E suggests that Wsb2-Bim interaction is bridged by Bcl-xL, and they identify the domain in Bcl-xL/Wsb2 responsible for their binding in Figure 4A-E. However, Figure 4F shows only a mild decrease between Bim-EL and HA-Wsb2EEE, which is inconsistent with their model. This important gap should be backed up by further experimental evidence. For example, by performing (a) coIP studies between Bim and Wsb2 in the presence of Bcl-xlAAA and (b) Bim stability and ubiquitylation analysis in the presence of either Bcl-xlAAA or Wsb2EEE.

      (2) The manuscript lacks quantifications and statistical analysis in most figures, which are particularly important for Figure 1D - especially regarding the upregulation of Puma and Bim isoforms upon downregulation of Cul5 and Wsb2, for Fig 3A - also including statistical analyses of Bim1 stability in presence or absence of proteasomal inhibitors, and for Figure 4D, F, especially regarding the interaction of Bim-EL- with WT and mutant Bcl-xL in 4D and with WT and mutant Wsb2 in 4F.

      (3) The localization of BCL2 family members at the mitochondrial outer membrane is a crucial step in the implementation of apoptosis, and BCL2 members recruit Bim to the OM. Despite their finding suggesting that Bim insertion into the OM might be dispensable for interaction with Bim, the interaction was abolished by BH3-mimetics that disrupt Bcl-xL interaction with BIM. This suggests that Wsb2 interacts with Bim at the mitochondrial surface. Therefore, it would be interesting to investigate the sub-cellular localization Bim and WSB2 with and without ABT-263.

      (4) Wsb2 mildly interacts with Bcl-xL and with Mcl1, but does not interact with Bcl-w or Bcl2. However, they show that Wsb2 recognizes Bcl-xl through a motif conserved between Bcl-xl, Bcl-w and Bcl2. Therefore, it would be helpful to precipitate Bcl-w or Bcl2 and check interaction with Wsb2.